THE SCIENCE OF THERAPEUTICS, ACCORDING TO THE PRINCIPLES OF HOMCEOPATHY, BY BERNHARD B2EHR, M. D. ♦ ■ TRANSLATED AND ENRICHED WITH NUMEROUS ADDITIONS FROM KAFKA AND OTHER SOURCES, BY CHARLES J. HEMPEL, M. D. VOL UME II. NEW YORK: BOERICKE & TAEEL, No. 145 GRAND STREET. 1875. Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1869, by, BOERICKE & TAFEL, In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the Southern District of New York. CAXTON PRESS OF SHERMAN & CO., PHILADELPHIA. CONTENTS OF THE SECOND VOLUME. SEVENTH SECTION. Page Diseases of the Sexual Organs 1 A. Diseases of the Mate Sexual Organs .. 1 1. Urethritis. Gonorrhoea, Catarrh of the Urethra, Blennor- rhcea of the Urethral Lining Membrane 1 2. Orchitis,'Inflammation of the Testes 13 3. Spermatorrhoea 16 D. Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs 20 1. Vaginitis, Catarrh of the Sexual Mucous Lining. Fluor Albus, Leucorrhcea, Whites 20 2. Metritis, Inflammation of the Womb 27 3. Metritis puerperalis. Puerperal Fever, Inflammation of the Uterus during Confinement 34 4. Oophoritis, Ovaritis. Inflammation of the Ovaries 45 5. Menstrual Anomalies . 47 a. Derangements attendant upon the appearance of the Menses 53 b. Amenorrhcea, Suppression or Delay of the Menses 55 c. Menstruatio Nimia, Profuse Menses 57 d. Dysmenorrhcea, Scanty Menses 60 e. Difficult Menstruation, Ailments accompanying the Menses 61 6. Metrorrhagia. Uterine Hemorrhage 66 7. Carcinoma Uteri. Cancer of the Womb 81 8. Various Morbid Conditions in the Sexual System of the Female 87 9. Vaginodynia, Neuralgia of the Vagina 92 10. Mastitis, Inflammation of the Breasts 95 11. Mastodynia 99 12. Carcinoma Mammae. Cancer of the Breasts 100 EIGHTH SECTION. Diseases of the Respiratory Organs 107 A. Diseases of the Larynx and Trachea 107 1. Laryngotracheitis Catarrhalis acuta. Acute Laryngo- tracheal Catarrh 107 2. Laryngotracheitis Crouposa. Croup, Membranous Croup 112 3. Laryngotracheitis Chronica. Chronic Laryngotracheal Catarrh 129 V VI Page 4. (Edema Glottidis, Laryngitis Submucosa, (Edema of the Glottis 137 5. Spasmus Glottidis, Spasm of the Glottis 140 6. Ulcers of the Larynx, Helcosis seu ulcera laryngis 145 B. Diseases of the Lungs 149 1. Hypersemia of the Lungs. Congestion, Plethora of the Lungs 150 2. Pneumorrhagia, Pulmonary Hemorrhage 154 3. Bronchitis Acuta, Acute Bronchitis 164 4. Influenza, Grippe 182 5. Tussis Convulsiva, Pertussis, Whooping-Cough 193 6. Bronchitis Chronica, Chronic Bronchitis, Chronic Pul- monary or Bronchial Catarrh 210 7. Bronchiectasia, Dilatation of the Bronchia 234 8. Emphysema Pulmonum, Emphysema of the Lungs 235 9. Pneumonia, Inflammation of the Lungs 243 10. Gangrsena Pulmonum, Gangrene of the Lungs 303 11. (Edema Pulmonum, Hydrops Pulmonum, (Edema of the Lungs, Dropsy of the Lungs 307 12. Asthma 311 C. Diseases of the Diaphragm 321 1. Diaphragmitis, Inflammation of the Diaphragm 322 2. Singultus, Hiccup 323 3. Hernia of the Diaphragm 324 D. Diseases of the Pleura 325 1. Pleuritis, Pleurisy, Inflammation of the Pleura 325 2. Hydrothorax, Dropsy of the Chest 342 3. Pneumothorax 343 Contents of the Second Volume. NINTH SECTION. Diseases of the Organs of Circulation 345 A. Diseases of the Heart 345 1. Carditis, Pericarditis, Endocarditis, Myocarditis. Inflam- mation of the Heart, Pericardium, Endocardium, Sub- stance of the Heart 347 2. Hypertrophia Cordis, Hypertrophy of the Heart 372 3. Dilatatio Cordis, Dilatation of the Heart 381 4. Adipositas Cordis, Fatty Degeneration of the Heart 382 5. Anomalies, Abnormal Conditions of the Orifices of the Heart, Valvular Diseases 388 a. Insufficiency of the Mitral Valve 388 b. Stenosis of the left Auriculo-ventricular Orifice 389 c. Insufficiency of the Aortic Valves 394 d. Stenosis of the Aortic Orifice 396 e. Defects of the Orifices and Valves of the Right Heart 399 6. Palpitation of the Heart 399 7. Stenocardia, Angina Pectoris 405 Contents of the Second Voiume. VII TENTH SECTION. Page Derangements of Single Systems 410 A. Diseases of the Bones, Muscles, Articulations 410 1. Ostitis, Periostitis, Pott's Disease. Inflammation of the Bones and Periosteum 410 2. Rhachitis, Rickets . 416 3. Enchondroma, Psedarthrocace, Spina Ventosa 420 4. Psoitis, Inflammation of the Psoas-muscle 421 5. Lumbago 422 6. Progressive Muscular Paralysis 424 7. Inflammation of Joints 426 a. Coxalgia, Coxarthrocace, Inflammation of the Hip- joint - 427 b. Gonarthrocace, Tumor Albus Genu, Gonitis, In- flammation of the Knee-joint - 430 c. Inflammation of the Tarsus 433 B. Diseases of the Arteries, Veins, Lymphatics and Lymphatic Glands 435 1. Diseases of the Arteries 435 2. Diseases of the Veins 436 a. Phlebitis, Inflammation of the Veins 436 b. Phlebectasia, Varices, Dilatation of the Veins 438 3. Diseases of the Lymphatic Vessels and Glands. 442 a. Lymphangioitis and Lymphadenitis Acuta 442 b. Lymphadenitis Chronica, Chronic Inflammation of Lymphatic Glands . 445 C. Diseases of the Nerves................... 447 1. Ischias 447 2. Neuralgia Intercostalis. Intercostal Neuralgia 450 D. Diseases of the Skin .................................................................. 452 1. Erythema. - 453 2. Erysipelas 455 3. Roseola, Rubeolas 465 4. Urticaria, Nettlerash - 466 5. Miliaria, Rash 469 6. Pityriasis, Dandruff, Dandriff .. 470 7. Psoriasis, Scaly Tetter 472 8. Ichthyosis, Fish-skin, Porcupine Disease 473 9. Lichen, Strophulus, Tooth-Rash 474 10. Prurigo 476 11. Acne' Stone-pock 478 12. Sycosis, Mentagra 480 13. Acne Rosacea, Gutta Rosacea, Copper-nose, Bottle-nose... 482 14. Lupus, Wolf, Jacob's Ulcer 483 15. Herpes, Tetter 486 a. Herpes Facialis 487 b. Herpes Praeputialis 487 c. Herpes Zoster, Zona, Shingles 488 d. Herpes Iris and Circinnatus 490 VIII Contents of the Second Volume. Page 16. Eczema 490 17. Impetigo 497 18. Ecthyma, Rupia 499 19. Pemphygus 501 20. Furuncle, Carbuncle, Anthrax 503 21. Seborrhcea 505 22. Favus, Honey-comb Tetter, Scald-head 506 23. Scabies, Itch.. 507 Constitutional Diseases 513 A. Acute and, Chronic Contagious Diseases 513 1. Morbilli, Measles 513 2. Scarlatina, Scarlet-fever 522 3. Variola, Small-pox 532 4. Syphilis 542 a. Primary Chancre 543 b. Secondary Syphilis 548 c. Tertiary Syphilis 551 D. Epidemic and Endemic Infectious Diseases 563 1. Intermittent Fever, Fever and Ague 563 2. Typhus 576 3. Febris Icterodes, Yellow Fever 602 4. Cholera Asiatica 613 C. Constitutional Diseases without Definite Infection 624 1. Chlorosis, Green-sickness 624 2. Rheumatism 630 a. Acute Articular Rheumatism 630 b. Acute Muscular Rheumatism 632 c. Chronic Articular Rheumatism 633 3. Arthritis, Gout - 640 4. Dropsy 645 5. Scorbutus, Scurvy 649 6 Scrofulosis 652 7. Tuberculosis 658 8. Constitutional Plethora, Polyaemia, Hyperaemia 681 9. Anaemia, Oligaemia. Deficiency or rather Paleness of the Blood 687 10. Congenital Anaemia 701 11. Consecutive Anaemia 709 12. Secondary Anaemia 711 13. Marasmus, Tabes 711 14. Obesitas, Adiposis, Polysarcia, Obesity 714 15. Uraemia 720 16. Pyaemia. Purulent Decomposition of the Blood 728 17. Septicaemia. Putrid Decomposition of the Blood 732 ' 18. Gastromalacia, Softening of the Stomach 737 19. Goitre, Bronchocele, Derbyshire Neck 743 ELEVENTH SECTION. SEVENTH SECTION. Diseases of the Sexual Organs. A. DISEASES OF THE MALE SEXUAL ORGANS. 1. Urethritis. Gonorrhoea, Catarrh of the Urethra, Blennorrhoea of the Urethrcd Mucous Lining. If we have not made a distinction between virulent and non- virulent gonorrhoea, it is because the last-named disease is so vague and indefinite and, moreover, of such rare occurrence, that a bare allusion to the same will suffice for all practical purposes. Etiology. The non-virulent blennorrhoea is caused by the irri- tation produced by foreign bodies in the urethra (calculi, etc.); or it may be caused by excessive sexual intercourse, intercourse dur- ing the menstrual flow, irritating drugs, etc., although not fre- quently by the latter; it may likewise have a catarrhal origin and, finally, may constitute a symptom of other inflammations, more especially of the bladder and prostate gland. In a case of blennorrhoea we should never be too hasty in not attributing it to the contact with an infectious virus. Gonorrhoea proper or an in- fectious blennorrhoea of the urethra, is always occasioned by infec- tious contact; and, although we cannot deny the possibility that gonorrhoea may result without sexual intercourse, yet in the major- ity of cases it may be boldly asserted that an impure coition is the cause of the disease. Of course, the patients make every possible effort to conceal the origin of their trouble. What conditions and influences have to co-operate in order to produce an infection, is difficult to determine: all we know is, that the same woman will infect one person without infecting the other. The degree of sexual excitement may possibly constitute an additional cause of infection; at all events it is remarkable that novices are almost always caught. 1 2 Diseases of the Male Sexual Organs. Regarding the nature of the gonorrhoeal contagium, opinions still differ. 'Some deny the specitic nature of the contagium, placing it in the same category as the secretion of epidemic blepharophthal- mitis; they assert that gonorrhoea is caused by contact with the secretion caused by an intense catarrhal inflammation of the vagina. This view is not entirely unfounded, and is more particularly sup- ported by the circumstance that gonorrhoea does not superinduce constitutional diseases. Others attribute to the gonorrhoeal virus a specific character, and the power of producing constitutional mala- dies, concerning whose essential actuality and nature, we shall offer some further remarks in the following paragraphs. The gonorrhoeal virus has even been supposed to be identical with the chancre- poison; this opinion has, however, been abandoned. We cannot afford time or space to enter upon a more extensive discussion of these points, to which we shall, however, refer somewhat more fully in the next paragraph. [Jahr's recent work on Venereal Diseases, translated and edited with numerous notes and additions by Chs. J. Hempel, M. D., and published by W. Radde, No. 550 Pearl St., New York, is the best work on this important subject now extant, in the literature of our School; no physician who desires to have a full and accurate knowledge of the various opinions now prevalent regarding the nature of the gonorrhoeal virus and the syphilitic contagium, or of the manifold disorders which they are capable of producing, from the simplest blennorrhoea to the most terrible dis- organization, or of their homoeopathic treatment as conducted in accordance with strictly and unimpeachably scientific principles, can do without this work. IL] Symptoms and Course. The time between the first com- munication of the gonorrhoeal disease and its actual manifestation is from three to eight days, very seldom either less or more, although the patients are very apt to indicate a longer period. Usually, how- ever, this is an intentional deception, but may likewise be an error, for the reason that the disease sometimes sets in so mildly that it may have existed for some days without having been noticed. The duration of the stage of incubation may likewise differ, in con- sequence of differences inherent in the degree of infectiousness of the secretion, as has already been noticed when speaking of blen- norrhcea of the eyes. The affection commences with a titillatino;, painless, sometimes even voluptuous sensation in the urethra, from which a small quantity of a transparent, slimy secretion is dis- charged by which the orifice is glued together in the morning. At Urethritis. 3 this stage the visible portion of the urethral mucous membrane is already redder and swollen. The peculiar titillation is followed by an increased desire to urinate and increased erections, sometimes also by nocturnal emissions. In a few days the titillation changes to a pain, the urging to urinate becomes more frequent, the pain at urinating becomes intolerable, and the urine of which only a few drops are emitted, becomes scalding hot, so that it seems like fire. If the urine is emitted in larger quantity,- the pains during the emission are less severe, but so much more violent immediately after. The concentrated urine, moreover, causes an increased pain, on which account the first discharge of urine early in the morning is the most distressing. The orifice of the urethra now begins to swell quite perceptibly, the lips look very red. The secretion still remains scanty, looks yellow or greenish-yellow, is thick, stiffens the linen with yellow or greenish-yellow stains, and, in the morning is easily squeezed out in an increased quantity. The sensitiveness of the urethra to pressure now extends to the fossa navicularis. The erections, especially at night, become more frequent and con- tinuous, causing the patient great pain in consequence of the stretch- ing of the exceedingly sensitive urethra; emissions now occur very rarely. Shortly after this, the purulent secretion increases in quan- tity, but preserves its greenish-yellow color. The parts stained by the discharge, the glans and prepuce, swell; the smegma is secreted more abundantly, excoriations and small superficial ulcers show themselves. The inflammatory irritation of the prepuce easily re- sults in phimosis or paraphimosis. The further extension of the disease is evident from the fact that the urethra now is sensitive in its whole length. It is only in a few cases that the gonorrhoea remains confined to the anterior portion of the urethra. This so- called inflammatory stage seldom lasts less than eight days, gener- ally a fortnight. General febrile symptoms are seldom present; what might be considered as such, is owing to the mental excite- ment of the patient and to the intensity of the pain. Towards the end of this first stage the discharge generally becomes very copious, but its color changes more and more to that of a whitish mucus, and assumes a more fluid consistence. At the same time the pains at urinating abate almost entirely, leaving at most only a disagree- able feeling, the erections become less frequent and painful; on the other hand, the nocturnal emissions are apt to be more frequent and to be followed by slight exacerbations. The white secretion leaves gray and stiff stains on the linen, with a yellowish point in 4 Diseases of the Male Sexual Organs. the centre. In favorable cases the whole disease is terminated in .five to seven weeks amid a gradual abatement of all the symptoms. ' Such a simple and favorable course does not by any means con- -stitute the rule; generally we meet with one or more complications. In the first stage, we not unfrequently meet with a considerable inflammation, on which account a gonorrhoea of this kind has been termed erythematous, with distinct febrile motions. The inflam- matory stage may be ' protracted beyond the above-named period. In the next place we sometimes observe inflamed spots in the neigh borhood of the urethra, elongated or rounded infiltrations which Sometimes terminate in abscesses, but are not always of great im- portance. The extension of the inflammation along the whole course of the urethra is apt to superinduce a simple congestive or even inflammatory affection of the prostate gland, rarely of the bladder. An inflammation of the prostate gland involves danger, because it may result in a more or less complete retention of urine, or terminate in suppuration. Orchitis will be spoken of more fully by and by. Inflammatory swellings of the inguinal glands, so- called gonorrhoeal buboes, are very common. They are of no spe- cial importance, and disappear of themselves as soon as the inflam- matory stage has run its course. 1 Isolated deviations from this picture of gonorrhoea, exert little or no influence upon its general course. The so-called dry gonorrhoea consists in a short-lasting suspension of the purulent secretion, which is most commonly accompanied by an exacerbation of the inflam- matory symptoms. It not unfrequently happens that at the com- mencement of the disease streaks of blood are mixed up with the pus. which does not influence the further course of the disease. The so-called torpid gonorrhoea which has the peculiar characteristic of being totally or partially without any inflammatory symptoms, is of rare occurrence and mostly attacks individuals who have had the disease more than once. It cannot be denied that repeated attacks of gonorrhoea and the cauterizing action of the injections used dur- ing the treatment of such attacks, diminish the disposition to con- tract an inflammatory gonorrhoea. One of the most painful complications is chordee by which is un- derstood the curving of the penis downwards during an erection. It arises when the corpora cavernosa have become involved in the inflammation and the consequent infiltration of these bodies does not permit the interstitial swelling of these parts during an erec- Urethritis. 5 tion. This trouble is so much more serious as this condition of the corpora cavernosa may remain a permanent disorganization. , One of the most ordinary consequences of gonorrhoea, which is so common, that it may almost be considered the rule, is gleet, a chro- nic urethritis or secondary gonorrhoea. It arises gradually from the acute form, the discharge becoming more and more scanty, clearer and thinner, and continuing all the time, sometimes for years, un- less arrested by medical interference. It often defies all treatment. A discharge of this kind would be of comparatively trifling impor- tance if we knew to a certainty whether it is infectious or not, the latter supposition having undoubtedly the larger amount of proba- bility in its favor. The treacherous stains on the linen are, of course, a source of great anxiety to the sufferers, and it is not to be won-! dered if they desire to be freed from their distress. Finally, exacer- bations will occur during gleet, which, if they do not result in an attack of acute gonorrhoea, cause some pain at urinating and an increased, whitish discharge. Such exacerbations sometimes set in after slight colds, after drinking beer or wine, or even after coition. Gleet is no guarantee against a fresh infection, but this may absorb it instead of rendering it more inveterate. Among the sequelae which may involve the bladder, prostate gland, etc., we note more especially strictures of the urethra. One, cause of stricture may be a contracting cicatrix in the urethra, in which case the bougie is alone capable of affording help. Or the stricture may depend upon infiltration and subse ;uent callous hy- pertrophy of the tissue surrounding the urethra, in which case it is sometimes felt externally like a hard, elongated swelling. , We shall devote a few lines to the so-called gonorrhoeal disease and gonorrhoeal metastases. JIahnemann speaks of two kinds of gonorrhoea, a benign kind which may be regarded as a local disease; of the urethra, and another kind depending upon the sycosic conta- gium. Hartmann observes, that the two kinds cannot well be dis- tinguished in a given case. It can scarcely be supposed that condy- lomata constitute a distinct phenomenon in gonorrhoea, which may run its course as completely and rapidly with, as without them. If- blennorhoeic condylomata constituted a specific product, ophthalmic; blennorhoea ought to be a result of the sycosic miasm, since condy- lomatous growths likewise occur in the former disease. Be this as it may, it is of very little consequence whether there are two kinds of gonorrhoea, for in practice we cannot make this distinction even if we would. It is an established fact, that the gonorrhoeal bears no 6 Diseases of the Male Sexual Organs. resemblance to the syphilitic contagium, by which is meant that the former does not develop, as a more or less regular consequence, a constitutional malady, and that it acts like the contagium of the ophthalmic blennorhcea and similarly to the contagium of small-pox, scarlatina, etc. Or shall we consider these contagia as syphilitic be- cause their respective diseases sometimes leave severe constitutional derangements behind them? In our opinion, a gonorrhoeal epidemic disease neither exists, nor is it at all possible. At all events, if an intense gonorrhoeal infection, including, of course, the absurd manner in which it is often treated, gives rise to a constitutional disease, it is wrong to hold the gonorrhoea responsible for it, any more than that it may have acted as the exciting cause or the spark that may have ignited the accumulated combustible material. This view is supported by a number of analogies, whereas the other view requires for its proof a mass of speculative hypotheses. Let the partisans of this doctrine be invited to point to a case of gonorrhoeal constitu- tional disease. If such a thing did at all exist, it certainly cannot be difficult to pick out a dozen cases among the tens of thousands that have been treated for gonorrhoea. And then it would be in- cumbent upon them to show that in those cases the gonorrhoea was a simple blennorrhoea and not caused by a syphilitic ulcer. Hart- mann has not made this distinction, nor is it probable that Hahne- mann did so. Gonorrhoeal metastasis, is likewise a theory of very questionable authenticity. Orchitis is certainly not to be regarded as such a metastasis and, as regards gonorrhoeal rheumatism, which is ad- mitted even by the most obstinate sceptics, we are not quite sure whether the medicines which the patient took, have not more to do with it than the gonorrhoea. Under homoeopathic treatment we have never yet met with a single case of pretended metastasis. Treatment. Hartmann's views in respect to the treatment of gonorrhoea differ from our own in many respects. According to Hartmann, Hahnemann gives the following instruc- tions for the treatment of gonorrhoea: "Sycosic gonorrhoea is cured most certainly and radically by the internal use of Thuya, which is homoeopathic to this disease, giving one dose of a few pellets of the 30th potency, w'hich, if no improvement has taken place in twenty, thirty or forty days, is to be followed by an equally small dose of the 12 th potency of Nitric acid which must be permitted to act for an equally long period. The miasm of the other benign kinds of gonorrhoea does not seem to infect the general organism, and to re- Urethritis. 7 main localized in the urinary organs. This kind of gonorrhoea yields to a single drop of the fresh juice of parsley (succus Petroselini), provided the frequent urging to urinate indicates this drug, or to a drop of an alcoholic solution of Copaiva, unless the intense inflam- mation and the debilitating treatment have roused the latent psora which hitherto had been slumbering in the organism of the patient, in which case it often happens that a lingering gonorrhoea is excited into action which will only yield to an antipsoric treatment." Hart- mann replies to these statements in the following words: "The simple gonorrhoea yields only in a few cases to the tincture of pars- ley or to the alcoholic solution of Copaiva: nor have I been able to cure sycosic gonorrhoea with nothing but Thuya; in general this kind of gonorrhoea cannot well be separated from the'benign form, unless condylomata are present, or the patient knows positively that the woman who infected him, had sycosis. The same remark ap- plies to figwarts. Quite recently I treated a case of sycosic condy- lomata which would not yield to Thuya, but got well in ten days after a single dose of Nitric acid 1; in another case I effected a cure with two doses of Cinnabaris ; in other cases other mercurial prep- arations were required." At a later period he adds: "In many cases of gonorrhoea all three remedies proposed by Hahnemann, and even many others, have to be used for a cure."-"I know now that gonorrhoea which sets in with great violence at first, is much more easily managed, if Thuya is used at once at the commencement. Nevertheless, I admit that I am as yet unable to distinguish sycosic gonorrhoea from any other form unless condylomata are present. Gonorrhoea attended with condylomata is in most cases a secondary affection, as may be inferred from the fact that it disappears simul- taneously with the sycosic disease against which the treatment has to be directed." The idea of a so-called gonorrhoeal disease is very plainly enun- ciated in the preceding paragraph. It is evident that the doctrine of a sycosic miasm owes its origin to the difficulty of explaining the fre- quently peculiar and chronic course of gonorrhoea; but it is wrong to undertake to explain that which requires to be explained by resort- ing to an explanation which is itself unintelligible. If any one should consider a statement of this kind as disrespectful to Hahnemann, let him consider that it is much better to admit defects than to wilfully close one's eyes to them. How many cures has any homoeopathic physician made in accordance with Hahnemann's precepts? A nor- mal gonorrhoea runs a course of five to seven weeks. How can we 8 Diseases of the Male Sexual Organs. talk about cures if we are to let remedies act for forty or eighty days? If a gonorrhsea disappears under Hahnemann's treatment, what has Thuya or Nitric acid to do with the cure? We boldly assert that most homoeopathic physicians employ other means and methods in order to secure the cure of gonorrhoea. If the gonorrhoea disappears in the fourth week, we are entitled to consider this a cure. It will scarcely ever yield in a shorter period of time. Hartmann admits that this disease cannot be cured by means of a strict comparison of the symptoms, and that we cannot get along without resorting to a certain empiricism. We fully agree with him in this opinion; hence the reader must not expect to find the use of each of the following remedies accounted for by an enu- meration of the symptoms. For the first stage of an uncomplicated gonorrhoea there is no better simile and no more efficient remedy than Mercurius solubilis. This drug has the whole group of symptoms; tickling in the ure- thra when touching it at urinating, the tickling is of a voluptuous sort, attended with violently excited sexual desire; greenish-yellow purulent secretion from the urethra, with traces of blood; inflam- mation of the prepuce and glans with balanorrhoea; breaking out of little sores; urging to urinate, with frequent and painful emissions, etc. The choice of Mercurius is therefore in strict accord with ho- moeopathic principles, but does not depend, as Hartmann fancies, upon the resemblance of the gonorrhoeal to the chancre-virus, for it does not exist. If Hartmann states that he has cured but few cases of gonorrhoea with Mercurius, we do not find this strange; Mercu- rius is not sufficient to a cure, and even if it were, it would not cure the disease at once, for it cannot be cut short by internal treatment. Let it suffice to state that most homoeopathic physicians prefer Mer- curius as long as the inflammatory symptoms continue. Some of the above-mentioned complications likewise require Mercurius. We allude more particularly to inflammatory infiltrations of the pros- tate and to the parts adjoining the urethra. It is surprising that such infiltrations scarcely ever occur if the gonorrhoea is treated with Mercurius from the beginning. If chordee sets in, Mercurius is indicated by the cause producing the chordee. Gonorrhoeal bu- boes likewise require Mercurius. The doses should not be too small; we have always had more success with the second trituration than with the higher attenuations; one or two grains every morning or even every other morning are quite sufficient; it may not be advis- able to continue the use of this drug longer than ten days or a fort- night. Ureth rids. 9 Hepar sulphuris is the best remedy to give after Mercurius. The symptoms referring to the disease are not very characteristic, but the success obtained in very many cases, is remarkably striking. This medicine is given as soon as the discharge assumes a whitish color and the pains abate quite considerably. This usually takes place about the ninth or tenth day. Under the persevering use of this remedy, the discharge will either cease entirely in the fourth week, or else become so trifling, that the pain will almost cease; nor will a secondary discharge remain, except in a very few cases. Mer- curius and Hepar sulphuris are tolerably sure remedies for an un- complicated gonorrhoea of moderate intensity. The various devia- tions from the average course of the disease will require a few addi- tional remedies. For the excessive sexual excitement during the inflammatory pe- riod of gonorrhoea, with almost unceasing painful erections, espe- cially at night, violent urging to urinate, with inability to void more than a few drops, discharge of blood, or if there is no dis- charge as in dry gonorrhoea, Cantharid.es will be found excellent. This remedy should not be given too strong; even the third tritura- tion may still cause an homoeopathic aggravation. If the gonorrhoea sets in without any marked inflammatory symp- toms; if the discharge is copious, rather white than yellow, and causing a superficial inflammation of the glans and prepuce, Can- nabis is preferable to Mercurius at the outset. Marked sexual ex- citement argues against, rather than in favor of the remedy. In the subsequent course of the disease where Hepar has been advised, Cannabis sometimes has a very good curative effect. This medicine should be given in the lowest attenuations. The true torpid gonorrhoea which is more particularly met with in individuals that have been infected several times, requires for its cure Thuya, Acidum nitr., Sulphur and likewise Hepar sulphuris, and in general, the remedies recommended for secondary gonorrhoea. As we said before, gonorrhoeal buboes are best treated with Mer- curius ; but after they have passed into a chronic-inflammatory con- dition, Clematis erecta or Kali iodatum should be employed. Chordee does not require any special treatment: it is best acted upon by Mercurius. If the erections are frequent and continuous, Cantharides may relieve them. An admixture of blood in the dis- charge is not an alarming symptom, and is met by most of the pre- viously-named remedies. 10 Diseases of the Male Sexual Organs. If the bladder becomes involved in the inflammation, fhe medi- cines indicated for cystitis, will have to be used. Secondary gonorrhoea constitutes, so to speak, a separate affec- tion; it is one of the most obstinate plagues both to the physician and patient, and its removal is so much more difficult as it presents a great uniformity of symptoms which greatly interferes with the selection of the suitable homoeopathic agent. The published cases shed very little light regarding the preference that should be given to one or the other remedy; it is, indeed, very difficult to distin- guish between a cure effected by the action of Nature and that of the remedy. According to the experience of most physicians Thuya occidentalis is the best remedy. It should not be given as long as inflammatory symptoms are present; nevertheless, it is recommended by many, and even by Hahnemann, at the outset of gonorrhoea. In the acute stage Hartmann only derived benefit from Thuya if condylomata were present; on the contrary, in secondary gonorrhoea, he found it very efficacious, which many other practitioners confirm by their own experience. Although the presence of condylomata is a good indication, yet Thuya likewise acts well if no condylomata are present. Nitri acidum competes with Thuya, but will scarcely ever prove useful, except in the secondary form of gonorrhoea. As a rule it seems to act best in cases where Thuya had proved useless. Petroleum has been recommended in former times, but is now very generally abandoned on account of its inefficiency in this dis- ease. It has likewise been recommended in the acute form, more particularly if the neck of the bladder is very much involved. Cap- sicum may likewise prove useful under such circumstances. Sulphur sometimes has a good effect if all the other remedies have proved fruitless; nevertheless it cannot be depended upon for certain. In strictures occasioned by chronic-inflammatory infiltra- tions it is an important remedy. Clematis erecta and Nitri ac. should, however, be tried first for this trouble. Strictures depending upon the presence of cicatrices in the urethra, are beyond the reach of internal treatment and have to be managed by surgical means, the bougie, etc. The following remedies have likewise either been used or recom- mended. In acute gonorrhoea: Balsam, copaivoe, Tussilago petasites, Petroselinum; the last-named remedy deserves the most attention, Urethritis. 11 although it is not used much by practitioners generally. In gleet; Cubebas, Agnus cast us, Mezereum, Podium, Phosphori acidum. ■ [In several inveterate cases of gonorrhoea, where injections had been used for several months without the least benefit, a cure was effected by Kafka by means of the internal use of Matico 1, a Peru- vian plant known in Peru as the Yerba del soldado, (the soldier's weed or herb.) H.] It cannot be denied that Homoeopathy cannot boast of any very brilliant results in the treatment of gonorrhoea. It is only excep- tionally that a real gonorrhoea yields in a few days to internal homoeopathic treatment; it generally takes weeks to cure the dis- ease, and even then the gradual transformation of the disease into a gleetish discharge cannot be avoided. Have we not yet discovered the right remedies ? Or do we not make a proper use of the re- medies we have ? In this condition of things it certainly behooves us to ascertain how gonorrhoea- is treated by physicians of other Schools. The most common method now in vogue is a vigorous cauterization of the urethra with Nitrate of silver, zinc, etc. Not even the most, inveterate doubter can deny that a gonorrhoea is sometimes cut short by such a proceeding; on the other hand, it is certain that a cure does not always take place in this way, that this treatment is attended with severe pain, and that it is not without danger as regards the supervention of strictures. This last circum- stance is of course flatly denied by the partisans of this checking or aborting method. Astringent injections after the inflammatory stage is passed, frequently lead to good results, nor are their secon- dary effects attended with the danger involved in the former method; nevertheless they are not absolutely reliable, and it often happens that the gonorrhoea breaks out again after a suppression of several days. Large quantities of Copaiva and Cubebs some- times suppress the discharge for a few days, but it frequently re- turns again with a renewed fierceness and changes to a most obstinate gleet. In addition to these disappointments the gastro- intestinal canal is sometimes very much weakened by these drugs. Moreover it is our conviction that these two drugs are the most frequent cause of gonorrhoeal orchitis and of the peculiar gonor- rhoeal rheumatism, neither of which conditions has ever occurred to us under a strict homoeopathic treatment. Upon the whole, we are willing to admit that these severe meth- ods of treatment are now and then crowned with brilliant success; but on the other hand we believe that they do not counterbalance 12 Diseases of the Male Sexual Organs. the dangers incident to this treatment; we believe that a gonor- rhoea treated in this manner, without being cured, becomes exceed- ingly inveterate. Hence we prefer, under all circumstances, the slower but safer homoeopathic treatment, were it for no better reason than that it never does any positive harm. It might be worth while to ascertain how often a strict homoeopathic treatment of gonorrhoea has resulted in orchitis, strictures, cystitis, etc. Such cases will be few indeed. Another advantage of the homoeopathic treatment of gonorrhoea, which is readily perceived and appreciated by the patients, is the circumstance that they need not impose upon themselves distressing inconveniences. It is well, however, that the attention of the patient should be directed at the very com- mencement of the treatment to the difference between the allo- pathic and the homoeopathic methods. The patient's mode of living constitutes an important part in the treatment of gonorrhoea. The views of physicians differ greatly in this respect. Some doctors torment their patients half to death by their pedantic dogmatism in regulating the diet and general mode of living. Abundant experience has satisfied us that so much pedantic care is uncalled-for. The patient may take exercise, but should avoid all severe exertions and remain as much as possible in a recumbent posture. Every patient should wear from the start a good suspensory which we do not, however, regard as a preventive against orchitis. The usual diet may be pursued with the following exceptions: The patient must abstain from fat food, eat meat mod- erately, avoid spices, spirits, wine and beer, and likewise coffee dur- ing the first period of the treatment; during the subsequent treat- ment coffee may be drank without hesitation. In order to avoid the nocturnal erections, the supper should be very light and eaten in good season; after supper all beverages should be abstained from. Balanitis and phimosis are best prevented by frequently washing the penis with tepid water; if the glans is covered by the prepuce, the water should be injected under the prepuce. Physi- cians should never omit to direct their patients' attention to the danger of gonorrhoeal virus getting into their eyes. By systematic- ally drinking cold water, the urine becomes much less concentrated. My patients drink a glassful every hour. The night-urine is espe- cially irritating; on this account the patients should drink two or three glasses of water on rising in the morning, and should then wait forty or fifty minutes before urinating; during this period the larger portion of the water will have passed into the bladder. By Urethritis. 13 pursuing this course we have always got along tolerably well, and our patients enjoy the advantage of being able to attend to their usual avocations. That even severe exercise may not always have an injurious effect upon gonorrhoea, has become evident to us by the example of dozens of soldiers who, in order not to be sent to the hospital by their regimental physician, were treated by us secretly and who attended to their military duties all the time, even those who served in the artillery. We have never seen any injurious consequences result from this management. As a matter of course, the presence of important complications during the course of gonorrhoea will require corresponding modifications in all these arrangements. In recent cases of secondary gonorrhoea, the use of cold water, as above recommended, should likewise be resorted to; in cases of long standing it has no effect. The injections which Hahnemann likewise concedes as proper, have sometimes, but not always, a favorable effect. Excellent injections are prepared of claret diluted with water, to which small quantities of Tannin may be added. We have never obtained equally favorable results with weak solutions of Nitrate of- Silver, Muriate of Gold,. Sublimate, Thuya; nor have we done any better with lime-water, or solutions of Zinc, Copper, or Lead. 2. Orchitis Inflammation of the Testes. Now and then this affection is met with as the result of mechanical injuries, but most frequently originates in gonorrhoea. It not only supervenes during the course of acute urethritis, but it may likewise set in suddenly during gleet, generally without any apparent excit- ing cause. Severe exertion or the discontinuance of the use of sus- pensories are said to sometimes cause the disease, but this is not an established fact. The excessive use of beer or wine is a much more active cause of the disease, probably because the inflammation is very much increased by such stimulants. Both Cubebs and Copaiva hold the same relation to gonorrhoea. They have a specific effect upon the urethra, and it is easily conceivable that, instead of effect- ing a cure when given in large quantities, they aggravate the in- flammatory symptoms and, owing to the specific action which they likewise exert upon the testicles, communicate the inflammation to these organs. This point has not yet been substantiated by prov- ings on the healthy. At any rate it is strange that the exhibition of these two drugs should be so frequently and speedily followed by 14 Diseases of the Male Sexual Organs. orchitis which is scarcely ever observed under strictly homoeopathic treatment unless the patient should commit some gross indiscretion. It might be well to inquire into this circumstance; the result might suggest additional reasons for preferring the homoeopathic treat- ment of gonorrhoea. That orchitis takes place in consequence of the spread of the urethral inflammation through the seminal vesi- cles to the vas deferens and the epididymis, is distinctly shown by the painfulness of the former organs. A gonorrhoeal metastasis is out of the question, because the gonorrhoeal discharge either con- tinues side by side with the orchitis, or only disappears after the orchitis is fully developed, not before, in the same manner as a nasal catarrh disappears during the supervention of a more serious dis- ease of the respiratory organs. Symptoms. Orchitis seldom sets in suddenly. Ordinarily it commences with slight drawing pains in the spermatic cord which is sensitive to contact. At the same time the patient experiences violent tearing pains in the thigh of the affected side. The weight of the testicles at first is troublesome, then becomes painful and finally intolerable. In one or two days the epididymis becomes painful to pressure, swells with more or less rapidity, and shortly after is succeeded by an inflammatory effusion into the tunica pro- pria, in consequence of which the testicle very soon enlarges to the size of a fist. The pains now become agonizing; the patient has to confine himself to a horizontal posture with the testicle properly supported. The pain is a burning-tearing pain, most frequently with remissions after the fashion of rheumatic pains. The general condition of the patient does not suffer much, only in violent cases there is fever or even vomiting. The discharge usually disappears after the orchitis is fully developed, and docs not re-appear until the inflammation has run its course; only in a few cases it does not re- appear after the subsidence of orchitis. The inflammation in its acute form does not often last beyond the tenth day, sometimes the improvement commences on the fourth day. This, however, is not very rapid, since it sometimes takes weeks before the testicle resumes its former size; very frequently an obstinate swelling of the testicles remains. Treatment. Most physicians prescribe in the first place Mer- cutins sol. or virus, especially if the orchitis had its origin in a recent attack of gonorrhoea. We give the first trituration and continue it until the inflammation begins to abate. For orchitis arising from chronic urethritis, Clematis erecta is preferable. This medicine does Orchitis. 15 good service after Mercurius, even better than Pulsatilla which, however, has more decided symptoms referring to such a case. It is very difficult, in a case of this kind, to select a remedy in accord- ance with the symptoms, for the reason that the symptoms of the different drugs are so very much alike. Beside the above-mentioned drugs, we likewise recommend Acidum nitr., especially if the pa- tient is tainted with syphilis and has taken a good deal of Mercury. The subsequent enlargement of the testicle, if of recent origin, re- quires in the first place Clematis, likewise lodium ; Hartmann also proposes Slaphysagria, and, if the enlargement had lasted sometime, A urum met. and Sulphur. Colocynthis has helped us out very promptly in two cases of violent rheumatic pains in the thighs which ema- nated from the testicle and had remained behind after an orchitis. If the orchitis does not originate in gonorrhoea, a few other med- icines deserve attention. If caused by a contusion of the testicles, Arnica has to be given, afterwards Conium or Pulsatilla, to which Hartmann adds Calendula officinalis. If it is caused by a cold or a metastasis of parotitis, Rhus tox., Belladonna, Bryonia, have to be given together with the above-named drugs. [We have subdued the most intense phlegmonous inflammation of the testes consequent upon sudden suppression of gonorrhoea by means of the 18th atten- uation of Aconite; the first tablespoonful of a solution of a few glob- ules in half a tumbler of water, produced an almost instantaneous relief from the most agonizing distress. In rheumatic orchitis the lower attenuations of Aconite act more specifically, or in other words are more specifically adapted to the pathological process. In a case of terrible orchitis caused by suppression of the gonor- rhoeal discharge, with swelling and inflammation of the spermatic co. d of the affected side, high fever, flushed cheeks, glistening eyes, intolerable restlessness, Belladonna given internally and applied ex- ternally, in the proportion of fifteen to twenty drops of the fluid extract to half a cupful of water, controlled the inflammation and swelling, after other remedies had been tried in vain. II.] These remedies are likewise to be used in chronic primary swell- ings of the testes. Some of these swellings are, indeed, past all cure, especially those having a tubercular origin; in some cases, however, even of long standing, the result of our treatment is, in- deed very striking. External applications generally are of very little use in orchitis. Neither warm nor cold fomentations are easily born, nor have they any good effect, not even palliative. Of course the testicle should 16 Diseases of the Male Sexual Organs. be supported so that the spermatic cord is not pulled upon. A sus- pensory should be worn even some time after the disease is cured. Strapping the testicle with strips of adhesive plaster so as to exert a slight compression, frequently exerts a strikingly beneficial in- fluence. Those who have recovered from the disease, will have to behave with great discretion in order to avoid relapses which are apt to take place. By this heading we, strictly speaking, comprehend a flow of semen without any sexual excitement. However, in order to avoid the necessity of resorting to a number of sub-divisions, we have classed together in this chapter abnormal nocturnal emissions as well as various other morbid derangements of the male sexual organs; an additional motive for this arrangement is the circumstance that the treatment of most of these conditions is the same. The functions of the male sexual organs vary in accordance with temperament, mode of life, constitution, etc., to such an extent that it is often difficult to decide whether these differences are of a mor- bid nature or belong to the normal standard. This can only be de- termined by the manner in which the male sexual sphere is gener- ally affected by the local phenomena; whether the organs are not abnormally disturbed, or whether the procreative powers are im- paired or even suspended. The etiology of these various abnormal conditions of the sexual sphere is. pretty much the same. Debilitating constitutional dis- eases, or acute diseases during the period of convalescence are apt to cause a so-called irritable weakness in the sexual sphere, which, in the former case is permanent and in the latter case only tempo- rary. This fact is most strikingly witnessed in diabetes and tuber- culosis. In the last-named condition the excessive irritability of the sexual organs contributes to hasten the general decay. A second cause are cardiac and nervous diseases, which may, however, likewise result from the sexual weakness. Hypochondria is a fre- quent cause, and still a more frequent consequence of sexual weak- ness. The most common cause of sexual weakness is the vice of onanism, which is too much overlooked by physicians. Yet it is certain that thousands might, by a timely warning, be saved from unspeakable mental and physical disease. Excessive nocturnal emissions generally take place between the years of 20 and 25, and exceptionally at an ealier age, even 16. 3. Spermatorrhoea. Spermatorrhoea. 17 They are of a morbid nature if they occur almost regularly with- out rousing one from sleep, and if they do not occur often, yet leave for days a sensation of languor and debility, and of mental depression. They are likewise abnormal if they occur several times in one night or week. Moreover every emission that takes place in the waking state, with or without any special cause, at stool for instance, is to be regarded as abnormal. The consequences of such abnormal losses very soon show themselves: Paleness of the face with dark margins around the eyes; insufficient sleep; drowsiness with inability to sleep; dulness of the head; aching, pressing pain in the head ; vertigo ; irritable, sensitive temper ; aversion to society, to work, and, after a while, a deranged appetite and digestion, deficient assimilation. Spermatorrhoea, properly speaking, consists in a loss of semen at every emission of urine, at stool, without any cause or after the most trifling erections. The pernicious consequences of this sort of spermatorrhoea manifest themselves much more speedily than after nocturnal emissions, most probably because spermatorrhoea never occurs in organisms whose physiological functions had been carried on in a normal manner. Irritable weakness of the sexual organs is sometimes the cause, but more frequently the consequence of both the previously-men- tioned anomalies. The sexual excitement occurs too easily and too vehemently, without possessing sufficient energy and consistence for the act of coition. The ejaculation of the semen takes place too soon, or even not at all, or the introduction of the penis into the vagina is prevented, by a premature cessation of the erection. The sexual weakness may be characterized by all sorts of abnormal manifestations in the sexual sphere. The mental disposition exerts a powerful influence in this direction. Hypochondriacs are partic- ularly disposed to irritable weakness which, under abnormal mental influences, sometimes attains to such a degree of intensity that it seems to amount to complete impotence. Complete impotence, by which is meant an entire suspension of the ability to perform the sexual act, is upon the whole a very rare and frequently only temporary disorder, except when depending upon debilitating incurable constitutional diseases, such as diabetes or tuberculosis, or when depending upon the loss of one testicle. An excess of sexual excitement (satyriasis) besides taking place at the commencement of gonorrhoea, as we have already stated, may likewise occur in consequence of debilitating conditions, first 18 Diseases of the Male Sexual Organs. as a passing increase and subsequently to be succeeded by a decrease of excitability. It is frequently met with in the case of persons who have been addicted to the vice of onanism, or among worn-out roues; very rarely without such a cause, and then mostly as a symptom of some deep-seated disease of the brain. In treating most of these forms of sexual weakness, the diet, mode of life and psychical agencies exert an important influence; hence we place them in the front rank. We cannot lay it down as a rule that these morbid conditions require either a lean or a strengthening diet. Some are afflicted with weakness of the sexual organs, more especially with excessive pollutions, because they live too well; it is a mistake to suppose that this waste is. repaired by a nourishing diet, since it is well known that some persons are living in circumstances which preclude the possibility of indulging in good living. Hence it becomes a matter of interest to inquire whether a lean or a rich diet is the more suitable. All such patients must be cautioned against going to sleep with a full bladder or a full stomach, either in the daytime or-at night. Certain beverages, such as spirits and hop-beer, must be strictly avoided. Beer-drinkers are very apt to deny the debili- tating influence of hop-beer on the genital organs; that this influ- ence exists, must be evident to all who are acquainted with the effects of Lupulin. It is well known that drunkenness, either partial or total, causes an irritable weakness of the sexual organs. Coffee, and in some even tobacco, have to be interdicted; among the sec- ondary effects of coffee we notice a depressing excitability and irri- tability of the nervous system. In general all strongly-spiced and stimulating food is hurtful. As regards bodily exercise, it is certain that bodily fatigue diminishes sexual excitement and brings it back again to a normal standard ; muscular exercise has also the advan- tage of preventing the mind from dwelling upon erotic subjects. Viewed from this point, walking is not the best kind of exercise, for the reason that it leaves the mind free to revel in all kinds of fancies ; onanists are very apt to be fond of walking. Severe mental labor is sometimes preferable to bodily exercise, especially in the case of hypochondriacs and onanists. This leads us to a considera- tion of psychical influences as a means of cure. Every physician knows that the evil consequences of nocturnal emissions, and even to some extent, of self-abuse, are more imaginary than real. Num- bers are made hypochondriacs by reading books that fill them with fear and trembling at the excesses they may have been guilty of in Spermatorrhoea. 19 former days. Encouraging advice does them more good than medi- cine. Self-abuse is prevented much more certainly by comforting encouragement than by picturing the consequences of such a crime in the most frightful colors. In dealing with sexual weakness, it is in the first place necessary to depress the fancy, and in the second place to strengthen the will. On this account, reading novels is so hurtful, and cold-water treatment has such an excellent effect. We deem a special enumeration of the medicines, referring to this subject, inappropriate; the multiplicity of the phenomena would leave too many gaps. The symptoms being all confined to one set of organs, they can easily be compared with the symptoms in the Materia Medica. It is only because the chapter entitled " Male genital organs " is so replete with symptoms and remedies that we furnish in the next paragraph a list of the remedies whose practical value has been verified by experience, and we classify them in accordance with the different divisions adopted for the symptoms of the disease. For excessive emissions, with increased irritability: Cantharides, Nux vomica, Camphora, Phosphorus ; with diminished irritability; Comum maculatum, Phosphori acidum, Clematis erecta, Digitalis pur- purea, China. For spermatorrhoea: Phosphori acidum, Calcarea carbonica, Co- mum, Cantharides. Among all these remedies Digitalis, and more particularly Digitalin, has the best effect. A few doses of the third trituration of this medicine are generally sufficient to effect a com- plete cure or at least a marked improvement. The medicine should be given in the morning; in the evening it is very apt to disturb the night's sleep. [G-elsemin, given for a' period of time, has cured spermatorrhoea. Stillingin is likewise an excellent remedy for both nocturnal emissions and spermatorrhoea. H. 7.] Irritable weakness requires besides the remedies mentioned for spermatorrhoea and nocturnal emissions, the following medicines : Caladium seguinwm, Selenium, Nitri acidum, Agaricus muscarius, and, if the weakness borders on impotence, Agnus castus, Cannabis, Baryta, Capsicum annuum, Lycopodium, Natrum muriaticum. Satyriasis requires particularly Cantharides and Phosphorus, the latter more particularly, if the affection is caused by disturbances of the central nervous system. The consequences of self-abuse are so varied that we cannot in this place indicate all the remedies that may have to be employed against them. Moreover we have made it a point to allude to this 20 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. vice in treating of the various functional derangements of the dif- ferent organs. As far as the sexual organs and their functions are involved, we may have to resort to Phosphori acidum, Nux vomica, China, Calcarea carbonica. Among the external agents that may prove useful in the treat- ment of these affections, cold water occupies the first rank. In some forms of irritable weakness cold ablutions of the sexual organs or sitz-baths are sufficient; but where the whole nervous system is involved, a rigorous and systematic water-cure treatment is prefer- able ; it not only helps to invigorate the constitution, but likewise to give exercise and tone to the mental energy, which is impaired by nothing more than by abuse of the sexual organs. B. DISEASES OF THE FEMALE SEXUAL ORGANS. 1. Vaginitis, Catarrh of the Sexual Mucous Lining. Fluor Albus, Leucorrhoea, Whites. Catarrh of the female sexual organs may be distinguished as simple and virulent catarrh. The virulent catarrh or gonorrhoea of the female is caused, like gom r hcea of the male, by contact with gonorrhoeal matter, and never develops itself from an intensified simple catarrh. Simple catarrh is one of the most common derangements of the female sex. ft originates in a variety of causes. In the first place we have to mention as exciting causes such as act directly upon the sexual or- gans : excessive coition, self-abuse, miscarriage, and to some extent confinements which, if occurring in too rapid succession, almost always cause leucorrhoea. Ascarides likewise cause catarrhal dis- charges from the vagina, by crawling from the anus into the last- named organ; pessaries should likewise be mentioned. The main causes, however, are not local, but have a constitutional origin: menstrual disturbances, a sedentary mode of life, abuse of coffee, chlorosis, scrofulosis, tuberculosis, and the various defects inherent in our modern systems of education, which have already been alluded to in the chapter on hysteria. A vaginal catarrh is scarcely ever owing to a mere cold, except perhaps at the time of the men- ses, at which period the tendency to this derangement is most marked. With reference to age, the trouble occurs most frequently Vaginitis, Catarrh of the Sexual Mucous Lining. 21 between the first commencement and the cessation of the menstrual period; it is likewise met with among children, and very often among women who have ceased to menstruate, the less frequently, however, the longer the menses had ceased to make their appear- ance. Tumors in the uterine cavity are accompanied by a tolerably profuse catarrh as a symptomatic appearance. We transcribe from Kafka the following concise description of acute vaginal catarrh. The mucous lining of the vagina is attacked by an acute catarrhal inflammation, in which sometimes the labia majora and minora and the entrance to the vagina, and at other times the whole length of the vagina, are involved. In bad cases the inflammation may communicate itself to the cervix uteri, to the internal cavity of the uterus or to the urethra. The mucous membrane is dark-red, swollen and interstitially distended; the papillae are swollen and form numerous prominences imparting to the mucous lining a granular appearance. The gran- ulations are at times scattered, at other times confluent, at times occupying isolated portions of the vagina, at other times the vagina in its whole extent. The hypersemia induces a sub-mucous oedema which narrows the vaginal space. The secretion of mucus is very scanty at first, or even entirely suppressed; afterwards it becomes more copious, of a yellow or yellowish-green color and opaque. Not unfrequently we find in the course of the inflammation superficial numerous erosions on the external and internal labia and at the entrance of the vagina. A benign acute catarrh of the vagina is most generally occasioned by local injuries affecting directly the mucous lining of the vagina, such as: excessive sexual intercourse, self-abuse, sudden exposure to the action of cold, foreign bodies in the vagina, such as badly- fitting pessaries, or corrosive injections, or else the inflammatory process in the vagina may simply be a continuation of a similar process in the uterus. The symptoms of acute vaginal catarrh are an itching in the vagina with which a burning sensation afterwards becomes asso- ciated. Walking, the introduction of the finger, of a speculum, and sexual intercourse, are exceedingly painful. If the urethra is in- volved in the inflammation, the patients experience a violent desire to urinate; in such a case urination causes a burning distress in the urethra. The yellow secretion stains the linen yellow ; if acrid, it inflames and excoriates the parts adjoining the vulva, and often sprttads a pungent and offensive odor. 22 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. An examination with the speculum would show whether the secretion proceeds from the uterine cavity or the vagina; but the introduction of the speculum is not only very painful, but often causes hemorrhage. An acute vaginal catarrh lasts from eight days to a fortnight, or else passes into the chronic form. The prognosis is generally favor- able. We recently treated an acute vaginal catarrh in a girl of nine years. It was caused by sitting on a cold stone. The vagina and vulva were much inflamed, and the purulent and yellow-greenish discharge exceedingly profuse. The disease was radically cured in about a week with the German tincture of Aconite and a few doses of Iodine. II.] A simple acute catarrh is, upon the whole, a very rare disorder. Inasmuch as, with the exception of slight differences, it is identical, as far as intensity is concerned, with the virulent form of catarrh, we coniine our description of the disease to the latter. Female gonorrhoea commences with a feeling of heat and dryness in the vagina, attended with a peculiar titillation and sensitiveness to contact. Soon after,the mucous membrane is seen injected, urin- ation becomes painful (which is never the case in simple catarrh), the external pudendum becomes swollen and inflamed, in con- sequence of which walking is impeded, and a muco-purulent dis- charge makes its appearance the same as in gonorrhoea of the male, only more copious and generally of a bad odor. Some individuals, according as the disease is more or less intense, experience febrile motions, lassitude, depression of strength, drawing pains in the lumbar and sacral regions, dull pains in the pelvis, sensitiveness to contact, difficulty of urinating. Upon the mucous membrane, as well as in the neighborhood of the vagina, we often notice erosions and small flat ulcers. This inflammatory stage lasts, as in the case of the male, from eight days to a fortnight. As the pains abate, the discharge becomes thinner, more milky, and, in favorable cases, abates little by little until it ceases entirely in a few weeks. More commonly, however, the discharge continues for months, and in case the uterus is considerably involved, the gonorrhoea becomes chronic and exceedingly obstinate. The infectiousness of the dis- charge does not become extinct until it has lasted a long time. Chronic catarrh very generally arises from the acute form, but in most cases takes place without any preliminary acute stage. A scanty slimy secretion from the vagina occurs in most females, Vaginitis, Catarrh of the Sexual Mucous Lining. 23 either as a constant discharge, or before or after menstruation, and even a profuse discharge after several confinements still constitutes a normal secretion; at any rate the women themselves do not look upon it as anything unnatural. It is only when the discharge is excessive, or when it occurs in children, that we are justified in regarding it as a morbid phenomenon. Under the operation of one of the above-named exciting causes the discharge continues to in- crease in quantity and to gradually disturb the constitutional equi- librium. The discharge is at times of a glassy transparency, at times milky, and less frequently purulent; it may become so pro- fuse that the patients may not be able to leave their room; the stains on the linen are generally stiff and grayish, less frequently yellowish; it often excoriates the external parts and the thighs; this is not owing to the quantity of the secretion, but to its quality and perhaps to the sensitiveness of the skin. The discharge is scarcely ever uniformly the same; sometimes it has remissions and even intermissions, is generally most copious before or after the menses, and frequently even takes their place entirely. If the uter- ine secretion is very tenacious, mucous plugs are easily deposited in the cervical canal, and an increased accumulation of mucus takes place in the uterus which causes labor-like pains that cease all at once as soon as the mucus has been expelled. The anatomical changes accompanying this condition of things, consist in an inter- stitial putting and swelling of the mucous lining which may result even in polypous formations; the follicles, known as the ovula Na- bothi, are likewise altered, their orifices becoming closed by the continued secretion; they are particularly seen at the cervix in the shape of small, prominent, transparent vesicles. The ulcers are either flat, catarrhal erosions, or else the suppurating follicles are transformed into more deep-seated rounded ulcers. The erosions not unfrequently give rise to the granular ulcers of the cervix, the ulcerated surface becoming uneven and very much disposed to bleed. More recently a degree of importance has been attached to this ulcerative process of which it is not possessed in reality. In every chronic catarrh, simular ulcerations take place without the catarrh being on that account derived from the ulcers, or the constitutional symptoms from the ulcerative process generally. Why should this be done in a case of uterine catarrh? It cannot be denied that the last-named ulcers give rise to pain, especially during coition, and that they may even cause slight hemorrhages; but it is question- able whether such accidents impair the general health as much as 24 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. is supposed. , It is much more natural to regard the general irrit- ability and the nervous phenomena as simple consequences of the catarrhal disease, and to derive the ulcers from the irritation pro- duced by the act of coition in individuals with a peculiar predis- position for such derangements. On hearing of so many physicians who make female diseases a speciality and trot around with their specula, promising the afflicted a speedy cure, we cannot forbear suspecting such vagabonds of impure designs. These ulcers of the cervix fare no better than many other modern discoveries in medi- cine; at first everything is explained by means of them, until re- peated disappointments satisfy us, that the discovery was no great thing after all. The consequences of catarrh to the general organism vary both in extent and in intensity. Many women who have been afflicted for years with profuse leucorrhoea preserve an appearance of perfect health ; others, on the contrary, are very much affected even by an inconsiderable discharge. One of the most common consequences, and, on the other hand, one of the most common causes, are men- strual irregularities, generally scanty menses. Moreover, an unusual nervous irritability, backache, aching pains in the small of the back, hemicrania, hysteric spasms set in. The patient looks sick, with a grayish, dingy complexion and dark margins around the eyes. If the discharge is very profuse, symptoms of anemia make their ap- pearance. The faculty of conception is not very much influenced by uterine catarrh, otherwise women afflicted with it, would not conceive so readily. If the mucous lining is considerably puffed up, and the uterine canal closed by plugs of mucus, it is a matter of course that conception must be very much interfered with. The worst thing that can happen to the patient is the shock to the nervous system caused by a co-existing titillation of the genital organs and a violent excitement of the sexual instinct. Treatment. Whether an acute vaginal catarrh is virulent or not, can be inferred from the symptoms with tolerable certainty. The non-virulent catarrh scarely ever affects the parts with much intensity, but usually makes an inroad upon the constitutional well- being, and leaves the urethra unirritated; at least no pus can be squeezed out of its orifice. As in the male, so in the female gonorrhoea, Mercurius solubilis or virus is the first and most important remedy. The employment of aconite in this disease, as recommended by Hartmann, simply in- volves a loss of time. Mercurius has all the symptoms of the in- Vaginitis, Catarrh of the Sexual Mucous Lining. 25 flammatory stage: Itching, smarting and burning in the sexual organs; increased sexual desire; inflammatory swelling of the vagina and external pudendum, with sensitiveness to contact; whitish, thick, purulent and greenish discharge, of an offensive odor, causing erosions and ulcerations in the surrounding parts, with painful emission of urine; tenesmus of the bladder and rectum. These phenomena constitute a complete image of the gonorrhoea of females, for which Mercurius will be found as efficient a remedy as it is for gonorrhoea of the male. The symptoms which remain after the inflammation is removed, may require a variety of remedies. It is advisable to first find a suitable remedy among those that have been recommended for gonorrhoea of the male. Hepar sulphuris may be required, or else Nitri acidum or Thuya. Nitri acidum is particularly suitable if the discharge looks bad, is mixed with blood and has a bad odor; Thuya is more suitable if condylomata are present. For marked urinary difficulties Cannabis and Cantharides may be resorted to. If we are sure that an acute attack of vaginal catarrh is of the non-virulent kind, Aconite, whatever Hartmann may say in favor of this drug, is scarcely ever required, at any rate much less fre- quently than Belladonna. As a rule Belladonna is preferable to Aconite in all diseases of the mucous membrane; in this instance it is likewise more specifically indicated by the symptoms. Regarding Arnica, Hartmann has the following: "A condition characterized by an increased sensation of warmth, fulness and tension in the internal pudendum, constant titillation, sometimes even a burning sensation at urinating, slight fever, is sometimes met with in the case of newly married people. It would be wrong to attribute these symptoms to infection; they are caused by too great a narrowness of the vagina and by the contusion caused by intercourse, as is likewise made evident by the swelling and redness of the external labia, attended with an intense burning pain at urinating, and even retention of urine, owing to the inflammation and swelling of the urethra and of the internal organs. Arnica meets this condition. [Belladonna and even Aconite are often re- quired to control the swelling and inflammation of the labia. H.] If the patient complains of a burning in the vagina and labia, with discharge of a thin, but acrid mucus from the genital organs, constant chilliness, disposition to lie down, sadness, depression of spirits, etc., Pulsatilla answers this condition better than any other remedy. 26 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. Other remedies which are likewise adapted to the acute form of catarrh, will be indicated in the subsequent paragraph ; altogether the transition from the acute to the chronic form of leucorrhoea is scarcely noticeable. Chronic leucorrhoea is one of the most inveterate derangements, and is much more difficult to cure than an obstinate gleet, although the use of local remedies is much more practicable in the former than in the latter. We merely mention the names of the remedies, since it is impracticable to enumerate the symptoms of each which, in order to effect a cure, will have to be compared with the utmost care with the pathological phenomena; the large number of drugs bearing upon this affection, renders the use of a good Repertory indispensable. The most important and most frequently required remedies are: Calcarea carbonica, Ferrum, Graphites, Lycopodium, Natrum muriaticum, China, Sepia, Kali carbonicum. Mezereum, Phos- phorus, Platina, Sabina, Podium, Conium, Alumina. We will endea- vor to classify these drugs in accordance with some of the most important indications, referring the reader for more minute symp- tomatic particulars to the Materia Medica. The most important item to be considered is the appearance of leucorrhoea at the beginning or during the course of the menses; this point alone may furnish us a clue to the whole character of the discharge. For leucorrhoea previous to the menses the following remedies are suitable: Calcarea carbonica, Sepia, Phosphorus, Gra- phites, Alumina, Natrum muriaticum; for leucorrhoea setting in in the place of the menses:. Pulsatilla, Sabina, Zincum, China, Natrum muriaticum ; and subsequently to the menses: Bovista, Podium, Bata, Calc, carb., Sepia, Graphites, Lycopodium. In the case of chlorotic individuals, if fluor albus is the conse- quence, not the cause of the anaemia, we resort to: L^errum, Puls., Calc, carb., and Arsenicum ; if the anaemia is caused by the loss of fluids involved in the leucorrhoeal discharge, China, Ferrum, Lyco- podium, Natrum muriaticum, Stannum are required. The nervous phenomena attendant on the discharge, are most generally found under Lgnatia and Platina ; and if self-abuse is one of the causes, Zincum, Nux vomica and Lgnatia may be exhibited. In the case of patients of a somewhat advanced age, the following remedies may be preferable: Kali carb., Natrum mur., Mezereum, Lycopodium., Sepia. In dietetic respects all that is needful to do is to avoid everything that has a tendency to excite or keep up the discharge; this is eas- Metritis, Inflammation of the Womb. 27 ily neglected if the patient's whole mode of living is chargeable with the disorder. In such a case marvellous cures are related from a visit to these or those springs, whereas a little common sense might teach that the same results can be obtained with much less trouble and expense by pursuing a regular course of proper diet and general hygiene at home. It is not our object to single out and re- commend in this place certain springs that are really of use in this affection; all we have to say is, that salt-water bathing is sometimes a sovereign remedy for the most obstinate uterine catarrh, agreeable to the indications furnished by the physiological experiments insti- tuted with common salt. Injections of water by means of a good vaginal syringe keep the parts clean and free from soreness and ulcerations; otherwise they have no curative effect. But we should not pedantically insist upon cold water being used under all circumstances and by everybody; tepid water sometimes has a much more certain palliative effect. 2. Metritis Inflammation of the Womb. This inflammation may involve the internal lining as well as the substance and the external serous coat of the uterus. If the mu- cous lining alone is invaded, we have the picture of an acute uterine catarrh which, however, almost always accompanies both the other forms, parenchymatous and peri-metritis. The common causes of metritis are, like those of acute catarrh, deleterious influences acting directly upon the uterus, more especi- ally excessive coition, obstetrical operations or foreign Todies in the cavity of the uterus; or the causes may be more general, such as a cold, or violent emotions; these influences affect the uterus so much more readily at a period when the organ is in a state of congestion, for instance at the time of the menses. If the menses suddenly cease at the commencement of inflammation, we have no right to conclude that this suppression is the cause instead of the conse- quence of the inflammation. Chronic metritis generally arises from the acute form, or is occasioned by causes similar to those in which a chronic catarrh of the sexual mucous membrane originates. Symptoms and Course. The disease usually commences with a chill which is at once followed by pains in the diseased or- gan. If the parenchyma is alone affected, the pains are not very violent, aching, boring, throbbing, stitching or lancing, they are 28 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. seated deep in the pelvis, are accompanied by a most painful press- ing downwards resembling feeble labor-pains; they are increased by pressing upon the abdomen, by very active respiratory movements, urging at stool, and erect posture, and they radiate to the small of the back and thighs. If the serous covering is likewise involved the pains become more acute, the sensitiveness to contact is greater and extends over a larger surface. The volume of the uterus not being sufficiently increased, it cannot be felt through the abdominal integuments; on exploration the uterus is found to be more sensi- tive, and the cervical portion is softer, more swollen and shorter than in the normal condition. The constitutional symptoms are of different degrees of intensity. Fever is never entirely absent, but is not generally very violent; the pulse is generally small and rather hard. The stomach sympathizes most readily in this disease; loss of appetite, coated tongue, nausea, retching and vomiting are very common. The bowels are constipated, the passage of the fieces is attended with tenesmus, urination is impeded and sometimes quite impossible. If the disease breaks out during the menses, they cease immediately and in their place a discharge sets in as in acute catarrh of the uterus. If the menstrual period happens within the course of the disease, the menses either remain suspended, or else the flow of blood is more copious, sometimes even amounting to an actual hemorrhage. In the further course of the disease the discharge from the uterus is apt to become purulent, and if, which is a rare occurrence, abscesses form within the substance of the uterus, clear pus is discharged. The disease runs an acute course of about a fort- night, when, if no particular complications exist, convalescence takes place; which, however, is frequently incomplete, inasmuch as either leucorrhcea or swelling of the uterus is apt to remain behind. Among the most important complications we number an inflam- mation of the peritonaeum which is apt to occur and by which the course of the disease is very much protracted and the metritis it- self is very much aggravated. In such a case the inflammation as- sumes the form of diffuse peritonitis, with a very dubious prognosis. In a case of this kind, the patient being a robust young woman, not pregnant and the attack having occurred between the menstrual periods, a copious discharge of thin pus from the vagina took place about the tenth day, so that it was scarcely possible to keep a suffi- cient supply of clean cloths under her. This was of course followed by extreme weakness owing to which her recovery was very much Metritis, Inflammation of the Womb. 29 delayed. Previous to this discharge nothing of any sort had passed her. Metritis of pregnant females can scarcely ever be recognized with perfect certainty unless the enveloping membrane of the uterus and the peritonaeum generally become involved. It may be supposed to exist if febrile motions, vomiting or retching, meteorism, painful- ness of the gravid uterus whether touched or not, set in. During the first months the inflammation extends over the whole organ; afterwards it becomes localized, and the painful sensitiveness is like- wise more circumscribed and confined to a definite locality. It is only exceptionally, that the course of pregnancy is affected unfavor- ably by the inflammation, and if the latter is very intense. If me- tritis occurs during the period of parturition, labor becomes unus- ually painful; and, if abscesses should form, rupture of the uterus may easily take place. After confinement metritis generally takes the form of puerperal metritis, of which we shall treat in the next chapter. Chronic metritis is upon the whole a somewhat obscure condition. It generally remains as a consequence of acute metritis, but may likewise develop itself spontaneously under the operation of the various causes that may give rise to chronic catarrh of the uterus. We discover a more or less considerable general or total swelling of the uterus; enlargement, interstitial distention, hardness and ulceration of the vaginal portion, obstinate leucorrhoea. The pains ordinarily are trifling, consisting of a sensation of pressure and heaviness in the pelvis. 'During and previous to menstruation the pains increase to such a degree of intensity that they seem like genuine uterine colic. In higher grades of the disease the menses become entirely suppressed, except that about the period for their appearance violent pains set in, as if the flow would really take place. The constitutional equilibrium is more or less disturbed, and so-called hysteric nervous affections almost always make their ap- pearance. If the swelling is considerable, the passage of the feces and urine is very much interfered with, likewise the circulation of the left or right lower extremity. The faculty to conceive is very much impaired by both the acute and chronic form of metritis, although the possibility of conception cannot altogether be denied. Treatment. We transcribe a few passages from Hartmann's work: "Having had many opportunities of treating this kind of inflammation I recommend as a chief and frequently applicable remedy Nux vomica, which I found useful in the district where I 30 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. happened to be located, for the additional reason that the women in my district were in the habit of indulging in the excessive use of cotfee. Other homoeopathic physicians have tested the efficacy of Nux in these inflammations. The selection of a drug, however, neither depends upon the seat of the inflammation, nor upon the fact whether the uterus is impregnated or not, or whether the in- flammation occurs during pregnancy or confinement. If the medi- cine was otherwise homoeopathic to the symptoms, I have cured in- flammation of the fundus, cervix, anterior or posterior surface of the uterus, with a single dose of Nux. In some cases where the fever was accompanied by a severe chill, followed by intense heat, frequent and tense pulse and violent thirst, I found it necessary to begin the treatment with a few doses of Aconite. Nux vomica is indicated by the following characteristic symptoms: acute pressing pains above the pubic bones, increased by external pressure and an exploration of the internal parts; violent pains in the loins and small of the back; constipation or hard stools attended with burn- ing-stinging pains; painful urination or retention of urine; stitching and bruising pain of the abdomen during motion or when coughing and sneezing; increased temperature and swelling of the os tincse, with simultaneous painfulness of the vagina; exacerbations in the morning-hours." We doubt the correctness of these statements. The symptoms of Aconite do not point to metritis as an homoeo- pathic remedy for this inflammation; not even the accompanying fever is sufficiently intense to justify the use of Aconite. Nor do we believe that metritis can be cured with a single dose of Nux; at any rate we should not expect, nor do we deem it possible to cut a metritis short. " An equally indispensable remedy in these inflammations is Bel- ladonna, more particularly, if the sensation of heaviness and drag- ging in the abdomen, which frequently increases to a painful bearing- down, becomes very troublesome and is attended with a stinging- burning pain above the pubic bones, pains in the small of the back as if it would break, stinging pains in the hip-joints which cannot bear either motion or contact, (under certain circumstances China may here be indicated after Aconite.) If the inflammation sets in after confinement, the lochial secretion is arrested, the placenta ad- heres, or is discharged in the shape of an ichorous, fetid liquid, with violent burning and a sensation of fulness in the vagina, the em- ployment of Belladonna is called for so much more pressingly." We refrain from commenting upon the last passage, for we hold Metritis, Inflammation of the Womb. 31 that if such phenomena occur while the placenta remains adhering to the uterus, we have a strictly puerperal disease before us, which does not belong in this chapter. Without doubt Belladonna is eminently suitable in cases of violent metritis, and is even prefer- able to Nux, more especially if the menses were arrested during the course of the inflammation. Nor have we a better remedy for metrorrhagia setting in at the time of the menses. "A similar affection occasioned by a violent fit of chagrin, espe- cially after confinement, yields most speedily and surely to a single dose of Cha.inom.ilda. In such a case the lochial secretion is generally more profuse, and, if it was already white, it again changes to a discharge of quantities of blackish, coagulated blood. Not unfre- quently we see metritis set in after the inordinate use of Chamo- mile-tea, which unreasonable midwives will allow their patients in confinement in spite of all the warnings of physicians. In such cases Nux, Ignatia, Pulsatilla, each according to the symptoms of the disease, will be found to be the best antidotes. We here refer to what we have said above concerning the one dose of Nux ; more- over we doubt the value of Chamomiila as a remedy in metritis. Mercurius deserves the same encomiums in this disease as in uterine catarrh. It is indicated by violent febrile heat interrupted by chills; inclination to abundant perspiration; violent thirst; purulent discharge from the vagina; diarrhoeic discharge with tenesmus. These are symptoms denoting the formation of pus. Knowing as we do that this is apt to set in in the impregnated uterus, Mercurius had better be prescribed first, when the uterus is partially inflamed. Sabina may be given if the menses set in in the form of hemor- rhage during the course of the inflammation, attended with labor- like pains that spread to the thighs. This remedy will likewise be found applicable in other forms of metritis; we are led to this con- clusion because Sabina which is so often employed as a means of producing abortion, is apt to cause inflammatory conditions of the nterus. Other suitable remedies will be found in the next chapter on puerperal fever; or for the remaining traces of metritis we refer the reader to the remedies recommended for catarrh of the genital mucous lining ; or finally, in case the peritoneum should be intensely affected, the remedies for peritonitis may be consulted. It is always well to watch convalescent patients for a time lest chronic metritis should remain behind. 32 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. For this disease we do not possess any Similia in the rigorous sense of the term; our provings have not as yet disclosed such pathogenetic virtues in our drugs as can be considered homoeopathic to the pathological symptoms. Hence we shall have to select our remedies in accordance with accessory symptoms. A most important symptom is the discharge from the vagina, and next to this the character of the menstrual functions. The most noteworthy reme- dies in this direction have already been mentioned in the previous chapter. They are: Sepia, Platina, Lycopodium, Graphites, Conium mamilatum, Arsenicum album, Natrum muriaticum, and finally Sul- phur. Sulphur is especially appropriate if the chronic disease had remained after an acute attack, in which case it is superior to any other remedy. [In bad cases of endometritis Kafka proposes Kreosotum and Secale cornutum. He writes: "If the lochia have a dirty-brown color and a fetid odor, and ulcers have broken out on the external pudendum, the question is to check the further spread of the diph- theritic piocess as soon as possible. At the commencement of this disease we resort to Kreosotum 1. in solution every two hours; at the same time we order injections into the vagina and uterus, using for this purpose lukewarm water to which from 10 to 15 drops of Kreosote are added. The injections have to be repeated every three or four hours. The diphtheritic exudation soon becomes detached and the lochia and ulcers of the vagina assume a healthier appear- ance. In very bad cases of this kind, if the diphtheritic process in the uterus has spread over a large surface, the lochia have a cadaverous smell, and the injections bring away whole quantities of disorganized, gangrened cellular tissue; if at the same time the patients are very much prostrated and become anaemic, and the ulcers on the puden- dum assume a gangrened appearance, we prescribe Secale cornutum 1, in order to induce more powerful contractions and to bring about the detachment and expulsion of the necrosed cellular tissue. We will relate a striking case of this kind from our former practice. In a case of septic metritis setting in in consequence of a very tedious labor that lasted over 72 hours, the above-described pheno- mena were all present; the patient grew weaker from hour to hour, she ceased to answer questions and was pale as death ; yet she had her senses ; the extremities were cool, and the hydrsemia which had already set in, had given rise to oedema round the ankle; a gan- grenous ulcer in the vagina had already destroyed a considerable Metritis, Inflammation of the Womb. 33 portion of the nymphse. Without being acquainted with the phy- siological effects of Secale, we proposed the external and internal use of this drug. We gave five grains of the powder every two hours, and ordered injections into the uterus every two hours, of a decoction of the same substance of the strength of one drachm of the powder to one pound of water. After the sixth powder and the sixth injection violent labor-like pains set in which brought away a black, excessively fetid coagulum that had filled the cavity of the uterus and consisted of decaying detritus. The patient who in the mean while had fainted as if dead, was washed with wine and, after her consciousness had been restored by the inhalation of some diffusible stimulant, she partook of small quantities of Malaga. The patient was saved. A good diet gradually restored her strength, and her recovery was soon obtained. Since we have become acquainted with the effects of small doses, we prescribe in the higher grades of endometritis, if the above de- scribed phenomena are present, Secale cornutum 1, in solution every hour or two hours, and, by this means, accomplish the same pur- pose, with this difference, that no such tumultuous reaction takes place in the uterus, that the contractions lake place slowly without any pain worth mentioning, and that the exudation is not detached all at once, but gradually. Ergotin 1, has given us the same favor- able results. In desperate cases Sabina 1, may be given internally and exter- nally. If during the course of septic endometritis the symptoms of puerperal fever supervene (for a description see next chapter), w.e give Camphora 1, one or two drops on sugar of milk every two hours, at the same time ordering injections of Camphor into the uterus in the proportion of one drachm of the spirits of Camphor to one pound of water, for the purpose of rousing the sinking vitality of the uterine capillaries and of the general organism, by quickening the movements of the stagnant blood-corpuscles, in- creasing the chances of a favorable reaction. This result, however, is a very rare one. However, if we succeed, we then discontinue the Camphor, and resort to Kreosote in order to keep up the incipient i mpro vement. In order to neutralize the bad effects of the fetid odor of the lochia we resort to the use of disinfectants, such as the Chloride of Lime, fumigations with vinegar, etc. Parenchymatous metritis and metrophlebitis set in with fre- quently-recurring chills. These chills are more especially ominous 34 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. © if symptoms of puerperal fever are at the same time present. In such cases, which are generally of the worst kind, we at once give Chinin. 1, every two hours. The intention is to prevent the rapid failing of strength, and at the same time to exert a favorable influ- ence upon the fluids. If this remedy does not cause a satisfactory improvement, we resort to Chininum arsenicosum 1, for the same purpose, more par- ticularly if the chills are attended with rapid sinking of strength and the integuments at the same time show a remarkable degree of pallor. H.j 3. Metritis puerperalis. Puerperal Fever, Inflammation of the Uterus during Confinement. Our excuse for bringing together in this chapter several morbid conditions that ought to have been separated according to the exi- gencies of a rigorous pathological classification, is a desire to simplify our remarks on the subject of treatment. Consequently we shall discuss in this chapter not only the simple puerperal inflammation of the tissues of the uterus, but likewise puerperal fever properly speaking, and shall, as far as possible, explain the differences between these two diseases in the paragraph on the etiological causes. Simple puerperal metritis involves, it is true, most frequently the internal lining of the uterus (endometritis), but usually likewise extends to the parenchyma, the veins and lymphatic vessels, and very frequently to the peritonaeum, although no specific etiological cause can be assigned for each of these different localizations. The disease originates more especially in the circumstances under which the act of parturition takes place. The inner lining of the uterus is very easily injured by the process of labor; the place where the placenta adheres, is like an open sore; the uterine involution, even in perfectly normal conditions, is attended with signs of local inflammatory action and a general febrile excitement. Hence, even if the process of parturition takes place ever so normally, we have to carefully weigh every circumstance which the most trifling cause might kindle into an inflammatory affection. If, in addition to this, we have the effects of a tedious labor, perhaps an operation, detachment of the placenta, turning, etc., the uterus is so much more disposed to become inflamed, and the access of atmospheric air which cannot be kept out, increases this disposition by favoring the decomposition of the uterine secretion. This accounts for the Metritis Puerperalis. 35 ease with which trifling causes sometimes exert the most unfavor- able influence upon women in confinement. Among these we place in the front rank emotions whether joyful or depressing; excessive warmth of the sick-room and bed-covering, with which a want of cleanliness almost always goes hand in hand; stimulating beverages such as chamomile-tea and coffee; and finally a cold, which, how- ever, occurs much less frequently than is generally supposed, to the detriment of lying-in women who are not only deprived of fresh air, but, being kept too warm, are made to perspire, and thus become sensitive to the least exposure. True puerperal fever, under circumstances of which mention will be made by and by, develops itself from the uterine inflammation, or else it originates without any such special cause. Various hypo- theses have been resorted to in order to explain this pernicious malady, but all these hypotheses are still unproven. What is cer- tain is that the composition of the blood is altered, that exudations take place with a most decided tendency to suppuration, and that a general dissolution of the blood, as in typhus, is apt to occur. It seems as though this decomposition of the blood were not depend- ing upon the puerperal condition, but may have existed already previous to confinement, which is inferred from the circumstance that fever and various local symptoms are already perceived during the last few days or even weeks of pregnancy. That the composi- tion of the blood is altered, is moreover evidenced by the circum- stance that only such women are attacked as are constitutionally sickly or are exposed to want and oppressed with care and anxiety. If, as Scanzoni asserts, pulmonary tuberculosis is a protection against puerperal fever, the doctrine of dyscrasias would seem to be con- firmed by such a fact. Puerperal fever sets in under the operation of the same causes that have been indicated for simple metritis; two weighty circum- stances, however, have yet to be added. One is the epidemic ap- pearance of the disease, which shows that general atmospheric or telluric influences are at work in producing the disease, and it would seem as though stormy and damp cold weather exerted the greatest influence as an exciting cause; and the other circumstance is the communication of the disease by infection. In this respect opinions, although not by any means agreed, incline to the theory that the disease is not communicated by a contagium, but, like cholera, by miasmatic agencies. We do not deem it expedient to discuss this matter more fully in this place. A number of cases in lying-in 36 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. hospitals undoubtedly originate in this source, although there are exceptions. Symptoms and Course. In order to intelligently appreciate the phenomena characterizing the morbid process of which we are speaking, it is well to familiarize one's mind with the anatomical changes that this morbid process develops. The disease always commences in the first days after confinement, at a period when the uterus has not yet completed the process of involution. This return to a normal condition is checked by the inflammation, on which account the uterus remains larger than in its normal condition, its walls are soft and flabby. The interstices of the internal lining are sometimes puffed up only in part, and covered with a purulent secretion; and at other times they are covered with a croupous, membranous exudation, more especially round the portion where the placenta was attached. All such exudations incline very strongly to gangrenous disorganization, in which case the mucous membrane is transformed into a fetid, dark-colored pulp. The uterine paren- chyma scarcely ever remains uninvaded; sometimes, however, its inner layer only is interstitially distended and infiltrated. If the inflammatory process spreads, exudation takes place here and there in the muscular layer, with abscesses or ichorous deposits, the veins become involved in the inflammation, and likewise the lymphatic vessels, after which a more or less considerable peritoneal exudation is scarcely ever absent. In consequence of a further spread of the inflammation of the veins and lymphatic vessels, the femoral vessels not unfrequently become inflamed and closed up, giving rise to the so-called phlegmasia alba dolens; or else metastatic abscesses orig inate in consequence of the inflammation communicating itself to remote parts. Simple puerperal metritis rarely commences before the second, and equally rarely after the eighth day of confinement, almost al- ways with a severe chill followed by burning heat. At the same time or very soon after, the uterus becomes painful, with or with- out pressure, and very soon shows a decrease of resisting power. Generally the lochial discharge ceases as soon as the inflammation sets in. One of the most common symptoms at the very outset is a violent, painful vomiting and retching, and more or less frequent diarrhoeic discharges with tenesmus. The fever is very intense; the pulse, if vomiting is present, is at first empty, but seldom less than one hundred, and afterwards full and hard. The patients are tor- mented by a desire for cold water, their features are collapsed from Metritis Puerperalis. 37 the commencement of the attack, and, if the vomiting is severe, an expression of despair is depicted in their countenances. Two or three days after the breaking out of the disease, flat ulcers are usu- ally seen on the external pudendum, which are covered with pus or a croupous exudation. If the disease runs a favorable course, and if no complications develop themselves, it may gradually termi- nate in recovery in one or two weeks, with a return of the lochia, a decrease of the local pains, and a resumption, on the part of the skin, of its normal functions. The last-mentioned change is fre- quently attended with the breaking out of a rash and profuse per- spiration. But if decomposition of the inflammatory products in the uterus takes place, we are led to suspect the occurrence of such a change by the supervention of severe rigors followed by heat, the pulse be- comes more frequent and smaller, and collapse sometimes takes place with extraordinary rapidity. The vagina now discharges a fetid, dark, ichorous fluid, mixed with exudation-shreds, and the ulcers on the pudendum assume a suspicious look and become gan- grened. At the same time the local pain may disappear entirely, at least it scarcely ever increases in intensity; a profuse, colliqua- tive diarrhoea now breaks out, nor are complications in other organs wanting, such as a copious exudation in the peritoneal cavity. With this series of phenomena simple metritis, under the operation of the causes described in the paragraph on etiology, passes into true puerperal fever, that is, a general decomposition of the blood takes place very speedily. The pulse now becomes very small and frequent, all pain disappears, the features collapse, assume a cada- verous appearance, the skin is burning hot and very dry, the tongue looks as in the most violent form of typhus. The diarrhoea becomes foul, bloody or dysenteric, and the vomiting sometimes reappears. Very bad symptoms are a vomiting of the color of verdigris, and an intense meteorism. The secretion from, the vagina is either entirely arrested, or else exceedingly ichorous and decomposed. Gangrenous erysipelas of the integuments is a very common attendant on this dreadful disease. In cases where this putrescence of the uterus sets in as a primary affection, not as the result of a process of decomposition in the course of simple metritis, the signs of an intense constitutional dis- ease are generally manifest already previous to the period of confine- ment, although the indications may be so vague that it is not al- ways easy to interpret them correctly. The patients have a sickly, 38 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. cachectic appearance, complain of a feeling of languor, frequent shiverings, without much heat. Labor is tedious, the pains are dis- tressing- and feeble, the child is often still-born, the exhaustion after labor out of all proportion, the uterus is sensitive to pressure. If after such preliminary symptoms a violent chill and other symp- toms of metritis set in suddenly two or three days after confine- ment, a malignant puerperal fever may be confidently expected, which most commonly terminates in death after a very short period of time. Phlegmasia alba dolens is one of the most striking- and most fre- quent metastatic inflammations occurring during the course of me- tritis. It is occasioned by the inflammation of one or more of the larger femoral veins. Amid severe pain, sometimes high up in the limb, sometimes in the knee or leg, the limb swells very rapidly from above downwards, frequently to an enormous size. The swell- ing is white, shining, painful, elastic in the lower grades of the dis- ease, and at a later stage retaining, like oedema, the imprint of the finger. The motion of the limb is either rendered difficult or im- possible. If the superficial veins are inflamed, they appear down the limb like bright-red, painful streaks of great hardness. The termination is either in recovery by a return of the circulation, or in suppuration of the surrounding cellular tissue and other soft parts, whereby life is greatly endangered. In severe attacks of puerperal metritis, the prognosis is always rather unfavorable. Although simple endometritis is of itself a less threatening disease, yet accidental unavoidable circumstances may transform it at any time into a putrid inflammation, or may cause a fatal termination by an invasion of the peritoneum. True puerperal fever is undoubtedly one of the most fatal diseases with which we are acquainted. Treatment, Aconitum is indicated at the commencement of metritis not so much by the local as by the general constitutional symptoms. "Belladonna 30 is indicated by the following symptoms: Disap- pearance of the milk from the breasts, or suspension of the milky secretion with cord-like indurations; redness radiating towards one locus, with stitching and tearing pains in the breasts. Short, op- pressed breathing; anxiety with oppression; distressing drawing, lancing, labor-like pains deep in the abdomen, with painful pressing- towards the sexual organs and the anus, and constant urging to stool which cannot be gratified on account of a contracting spasm Metritis Puerperalis. 39 in the rectum (for which Belladonna is almost a specific); discharge of a coagulated, fetid, black blood, or suppression of the lochial dis- charge ; meteorism of the abdomen, without eructations or emission of flatulence, attended with stinging-digging pains in the abdomen, aggravated by contact and accompanied by a continual invitation to hack; burning heat of the whole body, especially on the forehead and in the palms of the hands, with perspiration on other parts of the body, and violent, sometimes only moderate thirst, and occa- sional difficulty in swallowing; violent pressing headache, especi- ally in the forehead; turgescence of the veins of the head and con- junctiva, with contraction or dilatation of the pupils, which imparts to the eyes a glassy appearance; not unfrequently optical illusions are present, such as sparks, luminous vibrations; photopsia, even amaurosis; headache rendered intolerable by motion and noise and also by moving the eyes, the patient sometimes loses his senses and becomes furiously delirious; sleep is generally restless, not refresh- ing. If constipation is present it will disappear, after the use of Belladonna, together with the pains in the abdomen. Generally speaking, Belladonna deserves particular attention if a puerperal fever assumes the character of typhus, if symptoms of meningitis or encephalitis become apparent, and the affection originates in a violent paroxysm of emotional excitement." This complex of symp- toms does not clearly inform us in what particular case Belladonna is really indicated. We make this remark in order to show how impracticable such a vast enumeration of all the symptoms of a drug is in the treatment of a disease whose symptomatic manifestations are so exceedingly varied. Hartmann has omitted the important symptom of spasmodic vomiting with which an attack of metritis is so apt to set in. In our opinion Belladonna should be given if puerperal metritis sets in with great violence and an intense fever; for symptomatic particulars we refer the reader to our Materia Medica. An important indication for Belladonna is the meteorism which may set in even if no marked symptoms of peritonitis are ob- served. If peritonitis is present, our chief attention should be directed towards it. As soon as symptoms of suppuration in the uterus, or of decomposition of the exudation become manifest, other remedies will have to be resorted to. As regards Chamomilla and Pulsatilla, we do not, as Hartmann does, regard them as remedies for puerperal metritis; if either of these remedies is supposed to have cured metritis, all we have to say is that no metritis was present. 40 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. " Nux vomica will frequently be found curative, for the additional reason that coffee which is made use of by women in confinement in such large quantities and so strong, often occasions the disease. (Nux is likewise suitable, if the disease is caused by abuse of Cha- momile-tea, provided, however, that the symptoms indicate this remedy.) The prejudice which is even entertained by people of cul- tivation, that coffee facilitates the secretion of milk, or even makes milk, cannot be removed by anything physicians may say to the contrary, If some of the following symptoms are present, the selec- tion is no longer doubtful: Acute pains in the small of the back or loins; stinging and bruising pain of the abdomen during motion or contact, or when coughing or sneezing; bitter taste and eructations; nausea, even vomiting; dryness of the lips and tongue, slimy or dirty-yellow coating on the tongue; sensation of weight and burn- ing heat in the sexual organs; suppression of the lochia; constipa- tion or hard stool, with burning-stinging pains in the rectum; pain- ful urination or retention of urine; dry, parchment-like, burning- hot skin, with thirst, desire for cold drinks, full and hard pulse, anxiety and oppression reflected in the countenance, constant rest- lessness; the secretion of milk is very seldom suspended, rather in- creased, causing a turgescence of the breasts, with pressure and ten- sion in the same." We will add that Nux has afforded aid in the less violent and uncomplicated forms of endometritis, but never in the more intense forms of this disease. A characteristic symptom for Nux is the violent inflammatory pain of the swollen veins of the rectum, with exquisite sensitiveness to contact. " Colocynthis is an important remedy in these fevers when caused by a fit of indignation or mortification on account of unworthy treatment, beginning and progressing with fainting-fits, attended with a febrile heat, hot and dry skin, hard, full and quick pulse, sopor alternating with delirium, during which the eyes are kept open; disposition to escape, heat about the head, stinging in the eyes and forehead, dark-red face, yellowish coating on the tongue, bitter taste in the mouth and of everything the patient eats, colic and diarrhoea after partaking of the least nourishment, and pain in the pit of the stomach when touching this part." These symptoms are not the most characteristic indications for Colocynthis. If the peritoneum is more especially attacked; if the coat of the uterus is invaded by the inflammation, or if, during the paroxysms of vio- lent pain, the complexion shows the pallor of death, the features become distorted, the skin is in part cool, and in part burning-hot, Metritis Puerperalis. 41 the pulse is quick and there is distressing vomiting with diarrhoea: Colocynth would be much more appropriate. We request the reader to compare what we have said when treating of peritonitis. Veratrum album deserves a preference at the outset of the attack, if the disease sets in suddenly and with great violence; there is fierce vomiting and frequent diarrhoeic stoojs, the trunk is hot, while the extremities are icy-cold, the face is pale as death and covered with coid sweat, a particular indication is the presence of delirium from the commencement, attended with an unspeakable anguish. In this respect Veratrum is very similar to Colocynth, and is particularly adapted to attacks that set in with the most in- tense vehemence. These remedies, to which we will add Coffea cruda, Arnica and Hyoscyamus for the sake of completeness, are particularly suited in the lighter grades of metritis, and at the commencement of the severer forms of the disease. We now proceed to point out the remedies that have to be resorted to in the further course of this inflammation and for ensuing complications. Mercurius vivus and solubilis. Simple endometritis is altogether the same process as acute catarrh of the uterus, modified by puerperal influences. These modifications, however, being no less adapted to the action of Mercurius than simple catarrh, the similarity of this remedy is not interfered with. The period for its employment is the appearance of ulcers on the pudendum, hence on the second day of the disease. Without describing the general symptoms which manifest themselves as accompaniments of this stage, we will direct the reader's attention to one general indication. As long as the ex- udation in the uterus or peritoneal cavity does not show any dispo- sition to putrid decomposition, and as long as a simple suppurative process prevails, Mercurius is the appropriate remedy. The condi- tion of the ulcers is the best criterium by which the propriety of using Mercurius can be determined: as long as these ulcers preserve their healthy color, and do not become ichorous or gangrenous, Mercurius may be given, no matter whether the fever is high or only slight. Bryonia alba, according to Hartmann, is indicated by a feeling of emptiness in the breasts, a copious secretion of urine, no suppression of the lochia, (on the contrary, a re-appearance of a bloody lochial discharge,) no pain in the rectum at stool, sensitiveness of the ute- rus, violent fever, with great restlessness and depression of spirits, painfulness of the thigh when moving it. In our opinion these in- 42 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. dications are exceedingly uncertain and insufficient. We consider Bryonia indicated, if the fever is not very violent, the peritoneum is involved in the inflammation, if no decomposition threatens and no ulcers have formed; disposition to sweat, breaking out here and there, but lasting only for a few moments; general languor and in- clination to lie quiet;* the digestive organs are very much involved in the attack, but there is no vomiting or diarrhoea; meteorism. Compare peritonitis. Rhus toxicodendron is, in some respects, similar to Bryonia. It is particularly appropriate if simple metritis assumes a typhoid form without any symptoms of decomposition being present. The ty- phoid character may be manifest from the very commencement, but as a rule it does not set in until the disease has fairly entered upon its course. The fever is continuous, with a burning heat and dry- ness of the skin, quick and excited pulse; the sentient sphere is very much irritated; the patients complain of violent headache, feel dizzy and as if overwhelmed with sleep, or they are more or less delirious; the face is intensely red, but the color seems unnatural; the tongue is dry and the thirst excessive. These symptoms may cause us to suspect the approach of puerperal fever. Rhus is likewise suitable if this fever sets in at the outset, or supervenes gradually in the course of puerperal metritis. In such a case Rhus is more especi- ally indicated by two circumstances: first by the appearance of me- tastatic inflammations of the veins, lymphatic vessels or skin, where a malignant erysipelas or petechise are apt to break out; and sec- ondly, diarrhoea is very apt to suggest Rhus. If the decomposition is very far advanced, the ulcers are gangrenous, the discharge from the vagina has a fetid odor, the following remedies will be found more suitable. When giving Rhus, we have to see that the reac- tion is not prostrated and the fever is not completely adynamic. Secale cornutum. No remedy in our whole Materia Medica shows such a powerful tendency to decomposition of the blood as this drug ; nor is any drug possessed of a more intimate and more char- acteristic relation to the uterus. Hence it is the true puerperal fever, the putrescence of the uterus which invites the exhibition of this drug ; it is indicated by the following symptoms: The abdomen is distended and not very painful; the discharge from the vagina brownish and fetid, the ulcers on the pudendum have a bad color and spread rapidly ; the fever consists in a violent burning heat mingled with almost convulsive shiverings, and with a small, almost intermittent pulse; at the same time we notice great anxiety, pain Metritis Puerperalis. 43 in the pit of the stomach, vomiting of a bad-looking substance, fetid and decomposed diarrhoeic stools, almost complete suppression of urine. The skin has a bad appearance, is covered with petechias or miliaria, or badly-colored local inflammations become manifest which very speedily terminate in gangrenous disorganization of the integuments. At times the patients lie in a state of quiet, with bland delirium, and then again the delirium may be of the furious kind, attended with marked anxiety and a desire to leave the bed. Arsenicum album. Hartmann has the following remarks on this drug: " The disease may break out in any form whatever, yet it may exhibit symptoms that may require Arsenic. Such symptoms are: Burning or burning-corrosive pains in the interior of the affected part, with inability to lie on the affected part, and decrease of the pains during motion. Again: excessive anguish attended with a general, rapid prostration of strength, exces- sive debility, sunken eyes, extinct look, sallow, livid complex- ion, sleeplessness at night, restless tossing about, and a sensa- tion as if a burnins'-hot water were flowino- through the veins; or the sleep is disturbed by frightful and anxious dreams. The Arsenic-fever is always of a violent kind; dry and burning heat, intense thirst which is quenched by frequently drinking small quan- tities of water; dry and cracked lips, phlyctsena around the mouth; nausea, loathing of food, and sometimes bilious vomiting, with violent pressing-burning pains in the abdominal viscera, meteorism; oppressive pains in the chest, dizziness and headache, restlessness, delirium, a small, feeble, intermittent pulse, etc." This picture does not reflect every characteristic feature of the Arsenic-group in puerperal fever. The position of Arsenic in this disease is best learned by comparing this remedy with Secale. Both show un- doubted symptoms of decomposition of the blood; but in the case of Arsenic the reaction is violent, painful, still active, whereas in the case of Secale it is almost extinct. Hence, if both remedies are indicated by the symptoms, we may say that the prevalence of severe pain would point to Arsenic. This diagnostic distinction is particularly applicable to existing ulcers and erysipelatous inflam- mations to which Arsenic is homoeopathic if they are painful, and Secale if they are painless and atonic. Bor further points of com- parison we refer to the Materia Medica. Phosphorus deserves honorable mention in this place. Even a cursory perusal of its pathogenesis shows its intimate relation to the female sexual organs. Its curative influence in puerperal me- 44 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. tritis cannot be determined a priori without further inquiry. This influence does not depend upon the local symptoms, but is defined by the general phenomena according to which Phosphorus holds an intermediate rank between Rhus and Arsenicum, to either of which it bears a good deal of resemblance, and from either of which it likewise differs a great deal. This can only be decided in every case by a careful comparison of the symptoms. In one form of puerperal fever Phosphorus is preferable to any other remedy, we mean the pyaemic form, more particularly if metastatic inflamma- tions take place in the pleural cavity, the lungs, the pericardium, the femoral veins. The violent fever is mingled with frequent rigors, the conjunctiva and skin have a jaundiced appearance, and soon after we observe the signs of pyaemic inflammation in the metasta- tically-invaded organ. For this reason Phosphorus is likewise the best remedy in metritis if the disease has assumed the character of metro-phlebitis, which it is not always possible to decide with posi- tive certainty. The symptoms indicating such a change are: Slight signs of endometritis, or disappearance of the symptoms of this disease without any corresponding abatement of the lever, increased painfulness of the uterus with inflammation of the femoral veins, and particularly the above-described febrile symptoms, burning heat alternating with frequent feverish shiverings or rigors. The following remedies may likewise be useful, although the in- dications for their use are not very frequent: Carbo vegetabilis, Zin- cum, Platina, Stramonium. [See Kafka's remarks on puerperal me- tritis, page 32 of this work. II.] Many remedies have been recommended for phlegmasia alba dolens, although we do not see upon what such a recommendation is founded. We propose: Mercurius virus, Phosphorus, Pryonia, Phus toxicodendron, and Arsenicum. Mercurius corresponds to the white swelling of the thigh caused by an inflammation of the lym- phatic vessels, the other remedies are indicated in this form of phlegmasia as well as in that caused by an inflammation of the veins. These few remedies will, in our opinion, prove sufficient to effect a cure. [Baehr has omitted three important remedies which are indispensable, if we wish to treat phlegmasia arising from phle- bitis, as promptly and successfully as such an inflammation can be cured ; they are: Belladonna, Aconite and Hamamelis. H.] Oophoritis, Ovaritis. 45 4. Oophoritis, ovaritis. Inflammation of the Ovaries. This inflammation only occurs during the period when this organ is active, between the age of pubescence and the critical change of life ; or likewise previous to the 24th year, very seldom at any other time. The exciting causes are, upon the whole, obscure: it is cer- tain, however, that an inflammation of the uterus during the first week after confinement is very apt to communicate itself to the ovaries. As an idiopathic disease oophoritis is met with among women on the other side of thirty, and among prostitutes who have intercourse with men during the menstrual flow, or it may be caused by a cold ; it is likewise said to occur after medicines that are taken for the purpose of producing abortion. Only one ovary is inflamed at a time. Symptoms and Course. We have to distinguish the acute and chronic form. Acute oophoritis sets in with sudden pains in the region of the ovaries; most commonly they are dull and indefi- nite, stinging and burning, and aggravated by hard pressure. A swelling at this place cannot be felt, and we only succeed now and then in discovering a swelling by an exploration per rectum. The pain sometimes spreads to the adjoining parts, radiates even to the thigh which feels numb, and is more especially increased by sudden mo- tions, not however so as to enable the patients to aggravate the pain ad libitum. Very generally the uterine mucous lining becomes involved in the inflammation which manifests itself with the symp- toms of uterine catarrh. There is no fever, or it is trifling ; on the other hand various nervous derangements set in similar to those of hysteria; even nymphomania and vomiting may occur. Only in very rare cases oophoritis terminates in suppuration; if no dispersion takes place, the inflammation becomes chronic. In the chronic form the swelling is larger and can even be felt exter- nally ; the pains remain, but are inconsiderable and only incline to exacerbate during the menses, during pregnancy and confinement. The menses most generally become irregular, scanty ; leucorrhoea is very commonly present; in the chronic more than in the acute form symptoms of hysteria become manifest, more especially an irritable, capricious mood. The prospect of a complete cure is more favor- able in the acute than in the chronic form; in the latter the exciting cause generally never ceases to be present and keep up the morbid process. 46 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. Treatment, The scarcity of this disease explains why so few cases are reported in our publications that can be reliably regarded as cases of oophoritis. The affection being almost without an ex- ception without any very great importance, we shall confine our- selves to very general indications regarding the use of the proper remedies. Belladonna is in many respects the most important remedy in this disease. As a rule, this medicine is specially adapted to diseases of glandular organs, more particularly when located in the interior of the body. Moreover our provings as well as practice have shown that this medicine bears intimate relations to the female sexual or- gans. Oophoritis is pointed at by the symptoms, as may easily be seen by reference to the abdominal group. Hence, Belladonna is particularly adapted to acute oophoritis attended with severe pain. Experience has likewise satisfied us that Belladonna is useful in the chronic form, provided we do not expect any immediate result. Colocynthis is recommended for inflammatory ovarian affections ; the symptoms, however, do not justify this choice ; nor do the pains indicating colocynth emanate from the ovary. Conium maculatum. Jahr relates a cure of chronic oophoritis effected with this drug ; the ovary was very much swollen and had been indurated for a long time. This result and our physiological provings may suffice to recommend this drug. If in addition to these remedies, we mention Bryonia, Sabina and Cantharis, we have named all the remedies that are of use in acute, and, to some extent, in chronic oophoritis. We must not, however, forget Apis mellifica which contains in its pathogenesis a number of symptoms pointing to affections of the ovaries. It is very likely that too much has been expected of this remedy, but we are prepared to assert its efficacy in acute oophoritis from abundant experience in our own practice. [In acute oophoritis we should not forget to associate Aconite 3 with Apis; the former remedy may be exhibited first, and after the inflammatory symptoms are some- what subdued, Apis may be resorted to, or both may be continued more or less at alternate intervals. H.j For chronic oophoritis we recommend : Mercurius, China, Platina, Sepia, likewise Ignatia, Sulphur and Staphysagria. The selection of the right remedy is often very much interfered with by the ex- isting hysteric difficulties. From Hartmann we take the following indications: If the affection was caused by disappointments in love and consequent dwelling of the fancy upon sexual things, Ignatia, Menstrual Anomalies. 47 Staphysagria and Acidum phosphoricum may be exhibited. China may be added to the two last-mentioned drugs if onanism is one of the exciting causes. Platina for a continual titillation in the inter- nal sexual organs, compelling the patient to rub the parts and at- tended with complete nymphomania; by pressing on the parts, the inflammatory pain changes to a pain as if rhe parts had been con- tused or bruised, with anxiety and oppression, palpitation of the heart, stitches in the front part of the head, sadness alternating with excessive mirth. According to Hartmann, Platina in connec- tion with Belladonna is particularly suitable in the case of prosti- tutes. With Aurum metallicum and mvriaticum^ Clematis and lo- dium, we close the list of ovarian remedies; other morbid condi- tions of these organs, in so far as they are curable, will yield to the above-mentioned remedies. [In the Allgem. horn. Zeit., May 17th, 1862, we have the report of a cure of ovarian cyst by Dr. Hirsch of Prague, of which a re- publication will be found in the 20th number of the British Journal of Homoeopathy. The cyst was the result of an inflammation of the left ovary, which had been treated allceopathica'ly. The dis- order was completely cured chiefly by the use of the Iodine water of Hall, of which the patient took three tablespoonfuls every morning fasting, containing the 48th part of a grain of Iodine. Hall is situated near Linz in Austria; the leading constituents of this mineral water are Chlorides of Sodium, Potassium, Ammonium, Calcium, Magnesium; Iodides of Sodium and Magnesium; Brom- ide of Magnesium; Phosphate of Lime; Carbonate of Lime, Mag- nesia, and Iron; Silicic Acid. H.] 5. Menstrual Anomalies. ■With a view of securing a true definition of menstrual anomalies, we deem it necessary to premise certain observations concerning the normal condition of the menstrual functions. By menstruation we understand a flow of blood from the female sexual organs recurring at regular intervals. It is a sign that the female organism has attained the faculty of conceiving, and depends upon the following processes: The gradual maturing of an ovulum in the ovaries determines an increased afflux of blood to those or- gans. If this congestion has reached its acme, the other organs of the sexual system participate in this hypersemia to such an extent that the blood-vessels become ruptured and a more or less consider- 48 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. • able discharge of blood takes place accompanied by a sometimes more extensive and at other times more local detachment of the epithelial lining of the sexual organs. While the discharge of blood lasts, the matured ovulum enters the Fallopian tubes, which renders its fecundation possible. A discharge of blood need not necessarily accompany the passage of the ovule into the tubes; otherwise how could a woman who is nursing her baby and does not see the least sign of a menstrual shew, conceive again at such a time? That this happens, is a fact established beyond the possibility of a doubt. According to circumstances the menses appear at times sooner, and at other times later. They are influenced by climate; the nearer to the equator, the sooner the menstrual period appears; they are likewise influenced by the mode of living: in cities the menses appear sooner than among country-girls; by the mental capacities: the more advanced the mental development, the earlier the men- strual functions make their appearance. The constitution exerts no particular influence; very robust girls sometimes menstruate very late, whereas feeble ones often menstruate prematurely. Ac- cording to these circumstances the menses may set in between the ages of 10 and 20 years; in our climate they appear in cities be- tween the ages of 14 and 16, and in the country between the ages of 16 and 20 years. The quantity of the menstrual blood is likewise variable and can- not be determined a priori; stout women sometimes lose a small quantity of blood, whereas feeble and spare-built women lose a great deal. The quantity is from two to eight ounces. Nor is the duration of the menstrual flow the same in all cases. It generally averages five days, but, without being considered ab- normal, may last only two, or may be extended to eight or nine days. Sometimes the bleeding stops for a short time and theu re- appears again. The periodicity of the bleeding likewise varies. By far in the majority of cases it returns again every 28th day. In many cases there is an interval of four weeks between the periods; in a few cases we notice an interval of 21 to 30 days. Four weeks may be considered the normal length of the interval between each two successive turns. The influence of the menses upon the general health is sometimes considerable and at other times none at all. We notice hypenemia of the vagina and of the external pudendum, sometimes with in- creased secretion of mucus; tumefaction of the breasts with painful, Menstrual Anomalies. 49 knotty swelling of single galactiferous ducts. During the menstrual flow the nervous system is much more sensitive and excitable, whence the following phenomena: chilliness alternating with flashes of heat; headache, hemicrania, vertigo, languor, drowsiness without any ability to sleep; irritated, whining mood; loss of appetite, palpitation of the heart. In addition to these derangements we often see a sickly, gray complexion, efflorescences in the face, mar- gins around the eyes; vomiting or nausea; altered voice. These phenomena usually occur only during the first twenty-four hours of the flow, after which they cease either suddenly or gradually. The total cessation of the menses takes place indefinitely, some women menstruating regularly until the age of 55, whereas others cease to menstruate when they are 40 years old. These differences do not depend upon the time of the first appearance of the menses, or upon the vigor of the individual, upon the number of times a woman has conceived, nor even upon other morbid conditions. The final cessation is not bound by any rule, and may take place quite normally between the ages of 40 and 50 years. It may occur sud- denly and completely, or in paroxysms ; some periods, even to the number of ten or twelve, being skipped, after which the menses may occur again regularly for months, or a sort of hemorrhage may set in which is again followed by a stoppage of the menses. As a rule the quantity of the menstrual flow is larger as the period of a final cesssation draws near, than in the preceding years. In the previous paragraphs we have only briefly alluded to the most important points. But they show satisfactorily the importance of the menstrual function to the female organism. Hence it is that menstrual irregularities have at all times excited a lively interest among physicians as well as lay-persons, to such an extent that they have been classified under special heads, although, in reality, they constitute a symptomatic manifestation of one and the same general or local disease. The question now is, when, in a general sense, menstruation may be said to be abnormal. The menses are abnormal in the first place if they do not harmonize with one of the previously-indicated periods; they are likewise abnormal if, for some cause or other, the usual duration of the menstrual flow in a given case is either shortened or lengthened. A woman who men- struates every 21st day, is not considered sick; but we consider a return of the menses every 21st day abnormal, if heretofore they had occured every 28th day. Finally, whether the menstrual flow is to be considered abnormal, may depend upon the influence which 50 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. it exerts upon the general organism. A suspension of the menses in the case of a young girl who, after being relieved from the pre- judicial influences of school and city-home, goes into the country and there regains her blooming health, cannot be regarded as a morbid condition. We now transcribe, with a few additions and variations, the fol- lowing details from Hartmann, whose treatment of this subject seems to us excellent. We will first notice his general dietetic rules. " Every attention should be given to the mind and feelings of the young woman; her excited fancy should be controlled, and her nervous sensitiveness and excitable temperament which are so apt to cause disease, should be quieted. For this reason a woman should be treated with kindness and attention, especially during pregnancy and the menstrual period. Every depressing emotion, chagrin, fright, anger, acts prejudicially upon persons in health, much more upon those who are diseased." We refer the reader to our chapter on hysteria and to our subsequent chapter on chlorosis, where we shall show that a premature development of the mental faculties, and more particularly of the fancy, exerts a pernicious influence upon the constitution of the growing woman generally, and upon the normal functions of the sexual system in particular. " Woman's material mode of living deserves a closer attention. A wrong system has, in this respect, become a second nature to such an extent that a physician is expected to allow his patients to indulge in their accustomed violations of a proper diet, on which account we invite him to pay particular attention to the following points in the treatment of female diseases. 1) " Women who lead a sedentary life, should be induced to take more exercise than usual, and to rouse themselves from their phleg- matic torpor. This is one of the first requisites of health: frequent exercise in the open air, cleanliness, frequent bathing and washing, and frequent changes of linen. During the menses, every heating exercise and every exposure to a cold should be avoided; likewise heavy farinaceous food, freshly-baked bread; violent emotions, sex- ual intercourse, emetics, purgatives, baths. This caution need not be carried so far as to compel healthy and robust women to lie down the first two days and even to give up their accustomed walk. Even the drinking of mineral water should be discontinued by patients who are on a visit to springs for their health, unless the discontinu- ance of the water should entail greater damage than the use of it Menstrual Anomalies. 51 might occasion by its interference with the menses, in which case it is proper to put up with the lesser evil of the two. 2) " The physician should see to it that his patient drinks more liquid than heretofore. Many ladies drink nothing the whole day. except three cups of coffee at breakfast and dinner; if this quantity is diminished, as it necessarily has to be under homoeopathic treat- ment, some other beverage will have to be substituted, such as co- coa, milk, unspiced chocolate, weak black tea, or roasted rye or barley. We know, however, from experience that these warm be- verages relax the stomach and bowels, hence the patient will have to drink every day a few glasses of fresh water or very light beer. Any other spirituous or spiced, heating beverages, such as wine, punch, and the various liquors, have to be strictly prohibited." We cannot forbear offering a few objections to Hartmann's views regarding the use of coffee. As generally prepared and drank by most women, coffee is undoubtedly hurtful; but this does not apply to properly-prepared coffee that is not too weak and whose aronia is properly preserved. In this shape coffee is a beverage whose partisans are so numerous because it is the best medicine against many of the morbid tendencies engendered by civilization, and which has a particularly beneficial influence on females. Only let them use good coffee of which they cannot drink large quanti- ties, and the use of which should always be associated with fresh water. The so-called substitutes for coffee prove in the end more hurtful than even weak and badly-prepared coffee, except perhaps beer which, however, cannot well be drank early in the morning. 3) "A bad habit that is indulged in by many ladies, is eating at any hour of the day. This practice is decidedly injurious to the success of homoeopathic treatment, and should be abolished. Order is useful in all things and likewise in our meals, and patients should be given to understand that they must partake every day of a w'arm dinner at a fixed hour; breakfast and supper may consist of cold articles of food. 4) " Too much sleep, and sleeping too often within twenty-four hours, can only be approved of, if the patients are very weak and anaemic; during sleep the body has to be kept perfectly unrestrained and easy, without the least inconvenience from the pressure of the ordinary clothing; otherwise sleep will not exert the quickening in- fluence that is expected from it. Females especially have the bad habit of lying down with a mass of clothes on. This practice not only prevents the body from getting warm, but interferes with the 52 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. free circulation of the blood and thus gives rise to other troubles m addition to those already existing. Tight lacing is another censur- able practice which is often the sole cause of menstrual irregulari- ties. In such cases we do not advise to abandon the use of corsets entirely, but simply not to lace too tightly. If the patient is able to sit up and were to dispense with her corsets altogether, she would soon complain of weakness of the back and weakness all over, and would be more inconvenienced by the use of the many strings with which ladies have to fasten their garments, than by wearing loose and easy corsets." In this respect we cannot agree with Hartmann. Corsets, even if laced very loosely, have the disadvantage of sup- porting the back and occasioning muscular weakness of the back, unless they are worn without interruption. By going without cor- sets for a time the woman will soon learn to keep her back straight without any such artificial support. If corsets are worn too tightly, they compel the wearer to breathe with the upper portion of the thorax, the lower ribs being not allowed freely to expand on account of the compression exerted upon them. This gives rise to an in- complete respiration, an imperfect introduction of oxygen and a diminution of the elasticity of the pulmonary vesicles. Thus it is that corsets become a co-operating cause of many of the blood-dis- eases of females. When speaking of chlorosis and tuberculosis, we shall revert to this subject. 5) " The physician will have to inquire whether his patient, as is so often the case in the higher walks of life, uses cosmetics for the purpose of giving more color to her face, or making it look paler by such substances as vinegar, tea, decoctions, lime, chalk, roast oyster- shells, etc. The same objection can be raised against most kinds of pomatum and perfumes for the hair which, if it requires more fat, had better be greased with beef-marrow. This is a subject of great importance, if we consider that Lead and Arsenic are usually employed in the composition of cosmetics. 6) " Regarding the functions of the bowels, it is of importance that our female patients should never suppress an urging to stool, and that they should at least have one evaciuftion from the bowels every day. Women are much more afflicted with constipation than men; in most cases they are the authors of this exceedingly pre- judicial state of the bowels, sometimes on account of neglect, at other times from sheer laziness, again on account of sedentary habits, and finally because they are ashamed of satisfying the calls of Nature. Menstrual Anomalies. 53 7) "Women should make it a rule to wash their parts, especially if affected with leucorrhcea or other diseases, several times a day with cold water, and during the menstrual flow with tepid water. More recently the Sitz-baths and the vaginal syringe are now in almost general use. These are not only excellent means of relief in many morbid conditions, but likewise excellent means of preven- tion, and should be found in every lady's bed-chamber. Cold water is indeed the most reliable nervine at our disposal." "It must be self-evident that the awakening of the sexual life, which is the greatest revolution which the female organism can undergo, is accompanied by phenomena that very often partake of the nature of a morbid process. The normal conditions under which the menses should first appear, have been explained in a previous paragraph. A premature appearance of the menses always implies a feeble constitution and powerful sexual instinct. Hence it is of the utmost importance not to accelerate this period because all the ailments which sometimes befall young girls at this age, are sup- posed to originate in the tardy appearance of the catamenial dis- charge. Of course, where the delay is evidently of a morbid char- acter, Nature should be assisted by such remedial means as will promote the menstrual flow. Such morbid phenomena are the more striking, the more sensitive and delicate the young woman who had been reared in the bosom of luxury and ease. Although these ailments may not be very con- siderable yet their removal often requires the interference of art. Sometimes a judicious diet is sufficient for this purpose, but in many cases medicinal agents have to be used. Conditions requiring the assistance of a physician, are characterized by the following symp- toms: Congestion of blood to the head, as indicated by heaviness of the head; rush of blood to the chest, with palpitation of the heart, and sometimes attended with oppression of breathing; sen- sation of warmth and repletion in the abdomen ; feeling of indolence through the whole body; occasional flashes of heat and red flushes in the face; languid feeling in the legs and feet; pain in the small of the back and pelvic region ; drawing in the thighs, frequent urg ing to urinate. These symptoms may be regarded as menstrual dis- tresses which are very speedily succeeded by an actual appearance of the menses and disappear with them. If these simptoms continue for a longer time without any menstrual show taking place, the pa- a. Derangements Attendant on the Appearance of the Menses. 54 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. tient will have to take a good deal of exercise in the open air, use more vegetable than animal diet, more liquids than usual, and spend her time as much as possible in cheerful company. " If the above-mentioned symptoms become more severe and con- tinuous; if the rush of blood is more violent, causing anxiety, pal- pitation of the heart, constant heat, a restless sleep full of dreams and interrupted by sudden starts; if the face looks bright-red, and the pathognomonic signs of cerebral hyperaemia and congestion of the thoracic organs become manifest: we resort to the remedies that have been indicated for such conditions in their respective chapters. One of the leading remedies is undoubtedly PuLsatilla, especially if the congestive symptoms of the head and chest are accompanied by signs of abdominal and uterine congestion, as if a stone were oppressing the uterus, and the patient complains of chilliness, stretching of the extremities, yawning and other febrile symptoms. Chamomilla and Veratrum may likewise be indicated by a certain train of symptoms. The above-mentioned dietetic rules shold not be neglected while these medicines are used. Belladonna may be added to this group of remedies as one of its most promi- nent members. Whereas Chamomilla is very seldom indicated, Veratrum and Belladonna will often be required, the former if the functional activity of the heart is very much impaired, as indicated by paleness of the countenance, great chilliness or constant alter- nation of chilliness and heat, anxious feelings; the latter if symptoms of cerebral congestion prevail, with bright redness of the face, alto- gether in individuals of full habit. " The so-called anti-psorics here come undoubtedly into play, since this physiological act is transformed into a pathological dis- turbance only if a constitutional disease prevails whose symptoms are still very obscure and undeveloped. If such a. disease evidently exists, it will have to be met by its appropriate remedies, otherwise we may resort to Sepia, Conium, Magnesia and Lycopodium. "If the young woman has reached the age of pubescence and feels otherwise quite well, although the menses do not show the least sign of making their appearance: the physician would commit a great wrong if he were to drench the organism with medicines; liis duty will be to leave Nature alone in determining the period for the appearance of the menses, more particularly if the organism shows signs of being backward in its development. It is only if the organism is sufficiently developed and the young woman's age justifies the expectation that the menses ought to appear, that it is Menstrual Anomalies. 55 proper to hasten this process by the employment of suitable reme- dies, more particularly of the anti-psorics. Nevertheless, we do not commence the treatment with this class of remedies, but give in the first place Pulsatilla and, if the indications are satisfactory, repeat the dose rather frequently, more particularly in cases where the non-appearance of the menses causes, without any other bodily ail- ments, an excessive nervous irritability, whining, peevish, timorous disposition, paleness of the face and great flabbiness of the mus- cular tissue. Nux vomica, on the contrary, will be found appropriate in persons of an opposite temperament, an irascible, choleric dispo- sition, a full habit, without any decided congestions, redness of the cheeks and turgescenee of the body. If these remedies, to which we shall add a few more by and by, prove fruitless, we recom- mend as the best remedies: Causticum and Graphites, more partic- ularly if the appearance of the menses only seems delayed in con- sequence of the insufficient efforts of Nature, and the discharge finally takes place in small quantity and then again ceases; Natrum muriaticum and Kali carbonicum, if the menses do not appear at all, and Calcarea carbonica, if there is no show, but the whole appear- ance of the menses indicates a plethoric habit of body. Sulphur is under such circumstances one of the chief remedies, a few doses of which ought to be given before any other medicine is resorted to, more especially if a chlorotic state of the blood is indicated by the patient's complexion. "Among the remedies corresponding to the morbid phenomena which sometimes trouble young girls before the menses first appear, we recommend Sepia and Calcarea for the violent hemicrania which sometimes attack such persons even at regular periods; Calcarea and Phosphorus for the violent pains in the back which sometimes resemble spinal irritation; for the convulsive symptoms we give Cocculus and Ignatia; Cuprum is less frequently indicated; for symptoms of amemia we recommend Ferrum and sometimes Arsen- icum will be found appropriate." " This suppression either takes place during the flow, or in conse- quence of causes acting previous to the actual appearance. In the former case a cold may have operated; or cold washing may be the cause; or the feet may have got chilled; or the patient may not have been sufficiently protected by her clothes; mental or moral emotions, vexations, chagrin, anger, fright, or dancing, sexual inter- b. Suppression or Delay of the Menses, Amenorrhoea. 56 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. course, dietetic transgressions may have led to the suppression. Most of these causes, if operating shortly before the time when the menses were to come on, may cause their retention. A gradual suppression of the catamenia may take place in consequence of de- ficient nutrition as well as of the abuse of warm beverages and the continued influence of depressing emotions. We have already shown that a change in the mode of living may superinduce a suspension of the menses in the case of young women, without leading to de- rangements of the general health. " The more sudden the suppression of the menses, the more violent the changes arising from such an occurrence. Some of the most prominent symptoms are: violent hemicrania, great anxiety £nd oppression of breathing, nose-bleed, spitting of blood, congestions of the head, heart and lungs, and the like. In some cases a sup- pression of this kind gives rise to acute uterine catarrh, metritis, peritonitis. If a physician is called in time, he will of course in- quire what gave rise to the trouble, and will seek to remove the consequences of fright, mortification, anger, etc., by appropriately- specific remedies. If the physician is not called until some time after the morbid symptoms have existed, the aforesaid remedies will no longer be applicable and the constitutional condition generally will have to be acted upon by corresponding remedies. The reme- dies mentioned in the preceding chapter under "a" will often be found indicated. " If at the time of the menses they do not appear, and violent abdominal spasms occur, we commend Cocculus as the most suitable remedy, especially if the spasms are accompanied by anxiety and oppression of the chest, moaning and groaning, a paralytic sort of weakness, so that the patient is unable to utter a loud word, and her extremities have lost all power or are convulsively agitated, and the pulse is scarcely perceptible. Cuprum aceticum, or still bet- ter metallicum, acts very similarly to Cocculus. It is particularly applicable in typical paroxysms of the most violent kind, consisting of unbearable abdominal spasms affecting even the chest, causing a loathing, gagging, and even vomiting, affecting at the same time the extremities with epileptiform spasms during which the patient utters a piercing cry. " The following remedies likewise deserve commendation: Vale- riana, Platina, Ignatia, Belladonna, Magnes arcticus, Mezereum^ Digitalis. . " If these remedies do not restore the menses, the physician will Menstrual Anomalies. 57 then have to resort to the so-called antipsoric remedies, more parti- cularly Magnesia carbonica and muriatica, Sulphur, Sepia, Zincum, Silicea, Lycopodium, Graphites, Acidum nitricum, which may even be employed if the menstrual suppression causes no further trouble." We do not share Hartmann's opinion in this respect. Medicines should never be given except where actual morbid manifestations seem to indicate their use; the non-appearance of the menses some- times is a means, on the part of Nature, to increase, or at least to economize the strength of the organism. " In the treatment of delaying menses we have to follow the same rules and maxims that have been laid down for menstrual suppression. A suppression or delay of the menses often causes abdominal spasms and other difficulties for which Pulsatilla is an excellent remedy. We likewise recommend Cicuta, Terebinthina, Zincum (especially when menstrual suppression is attended with a painful swelling of the breasts); Calcarea carbonica (likewise for menstrual suppression, attended with marked symptoms of ple- thora) ; Graphites (when the menses delay too long, and the patient complains of hoarseness, headache, bloating of the feet, chilliness, bearing-down pains in the small of the back); Natrum muriaticum (if the menses delay too long and are very scanty); Strontiana (if the menses delay too long, and afterwards, when appearing, look like flesh-water and pass off in the shape of coagula); Sarsaparilla (when the menses delay, are too scanty and acrid), etc." These few indications may show that a good Repertory is the best means of securing the selection of the proper remedy. As re- gards external applications, we do not approve of them; their use- fulness is questionable, and in many respects they are decidedly prejudicial. Hot foot-baths are more particularly hurtful; they often exert a very injurious effect upon the brain and heart, not to mention the increased susceptibility of the feet to get chilled which they invariably occasion. If the flow of blood towards the lower extremities is to be promoted, the most efficient and never hurtful means to accomplish this result, is continued and fatiguing walking. Dry cupping on the inside of the thighs is the only palliative means that can safely be permitted. c. Menstruatio Nimia, Profuse Menses. An excess of loss of menstrual blood, a true menorrhagia, does not occur as often as it may seem to those who complain of it. To constitute menorrhagia, several circumstances have to occur that 58 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. require to be carefully discriminated. The quantity of the dis- charged blood has to exceed the ordinary loss quite considerably, and then again we have to inquire whether the scantiness of the ordinary menstrual flow is not an abnormal diminution in the pre- sent case. The menstrual flow is likewise considered too copious, if it continues beyond the ordinary period, although this need not necessarily imply that the menses are profuse. The morbid charac- ter of the menses is finally and more especially determined by the accessory symptoms, for a copious flow of the menses cannot be considered abnormal as long as the constitutional harmony is in no respect disturbed by it. All circumstances that cause either permanently or temporarily an increased flow of blood towards the sexual organs, may be re- garded as causes of menorrhagia. A temporary excess of the men- strual flow may be caused by the influences that have been pointed out as the causes of metritis ; a permanent excess is occasioned by onanism, novel-reading, a constant dwelling of the fancy upon sexual things, and the habitual use of heatino- beverages. A few other important points have to be added. Under certain circum- stances a profuse flow of the menstrual blood becomes a real physi- ological necessity to the body; for instance, if a larger supply of nourishment than the body requires for its normal support, causes a real plethora. This can scarcely be regarded as a morbid condi- tion. A profuse flow is sometimes occasioned by changes in the uterus, such as acute or chronic metritis, and adventitious growths in the uterine cavity. Nursing exerts a very particular influence. As a rule, nursing women do not menstruate; yet it may happen, even in the case of quite healthy mothers, that the menses reappear again prematurely, in which case the flow is often very profuse. This is not a normal condition, although it does not inconvenience all women. Of a threatening character and exceedingly prejudicial are menorrhagias that set in when the process of nursing is con- tinued too long. Accidents of this kind occur quite often in the country, where the women nurse their children for several years for the purpose of preventing conception, not thinking that by doing so they inflict permanent injury upon their health. We must not forget to record the fact that diseases of other organs, or of the general constitution, exert an influence upon the menses. Without considering the influence of diseases which alter the quality of the blood, such as typhus or scurvy, etc., the influence of heart-disease, of tuberculous infiltration of the lungs, emphysema, accumulations Menstrual Anomalies. 59 of fluid in the pleural cavity cannot be denied; it is more especially heart-disease that causes menorrhagia, so that the heart had better be carefully examined in every case of menorrhagia. Finally the cessation of the menses at the critical age is almost always ushered in by profuse losses of blood. Particulars on this subject may be found under the heading: metrorrhagia. The symptoms of profuse menstruation generally may be quite inconsiderable, being no more than feeble indications of anaemia. In most cases, however, profuse menstruation is allied with the symp- toms of difficult menstruation of which we shall speak hereafter. In treating this anomaly we have in the first place to direct our attention to the causal indications as far as such a thing is possible. These indications are so numerous that we cannot well specify them more particularly in this place. They constitute the cases for which Hartmann recommends the antipsorics. Where menorrhagia occurs without being dependent upon some more deep-seated disorder, Nux vomica will be found an efficient remedy, more particularly if the nervous system had become very much excited by disturbing mental influences, the patient gets angry at the least remark, shows an irascible and obstinate temper, starts at the least noise, loses her balance on the most trifling occurrence, wants to lie down ail the time, and shows an aversion to open air. Chamomilla is particularly indicated, if the blood looks dark, almost black and coagulated, with drawing, griping pains from the small of the back to the pubic bones, sometimes accompanied by fainting fits, coldness of the ex- tremities and great thirst. It cannot be denied that the use of Chamomile-tea often has an influence over the quantity of the men- strual discharge. Unfortunately this beverage is generally first resorted to for such ailments as precede menorrhagia which is un- doubtedly made worse by the use of this tea. Besides Nux vomica Ignatia and China are indicated by such symptoms. The indica- tions for Calcarea carbonica have been furnished by Hahnemann himself in the following brief but exhaustive remarks: " If the menses appear several days previous to the regular monthly term and to excess, Calcarea is often indispensable, more especially if the menstrual flow is excessive. But if the menses occur at the regular period, or later, Calcarea will do no good even if they are not scanty." We add that Calcarea will afford much relief in cases where ansemic phenomena prevail, with disposition to congestions of the head or chest. Belladonna apparently acts similarly to the former drug, except that the congestive phenomena for which Bel- 60 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. ladonna is indicated, arise from real plethora; the menses are too profuse, not excessively dark-colored and their appearance is accom- panied by a pressing downwards, a painful drawing and tearing from the uterus to the thighs. Phosphorus is indicated if the men- ses delay a tolerably long time beyond the natural term, set in pro- fusely and occasion great debility, weariness and languor, paleness of the countenance, a sickly appearance, back-ache. It is more particularly applicable to the menorrhagia of nursing women. Pla- tina for a painful and too frequent return of the menses, a copious and dark discharge with labor-like pains, more particularly in the case of sanguine, lively individuals. Sepia has similar character- istic symptoms. Digitalis is indicated if the menorrhagia depends upon a stasis of the blood caused by heart-disease, if the symptoms of passive venous congestion prevail, the face is pale or livid, the skin is cold. For further particulars we refer to the chapter on metrorrhagia where more medicines will be found mentioned. It is just as difficult to define what is understood by scanty, as we have found it difficult to define what is to be understood by profuse menstruation. As a change in the mode of living may in- duce a suppression of the menses, so it may likewise, by exerting a modifying influence upon the internal development of the organism, occasion a diminished flow of the catamenia. This may occur among women of a more advanced age as well as among younger persons, and it would be highly improper to disturb such a change by medicinal interference. In by far the least frequent cases scanty menstruation is of itself a morbid symptom ; generally it is dependent upon some local affec- tion, profuse leucorrhoea, chronic metritis, uterine displacements, or it may be owing to constitutional disturbances such as chlorosis, hydrsemia, marasmus, excessive formation of fat, tuberculosis, etc. These different forms of scanty menstruation do not, in reality, require a separate treatment; it is identical -with the treatment of the constitutional disorder, or else no treatment at all is required because the suppression of the menstrual flow may simply bear evi- dence to the fact that the organism has no blood to spare for such a function. For this reason we deem it unnecessary to indicate remedies for such a condition of things, and refer the reader to the chapter on chlorosis and, for various particular points, to the next chapter on difficult menstruation. d. Dysmenorrhea, Scanty Menstruation. Menstrual Anomalies. 61 Ailments of various kinds, sometimes preceding and sometimes accompanying the menses, are so common, especially among the higher classes, that, unless they become too troublesome, they are not complained of to a physician ; on the other hand, their diversi- fied forms may make them a source of great trouble, or they may cease for a short time in order to reappear with so much more obsti- nacy some time thereafter. These ailments may very naturally be classified in three categories. Either they arise from material changes in the sexual organs, a bent in the uterus, retroversion, anteversion, chronic metritis, etc., or else they are occasioned by an excess of menstrual congestion, or finally they may be of a purely nervous kind. Although the first category does not properly belong here, yet we call attention to it in order that their presence or absence be satisfactorily established. The congestive ailments are almost exclusively confined to the pelvic organs, and consist in a variety of pains, sometimes attended with palpitation of the heart, congestive headache, febrile symptoms. The nervous ailments are not restricted to the sexual sphere and very generally involve the whole nervous system. Whereas the conges- tive ailments abate with the appearance of the menses, and disappear entirely on the second day, the nervous symptoms on the contrary are apt to continue during the whole period. In most cases the causes of these ailments are very obscure. Although they most generally accompany scanty menses, yet they are not unfrequently attendant on profuse menstruation; moreover, although they more commonly affect sensitive, feeble, irritable, delicate and effeminate individuals, yet they are likewise met with among women of a robust constitution and who menstruate regularly. These remarks may show that it would be a futile undertaking to indicate the whole series of symptoms which characterize such ailments. Hence we prefer recording a few of the more important difficulties together with their corresponding remedies. We must, however, caution the reader against supposing that the particulars contained in the subsequent paragraphs are intended to render all further reference to the Materia Medica superfluous. It is proper to ascertain whether the ailments occur before, dur- ing or after the menstrual flow. For ailments previous to the menses, if the patients menstruate too profusely, we recommend: Belladonna, Chamomilla, Calcarea, e. Ailments accompanying the Menses, Difficult Menstruation. 62 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. Lycopodium, Platina, Nux vomica, and if the menses are too scanty: Pulsatilla, Cocculus, Sepia, Alumina, Baryta. Ailments during the menses, if too copious: Nux vomica, A rseni- cum, Phosphorus (the last-named deserving particular consideration). Calcarea carbonica; if too scanty: Alumina, Pulsatilla, Conium maculatum, Graphites, Sepia, Carbo vegetabilis. Ailments after the menses, which, however, are not often noticed unless we mean the prejudicial effect of a considerable loss of blood : Platina, Ferrum, Graphites, Borax. For the colicky pains the seat of which cannot always be traced with perfect certainty, whether it is the intestinal canal or the uterus, with scanty menses: Cocculus, Conium., Sepia, Pulsatilla, and with a copious flow: Belladonna, Platina, Nux vomica. For the congestive symptoms in the pelvic organs, if preceding the appearance of the menses: Belladonna, Bryonia alba, Sabina ; if accompanying the menses: Phosphorus, Veratrum album, Nux vomica ; if remaining after the menses: China, Platina. For distress at the stomach, if very marked, such as eructations, nausea, vomiting, perverted taste, loss of appetite: Pulsatilla, Ipe- cacuanha, Veratrum, Indium. For the toothache which so often accompanies and precedes the menses, and constitutes one of the most troublesome torments of women, if setting in previous to the menses: Aconitum, Chamomilla. Belladonna, Pulsatilla, and more particularly Arsenicum; if during the menses: Calc. Carb., Sepia, Phosphorus. For hemicrania which generally is present during a scanty, scarcely ever during a profuse menstrual flow: Sepia, Nux vomica, Pulsatilla. Convulsive symptoms may of course vary, sometimes being purely local, at times general, then again tonic and at other times clonic : they may even appear like epileptiform spasms so that they seem much more threatening than they really are. We may consider it as an established fact that the epileptiform spasms which occur at the time of the menses, never partake of the dangerous nature of epilepsy. The most important remedies are: Ignatia amara, Coccu- lus, Cuprum, Platina, Secale cornutum and Causticum. The mental disturbances belonging in this category, mostly par- take of the character of exaltation, for which remedies like Pla- tina, Veratrum album, Hyoscyamus, Belladonna, Stramonium, are in- dicated ; states of depression which occur much less frequently, require Lycopodium or Natrum muriaticum.. Menstrual Anomalies. 63 We will conclude this chapter by giving a general hint bearing upon the selection of a remedy for menstrual difficulties: our chief attention should be directed to the conduct of the discharge, whether it appears at the right season or not, whether it is too scanty or too profuse, or whether it occurs normally. These points are essentially characteristic; if the remedy does not meet them, the correspondence with the other phenomena may be ever so perfect, the remedy will not suit the requirements of the case. [Recently a number of drugs have been introduced into the Ma- teria Medica of our School, some of which are being used with great success in various diseases, and more particularly in abnormal menstruation. Aletris farinosa, or the star-grass, is recommended for the prelimi- nary symptoms of miscarriage, such as dizziness, nausea, headache, fulness in the region of the womb, colicky pains. Caulophyllum thalictroides, or the blue cohosh, has been extensively used by homoeopathic physicians for painful menstruation, with a scanty flow of blood, or when the appearance of the menses is pre- ceded by severe spasmodic pains, for which Cocculas is generally recommended. We give the Cohosh as soon as the pains commence, and resume the medicine a few days before the next period. This course of treatment has a tendency to effect a radical cure. Cimicifuga racemosa, or the black cohosh, is eminently useful in the various forms of menstrual disorder, menostasia, amenorrhoea, dys- menorrheea, also tendency to miscarriage, menorrhagia. The resi- noid Cimicifugin, first or second trituration, is very commonly used In the menostasia of young girls it is generally indicated by head- ache, hysteric nervousness, pale complexion, debility, loss of appetite, colicky bearing-down pains in the lower abdomen. In amenorrhoea or suppression of the menses from some accidental cause, a cold, etc., the characteristic indications are: congestive or neuralgic headache, febrile motions, chilly creepings, rheumatic pains in the limbs, back- ach, uterine spasms. In dysmenorrhoea it seems principally indicated by the prevalence of neuralgic pains, spasmodic pains in the uterine reg on, disposition to faint, nausea, headache. In menorrhagia it is useful when the flow is of a passive character, the blood is dark- colored, coagulated, the patient complains of neuralgic pains in the small of the back, dizziness, headache, obscured vision, great weak- ness. It will be found admirably adapted to the hemorrhages oc- curring at the critical age. The doses should not be given too small. If given in sufficiently large doses, this medicine will often prevent 64 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. miscarriage. It is chiefly indicated by the sudden appearance of violent bearing-down pains, together with such accessory symptoms as headache, nausea, fainting feeling, etc. Cimicifuga is used by eclectic physicians for leucorrhoea with much success. It greatly facilitates labor, not only by accelerating the process itself, but like- wise by preventing the harassing and exhausting pains which so often accompany a tedious labor. Dr. E. M. Hale suggests the use of Cimicifuga as a preventive of difficult labor. In the second edi- tion of his "New Remedies" he relates the following case: A lady, the mother of three children, was in the eighth month of pregnancy. Her previous labors had been unusually severe, very tedious, painful and accompanied by fainting fits, cramps, agonizing pain, etc., before the birth, and flooding, syncope, and many unpleasant symptoms after the expulsion of the placenta. IShe took, for nearly three weeks, about ten drops of Cimicifuga first decimal dilution, four times a day. Labor came on at the proper period, but lasted only six hours; was not painful nor difficult; there was no flooding, no fainting and no cramps. She got up in nine days, and had a better convalescence than ever before. We know from abundant experience that it is an excellent remedy for the various ailments incident to the critical age of women. The annoying flashes of heat to 'which such women are so often subject, and for which we have been in the habit of prescribing Sepia, San- guinaria, etc., yield much better to Cimicifuga. "In the irritable condition of the uterus," writes the London Lancet, "often observed inpatients for some time after menstruation has ceased, or irregular when about to cease, and marked by pain more or less periodical in the lumbar region, Cimicifuga affords rapid relief. In neuralgic pains often met with in such patients, in other localities, it is equally beneficial. Females at the period of life we are speaking of, fre- quently suffer from a distressing pain in the upper part of the head, recurring with greater severity at night. These cases are very satis- factorily met by this remedy. Pains in the mammae also, whether referable to uterine disturbance or to pregnancy, are relieved by the Cimicifuga very speedily." Collinsonia canadensis, stone-root. This remedy is recommended by some homoeopathic physicians for amenorrheea, menorrhagia, dys- menorrheea, miscarriage, and other disorders of the female organs of generation, such as pruritus and prolapsus uteri. It is not sup- posed to exert a direct specific action upon these organs, but to cure the disorders alluded to by removing the affections upon which Menstrual Anomalies. 65 the disturbances of the sexual organs are depending. These affections are principally piles and constipation. The curative results of Collin- sonia have been mostly obtained by means of comparatively large doses. Gelseminum sempervireus, yellow jessamine. Dr. Hughes writes, in the British Journal of Homoeopathy: "I continue to derive the most brilliant results from this drug in dysmenorrrhoea and after- pains, when these are spasmodic and not inflammatory. Its power over after-pains is so great that the lying-in chamber is well nigh freed from one of its greatest bugbears. But it is antipathic rather than homoeopathic to these conditions, and requires to be given in full doses, from three to ten drops of the first decimal dilution." Dr. Hughes would imply that large doses of Gelseminum are anti- pathic, and small doses are homoeopathic to spasmodic pains. If this is the Doctor's meaning, his doctrine is in correct. We have the testimony of Dr. Douglas of Milwaukie, one of the provers of Gelseminum, that he experienced severe spasmodic pains "a suc- cession of acute, sudden, darting pains, evidently running along single nerve-branches in almost every part of the body and limbs, sometimes so sudden and acute as to make me start. At one time a quick succession of these acute sudden pains coursed down the outside and front of the tibia for ov.er half an hour, leaving a line of considerable tenderness marking its track. These pains, which seemed clearly neuralgic, gave me the palpable indication for its employment in this disease. And it has certainly been successful. But while it has fully cured some distressing cases of neuralgia, in which Aconite had been fully tried without benefit, there have occurred some other cases in which it has failed and Aconite has succeeded. What is the explanation of this'? If we sup pose that in some cases of this disease there exists a real inflam- matory state of the nerve, and in others a mere excess of sen- sitiveness, the explanation is easy; Aconite cures the first, Gel- seminum the last." But then Dr. Douglas writes further: "A ma- jority of all cases of neuralgia will be promptly relieved by Gelse- minum, but it sometimes requires to be given in pretty large doses, repeated every half hour till the pain is relieved." Hamamelis virginina has been used with excellent effect in dysmen- orrhoea and vicarious menstruation. In Hale's New Remedies a few cases are reported where cures were effected with the middle potencies of the remedy. Helonias dioica, false Unicorn, of which wTe prepare the resinoid Ile- lonin, which is very frequently used in practice, has been prescribed 66 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. by homoeopathic physicians for prolapsus uteri, a very fine case of which is reported by Dr. Geo. S. Foster of Meadville, Pa., in Hale's New Remedies. It was a case of prolapsus with ulceration of nine years' standing, and was cured perfectly by means of Helonin, after a number of other remedies had been used either without, or with only partial success. Congestive symptoms are prominently present in uterine diseases where Elelonias is used, in amenorrhoea, menor- rhagia, prolapsus, etc. Senecio aureus, life-root, is possessed of fine curative powers in painful menstruation when the menses occur prematurely and are very profuse ; the patient suffers greatly with violent uterine spasms at the time of the menses. We recommend comparatively large doses during the attack. H.] 6. Metrorrhagia. We deem it unnecessary to justify the distinction we have drawn •between menorrhagia and metrorrhagia; both differ in their essen- tial characteristics. When speaking of the treatment, we have in- cluded among the remedies for ordinary metrorrhagia those that refer more specially to metrorrhagia during confinement as well as during pregnancy. An hemorrhage from the unimpregnated uterus is mostly due to the same causes as menorrhagia. Every circumstance that has power to determine an excessive flow of blood to the uterus, may become the cause of metrorrhagia. It may likewise occur in con- sequence of a number of pathological alterations of the uterine sub- stance and of adventitious growths in the uterine cavity. Hemor- rhages of this kind are so common that every loss of blood which cannot be attributed to the menses, ought to excite a suspicion that it is owing to the presence of material lesions. Metrorrhagia oc- curs most frequently at the critical age, when it is difficult to dis- tinguish between menorrhagia and Metrorrhagia. Metrorrhagia is generally preceded by preliminary symptoms of longer or shorter duration, indicating for the most part a violent de- termination of blood to the pelvic organs, such as: a painful drawing and pressing in the small of the back towards the sexual organs and thighs, sensation of heaviness and fulness, of increased warmth and throbbing in the pelvis, also colicky pains; frequent desire to void the urine ; titillation and burning in"the sexual organs, accompanied by chilliness, heat; an accelerated, soft pulse, sometimes with a double Uterine Hemorrhage. Metrorrhagia. 67 beat (pulsus dicrotus), palpitation of the heart, swelling and sensitive- ness of the breasts, leucorrhcea, etc. These symptoms are particularly prominent during metrorrhagia at the critical age. The hemorrhage itself often sets in with chilliness, paleness of the face, coldness of the extremities, sometimes without any special phenomena; some- times it is a mere dribbling of blood, at other times large quantities of an usually dark, black blood are poured out periodically, which readily coagulates on account of the fibrin it contains, and forms coagula of considerable size even while yet in the uterus. In addi- tion to this loss of blood we notice the most varied symptoms of constitutional disturbance, such as: excited temperament, anxiety, restlessness, labor-like pains, colic, urinary difficulties, vomiting, convulsions, spasmodic laughter and w'eeping. If the hemorrhage lasts a sufficient length of time, symptoms of anaemia make their appearance. The importance to the organism of such hemorrhages should not be estimated too lightly ; even the most trifling hemor- rhage may, by its continuance or by an extraordinary increase of the loss of blood, permanently impair the patient's health and even threaten her life. Uterine hemorrhage shortly after the expulsion of the fetus, con- stitutes one of the most important and dangerous events. Where it is not caused by injuries of the uterine parenchyma, it almost always results from deficiency of the uterine contractions. A de- ficiency of this kind is not ahvays owing to atony of the uterus such as may result from tedious labor or violent labor-pains, or even from general debility; it may likewise depend upon circum- stances that render the necessary contractions even after normal labor-pains impossible. Among such circumstances we number a too rapid labor, partial adhesions of the placenta, and the presence of copious coagula in the uterus. We have only to do here with hemorrhages depending upon atony and deficient contractions of the uterus; these hemorrhages alone are accessible to medicinal influences. Hemorrhages of this kind occur immediately after con- finement ; they must be expected if the uterus remains large and soft. Sleep, immediately after confinement, may become the cause or at least the promoter of hemorrhage ; it should not be indulged in. The symptoms of hemorrhage can only escape detection, if the accident occurs within the womb. The os tincse and the vagina are so filled with coagula that the blood remains confined within the uterine cavity, which again becomes distended by the accumu- lated fluid. As in every other copious loss of blood, the symptoms 68 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. of anaemia become rapidly manifest, such as pallor of the coun- tenance, chilliness, cold sweat, obscuration of sight, fainting, sopor, decrease of the pulse, convulsions ; the uterus, moreover, feels flabby, and increases perceptibly in size. This accident is generally unac- companied by pain. Hemorrhage occurring at a later period of confinement, is gener- ally less copious; it likewise originates in deficient uterine contrac- tions, or in inflammatory processes, but the prognosis in such cases is unfavorable. Hemorrhages of this kind occur more particularly in the case of women who do not nurse their children ; the intense stim- ulation generally caused by the nursing, now reacts upon the uterus. Hemorrhages during pregnancy are sometimes of trifling im- portance, and at other times more threatening. Some women are in the habit of menstruating several times after conception without detriment to the foetus. It has seemed to us as though children born of such mothers at full term, and having otherwise their full de- velopment, were less vigorous and disposed to a variety of ailments. Hemorrhages during the second half of pregancy, if not depending upon placenta prsevia, originate in the same causes as those of the first half, of which we shall treat presently ; but they usually are of a subordinate significance, because they seldom threaten the life, or interfere with the further development of the foetus. The most important hemorrhages are those occurring during the first half of pregnancy, for the reason that they mostly precede, cause or accom- pany a Miscarriage or abortus. Such hemorrhages happen in consequence of the vessels uniting the ovum to the uterus, being torn, either because the natural resistance of the uterus against its contents is too great, or because the resistance of the contents against the walls of the uterus is too feeble. In this way the uterus is excited to premature contractions which may easily superinduce a laceration of the vessels for the reason that in the first three months the ovum is on its whole surface connected with the uterus by means of very delicate blood-vessels. Hence miscarriages take place most easily during the first three months of pregnancy. If the after-birth is already formed, premature contractions likewise lead to the lacera- tion and detachment of the placental vessels. This, however, is of less frequent occurrence, because the contractions affect only a smaller portion of the uterus, and it is moreover well known that the normal seat of the placenta is not the locality usually affected by the contractions, but that they are much more commonly con- Metrorrhagia. 69 fined to the lower portion of the uterus. It is all-important that the circumstances which cause premature contractions of the uterus should be carefully investigated; a miscarriage can only be pre- vented by keeping all such exciting causes out of the way. The causes of miscarriage either proceed from the foetus in consequence of its premature death, or from the mother. The death of the foetus is superinduced by intensely-debilitating diseases of the mother, especially a far advanced anaemia ; next by constitutional syphilis, and finally by violent commotions such as fright. To judge by the changes which are sometimes noticed in the foetus, it would seem as though certain poisonous substances which will be named by and by, might exert a destructive influence over it. As proceeding from the mother, we have the various circumstances that tend to cause a determination of blood to the uterus, and which have already been named in the chapter on acute uterine catarrh. Plethoric individuals are much more liable to miscarriage than anaemic women, especially if the former are afflicted with profuse menstruation. In their case the hemorrhage is apt to appear at the time of the catamenia. Acute febrile affections and diseases of the heart likewise predispose to miscarriage. Mechanical causes acting upon the sexual organs directly, or transmitting their effect upon the uterus by a general concussion of the system, exert a peculiarly injurious influence ; so do depressing mental eauses when affecting the uterus unceasingly. It is well known that women who, although again pregnant, continue to nurse their children, become liable to miscarriage on account of the excited condition of the uterus trans- mitted to this organ from the excited nipple. Lastly we have to mention various poisons which are sometimes resorted to for the criminal purpose of producing miscarriage. These are Sabina, Crocus, Secale cornutum. Sabina is so frequently used as a means of producing abortion, that the Juniperus Sabina which grows in the neighborhood of large cities, is usually found pulled to pieces and deprived of its branches. As regards Secale cornutum, we know from the history of epidemic ergotism that the women who were attacked by this disease, generally miscarried. In conclusion we have to observe that a woman ■who miscarries once, retains a disposition to miscarry a second time, and that this second miscar- riage is apt to take place at the same period as the former. Thus it may happen that women miscarry nine or ten times in succession, notwithstanding they had given birth to healthy children hereto- fore. It almost seems as though the uterus, after the normal func- 70 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. tiou of impregnation has once been interfered with, loses its capacity to again successfully engage in the process of utero-gestation. Symptoms and Course. We have to examine these points more fully, because upon their correct knowledge and appreciation depends the possibility of preserving the lives of both mother and child. In the first three months, hemorrhage is generally the first symp- tom of incipient miscarriage. As a rule, the hemorrhage at once assumes the form of metrorrhagia, even if the woman had been otherwise perfectly healthy, especially if violent external impres- sions were the cause of the accident. A mere dribbling of blood at this time is of much less frequent occurrence. At first the patient does not complain of any pain; after a short lapse of time, it sets in very gradually as a dull pain, and increases until it finally as- sumes the character of real labor-pains; this is likewise substan- tiated by the circumstance that, during the paroxysms of pain, the blood is expelled in larger quantity. These phenomena are mis- taken by inexperienced women, if they are otherwise afflicted with difficult and profuse menstruation, for a return of the menses. In the subsequent stages of pregnancy, metrorrhagia only takes place exceptionally, without a preliminary stage which is deter- mined by the entrance of blood into the uterus whose mouth still remains closed; or by the premature contractions of this organ, or by the death of the foetus. In the first of these three cases, the patients complain of a dull pain in the pelvis which extends to the back and is increased by motion, by voiding the urine or by evacuating the bowels. The symptoms are frequently associated with slight febrile motions, diarrhoea with tenesmus, urinary difficulties. All these phenomena rarely precede the hemorrhage longer than five days. It commences with distinct labor-pains. The premature contractions of the uterus may be allied to the congestive phenomena just described, but they likewise occur as primary symptoms. In such a case the patient experiences a pecu- liar drawing pain from the uterus across the abdomen, and spread- ing with peculiar violence to the small of the back, at first inter- mitting for hours, and finally only for a few minutes. The general organism does not seem to be affected by this pain. Sometimes the pains intermit even for days; nevertheless, they return again. The more continuous and more violent the pains, the more certainly and the sooner the hemorrhage will occur. Metrorrhagia. 71 If miscarriage is caused by the death of the foetus, striking pre- cursory symptoms are scarcely ever absent. They sometimes last even for weeks. The patients feel faint and weary, complain of feeling feverish, are remarkably pale, and experience a sensation of coldness in the abdomen and lower extremities. The signs of life that may have been perceived in the foetus, cease. The patient is very much depressed in spirits, complains of pains in the stomach, increased nausea and distressing vomiting. While these symptoms continue, the pains and contractions foreboding the approaching expulsion of the foetus set in, and the hemorrhage takes place. After the blood has begun to flow the course of the trouble is pretty much the same in every case. If the foetus is separated from the organism of the mother, it has to be expelled. If the hemor- rhage is at all copious, the expulsion can no longer be prevented. The course of the difficulty now varies according to the different states of the uterus. During the first months of pregnancy the lower segment is still very rigid, the os tincae firmly closed; more force or a longer time is required to open the womb, whereas in the subsequent months the vaginal portion becomes more yielding and dilatable. Hence a miscarriage extends over a longer space of time in the commencement than in the subsequent months of pregnancy; moreover, the hemorrhage in the former case is more profuse. As a rule the ovum, up to the third month, is discharged uninjured, sometimes unperceived, whereas, at a subsequent period, the mem- branes of the ovum are ruptured, and afterwards expelled subse- quently to the expulsion of the foetus. The constitutional symp- toms are preeminently those of acute anaemia; even the convul- sive phenomena which are not unfrequently present, are only occa- sioned by the anaemic condition of the patient, very seldom by the amount of pain involved in the hemorrhage. Primiparoe generally suffer most. As soon as the foetus is expelled, the flow of blood generally ceases very soon. But if the placenta has already been formed, the whole of the foetus is not always expelled, but frag- ments of the ovum remain in the uterus and, by preventing the full contraction of this organ, cause the hemorrhage to continue. This is so much more dangerous as it is commonly more copious than at the commencement of miscarriage, the danger being still greater, if we are not able to remove the remnants of the foetus. In this case the hemorrhage may likewise be internal, if the foetal remnants close up the os tincae. Hemorrhages of this kind are always more or less threatening, and sometimes endanger life. What we have 72 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. Raid, shows that miscarriage is least apt to occur in the first three months; and that the danger involved in the hemorrhage is great- est, if a placenta has already formed, because remnants of the ovum are easily retained in the uterus. The whole course of such an accident assumes a peculiar form, if the uterus firmly contracts round the remnants of the ovum. In such a case the flow of blood suddenly stops and complete recovery seems to have taken place, until the hemorrhage returns, sometimes after the lapse of weeks, and these hemorrhages follow each other in such rapid succession that it is impossible to mistake them for the menses. A misapprehension of this kind is, moreover, prevented by the anaemic symptoms accompanying this condition. In such a case a rapid cure can only be effected by the artificial removal of the remnants of ovum whose spontaneous expulsion is sometimes delayed to a remote period. A similar course takes place in the rare cases of miscarriage of twins. After the expulsion of one foetus the uterus firmly contracts round the other one, and, for a time, the trouble seems at an end, until a second hemorrhage brings away an- other foetus. In a case of miscarriage the prognosis has to consider a variety of circumstances: the possibility to save the life of the foetus; the danger to which the life of the mother is exposed by the hemor- rhage; the further consequences of the accident, and finally its in- fluence upon the faculty of conceiving anew. As far as the preser- vation of the foetus is concerned, the prognosis is the more unfavor- able, the more copious the hemorrhage and the sooner it takes place, so that, if a profuse hemorrhage sets in during the first three months of pregnancy, the retention of the foetus can scarcely be hoped for. All morbid processes, especially inflammatory affections, in other organs, anol either causing or accompanying the miscarriage, dimin- ish the chances of a successful issue. The indirect consequences of a miscarriage sometimes tell on the whole future life of the pa- tient. One of these consequences is a high grade of anaemia, to- gether with the abnormal conditions of the heart, which it often occasions. Chronic uterine affections are likewise very common; so are leucorrhoea, chronic metritis, displacements and changes in the normal shape of the uterus. A number of nervous derange- ments sometimes remain after miscarriage. The influence of such an accident upon a subsequent conception is often so trifling that it may be said to anlount to nothing; many women conceive and abort by turns; as a rule the second miscarriage takes place about Metrorrhagia. 73 the same time as the former. Other women, having once miscar- ried, never again go the full term of pregnancy; at a certain period a hemorrhage again sets in. This is a very common occurrence after a miscarriage previous to the fourth month, and is almost a rule in the case of a primipara. The general faculty of conceiving does not seem to become modified by miscarriages. Before passing to the treatment of uterine hemorrhages generally, we will add a few more remarks concerning miscarriage. Miscar- riage, both as regards the prophylactic and curative treatment of such an accident, is a morbid process which sometimes defies the most consistent treatment of the so-called Rational School. On the contrary, the homoeopathic treatment of miscarriage is generally crowned with the most brilliant success. For this reason we have deemed it our privilege to lay particular stress upon a morbid pro- cess whose importance must be self-evident. In our own practice we can show the records of a number of cases of threatening mis- carriage that were successfully prevented by internal treatment, and where the full term of pregnancy was secured even after hemor- rhage and severe uterine contractions had already set in in some of them. Quite recently the wife of a most excellent allopathic physi- cian of this city, who had miscarried nine times in succession in spite of her husband's best efforts to prevent such an accident, was successfully carried through her tenth pregnancy by homoeopathic treatment. In the presence of so much brilliant success we have a right to say that we possess the means of preventing miscarriage with an almost unerring certainty. We will now proceed to mention the different remedies that are most commonly resorted to in the treatment of miscarriage, and afterwards review this treatment in a connected series. Sabina. We have shown on several previous occasions that the action of this drug upon the uterus is specifically characterized by congestion often amounting even to inflammation. This fact should not be lost sight of in cases where Sabina may seem to be indicated. If the metrorrhagia is preceded for some time by a labor-like draw- ing in the abdomen, sensitiveness to pressure, increase of the sexual passion, a more copious secretion of mucus from the vagina; if the hemorrhage is profuse, painful, and the blood is bright-red and fluid, or is discharged in the shape of firm coagula, Sabina is our best simile that will certainly help in most cases, for a confirmation of which fact we can point to our own experience as wTell as to our printed records. This remedy suggests itself more particularly in 74 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. the case of robust persons of a plethoric habit, who have menstruated at an early age and always were inclined to menstruate profusely. We have already stated in a previous paragraph that the specific action of Sabina upon the uterus is known even to lay-persons, and that this knowledge is made available for purposes of criminal abor- tion even by married women; the evidence of such a crime has been on more than one occasion furnished us in our own practice. The relation of Secale cornutum to the uterus is equally constant and characteristic. This relation is not, as Griesselich fancies, de- pendent upon the action of this drug upon the spinal cord; it is im- mediate, but differs greatly from that of >'abina. Secale tends to rapidly destroy the organic activity, without occasioning any very striking signs of reaction which may even be entirely absent. Hence Secale is particularly appropriate in metrorrhagia unattended by symptoms of reaction on the part of the uterus, or the general organ- ism, without any marked pains in the uterus, in the case of indi- viduals of an anaemic or leucophlegmatic habit of body. Secale is therefore indicated in metrorrhagias occurring at the critical age, or in chlorotic individuals whose constitutions are broken down by debilitating diseases; or in post-partum metrorrhagias depending upon atony of the uterus, or which cause or accompany the miscar- riages of anaemic subjects, or which are occasioned by the death of the foetus. The general character of the hemorrhage will prove a better guide in the selection of Secale than mere symptomatic indi- cations, of which we, nevertheless, proceed to point out the most essential: The blood has a dark color and shows very little or no disposition to coagulate; its discharge is either painless, or else the pain is very vague and undefinable; it flows in a rather uninter- rupted stream; the hemorrhage is accompanied by great prostra- tion, fainting fits, palpitation of the heart with intermission of the beats, convulsive movements, cold skin. Secale is likewise indicated in the latter stage of hemorrhages that commence with signs of congestions, and likewise in hemorrhages occurring during the lat- ter term of confinement. Crocus is an important member of this group of remedies, but dif- fering from either of the above. If Crocus is so often recommended for active congestive uterine hemorrhages, we attribute this recom- mendation to the circumstance that the symptoms of the female sexual organs have alone been considered. They are: Pressure and a feeling of weight, stitches, pressing towards and in the sexual parts, discharge of a dark, tenacious, even black blood, but without any labor-like pains. If, in addition to these symptoms, we consider Metrorrhagia. 75 the general languor and loss of strength, the constant chilliness and a variety of other symptoms, it seems difficult to regard this series of phenomena as an active congestion. A passive congestion, on the contrary, is undoubtedly a reliable indication for Crocus, which is more especially confirmed by the quality of the blood. In gen- eral, Crocus is adapted to metrorrhagias at the critical age or which are accompanied by affections oi the heart or arise from impedi- ments in the portal circulation, in which case varicose swellings of the veins of the rectum and lower extremities present specific indi- cations for its use. These symptoms likewise point to Crocus in cases of miscarriage and post-partum hemorrhages, although in the former we may seldom meet with the quality of the blood charac- teristic of Crocus. We take the liberty of presenting these three remedies as proto- types' of the different medicines for metrorrhagia, even if by so do- ing we should incur the reproach of a generalizing dogmatism. This would, of course, be unjust, since it is the object of this work to lead the reader through general principles to special or individual- izing applications, and not to teach the former for the purpose of superseding the latter. We rank in the Sabina-category the following drugs: Belladonna, Chamomilla, Platina, Nux vomica, Calcarea carbonica, Ilyoscyamus, Ignatia amara, Ferrum, to which we add these short remarks : Bel- ladonna and Chamomilla are especially applicable in the hemor- rhages of lying-in women, with a general excitement of the circu- lation. Calcarea, Ferrum, and perhaps Pulsatilla, are adapted to the hemorrhages of feeble and anaemic subjects, with excited cir- culation. Hyoscyamus, if symptoms of convulsion accompany the hemorrhage from the start, more especially shortly after confine- ment. Ignatia and Platina for hemorrhages with excessive irrita- bility of the nervous system and the general sensorium, especially if the accident was preceded, and probably caused by some violent commotion of feeling or by sexual excitement, Ignatia being more appropriate in the former, and Platina in the latter case. The Secale-category does not comprehend many remedies ; at any rate not one of them shows a complete resemblance to the prototype. Ipecacuanha, China, and under certain circumstances Ferrum, Plum- bum and Arsenicum are the few remedies belonging to this category. Ipecacuanha is generally appropriate only for post-partum hemor- rhages, or after miscarriage, with cutting, colicky pains around the umbilicus, pressing towards the uterus and anus, great chilliness on 76 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. the outside and extreme heat within. China is mostly required after the hemorrhage had lasted already for some time, especially after confinement if the uterine contractions seem to be utterly ex- hausted, the patient is cold and blue, and a convulsive shock now and then agitates the frame. The choice of Arsenicum can only be determined by the general symptoms, not by the local sexual phenomena. Regarding Plumbum, we transcribe Griesselich's re- marks from Ruckert's "Klinischen Erfahrungen ": "Among the worst kinds of metrorrhagias we number those that befall females at the critical age and who are afflicted with hypertrophy of the uterus. If the patients have been long weighed down by severe mental distress, the hemorrhage will prove still more unyielding. Other remedies have often proved futile in such cases. The cases where Plumbum afforded help, happened among women of the higher classes who had attained the age of forty ; they had had few children in the first years of their marriage; the metrorrhagia had become'inveterate, and had assumed a passive character. Generally the patients had lived well, had partaken of quantities of heating beverages, had led a sedentary life and their constitutions had as- sumed a preeminently venous tendency; hemorrhoidal tumors had made their appearance, constipation, bloating of the bowels after eating, etc. The metrorrhagia had existed for years, with free in- tervals of four to six weeks and even longer. During these intervals the patients recovered their strength, but another attack brought them down again. The attack was preceded by a sensation of weight and fulness in the abdomen; slight labor-like pains from the small of the back to the front were experienced, amid which dark coagula were expelled mingled with fluid blood and serum, without any unpleasant odor; the discharge was increased by mo- tion ; a profuse discharge was attended with syncope, yawning and stretching, twitchings and by such other signs of anaemia as palpita- tion of the heart, a small, intermittent pulse, etc. The hemorrhage was succeeded by a more or less profuse, inodorous and mild leu- corrhcea. On exploration the uterus was found to be uniformly distended. Between the attacks the patients looked sickly, almost chlorotic; the assimilating functions were disturbed, the skin was dry, pale and yellowish, with hepatic spots ; the patients complained of languor, shortness of breath on going up-stairs, had a sad and desponding mood. The Acetate of Lead, in doses of one quarter of a grain per day, arrested the hemorrhage in several cases and removed the danger of total destruction which threatened the Metrorrhagia. 77 cachectic body, without, however, correcting the constitutional con- dition." To these statements we add an important observation : Paul (Archives generales, Mai, 1800) has had an opportunity of watching the effects of Lead upon the female sexual organs in up- wards of eighty cases; his observations lead him to infer that this metal favors miscarriages and premature births in a most extraor- dinary degree, and that it very commonly occasions the death of the foetus. The category of Crocus contains a number of remedies some of which are closely related to Secale. The most important are: Ar- nica, China, Digitalis purpurea, Lycopodium, Kali carbonicum, Se- pia, Kreosotum, Phosphorus, Carbo vegetabilis. Arnica may like- wise be required in active metrorrhagia ; it is particularly adapted to post-partum hemorrhages, and is known as an efficient remedy for excessive and painful after-pains. For particulars concerning Digitalis or rather Digitalin, we refer the reader to our Essay on this drug. There is no question that in metrorrhagias occasioned by blood-stasis depending upon heart-disease, Digitalis is one of the first remedies. We are not as yet in possession of more special in- dications. The cure of a dangerous metrorrhagia which is reported in that Essay, has not yet been interrupted by a similar accident, it is now eight years. Sepia deserves special consideration in cases of miscarriage ; it is but seldom indicated in simple metrorrhagia. At all events it is one of our most important remedies as a preventive of miscarriage. Whereas Sabina is especially adapted to active, plethoric and robust constitutions, Sepia responds to nervous irrita- bility associated with a quick circulation; it is such conditions of the system that so often give the first impulse to miscarriage and are associated with obstruction in the abdominal circulation. Heisig recommends Sepia in miscarriage between the fifth and seventh months, if symptoms of abdominal plethora are present; Kallenbach relates several cases where Sepia had a good effect, the following symptoms being present: rush of blood to the head and chest, sen- sation of weight in the abdomen, swelling of the hemorrhoidal ves- sels, irritable temper, disposition to syncope. While these symp- toms prevail, the movements of the foetus grow weaker until they finally cease altogether and miscarriage threatens, most probably provoked by apoplexy of the foetus consequent upon uterine con- gestion. Experience has demonstrated the curative virtues of Sepia as a preventive of miscarriage in so many cases that it must be owing to indolence if our physicians do not report more cases of 78 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. cure than they have done, with carefully and distinctly drawn out- lines. Lycopodium is likewise recommended as a preventive of miscarriage, but has not the same practical effect as Sepia. Lyco- podium is more particularly suitable for feeble, worn-out individuals afflicted with bad digestion, chronic gastro-intestinal catarrh, obsti- nate fluor albus, symptoms of venous congestion in the extremities and abdomen, varices on the legs and private parts, hemorrhoids, liver-complaint, splenetic engorgements. Such symptoms are not often met with in young persons, on which account Lycopodium is preeminently suitable for middle-aged women. It is of especial value in the metrorrhagias of the critical period, if the above-des- cribed symptoms indicate this drug. According to Hartmann, Kreosotum is suitable if a quantity of dark blood is discharged, succeeded for a few days by an acrid-swelling, bloody ichor causing a gnawing-itching and smarting of the parts, after which the flow of blood recommences mingled with coagula. At the same time the head feels very much distressed. Such symptoms suggest the presence of malignant disorganizations of the uterus: however, they may likewise occur at the critical age or during confinement without any perceptible organic alterations. It would lead us too far if we were to particularize the symp- tomatic indications for more remedies; it may be well, however, to classify the remedies we have named, in accordance with the dis- tinctions which we have pointed out as characteristic features of the various kinds of metrorrhagia. Hemorrhages of the unimpregnated uterus previous to the crit- ical age, require: Belladonna, Platina, Nux vomica, Calcarea car- bonica, Hyoscyamus, Ignatia, Ferrum; very rarely Sabina, Sepia, Phosphorus; hemorrhages at the critical age require: Platina, Se- cale, China, Plumbum, Arsenicum., Digitalis, Lycopodium, Kali carbo- nicum, Kreosotum, Carbo veg., Crocus. , For post-partum hemorrhages we recommend: Sabina, Bella- donna, Chamomilla, Bryonia, Hyoscyamus, Secale, Ipecacuanha, China, Arnica. Hemorrhages during pregnancy require the remedies that will be presently named for miscarriages. In treating miscarriages we have to keep two things in view, namely the prevention of the hemorrhage by general means, the arrest of the hemorrhage, and the management of the consequences of hemorrhage in accordance with general principles. It is undoubtedly possible to prevent miscarriage; the case of the Metrorrhagia. 79 Doctor's wife to which allusion was made in a previous paragraph, will be accepted , as evidence of such a fact. The nature of the prophylactic treatment is more especially determined by the consti- tutional symptoms of the patient. If the patient is an anaemic, feeble, pale woman, Pulsatilla, Ferrum, China have to be prescribed in not too frequently repeated doses; if the anaemia is attended with disposition to congestion, Calcarea carbonica is preferable. If the woman had miscarried several times, it is best to give the pre- viously-mentioned remedies about four weeks before the term when the miscarriage is expected to take place, but neither too low nor too frequently ; perhaps a few drops every three days, and to con- tinue this treatment until at least four weeks after the term. We avoid strong attenuations lest the medicine should produce primary effects. The remedies proposed for anaemia should not be continued at the time when the miscarriage is expected; at such a period Calcarea, Sepia or Sabina are preferable each as the patient's per- sonality may indicate. Regarding the necessity of absolute rest in order to prevent a miscarriage, views differ a great deal. It is cer- tainly well for the patient to avoid all physical and mental excite- ment, but careful and slow exercise in the open air cannot do any hurt, less, at any rate than to constantly be lying down. If this practice is excusable in the case of weakly, nervous individuals, it is certainly inexcusable in the case of plethoric, robust and quick persons. Nor can a scanty, not very nourishing diet be adopted as a rule, for in anaemia we are called upon to improve the composition of the blood by a suitable mode of living; whereas truly robust women are benefitted by a sort of starvation-cure, because they are tormented by a voracious appetite during the first months of their pregnancy. Of greater importance than all these details is the clothing of pregnant females. As a matter of course every tight- fitting garment should be avoided; if it does not directly interfere with the portal circulation, it certainly interferes with the oxygena- tion of the blood in the lungs. This point, generally speaking, is not sufficiently heeded. Moreover, the strictest abstemiousness is indispensable from the moment that conception has become an established fact. The use of coffee should likewise be forbidden in the strictest manner. It is much more difficult to prevent the vomiting which, on account of the extraordinary strain on the ab- dominal muscles which the vomiting occasions may easily give rise to obstructions of the circulation. As yet we have no remedy that can be regarded as specific against the vomiting of pregnant females, 80 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. and it is difficult enough in any given case to select a remedy, for the reason that all cases look so very much alike. All we can do is to experiment, and to give Belladonna, lodium, Veratrum, Cuprum, Pulsatilla and Sepia, the choice of any special remedy, being of course determined by the constitution, the accessory symptoms, etc. By employing these prophylactic means we often succeed in carrying the patient through the full term of pregnancy. Of course we cannot promise success in every case. The treatment of a miscarriage begins with the commencement of the hemorrhage and the uterine contractions. In almost every case where the appearance of the blood is the first morbid symptom, Sabina will prove the right remedy, whether pains are present or not. We have often succeeded in arresting with this remedy an uterine hemorrhage that had already become very copious. We doubt whether any other medicine will act more promptly and satisfactorily at this period. Belladonna ranks next to Sabina. It is indicated, if the hemorrhage commences with violent colicky pains and a sensation in the pelvis as if pressure were made from above downwards, and as if the sexual organs would be pressed out; at the same time there is a good deal of vascular excitement. Opium is recommended, if a miscarriage is threatened in consequence of fright. If the hemorrhage is preceded for some time by distinct labor- pains, Pulsatilla, Belladonna, Secale cornutum may be tried in order to arrest the contractions if possible. If the patients are feeble, with worn-out constitutions, and the blood has begun to flow, Secale cornutum is preferable to Sabina. Crocus is seldom appropriate at the commencement of the hemorrhage. The cases where the mis- carriage is caused by the premature death of the foetus, may not require any medicinal aid previous to the setting in of the hemor- rhage, when Secale will most likely prove the most suitable remedy. If the above-mentioned remedies do not prevent the miscarriage, and if the os-tincae dilate more and more, it is advisable not to give too powerful doses, and to calmly await the period when the foetus will be expelled; for this event can probably only be hastened by manual interference ; it is moreover very questionable whether at this period the hemorrhage can be modified by internal treatment. After the expulsion of the foetus most of the above-mentioned remedies that have been recommended for simple metrorrhagia, come into play, especially: Sabina, Belladonna, Crocus, Secale, Ipe- cacuanha, Chamomilla, China, Hyoscyamus. Carcinoma Uteri. 81 Although we do not believe that a miscarriage can be prevented by keeping the patient all the time in a horizontal posture, yet this posture becomes indispensable as soon as the hemorrhage has com- menced. Even after the hemorrhage has been arrested, the patient should be kept quietly on her back for a couple of days. If a mis- carriage has taken place, the patients will have to be treated like women in confinement, even with more care, for a return of the hemorrhage, metritis, prolapsus of the uterus are apt to take place. Above all we have to make sure that no fragments of the foetus have remained in the uterus; the worst consequences of the mis- carriage are sometimes caused by such an oversight. [Besides the medicines recommended by Badi. for the arrest of uterine hemorrhage and the prevention of a miscarriage, we often make use of the following with perfect success: Aconitum, if the pulse is full and bounding, the patient experiences a sensation of fulness and heaviness in the uterine region, and drops of blood have already begun to trickle down. We give the lower potencies. In active uterine hemorrhages caused by a sudden con- cussion, a violent strain, or subsequent to the expulsion of the foetus, Aconite may likewise help to arrest the hemorrhage. The pulse is full and bounding or else the opposite, the patient complains of headache, the cheeks are flushed, the skin is warm and dry or else cold and covered with a clammy perspiration; the action of the heart is often disturbed, there is a tremulous fluttering of the heart, less frequently tumultuous beating. Erigeron canadense, an alcoholic solution of the oil, often helps in uterine hemorrhage, if the blood is lumpy and dark-colored. Trillium pendulum is likewise much used both in the form of an al- coholic tincture and watery infusion. Small doses will not answer. Hamamelis virg. has been used with much success in passive venous and likewise in the more active form of arterial hemorrhage. Hemorrhages brought on by mechanical concussions of the uterine region, blows, a fall, etc., require the use of Arnica, lower potencies, sometimes in alternation with Aconite. II.] Carcinoma Uteri, Cancer of the Uterus. In by far the majority of cases this disease occurs beyond the age of forty, and is very seldom met with in women of a less advanced age. Its origin cannot be accounted for upon well established prir- ciples; teeble as well as robust, married as well as unmarried women 82 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. are attacked by this terrible destroyer. Cancer of the uterus is one of the most frequently occurring forms of carcinoma, and not unfre- quently runs its course as a solitary cancer. It is only in rare cases that it breaks out in addition to cancerous degenerations of other organs. The most ordinary form is medullary cancer, whereas scirrhus and alveolar cancer are very rare; epithelial cancer is a little more frequent. The medullary cancer usually commences at the vaginal portion of the uterus as a very firm, rugged infiltration, whence it spreads to the fundus and to adjoining organs, especially the blad- der and rectum. The less firmness it possesses, the sooner it becomes converted into pus or ichor, in consequence of which enormous de- structions of tissue may take place. Epithelial cancer always com- mences with cauliflower-excrescences at the os tincee so that these excrescences seem to have taken the place of the os, or at any rate coalesce with it. The excrescences seem to grow out of the papillae of the os; at first they resemble condylomata and afterwards sprout like a fungus, with marked vascular development. As the fungoid growth increases, the elements of epithelial cancer unite with the former and the mass decays and changes to ichor. It is not certain whether these excrescences are really carcinomatous at the outset; at any rate, the fact, that they have been successfully extirpated, throws doubt on the correctness of the cancer-hypothesis. Hartmann relates a form of disease the carcinomatous nature of which is doubtful, we mean the phagedenic ulcer of the uterus. It likewise emanates from the vaginal portion, but the ulcerative process is not preceded by the deposition of a firm, pseudo-plastic layer or infiltration; the uterine tissue surrounding the ulceration is sound, or else softened, yellow or reddish-brown. The disorganiza- tion may gradually spread to the walls of the uterus and vagina, to the rectum, bladder and peritoneum. Carcinoma of the uterus is frequently mistaken at the commence- ment for menstrual disorder, leucorrhcea or chronic metritis. The first symptoms usually are menstrual derangements, cessation or a more frequent return of the menses, or in the place of the menses we have irregular hemorrhages and leucorrhcea. The mistake is made the more easily if the patient has not yet reached the critical period, so that these changes may be set down as results of a phy- siological cessation of the catamenial secretion. If the patient has passed through the critical period, a sudden flow of blood takes place, at first resembling the menstrual flow, but soon increasing to Carcinoma Uteri. 83 a true hemorrhage. In the beginning the patient often complains only of a feeling of weight, drawing in the pelvis, a pressing to- wards the sexual organs, or the pains are excited by bodily motion, a concussion, sexual intercourse, touch. An examination shows the vaginal portion harder than in the normal condition, of unequal resistance, swollen, misshapen, rugged and knotty, sensitive to press- ure and readily bleeding; the lips of the os tincae look puffy and notched, the os is patulous. In the course of the disease pains set in, which are at first vague and occur only now and then, but after- wards become more severe and finally, especially at night, exceed- ingly violent, pressing, stinging, lancinating, burning, not confined to the region of the uterus, but spreading to the small of the back and thighs. Characteristic are the more or less violent burning and stinging-boring pains over the pubic bones and in the small of the back, along the hips and thighs, interfering with walking and even sitting; very often a burning pain is continually felt deep in the pel- vis, accompanied by fugitive stitches darting through the uterus. The neighboring lymphatic glands are generally infiltrated and painful. At the beginning of the trouble a serous or slimy secre- tion flows from the vagina, having but little smell; more usually the discharge is copious, of a brownish-red, suspicious-looking color, having a horrid smell and excoriating the skin. The bleeding be- comes more and more frequent and copious, the blood being mixed with detached portions of tissue. These hemorrhages consume the strength of the patient in a very short time. At this stage of the disease the ichorous dissolution of the carcinoma progresses very rapidly. An examination reveals the funnel-shaped ulcer and the soft, readily-bleeding excrescences; the vagina likewise is often very much narrowed by the cancerous infiltration. The patients show the imprint of the carcinomatous cachexia, together with the symp- toms of a high grade of antemia. The disease generally lasts for years, calculating from the first manifestation of distinct symptoms, and without allowing for the influence of special circumstances, such as confinement, which is one of the most pernicious occurrences that can happen to a woman afflicted with cancer of the womb. It is in- conceivable how it is possible for the organism to bear up for so long a time under a destructive malady like cancer, without perishing. Cauliflower-excrescences seldom beget symptoms different from those of carcinoma, and the pains are equally intense. On the other hand, however, life is less rapidly destroyed by the former, because they are not so speedily converted into ichor, and the destruction 84 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. of tissue does not spread so far. Hemorrhages take place more read- ily from cauliflower-excrescences than from carcinoma. Treatment. No more than we reject the possibility of a cure of carcinoma generally, do we believe that carcinoma of the uterus is an incurable disease, although it is difficult to obtain certainty in this respect. A cure is only possible as long as the carcinoma has not spread too far, and has not yet become converted into ichor. In such a case the diagnosis is still uncertain, for sensitiveness and an uneven swelling of the os tincse do not constitute carcinoma; even a fetid discharge from the vagina does not settle the diagnosis. In the stage of dissolution every attempt at a radical cure is unsuccess- ful, and all we can do is to mitigate the patient's distress. A number of remedies have been indicated for carcinoma of the uterus, that have only a partial affinity to this disease, and are, for the most part, suitable only for the various accessory affections accompanying the cancerous destroyer. An enumeration of all these remedies would only lead to confusion; hence we only mention those that can be employed against cancer generally. Our first rem- edy is: Kreosotum. Kurtz recommends this remedy when the following symptoms are present: Obstinate leucorrhoea during frequently re- curring metrorrhagias, with aching or pressing pains and a gradu- ally appearing fetid discharge of a serous fluid or a bloody ichor. This is attended with burning or lancinating pains in the small of the back and loins. When standing she experiences a sensation as of a weight in the pelvis; coition is painful; all the symptoms are worse at the time of the menses. On examination the vagina is found hot, the interstices of the mucous lining enlarged, the follicles are hypertrophied, the vaginal portion of the uterus is swollen, hard, the os tincse is garnished with small, wart-shaped or bunchy cauli- flower-excrescences. Hartmann describes the following group of symptoms: Electrical stitches in the vagina, as if proceeding from the abdomen, causing the patient to start; voluptuous itching in the vagina, with burning and swelling of the external and internal labia; hard nodosities at the cervix uteri; ulcerative pain during coition ; the menses appear from four to ten days too soon, and con- tinue for days, with discharge of a dark, coagulated blood, pains in the small of the back and subsequent discharge of a pungent and bloody ichor; gnawing, itching and smarting in the parts; the menses stop for hours and days, but afterwards return again in a more fluid form and attended with violent colicky pains. The press- Carcinoma Uteri. 85 ing downwards and the abdominal spasms continue after the men- ses, more especially in the groin and pelvic region; bleeding from the uterus and a continual corrosive leucorrhoea are not wanting. The pains are worse at night. Sensation of fainting on rising, with a peevish and desponding mood, and livid complexion. Kurtz de- scribes cauliflower-excrescences, Hartmann true carcinoma. Of the former several cases of cure are reported in our books, of the latter not any, or at least only palliative results. It is certain that Creo- sotum has not answered the expectations that Wahle's recommend- ation had excited in our minds. A weak local application of Creo- sote often does more good than the internal use of the drug. Arsenicum album has been given with excellent success in carci- noma uteri not so much on account of the specific action of Arsenic upon the sexual organs, which is rather inconsiderable and hence devoid of any marked significance, as on account of the remarkable correspondence of Arsenic with the general phenomena of a carci- nomatous dyscrasia. Arsenic can only be resorted to after the whole organism reflects the picture of a cancerous disease. However, it only palliates the severe pains and the sleeplessness, and perhaps modifies the profuse metrorrhagia, which occurs every now and then in the course of the disease. Nitri acidum is symptomatically indicated in carcinoma uteri, as it is in many other inveterate dyscrasic conditions of the organism. The most important symptoms are: Irregular menses, they some- times remain suspended for weeks and then appear again at short intervals; between the menses copious leucorrhoea of a badly-col- ored, brownish appearance and offensive odor. The patient looks worn, feels nervous and is depressed in spirits. Obstructions in the portal circulation, such as hemorrhoids, indicate this drug. Acidum nitricum can, however, only be used as an intercurrent remedy at the commencement of the disease; if ichorous dissolution has com- menced, this drug is no longer of any use. Graphites. The local symptoms of this drug point to carcinoma uteri not any more than those of Arsenic. Out of respect for Wahle, who recommends this drug, we give the symptoms to which, ac- cording to Wahle and Hartmann, this drug corresponds: The va- gina is hot and painful; swelling of the lymphatic glands, some of which are as large as small hazel-nuts; the neck of the uterus is hard and swollen, on its left side there are three hard little nodes of various sizes and consisting of several detached tubercles which cause an acute pain and have the appearance as if they might be 86 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. converted into cauliflower-excrescences; when rising, sensation of a heavy weight deep in the abdomen, with an increase of the pains and great weakness and trembling of the lower extremities; at the time of the menses, which appear every six weeks, the pains are worse, shortly previous to, and during the menses; the blood is black, lumpy and smells very strongly; constant complaint as if a lump of lead were lying in her abdomen, with violent lancinating stitches in the uterus, darting into the thighs like electric currents ; the pains are always burning and lancing; frequent lancinating stitches in the uterus, darting into the thighs; not much appetite; constipation from two to lour days, followed by stool with much pressing; livid complexion ; frequent chilliness, without any sub- sequent heat or sweat; feels sad, anxious, desponding; pulse fre- quent and hard. Conium maculatum is powerfully related to the female organs, but has no specific affinity to carcinoma; the menses are very much diminished, nor has it any hemorrhage from the uterus. We do not see why Conium should be so universally recommended for car- cinoma uteri; moreover, there is not a single case on record sub- stantiating the curative virtues of Conium in this disease. It can at most only be used at the beginning, when the diagnosis is still uncertain. Nor do we see upon what grounds many other remedies have been recommended for carcinoma uteri, Thuya occiclentalis for in- stance, which is recommended simply on account of the wart-shaped excrescences, or lodium, Carbo animalis, Aurum, Silicea, Sabina, etc. Sepia may perhaps do some good in this disease. If we expect these medicines will modify the morbid process to some extent, we shall soon find that their influence is uncertain and questionable. For the hemorrhage which is one of the most dan- gerous incidental symptoms of uterine cancer, we refer to the reme- dies that have been recommended for menorrhagia and metror- rhagia. The conduct of the patients, outside of the use of medicines, is of the utmost' importance. Their anaemic appearance renders a highly nutritious diet indispensable, perfect cleanliness is likewise needful to their comfort; nor should injections of water into the vagina ever be omitted. [The use of disinfectants in this disease is indispensable ; one of the best disinfecting agents is the Permanga- nate of Potassa to which attention has already been called when speaking of stomatitis and scurvy of the gums. H.] Various Morbid Conditions in the Sexual System. 87 8. Various Morbid Conditions in the Sexual System of Ilie Female. Climaxis, Critical -Age, Change of Life. • The physiological involu- tion of the uterus or the cessation of the faculty of conceiving is attended in almost every woman with more or less marked derange- ments which, however, cannot be regarded as morbid conditions any more than the ailments announcing or accompanying the appearance of the menses. If the derangements alluded to are disproportion- ately severe and troublesome, we have of course to regard them as morbid affections requiring medicinal aid. A common complaint at the critical age is the flooding. Before interfering medicinally, it is always best to first inquire whether it is a disease. This ques- tion is best determined by the general health of the patient; if this is not impaired by the flooding, medical treatment is not called for. We often see robust women lose a quantity of blood at intervals of six to sixteen weeks and longer, but instead of being made sick by such losses, they get, on the contrary, rid of all sorts of congestive symptoms by which they had been tormented heretofore. Other women, on the contrary, after such flooding exhibit signs of extreme debility and anaemia, which shows that the loss of blood is not a normal physiological phenomenon. The loss of blood may always be said to be abnormal if it occurs more frequently than the menses. The proper remedies are pointed out in the chapters oxi Menstrual Irregularities and Metrorrhagia. Other abnormal conditions may arise from the disturbances caused by stasis of the blood. As a matter of course, the organism, after the natural cessation of the menstrual flow, has gradually to restore the equilibrium of the circulation, and we seldom meet with a woman in whom this restoration takes place without any signs of disturbance. It is most frequently the abdominal organs that suffer, first the liver, next the stomach and kidneys ; piles not unfrequently make their appearance. The principal remedies for these derange- ments are: Sepia, Belladonna, Lycopodium, Nux vomica and Sulphur. The heart, lungs or head are less frequently affected by these con- gestions, for which Hartmann recommends Crocus. As a rule the remedies for these congestions are the same as those recommended for hypersemia of the brain, [more especially Aconite, Veratrum viride and Cimicijuga racemosa. For the sudden flashes of heat to which such patients are liable, we recommend beside the remedies that are usually resorted to, such as Sepia, Sanguinaria, etc., Veratrum vir. 88 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. and Cimicifuga. For congestions of the heart, Aconite, Digitalis and Cactus may be required. II.] Prolapsus uteri, which is always more or less occasioned by a re- laxation of the vaginal mucous lining, can scarcely ever be cured by the exclusive use of internal remedies, and it would be wrong* to expect such a result without at the same time resorting to mechan- ical means. Hartmann recommends as adapted to such conditions : Arnica, Mercurius, Nux vomica, Sepia, Belladonna, Aurum and Calcarea carbonica ; we confess, however, that we have never seen the least curative effect from any of these remedies. [Cimicifuga, Hamamelis and Idelonias are employed with more or less success, most generally in connection with pessaries and supporters. II.] Sterility depends upon the most diversified conditions of the sys- tem. Most commonly it is due to a disharmonious degree of excita- bility in the man and woman. Generally this want of harmony is owing to the dissolute life wThich the man may have led before his marriage, and by which he may have reduced his sexual powers below the point of normal action. It may likewise be the woman's fault, if she had indulged in self-abuse. In such cases medicines are of very little use, whereas proper hygienic rules may accomplish a great deal of g*ood. Above all thing's sexual intercourse should be indulged in very moderately. If the woman is really suffering, her troubles will have to be met by appropriate medicinal treatment. Hartmann has the following brief advice: If the sterility is caused by an excess of sexual passion on the part of the woman, Platina and Phosphorus are the most promising remedies. If the menses are suppressed, we give Conium maculatum ; if they are too pro- fuse, Mercurius, and at the same time too early: Natrum muriati- cum, Calcarea carbonica, Acidum sulphuricum, Sulphur; if the menses delay: Graphites and Consticum ; if they are too scanty: Ammonium carbonicum. If husband and wife meet normally, and no conception takes place, Hartmann advises them to take frequent doses of Sabina or Cannabis. So far as wTe know, no particular re- sults have been obtained by this treatment, and we doubt very much whether the remedies which Hartmann advises can do much good. On the contrary, in our opinion the remedies for menstrual irregu- larities or for the other morbid conditions of the sexual organs, ought to be resorted to in treating sterility. This defect can only be re- moved, if both husband and wife endeavor to avoid with scrupulous care every thing that might have a tendency to prevent conception. Pruritus vulvce, itching of the pudendum, is symptomatic of many Various Morbid Conditions in the Sexual System. 89 more or less acute diseases of the sexual organs, likewise at the commencement of pregnancy, both among young women as well as among those who are of a more advanced age; very commonly it precedes the appearance of the menses for a few days. Under such circumstances the trouble is not so very distressing, and does not require any special treatment. The real pruritus is generally met with among older females shortly before and after the critical ces- sation of the menses, more especially if they are unmarried. In their ease the itching is horrid, deprives them of sleep and causes a variety of nervous ailments; yet an inspection does not reveal any abnormal symptoms, except perhaps a greater dryness of the vaginal mucous membrane. The trouble often continues unceasingly for months. Most commonly, however, such individuals are affected with hemorrhoidal swellings, and the idea suggests itself that the itching may perhaps be caused by an engorged condition of the veins in the vagina. Among the remedies for this inconvenience Caladium seguinum is the most certain and efficacious, as we are able to assert from personal experience. Moreover, we may derive benefit from Conium maculatum, Lycopodium, Blatina and Sepia. [If the parts are very much swollen and engorged with blood, and the itching and burning are very great, we have have given with perfect relief Aconite and Belladonna in alternation ; sometimes we have derived benefit from the external use of Hamaiuelis. If an inspection through a glass reveals the presence of a fine fungoid herpes on the parts, we use a weak solution of the Sulphite of Soda as an external ap- plication. One of Dr. Dewee's favorite local applications was a solution of Biborate of Soda. Injections of dilute cider-vinegar are also resorted to. IL] [ Neuralgia of the Uterus. Although this affection has been vari- ously alluded to in the different chapters on menstrual irregulari- ties, yet we deem it useful and expedient to transfer the following more compact picture of this disease from Kafka to our pages: Neuralgia of the uterus consists in a variety of painful sensations in the uterus, previous to, or at the commencement or during the course of the catamenial discharge. As long as these pains are not excessive, we designate this condi- tion as painful or difficult menstruation. If the pains reach a high degree of intensity, they become colicky, and we describe them as menstrual colic. If these pains appear between the menstrual periods, they con- stitute a peculiar form of uterine neuralgia which we shall discuss presently. 90 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. Pains in the uterus before or during the menses attack more especially individuals of sensitive or very irritable dispositions, girls as well as women whose uterus had become very irritable partly through psychical and partly through external causes. Amorous fancies, the reading of love-stories, slippery conversation, voluptuous dreams, etc., are just as frequently the causes of painful menstrua- tion as a libidinous rubbing of the parts, amorous dallying, onanism, etc. All these causes keep up a constant irritation in the uterus, the consequences of which are congestion or nervous erethism of this organ. Uterine neuralgia between the menstrual periods may be caused by catarrhal metritis, especially after confinement with slow or' im- perfect return of the uterus to its normal condition, chronic infarc- tions, displacements and flexions of the uterus, protracted lactation, excessive coition as in the case of newly married persons or pros- titutes. Previous to or during the menstrual period the pains set in either in a mild form or with much vehemence. In the former case the pains are at times tearing, at other times cutting, or drawing, press- ing, contracting, griping, burning; they are mostly experienced in the region above the symphisis pubis, are either fixed or wandering, and are sometimes felt in the uterus, at other times in the vagina, or at the entrance of the vagina, in the rectum, bladder, and not unfrequently assume the form of labor-pains. If the pains set in with a great deal of vehemence, they act like colic ; they are most generally contracting, tearing, griping or claw- ing, spread from the umbilical region to the uterus, the vagina, urethra, the anterior surface of the thigh, the small of the back or over the entire hypogastrium, not unfrequently causing a sensation of burning in the parts where the pain is felt. When the pains reach the acme of intensity, females with sensitive temperaments are not unfrequently attacked with nausea or even bilious vomiting; their features look collapsed and the extremities are cold. In other cases, especially if the patients are of a plethoric habit, the cheeks become flushed, the temperature of the body is increased, the pulse is accelerated, the thirst intense, with a longing for acidulated drinks. If vaginal blennorrhoea is present, these phenomena fre- quently denote a condition like catarrhal metritis which not unfre- quently becomes aggravated before or during the menstrual flow. In case of chronic engorgements or displacements of the uterus pains .are not always present, but the neuralgic affection manifests Various Morbid Conditions in the Sexual System. 91 itself in the form of disagreeable sensations such as weakness, lan- guor and pressing towards the small of the back or thighs, patulous condition of the vulva with sensation as if the pelvic viscera would press out. These uncomfortable sensations are sometimes accom- panied by frequent but ineffectual urging to stool, frequent desire to urinate with scanty emission of urine. The pains are sometimes so trifling that they are not even noticed by the patients. The colicky pains are always very penetrating and distressing, and sometimes last for hours and even days. The pains are often accompanied by other derangements that are of sufficient importance not to be overlooked. At one time it is a pain in the temporal region, on one side of the head, or a pressive pain in the vertex or occiput sometimes increasing to an intolerable degree of intensity ; at other times spasmodic muscular contractions are experienced in the oesophagus or larynx, sometimes taking the shape of globus hystericus, laryngismus or aphonia ; again, symp- toms of dyspnoea with oppression of the chest and increased or un- rhythmical palpitations of the heart set in; at other times the patients complain of dyspepsia with accumulation of gas in the bowels, muscular weakness especially of the lower extremities, aggravated by the least exertion ; then again we notice symptoms of reflex-action in the sympathic range taking the form of spas- modic weeping or laughing; or the spinal nerves are consensually affected giving rise to convulsions. In many cases the sensorium is disturbed in consequence of reflex-action, resulting in loud and loqua- cious delirium and even ecstatic conditions. At the same time the menses are either excessively profuse or very much diminished. The prognosis of uterine neuralgia is generally favorable; if de- pending upon structural lesions or displacements of the uterus, it is doubtful. In obstinate cases of this kind the age of the patient determines the chances of a successful treatment; if the critical age is near at hand, a speedy cessation of their troubles may be safely promised all such patients; experience has taught us that with the cessation of menstruation the uterine pains disappear. Beside the remedies that we have recommended for the various forms of menstrual irregularities, more especially for difficult and painful menstruation, we derive particular benefit in these neuralgic affections of the uterus from: Aconitum, lower and middle potencies ; Gelseminum, generally if given in tolerably large doses ; Cimicifuga racemosa, likewise to be given in reasonably large doses; 92 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. Magnesia muriatica, lower and middle attenuations; Hypericum perfoliatum, lower attenuations. Aconite is generally indicated by a throbbing or pecking pain in the uterus, sensation of fulness, heat, or a hard aching and seated pain in the uterus, nausea, headache, palpitation of the heart. If Aconite does not relieve, Cimicifuga may be given, more especially if the symptoms, for which this remedy has been recommended when occurring at the critical age, are present, such as headache at the top of the head, chilliness with flashes of heat, etc. Gelseminum. We are not aware that this medicine has been much used in uterine neuralgic affections of the womb, except in so far as they are symptomatic of menstrual disorders, dysmenorrhoea, etc., or in so far as they occur in child-birth. The neuralgic pains, to which both Aconite and Gelseminum are homoeopathic, are most generally, though not necessarily, attended with signs of vascular engorgement. These two remedies are very often given in alterna- tion with great benefit to the patient. Magnesia muriatica has shown good curative effects in purely spasmodic affections of the uterus. Hypericum perfoliatum. Violent tearing in the genital organs, with desire to urinate; tension in the region of the uterus as from a tight bandage; the menses delay in such a case. If neuralgia of the uterus is a secondary affection, depending upon other primary pathological conditions of the uterus, prolap- sus, anteversion, retroversion, lateral displacements, flexures, etc., these causes have to be removed before a cure can be thought of. Chronic engorgements, in connection with neuralgia, may require Belladonna, Veratrum viride, Aconite, Mercurius sol., etc. Subcu- taneous injections of Morphia and Atropine have relieved the most obstinate cases of uterine neuralgia. II.] 0. Vaginodynia. Neuralgia of the Vagina. We extract, from Kafka the following notice of this subject: The mucous membrane of the vagina is neither swollen nor hypenemic, its secretion is not increased, its appearance unaltered. This disease is either a local affection of the vagina, or else it is complicated with uterine neuralgia. It may be caused by lascivious fancies, mas- turbation, abuse of sexual intercourse which is only partially grati- fied; discharge of an acrid, corrosive secretion from the uterus, irri- Vaginodynia. 93 fating pessaries, ascarides in the vagina, dust in the uterus, displace- ments of this organ, etc. The symptoms are in part local, and in part general. Among the local symptoms we notice a peculiar itching or tickling of the va- gina of various degrees of intensity. If not excessive, this titilla- tion of the vagina can be borne; it does not excite the sexual pas- sion, or at least very triflingly; it causes a slight sensation of warmth in the vagina and an irresistible urging to scratch or rub the itch- ing parts of the vulva or vagina, which generally causes a redness ot the mucous membrane and an increase of the temperature. In proportion as the warmth of the itching parts increases, they like- wise become affected with a striking dryness, which is very trouble- some to the patients. In sensitive and excitable women the sexual passion is first ex- cited by the frequent rubbing of the vulva or vagina; at such a time the eyes glisten, the cheeks look flushed, the head is hot. If the rubbing is continued, a pleasurable sensation is excited, which continues until a seminal vesicle is detached after which the person feels exhausted, the face looks pale and a certain moroseness or sul- lenness of temper prevails. An observing physician is not slow to observe these changes in the looks and mood of his patient. They constitute important phe- nomena in the case of young girls whose sexual passion could not properly be made the subject of professional inquiry. The titillation in the vagina may become so violent that it may rouse an irresistible desire for sexual intercourse, and may even lead to self-abuse. In one case of this kind, an examination showed that the titillation was excited and kept up by retroversion of the uterus. Excitable, generally sterile women of feeble constitutions, lose their seminal fluid during a paroxysm of titillation, without resorting to friction; others become nymphomaniac and may even go so far as to invite men to sexual converse. Other women experience at the same time violent pains in the uterus, heat in the vagina, an in- creased secretion of mucus and a high degree of nervous erethism and hysteric irritability of temper, sometimes extending to the sen- sorium and resulting in delirium or hallucinations. Sometimes the titillation and the sexual excitement are entirely absent, and the vagina is in a condition of hypereesthesia. Coition is exceedingly painful; even a digital exploration causes pain, the vagina contracting spasmodically around the finger. Such women generally remain sterile. 94 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. These spasmodic contractions may even spread to the urethra and rectum, causing a continual urging to urinate and to evacuate the bowels. Vaginodynia often lasts for years and is very difficult to cure. Cases depending upon displacements of the uterus, are the most obstinate. Treatment. In order to obtain perfect certainty regarding the true nature of the disease, an ocular and manual examination of the vagina is indispensable. For simple itching, without any simultaneous excitement of the sexual passion, we give Sulphur and Graphites, the former if the itching is more of a burning nature, the latter if the itching is at- tended with a smarting sensation in the vagina. The troublesome feeling of dryness in the vagina is relieved by frictions with the best kind of olive-oil. If this is not sufficient, and the vagina is cool and pale, we give Natrum muriaticum-Q to 30. If there is much heat and redness, we give Belladonna 3. If the titillation in the vagina is attended with lascivious desires, and there is a good deal of nervous erethism, pain in the uterus, meteorism, torpor of the bowels, Nux vomica-is the remedy. Can- nabis indica 3 is likewise excellent under such circumstances, like- wise if there is a good deal of urging to urinate, burning during urination, and the vaginal lining membrane is hot and dry. Calcarea carbonica may be given in alternation with, or after Nux vomica. Zincum met., if the titillation occurs during the menstrual flow; Mercurius sol., if the itching is confined to the labia and the entrance to the vagina. If symptoms of nymphomania are present, we may give Nux vomica, Platina, Zincum met., also Stramonium and Hyoscyamus. If the titillation in the vagina arises from dust in the vagina, we may resort to tepid Sitz-baths, also to injections of tepid water, castile soap and water, a weak solution of the Sulphite of Soda. For the itching caused by ascarides, see Helminthiasis. For painfulness of the vagina during intercourse we give Ferrum acet. 3 to 6, also Ferrum muriat. 3 to 6. If the itching is attended with aversion to sexual intercourse, Phosphorus is a good remedy. [Vaginismus must not be confounded with the neuralgic condi- tion of the vagina described in the preceding paragraph. Vagin- ismus is a spasmodic contraction of the vaginal sphincter which, so far as we know, is beyond the reach of internal treatment. Dr. Mastitis. 95 Thomas, in his recent work entitled: "A Practical Treatise on the Diseases of Women," informs us that this disease was first described by Burns, who advised an operation which is at present regarded as the only reliable method of cure. This operation has been re- cently performed by one of our own most brilliant surgeons, William Tod Helmuth, of St. Louis. According to Dr. Thomas the causes of vaginal spasm are: The hysterical diathesis; excoriations or fis- sures at the vulva ; irritable tumor of the meatus ; chronic metritis or vaginitis; pustular or vesicular eruptions on the vulva; neuro- mata. For a full description of the disease and its surgical treat- ment we refer the reader to Dr. Sims' paper upon "Vaginismus," communicated to the London Obstetrical Society, Nov. 6th, 1861, or to Sims' work on Uterine Surgery. H.] IO. Mastitis. Inflammation of the Breasts. The mammae constituting exclusively a part of the female organ- ism, we prefer treating of inflammation of the mammae in this place instead of ranging this disease among the diseases of the thoracic organs. Mastitis proper only occurs during or immediately after lactation. The painful, sometimes rather extensive, indurated swellings of single portions of the mammae, which sometimes occur among un- married females or married women who are not nursing, especially about the time of the menses, are evidently transitory states of hyperaemia which never terminates in suppuration. The cause of mastitis is always traceable to the impeded excretion of the milk. By some cause or other, soreness or a bad shape of the nipples, too feeble drawing by the child, one or more lactiferous ducts become closed, the milk in the corresponding mammary lobule becomes stagnant, and an inflammatory process is the result. Another cause of obstruction of the milk-ducts is the improper manner in which some women wear their clothes, owing to which the breasts either hang too loosely or a direct pressure is exerted upon them. The doc- trine that mastitis can originate in dietetic transgressions or a cold, is a convenient supposition rather than a scientific fact; but to go so far as to assert with Hartmann that mastitis is one of the multi- farious manifestations of psora, is more than can be proved by any- body. What happens with other abscesses, is likewise true in regard to abscesses of the mam nue: in some cases they heal rapidly, in other cases they cause vast destructions of tissue. Mastitis is most apt 96 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. to occur soon after confinement or shortly after weaning the child; mastitis occurring at the latter period is less apt to lead to the for- mation of abscesses. Symptoms. The disease never breaks out all at once. Gener- ally women experience some time previous, a gradually increasing pain both spontaneously or while the child is nursing ; and a swelling of one or more mammary lobules, which rapidly increases in extent and induration, develops itself soon after. As a rule the lower or lateral lobes are inflamed, very seldom the upper ones, and still less frequently both mammae. Sooner or later, sometimes in a few days, and at other times in some weeks, the painful spot becomes red and more sensitive, and the inflammation is intense, the whole organism feels the effect of the inflammatory process and shows its sympathy by febrile phenomena. Soon the infiltrated tissue shows the signs of suppuration, the pus being discharged through a small opening. As soon as the discharge, which is never complete, com- mences, the pain suddenly ceases and the febrile symptoms abate. The course of the inflammation depends upon a variety of cir- cumstances. If the inflammation is confined to one lobe, the abscess most commonly discharges close to the nipple, empties itself very rapidly and heals. If several lobes are inflamed, or the inflamed lobe is situated near the base, the suppuration, swelling and pain continue for a long time; months and even years may elapse before the abscess heals, which discharges through several openings near the nipple. This disorder never lasts less than two weeks, and, under corresponding circumstances, may continue for months even in its acute form. The treatment of mastitis includes above everything else a pro phylactic treatment which has to be commenced long before confine- ment, especially in the case of primiparae. The preservation and proper management of the nipples and of the mammae generally should be a constant subject of our attention. After confinement, if women do not intend to nurse their children, they will have to dispense with liquids as much as possible. Nursing women have to keep the following points constantly in view: the breasts must not be kept too warm, must not be enclosed in tight clothing, and must, by some suitable support, be prevented from dragging down ; every time after the baby has nursed, the nipple must be washed, but not be kept moist between the acts of nursing; the excessive use of liquids which women fancy favor the secretion of milk, must be avoided ; the child should be put to the breast as seldom as possible, for the Mastitis. 97 more hungry it is the more vigorously it will draw and the more completely the breast will be emptied. At the same time the nip- ples will not be held so long in the child's mouth, and they will not be exposed so much to the risk of being made sore by the constant nursing. By following these instructions, and more particularly by putting the child to the breast every two hours in the early period after confinement, mastitis will generally be prevented. By pictur- ing this disease in its most horrid form, women can generally be induced to comply with the course recommended by their physician; his warning counsels in trying to prevent this disease as well as the gastric catarrh of children, are generally more potent than all the medicines of the drug-shops. If the breasts have become hard and painful, the best remedy in the case of lying-in women is Bryonia, less frequently Belladonna, whereas the latter medicine is better adapted to women who are weaning their infants. We sometimes succeed in dispersing the stagnation of the milk by gently rubbing the indurated portion while the child is nursing. The same good effect is sometimes ob- tained by causing the milk to be drawn by an older, more vigorous child. In no event should the infant be all at once kept from the breast, even if nursing causes pain. It is only if the pain is very acute, and the hardness considerable that the infant should no longer be put to the diseased breast. Belladonna will now have to be ad- ministered. As soon as redness has set in, the chances of scattering the inflammation are very slim; in some exceptional cases we may sometimes succeed in effecting this result by a few doses of Mercu- rius. Warm poultices should never be omitted; they sometimes favor the dispersion of the abscess as much as in other cases they hasten the process of suppuration. It is best not to apply them until pus has begun to form. Hepar sulphuris will sometimes pro- mote the discharge of the pus. A great many authorities teach to open the abscess at an early period in order to prevent the further spread of the inflammation. We doubt whether such a proceeding is justified by corresponding results ; after opening the abscess we have often seen the inflammation spread much more rapidly; in the most tedious cases of mastitis, the abscess had been opened in accordance with this suggestion. On the contrary, if the abscess was not opened and the above-mentioned remedies were used, we have never seen mastitis run a tedious course. This cannot have been owing to the mildness of the cases; a coincidence of this kind cannot be supposed probable. Most homoeopathic physicians avoid 7 98 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. the lancing of such abscesses, and yet can boast of excellent results. This shows that their medicines must have an effect which, in such cases, our opponents are doubly disposed to doubt and to deny. We do not mean to say that the abscess should not be opened if the pus is distinctly seen through the skin; what we oppose is the opening of an abscess where the tissues situated below the epidermis have to be divided. In this respect a mammary abscess is to be treated like any other abscess. If the tissues through which the abscess has to discharge, are of a nature to render every effort towards a spontaneous discharge nugatory, they have to be divided with the knife. A case of this kind occurs very rarely under homoeopathic treatment. After the abscess has commenced to discharge, the course of the difficulty is quite different under homoeopathic from what it is under allopathic treatment. In a fortnight at latest the discharge of pus ceases under the use of a few doses of Mercurius, and the sore heals. If this is not the case, if the hardness and pain con- tinue and the pus is secreted in small quantity ; or if the infiltra- tion keeps spreading, and we are called upon at this juncture to treat the disease, Hepar sulphuris is to be given first. After using this remedy, the suppuration generally increases and the pain abates. Phosphorus deserves a preference if the inflammation frequently re- assumes the acute form after an apparent arrest of the inflamma- tory process; likewise in the very rare cases of phthisis of the mammae. If the breast has become callous, and fistulous canals have formed, the healing of the sore will prove a very protracted process. In such cases Silicea, Sulphur, Conium and Graphites may prove the best remedies. [Regarding the use of Aconite in mastitis, Kafka has the follow- ing : If the breast swells in consequence of a cold or of a mechan- ical injury, and a deep-seated pain is experienced in the mammae, we at once give Aconite 3 in solution every hour; the local hyperse- mia will most speedily be scattered under the influence of this remedy, and, if the pain was owing to a cold, a general transpiration will speedily take place, after which the inflammation runs a much milder course and often terminates in dispersion without sup- puration. Our poke or the Phytolacca decandra has long been used in dom- estic practice as a remedy for swelling and inflammation of the breasts. We refer the reader to Dr. Hale's notes on this subject in the second edition of his New Remedies, pages 794 and further. Mastodynia. 99 The medicine should be used internally and applied externally by means of a compress soaked with a mixture of a few drops of the tincture in half a tumbler of water, or with a mild infusion or decoction of the root. II.] fll. Mastodynia. [Kafka writes : Painful sensations in the breasts, not having any causal connection with pregnancy or with the processes of nursing or weaning, and being most frequently noticed in girls and women as symptoms of development at the age of pubescence or as parox- ysms of neuralgia, do not unfrequently become the subject of medical treatment. At the period of pubescence, either some time before or during or after the first appearance of the menses, some girls experience stitching, drawing or throbbing pains, or a tingling or prickling sensation in the swelling breasts which appear turgid and tense and very often sensitive to contact. If the girls have already commenced to menstruate, the painful sensations most commonly make their appearance before or during the menses. If menstruation has not yet commenced, the pains generally continue until the age of pub- escence has been reached. Sometimes the breasts are so sensitive that the least touch, the least friction from the underclothes, or the least pressure, are almost unbearable. This sensitiveness extends either over the whole breast or is confined to the region of the nipples. The sensitiveness lasts for a longer or shorter period according as the development of the organism is more or less rapid. We are acquainted with cases of hyperesthesia of the breasts that con- tinued until the patients were married, and spread even to other parts of the body, particularly to the region of the stomach, uterus and pudendum. The breasts are likewise liable to being attacked with pains that are not connected with the period of pubescence, but depend upon mechanical, traumatic or constitutional causes. They attack peri- odically full-grown girls or women, are seated in the mammary gland or nipples, come on in paroxysms, are lancing, tearing, draw- ing or boring; they are generally worse about the time of the menses, are aggravated by pressure, and, if lasting a certain time, result in the formation of small tubercles in the mammary gland, of a rounded shape, smooth and of the size of hazelnuts. Such paroxysms of pain scarcely ever occur spontaneously, and 100 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. are generally caused by the continued pressure of tight garments, corsets, whalebones, or they are caused by pinching, pulling, contu- sions, blows, etc. Sometimes they are the result of chlorosis, tuber- culosis, carcinoma or constitutional syphilis. Their duration is determined by the continuance of the exciting causes. In treating these affections the cause has to be removed before anything can be expected from internal treatment. For simple hyperaesthesia of the breasts Belladonna and Nux vomica may be given. If the affection can be traced to a delay in the appearance of the menses, Pulsatilla, Caulophyllum, Belladonna may be useful. If the pains are stinging and the patients are at the same time very nervous, we give Calc. carb, or Nux vomica. If caused by a blow, contusion, etc. Arnica, Conium or Sepia may be required. For tearing pains we give Conium. 3 or Baryta carb. 6, and if seated in the nipples, we give Bismuth 6, or Calc, caust. 6. Drawing pains in the mammae require Kreosote 3 to 6, and if seated in the nipples Zinc. met. 6. For boring pains in the mammae we give Indigo 3 to 6, and if affecting the nipples Spigelia 3 to 6. The sensation of prickling in the nipples is relieved by Sabina 3 to 6. If these pains result from constitutional causes we have to direct our treatment against the latter. If traceable to chlorosis, we give Iron persistently, in the case of tuberculous patients Iodine; if a carcinomatous diathesis is suspected we resort to Conium and Rana bufo; if syphilis is the cause, we give Mercurius jodatus and Cinna- baris. At the same time the breasts have to be covered with soft material, and carefully protected against friction, pressure and cold. II.] 1®. Carcinoma Mammae. Cancer of the Breasts. Next to the uterus the mammae are most frequently attacked by cancer. Cancer of the mammae is most commonly of a primary nature, hence the beginning of the cancerous disease. The causes of this disease can scarcely ever be determined with certainty. If a blow or a contusion is generally regarded as the cause of this disease, it is probably because no better cause can be found, not because the disease has ever been known to result im- mediately from such an injury. The influence of depressing emo- tions which are so easily und so commonly succeeded by cancerous degenerations, is a much more evident source of the cancerous Carcinoma Mammae. 101 disease. Cancer of the mammae most commonly occurs between the ages of 40 and 50, about the period which is generally de- signated as a change of life. Unmarried women or women who have not had children seem to be more liable to it than married women with children. Before and after this period, it is pro- portionally a rare occurrence. The most frequently observed form of carcinoma of the mammae is scirrhus, next to which we range the encephaloid or medullary fungus, the alveolar or colloid cancer and the epithelial cancer or epithelioma. [Mr. Maurice II. Collis of Dublin, in his work "The Diagnosis and Treatment of Cancer, and the Tumors analogous to it" 1864, has thrown out epithelioma and colloid growths from the true cancer-group. Ue regards Colloid as a mere variety of fibroid or recurrent tumors. Virchow says that "its stroma differs in its con- taining mucus and in its gelatinous nature from the ordinary stroma of cancer," page 526, On Tumors. Mr. Collis says, in re- jecting epithelioma from the group of cancerous tumors: "Its su- perficial origin, its slow progress, its indisposition to infiltrate the deeper structures, or to contaminate the glands, the certainty of cure which follows its timely removal, and the different appearance when occupying similar localities, are of sufficient importance *to outweigh the points of resemblance which it undoubtedly bears to cancer in its advanced and secondary stages. In its early stage it is strictly an hypertrophy, and in this condition it may remain for an indefinite period. Its second stage is one of hypertrophy and ulceration combined. This stage also, as far as external or cuta- neous epithelioma is concerned, is slow to advance into the third or destructive stage, that of infiltration and secondary deposit," page 226. Speaking of Colloid, Virchow writes: "It remains for a very long time local, so that the nearest lymphatic glands often do not become affected until after the lapse of years, and then again the process is for a long time confined to the disease of the lymphatic glands, so that a general outbreak of the disease in all parts of the body, does not take place until late, and only in rare instances." (See his work on Tumors, page 531.) IL] The commencement of the disease is scarcely ever marked by peculiar morbid phenomena; the patients generally do not notice anything out of the way until a tolerably large tumor is perceived in the breast. It is at first round, smooth, movable, grows with more or less rapidity, and loses its mobility in proportion as it in- 102 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. creases in size, and its surface becomes more uneven. At first it is most commonly deep-seated and gradually grows towards the sur- face, is sometimes entirely painless or becomes painful only at the time of the menses and when receiving some mechanical injury. If the cancer reaches the skin, it coalesces with it, after which the pains are almost con tantly felt. At the same time the disorganiz- ing process extends to the deeper tissues, and at an early stage the axillary and other neighboring glands become involved. The pa- tients now commence to feel constantly or at intervals, and partic- ularly at night, lancinating, boring pains in the affected part which very soon become unbearable. The assimilative functions begin to suffer; the patients have a pale yellowish-gray appearance, the spirits are very much depressed. A characteristic sign is the grad- ual effacement and finally the complete retraction of the nipple which discharges either spontaneously or on pressure a turbid, serous fluid. At the place where the cancerous growth first became interwoven with the skin, the latter by slow degrees loses its healthy color, and finally breaks. An irregularly-shaped ulcer forms showing a disposition to penetrate to the subjacent tissues; the edges of the ulcer are infiltrated, have a sickly color and an uneven base, and secrete at first a thin, serous and afterwards an ichorus, purulent, sanguinolent and most commonly very fetid fluid. If the disease runs a slow course, the incipient ulcer often heals for a time, but again breaks open at a later period; if the disease runs a rapid course, spongy and readily-bleeding excrescences are apt to shoot up from the bottom of the sore. If larger vessels become necrosed, hemorrhages take place which are sometimes very profuse, at other times trifling. The further course of the disease which, having arrived at this stage, always terminates fatally, depends upon the extension of the cancer, upon the invasion, by the carci- nomatous process, of internal organs, upon the importance of the hemorrhage and upon the loss of fluids in consequence of the ichorous discharge. Medullary fungus generally terminates fatally more speedily than schirrus; the latter may even continue for years before the skin breaks, whereas medullary fungus terminates in ichorous dissolution in a comparatively short period of time. The duration of the whole disease varies considerably, ranging from two to twelve and even more years. The younger the patient, the sooner she will succomb to the disease, and the more sudden the cancerous growth, the sooner it will destroy life. The prognosis is very bad with scarcely an exception. Carcinoma Mammae. 103 In many respects the diagnosis is liable to difficulties, because various kinds of benign tumors may occur in the breast. An in- cipient cancer cannot always be recognized as such, though it may grow rapidly and be painful; these two conditions never occur in the case of benign tumors. At a later period the diagnosis is de- termined by the retraction of the nipple, the fluid which it dis- charges, the rugged unevenness and immobility of the swelling, the participation of the neighboring glands in the disease, the failing of the whole organism without any increase of the secretory pro- ducts. Nevertheless there occur many cases of cancer the true nature of which remains for a long time undetermined and is clearly revealed only after the disease has run a long course. Carcinoma of the mammae is generally considered a surgical disease; it is supposed by most authors that internal treatment cannot reach it. The disease, at least in its incipiency, is considered purely local, and an operation the only cure. It is as yet difficult to show what method of treatment is the most successful in this disease, but physicians seem to incline more and more to the belief that the extirpation with the knife simply leads to the transfer of the disease to more vital organs, without affecting its general dura- tion. Homoeopathic physicians have, for a long time past, rejected every extirpation of cancer as injurious or at least unproductive of good results. Unfortunately we are unable to affirm that Homoeopathy is acquainted with a safe method of healing cancer; at present we are not acquainted with a single undeniable cure of this disease. We are entitled, however, to claim palliative results for our treat- ment; it never increases the trouble, and delays a fatal termination were it from no other cause than because it does not rob the patient of her strength. Hartmann mentions a number of remedies for cancer, with a multitude of indications which we do not repeat here because they have seemed to us irrelevant. The remedies which seem to have exerted some influence over this disease, are: Belladonna, Arseni- cum, Carbo animalis and vegetabilis, Clematis erecta, Conium macula- turn, Sepia, perhaps also Sulphur, Kreosotam, Aurum muriaticum and Baryta carbonica. Belladonna only alleviates the pains if they are lancing or burning pains, attended mith sub-inflammatory symptoms, and as long as the carcinoma has not become an open sore. Arsenicum likewise is an excellent palliative against the burning pains of cancerous ulcers, especially when worse at night; 104 Diseases of the female Sexual Organs. this remedy likewise diminishes or even suspends for a time the suppuration and ichorous decomposition. Conium and Clematis, and likewise Baryta can only be used if the tumor has not yet begun to discharge; the other above-mentioned remedies are prin- cipally of use in cases of open cancer. For further symptomatic particulars we refer to Hahnemann's Materia Medica Pura. Other medicines have been mentioned which, however, do not seem to refer very particularly to carcinoma, such as: Nitri acid urn, Pulsatilla, Bryonia, Phosphorus; Lycopodium, Silicea, Natrum mu- riaticum would seem more appropriate. Most observers agree that the higher attenuations, if given in not too frequently repeated doses, deserve the preference over the lower. Their palliative effect is much more certain and persistent, whereas the lower attenuations sometimes do not seem to palliate at all. We do not mean to induce any one to accede to our views; we would advise, however, if a lower attenuation has not seemed to have any effect to first try a higher one before the medicine is changed. The diet should be as invigorating as possible in order to sustain the patient's strength; above, all the most scrupulous cleanliness has to be observed. [The Hydrastis canadensis has been used by the American In- dians as a remedy for cancer. It has likewise been experimented with by American and English homoeopathic practitioners, but the results so far have not been very satisfactory. The medicine may be given internally 3d to 6th attenuation, and applied externally in the shape of an ointment or a solution of the resinoid Hydrastin. We have used it in some cases of suppurating cancer, with some success; the destruction was arrested in its course, the pain almost ceased and the patients declared they felt comfortable. One of them was an old lady of nearly 80 years, who is still living. Baehr's views regarding the propriety of an operation differ so widely from those of Kafka and leading homoeopaths in our own midst that we deem it proper to transcribe them: If the method- ical use of appropriate remedies for tumors in the breast remains without any result; if in the meanwhile the tumor gains in size, and becomes less movable, and the axillary glands have not yet become involved in the carcinomatous degeneration, we at once advise to proceed to the extirpation of the tumor. Do not wait until the schirrous swelling has become interwoven with the tissue Carcinoma Mammae. 105 of the skin, or begins to show signs of a more marked carcinoma- tous degeneration. As yet the process may be regarded as local and the extirpation succeeds perfectly in a majority of cases. If these changes, however, have already taken place and if the axil- lary glands already begin to show signs of cancerous degeneration, the operation is very doubtful and fails in almost all such cases. As soon as the tumor has acquired a stony hardness, the skin over it is no longer movable, and the patients are tormented by severe nocturnal pains in the swelling, a cure by internal ho- moeopathic treatment can no longer be thought of. We at least have never succeeded in performing a cure at this stage of the disease. Even at this stage the extirpation of the tumor is still feasible, but a successful result is already very doubtful. The axillary or mesenteric glands may not yet be involved; but the operation is succeeded by new disorganizations, which very speedily terminate fatally in ichorous dissolution. A successful extirpation at this stage has to be attributed to a fortunate coincidence of favorable circumstances which cannot be arranged according to a definite plan. Hence even under these circumstances we are in favor of extirpation for the reason that it does result in a cure in some cases, whereas without it the cancerous disorganization progresses in its course towards an unavoidable fatal destruction of the tissues. If the above-described phenomena of cancer of the mammae have set in and ulceration has perhaps taken place, our treatment must remain purely symptomatic. All we can do is to appease as much as possible the nocturnal tormenting pains, to preserve the patient's appetite and strength, to stop the hemorrhage that may set in, to correct the air impregnated with the pestiferous odor of the foul ichor, to arrest the colliquative diarrhoea, etc. The treatment is conducted as advised by Bsehr. A few addi- tional remedies are recommended such as China 3 for extreme debility, or China and Phosphorus for the stitching pains, Arsenic, Phosphorus and the Arsen. of Quinine for the colliquative diarrhoea; Acidum sulphuricum 1 for hemorrhage at the same time applying ice-water externally, or a solution of the. Perchloride of Iron, or even touching the bleeding vessel with the real cautery. The horrid odor may be neutralized to some extent by covering the bottom of the sore with a thick layer of pulverized charcoal which absorbs the ichor; we cause the ulcers to be cleansed several times a day with tepid water, and we have the sick chamber aired and sprinkled with Chlore or Kreosote-water [or with the Perman- 106 Diseases of the Female Sexual Organs. ganate of Potash.] As regards the use of caustics of any kind, after the cancer is fully developed, we have never seen them do the least good, on the contrary they seem to increase the pain and pro- mote the spread of the ulcer. If the remedies which we use, do not produce the least favorable result, we give the patient Morphine from motives of humanity, as the only efficient palliative at our disposal. Professor Franklin of the St. Louis College of Homoeopathy emphatically recommends a speedy extirpation of the cancerous tumor and claims for the operation an almost uniform success pro- vided every vestige of the cancer is removed, and not a single cancer-cell is left behind. IL] EIGHTH SECTION. Diseases of the Respiratory Organs. A. DISEASES OF THE LARYNX AND TRACHEA. 1. Laryngotracheitis Catarrhalis Acuta. Acute Laryngotracheal Catarrh. Next to the catarrh of the Schneiderian membrane, a catarrh of the larynx and trachea is one of the most frequent diseases ; yet the liability of these organs to catarrhal affections cannot be ac- counted for either by their structure or functions. One of the most common causes of disease is a cold, whether it affects the organs locally or through the skin. This is the reason why such people are most commonly affected as have rendered themselves, and more especially the skin, very susceptible by their effeminate mode of living. We often notice that, by keeping the neck too warm, the larynx becomes easily affected with catarrh, whereas such persons fancied that by enveloping their necks in thick cravats or comforters, they were effectually protected against catarrh. Since we cannot avoid frequent exposures of the neck to the air, the susceptibility of the larynx to catarrh increases in pro- portion as the skin of the neck is stimulated to action by an excess of warm covering. Why some persons should be affected with laryngeal catarrh from the least cold, whereas others seem to enjoy a perfect immunity in this respect, cannot be accounted for. An excessive use of the organs of voice is one of the causes that begets a particular disposition to laryngeal catarrh ; individuals who, not accustomed to talking, have had to make long and fatiguing speeches, or amateur-singers are very apt to contract laryngeal disease. The disposition to such diseases is very much enhanced by the excessive use of spirits, and more particularly of the common beer. We shall afterwards speak of the influence which tubercular infiltrations of the lungs exert over catarrhal affections of the 107 108 Diseases of the Larynx and Trachea. trachea; we will here state that the development of laryngeal catarrh from the least exposure very properly excites a suspicion of the presence of pulmonary tuberculosis. Secondarily laryngotracheal catarrh may result from nasal catarrh working down to the larynx, or from bronchial catarrh working upwards. It may likewise supervene during or in consequence of the presence of measles and variola, and other constitutional dis- eases. Symptoms and Course. The phenomena of laryngotracheal catarrh vary a great deal according to the intensity of the disease or the sensitiveness of the individual attacked by it. In mild attacks the disease always commences without fever although usu- ally with a peculiar sensation of languor and heaviness in the ex- tremities. The patients complain of a peculiar tickling, or a sore- ness and burning in the larynx down to the sternum, which is ag- gravated by coughing and talking. At the same time the voice is altered, it is hoarse and has a peculiarly deeper and metallic sound; this alteration of the voice increases, according to circumstances, to complete hoarseness or loss of voice. In. a few hours already a cough supervenes the particular modifications of which will be de- scribed in subsequent paragraphs. At first no phlegm is brought up by the cough, afterwards a clear, tenacious, glassy mucus is raised, which, in a few days, assumes a greenish color, becomes lumpy and has an unpleasant taste until, in a few days more, the expectoration assumes a globular shape, becomes more copious and has a yellowish- white color. At the commencement of the catarrh streaks of blood are frequently seen mixed with the mucus ; a copious admixture of blood occurs very rarely. The higher grades of catarrh which are sometimes described as laryngitis, always commence with fever which is sometimes very violent and continues several days. The pains in the larynx are very acute, stinging and burning, as from a sore; aphonia sets in at once, and every attempt at talking increases the pain to an eminent degree. The cough becomes exceedingly distressing, pain- ful, sometimes convulsive, with a constrictive sensation of the rima glottidis and a real difficulty of performing the act of inspiration. The larynx generally feels sore when pressed upon. In two to five days the fever abates, (it scarcely ever lasts longer,) and an expec- toration of mucus with relief of the cough sets in. In this form of catarrh the general constitution is more or less disturbed; the patients may even be compelled to keep their beds for some days. Laryngotracheitis Catarrhalis Acuta. 109 The laryngotracheitis of children is of particular importance. The children may have seemed quite well during the day, and often wake about midnight with a hoarse, barking cough which is some- times associated with constricted inspirations and anxiety, so that, at first sight, the little patients seem to have a violent attack of croup; yet this is evidently contradicted by the fact that on the following day their health seems fully restored. The croupy sound seems to arise from the fact that during "their sound sleep in the first part of the night, when the children breathe with their mouths open as they do in laryngeal catarrh, the vocal cords become very dry and are covered with a dried-up mucus; on this account the child's cough in the daytime has no croupy sound, nor if it wakes several times in the night. This affection has been designated as catarrhal croup. If, which is less frequently the case, this affection is associated with a marked inflammatory swelling of the laryngeal mucous membrane, or if, generally, the affection acquires a higher grade of intensity, the croupous sound may be heard for several nights in succession, and may be attended with threatening symp- toms of dyspneea. Some children are remarkably liable to an affection of this kind; this liability is still increased by the exces- sive quantity of clothing in which the little patients are wrapt by their relatives fcr fear of croup. It is of such children that physi- cians hear the report they had had several attacks of croup, and that they have an attack every spring and fall. There are physi- cians who encourage this kind of belief which is hurtful to both the parents and their children. We have to add a few words concerning the cough which accom- panies this affection. Many individuals whose laryngeal mucous membranes are evidently not very susceptible to catarrhal irrita- tions, have no cough in spite of a most severe attack of catarrh, efr they cough only once or twice a day. Others, on the contrary, ex- perience even at the onset such a violent and continual irritation and desire to cough that they cough uninterruptedly, or have violent paroxysms of cough which often last four hours and end with an attack of vomiting, or even become associated with a spasm of the glottis. This kind of violent cough is generally peculiar to the catarrh accompanying measles. The disease lasts at most nine days, but, if the cough is very violent, it rarely ever disappears entirely at the termination of this period. As a rule, while decreasing gradually, it continues for some time after, or, if the patients are again enabled to go out, it often 110 Diseases of the Larynx and Trachea. disappears of itself as soon as a steady and mild weather sets in. More frequently the hoarseness continues for a longer time, were it only just enough to interfere with singing, if not with talking. The transition into chronic catarrh is very frequent, and is favored by the circumstance that patients, not minding the trifling disorder, expose themselves to renewed attacks of acute catarrh which finally assumes the chronic form. Laryngotracheal catarrh does not en- danger life unless other diseases should supervene as grave compli- cations. Treatment. This morbid process is not sufficiently important to require a number of remedies. It n ay be that a rigid individ- ualization of every case may facilitate the cure, but we cannot in- dulge in the luxury of furnishing so many details. Whatever Hartmann may say to the contrary, we consider a few practical generalizations more adapted to our purpose and shall therefore confine ourselves to mentioning the remedies which experience has pointed out as the most valuable and reliable in this disease. Nux vomica is suitable in the milder cases that scarcely ever be- come the subject of a physician's care; the patients complain of a little hoarseness, a burning tickling in the larynx, frequent cough with tickling, scanty expectoration, and especially troublesome early in the morning, a weary and languid feeling, chilliness, frontal headache. In the more violent cases of catarrh, Nux is only useful if, after the fever has begun to abate, the expectoration continues to remain tenacious and hard to raise, and the patient is tormented by a constant titillating hacking cough. Aconitum is useful in catarrhs caused by exposure to a sharp and keen dry wind. Upon the whole, this remedy does not seem often ind cated in simple catarrhal affections, except perhaps in the case Of children in whom the febrile symptoms assume a different shape from what they do in the case of full-grown persons. For catarrhal croup it is undoubtedly the best remedy, which, however, ceases to be indicated, if the physician is not called till the second or third day of the disease. Belladonna may prove most serviceable in the first few days, if the catarrh is associated with fever. The following symptoms are char- acteristic : fever with disposition to perspire and sleep; violent stinging pains in the larynx ; a dry, barking spasmodic cough com- ing on in paroxysms, exacerbating more particularly in the evening and before midnight; sensation as if dust had been swallowed; feeling of constriction in the larynx; the catarrh is complicated with tonsillitis; aphonia. Laryngotracheitis Catarrhalis Acuta. 111 Mercurius acts similarly to Belladonna in this disease. It is suit- able at the commencement of febrile laryngitis, if the following symptoms are present: chilliness and great sensitiveness to cold, mingled with frequent paroxysms of a burning heat; dry. distress- ing cough occurring more particularly at night and racking the frame; the mucous membrane of the mouth and nose is involved in the catarrh; soreness of the larynx, hoarseness but no loss of voice ; disposition to copious perspiration. Next to Aconite, Spongia is the principal remedy in the so-called catarrhal croup, with distinct symptoms of oedema of the mucous linino- of the glottis. The cough is barking, hoarse, hollow, comes in paroxysms, especially at night, without expectoration and wheez- ing inspirations. Spongia is likewise appropriate, if the croupous sound of the cough still continues and lumps of a tenacious, yellow mucus are expectorated. Hepar sulphuris bears a good deal of resemblance to Spongia. It should be given, if mucus commences to be raised, the barking sound of the cough continues, there is a great deal of hoarseness, symptoms of ulceration of the larynx begin to make their appearance, and a constant rattling of mucus is heard in the larynx. It is an ex- cellent remedy for singers and persons who have to talk a great deal. Hartmann has moreover the following remedies: Arsenicum, when there is glowing fever-heat with constant thirst, yawning, stretching, a prostrate feeling in the whole body, tearing-stitching pains in the head and limbs, oppression of breathing; in the night the pains abate with the appearance of perspiration, and return again early in the morning; constant desire to cough, the cough being dry, accompanied by dryness and burning in the larynx. Pulsatilla: titillation with cough, excited by a sensation of scraping and roughness in the throat, spasmodic and setting in more especi- ally in the evening and when lying down, better on sitting up, com- mencing again on lying down, and sometimes increasing to suffoca- tion ; chilliness. Hyoscyamus, if the cough only occurs at night. Euphrasia, if the cough continues all day, and fluent coryza is present at the same time. He likewise mentions Rhus, Ignatia, Drosera, Ipecacuanha, Rryonia and others, which will be more fully dwelt upon in the chapter on chronic catarrh of the larynx. If patients are very much disposed to relapses, prophylactic measures are of the utmost importance; among these the use of cold water and the abandonment of too much covering around the neck occupy the first rank. If tuberculosis lies at the foundation 112 Diseases of the Larynx and Trachea. of the disease, the treatment will have to be conducted in accord- ance with other considerations that will be expounded in the chap- ter on tuberculosis. 3. Laryngotracheitis Crouposa. Croup is an inflammation of the larynx and trachea resulting in a copious exudation upon the mucous membrane, on which account it is also described as angina membranacea. It is only in the pres- ent'century that the anatomy, cause and course of this disease have been studied with more particular care. Consequently the literature of croup has become very extensive, owing to the importance of a disease which so often terminates fatally. Croup is almost exclusively a disease of children between the ages of two and seven years, or between the first and second dentition. It occurs even less frequently before the second than after the seventh year; the cases which are said to have oc curred among adults are so rare that it is doubtful whether they were genuine croup. Moreover such cases scarcely ever prove fatal, so that the fact of their being croup cannot be confirmed by post-mortem examinations. According to all statistical tables boys are more frequently attacked than girls; from 60 to 70 per cent, of all cases are boys. As regards the influence of constitution and various other points in croup, opinions differ. Rilliet who can in many respects be regarded as an authority in croup, asserts posi- tively that most children who are attacked with croup, are of a lymphatic habit. In this respect he differs from a number of phy- sicians who maintain that robust, well-fed children are most liable to croup. Upon close examination we find however that these two views only differ in appearance. A lymphatic constitution is often disguised under a full habit, bright complexion, appearance of muscular strength; whereas a marked disposition to eczema, to gastric catarrhs, to angina with copious exudation and subsequent hypertrophied swellings, distinctly betray a bad foundation. Hence it is not perfectly healthy and vigorous children that are predis- posed to croup, which is still more evident from the following pro- positions derived from actual experience. Most of the children attacked with croup belong to scrofulous and tuberculous families where croup has been a prevailing disease for several generations. Moreover croup is much more frequent in the country where the ground is level, than in cities, and here again more frequent in the Croup, Membranous Croup. Laryngotracheitis Crouposa. 113 lower strata of the population. We shall show afterwards, how- ever, how in the country so many circumstances combine for the development of tuberculosis, and how similar circumstances prevail among the lower strata of city-population. In this respect we can account for the frequently observed fact that croup is an hereditary disease or that several members of a family are attacked at once or shortly one after the other, or that the same individual is attacked several times in succession. It cannot be denied that if a child has been once attacked with croup, it retains an increased disposition to inflammatory affections of the larynx. True croup is secondarily met with, although very rarely, as an accompaniment of measles, typhus, tuberculosis. In a case of measles catarrhal croup is easily confounded with true croup; the measle-catarrh is apt to commence with croupy cough which may continue for several days. The croup which is sometimes observed in a case of scarlatina, is something entirely different from true croup; it is a diphtheritic disease the true characteristics of which have already been described in the first volume. The exciting causes of croup are not always easy to trace. If croup is a very rare disease in warm climates, nor is very frequent, in mountainous districts, provided the locality is at a considerable altitude or otherwise well protected: we still are unable to explain by these facts why so many cases of croup occur in one and so few in another year. A northwest or a north wind, or even a sultry and southwest wind with rain, are very apt to bring a good deal of sickness. A district not far from the city of Hanover and situated in front of a range of mountains extending from north- west to southeast, in consequence of which that district is exposed to the winds blowing in a similar direction, is visited every year from March until June by a good many cases of croup and of severe pneumonia among adults. The flat country from Hanover to the North-Sea is similarly circumstanced. The winds blowing in this region of country, must be possessed of a peculiar nature in order to cause extensive epidemics which sometimes snatch away twenty and more children in one village. According to the in- vestigations of latter years, -which indeed are still incomplete, it appears as though the amount of ozone in the air acted an im- portant part as one of the causative influences of croup. This is so much more probable since the amount of ozone contained in the air is liable to the greatest variations during the prevalence of abnormal proportions of electricity such as are apt to be caused 114 Diseases of the Larynx and Trachea. by a northwest wind. That croup is caused by a simple cold, is much more easily asserted than proven. The same child has many attacks of violent laryngeal catarrh in the course of the year, but is attacked with croup only during the prevalence of a keen blast from the north. The epidemic character of croup likewise shows that there must be other causes at work in its development be- side cold or warm weather. That croup is contagious is only be- lieved by those who regard croup and diphtheria as identical. Symptoms and Course. For a clearer comprehension of the morbid symptoms we here premise a short description of the post- mortem appearances. The mucous membrane shows every possible degree of hyperaemia, from the brightest to the darkest color, but only if death takes place after the disease had run a short course; if it lasts a more considerable length of time, the color of the membrane is sometimes strikingly pale. The sub-mucous tissue is usually infiltrated, the mucous membrane itself less frequently, though the infiltration is not considerable; the muscular tissue of the larynx is likewise found swollen and softened. Upon the free surface of the mucous membrane an exudation of fibrinous plasma takes place, at times only in detached spots, at other times covering a large portion and even the whole surface of the larynx and trachea, and dipping down to the bronchial tubes. In few cases only the exudation has the consistence of cream; usually it becomes tough and firm, in which case these characteristics are more marked on the free-surface of the membrane than on the surface adhering to the mucous lining. At times it adheres to this lining loosely, at other times very firmly. The thickness of this membranous exudation sometimes exceeds one line, sometimes it only forms a very thin, transparent layer. The formation of a firm, compact cylinder is of rare occurrence; more commonly the exudation adheres to the mucous lining in the shape of patches of various sizes. Sometimes, side by side with firm membranous patches, a portion of the exudation is seen converted into pus or even ichor, or feeble traces of vascularity are observed on the side adhering to tlie mucous membrane. Very commonly though not regularly, the pharynx is involved in the morbid process, but al- ways only to a limited extent. Less frequently, but not by any means very rarely, the exudative process spreads to the bronchia and the lungs. In a majority of cases, croup is preceded by a preliminary stage which is, however, not well defined. The children are less cheerful Laryngotracheitis Crouposa. 115 than usual, they cough with a somewhat unusual sound, are some-* what hoarse, with a little roughness in the throat, have slight febrile! motions, etc. These symptoms are so trifling that they are most commonly overlooked, if the children are otherwise strong and vig^ orous. In very rare, or rather in exceptional cases, croup is pre- ceded by a nasal catarrh which, when present, is a tolerably certain guarantee against the possible occurrence of croup; in general, thq transition from an ordinary catarrh of the respiratory organs to croup is not often noticed. The precursory symptoms very seldom precede the outbreak of the real disease longer than a day. This outbreak generally takes place about midnight. After sleep- ing quietly for a few hours, the children have a few short turns of cough, or sometimes are roused from their sleep by a severe parox- ysm. The cough has a sound that is very difficult to describe; it resembles most nearly the bark of a watch-dog; it is a hoarse cough having a metallic ring and is forced out with great vehemence.: These peculiar features are so striking, that the very first turn of cough rouses the family from their sleep by its unusually loud and shrill ring. At the same time the voice becomes husky, loses its resonance, and seems labored; the inspirations are somewhat im- peded, although not yet to a very high degree, audible, wheezing, and prolonged. This makes the patient restless and anxious. The fever is scarcely ever very high, but the larynx is very frequently sensitive to contact. Sometimes the child falls asleep again after a short turn of cough, and it is only the wheezing inspirations that betray the presence of the terribly threatening danger. In the morning, the little patient may feel quite well, except perhaps a; little weak and languid. Up to this period, croup resembles an ordinary attack of laryn- gitis so perfectly that it is often impossible to distinguish one from the other. This uncertainty and vagueness of the symptoms may; continue during the second and even third night, although the croupy character of the attack becomes more and more marked as the disease progresses on its course. As a rule, the affection presents all its frightful features on the second day, or even at the very out- set of the attack. The cough may not become more frequent or violent, but it is less sonorous, more distressing and wheezing, and- fills the children with inexpressible agony. As soon as they be- come aware of the approach of a paroxysm of cough, they raise i themselves in their beds, hold on with spasmodic energy to the per-; son near them, or throw themselves about as if convulsed. The 116 Diseases of the Larynx and Trachea. agony is still heightened by the gradually increasing difficulty of drawing breath, which is seldom very marked at the commence- ment of the attack and is particularly striking during the parox- ysms of cough. As the dyspnoea increases, the complexion becomes pallid and finally livid, and the face bloats. The pulse increases in frequency and becomes smalle_r. The little ones seem to suffer more pain than they really do ; the children grasp at their throats and pull at their tongues, not so much because they suffer acute pain as because they are so terribly distressed for breath; at any rate touching the larynx does not seem to cause an increase of suffering. The cough and the agony of breathing do not last all the time; between the paroxysms, the patients lie in a state of sopor and utter exhaustion. True intermissions during which the disease seems on the point of leaving and the patients appear cheerful and in apparent health, occur very rarely. Intermissions or remissions generally take place in the morning ; they seldom last a'.l day, and still less frequently a day and a night, but are interrupted by re- newed attacks of cough and dyspnoea. If at this stage of the disease the pathological disease should take a favorable turn, the improvement may announce itself quite sud- denly by the expectoration, within a short period of time, of large quantities of membranous patches or even of the whole of the cylindrical tube at once. This last-mentioned change occurs very rarely, and even if it does occur, it is not safe to regard the danger as entirely over until at least two days have elapsed without any trace of a renewed exudation having been perceived. In other cases recovery takes place by the gradual absorption and liquefaction of the membrane, the cough becomes moister, a mucous rale is heard in the larynx and trachea, small pieces of membrane and a yellow- ish tenacious mucus are coughed up, the signs of congestion in the head and face decrease, the pulse rises and the breathing becomes easier. Several days may pass while these changes are going on, before all danger is past; this point remains more particularly doubtful if the children do not bring up any thing and swallow the detached mucus or membranous patches. If the disease runs an unfavorable course, every symptom steadily and uniformly increases in intensity, or the increase takes place by fits and starts, with remissions such as we have described. The face now exhibits the pallor of death, the eyes gradually lose their lustre and assume a vague and unmeaning expression. The cough now loses all resonance, the very power to force out a single Laryngotracheitis Crouposa. 117 turn of cough. seems to be lost. At times the membranes in the trachea are heard to flutter, and their expulsion is momentarily expected. The dyspnoea now reaches its climax, the children are almost driven to frenzy during the paroxysms of cough or the re- spiration becomes so restricted and superficial that the dyspnoea apparently does not seem to be as violent as it is in reality. Some- times the paroxysms become so violent that the child suddenly perishes by suffocation. Between the attacks, the coma becomes more and more profound, and the brain seems to participate in the struggle. This phenomenon, however, like the majority of deaths, has to be attributed to the gradual poisoning of the blood by car- bonic acid originating in the deficient access of air to the lungs. This likewise accounts for the slow death. No immediate asphyxia taking place, this suffocative stage sometimes lasts forty-eight hours before death takes place. There is a form of croup which runs its course without the peculiar croupy cough. Here the gradually-growing danger is over- looked, because the dyspnoea increases more uniformly and slowly. This may be owing to the glottis not being contracted or at least in a lesser degree. Sometimes the diagnosis can only be determined with perfect certainty by the expulsion of membranous patches. This form of croup is scarcely less dangerous than the former, only it usually lasts much longer. The duration of croup depends upon a variety of circumstances^ If the intensity of all the symptoms increases steadily, death may take place in thirty-six hours by asphyxia. In most cases the patients die on the fifth or sixth day, seldom later, and exceptionally only after the ninth day. This period does not include the prelim- inary stage, but dates from the first outset of the disease itself. The prognosis is in every case very doubtful. Although homoeo- pathy is justly entitled to claim more favorable results in its treat- ment of croup than any other method has a right to do, yet even under homoeopathic treatment croup is one of the most fatal dis- eases. Moreover the results of any form of treatment are often very much complicated by another circumstance. Membranous croup, especially if a cure only takes place after the dyspnoea had continued for some time, is very apt to be succeeded by dangerous after-diseases among which lobular pneumonia, bronchitis and acute oedema of the lungs are the most important. These affections are the most common complications of croup, owing to which recovery is often delayed for a long time, or is never complete for the reason that chronic bronchitis, emphysema, etc., remain behind. 118 Diseases of the Larynx and Trachea. Before discussing the diagnosis of croup, we will add a few re- pnarks on diphtheritic laryngitis which differs essentially from croup. Epidemic diphtheria, although more particularly confined to the mucous membrane of the mouth and fauces, is likewise very much inclined to invade the larynx. This occurrence generally shows that the disease is of a most malignant type. The symptoms of diphtheritic croup resemble those of the ordinary form of mem- branous croup, from which the former differs, however, in some re- spects. The patients begin to show laryngeal symptoms after the affection of the fauces has existed for some time, and the strength has begun to fail. The dyspnoea is less intense as in membranous croup; the inflammatory swelling is less, and the patients do not die so much on account of the dyspnoea as on account of the general violence of the disease. The characteristic sopor of the last stage of croup does not occur in diphtheria. These distinctions do not occur in every case, but in the majority of cases. They are easily accounted for by the differences in the character of the exudation which in diphtheria involves the tissue of the mucous lining itself, and very speedily results in gangrenous or ichorous dissolution, often attended with considerable loss of substance. If the diph- theritic process invades the larynx, it assumes a very destructive character, sometimes without interfering with the breathing, whereas croupous laryngitis unattended with dyspnoea need not necessarily be a very dangerous disease. In pathological treatises both these forms of croup are generally described as homogeneous, whereas they differ essentially in their natures, which explains the fact that the views concerning croup are so much at variance in the dif- ferent works on Pathology. Towards the end of the disease the diagnosis of croup is just as easy as it is sometimes obscure at the commencement. It is most apt to be confounded with laryngitis; indeed, both these forms of disease resemble each other so much that it is very difficult during the first, twenty-four hours to diagnose the true character of the attack, in spite of the most careful investigation of all anamnestic circumstances. If we have before us an individual who has had frequent attacks of simple laryngitis; who is otherwise in the en- joyment of bodily vigor and health, and shows symptoms of an incipient or fully developed nasal catarrh : it is almost certain that the idea of croup may be abandoned. The last-mentioned circum- stance is of particular importance, for we have never yet seen in- cipient croup accompanied by a damp nose; and if the nose does Laryngotracheitis Crouposa. 119 begin to discharge during the last stage of croup, the secretion is always of the ichorous character of a diphtheritic discharge. In laryngitis as in croup the dyspnoea may at first be very great, ex- cept that in the former disease the dyspnoea decreases in intensity as soon as the children are wide awake and have tasted of a little nourishment; nor does it increase after the first attack, although it may last longer than the first twenty-four hours. If croup prevails as an epidemic, every attack of laryngitis ought to be suspected from the outset; likewise, if in the same family several children had already been attacked with croup. The presence of mem- branous exudations on the tonsils and in the pharynx, which, how- ever, are not always noticed at the very commencement of the attack, places the diagnosis beyond all doubt. A spasm of the glottis which is but a transitory condition, can only be confounded with croup at the outset, so much more easily if the spasm is com- plicated with laryngitis. In a few hours already the true character of the enemy is sufficiently apparent. Treatment. Since Napoleon's famous concourse of 1807 the pathological and pathologico-anatomical changes occurring in croup have been investigated so thoroughly and almost exhaustively by such a number of physicians that it seems almost impossible that the therapeutic management of croup should have been so sadly neglected. Nevertheless this charge is just. The Old School has not a single remedy for croup unless tracheotomy which is the last desperate resort, is considered such. If the numerous therapeutic experiments that have been made during the last fifty-six years on croup-patients, have failed to lead to the desired result, the method according to which the experiments were conducted, must have been erroneous. We place this fact in bold relief in order to show with so much more force the superiority of the homoeopathic treatment of croup over any other method. To this effect we first name some of the more renowned remedial agents that are used in croup. At the same time we cannot help expressing our surprise that croup should drive the scepticism of the Physiological or Eational School to such straits ; for it is astonishing what remedies even the leaders of this School propose in order to avert the fatal blow. Here the highly praised expectant method is utterly abandoned ; on the con- trary, the most diametrically opposed agents are brought into requi- sition one after the other in the most rapid succession, so that, with- out entertaining the least prejudice, we are naturally led to inquire what has become of the " rationality " of the method. 120 Diseases of the Larynx and Trachea. The most important and most extensively used remedies are emetics, topical and general sanguineous depletions, Calomel inter- nally and the mercurial ointment externally, Antimony, Tartar emetic, Tiepar sulphuris, Alum and finally a number of locally ap- plied substances. At the same time cold and warm compresses, watery vapors, wrappings, etc., are not wanting. Emetics which are the most important agents in this list, are indebted for their reputation to the apparent success which they have in simple laryngitis; we call this success apparent because no true laryngitis can be cut short by a simple emetic. No amount of sophistical argumentation is able to show that an emetic can exert the least influence over an incipient croup. Moreover we cannot overlook the fact that the effect of an emetic does not end with the act of vomiting, especially if the Sulphate of Copper is used for this pur- pose, and that our patients are little children. Children who had an attack of simple laryngitis, often suffer for weeks from the effects of the Sulphate of Copper or of Tartar emetic. The use of an emetic is much more excusable if, after the membrane had be- gun to be formed, the process of expectoration is to be promoted; there is no difficulty in comprehending that the act of vomiting stimulates the disposition to expectorate. An homoeopath will undoubtedly know how to account for the action of Ipecacuanha or Tartar emetic or even of the Sulphate of Copper upon different principles from those in vogue. In the second stage of croup the Sulphate of Copper is now the fashionable emetic; yet this prefer- ence is not accounted for upon scientific principles. We know that Copper has a good effect in the spasmodic closing of the glottis, and hence is of advantage in croup. While mentioning this effect of Copper a knowledge of which has been acquired by the most fool- hardy empiricism, we at the same time have to remind our readers that not one of our allopathic opponents has been able to ac- count for the good effects of Copper in croup except by the act of vomiting. As regards the sanguineous depletions, be they local or general, we can dispense with the trouble of dwelling upon them any further. It is inconceivable that they are expected to prevent, arrest or diminish the exudation; what is certain is that bleeding robs the child of the power to develop the necessary reaction against the disease. Even the croup-fever is not sufficiently intense to jus- tify bleeding. As far as Mercury is concerned, the only excuse, we dare not call it indication, for its use is that a quantity of Laryngotracheitis Crouposa. 121 coagulable lymph is effused in croup and that Mercury is a power- ful antiplastic agent. But this agent alone has never yet removed a case of croup, but has occasioned such violent attacks of stoma- titis that the jaws have united by ulceration. The other remedies will be further dwelt upon by and by, especially the Sulphuret of Lime; this agent which is a true specific in many cases of croup, is only mentioned very cursorily in allopathic works, more like a curiosity than as an useful remedy. The want of internal remedies naturally led physicians to hunt up external applications. The croup-membrane was to be destroyed, the subjacent mucous lining to be cauterized and the disease wTas thus to be conquered. Strange fancy, as if we did not know that croup is a special form of inflammation resulting from, or determined by constitutional susceptibilities. A glance at the results of the cau- terizing process in diphtheria ought to have discouraged the cau- terizers of the croupy membrane. The mucous lining of the larynx has been washed with the Nitrate of Silver, Muriatic acid, Alum, etc., causing the patient the most agonizing distress. The only ad- vantage derived from such a proceeding may be that the irritating action of those agents may cause a violent coughing fit which may promote the process of expectoration. The inhalations to which we shall refer hereafter, are not of very great importance, nor is the application of ice or cold water. If we add to these means of treatment the unavoidable blisters and sinapisms, we have the best part of the medicinal apparatus of the Old School before us. In spite of all these appliances, from 70 to 90 per cent, of all undoubted cases of membranous croup perish. This result is certainly no triumph, nor has tracheotomy increased the chances of recovery. In opposition to these failures Homoeopathy can show a most successful treatment of croup to her opponents without inflicting upon the poor little patients the horrible tortures of Old School practice. We are not sanguine enough to add credence to those who profess to have treated hundreds of cases of croup during a practice of thirty or forty years without losing a single patient; but we do know that by far the larger number of cases are saved under homoeopathic treatment; this is an amount of success to be proud of. We do not fall back upon statistical data which may bo called in doubt on account of diagnostic inaccuracies or uncertainties; a single fact among many may prove more convincing to the most inveterate sceptic than the most scientific statistical exhibit. At the beginning of this year epidemic croup broke out on a heather 122 Diseases of the Larynx and Trachea. about sixteen miles from this city. Several dozens of children had already fallen victims to the above-described treatment. A young gentleman who happened to visit a merchant of the place, advised him to try homoeopathic treatment. The results of this treatment were so striking that the house of this merchant was from that day besieged by persons seeking aid. With the aid of a simple domestic manual, this merchant succeeded in saving a number of lives. Is it possible to remain blind to such events? We do not attach implicit faith in the doctrine that vox populi is vox Dei; but in such terrible epidemics even a layman has sense enough to see whether those who are attacked, perish or get well, and what method of treatment is crowned with the latter result. The remedies which homoeopaths use in treating croup, are the following: Aconitum, Hepar sulphuris, Spongia maritima, Podium, Bromum, Phosphorus, Cuprum and several more. We shall con- sider these drugs in their respective bearing upon each of the dif- ferent stages of croup, instead of furnishing a detached list of the symptomatic indications of each drug in particular. If we are called to a case of croup in the night, it is not always possible to at once obtain the conviction that we are dealing with a case of croup; for even the presence of considerable dyspnoea does not always imply that the disease before us is croup. In order to meet this uncertainty the custom has prevailed for a long time already to at once give Aconite in alternation with some other remedy. We do not approve of this custom of giving remedies in alternation, but make an exception in favor of croup on account of the uncertainty in our diagnosis. Aconite is excellent in catarrhal, but utterly inefficient in membranous croup. If we suspect a case of membranous croup, we give Aconite 2, and Podium 2, in alterna- tion every hour. The Iodine had better be prepared fresh in order that we may be sure of operating with a reliable attenuation. This remedy is not given by all practitioners at the outset of the attack, but Hepar sulphuris or Spongia. We have the following reasons for our proceeding. lodium exerts a special action on the larynx so constantly, and causes a violent inflammation of the larynx with so much certainty that this effect may be set down as a patho- gnomonic and highly characteristic symptom of the action of Iod- ine. That it is capable of healing far advanced cases of croup, is true beyond all doubt. Hence there is no reason why a medicine that embraces in its pathogenetic series all the symptoms of croup and must therefore be adapted to every stage of this disease, should Laryngotracheitis Crouposa. 123 not be given at the very commencement of the attack. We con- sider this medicine much more appropriate than some other medi- cine that is only suitable in the incipient stages of the disease. Many other physicians prefer Hepar sulphuris at the outset, if the following symptoms prevail: Marked febrile motions, the respira- tion is almost entirely unembarrassed, but has a peculiar sound; dry, metallic cough with disposition to choke, mingled with a short rattling in the trachea, as if mucus would be raised; or if the cough seems to continue moist, and the croupy sound is pi esont; the lar- ynx is painful; there is hoarseness, but no loss of voice. Spongia is even recommended more strongly than Hepar at the first inva- sion of the disease. Hahnemann himself regards Spongia as the main remedy in croup and directs to resort now and then to an intermediate dose of Aconite or Hepar; he does not consider Spon- gia indicated until the respiration has become embarrassed and exudation has commenced. Almost all observers are of the same opinion. In the first night, it may not matter much which of these re- medies is given in alternation with Aconite. It is certain that catarrhal croup will be modified by a few doses of Aconite within twelve hours so fully that whenever this favorable change does not take place within this period of time, we may rest assured, that we are dealing with a case of membranous croup and that the selection of a specific remedy can no longer remain doubtful. This feat is not so easily accomplished if we take the Materia Medina for our guide; moreover, experience has done already a great deal for us in this respect. Experience informs us that Hepar is a suitable remedy on the second day, if mucus begins to accumulate in the windpipe, there is no increase of hoarseness, no dyspnoea or very little of it, and the cough has a uniformly croupy sound; hence Hepar is indicated in the milder cases of croup. Spongia is required if the croup shows its malignant features after the lapse of a few hours, the cough has a hollow sound, less resonance, the hoarse- ness approximates to aphonia, the dyspnoea is more marked. lodium is to be given if the symptoms steadily increase in intensity, the loss of voice is complete, the dyspnoea has reached the highest de- gree of intensity, and the cough has lost a good deal of its ringing and shrill sound. As soon as we have become satisfied of the nature of the disease, Aconite is no longer given in alternation with some other drug, even if violent fever should be present. The question now is 124 Diseases of the Larynx and Trachea. whether at this stage of the disease two remedies like Spongia. and Hepar, or Hepar or Spongia and lodium, had not better be con- tinued in alternation. A good deal may be excused in the presence of such a dangerous malady, and we have not the heart to condemn any one who deems it proper to continue the alternate use of two drugs, more particularly in cases where the life of the patient might be jeopardized if the action of a single drug were allowed to con- tinue for twelve hours and even longer. Alternating drugs does not improve our knowledge of their true action ; hence this custom should be abandoned whenever such a thing is possible. In the vast majority of cases the further progress of croup will be stayed under the operation of one of the above-mentioned three remedies; if this fact is perceived, we have every reason to be satis- fied with the treatment, and we must not be anxious to change the medicine until every symptom of the real croup-disease has disap- peared. If Hepar and Spongia seem ineffectual, and the disease steadily continues to grow worse, we give lodium which we con- tinue at least forty-eight hours unless symptoms of asphyxia mani- fest themselves before this period is passed. In most cases lodium will undoubtedly have a favorable effect. Only we must not in- dulge in the expectation of cutting the disease short. A result of this kind only occurs in a very small number of cases. Most com- monly the pathological process continues to go on under the action of Iodine, after which it retrogrades, as is the case in every other inflammation. What is essential is that it should be kept confined within proper boundaries. Even if the dyspnoea increases at first, this is no reason why the use of Iodine should be discontinued. Instead of Iodine, many physicians recommend Bromine; some successful cures with Bromine are reported, whereas others deny it all power over croup. We are not yet able to express a decided opinion on this subject. The symptoms indicating Bromine are the following: Cough having a croupy sound, hoarse, wheezing, dis- tressing cough which does not give one a chance to speak, attended with sneezing and violent fits of suffocation; spasm of the glottis, whence the symptoms of asphyxia; moist respiratory rale, the breathing is at times wheezing and slow, at other times as if he would suffocate, and then again hurried, superficial, labored, dis- tressed, painful and gasping. This combination of symptoms is furnished by Attomyr, but we would like to ask whether anything in this group points to Bromine ? Moreover we confess that we consider a purely symptomatic treatment of croup inadequate, and Laryngotracheitis Crouposa. 125 that, if croup were to be treated according to mere symptoms, we would have to change the medicine as often as the symptoms change, which would be productive of a vast deal of harm. We are ac- quainted with the effects of the remedies to be employed, but which of them is the best adapted to the exigencies of the case, is best determined by practical experience. We do not mean to reject Bromine, but it is only in mild cases that we would substitute its use for that of Iodine. If, in spite of all treatment, the symptoms of asphyxia increase more and more; if the dyspnoea continues to increase; if the agony and restlessness of the little patient become more distressing, and the symptoms of cerebral congestion more marked, two remedies remain from which aid may be expected, namely Phosphorus and Tartar emetic. The former is indicated if the cough has lost all resonance and force, and the mucous rale has ceased; or more especially if the croupous process has invaded the bronchia and the lungs have evidently become hypertemic. Tartar emetic is indicated if the dyspnoea and danger of asphyxia are occasioned by movable patches of membrane, the cough is indeed feeble and without reso- nance, but a mucous rale is still distinctly heard in the trachea. However it is not advisable to prescribe this remedy in large doses, for the favorable effect of the act of vomiting is very problematical, whereas the great depression caused by the vomiting is sure to fol- low. Nor is it at all certain whether any emetic at this advanced stage of croup can cause vomiting. Grain doses of the second trit- uration are sufficiently strong; as regards Phosphor us we would not dare give it below the third attenuation. In this place we will call attention to a few remedies that have no relation to the croupous exudation, but are important in other respects. The danger of suffocation depends in many cases upon a spasmodic closing rather than upon a mechanical disarrangement or an inflammatory infiltration of the rima glottidis. A condition of this kind is pretty certain to exist if the dyspnoea sets in in single, pretty sharply detached paroxysms, the remissions between the paroxysms are quite considerable and no rales are heard in the larynx. If we designate this closing of the glottis as spasmodic, the designation is not entirely correct, because paralysis of the muscular apparatus of the larynx is undoubtedly the chief cause of the asphyxia, whereas a spasm of the larynx could not well be accounted for. If we consider that in the case of children the glot- tis forms an uniformly narrow chink whose sides incline obliquely 126 Diseases of the Larynx and Trachea. towards each other from without inwards, and from below up- wards, it is easily conceivable that, in case the sides are somewhat relaxed, they may be forced against each other during the act of inspiration, in consequence of which the glottis will either be very much contracted or even closed. These facts explain how children may die of croup without a membrane being seen after death, and why full-grown persons whose glottis is wider and differently shaped, scarcely ever succomb to an attack, of crony. We can meet this paralytic condition by some remedies that are well worthy of our consideration : Cuprum, Moschus, Nux moschata, Ipecacuanha, and Arsenicum. Of all these remedies, Cuprum is undoubtedly the most important; its effect is in a measure confirmed by the effect of the Sniphate of Copper when administered as an emetic. Arseni- cum has shown its favorable effect upon dyspnoea in a most desper- ate case which terminated in recovery. The other three remedies have been strongly recommended by other physicians; we have no personal experience to offer in their behalf. If these remedies are to be used, thev will have to be given in alternation with the true specifics for croup; the best mode of using them is to interpolate a dose every few hours. If the stage of asphyxia sets in in spite of this treatment,-which will not often be the case,-the question then occurs what will have to be the further object of the treatment. The glottis is paralyzed or its space encroached upon, together with that of the trachea, by membranes; the existing sopor shows that the poisoning by car- bonic acid has aheady made considerable headway; the icy cold- ness of the skin is evidence that an independent reaction can hardly be expected any longer. The only remaining chance of saving the patient is by promoting the oxygenation of the blood. It would be absurd to prescribe for these apparent symptoms of cerebral con- gestions remedies like Opium, Belladonna, Hyoscyamus, etc., which wilt not have the least effect. Nor will the continued use of Phos- phorus or 'Tartar emetic, in the absence of all reaction, produce the least result. Under these circumstances tracheotomy alone can afford help, and it would be just as criminal to leave the operation undone at this stage, as it would have been criminal to perform it at an earlier period. For a description of this operation we refer the reader to works on Surgery. We are decidedly opposed to the operation being performed before the stage of asphyxia has set in; this may be excusable in cases that are not treated homoeopathic- ally, for other Schools have no really specific remedies for croup. Laryngotracheitis Crouposa. 127 If but few patients are saved by this operation, it is not the fault of the operation, but of the period when it is performed. Without the operation all patients die in the stage of asphyxia; where the operation is performed, only some die, though it be the larger num- ber. These results show that the operation is not only justifiable, but eminently necessary and important. However, in order that all possible advantages may be derived from the operation, it should not be delayed too long; otherwise the sopor might progress too far, or recovery might be prevented by an acute emphysema and oedema of the lungs; conditions that may lead to a fatal termina- tion even after the cure of croup is successfully accomplished. [The reader may peruse with profit an article on tracheotomy in croup, by Doctor Talbot, of Boston, in one of the late numbers of the New England Medical Gazette. II.] If an improvement sets in, we first notice an abatement of the dyspnoea; it is by changes of this kind that we can measure the probable chances of our final success. Nevertheless, the medicine which induces the favorable turn, had better be continued for some time longer, but at more extended intervals. To continue the use of the medicine is of importance, for the reason that, after a marked remission of the symptoms, the disease sometimes breaks out again with renewed violence. The cough sometimes retains for a long time its hoarse, barking sound; the aphonia likewise often con- tinues for a long time. For the cough we administer liepar, more especially if it is attended with mucous rale; if the cough is dry, Phosphorus is preferable. This agent is likewise most suitable for the subsequent hoarseness. The so-called torpid croup does not destroy life as rapidly as the preceding varieties, but is withal a very insidious disease. It is treated with the same remedies as those above mentioned, except that liepar sulphuris very frequently deserves the preference. If croup results from a gradual working down of the diphther- itic process from the pharynx to the larynx, it is always more dangerous than the primary form of croup, and, according to the reasons we have advanced when speaking of diphtheritis, requires to be treated with entirely different remedies. In diphtheritic croup Bromine may possibly deserve particular attention. We refer the reader to the chapter on diphtheritis. It is this form of croup that has given rise to the belief in the contagiousness of croup; it does, indeed, seem to be a contagious disease. [Some cures have been 128 Diseases of the Larynx and Trachea. made of diphtheritic croup with Lachesis highly potentized; and also with Kali bichromicum. II.] External applications in croup are generally without any effect. Whereas some apply hot water to the neck, and cause watery va- pors to be inhaled, or order hot arm-baths; others, on the contrary, prefer ice-water or ice itself, and others again resort to the wet pack. This deserves a preference over the other applications, because it most advantageously stimulates the functional activity of the skin. Upon the whole, however, it is our belief that the greatest advan- tage of these auxiliary means consists in diverting the attention of the family who are generally plunged into extreme agony. Whether the administration of drugs by means of vaporous in- halations is the most useful method, is still a disputed point. We do not see whether a medicine introduced into the human body through the respiratory organs, should develop its effects more surely or more penetratingly than when administered by the mouth. Moreover, this method is sometimes attended with difficulties, un- less we do not mind filling the sick-chamber with vapors. This has the disadvantage that no fresh supply of pure air gets to the lungs and that the medicine ceases to be under our control. The dyspnoea is, moreover, easily increased by inhalation. Apparatuses for in- halation cannot be used, because the little patients are exceedingly restless and tossed about by their agonizing distress. At all events, the inhaling process has to be conducted with great care. We have no special remarks to offer on the subject of diet in this disease. On account of the dyspnoea, which renders deglutition ex- ceedingly difficult, the greatest trouble is experienced in giving children the least quantity of nourishment; what nourishment is given, should be in a liquid form, and very strengthening. If the strength fails too rapidly, a little good wine proves an excellent stimulant. There is no real prophylactic treatment against croup, except a regular system of hardening children from the moment they are born, and bringing them up in all respects in accordance with prin- ciples of health. If a child with a suspicious habit of body is attacked with a croupy cough whenever it takes cold, and is gen- erally inclined to have an attack of severe laryngitis, let it be kept in-doors during a keen North wind, or let it at least be protected by a sufficient amount of warm clothing. Whether Calcarea car- bonica, Hepar or Phosphorus are capable of exerting a protective influence against croup, is not yet decided. After a first attack of Laryngotracheitis Chronica. 129 croup, a disposition to be again attacked generally remains. It is doubtful whether even such a disposition can be removed; the con- stitutional diathesis cannot well be remedied. 3. laryngotracheitis Chronica. Chronic Laryngotracheal Catarrh. The chronic form of this catarrh is, like the acute, one of the most frequent diseases both with reference to affections of the re- spiratory organs specially, and with reference to all other diseases collectively. This disease befalls children only as an exceptional disturbance; if it does occur in childhood, it is almost always a consequence of a more malignant acute disease, especially of croup and diphtheria. Nor are older people frequently attacked by this disease; hence we say that middle-aged persons between the ages of twenty and fifty years are principally liable to such attacks. Sex has an undoubted influence over the disease; for although women are much less ex- posed to the unfavorable influences which we shall mention by and by, this does not satisfactorily account for the extraordinary pre- valence of the disease among the male sex. Regarding a special disposition, we refer the reader to what we have said in the first chapter of this section. Chronic laryngotracheal catarrh is seldom a primary, generally a secondary or consecutive affection. Primarily this form of catarrh is caused by the same influences as the acute form, a cold, contin- ued talking, singing, the constant use of spirits, beer, exposure to marked differences of temperature. Secondarily it may represent a slow form of acute catarrh, which is the most frequent cause of the chronic form, especially if the individual had several acute at- tacks in succession ; or else it is a continuation of a catarrhal affec- tion of the nose, fauces, buccal cavity; or it may result from the constant irritation caused by repeated ulcerations or adventitious growths ; or finally it may be a manifestation of some constitutional disease. In this respect it sometimes accompanies syphilis or a mercurial dyscrasia; most commonly, however, it is a symptom of pulmonary tuberculosis, so that every catarrh whose persistence cannot be accounted for by any known cause, must necessarily ex- cite the suspicion that the lungs are infiltrated with tubercular matter. In this affection the anatomical changes are so important for a proper understanding of the symptoms, that we premise a short 130 Diseases of the Larynx and Trachea. description of these changes. Usually the mucous membrane is darker than normally, sometimes the dark tinge is quite consider- able ; the membrane is more or less thickened and puffed up. It is traversed by a multitude of engorged vessels and studded with swollen follicles imparting to it a granular appearance. It is cov- ered with a tenacious, gray, yellowish or transparent secretion. The subjacent tissues, cellular tissues, muscles, ligaments are swollen and softened. If particular circumstances prevail, the mucous membrane ulcerates at an early stage of the disease, but almost always after the disease has lasted some time. Most commonly we observe a simple erosion in the shape of a superficial exfoliation surrounded by a more intensely red border, but without any definite form. These erosions may change to more deeply-penetrating ulcers with blown or puffed edges which eat only in exceptional cases through the whole thickness of the mucous membrane. Another form of ulceration arises from the inflammation of the follicles; in which case small, deep, rounded ulcers form, which very readily penetrate the mucous membrane and propagate the affection to external or- gans. We observe moreover fungoid growths of single follicles, even polypi; cicatrizations and contracting cicatrices, thickenings and callosities of the mucous membrane. Of special importance are the subsequent changes, especially cicatrices which may lead to dangerous accidents. The great differences of the anatomical lesions depending upon their nature, locality and extent, render it self-evident that it is impossible to draw a true and striking picture of laryngotracheal catarrh. Hence we shall have to confine ourselves to a delineation of the leading symptoms. The absence of almost every objective aid in establishing our diagnosis, is often seriously felt, nor is it certain whether the laryngoscope has as yet led to striking results, although we are willing to admit that this means of investigation has a bright future before it. The most important symptoms of the disease are: pain, alterations of the voice, cough, embarrassed respiration. The pain is scarcely ever very considerable, and if it is described as acute, we may be sure that ulcers have formed. It is scarcely ever continuous, but is excited by talking, singing, running, sudden changes of temperature, and most easily by coughing. Sometimes it is a soreness, at other times the pain is stinging, burning, gnaw- ing, and inclines to exacerbate towards morning. An annoying sensation is the feeling as if there were dust or a foreign body in Laryngotracheitis Chronica. 131 the throat, or the patients complain of a periodically returning tickling in the larynx. The voice is variously altered. We may lay it down as a rule that every persistent change in the voice points to chronic laryngeal catarrh. The hoarseness runs throughout its whole series of gra- dations, from simple roughness of voice to complete aphonia. It scarcely ever continues all the time in the same degree of violence; it may even disappear entirely for a while, and then be excited anew by some unusual exertion in using the organs of voice. Some- times the hoarseness is only perceived during singing. However, it is not by any means a characteristic symptom of chronic laryn- gotracheal catarrh. A sudden cracking of the voice or an inability to raise the voice beyond a certain pitch, is often met with. Cough is a very common symptom in this affection. Sometimes it amounts to no more than a hawking occasioned by a titillation in the larynx or oppressed breathing; at other times it torments the patient for days, after which it often intermits for a while; sometimes it breaks out in regular paroxysms which most com- monly set in in the morning after rising and abate again after small quantities of mucus have been expectorated. There is nothing characteristic in the sound of the cough, except that a rattling of mucus is most generally heard in the trachea or glottis, and that a dry titillating cough sometimes prevails by way of exception. The expectoration is never very copious except when it is mixed with mucus from the lungs, of a white or grayish color, firmly cohering and globular, sometimes slightly streaked with blood. If it has a purulent appearance, we may almost feel sure that the expectoration does not alone proceed from the larynx and trachea. The difficulties of breathing, an oppressed, wheezing respiration, and even an asthmatic dyspnoea are occasioned by a swelling and constriction of the glottis, hence do not show the degree of intensity, but the seat of the disease. These difficulties are of importance to a physician for the additional reason that they excite the most fear- ful apprehensions in the minds of most patients. This disease generally runs a protracted and even obstinate course. It is mostly determined by the existing anatomical lesions. A simple affection of the mucous membrane is easily cured; what renders the final result doubtful is, when the patients expose them- selves to influences that rekindle the disorder as soon as it begins to mend. A simple ulcer is likewise within the reach of remedial influences, whereas the more deeply-penetrating ulcer and the fun- 132 Diseases of the Larynx and Trachea. goid excrescences of the mucous membrane resist all treatment so much more obstinately as their diagnosis is more uncertain. It is only in very rare cases that laryngotracheal catarrh is dangerous to life, not immediately, but in consequence of some pulmonary affection that may have been superinduced by the difficulties which the air encounters in passing through the larynx. Laryngeal phthisis without tubercles is a very rare occurrence, in which case it most generally depends upon other dyscrasic conditions. The tubercular laryngeal catarrh will be described when we come to speak of tuberculosis; here we will only state that almost all dan- gerous and obstinate laryngeal catarrhs, especially if attended with emaciation or fever, are caused by tubercular infiltration. Treatment. We deal with an affection that may occur in the most diversified forms, complications and degrees of intensity, and which on this account alone renders the selection of a large number of remedies expedient. We could not possibly mention every drug that may be required for the treatment of this disease, and have confined ourselves to an enumeration of the more important rem- edies, referring the reader to a good Repertory as an indispensable auxiliary, if a remedy is to be chosen for a single symptom of char- acteristic value. Tartarus stibiatus and Antimonium crudum. The former is especially indicated when the acute form passes into the chronic, more par- ticularly in the case of children and old people. There is a frequent desire to cough, attended writh an audible rattling of mucus in the air-passages, a thick and white phlegm being brought up after a severe paroxysm of racking cough. Or the cough may set in in detached violent paroxysms accompanied with dyspnoea and ending in gagging and forcing up mucus. Both kinds are principally met with among children and old people. For*hoarseness as an isolated symptom, Tartarus stibiatus may not be appropriate ; Antimonium crudum will be found preferable. The following symptoms indicate this remedy: the hoarseness is made worse by excitement and over- heating ; disposition of the voice to give out suddenly; sensation of roughness in the larynx, and as if a foreign body had lodged i n it. Hepar sulphuris calcareum is particularly adapted to neglected acute catarrh, and is an indispensable remedy for singers and people who have to talk a good deal, but is likewise suitable in many cases of chronic catarrh. The following symptoms are the most essential: the larynx feels painful as if sore and burning, especially when the Laryngotracheitis Chronica. 133 patients cough or talk loud; hoarseness sometimes increasing for a short time to aphonia; feeling of dryness in the larynx, although the presence of mucus is distinctly perceived ; a hoarse titillating cough with scanty expectoration and rattling of mucus in the trachea; hard, lumpy, yellow or greenish expectoration, very ten- acious and sometimes tinged with blood. Hepar deserves partic- ular attention in cases of chronic catarrh remaining after croup or measles, or in the case of individuals who had taken much Mercury. Spongia bears great resemblance to the former drug both symp- tomatically as well as in its general indications. It too is indicated after croup and measles, in cases of neglected acute catarrh, in the case of singers. It is particularly required for the cough with burning titillation in the larynx, which sets in more particularly at night or after loud talking. The cough has a barking sound, the mucus is hard to bring up, tenacious, yellowish, and the attacks are apt to be accompanied by dyspnoea emanating from the glottis. lodium is one of the most important remedies in this affection. Among the general indications for Iodine we distinguish the fol lowing: chronic catarrh of scrofulous and mercurialized individ- uals, or remaining after croup or other acute affections, or com- plicated with chronic pharyngeal catarrh. The most prominent symptomatic indications are the following: Disposition to take cold, and long duration of the acute stage; the larynx is painful when pressed upon; burning, sore pains in the larynx confined to a defi- nite spot, felt especially during cough; embarrassed respiration, wheezing inspirations causing real attacks of dyspnoea especially at night; a good deal of hawking, with difficulty of bringing up ten- acious mucus ; a high degree of hoarseness, even aphonia ; tickling in the larynx, frequently causing paroxysms of cough without ex- pectoration, or else with scanty expectoration of a tenacious mucus sometimes mixed with streaks of blood. The general organism is very much affected by the disease. The presence of ulcers points more particularly to Iodine, which will again be referred to when we come to speak of tubercular laryngitis. Manganum is an excellent remedy, although little has been said of it so far. It corresponds more especially to a catarrh accompany- ing an incipient, not a fully developed tuberculosis, but likewise to forms of catarrh not resulting from a dyscrasic origin, when the following symptoms are present: Slight hoarseness,rather a rough- ness of the throat, caused by an accumulation of lumps of hard 134 Diseases of the Larynx and Tiachea. mucus in the glottis, and more particularly marked in the morning, accompanied by oppressed breathing, relieved by expectoration, so that toward noon the voice is perfectly clear ; the cough only lasts while the mucus continues to adhere in the glottis; worse in the open air, feels relieved by smoking. This kind of catarrh is very common among persons who use their organs of speech a good deal. We beg the reader to contrast Manganum with Selenium which is much praised for these symptoms. Mezereum is recommended if the disease has a syphilitic origin and the symptoms point to ulceration of the larynx; among these symptoms the livid color of the pharynx and the ulcerated follicles on the posterior wall of this organ are prominent. Phosphorus has been found reliable in the most desperate cases of laryngotracheal catarrh. A tubercular origin of the affection is indeed a chief indication for Phosphorus, but this remedy likewise cures other forms of catarrh, more especially the chronic hoarseness of preachers or singers. The more important symptoms are : weak- ness and sensitiveness of the organs of speech, with sensation ot dry- ness, burning, roughness, soreness in the larynx and trachea, more especially after using the voice more than usual; hoarseness, even apho- nia, particularly under the operation ot exciting emotions; constricted, wheezing inspirations; cough excited by the violent tickling and burning in the larynx, painful, with rattling of mucus, although scanty expectoration; hoarse, dry-sounding cough; sensation, when coughing, as if a lump of flesh would detach itself from the throat; firm, yellowish expectoration, mingled with pus or streaks of blood. If, in addition to these symptoms, we have the general phenomena of a consumptive condition of the system, such as : fever, diarrhoea, emaciation, Phosphorus is indicated so much more decidedly. Ex- perience having confirmed its practical value in chronic laryngeal catarrh, this remedy occupies a deservedly high rank among the remedies for this disease. Sulphur. The cases suited to the therapeutic range of this medi- cine, affect principally persons somewhat advanced in age, although they need not be what might be called old people. As a rule, ISul- phur is indicated by the following symptoms: Chronic catarrhs of other portions of the mucous expanse, more especially of the intes- tinal canal, with signs of sanguineous obstructions in the abdomen; enlargement of the liver, hypochondria ; catarrh arising from abuse of Mercury; sensitiveness to the open air and dampness in partic- ular. Among the single symptoms a prominent characteristic in- Laryngotracheitis Chronica. 135 dication is the cough which sets in in the evening shortly before and after retiring to bed, and is a dry, titillating, distressing cough; or the cough may break out in the morning, and stop during the day, or change to an ordinary moist cough. If tubercles are pres- ent, Sulphur has very seldom a good effect, nor does it act favorably in recent cases. Arsenicum album acts in many respects similarly to the preceding remedy. We shall revert to Arsenic when treating of pulmonary catarrh, to which we refer for the present. Arsenic, too, has great sensitiveness to cold and more particularly to damp air, likewise great nervousness. The hoarseness is not often considerable, and sets in at intervals; it is accompanied by a violent burning soreness of the throat. The cough breaks out in paroxysms with almost completely free intervals, most generally about midnight, resembles a paroxysm of whooping-cough and is accompanied by distressing dyspnoea. There is scarcely any expectoration, except that a morn- ing-paroxysm of cough results in the hawking up of lumps of gray mucus. The constitution feels the influence of the disease. Arsen- icum is more especially indicated by the circumstance that the paroxysms of cough are apt to break out when the weather changes. Next to Phosphorus, Carbo vegetabilis is the most important rem- edy in inveterate catarrh, but acts less favorably than Arsenic in the tubercular form of this disease. Here too, we have extreme sensitiveness to the open air, especially damp air. In consequence of loud talking, the hoarseness may increase to loss of voice; the patient complains of a feeling of great dryness in the throat, with soreness and a stinging pain, together with a copious secretion of a tenacious mucus occasioning constant and sometimes very painful hawking. The cough is wearing, rough, with mucous rales, but only a scanty, greenish or yellowish, lumpy, tenacious expectora- tion, it sets in more particularly in the morning and is attended with dyspnoea. We will now mention a few more remedies in the following cur- sory series: For the simple protracted chronic catarrh representing an acute attack: Tartarus stibiatus, Hepar sulphuris calc.., Spongia, Pulsatilla ; and for the more acute intercurrent exacerbations principally Mer- curius and Belladonna. The latter is sometimes eminently adapted to a spasmodic nocturnal cough, without expectoration. For catarrh complicated with ulceration, if not too old: lodium, 136 Diseases of the Larynx and Trachea. Hepar sulph., Manganum, Silicea, Calcarea carbonica ; for neglected catarrh: Phosphorus, Sulphur, Carbo veg., Arsenicum album. For inveterate simple catarrh: Sulphur, Carbo veg., Silicea, Ar- senicum album. For polypous growths: Phosphorus, Calcarea carb., Silicea. For continued hoarseness and chronic catarrhs of singers, preach- ers, etc.: Manganum, Phosphorus, Carbo veg., Selenium, Argentum in older cases; in recent cases: Hepar sulph., Spongia. For catarrh caused by Mercury: Hepar sulph., Podium, and if a syphilitic complication exists: Mezereum. For complete loss of voice, attended with catarrh: Antimonium crudum, Phosphorus, Carbo veg., Podium; if depending upon dis- turbed innervation: Cuprum, Opium, Causticum, Phosphorus, Pgna- tia, Sepia. The cure is often promoted and hastened by various dietetic and external means. Individuals, for instance, who have been in the habit of keeping their necks warm, and now take cold from every little exposure, may resort every evening to frictions with lard on the neck with the best results; these will diminish the disposition to take cold. The well known domestic remedy to wear around the neck a rough woollen bandage, is likewise to be commended. The most decided and reliable advantage, however, is obtained from the use of cold water, either by simply washing the neck with it, or by means of wet bandages around the throat. As a matter of course, too warm clothing has to be avoided. There is no better palliative for the distressing titillating cough, which is especially tormenting at night, than inhaling the vapors of warm water. We know from experience that thoroughly practised singers are seldom attacked with permanent hoarseness or pulmonary diseases. A methodical, cautious, uniform use of the voice in singing, especially if confined to the middle notes, is sometimes a better remedy for chronic hoarseness than any other means of treatment; if the vocal chords are morbidly relaxed, this use of the laryngeal muscles would be dictated by the principles of the movement-cure. Only in a case of tubercular hoarseness an experiment of this kind might prove hazardous. Talking in the midst of a noisy company, in a carriage, in rail-cars, etc., should be carefully avoided. (Edema Glottidis. 137 4. (Edema Glottidis, Laryngitis Sub-mucosa. (Edema of the. Glottis. By this name we understand a sudden infiltration of the sub- mucous tissue of the epiglottis, and of the mucous lining of the larynx extending from the epiglottis to the rima glottidis. (Edema glottidis is more especially a disease of adults, and in most cases a secondary affection. Primarily it may result from severe burns, by hot food or corrosive substances, but scarcely ever, like common laryngitis, in consequence of a cold. Secondarily we do not ol.vii notice it in company with dropsical affections, but most commonly in company with affections that occasion the for- mation of ulcers or suppurating sores on the inner or outer walls of the larynx, like tuberculosis, typhus, variola, ulcerous laryngitis, perichondritis, croup, diphtheria, etc.; or it may occur in a few cases as a continuation of an ulcerous angina to the larynx, as in scarlatina. Sometimes the disease seems to assume an epidemic character; this may be nothing more than we observe, for instance, in epidemic scarlatina, which causes characteristically violent and usually purulent anginas. Considering the manner in which the disease originates, the most correct explanation seems to be that a suppurative process in the neighborhood of the glottis causes oedema in the same manner in which a chancre causes within a few hours an excessive oedema of the prepuce. Our statistical tables so far show that the disease attacks men much more frequently than women. Symptoms, The anatomical changes in oedema of the glottis consist in a more or less considerable puffy swelling of the mucous membrane, more particularly at and close to the root of the epi- glottis. This swelling may become so considerable that the swollen parts protrude behind the root of the tongue like a stuffed pad or sausage. Usually the color is not bright-red but pale, and, on cutting into it, the swelling discharges a serous or sero-purulent fluid. The phenomena of oedema glottidis sometimes develop themselves with an extraordinary suddenness, and at other times very slowly ; moreover they are modified by the locality where they occur. In the course of one of the above-mentioned affections, hoarseness, pain and burning in the larynx set in. The hoarseness very speed- ily increases to complete aphonia accompanied by a cough which has all the characteristic signs of croupy cough. These symptoms are accompanied from the outset by a continually increasing dysp- 138 Diseases of the Larynx and Trachea. ncea which, in severe cases, may rise to a fearful height. The in- spiration, in consequence of which the puffed-up and infiltrated lips of the glottis are forced towards each other and towards the rima glottidis, becomes more and more prolonged, hissing and labored, and the patients very often have a feeling as if a foreign body were moving around in the larynx. If the infiltration remains moderate in quantity, the respiratory process may go on without, life being in immediate jeopardy; a condition of this kind may continue un- changed for many days, although an exacerbation may take place at any time. However if the respiration is seriously impeded, all the symptoms, which we have described when speaking of croup as characterising a poisoning by carbonic acid, set in and the patients die in a state of sopor. There is no fever unless it was present pre- viously; it is only in case the infiltration becomes purulent that the phenomena peculiar to the formation of an abscess, manifest themselves; on the bursting of the abscess the inspirations may suddenly be restored. In such cases an oedematous swelling of the neck in the region of the larynx can almost always be seen. The affection may last from twelve hours to upwards of a week. The most common termination is death by suffocation, and the prognosis is consequently that of inevitable death. It is important to notice the features which distinguish the dis- ease from croup with which it is most easily confounded. Many cases of so-called relapses in croup are probably nothing else than oedema glottidis resulting from croup and becoming manifest after the croupy process had run its course. The distinguishing charac- teristics are: In the first place, the swelling itself which, in severe cases, is noticed at the root of the tongue; the appearance of the disease subsequently to and during morbid processes which are scarcely ever associated with croup; the occurrence of the disease among adults, whereas croup attacks children almost exclusively; the peculiar sensation as if a foreign body were moving about in the larynx. The prospect of a successful treatment is very slim, especially if the patient is a child. Our literature does not offer any positively successful cures of this disease, and, since it is one of the rarer kind, all we can do is to indicate the remedies which it may be necessary to use in a given case. We are acquainted with only one remedy which has oedema of the glottis among its physiological effects ; this remedy is lodium. For particular indications we refer to our remarks in the chapter on croup. Another remedy which CEdema Glottidis. 139 offers some resemblance is Phosphorus; in this case, however, the resemblance is limited to a single symptom. If we consider the nature of the pathological process which results in the production of oedema glottidis, independently of the symptoms superinduced by the mechanical closing of the rima glottidis, we are more par- ticularly led to three remedies that act similarly to the general dis- ease, we mean: Apis mellifica., Lachesis, and Phus toxicodendron. Lachesis especially has the peculiar serous infiltration of internal as well as external parts of the body which sets in without any symptoms that might properly be called inflammatory, and which reaches its full development in a few hours. However, since in this disease we cannot fall back upon experience for a positive knowl- edge of the curative action of drugs, it would be criminally indis- creet to depend exclusively upon internal treatment. In this disease, much sooner than in croup, success may be expected from tracheot- omy, for the reason that the trachea is not usually involved; only the operation should be performed so soon as the symptoms of poisoning by carbonic acid begin to manifest themselves; otherwise the paralysis of the respiratory organs might have progressed too far for the operation to be of any use. An incision into the visible swelling has some advantage and cannot do any harm. Compresses as hot as can be borne, may be applied to the throat, whereas cold applications can only prove injurious. We should not forget that we have no inflammation to deal with, and it seems absolute folly to treat oedema of the glottis with copious depletions which aie so generally recommended. [The following interesting case of oedema of the glottis occurred in the practice of Jacob Reed, jr., M. D., of this city, as reported by himself: "Marth 16th, 1867, evening. Called to see Miss B., set. 20, who had for some days "had a bad sore throat," and was reported as choking to death. " When seen, the patient was evidently suffering from an acute oedematous inflammation of the larynx, there being high fever, pain in the region of the larynx, difficulty of swallowing and breathing, voice almost inaudible, every effort at speaking causing great pain, inspirations prolonged and stridulous, being effected only by violent effort; there was but little cough. Frequent spasmodic exacerva- tions of these symptoms rendered suffocation imminent. "Ordered inhalations of steam, medicated with Opium, cold pack to region of larynx, Aconite and Kali bichrom.; of the Aconite 140 Diseases of the Larynx and Trachea. three drops of the tincture of the root were given in a half glass of water, of which she took a teaspoonful every twenty minutes. " This appeared to afford relief which, however, proved but tem- porary as, upon paying my morning visit, I found the patient much worse in every respect. The leaden hue of the skin, with the in- tense anxiety of the countenance, showing that she had to fear the results of deficient aeration of the blood. " This condition of affairs rendering bronchotomy necessary, I returned to the office for the necessary instruments and assistance, but in the mean while ordered two drops of the tincture of the Aconite root to be given every ten minutes. "Upon returning, after the lapse of an hour, the patient was so far relieved as to render surgical interference unnecessary, and from this the convalescence was steady, although slow and imperfect. There remains, after many months, a cough with hoarseness, owing to constitutional tuberculosis." II.] 5. Spasmus Glottidis. Spasm of the Glottis. Spasmodic conditions of the glottis sometimes accompany other acute or chronic diseases of the larynx as severe complications. In this chapter we do not speak of these conditions, but of the purely nervous spasm of the glottis which occurs without any material alterations, and which is described in pathological treatises under the names of Asthma thymicum Koppii, Asthma Millari, Asthma periodicum infantum, or Laryngismus stridulus. All these condi- tions are essentially alike. Spasm of the glottis affects pre-eminently children of a tender age; among adults it only occurs as an accompaniment of other pathological processes; or as an idiopathic disease it may attack females of exceedingly irritable nerves. Among children the larger number of those who are attacked by the disease, are boys; among persons of a more advanced age, the case is exactly the reverse. Ardent discussions have been carried on regarding the real cause of the disease; a retarded involution of the thymus gland, tuber- culosis of the bronchial glands, a rhachitic affection of the occiput, the non-closure of the ductus Botallii, etc., have been accused as the exciting causes of the disease, until finally pathologists have concluded that the real cause of this peculiar spasm is as yet un- known. An hereditary disposition cannot be denied in many cases; not unfrequently the children of tuberculous mothers are attacked Spasmus Glottidis. 141 by the disease; so are children who are brought up by hand. Among adults, spasm of the glottis is undoubtedly a form of hys- teria. Among children the disease occurs almost without an excep- tion in the first year of their existence. Symptoms and Course. The disease consists of paroxysms separated from each other by complete intermissions of various durations. The first paroxysm mostly occurs at night while the children are asleep, very rarely during a vehement crying spell. After sleeping quietly for a few hours, they are suddenly roused from sleep with a peculiar cry, as the parents describe it; or rather wTith a difficult, hissing inspiration of an unusually ringing sound; at the same time the faculty of breathing is either entirely sus- pended, or else the inspirations become rapidly more labored and in a few moments quite impossible. The children are lying as if dead, at most performing a few anxious movements with the arms; the face assumes a bluish pallor, the features become pendulous, the countenance looks bloated, the eyes are distorted and fixed. The breathing is entirely suspended. If the attack lasts any length of time, the skin becomes cool and the head is covered with a cold sweat. The pulse is of course very small and accelerated, and may even cease entirely. An attack of this kind which naturally enough fills the relatives with indescribable anguish, lasts a few seconds to several minutes, ending with an inspiration entirely like the one with which the attack commenced, which is followed by normal respiration, and, if the attack did not last too long, by perfect re- covery ; in the opposite case the patients feel anxious and languid, but only for a short time, after which they do not show any signs of discomfort. If an older chikl is attacked, the symptoms vary somewhat; the child makes great efforts to overcome the impedi- ment to inspiration, and the loss of consciousness sets in more slowly. If the attacks return frequently and are very intense, clonic convulsions often supervene. The very first attack may terminate fatally, but this is not often the case: as soon as general convulsions set in, the danger increases greatly, likewise if the attacks follow each other in rapid succession; if the patients are not asphyxiated, they perish by inanition. The recurrence of the attacks is not governed by a fixed rule, not even in the ca^e of the same individual. It is very rare that the disease is confined to a single attack, but a second attack some- times does not take place until months have elapsed. The first attack almost always occurs during sleep; subsequent attacks may 142 Diseases of the Larynx and Trachea. take place in the waking state. The more frequently they occur, the more dangerous they become. Recovery mostly takes place gradually, with a gradual decrease of the intensity and frequency of the attacks; it may drag along for months and may only be apparent, since another attack may break out again after a short interval of repose. The prognosis is always more or less uncertain ; neither the vigor of the little patients, nor the weakness of the first attacks is a guarantee against sudden death. The diagnosis is not always easily made, more particularly if the spasm sets in in the course of laryngeal catarrh or of some other affection of the larynx, or if the patient does not lose his conscious- ness, in which case a deceptive croupy cough may set in. The fact should be kept steadily in view that a spasm of the glottis can only be thought of, if all the other symptoms of a disease of the larynx are wanting. A spasm of this kind can never be converted into croup or catarrh. The sudden dyspnoea without a sign of cough, the complete suspension of the respiratory movements, the subse- quent complete intermissions constitute safe diagnostic marks in most cases. As regards treatment, it will have to be directed against the dis- ease as a unit rather than against a single paroxysm which never lasts long enough to admit of medical aid in every case; hence the treatment will have to confine itself to a few not altogether unes- sential arrangements. In the first place the child has to be laid in a proper manner; the best posture is to one side, with the head slightly bent forward. A sponge dipped in hot water and applied to the region of the larynx sometimes renders as effectual aid in this disease as a warm cataplasm in a case of vesical spasm. Sprink- ling the parts very forcibly with cold water, is likewise a very effi- cient remedy in some cases. For the totality of the pathological process we possess the follow- ing remedies which of course have to be given at long intervals: Ignatia amara has an eminently characteristic symptom, it is the dyspnoea, the difficulty of drawing in breath, whereas the expira- tions are easy; such a difficulty is suddenly experienced about mid- night. This remedy is very much praised, if the children suddenly lose their breath, which may be the lowest degree of spasm of the glottis; we have already stated under hysteria that Ignatia is like- wise useful for many nervous complaints of females; but whether it will prove a proper remedy for spasm of the glottis, has not yet Spasmus Glottidis. 143 been verified. It may perhaps prove most appropriate if the spasm occurs as a symptomatic manifestation in croup, catarrh or whoop- ing-cough. Ipecacuanha has been mentioned as a remedy; indeed the symp- toms justify this recommendation. We should not, however, over- look the fact that asthmatic difficulties do not really occur in this disease. Relief is easily afforded if a remedy is given at the outset, but it does not last, and we cannot recommend a remedy as a specific unless it controls the whole disease. We admit, however, that Ipe- cacuanha may have an excellent effect, for the time at least, in a catarrh accompanying spasm of the glottis. The same remark applies to Belladonna. We refer to the few cases mentioned in Ruckert which clearly show that Belladonna is only adapted to spasm of the glottis when occurring as a secondary symptom in other diseases. Veratrum album and Arsenicum album deserve our attention if, as is often the ease, the disease attacks feeble children with marked symptoms of cerebral anremia. Moschus is variously recommended in this disease, but we cannot see its homceopathicity to it. We are not acquainted with any de- cided cures that Moschus has effected in this disease, Hartmann's statement to the contrary notwithstanding. Sambucus is represented by Hartmann as one of the leading rem- edies; he has noticed its good effect in a striking case which, how- ever, does not, in our opinion, represent a high degree of spasmus glottidis. According to Hartmann, the following are the more im- portant symptoms: The patient suddenly wakes from his slumber with his eyes and mouth half open, he has to sit up erect in order to catch breath; he can only make short, hissing inspirations, min- gled with paroxysms of suffocation, during which he throws his hands about, and the face and hands look bluish and bloated, wTith dry heat all over, no thirst, an irregular, small and intermittent pulse; the patient cries at the approach of a paroxysm. All this occurs without cough about midnight. Hartmann commends Me- nyanthes trifoliata without having seen any curative results from this drug. We consider these indications very vague and of little practical value. The remedies above named are either appropriate only in a simple attack of symptomatic spasm of the glottis; or else they are re- commended on account of their marked resemblance to a single paroxysm; Veratrum and Arsenicum form exceptions. In our 144 Diseases of the Larynx and Trachea. opinion, a successful treatment implies a special consideration of ail the most trifling accessory circumstances without laying much stress on the particular paroxysm; and likewise a careful considera- tion of the etiological causes. Among these causes rhachitis, a deficient involution or hypertrophy of the thymus gland, swelling of the bronchial glands are undoubtedly the most frequent and most probable, and it is with particular reference to these etiological causes that we recommend the following remedies: lodium is undoubtedly a very excellent Simile, and is likewise adapted to all three above-named causal morbid conditions. With this remedy alone, given every other day at the fourth or sixth at- tenuation for four to eight weeks, we have cured five undoubted cases of spasm of the glottis, which evidenced their malignant na- ture by the fact that every subsequent attack was more violent than the preceding one. The patients were children not yet a year old, but only one of them showed an enlargement of the thymus gland. Supported by such striking curative results, we cannot be accused of hazardous speculation if we prefer this remedy to all others as long as the general organism has not become too much reduced. Cuprum was already mentioned under croup on account of its peculiar influence over the rima glottidis. It is particularly appro- priate if, during the local spasm, general convulsions have super- vened and the children have become very much prostrated. Among the significant symptoms indicating this remedy, one is particularly noticeable, we mean vomiting after the attack. Plumbum is very closely related to Cuprum in every respect, ex- cept that the general strength is still more reduced. The symptoms of a spasmodic closing of the rima glottidis are more distinctly marked in the pathogenesis of this drug than in that of any other. We are amazed that Plumbum should not yet have been recom- mended for this disease which, however, can only be cured by rem- edies that exert a deeply-penetrating, long-lasting influence over the whole organism. In this respect, Sulphur may deserve attention, although, we shall take the liberty of doubting the homoeopathicity of its asthmatic symptoms to spasm of the glottis until this fact has been corroborated by experience. [We have cured more than one spasm of the glottis radically with nothing but the first atten- uation of Aconite-root. II.] Several other affections of the larynx have been left out, for the reason that they are either not accessible to treatment and are, Ulcers of the Larynx. 145 therefore, only of a purely pathological interest to the physician, like laryngostenosis, for instance; or because they occur very rarely and mostly only as complications, like perichondritis. To devote a special chapter to hoarseness or aphonia, seemed to us inexpedient; for cases of this kind, if they present a peculiar character, a Reper- tory is the best guide. Nor have we devoted a special chapter to ulceration of the larynx. The therapeutic chapter of this affection is essentially the same as that of laryngeal catarrh, in which ulcers of the larynx occur as a complication with but few exceptions. [Ulcers of the larynx are of so many different kinds and differ so greatly as respects their origin and treatment that we have deemed it expedient to devote a special chapter to this subject. We tran- scribe the following from Kafka's late work: 6. Ulcers of the Larynx, All ulcers of the larynx are accompanied by catarrh of the lar- yngeal mucous membrane; it attends them from the start and re- mains while they last. A number of morbid processes predispose to ulceration; if a laryngeal catarrh arises during the existence of the ulcers, we are required to diagnose the ulcers that are peculiar to the particular disease. It is only when a laryngeal catarrh is present that we are justified in inferring the presence of ulcers. Ulcers on the epiglottis deprive it of its elasticity, whence laryngeal ulcers so frequently give rise to the so-called "swallowing wrong." The sputa constitute another criterium for the existence of an ulcer in the larynx. The sputa are frequently streaked with blood, contain blood-disks or pus-globules, and are more particularly coughed or hawked up after eating or drinking. The ulcers occur most frequently on the posterior wall of the pharynx and on the laryngeal mucous membrane, in front of, and between the arytamoid cartilages. The local symptoms occasioned by the ulcers, do not essentially differ from those of chronic catarrh; only they are more violent and persistent. They consist in hoarseness even to the degree of aph- onia ; in continual dyspnoea, with labored, hissing, wheezing, pant- ing respiration, especially after an exertion, such as a good deal of walking, talking, etc.; in cough -which generally sets in in parox- ysms, is always short and dry, and does not become loose till to- wards the close of the paroxysm; the sputa are scanty, in small lumps,not frothy,streaked with blood, purulent; in constant hawk- Helcosis, seu Ulcera Laryngis. 146 Diseases of the Larynx and Trachea. ing occasioned by the accompanying catarrh and the quantity of mucus accumulating in the fauces; in various painful sensations and dryness of the throat; finally in swallowing wrong, as it is called, and in the return of liquids during deglutition, if the epi- glottis is the seat of the ulcer. The following kinds of ulcer are most frequently observed: 1) Catarrhal ulcers. They arise in consequence of chronic laryn- geal catarrh, commence by the epithelium being detached, are fiat, irregular, and often run together. 2) Aphthous ulcers. They emanate from the diphtheritic process; the mucous lining becomes infiltrated, is rapidly destroyed, and a small, generally round ulcer arises, which is surrounded with a red areola. They most commonly are present during pulmonary tuber- culosis, and likewise occur on the pharyngeal mucous membrane. 3) Follicular ulcers. They are a result of the inflammation and ulceration of the itiucous follicles, and form small, rounded, deeply penetrating ulcers. They generally break out in the pharynx, whence they spread to the larynx. If follicular ulcers in the phar- ynx are accompanied by constant hoarseness, the existence of such ulcers must likewise be suspected in the larynx. 4) Tubercular ulcers. They always accompany tuberculosis. Like tubercuPosis they appear in two forms, as tubercular infiltration and as miliary tuberculosis. They are most commonly seated on the posterior wall of the larynx, less frequently on the epiglottis. Dur- ing infiltration the infiltrated portion 'of the mucous membrane dies, leaving an ulcerated surface behind. During granular deposi- tion, we first notice small, gray, little tubercles, which form little ulcers that not unfrequently run together and give rise to ulcerated surfaces of larger extent. Both these kinds of tubercular ulcers may spread in width and depth, invade the vocal chords and cartilages, and lead to perforations and destructions. The so-called laryngeal phthisis is only a partial manifestation of a general disease. Most frequently it is tuberculosis that leads to laryngeal phthisis. This form of causative relation can only be adopted as long as the phenomena of the laryngeal affection are perceived, while the tubercular process in the lungs is either ar- rested or has not yet broken out. As a rule, tuberculosis of the larynx is connected with tuberculosis of the lungs or other organs. In a case of continual hoarseness, we diagnose tubercular ulcers, provided we have become satisfied of the simultaneous existence of pulmonary tuberculosis. If the destructive process invades the Ulcers of the Larynx. 147 vocal chords, complete aphonia sets in. The painful sensations in the larynx and the painfulness to contact are seldom very consider- ,able; the violent cough comes mostly in paroxysms and is frequently accompanied by vomiting and gagging; the sputa are often streaked with blood. The presence of emaciation, fever which sets in every day almost at fixed hours, night-sweats, muscular debility, a certain degree of anaemia entitle us, if the objective signs are still doubtful, to conclude with a high degree of probability that a tubercular dis- ease is developing itself in the lungs; perfect certainty can only be ob- tained if the presence of tubercles in the lungs can be demonstrated. 5) Typhous ulcers. The typhous ulcer arises from a typhous in- filtration of the mucous follicles and of the surrounding mucous membrane by necrosis; the ulcer is shaggy, irregular and surrounded by badly-colored borders. It is the same process as takes place on the intestinal mucous membrane. These ulcers are seated on the sides of the epiglottis, and on the mucous lining in front of, and between the arytaenoid cartilages. They are mostly flat; but if they dip down to the subjacent tissues, they may expose the cartilage and by necrosis lead to perforation into the oesophagus. The typhous ulcer usually breaks out in the second or third week. Hoarseness or a hoarse cough announce a localization of the typh- ous process. According to Dr. Maurice Haller the voice of the patient, as soon as the typhous process becomes localyzed in the larynx, is raised to a higher pitch; this higher pitch of the voice is not lasting, but it continues until the typhous process is terminated. The parox- ysmal hoarse cough is mostly dry, the pains are slight. The typhous ulcers are dangerous on account of the frequently supervening oedema of the glottis, and on account of the perfora- tion which may even take place during the period of convalescence (perichondritis). As soon as the typhous process becomes extinct, the ulcers in the larynx disappear. 6) Syphilitic ulcers. They almost always break out on the phar- yngeal mucous membrane, whence they extend to the epiglottis and thence to the larynx. They are small, shaggy, with raised edges and a lardy base. If they penetrate to the subjacent tissues, they may cause necrosis of the cartilages. On healing they form cord- shaped cicatrices whose contraction causes stenosis of the larynx and aphonia. The syphilitic character of the ulcers is diagnosed by the simultaneously-existing or a previous attack of syphilis. 148 Diseases of the Larynx and Trachea. 7) Lupous ulcers sometimes spread from the pharyngeal mucous membrane to the larynx, contracting the larynx and causing sten- osis and aphonia. 8) Variolous ulcers arise by the spreading of variola pustules from the pharynx to the larynx where they change to small ulcers. Usu- ally this process disappears as soon as the smallpox has run its course; in severe cases, however, the respiration is interfered with as in croup, and the symptoms of oedema glottidis may set in. Course, Terminations f and Prognosis, Catarrhal, aph- thous, follicular, typhous and variolous ulcers depend upon the dis- ease which occasions them; as soon as this disease is cured, the ulcers heal likewise. They may easily terminate fatally by the sudden development of oedema of the glottis; or the destruction which they occasion, may lead to premature marasmus, or they may result in death in consequence of pyremia. Syphilitic ulcers can only be healed, if the cartilages have not already been destroyed, or stenosis has taken place. Tubercular ulcers often run a very protracted course; they may cause very little destruction, and yet they scarcely ever heal. It is only if the tubercular process is arrested in its course that these ulcers can be healed for a time. Lupous ulcers are generally incurable. Treatment, The ulcers are treated with the same remedies as the diseases from which they result. Catarrhal ulcers require Ilepar, Phosphorus, Iodine, Spongia, Pulsatilla. Aphthous ulcers require: Sulphur, Borax, Mercurius, Nitri ac., also Hydrastis can. Follicular ulcers: Alumina, Plumbum acet., Argentum nitr , Cuprum sulph. Tubercular ulcers: Oleum jec.aselli, Calcarea, China, Iodine, Sulphur, Stannum, Silicea ; the treatment is generally unsuccessful. Syphilitic ulcers require: Kali bichrom., Mezereum, Phosphoric acid, and the mercurial preparations: Mercurius jod., Mercurius rub., Cinnabaris, and Mercurius corr., also Mercurius sol. Stenosis has to be treated surgically by tracheotomy. Typhous ulcers require the remedies given for typhus. For variolous ulcers we recommend principally Tartar emetic, also, in form of a gargle, one grain to three ounces of distilled water. For the excessive cough caused by the ulcers, we recommend Sulphate of Atropine, second attenuation, ten drops in half a tum- bler of water, a dessertspoonful every hour or two hours. Cannabis indica 2, given in the same manner, has likewise a soothing effect. For the diet and general management, we refer the reader to the corresponding diseases. H.] B. DISEASES OF THE LUNGS. The diseases of the lungs are some of the most important of the whole body, both on account of their frequency as well as on account of the disturbance of the most important function, the oxy- genation of the blood. The importance of these diseases has in- duced pathologists for the last forty years to devote special atten- tion to them, on which account this chapter may be regarded as the most complete and thoroughly cultivated in the whole domain of Pathology. Pulmonary diseases are of essential importance to a homoeopath, for the reason that he has it in his power to wTatch them objectively throughout all their phases and, thus, to become acquainted with the effects of his drugs beyond the possibility of deception. These diseases constitute most generally the battle-field upon which the struggle for supremacy between Homoeopathy and her opponents has to be fought; a number of publications bearing upon this point have already shown that the importance and decisiveness of this struggle are fully appreciated. One point of importance has to be carefully kept in view. We cannot expect that our older Colleagues, who fancy themselves rulers in medical Israel, should acquire a thorough knowledge of all mod- ern means of diagnosis; the thing is much too arduous an under- taking ; but no young homoeopath should shun the trouble of avail- ing himself both in his practice and in his reports of cases of the most refined minutiae of an objective diagnosis. Unfortunately we cannot say that this is the universal rule. It is only by this means that we can convince our opponents with irrefutable arguments of the advantages of our System of Therapeutics. They brag of the exactness of their diagnosis and yet they have not as yet derived the least advantage from it for their own method of treatment. Here we have a point of attack, provided we prepare ourselves for the combat with arms that even the most redoubtable hero in diag- nosis would stand in fear of, and provided we show at the same time that we do not study diagnosis as an intellectual entertain- ment, but as an addition to the science of Therapeutics, as a means to effect a cure of a given case of disease with more positive cer- tainty. More than one homoeopath has tried to cast a slur on phy- 149 150 Diseases of the Lungs. sical diagnosis as a subject of no importance to Therapeutics, be- cause, as is alleged, we have no physiological pathogenesis to con- trast with the results obtained by means of a physical exploration of the chest. This, however, is entirely incorrect, for in respect to a number of drugs we are acquainted with the material changes with which the physical symptoms correspond; but even if this were not so, the objective diagnosis would still remain invested with the highest importance, for the reason that it often interprets the frequently obscure symptoms and traces them to their origin, and likewise because it enables us to determine with reliable cer- tainty the effect of the medicine we have administered in a given case. It is, therefore, our belief that there are not many homoeopathic practitioners who do not attach great importance to physical diag- nosis and declare it a thing of indispensable necessity. We should not have been able to refrain at the outset of this Section from ex- pounding, as we have done at the commencement of our chapters on renal and hepatic diseases, the most important points in the diagnosis of diseases of the thoracic viscera, if we had been able to spare the necessary space for such an extensive undertaking. We should not only have had to deal with percussion and auscultation, but likewise with the measurement of the thorax, with spirometry, with the rhythm, frequency and fulness, of the respiratory move- ments, the relation between inspirations and expirations, cough, ex- pectoration, vocalization, etc. Any one who is acquainted with percussion and auscultation, must know that even the most neces- sary details in these departments are sufficient to fill a number of pages. Hence we take it for granted that every physician is fully posted in these branches of medical knowledge, and shall confine ourselves to interpolating particulars whenever necessary, while treating of the various affections; by pursuing this course we shall best fulfil the object of this work. 1. Hyperemia of the Lungs Congestion, Plethora of the Lungs. Considering the extraordinary quantity of blood which, in com- parison with other organs, goes to the lungs; considering the dilat- ability of the pulmonary parenchyma and of its enveloping mem- brane, we at once not only comprehend the possibility of pulmonary engorgements, but that this possibility is even very great; if we devote some space fo a consideration of this subject, it is because Hyperaemia of the Lungs. 151 all pulmonary hypersemias, primary as well as secondary, are of the greatest practical importance. Pulmonary hyperemia is of two kinds; it is an active hyperemia or active congestion when caused by an afflux of blood to the lungs; and a passive congestion when resulting from an obstructed efflux of the blood from the lungs. Active hyperfemia presupposes in most cases an increased activity of the heart, hence constitutes an essential symptom of all cardiac anomalies attended with increased, functional activity of the heart, but may likewise be occasioned by a temporary excitation of the heart's action by violent bodily efforts, such as running, dancing, singing, lifting, ascending a hill; or by powerful mental emotions, or by substances which cause a sudden acceleration of the circulation, more particularly spirits, wine, beer, coffee; it may likewise occur as a symptom of a general plethoric condition of the system occasioned by the suppression of habitual hemorrhages. Pulmonary hypersemia is less frequently caused by irritants striking the lungs directly; very cold or very hot air, irri- tating gases, rarefied air, etc. Hence lively, sanguine, irritable in- dividuals between the ages of twenty to thirty-five and forty years, during the prevalence of great heat or severe cold, or when residing on high mountains, are much more liable to pulmonary hyperemia than persons of different temperaments and living under different influences. Various morbid conditions of the lungs, especially tuber- culosis, engender a strikingly great disposition to pulmonary con- gestions. Passive congestion is never a primary affection, but always a consequence of other morbid processes obstructing the return of the blood from the lungs. This result is more especially brought about by various anomalous conditions of the heart. In the proper place, passive congestion will be discussed more fully when we come to speak of the different pathological states of the lungs; in this place we shall speak of it only so far as may be necessary to discriminate between the two kinds of congestion, active and passive. Symptoms and Course. The symptoms of pulmonary hyper- temia vary greatly, according to the condition of the lungs and the degree of engorgement. The lower grades of acute congestion only cause a sensation of oppression with shorter and more hurried breathing, at times passing away rapidly, at other times more slowly, or having remissions but being otherwise painless. In the. higher grades the breathing suddenly becomes oppressed to an ex- traordinary degree, so that the patient seems on the point of. suflb- 152 Diseases of the Lungs. cation. The respiration is hurried, superficial, noisy; the pulse increases in frequency and fulness, the face looks flushed. Most com- monly these symptoms are associated with a desire to cough, and the frothy sputa are tinged with blood. There is no pain if the lungs are otherwise sound, whereas tuberculous individuals ex- perience a great deal of pain. In the highest grades of hypersemia the dyspnoea increases so rapidly and the sanguineous engorgement becomes so great that the patients die of asphyxia, sometimes so suddenly that an accident of this kind has been termed pulmonary apoplexy. The lesser grades of the affection generally terminate sooner or later in complete recovery, whereas in the higher and more pro- tracted grades of the disease, oedema of the lungs may develop itself, which may continue for a long time, even after the hyper- temia is entirely removed It is questionable whether a simple hyperaemia can ever pass into pneumonia, notwithstanding that pneumonia is very commonly initiated by symptoms of hypersemia. Passive hyperaemia has almost the same symptoms as the active form, great oppression of breathing, turgescence of the countenance, accelerated action of the heart. The resemblance is sometimes so great that passive hyperaemia is treated in the same manner as the active form, to the great detriment of the patient. In such cases a correct diagnosis can only be determined by the anamnestic circum- stances of the disease and a careful exploration of the condition of the heart; for passive hyperaemia never sets in without being pre- ceded by considerable morbid derangements. Hypostasis of the lungs or, in other words, an accumulation of blood in accordance with the law of gravitation, is scarcely ever any thing else than a partial manifestation of other diseases; it occurs almost exclusively among old people, and is generally destitute of any symptomatic appearances. The prognosis in acute congestion is almost always favorable; congestions caused by violent emotions are the least promising. A frequent repetition of the attacks is always a very bad sign; they show that either the heart is intensely diseased, or else that pul- monary tuberculosis is their exciting cause. Treatment, The main remedy for all active congestions of the lungs is undoubtedly Aconite. We are amazed that Hartmann should have omitted any mention of this remedy. Aconite is par- ticularly appropriate in hyperaemia depending upon cardiac affec- tions, or indicating and accompanying tuberculosis; such indi- Hyperaemia of the Lungs. 153 victuals have a delicate skin, bright complexion and sanguine tem- peraments. Even a cursory review of its symptoms will satisfy any one that Aconite is homceopatic to acute hypersemia of the lungs. If the disease was caused by a tit of anger, or vehement chagrin, or mortification, Aconite is indicated so much more fully. Bella- donna has likewise many symptoms pointing to pulmonary conges- tion, but it is not so easy to determine the conditions for which Belladonna is indicated; they likewise occur less frequently. Bella- donna is preferable if not only the lungs, but likewise the cephalic organs are involved in the congestion, and it is less depending upon cardiac disease than upon some other affection. Leading symptoms distinguished from those of Aconite are: turgescence of the cephalic vessels, with dark redness of the face, bluish redness of the lips, glistening eyes; anguish and restlessness; a constant dry, hacking cough, or else a spasmodic and dry cough. Nux vomica is an excel- lent remedy for certain kinds of pulmonary congestion, if the fol- lowing conditions prevail: The attack is occasioned by sedentary habits, excessive mental efforts, the use of coffee, ardent spirits, in the case of sanguine, robust individuals who are free from car- diac disease; after a copious meal, in the night. The symptoms resemble those of Belladonna more than they do those of Aconite. Digitalis purpurea is, in our opinion, inappropriate in an isolated attack, but is, on the other hand, indicated if the congestions occur very frequently or evidently point to tuberculosis. In such affec- tions, however, there is every reason why the medicine should be given very cautiously. It is not absolutely necessary for the heart to be the starting-point of the disease or to be considerably involved in the pathological process, for uncomplicated, tubercular hyper- semias of the lungs are likewise most easily relieved by Digitalis; Bryonia is the next best remedy to this latter drug. In very acute cases which may become dangerous to life by the premature super- vention of an acute cedema of the lungs, no time should be lost un- necessarily by awaiting the effect of the first-named three remedies; if they act at all, they will show their curative influence after the very first dose. If they do not afford speedy relief, Phosphorus should at once be used, or, in case of cardiac affections: Arsenicum. These remedies may suffice; after all, in most cases the selection of the proper remedial agent depends upon the nature of the case before us. We cannot refrain, however, from calling attention to Ferrum and Pulsatilla in the case of anaemic and tuberculous indi- viduals, and likewise to Veratrum album and Sepia. \Vcratrum 154 Diseases of the Lungs. viricle, if given in comparatively larger doses, has often cured, with- out the use of any other remedies, hypersemia of the lungs as well as pneumonia. II.] We sometimes have great trouble to persuade such patients to desist from the frequent use of sanguineous depletions. It is true they afford a momentary relief, but in exchange they help the dis- ease on its course, and are particularly dangerous to drunkards and to persons afflicted with incipient tuberculosis. There is scarcely any affection where it is as necessary to abstain from the use of coffee as pulmonary hypersemia, which is caused by the action of coflee not only directly, but likewise through an increased excita- bility of the functional activity of the heart. Frequent deep and protracted inspirations are exceedingly useful in regulating the action of the lungs. Vigorous, but not excessive bodily exercise is useful rather than otherwise ; the good results of careful ascensions of mountains by tuberculous patients afford the best evidence that this statement is founded upon facts. 2. Pneumorrhagia, Pulmonary Hemorrhage. If we consider the delicacy of the pulmonary tissue and the quan- tity of blood which is collected in it, we have no difficulty in com- prehending- that one of the pulmonary vessels may readily tear, and must cause a more or less considerable hemorrhage. For this reason pulmonary hemorrhage is one of the most frequently occurring morbid phenomena which of itself is not so very important, because the bleeding scarcely ever amounts to an excessive quantity, and does not threaten life with immediate danger. Etiology. As we stated in the previous chapter, a high degree of pulmonary hypersemia may easily result in effusion of blood into the air-passages. The effusion differs in quantity according as the affected lungs are naturally sound or otherwise morbidly affected. The causes of pulmonary hypersemia are therefore in a certain sense the causes of pulmonary hemorrhage. The main reason, however, why pulmonary hemorrhage is invested with such ominous import- ance to every layman, is the circumstance that it implies the exist- ence of morbid conditions which result in the destruction of the pulmonary tissue, among which tuberculosis occupies the first rank. It is difficult to explain why the same influences should occasion pulmonary hemorrhage in one individual and not in another. We Pneumorrhagia. 155 know that sanguine, florid, irritable individuals are more liable to hemorrhages than phlegmatic and torpid persons; but we cannot decide whether this liability is owing to an accelerated flow of the blood, or to an excessive delicacy of the walls of the vessels. Dis- eases of the vessels themselves, atheromatous degenerations, aneu- rysms, etc., lead to the most profuse and most threatening hemor- rhages. The not unfrequent occurrence of considerable pulmonary hemorrhages during pregnancy or after a suppression of ihc menses is difficult to account for. As regards age, it is self-evident that the age where the pulmonary activity is heightened and where the development of the pulmonary tissue is most active, is the age where pulmonary hemorrhages occur most frequently; this is the age between the years of fourteen and twenty-five. Whether one sex or the other is more liable, is not certain. Symptoms and Course, Pulmonary hemorrhage either takes place into the bronchia or into the pulmonary tissue. It is either copious or scanty, in accordance with which we have in the first place hemoptysis, the evacuation of small quantities of blood to- gether with the sputa; next: pneumorrhagia, the evacuation of large quantities of blood; the formation of clots or sanguineous deposits, by which the tissue of the lungs is not destroyed and the blood is not discharged externally; pulmonary apoplexy during which the blood is likewise effused into the pulmonary parenchyma, but with destruction of the tissue. These distinctions are, how- ever, of very little practical use, and for practical purposes it is sufficient to distinguish hemoptysis and hemorrhage, according as a larger or smaller quantity of blood is expelled from the lungs. The formation of circumscribed coagula as well as apoplexy offer too many difficulties for a correct diagnosis in order to justify a therapeutic management based upon the latter. Of itself hemoptysis is not a very important disease. It often occurs without any disturbance of the constitutional equilibrium, after violent exertions, in consequence of unimportant catarrhs, very often in the case of pregnant females, and sometimes consists of mere streaks of blood mixed with the mucus, at times in small de- tached portions of pure blood. As was said before, tuberculous individuals are most commonly affected, on which account the chest should be carefully examined at 'every ever so trifling hemoptysis. Slight pulmonary hemorrhages are not unfrequent accompaniments of a chronic catarrh of the bronchial mucous membrane, as is so commonly met with in emphysema of the lungs. If the quantity 156 Diseases of the Lungs. of the expelled blood is somewhat more considerable, the hemor- rhage is usually preceded by various indefinite phenomena, such as palpitation of the heart, oppression, sensation of heat in the chest, stitches in the chest, congestions of the head ; these symptoms gen- erally disappear again after the hemorrhage has set in. Pneumorrhagia is almost always preceded by a short preliminary stage. For several days previous the patients often feel excited, uncomfortable, oppressed on the chest, hot in the head, disposed to fainting fits ; the pulse is somewhat accelerated, the beats of the heart are stronger. Rea! pains in the chest are seldom felt, and, if felt, are not attributable to the hemorrhage, but to the morbid con- ditions that gave rise to it. Shortly before the hemorrhage the symptoms of a violent pulmonary hypersemia become manifest. While a feeling of increased warmth in the chest is experienced, the respiration becomes at the same, time oppressed, after which an irritation and urging to cough are felt; with the first turn of cough a frothy, bright-red, pure blood is thrown up in various quantities, which is soon succeeded by a larger quantity attended with a cough like vomiting; or else the second hemorrhage may only occur after a longer paroxysm of cough. The patient has a distinct sensation that the blood is bubbling up in the chest; the rales can be heard even without the ear being applied to the chest. As soon as the hemorrhage sets in, the hypersemic symptoms abate at once, after which the patient feels very wreak and experi- ences a disposition to faint. The fainting is not so much the result of the quantity of blood lost, but is more commonly owing to the moral impression which every hemoptoe makes even upon the most robust individual. The disease is scarely ever limited to a single attack. After the trouble seems fully ended, generally in twenty-four hours, less fre- quently after several days, another attack sets in as suddenly as the former; a number of attacks may take place in this manner at indefinitely succeeding periods. In such a case anaemic symptoms may make their appearance; in severe cases the patient may even die of exhaustion. At first sight it may seem as though the diagnosis of pulmonary hemorrhage could not well be a difficult task. Nevertheless decep- tions occur nowhere more frequently than in this disease, on which account we shall explain the distinctive signs of pulmonary hemor- rhage a little more fully. Nosebleed, especially when the blood is discharged from the posterior nares or during sleep, is easily mis- Pneumorrhagia. 157 taken for pulmonary hemorrhage, because the blood, the larger quantity of which is undoubtedly discharged into the pharynx, likewise gets into the larynx, where it causes a desire to cough which results in the expulsion of blood. At the same time blood is blown from the nose, and the posterior-superior -wall of the pha- rynx is seen streaked with blood. If these signs are wanting, per- haps the circumstance that after the first bloody expectoration no more bloody mucus is brought up, may shed light on the nature of the attack. The absence of all local symptoms in the lungs is alone insufficient to justify the supposition that the hemorrhage is not pulmonary, but nasal. It is sometimes equally difficult to discrim- inate between hemorrhage from the lungs and stomach. In hsema- temesis the gagging and vomiting likewise easily excites cough; moreover in hemorrhage from the lungs a quantity of blood, before any is coughed up, is sometimes swallowed and vomited up. As a rule, the following points may serve as diagnostic signs: In hsema- temesis the symptoms of an intense affection of the stomach are almost always present'for some time previous, and these symptoms likewise accompany the attack itself. The blood is always dark- red, even black, unless it should emanate from an artery. This could easily be determined by an exact diagnosis; whereas in pul- monary hemorrhage a bright-red blood is coughed up, although the blood that had first been swallowed and then vomited up, may likewise be black. A discriminative diagnosis is the most difficult in a case of haematemesis of tuberculous individuals, or if the phy- sician is called upon to give an opinion derived from the report and description of the patient or his attendants. If the stools are tinged black for some time, this symptom should not be overlooked. It is likewise important to investigate the circumstance whether the blood was first coughed or vomited up. It is much more difficult and most generally impossible to deter- mine the precise spot in the lungs whence the blood is discharged. If the blood emanates from the trachea or larynx, the quantity will not be as large, nor will it be as large in bronchial hemorrhage as when the hemorrhage proceeds from the cavern; but a perfectly sure diagnosis will always be very difficult, and it is our opinion that this is of very little consequence in a practical point of view. The prognosis is of particular importance to a physician for the reason that pulmonary hemorrhage is supposed to be such a fright- ful thing in the eyes of lay-people. We have already stated that the hemorrhage scarcely ever threatens life with immediate danger. 158 Diseases of the Lungs. Even copious and rapidly recurring hemorrhages destroy life only exceptionally. The result is different if the importance of the hemorrhage to the general organism is inquired into. The scanty expectoration of blood which many persons, even without being affected with pneumonia, raise during every acute catarrh of the respiratory organs, is of very trifling significance, although it is proper that a careful exploration of the chest should be instituted with a view of determining the presence or absence of tubercular deposits. No more attention need be paid to the slight hemor- rhages of pregnant or menostatie females, as long as no tubercular deposits are at the foundation of the bleeding. Persons afflicted with cardiac diseases, are very often attacked with pulmonary hemorrhage which, however, does not imply any particular danger. In general, however, we have to admit that in by far the larger majority of cases pulmonary hemorrhage points to the presence of tubercles in the lungs and to the progress of the tubercular disease; and that hence it is justly regarded as a dangerous symptom even if a physical exploration of the chest does not yet reveal the pres- ence of any alarming disorganization. If the hemorrhage is very profuse, a return may indeed be apprehended, for a disposition to the disease remains, and cannot even be denied in cases where no tubercles exist. The meaning and importance of pulmonary hemor- rhage in cardiac affections will be examined more fully when we come to treat of the affections of the heart. To these paragraphs we have to add a few remarks concerning internal pulmonary hemorrhage, we mean infarctions and apoplexy, which frequently complicates pneumorrhagia and determines its most disastrous sequelae. Infarctions in the lungs have their foci. At times there is one, at other times several, varying in size to that of a walnut and even larger. They occur much less frequently near the periphery than the base of the lungs. Infarctions occur in the lungs as sharply defined dark-red or black spots of a granular appearance on their cut surface, without much firmness; a grumous, black fluid can be squeezed out of them. The surrounding parts are either cedematous or inflamed. In real apoplexy the infarcted spot is always of more considerable size, and the pulmonary parenchyma is partially destroyed. Infarctions mostly take place where the pulmonary circulation had met with considerable obstructions, hence in cardiac affections, less frequently in tuberculosis. Apoplexy arises by the laceration Pneumorrhagia. 159 of a larger vessel, either because the vessel is diseased, or in conse- quence of external violence. Symptoms, Smaller and detached infarctions may form with- out any marked disturbances; blood will not often be coughed up in consequence. Infarctions of larger size or greater number scarcely ever exist without a group of tolerably characteristic symptoms. The precursory symptoms resemble those of pneumor- rhagia, and are scarcely ever wanting.. The occurrence of internal hemorrhage is marked by a sudden oppression on the chest, some- times attended with tolerably acute, but not always definitely localized pains. The pulse is always hurried and is always small and weak. A copious spitting of blood may take place, but it may likewise be entirely wanting, nor is it generally very considerable. Nevertheless important general symptoms soon make their appear- ance, such as fainting, pallor of the countenance, cold sweat; it is the appearance of such symptoms that justifies the supposition of internal hemorrhage, although very little blood is lost externally. Only in acute and severe cases death may result very suddenly; otherwise the final result is determined by other circumstances: whether the extravasation is simply re-absorbed, which it takes weeks to accomplish; whether a reactive pneumonia or pleuritis sets in; whether the pleura is broken through and hsemathorax is developed; whether the infarction terminates in inflammation, abscess or gangrene; or wThether an oedema of the lungs of suf- ficient importance will result. It is very seldom possible that pulmonary infarctions can be diagnosed with certainty. Their occurrence, most commonly near the base of the lungs, renders them very seldom accessible to phy- sical diagnosis; and if occurring near the periphery, they frequently develop uncertain symptoms. A circumscribed dulness not cover- ing the extent of a pulmonary lobe, nor situated in the region where tuberculosis is usually localized or pneumonia exists, if the respir- atory murmurs are either absent in that locality, or mucous rales are heard, of course suggests the supposition that infarctions may have formed. Of more value are the general symptoms, great dyspnoea and oppression of the chest, with pallor of the countenance and syncope, even sopor, without an opportunity being given to account for these symptoms by the presence of other morbid pro- cesses, more particularly if these symptoms affect persons afflicted with heart-disease. It is easily conceivable that pulmonary infarctions must modify 160 Diseases of the Lungs. the course of pulmonary hemorrhage in a specific manner. The symptoms accompanying pulmonary hemorrhage will not suddenly disappear after the hemorrhage ceases, but the above-described sequelae and anatomical lesions occasioned by the infarction will now stop into the foreground together with all their characteristic phenomena. This circumstance has to be well weighed, lest the hemorrhage should be regarded as resulting from the pneumonia occasioned by the infarction, and we should be led to imagine that those sequelae had only been covered up by the hemorrhage, and in reality represent the primary disease. The treatment has to aim in the first place at arresting the hem- orrhage, and after that at removing the subsequently remaining consequences of the hemorrhage. We commence with indicating a number of medicines that have been practically tested in pulmonary hemorrhage which is of frequent occurrence, and add to this list a few general considerations of more than ordinary importance. Aconitum: If it were practically possible to draw a line of demar- cation between active and passive pulmonary hemorrhage, we could not mark off the therapeutic sphere of Aconite more accurately than by saying that it is specifically adapted to the active form of pulmonary hemorrhage. This would, however, give rise to many errors, since many hemorrhages arising from an obstructed circula- tion, symptomatically resemble almost entirely an active hemor- rhage. Hence the selection of the drug should be conducted very cautiously. In all active hemorrhages we meet with marked pre- liminary congestive symptoms ; even while the hemorrhage is going on, symptoms of pulmonary hypersemia still continue to exist, and, as we stated in the preceding chapter, no remedy is more appro- priate for such states of hyperaemia than Aconite. Hyperaemia not only causing but likewise maintaining the hemorrhage, Aconite in this case effects a radical cure, and after its exhibition we some- times see the hemorrhage arrested with wonderful rapidity. The following range of symptoms constitutes more particular indications for Aconite: The accident happens to animated individuals with a plethoric habit of body, bright complexion, disposition to palpita- tion of the heart, incipient tuberculosis; after a violent fit of pas- sion, or severe exertion of the lungs. The blood is raised in small quantity, associated with a dry cough which is not violent, but tor- ments the patient all the time; or else the blood is expectorated after a slight paroxysm of hacking cough, both in larger quantity and of a bright-red color. The patients are very restless, their coun- Pneumorrhagia. 161 tenances are at first flushed and hot, the pulse and beats of the heart very much excited; they complain of a burning or stinging pain in the chest. After commencing with the Aconite, the symp- toms of febrile excitement very soon abate, after which the hemor- rhage likewise ceases in almost every case. As a rule, it is well to continue the use of this drug for some time longer at more extended intervals. Belladonna has already been mentioned in the previous chapter; it is one of the principal remedies for pulmonary hemorrhage, ex- cept that its indications are less positively defined. It is particularly applicable in the case of robust and plethoric individuals and for congestions towards the head, without any cardiac irregularities being complained of; also more particularly if the hemorrhage was the result of an incipient catarrh. A constant and tormenting de- sire to cough points to this remedy, the choice of which depends much more than that of Aconite, upon the general symptoms. In tubercular hemorrhage, this remedy has never had the least effect in our hinds; on the contrary, it has been found very efficacious in vicarious menstrual hemorrhages and in those of pregnant females, or in the hemorrhages occurring at the critical age. Arnica enjoys a high reputation in pulmonary hemorrhage, which it deserves much less, however, than Aconite. Hartmann gives the following characteristic indications: The hemorrhage is caused by some mechanical injury, or by severe bodily exertions; the expec- torated blood is dark-red and lumpy, and is raised without cough and without much special effort; attended with stinging, burning, contractive sensation in the breast, rush of blood, palpitation of the heart and striking heat in the chest, loss of strength, fainting fits. A bright-red, frothy blood which is sometimes mixed with mucus and small clots, and which has to be hawked or coughed up, does not counter-indicate Arnica. In addition we have to observe that Arnica is particularly suitable for nervous, plethoric, not very robust individuals; the respiration is very much oppressed; during the bleeding, the patient is very much disposed to vomit; the patient is evidently tuberculous, or the heart may be somewhat affected; an attack is caused by every slight bodily exertion. Arnica is par- ticularly suitable for young people. Digitalis purpurea which used to be a favorite remedy for haemop- tysis in the hands of allopathic physicians, does not deserve the slight that is put upon it by homoeopathic practitioners. It affords distinguished aid in pulmonary hemorrhage depending upon ob- 162 Diseases of the Lungs. struction of the pulmonary circulation caused by heart disease, and is preeminently indicated if tuberculosis is present at the same time. The most essential indications for this drug which should be used much more frequently by homoeopaths than is the case, are: en- gorgement of the veins about the head; a pale and livid complexion; coldness of the skin with cold sweats; irregular pulse and beating of the heart; extraordinary oppression of breathing apparently without any infiltration; great anxiety and restlessness or even a soporous condition with disposition to faint. Pulsatilla is recommended by practitioners for the bloody cough excited by menostasia, not so much on account of its direct action upon the bleeding lungs as with reference to the causal indication, suppression of the menses. It is likewise an excellent remedy in some forms of pulmonary hemorrhage in the case of phthisicky persons, where the selection depends more, however, upon the rest of the symptoms than upon the hemorrhage. Ipecacuanha will not often be found indicated where pulmonary congestions are evidently present. It is indicated by the following symptoms: Spasmodic, suffocative cough with shortness of breath, as in asthma, even unto vomiting; not too copious hemorrhage, the blood being very dark and mixed with mucus; pale or bluish-red complexion. In many respects Ipecacuanha acts very similarly to Digitalis, except that Ipecac, has none of the symptoms caused by obstructions in the pulmonary circulation. Ledum palustre has yielded some practical results in pulmonary hemorrhage. Its local symptoms, however, are so indefinite that the homoeopathicity of the drug cannot possibly be determined by means of them. It is said to be most useful in case of obstructions in the portal circulation. Millefolium is much praised, although we have no very special in- dications for this drug. We find the following in Hartmann : "In almost every variety of hemorrhage, and likewise in pulmonary hemorrhage, Millefolium is an indispensable remedy, more especially in the case of robust and fleshy persons; the spitting of blood is unattended with cough, or the cough is very slight and is caused by the newly accumulating blood; at the same time there is a bub- bling up in the chest, with a sensation as if warm blood were ascend- ing in the throat, gradually increasing in intensity until blood is raised. More recently I have found that a condition of this kind yields to Aconite more promptly than to Millefolium of which we do not yet possess a sufficient number of reliable provings." Others Pneumorrhagia. 163 are of a different opinion; they recommend Millef. especially in incipient phthisis. Arsenicum album competes with Digitalis in some respects. We would give this remedy only if a high degree of weakness and irri- tability is associated with an extraordinary degree of cardiac excit- ability, together with all its accessory ailments. It is only in ex- ceptional cases that we shall be able to use it in phthisis. Phosphorus which was formerly a favorite remedy for pulmonary hemorrhage, is used much less by the homoeopathic practitioners of the present day. We infer from its symptoms that only the lesser grades of hemorrhage are suited to its therapeutic range. Upon the whole no marked results can be expected from it; hence it ranks below all the other remedies mentioned for pulmonary hemorrhage. If it is to be used, the dose must not be too high, for even the fourth attenuation may still cause real, and therefore inconvenient medicinal aggravations. In addition to these remedies we might complete the list by men- tioning a number of others; but let it suffice if we simply name the following: Nux vomica and Opium (for the pulmonary hemor- rhage of drunkards), Drosera, Hyoscyamus, Cocculus, Staphysagria. Corresponding with our pathological data, the medicines may be ranged as follows: For hemorrhage from active pulmonary congestion: Aconite, Bellad., Millef, Nux vom.; from passive congestion: Digitalis, Ar- senicum ; if caused by mental excitement: Aconite, Nux vomica, Opium; by exertions: Aconite, Arnica; by mechanical injuries: Arnica, Bryonia alba; if depending upon tuberculosis: Aeon., Arn., Puls it., Millef, Ledum, Phosphorus; if depending upon heart dis- ease: Aeon., Digit., Arsen.; upon menostasia: Pulsat.; upon catarrh: Bellad., Hyoscyam., Mercurius; upon emphysema: Arsen., Digit., Carbo veg.; portal obstructions: Ledum palustre. Regarding the effect of pulmonary hemorrhage upon the organ- ism, it is the same as that of all other kinds of hemorrhage, and has to be treated in the same manner; this effect will never be very extensive. The consequences of hemorrhage to the lungs them- selves, which are the most to be dreaded, often require different remedies from those that might perhaps be chosen without regard to the local process. If extensive infarctions have become localized in the pulmonary tissue, and the restoration of health is retarded by them, our first choice may have to be Arnica, afterwards Bry- onia, Digitalis and finally Phosphorus. Pneumonia depending upon 164 Diseases of the Lungs. infarctions, frequently requires, beside the above-mentioned reme- dies, Mercurius, and the supervention of oedema of the lungs: Ar- senicum, Tartarus stib., and Phosphorus. Beside attending to the present attack and its consequences, we have likewise to try to neutralize the evident tendency to pulmo- nary hemorrhage. Although the general conduct and mode of liv- ing of the patient are subjects of the utmost importance in this particular, yet we are in possession of a few remedies which are capable, independently of meeting other functional derangements, of preventing the frequent return of the hemorrhage; these rem- edies are: Calc, carb., Ferrum, Sepia and Silicea, whose special indi- cations we cannot well enumerate in this place. Carbo veg. and Conium are often likewise adequate to this purpose. The dietetic measures to be adapted in pulmonary hemorrhage and to meet a constitutional tendency to it, will suggest themselves without any advise from us. All we wish to say is that coffee and all other stimulants, even smoking, must be strictly forbidden. [The following medicines have likewise been found useful in pul- monary hemorrhage; for particulars concerning most of them we refer the reader to Hale's New Remedies, 2d edition. Erigeron canadense, when the blood is expelled in the shape of dark coagula; it is likewise recommended for passive venous hemor- rhage generally. Hamamelis, recommended for passive venous hemorrhage, although it has likewise been found an efficient remedy in active arterial hemorrhage. Senecio aureus may be given for vicarious hemorrhage when oc- curring in the place of the menses. Trillium, in tincture or infusion, is an excellent remedy for pulmo- nary as well as uterine hemorrhage. Veratrum viride may afford aid in cases of hemorrhage resulting from uncomplicated, but severe pulmonary hyperemia; the medi- cine has to be given in larger doses than usual. Scilla maritima is excellent in hemorrhage from neglected catarrh; the blood bubbles up with a pricking sensation at the place whence the hemorrhage proceeds. H.] 3. Bronchitis Acuta. Acute Bronchitis. Concerning the affections of the bronchial mucous membrane, we find in our pathological treatises, especially if we combine both the Bronchitis Acuta. 165 older and more modern treatises in one Series, such a large number of names and corresponding categories, that it is only with diffi- culty that we succeed in mastering them. If we would adopt such a complicated course, we should have to devote a number of chap- ters to what we intend to present in one. We need not hesitate to adopt this course, since every homoeopath is well satisfied of the necessity to individualize his cases. We shall afterwards, when decribing the symptoms, have abundant opportunities for showing the most essential forms of bronchitis. Etiology. Acute bronchitis is one of the most frequent dis- eases of the human kind generally, and it is next to impossible to decide that a special age or sex is more particularly liable to it. Whereas it is not generally a dangerous disease when attacking middle-aged persons, it is on the contrary very dangerous to chil- dren and old people, and therefore constitutes one of the most im- portant diseases of these two periods of human existence. It is undeniable that the first years of childhood are peculiarly predis- posed to this disease. A predisposition of this kind likewise exists among persons of a more advanced age, and may almost always be attributed to the following circumstances: An effeminate mode of living, without adequate exercise in the open air, and not admitting of a free and easy respiration; constitutional diseases, even such as do not emaciate and debilitate the system, more especially scrofu- losis and tuberculosis; irritability of the mucous membranes in consequence of frequent attacks of bronchitis; acute and chronic diseases of the lungs. The exciting causes cannot ■well be traced with positive certainty. A cold and consequent suppression of the perspiration is undoubt- edly one of the most ordinary causes, but not quite as common as is generally supposed. The atmosphere doubtless exerts a powerful influence not only in consquence of rapid changes in the tempera- ture, but principally through the changes in atmospheric electricity and, as modern investigations seem to have confirmed, through consequent changes in the amount of ozone in the atmosphere. This becomes so much more probable, if we observe that a large number of cases of bronchitis are not so much caused by a damp and cold,, as by a dry and cold wind, such as prevails in our region of country in the summer-season, when the wind blows from the northwest and north. If the temperature of the wind were the main cause of the trouble, an east wind would cause bronchitis most easily, which is certainly not the case. An epidemic bronchitis spreading 166 Diseases of the Lungs. over a large tract of country and being even considered contagious, the so-called influenza or grippe, depends upon conditions which we designate as miasmatic, but of the true nature of which we are as yet ignorant. Secondary bronchitis develops itself secondarily in persons afflicted with heart disease, emphysema of the lungs, or during the presence of acute exanthems, or various intensely acute constitutional diseases. Symptoms. We may dispense with a description of the ana- tomical changes occurring in bronchitis; all we need do is to remind the reader that hypersemia of the mucous membrane is al- ways accompanied by a more or less marked swelling of the same; this statement is of essential necessity for a comprehension of various phenomena. In order to afford a general view of the dis- ease, we will describe several forms of bronchitis which, however, are not essentially distinct from each other. a) The lighter form of bronchitis, generally designated as bronchial catarrh, frequently sets in without any fever; at any rate most gener- ally it is scarcely perceptible; sometimes no fever at all is present or the fever is at most indicated by a succession of creeping chills. This form of bronchitis scarcely ever exists isolatedly, but is al- most always attended with catarrh of the nose and larynx. After experiencing a feeling of malaise for several hours, and a marked sensation of languor, the patients are attacked with a dry and spasmodic cough attended with a raw or sore feeling on the chest; at the same time the breathing is somewhat oppressed and there is no expectoration at the outset of the disease. The appetite is less but not gone, the tongue is not always coated; the patients are able to remain up, but feel drowsy and often complain of violent headache. Very often the cough remains dry for a long time, but more frequently a tenacious, greenish-yellow scanty ex- pectoration commences already on the second day, which it is very diflicult to hawk up. Auscultation yields no particular results, percussion none at all. At the end of three to nine days, very rarely at a later period and then only if the patients neglect themselves, the expectoration becomes more copious, whiter, lumpy, and is raised more easily, the normal feeling of health is restored and, while the cough is gradually decreasing, the disease passes off. The attack seems so slight, that many patients go about as usual, but, by pursuing this course, expose themselves to relapses which are very apt to take place and beget a tendency towards the in- Bronchitis Acuta. 167 flammatory form of bronchitis or else originate the consequences that will be more fully described in a subsequent paragraph. 6) Bronchitis inflammatoria, inflammatory or acute bronchitis. This form of bronchitis which is marked by much more violent pheno- mena, is not by any means a purely simple form of bronchitis of a higher degree ot intensity. It does not ordinarily result from an existing catarrh of the upper respiratory organs, unless the ca- tarrh is suddenly and violently increased by severe neglect; but most generally it occurs as a primary disease. It generally com- mences with a violent chill which is distinguished from the chill that initiates acute inflammations, by the circumstance that it is not followed by as high an increase of temperature and that there is a frequent recurrence of the chill, especially on motion. The patient feels very weary and languid, complains most generally of a violent headache, exhibits frequent changes of complexion, ex- periences a rheumatic drawing in the limbs and great restlessness and is scarcely ever capable of remaining out of bed. Very soon these general symptoms which do not point out more particularly the locality of the disease, are followed by a burning, sore pain in the chest under the sternum at every deep inspiration, which is felt more severely when coughing. The cough sets in at the same time as the pain is felt; it is more or less violent, sometimes spasmodic, at first dry but not hoarse, but very soon accompanied by the above-described expectoration. There is no dyspnoea prop- erly speaking, but the breathing is more labored, less full and hence somewhat more hurried. The pulse is accelerated, but it is only in the severer grades of the disease that it exceeds one hundred pulsations. In this form of bronchitis the digestive organs are always involved, the appetite is entirely gone, the bowels are constipated, there is seldom any vomiting. Percussion does not reveal any abnormal changes, but auscultation reveals a more or less prolonged expiration over the whole chest, less frequently a more prolonged inspiration, accompanied by wheezing. These aus- cultatory results are very much modified, if bronchitis becomes associated with a pulmonary emphysema, etc. as a secondary affec- tion. Even in simple bronchitis, when not complicated with tu- bercles, the expectoration is easily tinged with blood, whereas rais- ing a quantity of pure blood is a rare occurrence and always points to a more dangerous and more deep-se i ted constitutional disease. All the phenomena, especially the cough, exacerbate in the evening and about midnight. The further course of the disease is governed 168 Diseases of the Lungs. by a variety of circumstances. The importance of bronchitis of any degree in the case of tuberculous patients will be more fully inquired into when we come to treat of tuberculosis; and when speaking of pulmonary emphysema, we shall likewise discuss more fully the acute exacerbations of an existing bronchial catarrh which likewise assume the form of bronchitis. In favorable cases un- complicated forms of bronchitis terminate in four or five days, or exceptionally at an earlier period, in simple bronchial catarrh. The general symptoms moderate in intensity, the fever abates almost entirely, the expectoration becomes more profuse, more fluid, of a whitish-gray color and is more easily raised by the cough which is now much less painful. Instead of the dry wheezing, auscultation now reveals coarse rales. The patients do not often feel well again before the tenth day. If the course of the disease is less favor- able, its different phases are either more protracted, or else other morbid conditions become associated with it. In the former case the dry, spasmodic, distressing cough may last beyond the seventh or even to the fourteenth day, after which the period of a more profuse secretion of mucus lasts equally long. Although this longer duration of the disease shows as a rule that it is of a secondary nature, yet a purely primary form of bronchitis may run an equally long course, an occurrence peculiar to old age. The course of the disease is still more unfavorable and threatening, if the inflamma- tion of the bronchia spreads to the more delicate ramifications, or if pneumonia and an acute oedema of the lungs supervene. The latter may set in with so much rapidity that the patient whom we had left comparatively comfortable, is found dead on our return. Generally this change develops itself more slowly and is at first recognized by a striking and rapid increase of the dyspnoea. The patient's age exerts a greatly modifying influence over the course of the disease as well as over its danger to life. Of the bronchitis of children we shall speak hereafter. Among old people, or only somewhat advanced in age, the danger is quite consider- able, and seems to depend more particularly upon the increased liability of the bronchial mucous lining to swell, upon the profuse quantity of the secretion at the same time as the respiratory pro- cess becomes feebler, and upon the consequently increased danger of oedema of the lungs. At the same time we should not overlook the fact that old people are scarcely ever without some degree of emphysema and that, where no emphysema is present, it is very apt to break out in an acute form. 169 Bronchitis Acuta. Hence the bronchitis of old people differs greatly from that which we have described in the preceding paragraphs. The disease origi- nates in the same manner, only the febrile symptoms seem to be less violent. With the appearance of the rales in the chest, which are generally very prominent, the strength1 of the patient diminishes instead of increasing, and dyspnoea rises to a high degree of inten- sity. The pulse soon becomes smaller and weaker, the skin becomes moist and cool, the tongue dry and brown, and the sensorium is powerfully affected by the disease: sopor, delirium and grasping at flocks setting in. In this manner the patient may succumb to the disease in a few days, the increase of the mucous rales and the de- crease and final and total cessation of the expectoration constituting the most ominous signs of approaching dissolution. One of the most common terminations of bronchitis is chronic bronchial catarrh which succeeds the acute form the more rarely, the younger and healthier the individual. c. Bronchitis capillaris. We apply this name to an inflammation of the finest bronchial ramifications in the lungs. .An inflammation of this kind frequently sets in as a continuation and still more fre- quently as a sequel of the inflammation of the larger bronchial tubes, and occurs much less frequently as an idiopathic primary disease. We here give only the symptoms peculiar to capillary bronchitis; the other forms of bronchitis suggest themselves to the reader, if he will simply associate the following description with a simple bronchial catarrh. This affection scarcely ever attacks middle- aged persons; it is most apt to occur among children, and very sel- dom befalls old people. Capillary bronchitis commences like the acute form with the symptoms of a so-callod catarrhal fever; but it is an insidious dis- ease which, when occurring idiopathically, scarcely ever betrays its local focus by pain. At an early stage the patient is oppressed for breath, this oppression being determined by the extent of the por- tion of the lune's that is invaded; with a distressino' couo'h without any expectoration at first, which, even if it should become very copious at a subsequent period, can only be raised with a great deal of difficulty. The breathing is accelerated, the inspirations being very much embarrassed and prolonged. Percussion yields no results; auscultation in this affection alone at first reveals a shrill wheezing which is afterwards mingled with fine crepitations and rales. If complicated with inflammation of the larger bronchia, the coarse rales of the latter are apt to disguise the more delicate 170 Diseases of the Lungs. rales in the finer bronchial ramifications, at any rate, the latter are heard much more indistinctly. The constitutional symptoms soon assume a serious and threat- ening aspect. The fever ordinarily increases, yet the skin is not dry, but inclines to perspire very profusely; the feet and hands are apt to feel cold, and the face looks pale. The pulse soon becomes small and feeble, and the anxiety and restlessness of the patients generally increase in a corresponding ratio; the tongue is not unfrequently brown and dry. The paroxysms of cough sometimes become so severe that after each paroxysm the patients seem com- pletely exhausted. In the case of a strong adult the pathological process seldom reaches a height where the respiration is impeded to the extent of inducing poisoning of the blood by carbonic acid. This is most characteristically revealed in the persons attacked by the supervention of cerebral symptoms, such as sopor, coma, delir- ium ; in the case of adults these symptoms are of rare occurrence, in children and old people they are often met with. The capillary bronchitis of the latter is very much like the above-described inflammatory bronchitis, except that the typhoid character of the pathological process shows itself in the case of old people at a much earlier period, is much more intense, and the danger is much greater. This form of bronchitis at times runs a very rapid course and then generally terminates fatally, at other times the course is more protracted. Robust individuals may recover already in the second week, very seldom before this time, whereas a duration of one month is a very common thing. Sometimes the affection continues unchanged for weeks in all its severity, and the patients sink under the terrible paroxysms of cough rather than from any other cause. It is always a good sign if a quantity of fine, filiform sputa are expectorated. This is most easily found out by receiving the sputa in water, when these fine threads are most easily distinguished. Among old persons in whom this process resembles almost entirely an attack of pneumonia notha, death sometimes takes place on the third day, very rarely after the second week. Independently of the circumstance that the disease is of itself a dangerous malady, the simultaneously existing pathological disturbances and the pos- sible and ready occurrence of threatening complications are like- wise of great importance. Among the latter the pneumonia which develops itself in the neighborhood of the bronchial inflammation may result so much more disastrously, as the existing bronchitis Bronchitis Acuta. 171 alone determines a most damaging interference with the respiratory act. Acute oedema of the lungs is equally dangerous. Acute emphysema is of a less threatening character. The most important complication is the presence of tuberculosis. Many assert that bronchitis is very often the cause of tubercular deposits; others, on the contrary, are of opinion that bronchitis only excites the sup- purative process in tubercular deposits. This is not the place for a further discussion of this subject. What is certain is that in tuber- culous individuals capillary bronchitis is very apt to pass into a chronic form with a long-lasting, dry, paroxysmal cough. Relapses in capillary bronchitis occur much more easily than in any other form of this disease. d. Croupous bronchitis is characterized by an exudation on the free surface of the bronchial mucous membrane, which, in the larger bronchia, assumes the shape of a tubular lining, and stops up the smaller bronchial ramifications like a plug. It is most fre- quently a secondary disease, a result, and an almost always fatal complication of a croupous inflammation of the larynx and trachea; or else it may originate as a primary disease. As such the acute form occurs very rarely, but it does occur sometimes. In such a case it presents the picture of an acute bronchitis, but with aggra- vated symptoms. The fever is very violent, mingled with chills, the pulse is very frequent, the prostration is disproportionally great from the very beginning. The degree of dyspnoea is determined by the fact whether the larger bronchia are alone affected or whether the smaller are involved in the disease. The cough is tormenting, the expectoration difficult, lumpy, tenacious, and, in water, assum- ing the form of fine tubes or arborescent ramifications. If a large portion of the bronchia is involved in this process, cyanosis, oedema of the lungs and death by poisoning with carbonic acid are the speedy terminations of the disease. The chronic form occurs almost exclusively in tuberculous individuals, and will be discussed more fully in the chapter on tuberculosis. Cases that seem idiopathic primary diseases, are likewise caused by a less extensive and hidden deposition of tubercular matter. The chronic form is distinguished by the violent cough that accompanies it. In this form of bron- chitis the exudation is not secreted in the larger, but in the smaller bronchia, and is not only difficult to expectorate, but likewise acts as a most intensely irritating cause of cough. e. After having described the other forms of bronchitis, we here devote a few lines to a description of infantile bronchitis which, as 172 Diseases of the Lungs. regards its course and importance, differs most essentially from the corresponding bronchitis of adults. An inflammation of the larger bronchia, be it slight or severe, has almost the same phenomena in the case of children as in that of adults, except that the fever is much more violent and the breath- ing is in almost every case interfered with very considerably at an early period. The importance of this process in the case of children is much greater than in that of adults, for the reason that in the former it is apt to spread to the smaller bronchia, after which the children who at first gave no cause for alarm, suddenly appear attacked by a dangerous disease. Capillary bronchitis does not often occur as a primary affection; it is almost always the continua- tion of an inflammation of the larger tubes. The symptomatic de- velopment generally takes place as follows: After the children have had for some days a simple catarrh, attended with severe fever, the breathing becomes more hurried and progressively more oppressed, and the children become more and more restless and anxious. Whereas a physical exploration of the chest had so far revealed nothing abnormal, the respiration, during inspirations as well as expirations, now becomes wheezing, more especially during an in- spiration, accompanied or not by distinct vesicular murmurs. The cough continues to increase in vehemence, without anything being- expectorated ; or, if anything is raised, it is only with great dif- ficulty a small quantity of mucus which is swallowed again as soon as raised. The general organism, in such a severe disease, is of course correspondingly affected. The* dyspnoea now increases from hour to hour and soon reaches a degree of intensity that is in no respect inferior to the worst attack of croup, and becomes still more distressing in consequence of the unceasing efforts on the part of the children to obtain relief by coughing. The pulse becomes fre- quent and small, the skin on the extremities and head is covered with perspiration, the face is pallid or livid, becomes bluish during an attack of cough, the anxiety and restlessness reach the highest degree of intensity. If at this stage of the disease there is no im- provement by an increase of the expectoration and a relief from the dyspnoea, the disease presents the same picture as in the last stage of croup, only the hissing sound caused by the stricture of the glot- tis is wanting. The children become calmer, pallid and cool, they are lying in a state of unconsciousness or sopor, the respiration becomes very superficial, the paroxysms of cough abate more and more, and the children die comatose. This fatal termination some- Bronchitis Acuta. 173 times takes place already in the first week of the disease, less fre- quently after the fourteenth day, provided no adventitious influence causes an exacerbation of the disease. Recovery always takes place slowly, the liability to relapses is very great; the strength does not easily return, and the cough sometimes continues for many weeks. The diagnosis is only difficult in the case of very small children; here the characteristic cough is almost always entirely absent, in general the reaction against the disease is either slight or non- apparent. The prognosis is the more doubtful the younger the patient. That dentition complicates the prognosis, cannot be taken for granted. The greater liability to the disease at this period is probably owing to the increased susceptibilities of the infantile organism. In describing the treatment of bronchitis, we commence with the treatment of the previously-described forms, in order not to crowd too much material into one chapter, although influenza and chronic catarrh really belong in this category of disease. These two forms, however, cannot well be treated from the same point of view as a simple acute bronchitis. Let us first consider the leading remedies for the more important forms of bronchitis, to which afterwards, when we come to enumerate the remedies for the different forms singly, the less essential forms can be added. We place Aconitum at the head of the list, not so much because we consider it as one of the more important remedies, but because it seems to have become a matter of routine to recommend it for incipient catarrh. We have on several occasions expressed our doubts con- cerning the propriety of recommending Aconite for catarrh. A common catarrhal fever is not the province of Aconite, and if we should be told that Aconite has moderated this fever in so many cases, we suggest that the improvement might likewise have taken place spontaneously without Aconite. How many catarrhs com- mence in the first twenty-four hours with a feeling of anxiety, a frequent pulse and an extraordinary rise of temperature, and yet run their course afterwards without any fever. This should not be attributed to the action of Aconite. A remittent fever is least suit- able to this medicine. Where the fever, as is often the case in acute bronchitis, is continuous, the skin is dry and the heat is not min- gled with chilly creepings, Aconite is in its place. The sympto- matic indications are most fully met with in the incipient bronchitis of children. If the objection is raised that the diagnosis may be doubtful at first and that hence Aconite ought to be opposed to the 174 Diseases of the Lungs. general febrile symptoms, we meet it with the assertion that in every attack of bronchitis the fever has at first a catarrhal, not an inflammatory type. Belladonna has among its symptoms all those that characterize the milder as well as the severer forms of bronchitis. In bronchitis setting in with a violent fever, it moderates the latter much more certainly than Aconite. When speaking of Angina we have had occasion to remark that we consider Belladonna a very efficient remedy in acute catarrh of the respiratory organs. The single diag- nostic of a disposition to perspiration while the skin is very hot, constitutes a decidedly characteristic indication. Prominent symp- toms, of which we only mention the local symptoms, are the fol- lowing: A dry, continual, distressing and sometimes spasmodic cough; short paroxysms of cough, but very violent, especially to- wards evening; no expectoration, or else a yellowish, tenacious, blood-streaked, scanty expectoration. The respiration is oppressed, irregular, and hurried, especially while the patient is sleeping. Sen- sation of great fulness in the chest, without any real pain; deter- mination of blood to the lungs. This shows that Belladonna is indicated in the lighter as well as in the severer and severest forms of catarrh, but ordinarily only in the first three or four days, very seldom at a later period. Mercurius corresponds with the whole course of a severe attack of bronchitis, even better than Belladonna. It is particularly adapted to children and robust adults, but not so much to old people. There is a violent fever, the temperature is very high, there is great dis- position to perspire without obtaining any relief from it; in contra- distinction to Belladonna there is a constant alternation of chills and heat, with a remarkable sensitiveness to the most trifling changes of temperature. If the stomach and the digestive organs are likewise affected, the tongue has a thick yellowish coating, whereas under Belladonna there is only a thin whitish coating in the middle of the tongue; or if diarrhoea is present, Mercurius is indicated so much more positively. The most prominent and most important local symptoms are: Feeling of dryness, roughness, and soreness down the middle of the chest, burning in the side; dry, violent and wearing cough, especially in the evening and until mid- night, with tenacious, yellowish, sometimes blood-tinged expectora- tion, every paroxysm of cough is preceded by anxious oppression, dyspnoea. Another characteristic which distinguishes Mercurius from Belladonna, is an unquenchable longing for icy cold drinks, although they always make the cough worse. Bronchitis Acuta. 175 Bryonia alba will not often be found indicated at the commence- ment of bronchitis; if indicated, it will most likely be in the case of old people in whom the catarrhal fever assumes at the outset the form of an adynamic disease. This remedy is most commonly suit- able after the fever has been allayed by one of the previously men- tioned remedies, and the expectoration begins to become loose enough to enable the patient to cough up mucus. The cough is violent, spasmodic ; it is excited by titillation low down inthe chest; by every irritating impression, especially by tobacco-smoke, after eating, in the afternoon and after midnight; the expectoration is scanty, yellowish and tinged with blood. When coughing, there is violent determination of blood to the head, turgescence of the face. Paroxysms of oppressed breathing, but no constant dyspnoea. Spongia is characterized by a hollow, barking, dry, seldom moist cough, continuing all day, and likewise all night in long-lasting distressing paroxysms; at the same time labored, crowing, wheezing inspirations, sometimes accompanied by rales. The remedy is most appropriate for children, more particularly if the disease set in as laryngitis and gradually extended to the lungs. It is an excellent remedy in croupous bronchitis. Veratrum album is not often enough made use of in bronchitis. It is not suitable in the first stage, but on the passage into the second stage, if mucus is secreted in copious quantities which cannot yet be coughed up. This causes a constant titillation deep in the chest, with desire to cough, wheezing and coarse rales, but no expectora- tion, the distressing paroxysms of cough occur principally at night, with violent determination of blood to the head. The general fail- ing of strength, the increased frequency or even irregularity of the pulse constitute additional indications for Veratrum, which is evi- dently suitable to old people rather than children. Tartarus stibiatus of all other remedies enjoys the largest sphere of action in pulmonary catarrh, and is preeminently characterized by a profuse secretion of mucus which it is difficult to raise, with or. without fever. This range of action is distinctly pointed out by the not very numerous, but significant lung-symptoms of Tartar emetic. Hence both the lighter and severer cases are adapted to this drug, fine curative results of which are reported in our Periodicals. The lighter cases are not often met with among persons of middle- age, more frequently among children and old people. In capillary bronchitis Tartar emetic is sometimes the only remedy from which help may yet be expected, only it must not be given in too small 176 Diseases of the Lungs. doses nor large enough to produce emesis. Symptoms of incip- ient poisoning by carbonic acid, such as sopor, delirium, coma with pallor and bloat of the countenance and an unequal tempera- ture of the body are appropriate indications for Tartar emetic, so is oedema of the lungs when similar symptoms prevail. Profuse sweats without relief, disposition to vomiting and diarrhoea, paroxysms of a rattling cough ending in vomiting, likewise indicate Tartar emetic. All this shows that it is really the second stage of the catarrhal process which is adapted to the curative action of this drug which acts very similarly to Veratrum album. These two drugs differ principally in their phenomena of reaction which are very striking and active under Veratrum, but very feeble under Tartar emetic. Hence Tartar emetic will often be found useful after Veratrum. Ipecacuanha bears great resemblance to the two last-mentioned remedies. The most essential symptoms for this remedy are: Loud mucous rales in the chest with wheezing respiration, great dyspnoea mostly in paroxysms especially in the evening and at night, convul- sive suffocative cough during which the face becomes blue, some- times ending in vomiting of mucus, or else dry cough in spite of the mucous rales, spasm of the glottis, convulsive twitchings, unequal temperature of the body, severe gastric ailments and intestinal catarrh, pallid or bluish and bloated countenance. Ipecac, is likewise suitable for a dry, spasmodic cough, but certainly not according to its physiological symptoms. The remedy is principally adapted to the bronchial catarrh of children; adults do not seem to be favor- ably affected by it, and its good effect upon old people is very ques- tionable. The above stated symptoms show that the fine curative virtues of Ipecac, do not reside in its emetic properties, but in its specific adaptation to the bronchial disease. Allopathic physicians would soon become convinced of this fact, if they would give the remedy in doses small enough not to cause nausea. It cannot be denied, however, that the act of vomiting in suffocative catarrh may exert an expectorant and alleviating influence, and we could not find fault with a homoeopath wTho, from this stand-point, were to prescribe massive doses of this drug. At any rate we know from experience that a smaller dose than a grain of the second trituration does not produce a reliable effect. Nux vomica is recommended for bronchitis, but we must confess that we have never witnessed any curative results from this drug in the acute form of bronchitis, however much wre may value it in the lesser degree of laryngotracheitis. We shall scarcely ever dis- Bronchitis Acuta. 177 cover a real symptomatic similarity between Nux and bronchitis; if existing, it will only be found to apply to the more trifling forms of the disease. Chamomilla may be found suitable for the bronchitis of children, not so much of adults; it is indicated if the larger bronchia are in- flamed, with an urging to cough, the cough being excited or aggra- vated, by the least attempt to use one's voice. It is particularly violent at night, and accompanied by wheezing, and by coarse rales. Bad cases are not adapted to this medicine. Pulsatilla is only indicated in the lighter forms of inflammation of the large bronchia, if there is no fever or the fever is already passed. We shall revert to this remedy again under chronic bron- chial catarrh, to which the reader is referred. Rhus toxicodendron seems to us very seldom indicated in simple bronchitis, but may prove of importance in the epidemic forms of this disease. On this account we refer the reader to the treatment of influenza. We have to recommend this remedy, however, in the first stage of the malignant forms of the bronchitis of old people. At an early stage already the symptoms resemble those of typhus; the danger is more particularly determined by the character of the fever which deprives the already exhausted frame of all power of reaction. Under these circumstances Rhus will be found eminently suitable, since it corresponds very strikingly with the exceedingly threatening constitutional symptoms. Hepar sulphuris calc, is most nearly related to Spongia in bronchitis as well as in laryngitis. A characteristic indication for Hepar is a dry, spasmodic, barking cough with a wheezing sound over the whole thorax without any real mucous rales; it is a steady cou^h, only at intervals increasing to frightful paroxysms with danger of suffocation; it is excited by every attempt to draw a long breath, and only results in the expectoration of a yellowish, tenacious mu- cus. Hence Hepar is an important remedy in croupous bronchitis, likewise in the less acute or even chronic form of the disease; in capillary bronchitis its applicability is questionable. [We do not agree with Bsehr in this statement; we have used Hepar in this form of bronchitis with striking benefit, giving the third to the sixth attenuation. H.] lodium may be ranged side by side with Spongia and Hepar. However it is not by any means ahead of these agents, since it affects the larynx and trachea much more energetically than the 178 Diseases of the Lungs. bronchia. It has no particular symptoms that distinguish it from other remedies. Bromine has not been sufficiently proved to secure it a prominent- place among the remedies for bronchitis. The recommendations of this drug by homoeopathic physicians are too vague and indefinite to deserve any further notice at our hands. Its practical results are exceedingly meagre and indecisive. Baryta carbonica is not much used in bronchitis, although it de- serves some consideration in at least one form of this disease. We allude to the bronchitis of old people during its transition from the acute to the chronic form; there is a constant desire to cough, with loud mucous rales, yet the expectoration is very difficult and scanty. In such cases we have seen this remedy act with decided benefit. In bronchitis with threatening symptoms we should never depend upon Baryta carbonica, Arsenicum album is scarcely ever indicated in simple bronchitis; for particulars we refer the reader to the chapters on influenza and chronic bronchial catarrh. Phosphorus is not, in our estimation, a remedy for bronchitis un- less the disease is complicated with other affections. Hahnemann himself pronounces Phosphorus not only not suitable, but even hurtful in this disease; this statement certainly rests upon practical observations, although it does not seem confirmed by the physio- logical data of the Materia Medica. In his treatise on Phosphorus, Sorge does not allude to this agent as a remedy for bronchial dis- eases. In our further considerations of pulmonary affections we shall frequently have occasion to revert to Phosphorus. On this occasion we will merely state that if oedema of the lungs or pneu- monia should supervene during the course of bronchitis, Phosphorus will be found one of the chief remedies from which help may yet be expected. Let us now in conclusion consider the above-described forms of bronchitis in their relation to the remedies we have indicated to which a large number might be added, if we desired to present an absolutely complete list. To those who object to such a cursory review of remedies as favoring a tendency to dogmatic systemiza- tion, we reply that by this means a knowledge of the remedies is more easily obtained and an opportunity is afforded for mentioning a number of others that had been omitted in the preceding list. In the milder form, the so-called simple bronchial catarrh, no re- medy is required, since it most commonly passes off without any Bronchitis Acura. 179 medication. Nevertheless, considering how easily this simple form may prepare the way for the more dangerous forms of bronchitis, it is advisable to get it out of the way as soon as possible. If fever is present, Belladonna should first be given, if not, Nux vomica. [Aconite or Mercurius may be required. H.] In the case of children, Belladonna is principally suitable, to which Chamomilla may be preferred under certain circumstances, especially if the children are very young. As soon as the cough is loose, Tartarus stibiatus or Pulsatilla may be required, less frequently Bryonia or Ipecacuanha. These few remedies will almost always be found sufficient. In the inflammatory bronchitis of adults Belladonna will have always to be given first; Mercurius if the above-described symp- tomatic indications prevail, more particularly if gastric derange- ments or diarrhoea are present. If under the operation of these' drugs the fever has abated and the cough has become loose, Stibium, Bryonia, Bromine, Hepar sulphuris, likewise Hyoscyamus or Conium may be required. Bryonia deserves a preference if the trouble seems disposed to run a very protracted course, in which case Digi- talis may have to be resorted to. It is not our object to indicate all the different cough-symptoms; they can be found in any good Repertory. If the inflammation spreads to the finer bronchial ramifications, Bryonia will still be found most appropriate. In cases with typhoid symptoms and violent fever, Rhus tox. may have to be given. If the dyspnoea increases to a high degree, Veratrum or Stibium, or according to some, Ipecacuanha may be indicated. For a supervening oedema of the lungs Phosphorus and Arsenicum are mostly required; Tart, stibiatus will seldom be found indicated; Carbo veget. may have to be fallen back upon. lodium, Spongia and Bromium may be indicated in capillary bronchitis, also Ammonium muriat. and carbonicum, [also Hepar sulphuris. II.] In the bronchitis of old people we have in the first place to mod- erate the fever, for which Aconite or even Belladonna will but sel- dom be found suitable; Bryonia and Rhus tox. may do much better. If there is but little or no fever, Tart. stib. will be found most ap- propriate. If bronchitis is complicated with emphysema, the whole group of symptoms is best met by Arsenicum, which is likewise to be resorted to, if the fever should become complicated with dyspnoea. In the case of old people Phosphorus will not often be found suitable for the threatening terminal stages of bronchitis-; Tart. stib. and Veratrum will be much better. We have recom- mended Baryta for light attacks during the stage without fever. 180 Diseases of the Lungs. The bronchitis of children tends greatly to assume the form of capillary bronchitis; for this reason it behooves us to watch an attack of bronchitis in children with the utmost care. At the commence- ment of the attack, the symptoms generally point to Aconite, not, however, with such perfect regularity as to admit of Aconite being regarded as an invariable specific. Belladonna often competes with Aconite in this disease, in the further course of which, even in slight cases, the same remedies may have to be used that suit the case of adults. In the more dangerous forms Mercurius may gener- ally deserve a preference at the outset; it is indicated if by nothing else than the thick, yellowish coating of the tongue, and the fre- quent alternation of chills, extreme heat and exhausting sweats. If the symptoms increase in intensity, Spongia is indicated; if there is a violent, dry, suffocative cough, Hepar; if the cough sounds loose, and there are mucous rales but no expectoration, Ipecacuanha; for excessive secretion of mucus, with severe dyspnoea and convul- sive phenomena, Tartarus stibiatus may be required, but it will sel- dom act with as much benefit as Ipecacuanha. Croupous bronchitis as a partial development of laryngeal croup docs not require any other treatment than the latter. Even if bronchial croup should break out as a primary disease, which is seldom the case, lodium, Spongia, Hepar and perhaps Bromine would have to be used. In subacute and even chronic cases Arsenicum is one of the most efficient remedies to prevent and mitigate the paroxysms of cough, which, considering their violence, must be considered a very satisfactory result. In conclusion we call attention to a remedy which, so far as we know, has never yet been employed in bronchitis. We mean Opium. Latterly we have witnessed good results from Opium, which, doubtless, are not exclusively due to its palliative or narcotic action. We were led to its use by the description in an English Journal of a chronic case of poisoning with Opium, according to which a spasmodic and dry cough is one of the most common phe- nomena of this agent. We have to revert to this remedy more fully when we come to treat of influenza and pneumonia. To judge by the physiological symptoms of Opium as we find them in the Materia Medica, and considering the energetic action of this drug upon the childlike organism, Opium must be an excellent remedy in the capillary bronchitis of children. The general management of the patient occupies a conspicuous place in this disease. It is unfortunately a wide-spread custom to Bronchitis Acuta. 181 endeavor to obtain an increase of cutaneous perspiration even in a case of incipient bronchial catarrh, without discriminating by what means this object is attained. We cannot encourage a proceeding of this kind. In lighter cases, where this proceeding seems to have had little effect, the question may be asked whether the case would not have turned out equally favorably without sweat; the rapid recovery of patients who do not resort to such means, shows that exciting a perspiration is not absolutely necessary to a cure. In bad cases an artificial perspiration is decidedly injurious. The object is obtained more promptly and more safely, if the patients are kept in their beds with but little covering, and the temperature of the room increased to about fifty degrees F. At the same time water should be allowed to evaporate in the room, by which means the irritating urging to cough is very much diminished. If the mere act of sweating were beneficial to the patients, they ought to feel better in summer. It is well known, however, that the bron- chial catarrhs of the hot season are more obstinate and distressing than those of the cold. However, if we are anxious to avoid all conflict with the inveterate habits of the people, perspiration can be excited by drinking in bed a glass of hot water and sugar with a few drops of lemon-juice in order to make it more palatable; children may drink a glass of very much diluted warm milk, sweet- ened with a little sugar. If these simple means do not excite per- spiration, other means will not excite any either, or, if they do, it will be to the patient's prejudice. There is another powerful reason against copious perspiration. It considerably increases the disposi- tion to take cold, which is anyhow very great, and causes exacer- bations and relapses; rising to void the urine or evacuate the bowels may be sufficient to superinduce a fresh cold, nor will the patients after recovery be able to go out again as soon as they otherwise might, without apprehending a new attack, An effeminate mode of life which is one of the main causes of catarrh in healthy per- sons, is likewise the cause of frequent relapses. This remark applies to little children in whose case every thing is often done to render them unfit for the least exposure to open air. The general strength of the patients is the best indication whether they can safely be permitted to go out of doors; if they feel strong again as usual, a little remaining loose cough need not deter them from going out, provided the temperature of the atmosphere and the weather gen- erally are sufficiently inviting. In a case of tubercular bronchitis other considerations will have to govern the general management. 182 Diseases of the Lungs. In matters of diet, the instinct of the patient may safely be taken as a guide. In bad cases the functional activity of the digestive organs is completely prostrated, and there is no necessity of forbid- ding the use of any kind of food; whereas in the more unimportant cases the choice of food is of very little particular consequence. All we have to do is to see to it that the nourishment which is in- troduced into the stomach, does not cause any catarrhal irritation of this organ. As soon as the appetite returns, a simple, but nour- ishing diet is the best. As regards drinks, it may be well not to implicitly gratify the desire of the patients who have a great long- ing for cold water. Drinking cold water is apt to excite or increase the cough, whereas it is diminished and moderated by warm bever- ages. As a matter of course, whatever might irritate the lungs, has to be avoided, such as continued or loud talking, mental excite- ments, dust, smoke, dry heat, the use of coffee, spirits, etc. For further details we refer to the article on diet in the chapter on pul- monary tuberculosis. 4. Influenza. Grippe. Influenza is not by any means a simple catarrh of the respiratory organs, though the anatomical changes indicate such a condition; but a peculiar, complicated and combined catarrh which in point of importance and treatment differs essentially from simple bron- chitis. This instance shows most conclusively that it is wrong to undertake to determine the character of a disease by the anatomical lesions it occasions. The etiology of influenza is completely enveloped in obscurity. It is an epidemic disease which may prevail in any season, and is frequently associated with other epidemic affections. Most com- monly it spreads over a large extent of country and attacks any- body, although individuals who are affected with pulmonary dis- eases, more particularly tuberculous individuals, are most liable to its visitations. The most extensive influenza-epidemics have spread from east to west. We again call attention to the connection be- tween influenza and the amount of ozone in the atmosphere. Symptoms. If latterly every bronchial catarrh with typhoid symptoms has been designated as influenza, this appellation is no more proper than it is proper to refuse this name to larger or smaller epidemics for no better reason than because they do not come up either in extent or fatality to the epidemic of 1833. We apply the Influenza. 183 name grippe or influenza to every bronchitis invading a large sur- face of country and involving with marked symptoms of illness the whole organism, more especially the nervous system, attacking a number of individuals in the same epidemic with very similar symptoms, although these may differ ever so much in different epidemics. ' The phenomena referring to the respiratory organs are altogether those of an acute bronchitis, such as we have described in previous paragraphs, and which easily changes to the capillary form; they are accompanied by catarrh of the nose, larynx and trachea, and are distinguished by the obstinacy and slowness of their course, at times being very intense and at other times so completely disguised by the constitutional disturbance that they are easily overlooked. Influenza is generally preceded by a preliminary stage where the local symptoms of catarrh of the respiratory organs are still want- ing, or are but imperfectly developed, whereas the patient complains already very much of an extreme languor, with nervous excitement, sleeplessness and loss of appetite, without or with only slight fever. As the fever increases, the local symptoms become generally more marked and more intense. At times a coryza is the only prominent symptom, at other times the mucous lining, from the nose to the finest bronchial ramifications, is inflamed. At the same time a violent and constant headache is complained of, which is commonly located in the forehead and is marked by all the peculiarities that so commonly characterize the headache in an incipient typhus. This headache is accompanied by rheumatoid pains in many parts of the muscular system, accompanied by a degree of debility that almost amounts to paralysis. After a gradual, very seldom sudden increase the disease reaches its full height. The catarrh is at times violent, at other times very slight. The fever is intense, but so plainly re- mittent that the remissions sometimes appear like intermissions. The debility is excessive. The headache is agonizing, and is either com- plicated with sopor or with violent delirium. The digestion is en- tirely prostrated; the tongue is thickly coated wfliite or yellow, at times it exhibits a sickly redness with disposition to dryness; nausea and even diarrhoea are often present; the bowels are confined, diar- rhoea is less frequent. The symptoms exacerbate in the evening and at night, the patient being very much distressed by the cough which aggravates the headache a great deal. Thus the more violent attacks of influenza simulate an acute typhus, milder cases a so-called ner- vous gastric fever. Death may take place in the second week amid 184 Diseases of the Lungs. symptoms of general exhaustion; sometimes it takes place at a later period in consequence of the peculiar secondary diseases which fre- quently break out as sequelae of influenza. In the case of sound, robust individuals the disease mostly ter- minates its course in a fortnight, but always leaving an extreme weakness which may last for weeks. In the £ase of old people the danger is always great and recovery takes place very slowly. An abatement of the fever is always the surest sign of an improvement. The disease very often leaves very threatening results. If the patient had tubercles, their suppuration is an almost sure conse- quence of the bronchial affection, although we do not choose to hold to the opinion of many that influenza is itself capable of caus- ing tubercular deposits. In opposition to this doctrine we might say that scattered tubercular deposits very often escape our notice. Influenza is very apt to leave in its track various affections of the respiratory organs, such as an obstinate hoarseness or even loss of voice and a long-lasting bronchial catarrh. The stomach likewise frequently remains disturbed, nor is a disturbance of the hepatic functions an uncommon event. Thus we see that the prognosis in influenza is uncertain, even if the disease sets in favorably at first, and the patient had been in the habitual enjoyment of good health. If the individual had pul- monary disease, or in the case of decrepit subjects, a fatal termina- tion is not uncommon. The peculiar nature of the actually existing epidemic may likewise exert a great influence; whereas one epi- demic scarcely destroys a single life, another epidemic, on the con- trary, claims a great many victims. The reason why a description of the treatment of influenza is a difficult task, is the diversity of forms under which the epidemic appears. In influenza, as in other epidemics, remedies whose prac- tical value had been tested by abundant experience, often have to be abandoned as unreliable, and other remedies have to be substi- tuted in their stead. In influenza one or two remedies sometimes prove specifics in all cases, so that the epidemic might, after Rade- macher's example, be conveniently named after the medicine that acts as its universal curative. To find out these remedies, persever- ing investigations are often indispensable, and we shall, therefore, confine ourselves to indicating the remedies whose practical value has been tested in a variety of cases. One of the most dangerous cliffs, on which our treatment so often strands, is the frequent change of remedies for the purpose of meet- Influenza. 185 ing this or that symptom. The peculiar nature of the disease some- times presses the local symptoms of an affection of the respiratory organs entirely into the background, whereas the symptoms of cerebral congestion, typhoid symptoms, or the symptoms of gastric or intestinal catarrh appear much more prominent. If, in such cases, we only direct our attention to the apparently most impor- tant complication, we shall often err in the choice of a remedy. It is only by weighing every circumstance of the disease that good results can be obtained by treatment; at the same time we are free to add that this task is not often easily accomplished, and that its accomplishment demands a persevering study of the Materia Medica. As a matter of course, such therapeutic investigations are very much facilitated by the presence of a prominent complica- tion. In cases of cerebral hypersemia, we will, of course, f earch for other remedies than in cases with prominent symptoms of liver- complaint, or with violent diarrhoea or gastric catarrh. We repeat: let no one be content with the indications which we add to each of the following remedies. Guided by existing obser- vations we only point out general landmarks, we do not give details. Aconitum is particularly suitable to children in whose case this drug often suffices to effect a cure, whereas, in the case of adults, other remedies may be required in connection with Aconite. It is suitable if the fever has- the inflammatory type, or the bronchial affection tends to develop pneumonia, and the patient is tormented by a distressing, violent, dry cough. Aconite will probably never acquire the rank of a specific adapted to a number of cases. Regarding Belladonna we refer to the preceding chapter. It acts well in cases with violent congestions about the head and furibond or at least active delirium, as long as these symptoms have not assumed the characteristic appearance of adynamia. For particulars concerning Mercurius we likewise refer to the pre- vious chapter. In addition we offer the following remarks. Mer- curius is one of those remedies which, according to experience, are all-sufficient as antidotes to some epidemics. Some reporters of cases even profess to have cut some cases of influenza short with this remedy. Special consideration is due to the existing coryza, which often is a valuable diagnostic sign in contra-distinction to the Arsenic-coryza. Mercurius is, moreover, indicated by violent pains in the joints, angina, a sudden failing of the muscular strength, profuse sweat having a sour or foul odor and not afford- 186 Diseases of the Lungs. ing any relief, thick coating of the tongue, severe gastric catarrh, diarrhoea. We add to these indications the following from Clotar Muller's treatise on pneumonia: "During epidemic influenza a kind of pneumonia occurs which is easily overlooked, because its subjec- tive symptoms differ but little from the symptoms of the prevailing influenza. This form of pneumonia ordinarily sets in without much fever, its symptoms are not very violent and apparently of not much importance. Common symptoms are: a tearing and aching pain in the head, especially in the forehead, coryza, a slimy mouth and tongue, and dry lips; among other symptoms we distinguish the following: Loss of appetite, bad taste in the mouth, dry stools, urine mixed with a white mucus, a racking and dry cough, painful- ness of the whole thorax, afterwards expectoration of frothy mucus, tearing pains in the joints, disproportionate weakness, tremulous nervousness, aggravation of the symptoms at night, with heat, sleeplessness at night, constant exhalations from the skin, or else copious and fetid sweat. On exploring the chest, we generally dis- cover a not very considerable exudation. If overlooked or neglected the disease runs a very protracted course, sometimes occasions ex- hausting pulmonary blennorrhoeas, or, if the exudation remains undissolved, phthisicky symptoms may be developed. These peculiar morbid conditions are very much abbreviated by Mercurius, so that a complete restoration of health takes place and, if the patients otherwise keep comfortably warm, no other remedy is required." Bryonia alba is very closely related to Mercurius and it will be found difficult to discriminate very precisely between their respec- tive symptomatic indications. Some facts regarding this point have already been stated in the preceding chapter; in this place we will add a few other details. The affection in the respiratory organs is confined to the larynx, trachea, and bronchial tubes; the nose remains unaffected, whereas coryza is a significant indication for Mercurius. The fever is less violent, but more continued ; if there is sweat, it is copious and constant; the tongue is white, but has no thick coating on it, the bowels are constipated. The symptoms exacerbate in the day-time, not at night. The disease has an ady- namic character, with deficient reaction, whereas Mercurius has a very decided reaction. Thus Bryonia may be frequently suitable after Mercurius, but Mercurius is never suitable after Bryonia. The supervention of pneumonic symptoms does not contra-indicate Bryonia, a supervening affection of the pleura indicates this drug very positively. If influenza attacks tubercular lungs, Bryonia is Influenza. 187 always appropriate, and is always preferable to Mercurius. Bryonia is one of those remedies that is calculated to become a specific for epidemic influenza. Rhus toxicodendron is another important remedy in epidemic in- fluenza which often corresponds to the whole character of the dis- ease. Rhus is in its place if the local affection is so disguised by the constitutional disease that we rather seem to deal with typhus com- plicated with a bronchial catarrh. The use of this remedy is sug- gested by great debility, a prostrate condition of the whole organ- ism, symptoms of violent reaction, such as a rapid pulse, burning heat, dry skin and tongue, delirium, sopor. Among the local symp- toms, the most prominent indication is a short, distressing, dry cough, mostly at night, and excited by motion and by every little cold current of air. Of Nux vomica, Hahnemann relates in his preface to Camphor that a very small dose often removes an attack of influenza in a few hours. We refer to the preceding chapter where we have ex- pressed our doubts regarding the appropriateness of Nux ; we have to repeat these doubts here in much more emphatic language. There are, of course, many who profess to have seen good effects from it even in influenza; but it is not so very easy to speak of curative results in this disease with positive certainty; as far as we our- selves are concerned, we never have been able to obtain any strik- ing curative results with this agent. Phosphorus is of all other remedies most positively indicated in influenza by distinct and fixed symptomatic manifestations. It is suitable if, in addition to severe constitutional disturbances, the disease is chiefly localized in the larynx; it is likewise appropriate in influenza with tendency to develop pneumonia, or if the influenza attacks tuberculous individuals in whose case the medicine has to be given with great caution ; and finally in cases complicated with severe intestinal catarrh. Among the secondary diseases, such as aphonia or hoarseness, it is particularly Phosphorus that is charac- teristically indicated. Arsenicum album is suited to an affection of the upper portion of the respiratory tract, the nose and larynx; it is less suited to bron- chitis, except when it attacks individuals afflicted with emphy- sema. A violent coryza with copious watery, excoriating secretion, a burning pain in the frontal cavities; dryness and burning in the larynx and trachea, with hoarseness and a few violent paroxysms of cough are paramount indications for Arsenic. The constitutional 188 Diseases of the Lungs. symptoms are still more characteristic: excessive debility, with a rapid pulse, continual restlessness and sleeplessness, regular mid- night exacerbations. Arsenicum is particularly efficient in cases where the conjunctiva is strikingly involved in the catarrhal pro- cess and where the disease has an unmistakable tertian type. Opium is only mentioned once in our literature for influenza; it was successfully given for paroxysms of a distressing and tight cough, the paroxysms being always followed by yawning. Accord- ing to our own experience, Opium controls paroxysms of a dry cough with congestions to the head and chest, it drives the patients to despair and breaks out particularly in the night. Opium will seldom afford help at the outset of an attack of influenza, but will afford speedy and substantial aid if such a cough remains after the departure of the fever. Sabadilla is said to have helped in two epidemics, the symptoms of which we transfer from Ruckert's " Klinischen Erfahrungen": "Excessive drowsiness in the day-time; chilliness, especially to- wards evening; shudderings with goose-flesh, the chills creeping up from the feet towards the head; lachrymation, with redness of the eyelids; pressure on the eyes, especially when moving them or when looking up. Headache, especially frontal; sore tongue, thick yellow coating on the tongue, the pain extends as far as the throat; painful deglutition ; sensation as if a piece of loose skin were hang- ing in the throat; bitter taste in the mouth; complete loss of ap- petite, with nausea; dryness of the mouth without thirst; con- stipation with flatulence; in some, brown frothy diarrhoeic stools which floated on the water; yellowish and turbid urine; cough with vomiting, headache, sharp stitches in the vertex, pain in the region of the stomach; cough of a peculiar, muffled kind; many cough up blood; painful lameness in the joints, especially the knee- joints. All the symptoms get worse in the cold; they exacerbate about noon, but worse towards evening; flashes of heat in the face, with chilliness and coldness of the extremities; the flashes of heat in the face are mingled with chilly creepings over the back from below upwards at intervals of ten minutes; the skin is dry as parchment; restless sleep, full of anxious dreams; the cough ap- pears as soon as one lies down." For the indications for Ipecacuanha and Veratrum album we refer to the preceding chapter; the latter is certainly an important re- medy in influenza. In general the remedies, which we have recom- mended for simple bronchial catarrh, may likewise be required for influenza. Influenza. 189 In order not to indulge in too many subjective indications in a disease where practical experience plays a most important part, we transfer from Hartmann's Therapeutics the passage concerning influenza with slight additions of our own, which will afford us an opportunity for briefly mentioning a few important remedies. " Smelling of Camphor several times, as soon as the first symp- toms of the disease became apparent, had the effect of suppressing the disease, but a few days later it broke out nevertheless, which was not the case in a subsequent epidemic where Camphor was given internally in the first attenuation and proved a sovereign remedy for the disease." Hahnemann says in his preface to Cam- phor : In influenza, if the heat has already set in, Camphor only serves as a palliative, but as a valuable one, if given in frequent but more and more attenuated doses ; it does not shorten the course of the disease, which is not very much protracted any way, but moderates the vehemence of the attack a great deal and conducts it, shorn of its danger, to the end. "If the thoracic organs were the chief seat of the inflammation, Nux vomica always did good service if given after Aconite. Mer- curius solubilis or vivas, of which several doses were given every day, was particularly calculated to cure the disease or even cut it short in its very germ, if the following symptoms prevailed: the head, throat and chest were principally affected; there was a dry and racking cough which afterwards became loose and was attended with pleuritic pains; the patient was troubled with profuse sweats which did not afford him any relief; there were symptoms of an inflammatory fever, dull pain, not very hard pulse. If the trachea was much irritated, and the irritation almost bordered on inflam- mation, so that the intense pain made it impossible to speak, and the voice was very much altered, Phosphorus was an excellent remedy." "Very often the disease broke out in the form of sporadic chol- era ; in such a case the catarrhal symptoms were unimportant, but the prostration was very prominent. Here Veratrum helped in every case. If an attack of this kind was followed by nervous symp- toms, if the patient became delirious, had a wild and staring look, complained of great sensitiveness of the abdomen, and the pulse was full and hard, a few doses of Aconite were given with great benefit and the rest of the symptoms were removed by Pulsatilla, which likewise proved a remedy for the pappy and insipid taste that sometimes remained for a time, together with a mucous coat- 190 Diseases of the Lungs. ing on the tongue and loss of appetite." We cannot yield our assent to this passage. The delirium occurring in influenza, and all the other so-called nervous symptoms, are always of a typhoid type and do not yield to Aconite, but require much rather Bella- donna, Bryonia, Rhus, also Stramonium and Hyoscyamus; after the exhibition of such remedies symptoms indicating Pulsatilla will not often remain. "An exceedingly distressing symptom in this disease was the violent, pressing frontal headache which, together with the accom- panying cough and the loose and slimy expectoration was relieved by Bryonia, which likewise proved an excellent remedy, if the liver was enlarged and painful on contact, or during a coughing fit or a deep inspiration; if the cough easily ended in vomiting or caused a pain in the epigastric region, in which case Bryonia competed with Nux, or if the pain was felt under the short ribs as if the parts had been bruised so that the patient, when coughing, had to press his hands against them; Bryonia likewise proved efficient if the influenza attacked old people with great distress in the chest and coldness of the limbs, in which case the disease often destroyed life by paralysis of the lungs; the Bryonia was given in alternation with Carbo veg eta,bills." In such cases Tartar emetic may deserve attention. "If the cough was dry and spasmodic, if the headache became unbearable and was aggravated by walking, talking, bright light and by every least motion; if the look became staring and the patients were troubled with fancies whenever they closed their eyes, Belladonna always afforded relief, so that in a few hours already this condition which seemed like an incipient meningitis, disappeared." " Rhus was indicated if the attack had been caused in conse- quence of the patients getting soaking wet, and they were greatly oppressed on the chest, anxious, they frequently drew involuntarily a long breath, were very restless and had to change their position quite often." "Sabadilla was given if the attack seemed like an inflammatory affection of the thoracic organs, with severe chills and external coldness." This indication corresponds but little with what was said concerning Sabadilla in a previous paragraph. "China relieved the cough that was excited by a rattling under the sternum as if mucus had accumulated there." This indica- tion is of very little importance and of no particular value in influenza. Independently of the cough which cannot be regarded as Influenza. 191 a, characteristic symptom, China will be found suitable if the dis- ease assumes the character of a nervous fever or the appearance of pulmonary phthisis. "The alcoholic tincture of Sulphur was prescribed with good effect at the termination of the disease, after the fever had abated, the stitches in the chest were only felt indistinctly during a deep inspiration and a violent coughing fit, and the patient complained of oppression on the chest as from a heavy weight." In general Sulphur is a valuable remedy for pulmonary affections remaining after an attack of influenza and not traceable to tubercular in- filtration. " The spasmodic cough which remained for some time after an attack of influenza and sometimes tormented the patients for hours, was almost always relieved by one,- or more doses of Hyoscyamus, in some cases by Belladonna; but if the coughing fit did not cease until a mass of frothy mucus with a yellowish purulent nucleus had been raised, Conium proved the main remedy; if the cough broke out after a meal and the food was vomited up in consequence of the cough, Ferrum aceticum was found to be the specific remedy." "If the influenza left the patient with a troublesome cough and a gray, sweetish-salt expectoration, wheezing and rattling in the chest, Kali hydriod. proved an admirable remedy." This medicine is likewise excellent for the remaining hoarseness or even aphonia, but should not be given in too small doses. lodium itself is of no use for these symptoms, but may be resorted to in the febrile stage. "In cases of a previously-existing disposition to phthisis, which the influenza threatened to develop more actively, a few doses of Stannum in alternation with Carbo veget. were often sufficient to prevent the further spread of the tubercular disease." In the sequelae of influenza Carbo veget. is very closely related to Phos- phorus and Kali hydriod,icum. "In some cases the influenza was succeeded by obstinate ophthal- mia with ulcers of the cornea and violent photophobia, for which Arsenicum album seemed almost the only efficient remedy; repeated doses of Belladonna were likewise useful, but did not effect a per- manent cure." With reference to this long quotation we confess that Hartmann's indications seem to us rather vague and unprofitable; others may, however, not share our opinion. A number of other remedies that might be mentioned in this place, would be directed against the various complications such as 192 Diseases of the Lungs. pleuritis, pneumonia, hamioptoe, diarrhoea, and more particularly against the sequelae; concerning the former, we refer the reader to the respective chapters on pleuritis, etc.; the sequelae will generally yield to the above-described group of remedial agents. The dietetic management depends a good deal upon the condition of the digestive organs. If the patient's appetite is good, there is no reason why he should not be permitted the use of nourishing and substantial food. But if the lono- duration of the disease has o caused great debility, a great deal of caution has to be observed in gradually increasing the patient's allowance, because the stomach very often continues for a long time in a condition of atony. The same caution has to be used in allowing patients the enjoyment of open air; the sensitiveness of the lungs often becomes excessive during an attack of influenza, and it behooves us to ascertain and moderate this condition of the lungs with proper care and discretion. There is no reason of considering influenza contagious as many do; and every measure tending to counteract this contagion, is an useless torture. The only preventive measure which we advise with a good deal of success, consists in avoiding all those exposures which are generally apt to cause catarrhs of the respiratory organs. [In epidemic influenza our physicians depend a great deal upon Tartar emetic which is regarded by many as a sort of specific for this epi- demic. We cannot do better than by transcribing Doctor John F. Gray's interesting note on this subject from my Symptomen-Codex, published by W. Radde, New York, in 1848. "In the first stage of influenza (generally of itself a fugitive state), I think it by very much the most strictly indicated, and on that account as well as from my own observations in many hundreds of cases, by very far the most efficacious means we can apply. The state against which I give it, is: lassitude with great sensitiveness to cold, with chilly feelings, headache, pasty tongue, inflammation of the throat (tonsils, arches of the palate or pharynx), short turns of nausea, achings in the bones, especially of the lower extremities, yellowness of the skin, slight hoarseness, more or less fever-heat and sweats. The Antimony often acts as a perfect remedy in the stage of in- cubation, especially in those cases which would of themselves close this stage by profuse watery diarrhoea with some vomiting and cramps.* * This stage, of which the angina faucium, the chills and the bone-pains, are the prominent sufferings, subsides of itself in twenty-four to forty-eight hours, and the physician is very apt to be deceived as to the efficacy of his treatment. Tussis Convulsiva, Pertussis. 193 The second or bronchial sta^e of the true influenza having been successfully managed by Phosphorus or Bryonia, with the aid of Aconite or Hyoscyamus, I complete the cure by a return to the An- timony; that is to say, when the air-passages are loaded with mucus, the cough being frequent and the expectorations copious. II.] 5. Tussis Convulsive, Pertussis. Whooping-Cough. We understand by this name a peculiar form of catarrh of the respiratory mucous membrane from the nose to the pulmonary vesicles, where the cough sets in in distinctly detached paroxysms. Etiologtj. Whooping-cough is an epidemic disease which some- times occurs in the form of very extensive, and sometimes circum- scribed epidemics, in which latter case the few cases of whooping- cough might even be designated as sporadic. So far the real cause of the epidemic has not yet been determined. It cannot be the peculiar nature of the wind, for the reason that the disease breaks out without the least regularity in disconnected portions of country ; all we know is that the outbreak of an epidemic occurs more fre- quently in the spring than in the fall, very rarely in the summer. A connection with other epidemic affections, especially measles, and likewise with variola and scarlatina cannot well be denied. Whooping-cough frequently precedes or succeeds epidemics of the last-named diseases, and in rare cases accompanies them. As regards the spread of the disease by contagion, opinions differ a great deal; a number of observers favor the doctrine of a conta- gium; on the other hand we should not overlook the fact that dur- ing an epidemic all the individuals of one place and the inhabitants of one house are exposed to the same influences. As for ourselves we have not yet been able to satisfy our minds that whooping-cough is contagious; yet we are willing to admit that in its highest stage of development, this cough may give rise to a product which, when grafted upon susceptible organisms, may in its turn reproduce the disease. This is no idle question, as mignt appear at first sight, since it may lead to the adoption of measures that may prove ex- ceedingly oppressive to a family having a number of children and The allopathist praises his atrocious lancet and heroic purgatives, and the homceo- pathist his Mercurius, Belladonna or Nux, and the patient in either case thinks a wonder has been done for him ; but the disease, if it be a real influenza, is not removed ; it has only advanced a step beyond the process of incubation, towards the stadium of bronchitis, with its concomitant cough, dyspnoea, fever-sweats and prostration. 194 Diseases of the Lungs. living in straightened circumstances. In spite of every isolation we have seen all the children of a family attacked by the epidemic. The immediate causes which determine the outbreak of the dis- ease during an epidemic are the same as those that occasion an ordinary catarrh of the respiratory mucous membrane. A special predisposition to the disease has not yet been traced; if it seems an established fact that girls are more liable to whooping-cough than boys, the same relation bolds true in all other spasmodic affections which attack girls more frequently than boys. Every trifling catarrh may, under the influence of the epidemic assume the form of whoop- ing-cough. As regards age, children between the second and eighth year are more commonly liable. Children under one year are seldom attacked by whooping-cough, although we have seen a severe case of whooping-cough in a child of four weeks. Children upwards of eight years old are likewise seldom attacked; whereas, during an epidemic, adults are frequently attacked by a spasmodic cough in the place of the light catarrhal cough. Symptoms and Course. In the management of whooping- cough the fact must not be overlooked that the anatomical changes it occasions are simply those of an ordinary catarrh, to which the changes which are determined by the not unfrequently-occurring complications, have of course to be added. The supposed changes in the vagus are altogether hypothetical, although certain changes have indeed been discovered in a few isolated cases, but not suffi- ciently numerous to enable us to build a reliable theory upon such post-mortem phenomena. In the majority of cases whooping-cough commences as an ordi- nary catarrh of the nose or of the larynx, trachea and bronchial tubes. This introductory catarrh which does not, properly speak- ing, form a component part of whooping-c'ough, may break out in all degrees of severity and extent without this circumstance justi- fying a conclusion regarding the approaching attack. Hence the most proper course would be to regard this preliminary catarrh as connected with the epidemic only in so far'as it furnishes a soil or a susceptible spot upon which the whooping-cough miasm can be grafted, and in which it can germinate. This is shown by the cases where the whooping-cough breaks out without being ushered in by a simply catarrhal stage, or where a simple catarrh exists for weeks before it is converted into whooping-cough. At any one period of this first stage, in a few days or even after the lapse of weeks either a harmlessly-sounding cough sets in, or else an actually-existing cough becomes more severe, and sooner or later assumes a paroxysmal Tussis Convulsiva, Pertussis. 195 character which constitutes it whooping-cough. After this form of cough has reached its full development, the simple cough ceases entirely; only in a few instances violent paroxysms and simple turns of cough occur mingled together. A single paroxysm has the fol- lowing characteristic symptoms: The children who had hitherto been bright and cheerful, shortly before the setting in of a paroxysm, become restless and anxious, or, if old enough, they complain of titillation in the larynx or under the sternum, or of oppression of breathing; it is very seldom the case that a violent cough sets in without any preliminary symptoms, which, after a short lapse of time, is succeeded by a wheezing and labored inspiration taking turns with the single paroxysms without admitting of a full expira- tion for the reason that all the respiratory muscles and more parti- cularly the glottis are affected by the spasm. While the exertion to cough is constantly increasing and the spasm of the glottis is gradually abating, the children finally succeed in raising or vomit- ing up a more or less considerable quantity of a tenacious, white mucus, which terminates the attack. During the attack the children express great anguish and restlessness; in consequence of the im- peded respiration the face and tongue become blue-red, the eyes weep, a watery mucus is discharged from the nose, even blood is spit up sometimes and flows from the nose to the terror of the parents. The vomiting either brings up mere mucus or the contents of the stomach. Involuntary discharge of stool and urine is a rare occurrence if the children are otherwise robust. After the termina- tion of the paroxysm the children continue for some time in a state of confusion and languor, after which they play again as if nothing had happened. Only in the case of feeble or very small children the paroxysms are succeeded by real attacks of eclampsia, or else by a state of sopor or even complete catalepsy. In the above-men- tioned case of the little infant only four weeks old, the cataleptic condition was so perfect and lasting that the patient lay for two minutes without pulse or breathing. Under such circumstances the intermissions are not free from morbid symptoms, whereas vigorous children seem perfectly sound between the paroxysms. These paroxysms sometimes set in quite frequently and at other times at more protracted intervals. Generally their frequency increases up to a certain point where the affection remains station- ary for some time, after which it gradually decreases in violence; In the space of twenty-four hours the children may have upwards of thirty paroxysms of cough; they occur more frequently in the 196 Diseases of the Lungs. night, and at this time likewise last longer and are more intense. A paroxysm lasts seldom longer than three minutes ; if the parents assert that the paroxysms last longer, they are deceived by the anxiety which the mother particularly Experiences, to whom a minute may possibly seem a quarter of an hour. The paroxysm is excited by talking, eating, screaming, or by violent exercise, like- wise by a violent fit of passion; the cough may likewise occur without any apparent cause, for instance, during sleep. The constitutional state of the little patients is variously affected by the cough, even if there are no complications. Strong children bear this cough for months, without losing flesh, or without their general well-being being interfered with. It may, however, be accepted as a rule that, if whooping-cough lasts longer than four weeks, children begin to lose their strength and flesh, and that this loss goes on increasingly in proportion as the cough lasts longer. Sickly and very small children are speedily and threateningly affected by the cough, even if none of the foregoing complications are present. The children grow pale and languid, they lose their appetite, but are not often attacked with diarrhoea. The course of the disease is generally for several months; but when we come to speak of the treatment, we shall show that this period is considerably abbreviated in homoeopathic hands. Of particular importance are the complications and sequelae of whooping-cough, which alone constitute the dangerous features of this disease. The most frequent of these complications are inflammatory affec- tions of the lungs. The catarrh of the respiratory passages, which was inconsiderable at first, invades the more delicate ramifications of the air-passages more and more until a more or less intense bronchitis sets in, which easily assumes the capillary form and becomes readily associated with pneumonia. This pneumonia almost always assumes the lobular form and can scarcely ever be determined by auscultation and percussion. The presence of such a pneumonia is suspected if the bronchitis steadily increases in intensity and the intervals between the paroxysms are no longer free from a hacking cough and a constantly increasing dyspnoea. Even if bronchitis sets in violently at the outset, it never changes all at once to capillary bronchitis and pneumonia,-which may, at the same time, serve as a proof that an incipient catarrh, which happens to exist before the whooping-cough, does not necessarily constitute the preliminary stage of this disease,-but the signs of Tussis Convulsiva, Pertussis. 197 this untoward change do not set in until the cough has lasted for days and even weeks. In such a case the little patient does not entirely recover from the attacks, he grows languid and feverish, has a short and dry cough, he does not wish to rise from bed, the pulse is hurried, the respiration becomes more and more incom- plete, more hurried ; he feels drowsy and tosses about. If these symptoms manifest themselves in the later course of the disease, they always augur danger and very commonly lead to a fatal ter- mination. A severe bronchitis as well as lobular pneumonia very commonly lead to a more or less extensive deterioration of the pulmonary cells; if this deterioration is quite considerable, percussion yields an unmistakably dull sound, and auscultation yields bronchial respiration. But these symptoms must not be attributed to pneu- monia, for in such a case their importance would be much less. Cerebral diseases are scarcely ever caused by the direct action of whooping cough ; existing diseases of this kind may become fatally aggravated by the cough. The convulsions which often attack little children during the course of whooping-cough, are more cor- rectly attributed to the influence of whooping-cough over the whole nervous system, and, on this account, may become lasting. The apparently violent congestions of the head during the paroxysms are of very little importance to the brain of a perfectly healthy child, but they prognosticate trouble, if the brain was diseased before the cough set in. Acute heart-disease is seldom one of the complications of whoop- ing-cough. On the other hand, the development of tuberculous pulmonary affections is a very common thing. Usually, however, these affections existed before the cough set in, although many cases occur where the cough occasions the deposition of tubercular matter in individuals predisposed to this disease. Emphysema does not occur as frequently as is generally supposed. A deterioration of the air-cells is very often mistaken for emphy- sema. Post-mortem examinations have, however, frequently con- firmed the fact that emphysema may set in very suddenly. Spasm of the glottis is a tolerably rare occurrence in whooping- cough, at least it does not occur in a high degree of intensity; if it does, it is always a very ominous complication which may suddenly terminate fatally. Beside the complications the frequently occurring sequelae may prove very dangerous to the patients. Among them we distinguish 198 Diseases of the Lungs. chronic bronchial catarrh, hronchiectasia, emphysema, deterioration of single parts of the lungs, with consequent malformation of the thorax, pulmonary tuberculosis, heart-disease, although the last- named rarely and then involving mostly the right heart; eclampsia, occasionally mental derangement, and lastly hernia which is of com- paratively frequent occurrence. If the disease lasts a long time, complete marasmus is not an unfrequent occurrence; it is not attended with other morbid conditions and seems to result from the exhausted condition of the nervous system caused by the exces- sive paroxysms of cough. The prognosis is always uncertain. Although the cough does not endanger the lives of healthy children, nevertheless, the super- vention of one of the above-mentioned complications at any period during the course of the disease may occasion death or a life-long infirmity; thus it happens that we often see vigorous and healthy children come out of an attack of epidemic whooping-cough like wretched invalids. We claim for Homoeopathy the advantage that such pitiable results are scarcely ever witnessed under homoeopathic treatment, except perhaps in the case of children with deteriorated and rickety constitutions. Treatment. We consider the homoeopathic treatment of whoop- ing-cough calculated to demonstrate the value of homoeopathic therapeutics to obstinate sceptics, and deem this a good opportunity for premising a few general remarks. Considering the extraordinary frequency of whooping-cough epi- demics and the universality with which children are assailed; and considering moreover the greatness of the danger to which children are exposed during the prevalence of such epidemics, and the insuf- ficiency of the ordinary mode of treatment, it seems quite natural that extraordinary efforts should have been made to lay bare the causes of this disease. It is an established fact that whooping- cough is the result of a noxa diffused through the atmosphere. But how is it that this noxa to which every body is exposed, engenders this peculiar cough only in the case of children ? To adopt the theory of a specific affection of the vagus, does not harmonize with this exclusive invasion of the infantile organism whose pneumo- gastric nerves are certainly constructed in the same manner as those of adults; moreover this theory is not corroborated by the numerous post-mortem examinations. On such occasions these nerves were scarcely ever found altered, but most commonly un- Tussis Convulsiva, Pertussis. 199 changed. This hypothesis, like all other hypotheses that are not based upon the evidence of facts, has now been abandoned. Nevertheless since a theory of the pathology of this disease must necessarily have an important influence on the treatment, we can- not refrain from recording our views on this subject. During the prevalence of epidemic whooping-cough, violent and obstinate catarrhs are likewise very common among adults. It cannot well be denied that the quality of the mucus secreted at such a time dif- fers from an ordinary catarrhal mucus; the former is very tenacious and glassy, ropy, firmly adhering to the mucous membrane, where- as ordinary mucus is lumpy and globular, and frequently causing even in the case of adults a peculiarly spasmodic cough. Now we would ask, are there not conditions in the infantile organism suf- ficient to account for the convulsive nature of the cough ? It is a demonstrable fact that the urging to cough caused by the secretion of mucus, is much less in children than in adults, and so much less the younger the children are. Whereas an adult expectorates every little quantity of mucus by a voluntary attempt to cough, the child docs not expel the mucus until the urging to cough has reached an extraordinary degree of violence. This fact is evidenced in the case of children who sleep quietly in spite of a rattling respiration and mucous rales in the trachea and bronchia that can be heard at a distance. The child only coughs if compelled to do so by the dysp- noea and the urging is very great. This condition will necessarily give rise to a corresponding reaction, the cough will be so much more violent. Moreover the child has not sufficient strength of will to overcome the irritation which induces the cough; at any rate, this attempt is only noticed among larger children, and thus it is, that a violent struggle arises where an energetic resistance might have given rise to a moderate turn of cough. The evidence for this statement is derived from the circumstance that the older the chil- dren the less violent the cough. Again, robust children are attacked with less violent paroxysms than nervous children. Finally the spasmodic character of the cough is accounted for by the decisive disj osition of the infantile organism to convulsive affections ; this is likewise confirmed by the fact that among adults only such indi- viduals are attacked by whooping-cough as exhibit a disposition to spasm, namely females. It is therefore our opinion that the peculiar form of whooping- cough can be explained by the child's evidently feeble reaction against the urging to cough, by the insufficient energy to control 200 Diseases of the Lungs. the irritation and urging, and by the disposition to spasmodic affec- tions generally. These points, if applied to epidemic catarrh which not only causes the secretion of a peculiar mucus, but most probably determines essential changes in the irritability of the trachea and larynx, afford sufficient reasons for the paroxysms of cough which otherwise might appear inexplicable. In this manner a number of symptoms that otherwise would seem incomprehensible, can be made intelligible. The continual increase of the violence of the paroxysms, for instance, for months at a time, cannot be accounted for by referring it to the simple action and development of the miasm, since we do not observe a similar feature in other miasmatic affections, which are generally most intense at the commencement of their course. The continual increase of the whooping-cough can be easily accounted for by the increase of irritability in consequence of the cough, and by the decreasing amount of resistance. Chorea exhibits a similar feature in its course. Niemeyer advises to abbreviate the paroxysms by exciting the children to make an effort to control the cough. An advice of this kind would seem foolish, if it could not be shown to harmonize with the explanation we have furnished. Our theory likewise accounts for the circumstance that the paroxysms mostly break out at night during sleep, or that they are easily excited if, in addition to the irritation in the air-passages, another irritation is caused by crying or laughing. In making these statements, our aim has been to show that the spasmodic character of whooping-cough is not owing to the peculiar nature of the miasm, but to that of the organism upon which the miasm acts. We may as well observe in this place that, in our opin- ion, whooping-cough does not commence until the convulsive stage has set in, and that the previous simple catarrh is not by any means a sign that the miasm has now begun to affect the organism. A glance at the Therapeutics of the Old School is in so far im- portant as a comparison of results is best calculated to place the advantages of our own treatment in a more conspicuous light. Physicians as well as lay-persons are apt to express the opinion that there is no remedy for whooping-cough, and that it has to run its course for months. Wunderlich, who generally tries to enumer- ate the medicines that may cure a disease and who is not apt to be in favor of a purely negative treatment, declares that any treat- ment is absolutely powerless in the spasmodic stage and that all Tussis Convulsiva, Pertussis. 201 that can be done is to moderate the violence of the paroxysms by narcotics. In the case of children, however, the use of narcotics is attended with a good deal of danger for the reason that they are apt to develop dangerous cerebral congestions. No class of physi- cians knows how to appreciate such facts better than homoeopaths who derive the most brilliant results from small doses of such drugs. We care not to inquire why, we simply state the fact that the ordinary treatment of whooping-cough is quite ineffectual; that both physicians and lay-persons have lost all faith in it; that the former give nothing for the cough, and the latter allow the cough to run its course without giving any medicine at all, and that both parties declare themselves satisfied if the cough gradually disap- pears in three to five months; that finally under this routine- management a number of children succumb to the disease or its consequences. Whether Oppolzer's treatment which essentially con- sists in keeping the children in the same temperature, is as success- ful as Niemeyer would have us believe, is very questionable to our minds. We doubt whether a majority of the little patients recover in the promised space of four to six weeks. In opposition to all this, Homoeopathy can boast of favorable and speedy results without having to resort to such a rigorous mode of living as Oppolzer recommends. By means of the treatment which we have now been in the habit of pursuing for a number of years, we have succeeded in restoring at least ninety per cent, of our little patients, provided we had charge of them from the beginning, within the space of five and usually even four weeks, so far that all convulsive paroxysms ceased entirely, although a slight catarrh might have hung on for a short time longer. Yet among the large number of children whom we have had under treatment, there must have been a good many feeble and sickly ones to whom our statement applies nevertheless with equal force. The greatest merit, however, Homoeopathy can boast of is, the freedom from secondary diseases which do not occur under homoeopathic treatment and generally result from whooping-cough when it lasts too long. The malignant complications likewise, though not entirely excluded under homoeopathic treatment, yet are comparatively rare occur- rences. Before passing to the medicinal treatment of whooping-cough we have to offer some remarks about the preventive measures recommended for adoption during the prevalence of this epidemic and which impose such a heavy burthen upon families. The com- 202 Diseases of the Lungs. munication of the cough by contagion is at most questionable; we know from experience that in families where an infected child was kept strictly isolated from the rest of the family, nevertheless one child after another was gradually attacked by the disease. We are emphatically opposed to all such methods of solitary confinement which we would not recommend under any circumstances. The only sure preventive is the early removal of children from the district where the epidemic prevails. Few, however, will consent to such a step previous to the general spread of the disease; and then a change of locality is of doubtful value, or is of use only in so far as the children exchange city-air and artificial city-customs for the pure air and the more natural mode of living in the country. Another preventive is to guard children against every possible exposure to catarrhal influences. It is certainly true that a child scarcely ever has whooping-cough without first taking cold; but, on the other hand, this perfect freedom from exposure cannot possibly be secured unless we choose to deprive children of their most necessary nutri- ment, open air. We have already stated in a previous paragraph that we do not consider the catarrhal stage an essential ingredient of whooping- cough, although the treatment of this stage is of importance to the whole course of the disease. It may be considered a rule that the sooner and more completely the premonitory catarrh is cured, the shorter and less intense will be the course of the convulsive stage. Hence we have every reason, during the prevalence of epidemic whooping-cough, to treat the most trifling catarrh with becoming care and attention. The remedies to be employed for this purpose are the same as those that have been recommended in former sec- tions for catarrh of the nose, larynx, trachea and bronchia, all of which may come into play, though Belladonna will probably be found the most efficient at the commencement. The much vaunted Drosera is of very doubtful value in this as well as in the subse- quent stages. At this stage it is of course indispensable to guard children against further exposure and consequent increase of the catarrh, for which purpose they had better be kept in the room, in an uniform temperature. In the case of lively and quick children this proceeding is undoubtedly of difficult execution. For a goodly portion of our success in the treatment of whooping-cough we are undoubtedly indebted to the comparative certainty with which we succeed in controlling this first stage without impairing the general strength of the little patient. Even a violent bronchitis at the Tussis Convulsiva Pertussis. 203 commencement of the disease may not aggravate the symptoms of the spasmodic stage, which cannot be asserted of any other treat- ment. As soon as the peculiar paroxysms of cough show that the con- vulsive stage has set in, an entirely different series of drugs have to be selected. We feel some embarrassment in giving a description of the treatment of this stage inasmuch as we are conscious of a marked difference in this respect between our own views and those of most of our colleagues. Hartmann gives a number of remedies that may be useful in whooping-cough but are suggested by groups of symptoms that render a differential diagnosis between one drug and another impossible and nugatory. His symptomatic arrange- ments are supposed to be in accord with the law of similarity, but the practical efficiency of the treatment is sadly impaired by such a course. However in order to avoid even the appearance of partiality, we shall afterwards mention single remedies and their most essential indications. What are, in a case of whooping-cough, the characteristic indi- cations which point most directly and positively to the correct remedy? This is an important inquiry. Is it the particular cir- cumstances which, if the statement of the relatives may be be- lieved, have caused the attack? We cannot accept a theory of this kind, notwithstanding that this chapter has been exhausted by the coarse symptom-coverers among us to the dregs. The same child has on the same day an attack of cough from laughing, crying, eating and drinking; this alone would require four different remedies. Shall we select a remedy in accordance with the specific symptoms of each particular paroxysm? In this respect we dis- cover indeed symptomatic differences that ought not to be over- looked ; but in ninety cases out of every hundred the paroxysms are mostly alike, and only differ from each other slightly in in- tensity. Hence it is only in exceptional cases that the nature of the paroxysm will prove a sufficient guide for the selection of a drug. Can we depend upon the symptoms between the parox- ysms for light in selecting a remedy? Here too we shall be dis- appointed, for where no complications exist, the apyrexia is gener- ally free from symptoms; one child may at most feel the immediate consequences of an attack a little longer than another. In our opinion the simple, uncomplicated whooping-cough of healthy children does not present any salient points upon which the selection of a remedy could be based. Hence it will always be 204 Diseases of the Lungs. exceedingly difficult to select the right remedy from among a large number. We are supported by experience in believing that the number of remedies which arc adapted to whooping-cough, is very small, for the reason that the characteristic effects of the whooping- cough miasm manifest themselves in almost every case in the same uniform manner: Excessive irritability of the respiratory mucous membrane with an extreme increase of reflex-action. By removing this increase, we cure whooping-cough, so that only a simple catarrh remains which would at most be distinguished by a somewhat more violent cough. That this is no hypothesis, but a fact, results from the decided effect obtained by exciting the energy of larger chil- dren; from the favorable influence of powerful external stimuli applied to various parts of the body as soon as the paroxysm threatens to set in, for instance the application of a sponge dipped in cold water to the pit of the stomach; from the circumstance that individuals who are not endowed with a marked degree of reflex- action, are not liable to attacks of whooping-cough, and finally from the abundant confirmations of experience. The remedy of which we make use for the purpose of moderating reflex-action, is Cuprum metallicum. By continuing the use of Copper for two or three weeks in the sixth attenuation, a few drops morn- ing and night, commencing as soon as the spasmodic character of the cough becomes apparent, we have succeeded so well in the treatment of whooping-cough that we have scarcely ever been obliged to resort to any other treatment. Many of our colleagues, on reading this statement, will of course accuse us of a crime against Homoeopathy, of an attempt to perpetrate an extreme gen- eralization. In spite of their censure we should have to continue our course, because it leads to success, and success cannot only be obtained in mild, but likewise in malignant epidemics. That Cuprum is homoeopathic to the disease, may be learned by a mere glance at the Materia Medica. Instead of metallic Copper, Hart- mann recommends the Acetate, which, however, has not yielded us as satisfactory results. After what we have said, we deem a detailed description of the whooping-cough to which Cuprum is adapted, unnecessary. Be the attacks violent or comparatively slight, whether they occur at night or in the day-time, or whatever other differences prevail, Cuprum will not fail us so long as no complications exist or the general condition of the organism does not greatly deviate from the normal state. Cuprum is really an antidote to the whooping-cough miasm. If the antidotal effect is Tussis Convulsiva, Pertussis. 205 to be obtained, the use of this remedy must not be discontinued in a few days ; in general, a frequent change of remedies in whooping- cough can only result in injury to the patient. We now pass to the other remedies for whooping-cough and ex- pect to satisfy our readers that Cuprum is not regarded by us as the only remedy for this disease. Belladonna has probably been better tested as a remedy for whooping-cough than any other medicine. Experience, however, has shown that Belladonna does not so much act favorably upon the spasm as that it limits the catarrh and brings it more speedily to a termination. Belladonna occupies the first rank when the dis- ease first breaks out, and at this stage its good effects are most decisive; but to continue its use in the convulsive stage, would be a mere loss of time. It again becomes an important remedy if fever sets in in the course of this stage, the patients become restless and after that too quiet, the apyrexia is not free from cough, in short if the catarrhal symptoms again increase and spread towards the bronchia. En most cases, however, all that Belladonna accom- plishes is to remove the threatening symptoms, after which the cough again sets in in all its vehemence. The congestive symptoms which may occur during a paroxysm, should never mislead one to employ Belladonna on this account. Drosera has beerf recommended as a specific for whooping-cough, and the most diversified indications for its use have been enumer- ated by our earlier writers. Hahnemann says that a globule of the thirtieth potency cures a species of whooping-cough, which probably never occurs in practice. Many physicians are of Hahnemann's opinion, although they may not have seen any great results from this drug; ochers, on the contrary, deny its vaunted efficacy. The dispute cannot be decided as long as the discussion revolves around unmeaning symptoms. It is certain that Drosera is not made much use of at the present time, and scarcely ever against the fully developed convulsive stage. ipecacuanha is one of our best remedies in this disease; its indica- tions are tolerably precise and unmistakable. If, instead of the usual tenacious and scanty mucus, a large quantity of simple catar- rhal mucus accumulates, so that the cough is preceded and accom- panied by loud rales; if every paroxysm of cough is attended with vomiting, not at the end, but at the commencement; if a paroxysm is excited by the ingestion of every trifling quantity of food or drink: Ipecacuanha deserves a preference over every other remedy. 206 Diseases of the Lungs. We shall scarcely ever meet with suitable indications for Ipecacu- anha at the beginning of the attack; more frequently if the cough had already lasted for some time and had been neglected. We have scarcely ever had occasion to use this drug, if we conducted the treatment from the start. Tartarus stibiatus has an excessive secretion of mucus in common with the former drug, but is preferable if the strength had suffered a great deal and the stomach and intestines are affected with catar- rhal symptoms, so that frequent and tormenting vomiting and diar- rhoea set in. This remedy will have to be given for the complica- tions rather than for the cough itself. On this acount we refer the reader to the last chapters. Veratrum album acts very similarly to the two last-named rem- edies. Here, too, we have an excessive secretion of mucus, rales between and during the paroxysms, a marked disposition to vomit water and mucus, and, at the same time, the patient is troubled with diarrhoea. In addition we have the symptoms of a catarrh approximating more and more a malignant bronchitis: anxiety, restlessness, a short and superficial respiration, pains in the chest, accelerated pulse with disposition to cool perspiration alternating with a burning heat, pallid countenance, sopor; the paroxysms become feebler, but the general condition of the system deteriorates more and more. Veratrum is calculated to become a specific in epidemic whooping-cough, if an intense intestinal catarrh sets in as a complication. Arsenicum album is no real remedy for whooping-cough, but of great value if the organism has become very much enfeebled by the long duration of the disease and the violence of the paroxysms. The patients become sensible for some time previous of the ap- proaching paroxysm, become exceedingly reStless, seem tormented by anguish; owing to their great prostration, stool and urine are passed involuntarily. Arsenicum deserves particular consideration, if the pulmonary tissue has become atrophied, or acute emphysema has set in. Cina. It seems to us absurd that this remedy should be recom- mended for whooping-cough, if helminthic symptoms either precede or accompany the attack; they will hardly influence the nature of the paroxysm. A better indication is, if the children become con- vulsed during a paroxysm, as if they had an attack of eclampsia; another indication is, if a gurgling noise is heard after every paroxysm from the throat into the abdomen. In some epidemics Tussis Convulsiva, Pertussis. 207 other physicians have employed this remedy with a good deal of success. Conium maculatum is said to be an excellent remedy, if the parox- ysms set in principally at night, especially in the case of scrofulous and anaemic children. Ledum palustre is said to be the right rem- edy, if every paroxysm is preceded by a convulsive condition which is again succeeded by an exceedingly violent paroxysm. Numerous records of cures by this drug are not to be found in any of our publications. We might enumerate a pretty long list of remedies that have been used for whooping-cough; but we not only doubt their specific adaptation to the disease, but cannot refer to any practical d'emon- strations of their efficacy. These remedies are: Arnica, Hyoscya- mus, Ignatia, Nux vomica, Lactuca virosa, Laurocerasus, Ambra, Sepia, Pulsatilla, Carbo vegetabilis, lodium, Spongia, China and others. Carbo vegetabilis deserves special consideration in cases where Arsenic might seem indicated, except that Carbo has a more copious secretion and expectoration of mucus. China is variously commended, but no available indications are given. This list of remedies would have to be increased a good deal, if we would include those that may be required to meet existing com- plications. In this respect we prefer referring the reader to their respective chapters, for it amounts pretty much to the same thing whether capillary bronchitis or catarrhal pneumonia sets in as a complication of whooping-cough or as a primary idiopathic disease. Unless the whooping-cough claims special attention on account of inherent features of a threatening character, it is our opinion that in all complicated cases the cough itself had better be ignored and the complication attended to above everything else. This course will facilitate the'choice of a remedy and will prove advantageous to the patient. The whooping-cough will certainly disappear as soon as the catarrh is removed. Of particular importance and involving a good deal of danger is a combination of whooping-cough with tuberculosis, whether the latter was caused by the cough or existed previous to its occurrence. Naturally enough the paroxysm of cough irritates the diseased lungs in a most dangerous manner and invests the cure with immense dfficulties. In such cases lodium and Silicea prove excellent remedies. The catarrh remaining after the convulsive stage is not distin- guished in anything from an ordinary catarrh, provided it is not complicated with emphysema. If this is the case, a cure can be 208 Diseases of the Lungs. expected from scarcely anything except the persistent use of vege- table charcoal; in the case of young people a cure is not only pos- sible, but probable. The sequelae are too numerous to admit of an extensive notice in this place. If whooping-cough is treated homoeopathically from the outset, they will scarcely ever happen, except perhaps tubercles which, however, are never engendered by whooping-cough, but are at most converted into centres of suppuration. As regards the characteristic whooping-cough marasmus, we have never yet come across it in our own practice. If the homoeopathic treatment only commences at a later stage of the disease, the prognosis of course differs greatly from the prog- nosis under full homoeopathic treatment; for at that stage we often meet with structural changes which it may be difficult or even im- possible to remove. Another important point is the patient's mode of living. In this respect physicians differ in their opinions more perhaps than in any other disease. As regards nourishment, it has to be of a nature not to cause any irritation of the stomach or intestinal canal that might exert a pernicious influence over the course of the cough. It is likewise an indispensable precaution that children should not be stuffed with food, lest a paroxysm should so much more readily occasion vomiting; it is a good plan to keep the children quiet after eating, in order to keep off an attack until the digestion is com- pleted. If food is vomited up too easily and too often, a small quantity of Tokay will prove an excellent means of steadying the stomach. If opinions concerning the food and the beverages of patients cannot reasonably differ, they are so much more antago- nistic as respects the balance of the management. We have already stated that Oppolzer, and with him a number of other physicians, prescribe a uniform temperature for the little patients, and even keep them in bed. By this means the catarrh is to be removed in the shortest possible manner. In one respect the usefulness of this proceeding may not admit of any doubt, but in other respects the general well-being of the patients is injuriously affected by it. In the absence of other efficient remedial agents, the usefulness of this confinement is undoutedly undeniable. Under homoeopathic treat- ment, however, it becomes a useless deprivation. Of course the children should be kept in their rooms until the fever is passed; but if the whooping-cough sets in with a simple coryza, the children may safely be allowed the use of the open air, of course with proper Tussis Convulsivia, Pertussis. 209 precautions. As soon as the convulsive stage has set in, we enjoin upon the parents the duty of sending the children every day out of doors for a couple of hours, provided the weather is tolerably fair. We have never observed any injurious effects from this proceeding, even in winter; the disease does not, on this account, last longer than five weeks, and the children retain a fresh appearance and preserve their strength and regular appetite. Moreover another advantage should not be overlooked: the children remain in good spirits, whereas continued confinement in a room usually begets an irritable and headstrong temper which has the effect of promoting the frequency of the paroxysms. Regarding a change of residence, we have already hinted in a previous paragraph our doubts of the propriety of such a measure. We have never known the children of country-people to be favorably affected by such a change, only city-children gain by it sometimes, and in their case it is not the removal from the influence of the whooping-cough miasm, but the healthier mode of living that produces the good results. If city- children are sent back to the city, no good effects are perceived. Indeed, such aids are not necessary. Many lay-people, even physi- cians, object to washing the children with cold water, or to allow them their usual bath. This, too, is an useless precaution, and may even become injurious for the reason that the skin is made unneces- sarily sensitive and its functional activity is forced into an unwonted mode of action. In conclusion we offer a few words regarding the dose of the appropriate remedy. In this respect the partisans of large and small doses are diametrically opposed to each other, some regarding whooping-cough as an acute, others as a chronic disease. It may be possible to cure whooping-cough with the thirtieth potency; we have never attempted such a thing; at all events low potencies are not necessary to effect a cure, nor is it necessary to resort to frequent repetitions of the dose. Our own experience has led us to prefer the middle potencies, giving a dose morning and evening. A fre- quent change of remedies should be strictly avoided; rapid success can never be achieved by such means. [We would call attention to two remedies which Baehr has omit- ted to mention, we mean Coffee and Mephitis putorius. The former, if given in dessertspoonful doses of a strong infusion, sweetened with sugar and without milk, will have a tendency to shorten and moderate the paroxysms; the latter has been frequently used by homoeopathic physicians with good effect; Doctor Keidhard of 14 210 Diseases of the Lungs. Philadelphia has reported a number of successful cases treated with Mephitis in our various Journals. H.] 6. Bronchitis Chronica. Chronic Bronchitis, Chronic Pulmonary or Bronchial Catarrh. In the majority of cases chronic bronchitis owes its existence to one or more attacks of acute bronchitis out of which it arises by gradual development. Even as thus arising as a secondary disease, the affection is exceedingly frequent, but this frequency is still more increased by the circumstance that it accompanies most of the material changes of structure in the lungs, particularly tuberculosis, bronchiectasia and emphysema, and that it likewise occurs as a complication of diseases of other organs. The latter occurs more particularly in diseases of organs that obstruct the return of the blood from the lungs, such as heart-disease and affections of the liver. As a primary disease, chronic bronchitis is more particularly met with among persons who are upwards of forty-five years old; every chronic pulmonary catarrh of young people excites a well- founded suspicion that it emanates from some other pulmonary disease as its source. Alen are much more frequently afflicted with chronic bronchitis than women; children are seldom attacked. Tn Northern districts chronic pulmonary catarrh becomes much more frequent; in countries with a damp and cold climate it is almost endemic; it likewise prevails among individuals whose business confines them to damp and cool places. Persons who have to inhale a good deal of dust during their work, such as stone-cutters, millers and sculptors, are likewise exposed to frequent attacks of chronic bronchitis. Smoking is likewise a frequent cause of this disease. This use of tobacco causes chronic catarrh of the bronchial lining membrane much more frequently than one imagines, without any acute attack having preceded the chronic form. The symptoms and course of the disease are easily understood if we keep the anatomical changes which the bronchial mucous mem- brane undergoes, steadily in view. For this reason we will describe these changes before going any further. The bronchial mucous membrane is hypertrophied over a more or less considerable extent of surface ; it is unequally raised up, is of a deep dark-red color and traversed by distinctly engorged vessels. It is covered by a massive layer of gray or even purulent mucus, of various thicknesses, or else the secretion is more scanty, but in that case very tenacious, trans- parent, ropy. The puffiness and thickening of the mucous mem- Bronchitis Chronica. 211 brane, as well as the infiltration of the submucous and muscular tissues diminish the elasticity and occasion a consequent dilatation of the bronchia which is mostly diffuse, but may likewise be partial. Emphysema may likewise result from these anatomical changes. If a bronchial tube becomes closed anywhere, atelectasia of corre- sponding parts of the lungs takes place. True pus is seldom formed on the bronchial mucus membrane; hence ulcers, which occur so frequently in chronic catarrh of other mucous membranes, are sel- dom seen on the mucous lining of the bronchia. Considering our mode of living, and when affecting persons beyond the age of fifty, the milder cases of chronic bronchial catarrh do not present any marked symptoms. The patients cough a little, most generally in the morning, and after that they expec- torate some, but assimilation is not affected by the disease, nor is the respiratory process interfered with, and the condition some- times remains unchanged for years. The more violent cases, on the contrary, cause constant and most commonly increasing trouble. After the termination of an acute bronchial catarrh,-for chronic catarrh seldom sets in gradually without any preliminary acute stage,-cough and expectoration remain and continue with slight variations until made worse again by another acute attack. The cough is marked by two essentially distinct features. If the bron- chial secretion is scanty, tenacious and firmly adhering, the parox- ysms of cough occur less frequently, but in such a case the cough is mostly severely spasmodic and not unfrequently leads to gagging and vomiting. The paroxysms occur most frequently at night, less commonly in the day-time. After violent exertions, some of the above-described mucus is expelled; sometimes a little mucus is not hawked up till some time after the cough. If the secretion is more copious, the cough sets in chiefly in the morning-hours or after the use of warm food; it may continue for a long time, but is not spas- modic, for after a few energetic spells of cough, the mucus is de- tached and expectorated. Sooner or later the cough becomes associated with more or less violent oppression of breathing, which may even creep along with- out being perceived and corresponds with the increasing hyper- trophy of the bronchial mucous membrane, a diminution of its elasticity and the copious quantity of the secretion. At first this oppression is only perceived by the patients when making an effort, during a rapid walk, going up hill; soon, however, it is felt even during an ordinary walk, even during rest, and causes a great deal 212 Diseases of the Lungs. of annoyance. In the higher grades of the disease, the patients are threatened during the paroxysm of cough with danger of suffoca- tion ; even between the paroxysms the nature of the existing affec- tion is revealed at first sight by the elevated thorax and the con- sequent shortening of the neck. The most intense pain, however, is endured by the patients if an acute aggravation of the disease takes place. Under such circumstances they exhibit such a perfect picture of distress that it seems as though they could not possibly live longer than twenty-four hours. These acute exacerbations occur almost certainly once at least every spring and fall, even if the patients have not knowingly been exposed or have not even left their room. The structural changes, superinduced by chronic catarrh, render the disease, if it lasts any length of time, almost constantly un- bearable. Emphysema which often is produced by, but seldom engenders catarrh, usually accompanies the latter and occasions per- manent dyspnoea corresponding with the extent of the emphysema. Dyspnoea is likewise occasioned by bronchiectasia and by the ano- malous conditions of the heart excited by chronic catarrh. The worst is that the morbid conditions occasioned by the disease, in their turn feed and aggravate the exciting cause. In unimportant cases the physical diagnosis does not reveal any abnormal changes. The percussion remains normal as long as the catarrh has not given rise to any material changes such as atelec- tasia, emphysema, etc. In a violent attack, auscultation always yields abnormal results. If the secretion is scanty and auscultation is instituted immediately after, or during a paroxysm of cough, a loud inspiratory murmur is heard over the whole thorax and a prolonged and loud expiration with wheezing; rales are very sel- dom heard, or, if they are heard, the bullae are fine; between the paroxysms, the respiratory murmur may be normal over the larger portion of the thorax; crepitation or a fine wheezing is only heard in detached spots. If the secretion is copious, coarse as well as fine rales, with sibilant and buzzing sounds, are heard all the time, most loudly previous to a paroxysm of cough. In the beginning the general organism is not affected by the complaint; even tolerably severe forms of this disease are borne for a long time without any perceptible detriment. Very seldom, and only if the secretion is very profuse, emaciation gradually super- venes, in spite of which the patients may live, however, for many years. The greatest danger is occasioned by the influence exerted Bronchitis Chronica. 213 by the impeded respiration over the circulation. The functions of the heart become abnormal; the deficiency of blood in the lungs and its imperfect aeration either cause passive hyperaemias of the liver and a corresponding chronic intestinal catarrh, or disturbances in the functions of the spleen or kidneys, or passive hyperaemia of the brain with its inherent dangers, so that it is not without reason that a raised thorax and short neck are designated as an apoplectic habit. If the catarrh has become an inveterate disease, it is apt to last to the end of life; but that such a noble organ as the lungs should be capable of bearing for so long a time even a severe degree of an apparently dangerous disease, is indeed remarkable. It is not marasmus the patient need dread, but the constant succession of acute attacks which indeed are rarely immediately fatal, but may easily superinduce oedema of the lungs; most patients die of this disease amid symptoms of general dropsy. If an acute attack as- sumes the form of capillary bronchitis or pneumonia, the lives of such patients are indeed in extreme peril. In recent cases the prognosis is not altogether unfavorable so far as a cure is concerned; life is very seldom endangered by such a disease. The chances of course depend upon what structural changes have taken place, and to what extent. The worst omen is heart-disease, which almost always terminates in dropsy in a very short time. Treatment. Even under homoeopathic treatment inveterate pulmonary catarrhs are very seldom cured; nor will this treatment ever succeed in effecting the retrograde metamorphosis of emphy- sema or bronchiectasia. But even though the homoeopathic Ma- teria Medica has only palliatives to offer against the totality of the disease, yet we are possessed of many more excellent means towards the limitation and complete cure of the exacerbations, and for the stoppage of the further progress of incipient alterations of tissue; and in this way we are able to afford a relief that may be called extraordinary if compared with what is accomplished by other methods of cure. Hence we earnestly advise every physician who treats chronic bronchitis, to keep these two last-mentioned points steadily in view, and never to lose sight of them in the effort to effect a radical cure. • With a view of affording a general view of the treatment, we will first describe the chief remedies in a few short paragraphs. Tartarus stibiatus has already been mentioned when we treated of 214 Diseases of the Lungs. acute affections of the mucous membranes, but is perhaps of greater importance in chronic bronchial catarrh to which it is so charac- teristically adapted. In bronchitis with a violent, spasmodic cough, loud rales in the chest, a copious, wdiite expectoration, dyspnoea occasioned by the quantity of the secreted mucus, Tart. stib. is a sovereign remedy; it speedily diminishes the quantity of mucus and thus affords much relief to the sufferer. Very seldom, how- ever, a favorable effect will be witnessed in cases where emphysema has already set in; for this reason the remedy is better adapted to chronic catarrhs of recent origin, that had taken the place of the acute disease, than to inveterate cases. Pulsatilla is much more useful in chronic than in acute bronchitis, if the following symptoms prevail: Cough, principally at night, excited by tickling in the trachea, with copious expectoration of mucus; the mucus is mostly white, but frequently mingled with yellowish or greenish lumps that impart to it an oily, offensive taste. There must not be any emphysema, whereas the presence of tubercles as cause of the disease points to Pulsatilla. Pulsatilla is next to indispensable in the bronchial catarrh of chlorotic patients which almost always, although not in every case, depends upon tuberculosis. If, in the case of children, an acute catarrh gradually changes to the chronic form, Pulsatilla is a remedy of the first importance. Sulphur is undoubtedly the most important remedy in this disease because it corresponds to the worst and most inveterate cases. If emphysema is present, this remedy may never yield any marked results; even its palliative effect is questionable. Brilliant results may, however, be obtained, in cases of chronic catarrh of longstand- ing, if the mucus is secreted in large quantities, or is very tenacious, and the symptoms point to a decided thickening of the mucous membrane. An eminent indication for Sulphur is the excessive sensitiveness of the skin, so that every trifling change of tem- perature causes an exacerbation and that, even if the patient re- mains in his room, he is stiil powerfully affected by changes in the weather. Only this hypereesthesia must not be caused by pul- monary tuberculosis, the tubercles at least must not be in a state of suppuration. What we have said shows that the symptoms may be distinguished in two series. The cough is either loose, the mucus easily detached, but only at times, so that at night, for instance, there is a good deal of dry cough, whereas in the morning and during the day the cough is moist, the expectoration is mostly Bronchitis Chronica. 215 white, compact, but mixed with a number of yellowish or greenish lumps showing that the mucus had been secreted in the bronchia for some time before being coughed up; it has a foul taste and even a bad odor, and the accompanying hoarseness and sensation of rawness show that the larynx and trachea have become involved in the pathological process. Or else the cough sets in in more violent paroxysms with considerable dyspnoea, is dry and spasmodic, with wheezing in the chest; it occurs most generally late in the evening and in the night, and it is only towards morning or after rising that a tenacious, glassy mucus is brought up after a slight coughing spell. The digestive symptoms and the condition of the liver which generally appears very much enlarged in chronic catarrh, contirm the selection of Sulphur. It has always seemed to us as if the triturations of Sulphur did not act as well in this diseases as the attenuations prepared from the alcoholic tincture, and that, as a rule, the higher potencies act better than the lower. We do not insist upon this point, for a comparatively small number of obser- vations do not authorize the resort to apodictic assertions. Finally we have to observe that in the case of decrepit, and more especially old individuals, Sulphur seldom does any good. Nux vomica acts in many respects similarly to Sulphur and, ac- cording to our experience is, like Pulsatilla, more efficient in chronic than in acute bronchitis, if the following symptoms prevail: The cough sets in with particular violence between midnight and morn- ing, is dry, spasmodic, very persistent and racking, so as to cause pains in the bowels; it is easily excited by a change of temperature, and is associated with a continual titillation in the chest and trachea; only in the morning, mostly after, very seldom before rising, a loose cough sets in, with easy expectoration of a simple mucus. While coughing a sensation of soreness and roughness is sensibly felt down the middle of the chest. The condition of the digestive organs greatly facilitates the selection of the right rem- edy. In contradistinction to Sulphur, Nux vomica is much better adapted to comparatively recent cases without any serious compli- cations and is otherwise more particularly suitable for patients with vigorous and otherwise sound constitutions. Phosphorus, although variously recommended for chronic catarrh, is, in our opinion, only adapted to acute attacks of bronchitis setting in during the course of the malady, and when exceedingly acute and threatening. Particulars may be found in the chapter on acute pulmonary affections. 216 Diseases of the Lungs. Belladonna, though not exactly a remedy for chronic bronchitis, renders excellent service in the continued, distressing titillating cough, excited by a tickling in the throat-pit, by cold air and long talking, without any or a very scanty, tenacious expectoration, and generally with a marked feeling of dryness in the respiratory organs, exacerbating during the last hours before midnight. This form of chronic bronchitis is not very frequent. Calcarea carbonica is used in this disease much less frequently than it deserves. It competes- in some respects with Sulphur, but is likewise fully adapted to emphysematous chronic catarrh, if the cough is dry and tormenting, sets in principally at night with a violent irritation in the respiratory organs, and if, after coughing for some time, a tenacious and frothy mucus of a saltish or offen- sively sweetish taste is expectorated. We shall revert to this drug when speaking of the catarrh of tuberculous individuals. Next to Silicea it is the most important remedy in the so-called stone-cutter phthisis. Spongia is one of the principal remedies for chronic croupous bronchitis. The patients feel quite well for days; it is only occa- sionally that they cough once and then only very little; all at once, after an increasing shortness of breath, and excited by cold, a vio- lent emotion or some other irritation, and attended with wheezing throughout the whole chest, a violent fit of spasmodic cough sets in, by which the distinctly-perceived murmurs in the lungs are con- tinually increased, accompanied by a high degree of dyspnoea which lasts for several hours and mostly occurs in the night; the cough is quite dry, or else there may be a scanty, frothy expectoration which sometimes has to be vomited up, and not till several hours after, a glassy, hard, clear mucus of a globular or vermiform shape is easily hawked up in small pieces. Very commonly these symptoms point to tuberculosis, but not as a rule. Sepia may claim our attention in a similar cough as Spongia, but we must confess that we have never derived very striking results from its use. The numerous symptoms in the pathogenesis of Sepia which point to bronchial catarrh, give evidence that Sepia must be a remedy for this disease. Only it is difficult, owing to the multi- tude of symptoms, to present a characteristic group. The leading symptoms of the group are: Dry, spasmodic cough, or cough with a copious, saltish expectoration, which is apt to set in during the late morning-hours. Sepia is not adapted to bronchial catarrhs accompanied with bronchiectasia, emphysema, etc. Bronchitis Chronica. 217 lodium is related to Spongia; perhaps it acts more readily than the latter; the paroxysms of chronic catarrh to which Iodine is adapted, occur irregularly during the day; the expectoration is glassy and hard or tenacious, but shapeless; the paroxysms are always accompanied by a violent asthma which does not entirely cease dur- ing the intervals. lodium is probably never suitable in cases of old people. Lycopodium is suitable for old people, if emphysema and marked changes in the bronchial mucous membrane have taken place; there is constant tickling in the throat, loud rales with scanty or unfre- quent expectoration of a gray color and saltish taste, nightly exac- erbations. Manganum is suited to a spasmodic cough with difficulty of raising the phlegm; the cough is only in the day-time; only hard lumps are brought up after hard coughing, of a yellow or green color. Baryta carbonica has acted very favorably in several cases of catarrh of old people, with excessive secretion of mucus and difficulty of expectorating it, and with paroxysms of a spasmodic cough during the period immediately following midnight. Two days after using the drug the mucus generally decreased in quantity and the patients felt relieved. Silicea, although symptomatically indicated in many forms of catarrh, yet has only proved efficient in our hands in a very severe form. We are often called upon to prescribe for the common stone- cutter bronchitis which is such a common cause of death among this class of workmen. It is characterized by profuse secretion of mucus, great shortness of breath without any perceptible emphy- sema ; this shortness of breath not only sets in after an effort, but without any cause. These people generally die of phthisis pituitosa, that is to say in consequence of an excessive secretion of mucus, associated now and then with distinct signs of bronchial suppura- tion. We have tried a number of remedies against this dangerous affection almost without effect, whereas Silicea has always acted with prompt benefit. We must add that we have never derived any advantage from alcoholic attenuations, but always from the higher triturations. Stannum has been tried by us in many apparently suitable cases, without any result; we cannot recommend it, whatever others may say to the contrary. z Senega is adapted to chronic bronchitis when accompanied by laryngotracheitis, but likewise to chronic bronchitis without thia 218 Diseases of the Lungs. accompaniment; the cough has no expectoration, or else the above- described tenacious, glassy expectoration, especially troublesome at night, and excited by every exertion of the respiratory organs, or by fresh air. Bryonia alba is preferable in the acute form, and is very seldom adapted to inveterate chronic catarrh. It is particularly indicated by a spasmodic cough with a copious expectoration of yellowish mucus; the cough distresses the patient all the time and is so violent that it seems as though the thorax would fly to pieces; it is easily excited by smoke and dust. We have never seen Bryonia relieve a dry cough, or a cough with tenacious, scanty expectoration. Hyoscyamus, of all the remedies here mentioned has the most pre- cise and most prominent indications, which are indeed not often met with in chronic catarrh. The Hyoscyamus-cough is a nocturnal, spasmodic cough, excited by a recumbent posture and abating im- mediately after the vertical posture is resumed. This combination of symptoms occurs very rarely, but if it does, Hyoscyamus is the right remedy. Opium must not be overlooked. It is erroneous to suppose that the narcotic effect of Opium suspends the desire to cough only for a short time, for there are many forms of cough where Opium only exacerbates, but does not afford any relief, or affords relief only when administered in very large doses to be followed afterwards by an increase of the cough. In our opinion Opium is admirably homoeopathic to a spasmodic, dry, paroxysmal, titillating cough which is especially tormenting at night, and has but a scanty expec- toration. The fact that we have often cured a cough of this kind permanently by means of a few doses of Opium, entitles us to the belief that Opium is something better than a mere palliative in this affection. But we warn our readers against giving Opium, if the cough is attended with a profuse expectoration of mucus, since a decrease of the cough must necessarily lead to great dyspnoea. Digitalis purpurea is mentioned here as a remedy for pulmonary tuberculosis to which chapter the reader is referred. A special in- dication for this remedy are cyanotic symptoms in the face and the sensation of an excessive determination of blood to the lungs, by which the breathing is at times oppressed and suspended. Arsenicum album is one of the most important remedies for chronic bronchial catarrh. However, it will rarely be indicated in simple, uncomplicated, chronic, bronchial catarrh, but so much more fre- quently if emphysema has taken place, and if the symptoms which Bronchitis Chronica. 219 we have indicated as peculiar to Digitalis, prevail. The cough is always attended with more or less considerable asthmatic distress which does not entirely cease even during the intervals between the paroxysms; the cough is excited by a severe tickling in the trachea or under the sternum, by cold air and more particularly by changes in the atmosphere; it breaks out particularly in the middle of the night, has a dry and wheezing sound, and it is only with difficulty that a frothy and occasionally a tenacious, white mucus is raised. The symptoms indicating Arsenicum are only occasionally met with among young people, and only rarely among old ones. If the rem- edy acts favorably, it does so speedily; if Arsenic does not improve the case in the first eight days, no favorable change need be expected from the further use of this drug. Arsenic acts with particular benefit, if the catarrh has become associated with heart disease, though, in such a case, a radical cure can no longer be expected. Carbo vegetabilis ranks with Arsenic in curative power. The symptoms of both drugs are very much alike. Carbo likewise acts best in old and neglected cases, with emphysema and hypertrophy of the mucous lining; the circulation of the lungs and heart as well as of the heacl and abdominal viscera is very much impeded; the patient is very sensitive to cold and to the direct action of irri- tants upon the lungs; the symptoms exacerbate at night, but the expectoration differs from that of Arsenic: Carbo affording help only if the expectoration is profuse, not when scanty. At times the expectoration consists of mere lumps of mucus; at other times it is purulent, or yellow and green, sometimes having a bad taste and a pungent odor, suggesting the possibility of an approaching pulmonary phthisis. If the larynx is very much involved, Carbo is indicated so much more. The drug must not be expected to act immediately, because patients for whom Carbo is suitable, are gen- erally very much reduced and the lungs are so deeply implicated that a rapid improvement has become impossible. Beside the remedies we have named, a number of other drugs may be ranged in this category; they are only of secondary im- portance, and we confine ourselves to giving their names: Ipecacu- anha, Antimonium crudum, Conium maculatum, Hepar sulphuris, Natrum muriaticum, Cuprum, Kali carbonicum, Ambra, also China, and Kerrum. A bird's-eye view of the therapeutic indications may facilitate the selection of the particular remedy appropriate in a given case. Starting from the mucous secretion which accompanies the 220 Diseases of the Lungs. cough, we have two principal kinds, one with copious, and the other with scanty or no expectoration. The remedies for the first kind, are: Bryonia, Tartarus stibiatus, Pulsatilla, Calcarea .carbon., Lycopodium, Manganum, Silicea, Sulphur, Stannum, Baryta carbon., Carbo veget., Digitalis, China, Ferrum, Antimonium crudum, Ambra. For the second kind, the remedies are: Nux vomica, Belladonna, Spongia, lodium, Senega, Hyoscyamus, Opium, Hepar sulphuris, Ar- senicum, and, in so far as this second kind appears in the form of a spasmodic titillating cough: Belladonna, Senega, Hyoscyamus, Opium. For chronic bronchitis of recent origin, when arising from the acute form, the following remedies are particularly appropriate: Bryonia, Tartarus stibiatus, Pulsatilla, Sulphur, Nux vomica, Bella- donna, Hepar sulphuris, Ipecacuanha; if remaining after measle- catarrh: Pulsatilla; if after whooping-cough: Cuprum, China, Ferrum, Arsenicum, Hepar. Among old people, chronic bronchitis requires : Tartarus stibiatus, Lycopodium, Baryta, Carbo vegetabilis. In their case only a pallia- tive effect can be obtained, that is to say a limitation of the mucous secretion ; we cannot expect to accomplish more by continuing the exhibition of these remedies. For the so-called stone-cutter phthisis the leading remedy is Silicea, next Calcarea carbonica, Carbo vegetabilis. Tartarus stibiatus will seldom do much good, although the symptoms may seem to indicate this remedy. It is, however, indispensable that the respira- tory organs be no longer compelled to inhale the stone or flour-dust, or the dust and delicate fibres of the wool. The best protection against this exposure is a moist sponge tied in front of the mouth and nose, or a thick woollen mask around the nose and mouth, which is continually kept moist. By adopting this course we have often succeeded in restoring stone-cutters who seemed irretrievably lost so as to enable them to resume their work and attend to it permanently. The difficulty is that such patients dread the derision of their fellow-laborers and that it is next to impossible to over- come this obstacle. If the catarrh has either originated or is accompanied by organic heart-disease, a cure cannot well be thought of. Arsenicum, Carbo vegetabilis, Lycopodium, Tartarus stibiatis may be tried, but the most efficacious remedy is undoubtedly Digitalin, about or of a grain per day, and administered at intervals. Persons who do not smoke, will derive much relief for their asthmatic distress from Bronchitis Chronica. 221 moderate smoking. Old women know this well; they are very apt to smoke a pipe for the sake of easing their lungs. For the passive cerebral congestions, with which organic diseases of the heart are so often associated, and likewise for the oedema of the lungs originating in a similar cause, Digitalin is likewise the best palliative; Arsenic or Carbo vegetabilis are much less frequently productive of any good results. If the disorganizations have pro- gressed too far, it is no longer possible to save the patient, and all we can do is to palliate his sufferings. In the intercurrent acute exacerbations, mostly of a threatening character and which, if the mucous membrane is considerably hypertrophied, cause extreme anguish and dyspnoea, and a blue-red or livid bloating of the face, the choice is between Bryonia, Mer- curius, Phosphorus, and Arsenicum. These exacerbations are of a threatening import, for the reason that they are most apt to cause oedema and paralysis of the lungs. But even in lesser grades of chronic bronchial catarrh the exacerbations cannot be treated with sufficient care, because they so commonly increase the chronic trouble and originate bronchial changes of structure. Old people are more particularly exposed to danger from this source; during the transition-periods of the seasons they have to use great caution in exposing themselves to the deleterious influences of atmospheric changes. In obstinate cases of chronic bronchial catarrh, if the patients are otherwise young and vigorous, we are forced to suspect the presence of tubercles, which will almost always be discovered on exploring the chest. For the remedies to be employed under these circumstances, we refer to the chapter on tuberculosis. The general management of the patients cannot be made to con- form to fixed general rules, but has to be adapted to the circum- stances of the patient. The uncomplicated chronic bronchial catarrh of young and vigorous individuals does not require any particular caution; above all, the patients must not use any exces- sive care lest the acute exacerbations should occur so much more easily. With ordinary caution the patients may safely go out even if a tolerably high wind should be blowing; they should never be encouraged in the use of an inhaler. An inhaler is only admissible if every acute bronchial catarrh portends danger, as in tuberculosis, in which case attention has, of course, to be paid to wind and tem- perature. A measure of precaution, which is too much neglected, is the use of water-tight, warm shoes or boots; for nothing is more 222 Diseases of the Lungs. apt to give a cold which reacts upon the respiratory organs, than damp feet. We do not mean to advocate the use of India-rubber shoes which afford poor protection, for the reason that they prevent the proper action of the skin. On the other hand, double leather- soles with woollen stockings afford the most certain protection, without any incidental disadvantages; this foot-gear is doubly nec- essary to those who are troubled with sweaty feet. It is upon such apparently trivial circumstances that the success of our treatment sometimes depends. In the case of children our measures of precaution have to be more complete than in the case of adults; even if a physical ex- ploration does not reveal any abnormal changes, yet, in their case, the conditions which give the first impulse to tubercular disease, are much more easily developed. For persons of an advanced age, it becomes imperatively neces- sary to guard against exacerbations and to submit to measures which would spoil young people and make them morbidly sensitive; we must not forget that the human body, after reaching the age of sixty, can no longer be prevailed upon to change its habits, dis- positions or susceptibilities. Here it becomes necessary to provide as much as possible for an uniform temperature and for a supply of clothing corresponding with the deficiency of animal heat; by attending to these things, many have succeeded in prolonging their lives for years. These general rules for different ages are not suitable for all in- dividuals, and we must not insist, from preconceived notions, upon adhering to a regimen that may be prejudicial to the patient. Many young people cannot undergo the process of hardening, many older persons, on the contrary, do not feel well unless they go out in every kind of weather; one child is kept in the house for weeks and yet the catarrh of this little patient does not abate in the least, whereas it gets well very speedily if the child is allowed to be all day in the open air. These differences have to be found out while the patient is under our treatment. Pure air which is the normal food of the respiratory organs, is of course an essential requisite for the cure of all pulmonary dis- eases. This circumstance is very much overlooked in the manage- ment of bronchial catarrh, for the reason that the influence of viti- ated air is not so readily perceived and does not cause the patient any immediate discomfort. We know that the continued inhala- tion of dust will give rise to pulmonary catarrh; will not the Bronchitis Chronica.' 223 same cause operate in feeding the catarrh that already exists? Let the patient, therefore, avoid dust and smoke, and let old people especially have their attention directed to the injurious effects of living in a room filled with tobacco-smoke. Wollen carpets in the rooms of such patients are objectionable, because the inhalation of the fine dust which detaches itself from the wool, may cause violent paroxysms of cough. Even lighting the rooms with gas is prejudicial to many persons, and does every- body some harm. The patients are not always aware of the fact that it is to the gas that they are indebted for some of their worst paroxysms of cough. [We think that these precautions are exaggerated; carpets, if kept clean and free from dust, have many advantages over bare floors, and oil or kerosene irritates the air- passages a great deal more than pure gas. H.] As a rule food has no great influence over the course of the disease. Knowing, however, that the digestive organs become easily involved in the morbid process, we are bound to protect them with becoming care. It is only if the disease causes ema- ciation, that a nourishing diet is indispensable and that the cau- tious and moderate use of fat is quite proper, whereas farinaceous articles of diet should be restricted as much as possible. In the case of children especially the proper diet has to be prescribed with great definiteness; despite the prejudice that milk overloads the system with mucus, milk ought to constitute their chief nour- ishment; for chronic catarrh is really met with only among children with diseased constitutions, and it is in their case especially that the deleterious influence of catarrh upon the constitution is best perceived. In conclusion we will add a few words regarding the use of par- ticular places, the climate of which is supposed to exert a beneficial influence over the health of invalids. We do not deem it advisable to remove patients from their habitual home and climate so long as' they may be able to recover their health at home; moreover a warm climate is not very favorable to uncomplicated bronchial catarrh. We may be able to do much better in our immediate neighborhood. The sojourn in mid-mountain woodlands is not only a palliative, but very often a genuine curative remedy for even very serious pulmonary diseases. This statement has been verified to us during the last years of our practice by so many irrefutable proofs that we do not intend to send away a single patient who has not first tried the influence of mountain-air in his own neigh- 224 Diseases of the Lungs. borhood. This air stimulates the lungs so powerfully that the result loads us to infer that even an existing emphysema may decrease under its agency, at the same time as the whole body seems to become invigorated by the change. More recently the results obtained by a sojourn in artificially compressed air have claimed the attention of the profession. Our own investigations and the results we have been able to achieve in our own practice, have satisfied us that this method of treatment has a distinguished future before it; we cannot with sufficient force urge upon our professional brethren the importance of acquiring a thorough knowl- edge of these new methods. We cannot undertake to recommend particular spas for the reason that the curative virtues which are claimed for them are not expressed with a sufficiently definite scientific precision. The predilection of lay-people for the spas of Ems and others is undoubt- edly very great, but the benefit derived from them is very ques- tionable and is very frequently owing to the fact that the warm water which is drank early in the morning, promotes the solution of the mucus, but probably no more so than plain warm water would have done. [Baehr has included in the article on chronic bronchial catarrh a peculiar form of cough which is often described in pathological treatises as dry bronchial catarrh or Catarrhus bronchialis siccus, tussis spasmodica or tussis titilans, spasmodic or titillating cough. A special chapter has been devoted to this subject in Kafka's Therapeutics, which we transfer to this work, together with such remedies as have not been mentioned by Baehr. We designate, says Kafka, by this appellation a cough that sets in in paroxysms during which a titillation or tickling is continually felt in the trachea without any perceptible definite catarrhal affec- tion of the bronchia. After the paroxysm the respiration, in genuine cases of such a cough, is again perfectly normal. The appearance of the cough in paroxysms, the absence of a desire to cough and of any perceptible catarrhal process in the bronchia between the paroxysms, stamp this form of cough as a neurosis of the trachea. The primary idiopathic titillating cough is independent of any disease of the mucous membrane of the bronchia ; it is a disease during the course of which no sort of anatomical changes can be perceived in the raucous membrane of the trachea. In the secondary form of titillating cough we observe an hyper- Bronchitis Chronica. 225 semia and hypertrophy of the mucous membrane which is readily seen by inspecting the fauces provided the titillation is located in that region. At the same time the mucous membrane is generally dry. The hypertrophy frequently spreads from the pharynx to the larynx and glottis, in consequence of which dyspnoea and spasm of the glottis frequently set in. If the hypertrophy extends to the more delicate bronchial ramifications, their contraction mav cause asthmatic disturbances in the process of respiration. If the titillation continues for a time, a muco-albuminoid sub- stance, mingled with lumps of gray mucus, the sputum margarita- ceum of Laennec, is secreted and is coughed up without any rhon- chus in the bronchia being heard. Etiology. This form of cough is more frequently met with among children and women than among men. Primarily it is most commonly occasioned by irritants that affect directly the peripheral nerves of the bronchial mucous membrane. The inhalation of cold or damp air, an intense cold, a sudden change of temperature, cold winds, a draught of air, acrid gases or vapors, smoke, dust, very cold beverages such as ice-water, too long or too loud talking, especially during a walk or run; crying, screaming, singing, shouting, loud reading, especially if mixed up with a good deal of talking; exertions of the windpipe by the use of wind- instruments, whistling, by the blow-pipe, dancing, springing, etc., contribute greatly to the development of this form of cough. It is likewise excited by fits of passion, chagrin, loud quarrelling, a sudden fright or surprise, etc. Sympathetically, this cough may attack hypochondriacs, hysteric women, children during the period of dentition, girls during the menstrual flow. Secondarily this cough often supervenes during coryza, influenza, measles, acute or chronic bronchial catarrh, emphysema, tuber- culosis. Symptoms. The primary titillating cough generally sets in suddenly and without any preliminary symptoms; it occurs most frequently at night after one has laid down or during the first part of the night. The patients may spend the whole day or evening without being seriously troubled by the cough. Suddenly, after going to bed or being on the point of lying down, the patients are attacked by a violent irritation and desire to cough which does not allow them a moment's rest and prevents them from sleeping. The irritation is either experienced in the fauces, or in the larynx, throat-pit (in the region where the trachea bifurcates), or in the 15 226 Diseases of the Lungs. middle of the sternum or in the epigastrium; the irritation seems like a tickling and usually causes in the fauces a sensation as if little worms or insects were crawling about there; in the larynx and trachea a sensation of roughness is experienced, or as if the throat were irritated by dust, the vapors of Sulphur or Phosphorus, or by feathers or hairs; the titillation is sometimes so violent that it causes a spasm of the glottis. If the irritation is seated in the middle of the sternum, the patients experience a sensation of op- pression on the chest and a more or less violent degree of dyspnoea which may even increase to asthma. The irritation in the epigas- trium is sometimes very violent, causing considerable contractions of the diaphragm and an upward pressure of the abdominal viscera, which may result in nausea or vomiting. It is on this account that this form of cough has been dubbed " stomach-cough." The cough is dry, continued, racking, not hoarse; sometimes it has a hollow sound; at times, if the titillation is located in the larynx, it is a dry cough; if spasm of the glottis supervenes, the inspirations are labored or accompanied by a peculiar panting sound, owing; to which this cough is sometimes confounded with Asthma Millari (spasm of the glottis). A titillating cough most generally sets in in single turns, some- times two or three short paroxysms in succession; the subsequent inspiration is rendered difficult only if the glottis participates in the attack or if asthmatic symptoms supervene. Lighter grades of this cough are soon appeased; more violent attacks may continue for several hours or even the whole night. The patients are very much excited by the continual irritation and desire to cough; the face becomes flushed, the temperature of the body increases, the pulse is accelerated, a warm perspiration breaks out in the face or over the whole body; sensitive women and delicate girls are so violently shaken by the cough that the urine spirts out involun- tarily during an attack. After the dry cough has lasted for some time, a muco-albuminoid substance is usually secreted, mixed with a little saliva and con- taining here and there detached lumps of a gray, pearly mucus (sputum margaritaceum), which the most careful auscultation is unable to discover by the presence of rhonchi in the bronchia; that part of the trachea, where this little lump adheres, is stopped up and the respiratory murmur at this place is entirely absent; but as soon as the little lump is expelled, the normal respiratory murmur is again heard in this place, whereas the obstruction may again Bronchitis Chronica. 227 occur at some other spot. Percussion, at every point of the thorax, elicits a proper resounance. The expulsion of this little lump is sometimes a sign that the cough is going to terminate which, when violent, sometimes ends in vomiting. After the paroxysm is over, the patients feel very languid, soon, however, fall asleep and wake with little or no cough ; they remain almost entirely or altogether free from cough during the day, the respiratory mucous membrane likewise remaining unaffected, until at bed-time or in the first hours of the night they are again at- tacked by a paroxysm of cough. The secondary form of titillating cough either supervenes during the course of acute catarrhal diseases, such as coryza, influenza, measles, acute bronchitis, and, in company with these diseases, runs an acute course, or else it accompanies, as a chronic cough, chronic bronchial catarrh, emphysema or tuberculosis. Even when asso- ciated with these diseases, the titillating cough is recognized as the result of a constant irritation which is felt, for a longer or shorter time, at different hours of the day as well as night, or even during the early morning-hours, and finally ceases and is replaced by a common catarrhal or tubercular cough which always has a catarrhal expectoration; whereas the titillating cough is generally dry, or is attended with only a trifling expectoration. The titillation is only experienced at the places indicated by the patient to whom it is a source of real distress. Sometimes this titillating cough sets in with a sort of typical regularity. Course, Terminations and Prognosis. The primary titil- lating cough generally runs an acute course, more especially if it was caused by a cold, by excessive exertions of the respiratory organs or by epidemic influences. The fever which accompanies it, is sometimes so violent that a speedy localization in one or the other part of the respiratory apparatus may be apprehended. This is particularly the case with children who are unable to explain themselves regarding the seat of the trouble. However the sub- sequent course of the symptoms, particularly the free intervals which often last for hours, and the return of the continual titilla- tion after the cessation of these free intervals, soon disclose the true nature of the cough. Very frequently it sets in with but slight or even without any febrile motions, and the attacks continue until the causes or their immediate effects are removed. Sometimes only one or several attacks occur, sometimes they continue for several 228 Diseases of the Lungs. days, even from eight days to a fortnight, and they break out on the least provocation. Most generally this titillating cough occurs in an uncomplicated form; sometimes, however, especially in the fall, winter or spring, luring the prevalence of cold winds or in very cold weather, or when the weather is cold and damp, wet or foggy, or during the prevalence of an epidemic, the cough combines with one of the above-mentioned acute catarrhal diseases, and with them assumes an epidemic form and runs a similar course. This disease always terminates in recovery; only when com- plicated with other diseases, these complications may superinduce threatening symptoms. If the primary titillating cough lasts a long time and is very intense, emphysema or hernia may set in and may continue to the end of the patient's life. Treatment. In treating this cough we have to aim at appeas- ing the existing paroxysm and preventing its return. In the treatment we have to be guided by the exciting causes, the seat of the titillation, the phenomena developed by the cough in the general organism and more particularly in the organs of respiration, the consensual symptoms of the diaphragm, stomach and the upward action of the abdominal viscera, the circumstances by which the attacks are either meliorated or aggravated, the period when they set in, and the complications. Above all we have to keep an eye on the causes that excite the titillating cough. To this end cold and damp localities, or localities containing acrid gases, vapors, dust or smoke, have to be aban- doned, and every exertion of the respiratory organs by talking, reading, singing, blowing, etc., has to be avoided. The patients have to avoid with great care every sudden change of temperature, sudden cooling, draughts of air, cold or damp air, cold drinks, and every violent mental excitement; nor should they go out in windy, foggy, snowy or rainy weather. The room wThich the patients inhabit, must be kept at a uniform and moderate temperature; even in the night the temperature should not fall below 40° or 45° Fahr.; according to our experience, a lower degree of temperature in a room easily excites or exacerbates the cough. Light cases of titillating cough, even if complicated with fever, do not require any medicinal treatment. A free perspiration by means of warm tea, warm lemonade, etc., and confinement in bed Bronchitis Chronica. 229 until the perspiration has ceased, is generally sufficient to restore the normal condition in the shortest possible space of time. If the fever is severe, attended with dryness of the fauces and larynx and with a continual dry cough provoked by an unceasing titillation in the fauces or larynx; if the disease is the result of a cold, surprise or an excessive effort of the respiratory organs; if it is aggravated by excessive warmth of the room, by talking, drink- ing cold water ; if the paroxysms set in in the forepart of the night during the first sleep, and if they are complicated with coryza, influenza, measles, acute bronchial catarrh, we give Aconite 3 in solution, after which the patient transpires profusely in two or three hours and all the symptoms improve. Even in cases without fever or complications, Aconite acts with promptitude and efficacy, if the previously described symptoms are present. If a troublesome feeling of dryness is experienced in the mouth, pharynx and trachea, attended with a continual titillation in the fauces and on the posterior wall of the larynx; it there is a sensa- tion in the throat as if dust had been inhaled; if the cou^h is so violent that spasm of the glottis or asthmatic symptoms with flushed face, and heat of the head set in; if the nerves become irritable and sensitive to light and noise; if the disease has been occasioned by exposure to a draught of air, or by sudden fright or cooling off suddenly while the skin was covered with perspiration; if the paroxysm breaks out at the time when the patient wants to retire at night, and is made worse by talking, drinking or crying, Belladonna 3 is to be given, whether a fever is present or not, or whether the cough is complicated with coryza, influenza, measles, acute bronchial catarrh, hysteria or hypochondria, or not. For these symptoms Belladonna is always preferable to Morphine or the water of Laurocerasus; but it should be given in the form of tinc- ture, the extract being less reliable. If the titillating cough attacks teething children; if their mouths are hot and their gums red and swollen, with much saliva and red- ness of one cheek; if they start during sleep and are very peevish when awake; if the cough continues uninterruptedly after they have been put to bed, and if it is dry and short, we give Chamo- milla 3. The same remedy is given if the cough is complicated with coryza, bronchial catarrh, when coarse rales and an audible rattling of mucus are present; or for cough accompanying influenza and acute intestinal catarrh, if the children cry violently previous 230 Diseases of the Lungs. to an evacuation, draw their legs up, and the passages look greenish or like stirred eggs. This remedy is likewise applicable in the case of sensitive women, if the titillating cough is caused by the inhala- tion of cold or damp air, by fits of anger, and is attended with a high degree of nervous erethism, and if the tickling in the trachea is associated with a constrictive sensation in the chest; if the cough is experienced at bed-time and torments the patient without ceas- ing. In our hands a single dose of Chamomilla has often sufneed in a vast number of cases to calm this cough, to quiet this cough during the night, which often keeps children, girls and women especially during the menstrual period, from sleeping. Similar symptoms and complications likewise indicate Mercurius sol. Hahn., especially in the case of teething children; it may like- wise be used if the cough has a hollow sound, the titillation is ex- perienced under the upper third of the sternum; if the cough had been caused by a cold, breaks out in nocturnal paroxysms, the patients perspire a great deal without being relieved by it, and if, after the attack, there remains an unconquerable disposition to stretch the limbs. Conium 3 is used by us, if the titillation is felt in the middle of the sternum; if the cough is caused by exposure to rough weather and the paroxysms occur at night; if the cough is dry and so vio- lent that it causes vomiting; if the use of acids and of salt food, or drawing a long breath make the cough worse; if during the cough the chest is spasmodically constricted and if, after the subsidence of the paroxysm, the patient complains of stinging pains in the head and a painful sensitiveness of the abdominal muscles. It deserves particular consideration in influenza, measles, acute bron- chial catarrh and in the case of hysteric patients. Rhus toxicodendron 3, for tickling and a feeling of dryness in the throat, down the trachea; the symptoms abate for a while after a swallow of warm tea or water and sugar, but soon reappear again in the same degree; accompanied by tearing pains in the extremi- ties, especially if they set in at the same time as the cough in con- sequence of the patient being exposed to the influence of a damp and cold air, or getting soaking wet; the paroxysms occur in the night, attended with complete sleeplessness; the cough is com- plicated with coryza and frequent, spasmodic sneezing, or in cases of influenza with typhoid symptoms. If the titillation and cough have set in after a walk in keen and cold air; if the tickling is chiefly felt in the larynx or extends Bronchitis Chronica. 231 down to the bronchia: if the cough is dry and so violent that it causes a spasmodic constriction of the throat and chest, and a more or less violent degree of spasm of the glottis, with an expression of anxiety in the face, cold sweat on the forehead and extremities, and the patients have more and more a cyanotic look; if the violence of the cough causes vomiting, and the paroxysms recur typically, we give Ipecacuanha 3 with decided benefit. If the titillation is felt in the throat or pit of the stomach; if the cough is caused by rapid walking, running, mortified feelings or in- sulting treatment; if it is attended with dyspnoea and vomiting of the ingesta; if the attack sets in in the morning-hours and is aggra- vated by talking or eating, we give Hat rum muriaticum 6, likewise if coryza is present, with entire loss of smell and taste, or if the cough is complicated with emphysema and tuberculosis. In the case of emphysematous women the titillating cough is usually attended with spirting out of the urine. This remedy is likewise valuable, if the titillating cough breaks out typically, or in the case of hypo- chondriacs or hysteric females. We prescribe Ignatia 3 for a dry, constant, titillating cough which sets in more particularly at bed-time; the irritation is seated in the throat-pit, as from the inhalation of fine feather-dust, or the titilla- tion is felt in the larynx or even in the epigastrium; the cough is of a preeminently nervous character and is caused by depressing states of the mind, or by humiliating treatment, grief, care; the cough is worse in the open air, after eating or drinking coffee. The disease may be primary and idiopathic, or attended with coryza and bronchial catarrh. Ignatia is particularly to be commended for hysteric women and for children inclined to spasms. Ammonium carbonicum 3 is indicated by titillation in the larynx and a sensation in the trachea as of inhaled feather-dust, attended with dyspnoea; the paroxysms occur at night and are followed by a high degree of exhaustion; the cough is made worse by talking and open air; complicated with coryza, influenza and acute and chronic bronchial catarrh. Acidum benzoicum 3 for a titillating cough caused by a cold, attended with a stinging sensation in the middle of the sternum which is worse during a deep inspiration; the cough is accompanied by asthmatic complaints and rheumatic pains in the joints. Rumex crispus 3 is recommended by Kafka, if the titillation pro- ceeds from the throat-pit or the middle of the sternum, attended with a sensation of soreness in the trachea; if the cough sets in at 232 Diseases of the Lungs. bed-time or after the patient has laid down, and is caused by the action of dry, cold air, especially in the winter-season; it deserves especial attention in bronchial and laryngeal catarrh. Doctor Car- roll Dunham of New York has published a long and interesting article on the subject of Rumex crispus in the second volume of the Amer. Horn. Review, page 530, to which we refer the reader for full and correct information concerning the therapeutic uses of this drug in affections of the larynx, trachea and bronchi. Graphites 6 for titillation in the larynx, with a feeling of soreness and burning in the throat; for nocturnal paroxysms of cough, with hard pressure on the chest; it is particularly useful in cough with chronic coryza or in the case of individuals who are at the same time attacked with a scrofulous eczema, or in the case of women when they have their menses. We prescribe Zincum metallicum 6, if the titillation is located in the region of the sternum; if the cough is dry and exhausting, with stitches in the chest and oppression of breathing; if the respiration is labored and talking is quite an exertion, the attack takes place at night and deprives the patient of sleep; deserves particular attention for the cough of hysteric women and during the menses. Kali carbonicum 6 is indicated by a dry titillating cough, with stinging in the larynx, pains in the chest, choking, violent headache, exhaustion after the attack which commonly sets in at night; is useful for titillating cough during the menses and in a case of incipient tuberculosis. We have seen a very violent, acute titillating cough cured very speedily by means of a decoction of Senega; the patient was a lady and had contracted the cough during an ascension of the Rigi. This remedy is appropriate for cough, if the titillation is seated in the larynx, and the cough is attended with roughness in the throat and oppression on the chest; if the cough is made worse by the breathing of fresh air, and if the patient has to sneeze frequently and continually until the head feels heavy and giddy, without any coryza being present. It may be used during an attack of influenza and acute bronchial catarrh. These remedies have enabled us to control every attack of primary titillating cough, no matter of what kind. (We remind the reader of the propriety of referring to the chapter on chronic bronchial catarrh for the other remedies not mentioned in this extract from Kafka.) Even in the secondary form of this disease these remedies have Bronchitis Chronica. 233 always been found sufficient in our hands. In the titillating cough of tuberculous individuals, especially in the last stage of the disease, the best tried remedies sometimes remain without effect; in such a case we resort to empirical remedies from motives of humanity, such as Cannabis indica 2, Atropin. sidph. 2, or Morphium acet. 1. (The Spirits of Turpentine on sugar and the Balsam of Copaiva likewise on sugar, or the alcoholic solution of the balsam have been found useful in chronic titillating cough.) The selection of the proper remedy is often a very difficult matter, especially in the case of children who are unable to indicate the locality of the titillation or to furnish a proper account of their subjective sensations. The difficulty is likewise great in the case of hysteric females, because the consecutive, consensual and reflex- phenomena succeed each other with remarkable rapidity, and are exceedingly diversified. In such cases experience has taught us to pay exclusive attention to the objective phenomena which, to this end, have to be investigated with great correctness and interpreted with an enlightened knowledge of their character and meaning. After we have obtained an exact objective picture, we shall have no difficulty in picking out the remedy best suited to the case. Having hit upon the remedy adapted to the present case by an arithmetical process as it were, we may rest assured that every subsequent paroxysm will yield to it. We exhibit the remedy during the paroxysm most commonly in solution, mixing four, six or eight drops in half a pint of water and giving one or two dessert- spoonfuls every quarter or half an hour, or every hour. Tritura- tions like those of Mercurius sol. or Hepar sulph. are likewise ordered every half hour or hour in about grain-doses. After the termination of the paroxysm we continue the same remedy every two or three hours until the cough has entirely ceased. In order to prevent the return of the cough, we give two doses of the same drug every day, for some time longer. The patient's attention should be directed to the necessity of observing the dietetic and general hygienic rules which we have fully explained in previous paragraphs. In a case of secondary titillating cough, we first stay the par- oxysms and afterwards continue the treatment of the primary affec- tion, such as coryza, acute or chronic bronchial catarih, measles, influenza, emphysema, tuberculosis, for which we refer the reader to their respective chapters. If the titillating cough occurs typically, we give, according to the symptoms, Arsenicum, Ipecac., Nux vom., Natrum muriat.; if 234 Diseases of the Lungs. these remedies prove insufficient, we give Chinin. sulph. 1, and in obstinate cases Chinin. arsen. 1, of which remedies we prescribe a dose every two or three hours during the apyrexia. While the titillating cough lasts, the food should be salted or spiced as little as possible; mild nourishment containing a good deal of saccharine matter, is best. Even such articles of diet as contain a go d deal of starchy matter, such as potatoes, chest- nuts, peas, lentils, etc., should be avoided. Rancid fat, acids, cold and heating beverages are likewise hurtful. Individuals who are liable to attacks of titillatino- couffh, should CT CT 1 observe the same precautions as those who are suffering with acute bronchitis, or are liable to attacks of this disease. II.] 7. Bronchiectasia. Dilatation of the Bronchia. We should not have mentioned this affection if it were not of particular importance to the correct appreciation of chronic bron- chial catarrh. A dilatation of the bronchia is of two kinds, a uniform or dif- fuse dilatation and a sacculated form. The former is always a consequence of an inflammatory acute or chronic disease of the bronchial mucous lining in which the elastic and muscular tissues have become involved, in consequence of which these tissues have lost their elasticity to a greater or less extent. This alteration of the bronchia is rarely confined to a small portion, but most com- monly reaches over a large extent of the bronchial tubes. The sac- culated form is caused by the closing of delicate bronchial ramifi- cations above which it is located; this closing leads to atrophy of the pulmonary parenchyma and thus assists in restoring the space for a dilatation of the bronchia; or the dilatation may be a conse- quence of the closing of bronchial tubes occasioned by atrophy of the corresponding portion of the lungs. Diffuse bronchiectasia, if not too prominently developed, is of no particular consequence; if occasioned by an acute attack, it is cur- able ; but if resulting from chronic bronchitis, it may be difficult to repair the disorder. It has the same phenomena as chronic catarrh, or chronic catarrh in conjunction with emphysema which is scarcely ever absent. Sacculated bronchiectasia is much more important, because it easily leads to suppuration and gangrene of the mucous membrane, Emphysema Pulmonum. 235 and very frequently presents the picture of pulmonary phthisis, and generally modifies quite extensively the results of percussion and auscultation. Atrophy of the lungs superinduces retractions of the corresponding intercostal space, which, however, are not often observed at the apex of the lungs; the percussion-sound is dull, auscultation does not reveal any vesicular murmur, but bronchial respiration or else consonant murmurs, pectoriloquy, wheezing, coarse rales. The diagnosis is somewhat complicated, depending rather upon the absence of general symptoms of tuberculosis than upon the presence of any directly observed phenomena. In a case of severe chronic bronchial catarrh, bronchiectasia may be suspected with a tolerable degree of certainty if the expectoration has a very fetid odor. Otherwise the symptoms here are likewise the same as in chronic bronchial catarrh, very often associated with the phe- nomena resulting from the presence of emphysema which is very apt to supervene on such occasions. Of course the treatment cannot aim at restoring the elasticity and contractility of the bronchia; hence it cannot be directed against the bronchiectasia, but the physician has to make the cure of the accompanying catarrh the chief object of his attention. Even a dilatation caused by an acute catarrh, if it should have been cor- rectly diagnosed, does not require any special treatment. If we once have become satisfied of the presence of bronchiectasia, we feel convinced that the existing bronchial catarrh cannot be entirely cured, and wre refrain from instituting fruitless experiments; at the same time as we may obtain light concerning the proper remedies to be prescribed which, of course, can only aim at a palliation of the symptoms. Eor all that, though bronchiectasia is an undesir- able complication, yet it does not necessarily render the prognosis in a case of bronchitis more doubtful. Such patients may live to an old age, even if affected with sacculated bronchiectasia, if the expectoration is decidedly purulent, and has a foul odor. 8. Emphysema Pulmonum. Emphysema of the Lungs. Two essentially different kinds of emphysema have been described, an interlobular arising from the passage of air into the pulmonary connective tissue, and a vesicular representing an entirely different process, namely a dilatation of the air-cells. We have only to deal with the latter form. Emphysema very commonly arises in consequence of processes in 236 Diseases of the Lungs. the lungs by which a portion of this organ is rendered inaccessible to the respiratory process; it may accompany atrophy or infiltra- tion of portions of the lungs; it most commonly accompanies changes of structure which at the same time superinduce a diminution of the volume of the lungs. This form of emphysema can scarcely be regarded as anything morbid and will never become an object of treatment; it is termed vicarious emphysema. Vesicular em- physema has an entirely different origin and is of much higher importance; in a practical point it is essential that this origin should be known. We do not deem it necessary to recite the different theories regarding the origin of emphysema; we simply give what we consider the most correct explanation. Emphysema may be caused by morbid conditions of the air-cells which impair their elasticity more or less. This defect may arise in cases of violent bronchitis, pneumonia, etc., in which case the air-cells are affected similarly to the bronchia in diffuse bronchiectasia. This accounts for the frequent occurrence of emphysema in chronic bronchial catarrh Emphysema may likewise have another and different mode of origin. In consequence of an excessive but otherwise entirely normal exercise of the respiratory functions; or in con- sequence of the respiration being obstructed by organs situated out- side of the thorax, the air-cells may become dilated to such an extreme degree that little by little they lose the power of resuming their former size, precisely in the same manner as an India-rubber bag that is often and excessively dilated, loses its elasticity. In the former manner emphysema occurs principally in catarrhs of the bronchial mucous membrane, more especially in chronic catarrh with marked hypertrophy of the mucous membrane, and in an almost normal manner in old age where the walls of the air- cells, like most other tissues, lose their elasticity more and more. In the second manner, emphysema is caused by excessive exer- tions in running, dancing, lifting, playing on wind-instruments, obstructed expiration by affections of the larynx, the closing of bronchial tubes, paralysis of the diaphragm, owing to which the expiratory act is performed in an incomplete manner; by occupa- tions which leave one part of the lungs in a continual state of inac- tion Very frequently both modes of origin combine, which is really always the case if chronic catarrh is sustained by lesser degrees.of emphysema; at the same time chronic catarrh being an obstacle to respiration, and diminishing the elasticity of the air- cells, always increases the existing emphysema. Emphysema Pulmonum. 237 Hence the more special etiological causes determining the existence of emphysema are: catarrh of the mucous lining, especially chronic catarrh; various other atfections of the lungs, whooping-cough, playing on wind-instruments, excessive bodily exertions, croup, stenosis of the larynx, paralysis of the diaphragm, tumors of the abdominal viscera, heart-disease, etc. Emphysema may take place in every age, but occurs more par- ticularly among persons beyond the age of fifty. Men are more liable to it than women, probably for no other reason than because they are more exposed to the causes producing it. Some individuals evidently inherit a disposition to the disease. Thin individuals contract the disease more easily than fleshy and robust persons. The symptoms of pulmonary emphysema very naturally result from the anatomical changes it occasions. Some of the air-cells are excessively distended; hence, owing to their inability to contract sufficiently or at all, they no longer participate in the respiratory process, and consequently give rise to phenomena of dyspnoea. These are increased by the circumstance that the distended cells compress other neighboring cells and withdraw them from the process of respiration. The impeded respiration occasions passive hypersemia of the lungs which again causes chronic catarrh, a deficiency of the heart's action, sanguineous engorgement of the abdominal viscera, the vessels of the head, and finally, in conse- quence of an abnormal composition of the blood, exudation of serum from the vessels and consequent dropsy. These changes do not develop themselves all at once, nor do they all occur in the same sick individual; hence emphysema presents various groups of symptoms which we deem it unnecessary to delineate in this place. We prefer giving a more detailed descrip- tion of the more prominent characteristic features of the disease. Pulmonary emphysema runs an exceedingly chronic course, and the changes it occasions occur almost imperceptibly under the guise of a light chronic catarrh, but after some time progress with double rapidity since the existing emphysema necessarily originates addi- tional emphysematous disorganizations. Patients may feel tolerably well for years, when suddenly the dyspnoea begins to increase steadily and imprints the true picture of emphysema upon the patient. A physical exploration does not reveal at all times distinct phe- nomena. If on percussion, the pulmonary murmurs are heard beyond the liver and heart, we may safely conclude that emphysema 238 Diseases of the Lungs. is present; this circumstance, however, occurs only in high grades of the disease. Auscultation usually reveals only the symptoms of chronic catarrh which is in reality never absent, and moreover a very feeble, scarcely audible vesicular respiration which, owing to the extreme respiratory efforts of the patient, is indeed quite char- acteristic. If the emphysema has reached a high degree of devel- opment, the thorax assumes the shape of a tub. The ribs owing to the excessive action of the inspiratory muscles, retain the position which they assume during the act of inspiration, and thus it is that the upper portion of the thorax is dilated whereas the lower portion retains its normal width. Owing to the excessive inspiratory efforts the cervical muscles become very prominent, and the drawing up of the thorax gives to the patients their characteristic short necks. The influence upon the heart results more especially in abnormal changes of the right heart. Owing to the obstruction of the circulation in the lungs, the right heart is engorged with blood and finally permanently distended. It is only in the higher grades of emphysema that the heart is pushed out of its place. The effect upon the left heart is not constant. The change in the right heart explains various other phenomena of the circulation, the throbbing in the pit of the stomach, the venous hypenemia of the thoracic viscera, the engorgement of the veins of the neck and head. From the deficiency of respiratory action and of the functional activity of the heart results a change in the composition of the blood which fluid finally assumes an intensely venous character. Usually the pulse is uncommonly small and feeble, frequently irregular or inter- mittent. What torments the patients most, is the dyspnoea. If the catarrh is moderate, the dyspnoea is bearable, but it increases by every cir- cumstance that interferes with the breathing, even by moderately filling the stomach, flatulence, but most permanently and most threateningly by an acute bronchial catarrh. It seems almost impossible that the patients should be able to bear this torture longer than a few days, and yet but few die of an attack of this kind. The most common cause of death is dropsy resulting from the above-described anomalies of the circulation. It most generally develops itself gradually, very seldom to a high degree, because ascites and oedema of the extremities are most commonly associated with oedema of the lungs. The whole duration of the disease may be thirty, forty and more years. Emphysematous individuals, if pursuing a regular mode Emphysema Pulmonum. 239 of life, may live to a high age in spite of all apparent clanger. The con- stantly occurring variations in their state of health are not occasioned by an increase or decrease of the emphysema, but by an increase or decrease of the accompanying chronic catarrh. On this account sum- mer and a dry and cold winter-air are most favorable to the patients, whereas the transition-periods from one season to another cause them frequently or almost regularly a violent distress; they commonly feel half a day in advance every approaching atmospheric change. If we expect to effect a complete restoration of the patient, the prognosis is very bad; as far as longevity is concerned, it may be said to be very favorable. If emphysema has developed itself so far as to enable us to diagnose it, a retrograde metamorphosis can scarcely ever be thought of; all we can expect is to diminish the extent of the disease. The chances of a long life are mostly deter- mined by the condition of the heart; as long as the heart preserves its normal state, we have nothing to fear. The renal functions likewise deserve our attention, since their condition generally first enables us to prognosticate the termination in dropsy. If we mean to indicate a treatment of emphysema, we shall first have to inquire how far this disease can at all be treated. The elasticity of the air-cells is gone, they have become distended to such an extent that they cannot possibly recover their normal size; in many instances the walls of adjoining cells have disappeared, and cavities have formed in their places. Is it, under such circum- stances, possible to restore the elasticity of the air-cells? From our stand-point this question, which a fanatical homoeopath from the stand-point of his dogmatic faith, not from that of practical obser- vation, may rashly answer in the affirmative, has to meet with a decidedly negative answer. Even if we admit that slight degrees of emphysema can be compelled to retrograde, by what method of investigation, what objective or subjective symptom will we be enabled to diagnose a trifling emphysema, and to demonstrate the fact that the improvement we had aimed at, has been achieved? After an emphysema has become evident to the senses it must have acquired an extent of development which renders a retrograde metamorphosis an impossibility. In our opinion a radical cure of emphysema of the lungs cannot be thought of, nor can any direct treatment be instituted; in other words, we declare this disorgani- zation an incurable malady. In saying this, we do not mean to assert that every treatment of emphysema is futile and useless; on the contrary, a physician can 240 Diseases of the Lungs. benefit his patients very essentially in two different directions. In the first place, a certain prophylactic treatment can be instituted, which of course cannot aim at preventing the disease altogether, but staying its further spread. Let every intense chronic bronchial catarrh be treated with the utmost care, especially in the case of old people and individuals disposed to shortness of breath, and let every contrivance or circumstance that might interfere with the respira- tory functions, be avoided, more particularly tight clothes, continued stooping, violent bodily exertions. At the same time let the patients guard as much as possible against catarrh of the respiratory organs. That this cannot be accomplished in the most efficient manner by confinement in the room, by warm clothing, or in general by exces- sive care, has been shown by us in a previous paragraph. Suitable clothing does not mean very warm clothing; on the contrary, this is least appropriate. Strict attention to temperature, wind, rain or dryness of the atmosphere should be paid by every emphysematous individual; no one ought to dress more in accordance with changes in the temperature and weather than persons suffering from emphy- sema. Wearing flannel next to the skin, is undoubtedly beneficial, for the reason that extreme respiratory efforts easily excite a profuse transpiration even during a slight bodily exercise such as walking. Wearing flannel is indispensable, if the weather where the patient resides is habitually damp and cold. Much smoking is decidedly prejudicial, although we do not mean to assert that tobacco causes emphysema. The circumstance that the blood of such patients does not receive a sufficient quantity of oxygen, suggests the pro- priety of advising them to avoid localities where the air is vitiated by crowds. Secondly we are obligated to try to meet the affections which inevitably accompany emphysema. At the list of these affections we place catarrh of the bronchial mucous membrane. Be it the primary catarrh as an exciting cause, or only a secondary affection, we should by all means endeavor to moderate or remove it, using for this purpose the remedies that have been recommended for acute and chronic bronchial catarrh. Some among these remedies are more valuable because the catarrhal symptoms in their pathogenesis, with which emphysematous individuals are most usually afflicted, have been confirmed by abundant practical applications. Bor the chronic form of catarrh we select: Carbo vegetabitis, Arsenicum, Tartarus stibiatus, Baryta carbonica, Silicea, Ipecacuanha, Lycopo- dium. The three first named again deserve the preference; any one Emphysema Pulmonum. 241 who uses them in suitable cases, must be amazed at the improvement they achieve with so much promptitude. For particulars we refer the reader to the previous chapter, giving the following hints for these three remedies: Tartarus stibiatus, if there is a copious secre- tion of mucus which can only be raised with difficulty and then only scantily; Carbo vegetabilis, if a quantity of mucus is secreted and expectorated; Arsenicum, if the secretion of mucus is but scanty. In addition to these remedies we recommend Causticum and Digi- talis; the former, if the action of the diaphragm is feeble, and the latter, if there are organic changes of tbe heart. These remedies will never achieve very striking nor very rapid results, on which account the frequent change of remedies should be condemned as an improper proceeding; such a proceeding simply tends to retard a favorable change still more. Sulphur has never effected in our hands any perceptible improvement. Acute attacks of catarrh during the course of emphysema rank among the most severe affections, although more in appearance than as really dangerous to life. The main remedies for such an attack are: Bryonia, Mercurius, Arsenicum, Phosphorus, Tartarus stibiatus, also Cannabis ; the last named acts only as a palliative. Bryonia and Mercurius are best suited when the febrile and general consti- tutional phenomena are most marked; the other three remedies, if the local symptoms are most prominent. While attending to the thoracic organs, the condition of the abdominal viscera likewise claims our attention. It will scarcely ever be possible to do anything for the passive, almost mechanical hypersemia of the liver. An intestinal catarrh with constipation of the bowels and flatulence is exceedingly distressing on account of the increased dyspnoea it occations. Lycopodium is indispensable for this condition of things; Cocculus is much less frequently appli- cable, but from Nux vomica which seems to be so frequently indi- cated, we have never derived the least benefit. As a matter of course, such a morbid condition of the digestive organs demands the most minute dietetic precautions which are unfortunately but too often neglected by the patients. Farinaceous food or flatulent vegetables should not be used in any considerable quantity, whereas nourishing food with a little wine is very much to be commended. By adhering to a proper diet patients can save themselves many distressing hours, for nothing increases their dyspneea more than an interference with the movements of the diaphragm. As regards the most important affection which accompanies 242 Diseases of the Lungs. emphysema, we mean a change in the functions as well as the shape of the heart, our remedies are either powerless, or else their influence is, indeed, trifling. The exciting cause being permanent, the abnormal results, of course, cannot be removed. Digitalis is bbst calculated to palliate the distress, whereas Arsenic, Lycopodium and other remedies almost always leave us in the lurch. In one case Natrum muriat. relieved the truly frightful cardiac distress. In conclusion we will make mention of an agent that exerts a decided influence over emphysema, we mean the pressure of the atmosphere. More recently we have become enabled to increase or diminish this pressure ad libitum to suit the condition of our patients; both the decrease as well as the increase of this pressure exert a wonderful effect upon emphysematous individuals. A diminished pressure of the atmosphere is procured by causing our patients to reside on high mountains. By this change the affection is improved in an uncommon degree, almost without an exception and in a very short time, the catarrh becomes less and the patient very soon gains in flesh. Any one who has resided on high moun- tains, must have experienced the great ease with which the act of respiration is performed, and what a pleasantly stimulating effect mountain-forests have upon the organism. Not only must the greater ease in breathing feel very pleasant to the patient, but the quality of the inhaled air must likewise afford a pleasant stimula- tion to his weary frame. Be this as it may, the best thing emphy- sematous individuals can do for themselves in the summer, is to live on high mountains. How it happens that an increase of atmospheric pressure likewise exerts a beneficent effect upon emphysematous individuals, we are unable to decide, nor do we deem it essential to entangle ourselves in hypothetical speculations on this subject. That this effect is produced, is not only corroborated by experience, but likewise by the apparatuses contrived for the inhalation of compressed air. But few of such apparatuses are as yet in use, but we feel confi- dent that in every large city an apparatus of this kind will sooner or later be introduced, and we deem it so much more our duty to direct the attention of our Colleagues to artificial contrivances of this kind, as our Materia Medica is utterly destitute of remedial agents for this disease, and the most we can do is to palliate the patient's distress. More detailed information concerning this sub- ject may be found in the Essays of Dr. Vivenot, Jr., in Vienna, who lias published several of them. The essential effect of inhaling Pneumonia. 243 compressed air for several hours is a decreased frequency of the number of respirations and the pulse. The relief obtained by emphysematous individuals must be owing to the circumstance that the inspirations become fuller and more oxygen is supplied to the lungs. We trust that all who have an opportunity of testing this method, or otherwise observing its effects, will take the trouble of directing their attention to it. 9. Pneumonia. Inflammation of the Lungs. By pneumonia we understand the effusion of a fibrinous exuda- tion on the free surface of the pulmonary cells. This form of pneu- monia is termed croupous in opposition to the interstitial and catar- rhal form, the first-named of which, however, is the only one that is, strictly speaking, entitled to be classed among inflammations of the lungs. On account of its frequency and the importance of the affected organ, pneumonia is one of the most important diseases. To the homoeopath it becomes so much more important on account of cir- cumstances which we shall endeavor to explain at the commence- ment of the paragraphs devoted to the therapeutics of pneumonia, although this proceeding may render us liable to the charge of inconsistency in not avoiding, according to promise, every species of polemics. But in the present instance the dispute about the first rank must be settled and is, therefore, unavoidable. Etiology. An affection like pneumonia, which has at all times and more especially during the last decades, since the introduction of a physical exploration of the chest and the development of path- ological anatomy, commanded the fullest attention and the most careful investigation on the part of all physicians, must necessarily have led to the most diversified views concerning its origin. To avoid prolixity we shall only mention the most important etiolog- ical causes. The two principal kinds of pneumonia are the primary and the secondary form. Primary pneumonia may occur at any age, but attacks more especially individuals between the ages of twenty and forty years, very rarely children in the first years of infancy. No constitution is exempt from the liability to an attack; if a robust and plethoric constitution is generally regarded as more susceptible, it is, most probably, because robust men are more frequently exposed to the exciting causes of pneumonia. This circumstance is most likely the 244 Diseases of the Lungs. reason why men are so much more frequently attacked than women; the occupations pursued by men expose them more fully and more frequently than women to the deleterious influences productive of pneumonia. Infants at the breast, and children who have not yet passed through the first period of dentition, are seldom attacked with croupous pneumonia. The nature of the country does not seem to exert any palpable influence; for pneumonias occur in a level country as well as on mountains, in sunny districts as well as in exposed places. The seasons, on the contrary, exert a decided influence. Our statistical tables show to a demonstration that the transition from cold to warm seasons is the most fruitful source of pneumonia; the transition from warm to cold seasons is less pro- ductive of this disease, winter still less and summer least of any. That there must be other causes at work than the mere tempera- ture, is self-evident. The great changes of temperature in April and May being at the same time attended with the most marked changes in the electric conditions of the atmosphere, it is concluded not without reason that these conclusions are correct, and that electricity exerts a powerful influence as one of the exciting causes of pneumonia. The influence of electricity likewise accounts in the most natural manner for the frequent occurrence of epidemic pneu- monia which, though not always very extensive, yet is often very intense, and which, owing to the peculiar course it takes, has often very characteristic features. We doubt very much whether a mere cold is such a frequent cause of pneumonia; it unfortunately is very convenient to attribute pneumonia to it. In the absence of other constitutional predispositions it is only a very violent cold that is capable of causing pneumonia; even in such a case we would not regard the cold as a cause of the disease, unless it had taken place no later than eighteen hours before the commencement of the dis- ease. Mechanical injuries, more especially a violent blow or kick, may likewise give rise to pneumonia; noxious agents acting directly upon the lungs, such as irritating gases, excessive cold or heat, may likewise excite the disease. A real predisposition to pneumonia will very seldom be met with; but it cannot be denied that the treatment of pneumonia with debilitating drugs, more especially by sanguineous depletions, always leaves an increased disposition to similar attacks. In the case of tuberculous patients a disposition cannot well be shown, they are more easily attacked with bron- chitis. It likewise seems an established fact that individuals with a preeminently arterial habit are more liable than others, and that, Pneumonia. 245 for instance, emphysematous individuals with venous constitutions are not often attacked with pneumonia. Secondary pneumonia is frequently an exclusively consecutive affection, originating in the spread of inflammatory affections to the lungs. It is particularly met with among children, much less fre- quently among adults, and occurs as a complication of all possible acute diseases, particularly exanthems. Pysemia is one of the most frequent causes of secondary pneumonia. In chronic affections it is always a very dubious undertaking to show their connection with intercurrent pneumonia. Pathologico-anatomical Changes, We give a description of these changes, because they facilitate a comprehension of the apparent symptoms. For the sake of facilitating a methodical arrangement of the pathological changes, the pathological process has been divided into three different stages which, however, are not so rigidly distin- guished from each other in reality, and often run a parallel course. The first stage is that of bloody infiltration. On opening the thorax the affected part of the lungs does not collapse; the pleura covering this part is usually opaque, the elasticity at this part is more or less completely lost, and the color is sometimes much darker. On cutting into the lungs, only a feeble or no crepitation is heard. The cut surface is of a strikingly dark redness, usually in sharp contrast with the sound portion; on pressing upon it a dark-red or brownish, viscid, tenacious fluid, is squeezed out. The tissue is dense. The weight of the affected portion is much more considerable than its normal weight, and in water this portion immediately sinks to the bottom of the vessel. The second stage comprehends the period when the process of exudation is completed, and is generally designated as the stage of red hepatization. The affected portion feels dense and hard; the pleura over it has almost always lost its lustre and is thinly covered with exudation. It exhibits all the signs of the first stage pointing to a deficiency of air. The cut surface has the same color as in the first stage, or more usually it has the color of rust. When the light impinges upon it, the cut surface shows distinct granulations which are still more apparent on the surface adjoining the thorax and are caused by the firm exudation-plugs in the pulmonary cells. In spite of its density, the pulmonary tissue is much more easily torn. The transition into the third stage does not, properly speaking, constitute part of the normal course, for by the normal course the 246 Diseases of the Lungs. resorption and exudation of the infiltration proceeds from the second stage. This third stage is designated as the stage of gray hepatization and purulent infiltration. The cut surface now has a gray color with a yellowish tinge, mingled with red or brown spots which often impart to it a mottled appearance. The granular appearance has disappeared or still exists very feebly. The tissue is quite friable. On pressure a turbid liquid is discharged from it consisting in most part of pus corpuscles. Gray hepatization of course arises from the red; the heematin is more and more decom- posed or reabsorbed, on which account all transitions of color are commonly noticed, from a dark brown-red to a yellowish, rusty or gray color, and if the purulent transformation is perfect, to a straw- color. The third stage may still be succeeded by the formation of abscesses, gangrene of the lungs, thickening of the exudation; we shall speak of this more fully hereafter, as well as of the less fre- quently occurring deviations from the general anatomical changes. As regards the extent of the pathological process, in croupous pneumonia a whole lobe or at least a large portion of a lobe is com- monly attacked; less frequently a lobe is attacked on both sides, still less frequently all the lobes together. If only one side is affected, it is most commonly the right lungs, less frequently the left. If only isolated, detached lobules are infiltrated in consequence of the pneumonic process, the inflammation is not usually a simple croup- ous pneumonia, but almost always of a secondary character. Symptoinn and Course. As yet we are not acquainted with any disease which, in the absence of any particular complications, runs its course in such fixed and stable forms as pneumonia and adheres as fixedly as this disease to definite critical days. In the chapter on the therapeutics of pneumonia we shall show how far the for- merly customary treatment of this disease has been influenced by the discovery of a fixed typical course. Pneumonia begins almost without an exception with a chill which is usually very severe and is in many respects of great importance. It is from this chill that we date the commencement of the disease and by it we determine the critical days. Moreover this chill which is sometimes of very long duration and is immediately succeeded by, but never alternates with fever, is in no other disease of such a peculiar nature, so that it may almost be considered pathognomonic, more especially if we consider that as soon as the chill sets in, the muscular strength vanishes so that the patient finds it almost Pneumonia. 247 impossible to stand erect. We will now first describe the course of pneumonia in the case of a robust and sound individual, and will append to it the description of various deviations. As soon as the chill which almost always lasts several hours and scarcely ever only a few minutes, is over, a violent, dry fever-heat sets in, and the pulse becomes more or less accelerated, fuller and more tense, but very seldom exceeds the number of 100 beats. The temperature is always raised a few degrees. The face which during the chill has an almost cadaverous appearance, now becomes flushed, sometimes only on one side; the cheeks are bright-red, the eyes injected, and very commonly some headache is felt, and the patient generally feels thirsty, but is very seMom disposed to vomit. The appetite is at once gone, and owing to the intense fever, all the secretions are suspended. The patient feels more exhausted than he really is. This condition which is as yet free from all local symptoms, may last longer than twenty-four hours, but in such a case the local symptoms appear at an earlier period; in rare cases they precede the chill. The patient complains of unceasing stitch- ing pains which he generally points out with tolerable accuracy as existing at the affected spot, very seldom far removed from it; they are aggravated by every unusual exertion of the respiratory organs, especially by coughing, and they sometimes increase to a high degree of intensity The pain usually sets in associated with a short and at first dry cough, the respiratory movements are much less full and more frequent in number. The breathing is not only painful and accelerated on this account, but the violent fever like- wise occasions an increased desire for breath which cannot be grati- fied and causes great restlessness and anxiety and a marked activ- ity of all the other respiratory muscles which are not usually very seriously taxed in performing the respiratory movements. These exertions are generally so striking that pneumonia can be recognized from this very fact, more especially from the flapping of the alee nosi during an inspiration. Vocalization is of course altered, feebler and shorter, and frequently interrupted. Soon after the cough has begun to set in, the patient begins to expectorate; this expectoration is important as a diagnostic sign. It is scanty, very tenacious, and usually intimately mixed with blood from the commencement, which imparts to it the color of rust, or brick-dust, this color is scarcely ever absent in the case of young, robust individuals. At this stage the physical symptoms have so far advanced that they render the diagnosis perfectly 248 Diseases of the Lungs. certain. During the first days the fever gradually increases, show- ing but slight morning-remissions. Considering the high degree of temperature, the pulse is not so very frequent, scarcely ever exceeding 120 beats, however, in proportion as the parenchyma becomes more infiltrated, the fulness of the pulse decreases con- siderably. The end of the inflammatory infiltration generally designates the period when a change takes place in the symptoms. The infil- tration is seldom completed on the third day, sometimes not till the seventh, even still later. After this, the pains almost always cease, the breathing becomes more tranquil, the fever is apparently less, the pulse remains unchanged, the constitutional symptoms do not mend very perceptibly. The local as well as the general symptoms may remain unchanged in intensity, until a change takes place in the disease. Such a change seldom takes place before the fifth day, and, according to Traube, sets in on the odd days, which is denied by others This critical change is very often preceded by the break- ing out of herpes labialis which almost always authorizes the ex- pectation of a favorable turn. Previous to the critical change, the intensity of the symptoms either rises to a great height by a gradual increase, or else it is often the case that after two to four quiet days a violent fever again rages for twelve to eighteen hours, after which the disease decreases very suddenly. This reappearance of ihe fever is most easily accounted for by the exudation of serum which is required for the reabsorption of the exuded fibrin. In uncomplicated cases the disease decreases with an uncommon suddenness and rapidity, sometimes in a few hours, and it is diffi- cult to understand how the dyspnoea can decrease so rapidly since, as a rule, a copious expectoration does not occur and is sometimes entirely wanting. This shows that the exudation of serum which is alone capable of removing the exuded fibrin by a process of re- absorption, is chiefly concerned in disembarrassing the respiratory functions by the removal of this exuded material. In simple pneu- monia, without abnormal deviations from a regular course, the so- called sputa cocta are only met with in small quantity and not by any means as a general rule. Convalescence takes place so rapidly that on the fourteenth day every trace of the disease has generally disappeared. As we shall see presently, the mode of treatment exerts a great influence in this respect. In order to establish the diagnosis of pneumonia with perfect certainty in all dubious cases, it is absolutely necessary to resort to Pneumonia. 249 a physical exploration of the respiratory organs. We discuss this subject, separately from the other symptoms of the disease, in order to afford a clearer and more connected view of the whole. Pneumonia does not alter the shape of the thorax, or so little that no stress need be laid upon this symptom; nor are the inter- costal spaces altered any more than the general capacity of the thorax. Very commonly, however, a more distinct vibration of the thoracic wall, corresponding to the diseased portion of the lungs, is perceived when the patient is talking. The most important posi- tive signs are yielded by percussion which informs us with tolerable certainty whether a larger portion of the lungs is infiltrated or not. We speak, of course, of croupous pneumonia, for it is this alone that causes the infiltration of a considerable portion of the lungs, most commonly of a whole lobe. In the incipient stage of pneu- monia, the sound either remains unchanged, or is only changed very slightly ; hence, immediately after the occurrence of the chill, no changes can be discovered. But in proportion as the hyperaemia increases, the percussion-sound becomes more tympanitic, sometimes to such an extent that one might be led to believe, a piece of intes- tine had been struck. Hence, the tympanitic sound is really charac- teristic in pneumonia, and is only less marked, if the thoracic walls are very thick, or if the diseased portion of the lungs is separated from the thoracic wall by a normal layer of pulmonary parenchyma. In croupous pneumonia, this is very seldom the case. The more complete the infiltration, the more completely the air escapes from the lungs, and the more empty the sound becomes unless a layer, from which the air has not yet escaped; lies over the diseased por- tion of lungs On the sides of this normal layer, the dulness often first changes to the tympanitic and further on to the normal sound, the tympanitic sound is sometimes heard even in the non-affected portion of the lungs, most likely owing to the accompanying hyper- semia. A change in the infiltration is revealed by percussion if resolution takes place, in which case the tympanitic sound most commonly returns for a short time and soon after gives way to the full sound. The results of auscultation are equally valuable as diagnostic signs. At the commencement of pneumonia, the normal respiratory murmur is very often quite feeble, much less frequently increased. As soon as infiltration begins to set in, and the air is still able to circulate in the inflamed portion of the lungs, we per- ceive, especially during an expiration, the crepitation that is so rarely absent that it can almost be regarded as characteristic in 250 Diseases of the Lungs. pneumonia. It is less audible, if a co-existing bronchial catarrh hides it by rales. With the completion of the exudation, when the percussion-sound becomes empty, every murmur caused by the cir- culation of the air in the air-cells, necessarily ceases, and a bronchial respiration takes place, associated in the non-affected portions of the lungs with a more or less increased vesicular respiration corre- sponding perhaps with the necessary increase of the respiratory efforts in these portions. In the same manner as the air in the bronchia, when reaching the ear through the pulmonary paren- chyma, sounds more loudly, so does the sound of the voice give rise to intense bronchophony and pectoriloquy, while the voice greatly increases the vibrations of the thorax. The resolution of pneumonia is indicated by rales. In the cells they are necessarily very fine, and on this account are sometimes described as crepita- tion, and sometimes are veiled by co-existing coarse rales in the bronchia. They often continue for a long time. This most simple course of pneumonia is often modified by various trifling deviations which are of importance to a homoeopathic phy- sician and the more frequent of which we will now proceed to point out. In the case of children, the invasion of the disease is often marked by convulsions, such as may occur in other acute affections, in the case of adults, spasmodic symptoms are seldom witnessed. A very severe intestinal catarrh sometimes constitutes the stage of invasion. In such a case the vomiting only lasts until the infiltration is com- pleted, whereas the diarrhoea often continues throughout the whole course of the disease. In' the case of children, as well as of old people, very seldom in the case of adults, pneumonia throughout its whole course is sometimes accompanied by such prominent cerebral symptoms that a physical exploration alone is capable of establish- ing the diagnosis upon a perfectly reliable basis, for even the cough in such cases is often wanting. These cerebral derangements are said to accompany the inflammation of an upper lobe much more frequently than those of a lower lobe. The patients sometimes remain unconscious durino- the whole course of the disease, which need not run a prolonged course on this account. Cerebral derange- ments of a lighter grade, a light delirium, mostly of a merry nature, sleeplessness or sopor, are very common occurrences. These happen most frequently in the case of drunkards. The tongue does not ex- hibit any regularly-occurring changes, at times it is quite clean, sometimes very much coated, at times humid, at other times quite Pneumonia. 251 dry. The last-mentioned appearance is not very promising, it is especially ominous if the balance of the symptoms impart to the affection a dubious character. The appearance of a slight icterus after the completion of the infiltration is very common, nor is it of any particular importance; but if icterus sets in together with symptoms of gastro-intestinal catarrh, it always indicates an un- welcome complication which threatens to delay the course of the disease. As a rule the skin remains pretty dry during the whole course of the disease; profuse or exhausting sweats occur much less frequently. The symptoms specially appertaining to the lungs, vary consider- ably. The cough which is usually not very violent and occurs in single short turns, may assume a spasmodic character when, on account of the increase of pain, it becomes a source of great distress to the patient. It rarely is entirely wanting, or is quite dry. It is particularly old people who sometimes do not cough at all. The fre- quency of the respirations is sometimes but inconsiderably increased, and it is the insufficient depth of the inspirations that reveals the character of the disease. The pain varies more than any other symptom; in the case of old people it is generally very slight; in their case the admixture of blood in the sputa is generally missing. In the case of young and vigorous individuals the resolution of the infiltration generally takes place very rapidly, sometimes in a single day, but it may likewise be more protracted, without on that account a transition into the stage of gray hepatization having necessarily taken place. Thus we find that the fever decreases on the ninth day and that the patient generally feels a little better; but there is no sudden decrease of all the abnormal phenomena, no immediate, but a scarcely perceptible, dragging commencement of convalescence. We seldom notice this condition of things in the case of robust men; it occurs quite easily among weakly persons and after an exhausting method of treatment. Sometimes, after convalescence has begun, an exacerbation with progressing infiltra- tion sets in, in which case the fever is very apt to assume an asthenic character and the appearance of typhus, yet the course of the disease need not necessarily be very much protracted or unfavorable. But almost without an exception, important compli- cations exist in such cases; such a form of pneumonia is very sel- dom the result of epidemic influences, but most generally of an exhausting treatment. Among the complications we notice more particularly pleuritis, bronchitis, peri- and endocarditis, all of which, without an exception, exert a disturbing influence over pneumonia. 252 Diseases of the Lungs. Experience has shown that the seat of pneumonia is of great importance as regards the probability of a normal termination. As a rule pneumonia of the right side is much more favorable than that of the left, pneumonia of a lower lobe lighter than that of an upper one, which is apt not to terminate in resolution and to assume a tubercular form. Inflammations of the left upper lobe are espe- cially obstinate and deviating from the normal course ■, they occur the least frequently. The deviations of the infiltration are very essential, since the deviations in the course of the disease are mostly founded upon the former. One of the most common deviations is the tardy resolution of the infiltration. It occurs rarely in uncomplicated forms of pneumonia, but is a very common event if carditis supervenes during pneumonia. In such cases the deficient energy of the circu- lation seems to constitute the sole obstacle, for a purulent meta- morphosis is not necessary to lead to such a result. We shall refer to this afterwards in treating of chronic pneumonia. No resolu- tion of the infiltration need take place even for years; in one case, that of an apparently healthy man we discovered after a number of years over one or two pulmonary lobes, especially at their pos- terior border, marked bronchial respiration and a perfectly empty percussion-sound. Or else the infiltration may remain in some por- tions of the lungs, disappearing entirely everywhere else, and the patient may enjoy perfect health. If the infiltration remains, but changes to a tubercular deposition, the phenomena of the disease change entirely. We not only meet with this change in individuals who had been previously affected with tubercles, but likewise in individuals of whom we positively know that up to the time when they were attacked with pneumonia, they had enjoyed perfect health. On the critical days the fever indeed decreases, but some of it remains, and the patients are not able to recover their strength, or only slowly and imperfectly. There remain a dry and hacking cough and an imperfect fulness of the respiration, and sooner or later the symptoms of tubercular phthisis supervene, which in such a case usually runs a very rapid course. We should not, however, in every case of tardy reabsorption, infer a tubercular metamor- phosis and express a prognosis corresponding with such a change. It often takes months before such a metamorphosis can be diagnosed with perfect certainty. The most important, most frequent and at the same time most dangerous change of the infiltration is the transition into the stage of gray hepatization or purulent metamorphosis. It must always Pneumonia. 253 be apprehended if pneumonia continues beyond the ninth day with considerable febrile motions, and, unless we examine the symptoms very accurately, a progression of the pneumonia alone may deceive us for a short time. Upon the accession of this purulent metamor- phosis the fever always assumes a marked adynamic character, and the process henceforward bears a striking resemblance to typhus. The fever increases very considerably, the number of pulsations frequently exceeds that of 120 beats which is the normal number for adults in a case of pneumonia, and at the same time becomes small and feeble. Not unfrequently the burning heat is mingled with short chills. The tongue which, even in a violent case of pneumonia, seldom becomes dry previous to the stage of purulent metamorphosis, resembles the tongue in typhus, and the superven- tion of delirium makes the resemblance to typhus still more strik- ing, so that on first seeing the patient an error in diagnosis is quite easy, especially if diarrhoea is present. It is only the physical exploration of the chest, together with the previous history of the disease that affords certainty in such a case. Percussion does not yield exclusively an empty, but likewise a tympanitic sound. Aus- cultation reveals beside bronchial respiration, more or less exten- sive, consonant rales. The air passes through a fluid,but the general condition of the patient shows that no process of reabsorption is going on; this is likewise evidenced by the expectoration which is at times pure pus, at other times mixed with blood and has often a very offensive odor. If the pathological process takes this turn, life is always in great danger. Recovery always takes place very slowly, with frequent variations between worse and better days, and is frequently protracted for months. Death sometimes takes place already in the second week and at other times at a much later period. It sometimes sets in quite suddenly, while oedema of the lungs is supervening, and sometimes slowly in consequence of general exhaustion associated with the formation of abscess or gangrene, neither of which, however, can be diagnosed with reli- able certainty during the lifetime of the patient; for foul sputa are no sure indication of gangrene, and. an abscess cannot be rec- ognized with positive certainty until it begins to discharge and the patient raises a quantity of purulent matter. Another, not less important, but much less frequent form of the exudation-metamorphosis is chronic pneumonia. That a chronic, non-tubercular process of infiltration can take place in the lungs, cannot well be doubted; but it is a rare occurrence, and a reliable 254 Diseases of the Lungs. diagnosis cannot often be established in such cases. Hence, in this place, we simply speak of chronic pneumonia resulting from an acute attack. It exhibits essentially all the so-called metamorphoses of pneumonic infiltration, except in a less acute form, and, on this account, with less immediate danger to the preservation of the organism. Either we notice a simple infiltration at some particular spot, which had remained after an acute attack and which either does not affect the organism or else keeps it in a long-lasting state of debility, with disposition to a renewal of an attack of acute infiltration. Most likely it is owing to these remnants of non- absorbed exudation, that individuals who have had one attack of pneumonia, are so often liable to being attacked a second time. Or else only part of the infiltration remains consolidated; in one or several portions of the lungs we hear bronchial respiration; at the same time another portion of the infiltration undergoes the process of resolution, and cough with purulent expectoration sets in, in consequence of which the general organism necessarily suffers. Although fever is not always present, yet it is rarely ever absent, in which case it has more or less the character of hectic fever; hence the patient has a sick, yellow-gray appearance, and very speedily shows signs of considerable emaciation. If the exudation dissolves, and the pulmonary parenchyma is involved in this process of disorganization, an abscess forms distinguished from the above- mentioned abscess by nothing but the slowness of its course, for years sometimes pass away before the abscess finds an outlet through the bronchia. Several abscesses may form, but such a thing is not often the case. Where several abscesses form, the tendency to gan- grene and ichorous dissolution is very commonly present. But the organism need not necessarily show severe signs of sympathetic suffering either from the presence of an abscess or that of gangrene. The patients look like tuberculous individuals in whose case the pathological process makes slow progress. They are not robust, but without fever, and emaciate very slowly. At various intervals which sometimes last for months, some fever generally sets in, the patients are attacked by great prostration, they have to lie down, and after this condition which is most easily brought about by a slight catarrh, has lasted for a short time, they suddenly discharge after coughing and gagging an enormous quantity of foul, badly- colored pus succeeded for a few days by a moderate expectoration that has likewise a very foul odor. At the same time the exhaus- tion continues to increase until the pus has been completely evacu- Pneumonia. 255 atecl, after which the strength returns very rapidly, but not to the same degree as before the breaking of the abscess. A cure is pos- sible, if the suppurating portion of the lungs is not too large and the strength is not too much reduced. Death either takes place in consequence of hectic fever or of the supervention of some acute process. Finally we must mention a termination of pneumonia which is of rare occurrence and exceedingly troublesome, we mean the evacuation of the pus through the walls of the thorax. This has occurred twice in our practice. The patients were young men, and the right lower lobe was inflamed. Although the profuse sup- puration at first occasioned great exhaustion, yet both were com- pletely restored. Having said all we intended concerning croupous pneumonia, we will now add a few remarks concerning interstitial and catarrhal pneumonia. Catarrhal pneumonia is scarcely ever a primary disease, but generally arises in consequence of the inflammatory process spread- ing from the bronchia to the pulmonary cells. It is almost without an exception confined to single lobules, and on this account the name of lobular pneumonia has been given to it. There may be many such scattered centres of inflammation, without the percus- sion-sound being altered in consequence; nor do they occasion bronchial respiration, so that it is scarcely possible to diagnose them with positive certainty. All we know is that capillary bronchitis is very apt to superinduce lobular pneumonia. Like capillary bronchitis, this form of pneumonia is preeminently a disease of infancy, and it has to be treated in the same manner as the worst kinds of bronchitis. Interstitial pneumonia is of no particular importance to us, because it does not require any special treatment; on the other hand it is of importance with respect to prognosis and as regards the diagnosis of other affections to which it resembles. It is always a secondary complication. The process is quite like the process in cirrhosis of the liver, on which account it has been termed cirrhosis of the lungs. An exudation takes place into the connective tissue of the lungs; this exudation first changes to con- nective tissue and afterwards to cicatrizing, shrivelling firm tissue, by which the air-cells become compressed, and a condition arises which is designated as induration of the lungs. Since this process may likewise set in as a consequence of croupous pneumonia, inter- stitial pneumonia is likewise a special form of the so-called chronic pneumonia. Its most important result is atrophy of the pulmonary 256 Diseases of the Lungs. tissue with caving in of the thorax and the development of sac- culated bronchiectasia in consequence of which chronic bronchial catarrh assumes such a peculiar form. Inasmuch as in pneumonia the prognosis depends more evidently than in any other disease upon the treatment that happens to be pursued, we have assigned to it a place in the section on the thera- peutics of pneumonia. Treatment, We have already stated at the commencement of this chapter that the treatment of pneumonia is well calculated to show the advantages of Homoeopathy over other methods; hence it behooves us to devote some attention to the modes of treatment adopted by other Schools. In the first place we have to consider the expectant method which Homoeopathy has in truth created; for it is the success of homoeo- pathic treatment which could not well be denied, although homoeo- pathic doses were supposed to be equivalent to nothing, that, embold- ened the partisans of active treatment to try the treatment of dis- eases without any violent interference. We confess to our inability to comprehend a purely expectant treatment of pneumonia, for no conscientious physician will stand by quietly in a case of pneumonia, and allow the disease to run its course from beginning to end without doing something for his patient. This may do in cases of simple pneumonia, if the patients are otherwise endowed with sound health, and the disease runs a perfectly normal course; but what is to be done in regard to the more or less threatening deviations from the normal course? Will the physician remain idle? We do not believe it. But if we take the expectant method in a less rigorous sense of the term; if we allow the use of some mild adjuvants, the statistical tables of this method become at once vitiated. We admit, however, that this method of treatment leads to much more favor- able results than the usual treatment with sanguineous depletions and a mass of powerful remedial agents. The medicinal treatment of pneumonia is effected by means of a legion of remedies, which every physician admits are not so much given for the pneumonia, but for the inflammatory fever, or for single symptoms. The only remedy which years ago was used as a specific for pneumonia, is Tartar emetic. The use of this remedy as a specific has, however, been abandoned, for the reason that it was found impossible to determine the kind of pneumonia to which it was specifically adapted instead of using it indiscriminately for all kinds. Every homoeopath is able to explain how it happened Pneumonia. 257 that Tartar emetic effected a cure in some cases of pneumonia, and proved a specific remedy even in whole epidemics, and yet left the physician in the lurch in so many other cases. The use of this drug in large doses has only yielded unfavorable results in respect to the whole duration of the disease. The other medicines in vogue are almost exclusively given for single symptoms of the whole group. Such medicines are mostly used as are supposed to have a depressing influence over the fever, such as Digitalis, Quinine, Vera- trine, etc. We do not mean to say one word against these reme- dies, for we are well aware that under certain circumstances each one of them has its value as a remedy for pneumonia. But we can- not help giving utterance in a few words to our doubts regarding the propriety of prescribing these remedies for the fever in pneumo- nia. Fever in any disease is the manifestation of a reaction on the part of the general organism against a disturbance set up in its interior. Hence, fever is no disease of itself, although it is a neces- sary attribute of many diseases. At all events, pneumonia remains what it is, even if no fever should supervene. Hence, even if it were possible to combat the fever, in combating this fever we would not combat the disease. We even go so far as to maintain that, if the fever could be removed without the disease being acted upon at the same time, the treatment is sometimes without effect, and is usually hurtful and never of any use. For after the organic reac- tion has been depressed or even suspended, the morbid disturbance is either prolonged or does not disappear at all. In suppressing the fever, the natural curative agent would likewise become inopera- tive. It is different if Digitalis is given in order to diminish the impulse of the heart and depress the heart's action, and by this means to lessen the pressure in the pulmonary vessels. But in such a case Digitalis should only be given at the beginning of pulmonary hypersemia, or might at most still be continued at the commence- ment of hepatization, which, however, is not done. In order to obtain a normal process of reabsorption, an undiminished action of the heart is indispensable; its decrease may afford momentary relief to the patient, but cannot act favorably. Such an exhibition of palliatives may not always be hurtful and may not interfere with the course of the disease: it is certain, however, that this kind of treatment cannot be made the foundation for a true system of ther- apeutics in pneumonia. A somewhat complete review of the common treatment of pneu- monia would oblige us to exhibit the whole of the so-called anti- 258 Diseases of the Lungs. phlogistic apparatus, from Calomel to the most harmless neutral salt. Inasmuch as the use of these drugs is based upon the same idea, they can be dispatched with the same arguments. A general antiphlogistic treatment is just as absurd as the exhibition of Qui- nine for the fever in pneumonia; the real disease is not met. It is not such a difficult thing to depress the organism by the copious use of cathartics and other remedies until an active reaction becomes impossible; of course, the theory has been complied with, the inflammatory fever is gone, but an adynamic fever has taken its place; and even if this is not the case, there is scarcely any doubt that the conquest of the local disease will not take place more rapidly. At one time Chloroform-inhalations made a great noise, but seem to have been abandoned by modern practitioners. Todd's method of prescribing spirits, is nearly related to these inhalations. How happens it that Englishmen have not long ago stoned this destroyer ot all faith in antiphlogistic treatment! A proof how much pneumonia can endure without undergoing any essential modifications in its course, is cold-water treatment. Evon Niemeyer is favorable to this method of treatment, but he is utterly unable to give any reasons for it; his only argument is that it helps. From a physiological stand-point we should reason in this wise: The wet bandage, frequently repeated, diminishes the amount of blood in the cutaneous vessels, hence superinduces in the interior of the organism a sort of engorgement, and at the same time acts as a stimulant, for it is followed by an increase of reaction; how can such an agent be said to act as a curative in a case of pneu- monia? We consider this mode of reasoning correct. Pneumonia being attended with pain, Opium has been made use of very liberally; this is all that can be claimed in its favor. In conclusion we have to consider the chief remedy, we mean blood-letting. It constitutes the apple of discord in modern medi- cine, and because homoeopathic practitioners have discarded it, even in pneumonia, they have been called murderers. How much has been said and printed on the subject of pneumonia, both pro and con, more especially after a physician had dared to treat a pneu- monic patient without bleeding, in spite of which he obtained wonderfully favorable results. This change in the treatment of pneumonia would have caused less astonishment if physicians had paid some attention to Homoeopathy during the last fifty years. Formerly pneumonia and blood-letting were as intimately united Pneumonia. 259 as the arm and hand. This is very different at the present time, and since we only deal with the present, we shall content ourselves with considering the modern developments of this question. Wun- derlich and Niemeyer are sufficiently authoritative to permit us to present their views as the ruling opinions of their Schools. Niemeyer gives three indications for a course of general deple- tion. First* Appearance of the pneumonia in a vigorous, healthy, young man, the temperature being over 92° Fahr., and the pulse over 120 beats.-Second: Collateral hypersemia of the uninflamed portions of the lungs.-Third: Symptoms of pressure on the brain accompanying the pneumonia. Wunderlich gives the same indica- tions, except that he adds to number one, that the patient should be bled on the first and second, or on the fourth and fifth day, not on the third, rarely after the fifth unless hypersemia should still exist. The effect of bleeding, according to Wunderlich, is as fol- lows, Niemeyer not attributing to bleeding a positive influence over pneumonia, but only a general influence or an influence over par- ticular symptoms. In the first place, venesection is said to shorten the course of the disease and to achieve the termination in recovery more rapidly and more completely. We ask any physician who has ever watched the course of pneumonia treated with blood-letting, whether this is true. We admit that immediately after the bleeding the fever abates quite considerably; but in twenty-four hours already the fever returns even worse than before. Every homoeopath knows that pneumonic patients who are treated with blood-letting, even in accordance with the above indications, seldom finish their con- valescence in a few days, but remain weak for several weeks. Even if we admit that Wunderlich's favorable prognosis is sometimes realized, yet, supported by our own experience, we cannot help affirming that the favorable change more frequently disappoints than meets our expectations, and that it is very often illusory. Secondly, venesection affords the patient a sensation of relief. This is not always the case, but it is so commonly; but we would ask whether a mere sensation of the patient is more important than the regard for the general course of the disease, and whether the phy- sician is not perpetrating a piece of quackery if he resorts to bleed- ing as a means to impress the patient with his power, when he must be well aware that the effect of this remedy passes away in a few hours, and the patient feels necessarily more exhausted than before. 260 Diseases of the Lungs. Thirdly, the pulse decreases in frequency after bleeding; this can be accounted for, but it is not true that the former frequency does not return. It does return, but the quality of the pulse is altered; the pulse is feebler than it was. Fourthly, the temperature declines, but the same thing happens as with the pulse. This mania of depressing the chief febrile symp- toms, has been commented upon by us in our review of the reme- dies that are used for such a purpose; we need not repeat our criti- cism in this place. Fifthly, venesection moderates the dyspnoea and thus prevents acute emphysema. That this is not the case, can be affirmed by every homoeopath; acute emphysema is a very rare occurrence in pneumonia and, if it does occur, it must have been the result of improper treatment. Sixthly, venesection, by moderating the pulse and the temperature, prevents nervous exhaustion and acute consumption. How this is to be brought about, is an enigma which physiology does not solve. Nor does Wunderlich account any more explicitly for the possibil- ity of such a process. A few other points seem to us too unimportant to be mentioned here in detail; we shall interpolate them in our subsequent re- marks. Against the above-enumerated statements we will add to oui' previous remarks the following counter-propositions. It is rather hazardous to declare an individual to whom we are called as a physician, positively robust and healthy up to the time when we are called. Every physician must have been deceived in this respect, and deceptions of this kind, if occurring in pneumonia, cannot lead to pleasant results. There are individuals who are very thin and pale and yet enjoy the most perfect health; on the other hand, we see weak persons who apparently look stout and florid. By what exact diagnostic signs are individuals suitable for the first indication, characterized? Again we generally notice that robust men seldom have a pulse of over 120 beats, whereas such a pulse is very commonly met with in the case of weak persons. Why should not the latter be equally favorably affected by venesection? Have they a relatively less quantity of blood ? The answer is that they do not bear venesec- tion as well as robust persons who can bear a few venesections in pneumonia without any great disadvantage, whereas weakly per- sons cannot bear them. Where is the boundary, and how do those Pneumonia. 261 fare who occupy the line and in whose case we do not know whether they belong to one class or the other ? Blood is only to be taken from robust individuals. Since blood- letting is reputed one of the most powerful remedial agents, this phrase must be intended to mean that the pneumonia of robust men is much more dangerous than that of weakly persons, or that robust individuals find it more difficult to conquer the disease by the amount of strength on hand. This mode of reasoning: is cer- tainly not logical. The reaction of a robust man must naturally be more energetic and prompt than that of a person weakened by ex- posure, and that the strength of a vigorous person is capable of bearing a great deal more than that of a debilitated individual. Why should the more intense fever of vigorous persons entail more danger? We are at a loss to understand the anxiety Caused by the presence of febrile symptoms; we admit, however, that the quality of the pulse is an excellent index of present danger, but not the number of the beats, or at least only to some extent. Every homoeopath can testify that collateral hypenemia in pneu- monia does not very frequently occur in a threatening form. If it exists, its intensity may be diminished by venesection ; but this would be followed by the bad consequences to inflammation that will soon be enumerated. In such a case the question still is, which pathological process is worse, the hypenemia which is a transitory condition, or the pneumonia which is liable to such unfavorable terminations. If, as is often the case, hyperaemia sets in after a venesection, it is very questionable whether the venesection is not in a great measure the cause. The phenomena of cerebral hyperaemia are, at all events, the worst indication. They may be very marked and persistent, but they do not imply the presence of danger, and still less frequently of so great a danger that it has to be met by such an energetic remedy as blood-letting. Let no one imagine that our views on blood-letting which are so directly antagonistic to those of other physicians, are mere vague assertions. No true homoeopath will ever bleed either in pneumonia or in any other disease; hence only a homoeopath is able to judge what course pneumonia takes with or without bleeding. In the case of vigorous individuals, the course of pneumonia fre- quently remains unaffected by mild blood-letting, but full convales- cence is always retarded by it. To many vigorous individuals, and the less vigorous the more so, venesection is decidedly injurious 262 Diseases of the Lungs. and superinduces one or the other unpleasant consequences that will be enumerated by and by. Niemeyer accounts for the rapid sinking of strength by the anaemic condition which is occasioned by a profuse exudation associated with an increase of waste by the fever, and a diminution of the supply; it is his opinion that most patients succumb to this acute marasmus. If this be so, nobody can comprehend how a sanguineous depletion and consequent in- crease of the loss of animal fluids can act favorably, and every body must see that the necessity of first repairing the waste, delays the complete restoration of strength. The apparently or momentarily favorable effects of blood-letting Scarcely ever last longer than twenty-four hours, and are very fre- quently succeeded by the transition of the fever to the adynamic form, or by an increase of the symptoms; the French method of excessive venesections has occasioned these results. The exudation is never arrested by venesection, much less cut short or entirely prevented, but the possibility of oedema of the lungs is considerably aggravated by it. This results from the circumstance that the inflammatory exudation and the loss of'blood diminish quite considerably the plastic portions of the blood, and that hence the blood contains much more serum and becomes much more disposed to serous exudations. The resolution of the exudation is delayed, or is incomplete, or else it takes place by purulent dissolution, or not at all. If Wun- derlich lays so much stress upon a diminution of the fever, that is to say of the pulse and temperature, we admit that a decrease of the fever on the critical days implies a disappearance of the local processes. Nevertheless it is not unfrequently the case that the exu- dation remains in spite of the defervescence; we have abundant evidence of such a fact. In such a case Ijm re-absorption goes on slowly and uniformly, or else by fits and starts ; but the patients scarcely ever recover their health very rapidly, but they remain for a long time feeble, although without fever. This result has only occurred to us after. sanguineous depletions or, which deserves par- ticular notice, after complications with inflammatory affections of the heart. The same remark applies to cases where remnants of exudation are left behind, not including the cases of tuberculous individuals in whom it is difficult to decide whether we have rem- nants of exudation or tubercles before us. The setting in of gray hepatization, the purulent dissolution of the exudation may some- times be owing to peculiar constitutional or external atmospheric Pneumonia. 263 circumstances; indeed pus may form as the result of any inflam- mation ; in such cases it is not likely that blood will ever be drawn, except perhaps in a case of pneumonia that runs its course under atmospheric influences and when one of the above-mentioned indi- cations may indeed come into play. But if we mean the primary, uncomplicated pneumonias of persons who had hitherto enjoyed a vigorous and sound constitution, no pus will ever show itself under a strictly homoeopathic treatment, but not very unfrequently after a debilitating, more especially after a depleting treatment. In view of the observation that the pneumonic exudation can be re-absorbed in a few hours under favorable circumstances, and seldom requires more than a few days for such a purpose, we must suppose that every reduction of the patient's strength, more especially by san- guineous depletions, causes a decrease of the reactive energy, con- sequently a diminution of the reactive exudation required for the business of re-absorption, and hence again a misdirection of the organic activity in the removal of the exuded fibrin. A proof for the assertions here made is furnished by the pneumonias that are associated with severe intestinal catarrh, in whose case the resolu- tion takes place more or less abnormally. We account for this phenomenon simply by the excessive loss of animal fluids, on which account we consider the systematic use of purgatives in pneumonia as hurtful as bleeding. The tubercular metamorphosis of the exuded fibrin, if the patients were otherwise free from tubercles, has to be attributed to treatment. It is well known that tubercles and anaemia are closely related to each other, hence it is not difficult to suppose that an artificially excited anaemia may favor the forma- tion of tubercles. All the cases known to us, where the pneumonic exudation had this termination, had all been treated with blood- letting. These remarks show that chronic pneumonia is very commonly a consequence of debilitating treatment. We again call attention to the fact that carditis as a complication of pneumonia is apt to occasion a malignant metamorphosis of the exudation. In such a case it is not so much the perverse quality of the blood, whoso influence we are, however, not disposed to deny, but the diminished energy of the circulation that exerts a disturbing effect upon the course of pneumonia. This is an additional proof how unphysio- logical is the theory of depressing the pulse in pneumonia. The observation that individuals who have had one attack of pneumonia, are easily liable to a renewed attack, will scarcely ever 264 Diseases of the Lungs. be made by a Homoeopathic physician. If such frequent recur- rences of pneumonia are witnessed even under homoeopathic treat- ment, the former attacks had always been treated with depletions; we account for this susceptibility most naturally by the circumstance that the exudation had not been completely absorbed. After this excursion into the therapeutic domain of the Old School, the length of which we beg the reader to excuse on account of the importance of the subject, we now enter upon a consideration of the prognosis of pneumonia. We might on this occasion avail ourselves of the existing statistics, if they were not calculated to mislead, and, on the side of Homoeopathy, not sufficiently numerous. On this account we confine ourselves to short statements; if any one should feel disposed to doubt their correctness, we advise him, before pronouncing judgment, to first treat a few dozen cases of pneumonia homoeopathically. An uncomplicated pneumonia, no matter whether the patient is robust or weakly, always terminates in recovery under homoeopathic treatment, at the same time as an abnormal dispersion or alteration of the infiltration occurs very seldom. We can substantiate the correctness of this statement by upwards of two hundred and fifty cases of pneumonia from our own practice and that of other physicians. Accordingly pneumonia is one of the least dangerous diseases to a homoeopathic physician. On the contrary, Wunderlich calls it one of the most frequent and most dangerous diseases that can befal man; in saying this he does not quote figures, but must have been lead by numerous deaths tc make such a statement. Among the complications, carditis, intestinal catarrh, bronchitis and tuberculosis promise the least chances of a successful treatment. We have shown above why the first two complications present such ominous difficulties, although even in such cases we have never had to deplore a single loss. Bronchitis is dangerous on account of the dyspnoea being extremely aggravated by this complication; and a co-existing tuberculosis becomes dangerous on account of the probability of the metamor- phosis of the exuded fibrin into tubercles, or of the hastening of the suppuration of existing tubercular depositions. Whether the seat of the inflammation exerts a peculiar influence during the presence of these complications, is not quite certain, but we may take it for granted that an inflammation of the apices, yyhich are the most common locality of tubercular depositions, terminates in suppuration much sooner than an inflammation of any of the other lobes. It is frequently inconceivable why the pneumonic process should leave Pneumonia. 265 tubercles intact, whereas in other cases it leads directly to phthisis. We are almost without any data for a correct interpretation of these differences, and for this reason alone complicated pneumonias of this nature should be strictly excluded from all statistical tables. We shall have to revert to this subject when speaking of pulmonary tuberculosis. Whenever pneumonia meets with morbid conditions in the respiratory organs, its course generally deviates from the normal line, and its process is much more destructive. This remark applies principally to pulmonary emphysema, to stenosis of the larynx, to chronic heart-disease, especially of the right heart. The more these or any other affections aggravated the breathing before the supervention of pneumonia, the more dangerous they become to life on account of the existing dyspnoea. As regards constitu- tional conditions not of a morbid kind, old age and pregnancy are of particular significance with regard to the prognosis. Old people are often troubled with chronic catarrh and emphysema, to the presence of which the danger in pneumonia is principally to be attributed. For all that, we ought not to despair too soon; we can point to three old men between the years of seventy-eight and eighty-three, all of whom had chronic catarrh, and whom we cured of pneumonia after a somewhat protracted, but otherwise entirely favorable treatment. Pregnancy is exceedingly dangerous, the more so the more advanced it is. Whether the danger is owing to the obstructions in the respiration occasioned by the distended abdomen, or likewise to the altered composition of the blood, we are unable to decide. If a miscarriage takes place, which is not unfrequently the case, death is almost unavoidable, on account of the excessive exhaustion. Such cases likewise afford a striking picture of the effects of venesection, for it is evident what a delete- rious effect the loss of blood exerts upon the parturient woman, whereas parturition ought to diminish the dyspnoea and conse- quently lessen the danger. In order to meet objections, we will state that we do not overlook the occurrence of two important processes going on in the organism simultaneously with pneumonia and that it is to these double functions that we attribute in a great measure the fatal termination. Our opinion of the success of homoeopathic treatment in compli- cated cases of pneumonia is to the effect that it is most commonly and preeminently favorable, especially when contrasted with other methods of treatment. We do not even except tubercular pneu- monia. Thus we are able to assert without extravagance that 266 Diseases of the Lungs. pneumonia does not appear a very dangerous disease to a homoeo- pathic physician, and that the disease may be considered compara- tively devoid of danger, if we consider what an important organ the lungs are, and how intensely they are affected by an inflam- mation. We pursue the same course on this occasion that we have pursued in regard to all other important pathological processes, and premise a list of the most important remedies. Aconitum. All homoeopaths admit the excellence of this remedy in pneumonia; their views only differ as regards the boundaries of its appropriate sphere of action in this disease. We cannot examine these views any further, since this would lead us too far. For particular information on this subject we refer to Muller's essay on pneumonia in the first volume of the Vierteljahrsschrift. Accord- ing to Muller's arrangement, the following are the most prominent Aconite-symptoms in pneumonia: Intense fever preceded by a chill, with burning heat and dryness of the skin, quick and hard pulse and a deep, sometimes bluish redness of the face; accelerated, labored, incomplete respiration with restlessness, anxiety and palpi- tation of the heart; stitches in the chest during a deep inspiration and during motion, or dull pressure and weight on the chest, dry and racking cough, with a small quantity of a tenacious, slimy, blood-streaked or rusty expectoration; recumbent posture on the back; dullness and pain in the head; great thirst; scanty and red urine; evening exacerbation of the symptoms. The thorax is less movable, it is less depressed during an expiration; in other respects we have the physical signs that have been indicated for the first stage. By comparing toxicological post-mortem phenomena with these symptoms, we shall be able to determine the period up to which Aconite is suitable in pneumonia, with much more pre- cision. Both in Muller's cases of poisoning by Aconite as well as in the cases, whether acute or chronic, which we ourselves have collected in the last ten years, the lungs were in every instance found engorged with blood, but in no case was a trace of croupous exudation to be seen. Although we do not expect that in our physiological experiments a drug that is said to be a specific remedy, will reproduce all the objective signs of the corresponding patho- logical series, yet the constancy with which a simple engorgement occurs as a post-mortem symptom of Aconite-poisoning, is remark- able. Experience has moreover satisfied us that this condition is the true therapeutic sphere of action for this agent. When speak- Pneumonia. 267 ing of pulmonary hypersemia, we stated that in active pulmonary congestions Aconite is the leading remedy. In pneumonia the stage of red hepatization implies a most perfect hyperemia; hence we consider Aconite best adapted to this stage where its specific cura- tive virtues have been exquisitely confirmed by a multitude of the most favorable practical observations. On this account we do not, however, consider Aconite indicated in every case of pneumonia unless all the other symptoms correspond. Among these symptoms we distinguish more particularly the following: The disease attacks individuals with an active circulation; it is caused by a cold; according to many, by exposure to a dry, cold wind; it attacks robust individuals up to the age of sixty to seventy years, less fre- quently beyond this period w'here the characteristics of old age begin to creep along; there are no directly antagonizing complica- tions, among which we number more especially an intense intestinal catarrh. Aconite alone will scarcely ever cure pneumonia, much less cut it short. On this account its importance in pneumonia should not be underrated. No one who has watched the striking effects of Aconite, will ever doubt its great virtues in this disease. Aconite diminishes the vascular excitement and reduces the pulmo- nary hypersemia more brilliantly than the most copious bleeding; Moreover it diminishes the exudation to some extent and promotes in a corresponding ratio the favorable course of the disease. This favorable change which affords such great relief to the patient, sets in within twenty-four hours in almost every case. But as soon as the percussion-sound over the inflamed portion of the lungs becomes empty, as soon as the breathing becomes bronchial, Aconite in our opinion, which is shared by many, ceases to be indicated. There are, however, exceptions to this general statement. We stated in a previous paragraph that an excessive, collateral hypersemia is one of the most common indications for venesection. This indication is specific for Aconite. If the exudation is completed; if the dys- pnoea remains nevertheless considerable and out of proportion to the size of the inflamed portion of the lungs; if the sputa are thin, frothy and tinged with a bright-red blood, Aconite is decidedly appropriate and, even if it leaves the infiltration unchanged, relieves the extreme distress of breathing speedily and surely. Aconite is likewise indicated, if the pneumonia progresses by fits and starts, which is very seldom the case under homoeopathic treatment. According to our previous remarks, Aconite will very often be indicated in the subsequent course of the disease, if it had been 268 Diseases of the Lungs. treated in the first place with the antiphlogistic apparatus of the Old School. In tubercular pneumonia Aconite has an admirable effect at the commencement of the treatment, the same as in the pneumonia of otherwise perfectly sound individuals. Belladonna is, in our opinion, improperly commended in pneu- monia. Toxicological appearances only show a more or less con- siderable engorgement of the lungs with dark blood. The patho genesis of Belladonna does not point very strikingly to an inflam- matory process in the pulmonary parenchyma, and, in a case of croupous pneumonia, we should find it very difficult to select Bella- donna in accordance with its physiological symptoms. On the other hand certain anomalies in the symptomatic appearances of the disease point so unmistakably to Belladonna that no one who is acquainted with the pathogenesis of this drug, can hesitate to prescribe it. These anomalies refer principally to the manner in which other organs have become involved in the pathological process; it is more especially the cerebral hypersemia that points to Belladonna. Inasmuch as Aconite may likewise be required by the same series of symptoms, we establish the following distinc- tions in favor of Belladonna: A dark-red, bloated and hot face, with evident turgescence of the veins; stupefying headache; drow- siness with delirium; sopor; convulsions. In such cases Belladonna is prescribed on account of the danger that threatens the brain, the pneumonia being left unnoticed for the time. Another series of cases that are frequently adapted to Belladonna, are the pneu- monias arising from or accompanying acute bronchitis. In such cases Bronchitis is generally much more dangerous than pneu- monia, and it is of importance that the former should be attended to with more particular care. Not unfrequently whole epidemics run a course of this kind, and they generally show typhoid symp- toms from the commencement. In the case of very old people Belladonna is usually preferable to Aconite at the outset, likewise in the pneumonias of drunkards. In both kinds the symptoms have generally a typhoid character from the beginning. [During this first stage of hypersemia, both of the lungs and brain, Ve- ratrum viride is given with great success. It has been found suf- ficient in hundreds of cases to effect a radical cure of the disease. II.] Bryonia alba is, like Aconite, indispensable in Pneumonia. The toxicological appearances described in the Viennese reprovings show that Bryonia is capable of occasioning exudations in the lungs. The pathogenetic symptoms do not furnish one constantly- Pneumonia. 269 recurring picture of the disease, but can be made available in various directions. This is evidenced by the different views enter- tained concerning Bryonia, all of which, however, are founded upon physiological provings. These indicate most commonly an acute pulmonary affection, with violent stitching pains, where pleuritis is manifestly indicated by a variety of secondary symp- toms, on which account the remedy is very warmly recommended for pleuro-pneumonia. There are, however, numerous other symp- toms which refer to the pleura much less than to the lungs; and it is upon these symptoms together with the general constitutional phenomena that the employment of Bryonia in pneumonia is founded. We find it inexpedient to enumerate the symptoms referring to the homoeopathicity of Bryonia in this disease; more- over it is indispensable that such an important remedy should be known and remembered in its integrality. Nor do we deem it necessary to comment upon trivial differences of views in the use of this agent, since most of them harmonize in all the main points. Accordingly Bryonia is particularly indicated after the fever has abated and has no longer a decidedly inflammatory character, whereas the local process has reached its completion and appears to rest. This is the period when red hepatization is fully developed. The patients have passed through the excitement and constant rest- lessness of the first stage and are lying in a state of exhaustion but quietude; or they are in a condition when it is not quite certain whether the fever may not assume the character of adynamia. The skin now begins to show some moisture, a valuable indication for Bryonia. If Bryonia is given at this period, the inflammation generally runs a rapid and favorable course, and the remedy need not be left off until all the morbid symptoms have disappeared. However, if the resolution of the exudation is too tardy, and delays, may be, beyond the ninth day; if symptoms of a purulent dissolution make their appearance, Bryonia will be of no further use, even if the symptoms should still indicate this drug. In pneu- monia running a normal course, such as we have depicted at the commencement of this chapter, we have never had occasion to use another remedy after Bryonia. As regards deviations from the normal course and from the ordinary symptoms, Bryonia is partic- ularly adapted to cases where the tongue is covered with a thick white fur, the stomach is completely inactive and the liver is engorged and somewhat painful. But we have never obtained any good results with this drug when diarrhoea was present, which 270 Diseases of the Lungs. we regard as a positive counter-indication. In addition to these statements we have to direct attention to another indication, we mean pneumonia complicated with bronchitis, for which we recom- mended Belladonna in a previous paragraph. As we said before, pneumonias of this kind are generally epidemic, with the character of adynamia and typhoid appearances, without, on that account, taking a decidedly unfavorable turn, and are more particularly distinguished by the presence of a marked gastric catarrh. In Hanover we are just now in the midst of such an epidemic, and we become every day more and more convinced by experience what a splendid remedy Bryonia is, which has proved such an indispens- able resource to the homoeopathic physician in so many other epi- demic diseases. If, guided by more recent observations, we' have to deny in opposition to Hartmann, that dry and cold weather causes the kind of pneumonia to which Bryonia corresponds, we feel on the other hand bound to give prominence to another of his indications, namely the rheumatic and bruising pains in the muscles of the chest and back. In conclusion we wish to state, as evidence of the healing powers of this drug, that we scarcely ever notice under its administration a copious secretion of the so-called sputa cocta, and that the re-absorption of the infiltration takes place with very little, or perhaps without any expectoration, or, judging from the stand point of pathology, taking place in its most perfect form. Mercurius is one of those remedies that is much more recom- mended than employed in pneumonia; we opine that this is an oversight. It is true an uncomplicated pneumonia has scarcely ever indications pointing to Mercurius; but they occur so much more frequently in complicated cases. We will not endeavor to show that Mercurius causes inflammation of the lungs in the healthy, and what special symptoms point to pneumonia. This can be learned from the Materia Medica. We are acquainted with one mercurial preparation which, in a case of poisoning, caused a fully developed pneumonia, we mean Mercurius corrosivus, to which we desire to call attention, thinking that a similar case may occur some time as a natural disease where this agent may prove cura- tive. If, in addition to the existing physiological symptoms, we consider the whole manner in which Mercury affects the organism, its recommendation as a remedy for pneumonia seems perfectly justified. We cannot, how'ever, agree with Muller, if he assigns Mercurius to the more chronic forms of pneumonia after the dis- Pneumonia. 271 ease has run beyond the properly inflammat<Ay stages. The third stage is undoubtedly adapted to Mercurius, but it is not the only one. Muller has the following more special indication for the third stage: The hepathization of a portion of lung continues and the critical sputa are entirely wanting; the cough is dry, not frequent and very rough and fatiguing, with violent irritation and urging to cough, the dyspnoea remains unaltered, the fever is rather con- tinuous and lentescent, with profuse and exhausting sweats, the urine is scanty and dim, the color of the skin sallow, grayish; the patient is troubled with gastro-intestinal catarrh. Under these cir- cumstances Mercurius is indicated so much more, if the disease is seated in a scrofulous, or generally dyscrasic organism. Nor can we agree with Muller when he asserts, in contrasting Mercurius and Sulphur, that the latter is indicated under similar circumstances as Mercurius, if the symptoms are more violent and tumultuous. We will afterwards account for our dissenting opinion. There are two forms of pneumonia where we consider Mercurius as a leading remedy. One is pneumonia complicated with bronchitis. Muller mentions this form; we have quoted his statements in our chapter on influenza, page 185. This form of pneumonia is almost always an epidemic disease; having at this very time had frequent oppor- tunities in this district of testing the curative virtues of Mercurius in an affection of this kind, we cannot deem a short description of our epidemic superfluous. Under the modifying action of a wide- spread influenza, that is to say of catarrh accompanied by a deep irritation of the nervous system, the nose, larynx and trachea become affected with a slight catarrh which seems quite trifling for a few days; suddenly the fever becomes more violent, the catar- rhal secretion ceases, dyspnoea sets in, together with a spasmodic, generally nocturnal cough, without any, or with a yellow-green, blood-streaked expectoration; the pulse is upwards of 120; in the case of a lady of upwards of fifty years, the pulse had 150 beats; it is small, has very little resistance, the skin is burning-hot, at times covered with copious perspiration, the tongue is yellow and very soon becomes dry, the sensorium is blunted, there is violent headache, the patient lies in a soporous condition, with light deli- rium ; he has a great desire for cold drinks, after which the cough easily breaks out again. At the same time the patients do not complain of pain, and scarcely ever , of pain in the affected side, on which account a careful exploration is very apt to be neg- lected. Such an exploration shows extensive hepatization, that 272 Diseases of the Lungs. is to say, complete dullness of sound with rales, and attended with bronchial respiration. This condition resembles typhus to such an extent that we do not wonder at hearing many physicians assert that influenza has changed to typhus. That this affection is of a serious character, is apparent from the fact that under allopathic treatment numerous deaths have taken place within a few weeks, and that even young and robust individuals have succumbed to the epidemic. We three homoeopaths so far have not lost a single patient and, without having had any previous understanding on the subject, we have all of us commenced the treatment with Mercurius as the best and principal remedy. These favorable results have been obtained in an affection which, in opposition to Muller's statements, is attended with an exceedingly severe fever. The selection of Mercurius in broncho-pneumonia may be justified by its admirable action in bronchitis; for it can- not be denied that the greatest danger proceeds from this quarter and that, after the removal of the bronchial symptoms, the remain- ing pneumonia is comparatively insignificant. A third form of pneumonia, which is particularly adapted to Mercurius, is the catarrhal form or lobular pneumonia which has an entirely dif- ferent meaning from the former. As soon as we have reason, in a case of bronchitis, whooping-cough, etc., to suspect the formation of small foci of exudation, Mercurius will first commend itself to our judgement as a remedial agent, and we shall have before our eyes an image of epidemic influenza, such as has been described in preceding paragraphs. In tubercular pneumonia we have never noticed any good effects from Mercurius. What mercurial pre- paration deserves a preference, we do not dare to decide. In the present epidemic we use Mercurius solubilis; although we do not object to the Sublimate by way of experiment, yet Hahnemann's preparation is so excellent in this disease that one hesitates to ex- periment with any other drug. As regards dose, we have found the third and fourth triturations the most useful; higher attenua- tions are of no use whatever. Phosphorus. Fleishmann, of Vienna, the passionate advocate of Phosphorus in pneumonia, went so far as to assert that a pneu- monia which cannot be cured with Phosphorus, cannot be cured homoeopathically. He has been bitterly assailed for making this statement; yet we must admit that the period when Phosphorus ought to be administered in pneumonia, can easily be inferred from his arguments. We understand the case as follows. A simple Pneumonia. 273 croupous pneumonia in very many cases runs to a favorable termi- nation without any medicine, and, even if not indicated, Phos- phorus, when given in a very small dose, will not interfere with the normal course of the disease; but if deviations from the normal course take place, Phosphorus will most generally prove the correct remedy. We cannot, in this place, discuss the various views con- cerning this important remedy, and, for particulars, we refer the reader to Sorge's treatise on Phosphorus, where a full expose of these views may be found. On the other hand, we cannot alto- gether share the opinions which Sorge has expressed in his bro- chure. Supported by at least a hundred and fifty cases of pneumonia, not one y>f which terminated fatally in our hands, we are bound to assign to Phosphorus a much larger sphere of action than Sorge seems willing to allow. Sorge only allows a therapeutic sphere for Phosphorus corresponding to its physiological action upon the lungs as far as this action has been determined by actual experi- mentation; we fancy, however, that this sort of exclusiveness will compel us to treat many cases of disease without Similia, and it is our decided opinion that practical trials, based upon suggestions derived from the Materia Medica, ought to have great and decisive weight. Among the symptoms of Phosphorus we find but few prominent kinds of pains, except vaguely localized stitches, a more or less marked embarrassment of the respiration, a bloody, muco- sanguinolent, or sanguineo-purulent, badly-colored, difficult expec- toration, and a decided exacerbation of the symptoms towards evening and during the night. Adding to this the post-mortem results: Severe hypertemia of single lobes, more or less extensive, hepatized portions of the lungs, and, according to Bibra, distinct tuberculization of the exuded fibrin, we are abundantly author- ized to believe in the homoeopathicity of Phosphorus in pneumonia. To these local symptoms the general symptoms of Phosphorus have to be added, these two are mostly full of meaning, but we shall have to leave their more particular examination to the reader's own judgment. Backed by the pathogenetic effects and by numerous practical, indisputable observations at the sick-bed, we recommend Phosphorus in the following more special cases: If pneumonia sets in at the outset with the symptoms of ady- namic fever and bears a close resemblance to typhus. Here Aconite would not even be suitable at the beginning of the treatment, Belladonna would do better, and Rhus toxicodendron still better, but even in twenty-four hours the symptoms will change so as to 274 Diseases of the Lungs. indicate Phosphorus, but even if the indications for Phosphorus should not be perfectly precise, let no precious time be lost with other medicines. If pneumonia sets in as a partial manifestation of typhus, or if it has to be regarded as the exclusive localization of the typhoid process in the lungs. Pneumonias of this character leave us in doubt whether they are inflammations modified by the ruling ty- phoid type, or whether they are genuine typhus. We are disposed to incline to the former opinion as long as no signs of abdominal typhus are present. If pneumonia does not set in with the characteristics of genuine typhus, but modified by the ruling epidemic. This condition is mostly met with in pneumonia setting in during epidemic influenza, and in general in all cases of epidemic pneumonia, but we have to observe at the same time that, according to our most recent obser- vations, Phosphorus is so much less appropriate, the more fully and prominently bronchitis co-exists as a complication of the pneumonic inflammation. If, after red hepatization is completed, on the third or fourth day of the disease, the fever increases instead of abating, the pros- tration becomes very great, the tongue dry, the sensorium blunted; in short, if phenomena set in, which lead us to suspect the super- vention of an abnormal course of the disease. If a purulent dissolution of the infiltration is evidently approach- ing ; in such a case Phosphorus is, in our opinion, indicated only during the first twenty-four or forty-eight hours, and is no longer indicated if the suppuration is under full headway. Altogether, under such circumstances, Phosphorus is much less reliable than in the previously-mentioned conditions; but we have to observe that, whenever Phosphorus is employed in proper season, suppuration will scarcely ever take place. If pneumonic infiltration supervenes during the presence of bron- chitis, assuming the form of lobular pneumonia. In such a case, however, Phosphorus is not the principal remedy, at any rate, it should not be given at the outset. If pneumonia is accompanied by marked and threatening hyper- semia, together with signs of adynamia, or if, after one lobe has become hepatized, the pneumonic process continues to spread from one portion of the lungs to the next. If pulmonary cedema becomes apparent, as manifested by the above described symptoms. It is a very dangerous condition of Pneumonia. 275 tilings and the least significant manifestations of oedema have to be carefully watched. Phosphorus is possessed of extraordinary cura- tive powers against oedema, and it alone is almost always sufficient to subdue this complication. If pneumonia attacks tuberculous individuals, it is, with some exceptions, a distinguished remedy. Tuberculosis must not yet have assumed the form of phthisis, the patients must not manifest any great disposition to hemorrhage, and their strength must not yet have become too much reduced. Among the complications, the presence of intestinal catarrh points very forcibly to Phosphorus. We stated above that this complica- tion leads most easily and speedily to collapse, for which alone Phos- phorus is such an excellent remedy. On the other hand, it is our opinion that a prominent gastric catarrh almost counter-indicates Phosphorus. The very common and sometimes threatening com- plication with hypenemia of the liver and slight icterus is a decisive indication for Phosphorus. To these indications we have to add a few considerations which are, in our estimation, additional recommendations for Phosphorus. One of them is the patient's age. Neither very young, nor very old individuals are best calculated for the favorable action of Phos- phorus, nor are individuals with exhausted constitutions; robust, middle-aged persons are most susceptible to the restorative action of this agent. We should never employ Phosphorus in pneumonia running the above-described normal course; but the patient should be visited at least twice a day, for the symptoms sometimes undergo a most remarkable change in twelve hours, and the right period when Phosphorus ought to be given, is easily missed. If pneumo- nia is complicated with a higher grade of pleuritis (for it is almost always associated with some of the lighter grades of this disease), Phosphorus is, in our opinion, much less appropriate than other remedies, and we feel unable to accede to the opinion of some homoeopatic practitioners who regard Phosphorus as peculiarly suitable to pleuritis. In the third stage, Phosphorus is apparently appropriate, but we deem it proper at this stage to recommend other remedies more urgently. In chronic pneumonia we have never seen Phosphorus do any good. Regarding the dose, we desire to state that we have never seen an aggravation caused by ten or tweve drops of the third attenuation in two ounces of water, given in dessertspoonful-doses; but that the second attenuation is very easily succeeded by the production of primary symptoms, especially 276 Diseases of the Lungs. an increase of hyperaemia, even hemorrhage, more particularly in the case of tuberculous individuals. As far as higher attenuations are concerned, we confess that we have never witnessed any effects from any above the sixth. [Some years ago we had an opportunity of witnessing a very beautiful and striking effect of Phosphorus. Some time during the summer, late in the evening, we were sum- moned by a farmer who complained of a severe stitch in the side. The patient was of a consumptive habit of body, forty-five years old; we found him lying on the sofa, with a high fever, short and panting breathing and a dry, racking cough with very scanty ex- pectoration. It being very late, we made a rather hurried exami- nation, and being satisfied that we had a case of pleuro-pneumonia before us, we prescribed Aconite 2, and left him with the promise of an early morning-visit. Next morning we found our patient worse, if any thing. Fever very high, skin dry, like parchment, complexion very sallow, dull headache, considerable thirst and ex- treme exhaustion. The cough was no longer dry, but muco-san- guino'ent sputa were raised in some quantity. The patient com- plained of exquisite soreness at one spot in the left lower lobe of the lungs. The balance of the organ seemed to be in a state of hyperaemia; percussion still yielded some resonance, very little dul- ness anywhere, except in the left lobe. Prescribed Bryonia. Saw the patient again in the middle of the day; he was steadily failing. Saw him again in the evening and found him in a state of sopor, grasping at flocks, picking at the bed-clothes, and raising profuse quantities of a yellow-green pus having an exceedingly unpleasant odor. The pus was discharged from the first-named sore spot. The soreness now had reached a very high degree; the least pressure upon this spot caused the patient to moan ; the cough was very short and the patient seemed to dread it; his tongue looked like parched leather, his complexion bad a dark-brown icteric hue; the delirium was constant, bland; pulse about 140. It was evident that we had a large cavernous abscess before us, and that unless we succeeded in effecting a favorable change very soon, our patient would be a dead man in a very short time. We now put him on Phosphorus 3d trituration. Half an hour after taking the first powder, a favorable change manifested itself. The medicine was continued through the night every hour or when- ever the patient should wake. Early in the morning we found him with a moist skin, pulse down to 85, breathing much improved, symptoms of a general resolution apparent, passed water freely, the Pneumonia. 277 urine being thickly charged with decayed mucus; no headache, sputa muco-purulent, without any bad odor; the region of the abscess no longer sensitive, only a little sore but over a smaller sur- face. Continued the Phosphorus every two hours. In a fortnight after our first visit, the patient was able to resume his labor; every morbid symptom having disappeared. H.] Sulphur. The symptoms which this agent causes in the respiratory organs are too numerous and varied to enable us to detach some of them from the whole list; the remedy has to be studied in its totality, more especially with regard to the respiratory organs for which it is of such extraordinary importance. If Muller says that the writers on sulphur agree in their views concerning the action of this agent, we cannot altogether agree with him, since the exist- ing differences in their opinions are somewhat striking and of essential importance. The importance of this remedy must be our excuse, if we examine some of the details with more minuteness. In the first place and very generally Sulphur is recommended for pneumonias in dyscrasic individuals. Some authors mention psora by name, others undoubtedly had it in their minds. Is the existence of psora founded in reality ? According to our own experience, we cannot admit this, especially in tubercular pneumonia where sulphur exerts curative effects only in very few cases. For this reason we believe with Muller that the indications for sulphur are chiefly set up a priori, and we cannot forbear taking this opportunity of again calling attention to the unprofitable part that psora has played in Homoeopathy. Nor can we give our assent to the proposition that Sulphur should be given in the third stage when a purulent disso- lution of the infiltration is already far advanced. Practical expe- rience is against this proposition which is likewise contradicted by the results obtained in inflammations of other organs, where the completion of a purulent transformation constitutes a positive counter-indication to Sulphur. Hartmann likewise talks of a latent dyscrasia where the apparently best indicated remedies remain without effect; but we would ask how it happens that there are pneumonias almost all of which sometimes act in this manner in the same year among all those that are attacked by this disease ? Of what use is it to at once jump at the doctrine of a latent dys- crasia? The same position is occupied by Watzke when he recom- mends Sulphur in pneumonia consequent upon the suppression or retrocession of an exanthem. With the access of almost any very acute inflammation exanthems disappear almost without an excep- 278 Diseases of the Lungs. tion either for a time or for ever, which is of no more importance than the cessation of a coryza after the supervention of an inflamma- tory process. The more serious affection does not tolerate the simultaneous presence of a less serious one. Metastasis under such circumstances cannot be appealed to, nor can a definite influence over the course of the whole disease be determined beforehand. We transcribe Muller's chief indications: In the second and third stages of pneumonia, especially when the inflammation is deep-seated and extensive, Sulphur deserves particular consideration as an inde- pendent remedy. If after the removal of the first vascular excite- ment which generally results from the supervention of the exudation, an exacerbation of the febrile and other symptoms sets in again after the lapse of one to three days, as is frequently noticed in cases where no dispersion takes place, and the disease runs its course through the second and third stages, Sulphur is best calculated to meet this exacerbation, if characterized by vascular excitement, dyspneea and intensity of the thoracic symptoms, and not by the so-called nervous symptoms, for which Phosphorus, Belladonna, Bryonia, Rins toxicodendron and other remedies are indicated. Hence Sulphur must be indicated by extensive hepatization and suppuration (second and third stage) where not the nervous, but the synochal symptoms prevail, resembling those that indicate Aconite in the first stage of the disease. What we have to object to Muller's views is that we do not believe Sulphur ever meets synochal febrile symptoms. If we advance our own views concern- ing the indications for Sulphur, it is not so much in the expectation of uttering anything new, but of uniting existing opinions in one general series. In our opinion Sulphur is indicated, if pneumonia passes through its first two stages without any great deviations from the normal course, or without any striking changes, and then remains stationary without the supervention of any typhoid symp- toms, such as occur in pneumonias to which Phosphorus is specially adapted. It is a period of anxious expectation to a physician, because he cannot decide whether re-absorption or a purulent dis- solution of the exudation will take place. The patients do not seem extremely ill, the fever may be intense or may have commenced to abate; in this condition the disease has often continued for weeks. This is most frequently observed in pneumonias treated with vene- sections. Now is the period for the exhibition of Sulphur, and it is astonishing with what magical rapidity the organic reaction is sometimes kindled by this agent. It makes no difference whether Pneumonia. 279 the individual is otherwise diseased or not, whether dyscrasias, psora, tubercles are present or not. A deficiency of reaction and a simultaneous absence of such symptoms as point directly to the destruction of the organic powers, constitute in our opinion the best indications for Sulphur. But if suppuration has really set in, we feel disposed to doubt the curative virtues of Sulphur. The same relation obtains in chronic pneumonia; if it exists with symptoms of dissolution, Sulphur is most commonly capable of super-inducing the re-absorption of the atonic exudation, whereas in pulmonary abscess this remedy is altogether ineffectual. It is, however, con- ceivable that Sulphur may still have a beneficient effect in purulent decomposition. Suppuration frequently sets in on a limited scale, gradually invading the infiltrated portion of lung, and it is thus conceivable that Sulphur may occasion the normal re-absorption of the remaining firm exudation. From this point of view we agree with Wurmb when he advises not to delay the employment of Sulphur too long. The fifth or sixth day is generally the best time for this medication. After what we have said, we do not deem it necessary to institute special comparisons between Phosphorus, Mercurius and Sulphur. The relative position of these three rem- edies can be defined in a few words: All three are only suitable in a second stage; Sulphur in the absence of all signs of reaction; Mercurius, if there is a good deal of vascular excitement, and Phosphorus, if the reaction is excessive, and is necessarily followed by adynamia. Tartarus stibiatus. It is well known what extravagant praise was bestowed, not very long ago, upon this drug as a remedy for pneu- monia, and how soon it has been abandoned. These frequent changes in Old-School Therapeutics can only be accounted for by a homce- path who is acquainted with the fact that there are no general but only individual specifics, but that these latter, when applied to a large number of similar cases of disease, are very apt to be regarded as general specifics. Tartar emetic is undoubtedly one of the most important remedies in pneumonia, but only when it deviates from the normal course. We again forbear quoting symptoms and con- fine ourselves to the well established indications which the symp- toms had first suggested. In uncomplicated pneumonia Tartar emetic is scarcely ever indicated in the first stage, not even at the beginning of the second stage. The sphere of action of this drug commences with the resolution of the exudation. If the resolution takes place rapidly, and the re-absorption is slow, the dyspnoea 280 Diseases of the Lungs. generally becomes quite considerable, because the lungs are unable to remove the copious contents from their cells. If great dyspnoea is present, and a spasmodic cough with expectoration that affords some relief; if the infiltrated portion of lung yields a tympanitic, not altogether empty sound, and loud and coarse rales over a large surface, Tartar emetic will have a fine effect. This termination of pneumonia is generally characterized by a sinking of the tempera- ture with an increased frequency of the pulse, great anxiety and restlessness with copious, cool perspiration, cerebral congestions with a livid or at least a strikingly pallid complexion. In contra- distinction to Phosphorus, the indications for Tartar emetic point to a deficient reaction ; hence it is more suitable for old people than for vigorous and young persons. We doubt whether this remedy will ever be found appropriate in the stage of purulent dissolution. Among the complications it is particularly bronchitis that points to Tartar emetic. Here we meet most commonly with the above described condition, an excessive crowding of the bronchia, with insufficient ability to remove the secretion. It is this species of pneumonia, which is so apt to set in in an epidemic form, that has given rise to the commendations with which Tartar emetic has been honored as a remedy for pneumonia with unquestionable pro- priety ; for in this kind of pneumonia the remedy displays extra- ordinary curative powers. It deserves particular attention in the more dangerous forms of bronchitis in the case of children, in pneu- monia as a complication of whooping-cough, in pneumonia when supervening during the presence of emphysema. Not only by bron- chitis, but likewise by an intense catarrh of the stomach is Tartar emetic indicated in pneumonia, and in this respect it may be pro- perly given after Bryonia. We should never lose sight of the fact that when a large quantity of mucus accumulates in the lungs, the expectoration is difficult, but that, when it does take place, great relief is afforded. Regarding the dose, physicians agree most re- markably in the case of this remedy; so far as we know, a higher trituration than the third is not advised by any physician. The second trituration in grain-doses is probably the most appropriate, since it never gives rise to nausea. Hepar sulphuris calcareum. We are amazed that this remedy is so little or rather not at all mentioned in the therapeutics of pneu- monia ; we would urge physicians to try Hepar in this disease. In making this request we are supported by several really brilliant cures, one of which we will relate very briefly. A boy of six years, Pneumonia. 281 who had enjoyed good health up to that time and was otherwise of a robust constitution, had been treated for pneumonia by an allopathic physician for upwards of eight weeks, without recover- ing; he was allowed to languish in a diseased condition until a rapidly increasing curvature of the thorax set it. Twenty weeks after the first commencement of the pneumonia, the parents sought our advice. The child was exceedingly emaciated, had a slight hectic fever, was constantly troubled by a sometimes spasmodic cough, with a purulent and fetid expectoration, diarrhoea, loss of appetite. The right side of the thorax had caved in quite consider- ably, the left was abnormally bulging; on the right side the per- cussion-sound was perfectly empty, with intense bronchial respira- tion and slight rales. We diagnosed pleuro-pneumonia of the right side, with absorption of the pleuritic exudation, but continued pre- sence of the pneumonic infiltration in a state of purulent dissolution. After various ineffectual remedies, the child was finally put on Hepar, 3d trituration, with such excellent success that in eight days already the caving in of the chest was considerably less. In about four weeks the right lung had almost been restored to its normal condition, and the curvature of the thorax had entirely disappeared so that the child now looks perfectly straight and thoroughly sound and healthy. A second pneumonia, with which the boy was attacked four years after the former, was radically cured in seven days. Since then we have often made use of Hepar and have arrived at the following results: Hepar is preferable to other remedies after the third stage has set in, provided the general symptoms are com- paratively mild, a lentescent fever is present and the suppurative process does not extend over a large portion of lung. It will act so much more powerfully the younger and more vigorous the children are. In pneumonia complicated with bronchitis there is scarcely a better remedy after Mercurius than Hepar. The above described case shows that chronic pneumonia is the best sphere for the thera- peutic action of Hepar. In a case of pulmonary abscess, Hepar effected a cure as far as the restoration of this patient was possible. Rhus toxicodendron. Muller's statements regarding this remedy in his Essay on Pneumonia seem to us so appropriate that we feel called upon to transcribe his remarks: " Hahnemann's recommen- dation of Rhus tox. as a remedy for the typhus that devastated the hospitals during the war of 1813, and the consequent employment of this remedy in nervous and gastric fevers, and in typhus, seems to have secured for it a predetermined part in the treatment of 282 Diseases of the Lungs. pneumonia. It seems certain that nothing in the present patho- genesis of Rhus entitles this agent to a place among the remedies in the ordinary pneumonias of a lighter grade, and that the local chest-symptoms of Rhus have scarcely any relationship to this dis- ease. What stamps it a remedy for pneumonia, are its general typhoid symptoms arising from a depression of the cerebral func- tions. These symptoms are undoubtedly very marked, placing the drug ahead of Belladonna and Bryonia, assigning it even a place by the side of Phosphorus and Arsenicum. Since these nervous symptoms occur in all three stages of pneumonia, Rhus need not be rigorously assigned to a definite stage, although the typhoid depres- sion of the sensorium, as manifested by the symptoms of Rhus, is more particularly a characteristic of the later stages, and may not so much result from an obstructed circulation as from a deteriora- tion of the blood in consequence of the purulent dissolution of the exudation and other causes; on which account Rhus may be more adapted to this stage, whereas Belladonna and perhaps Bryonia correspond rather to the cerebral symptoms occasioned by simple stagnations in the circulation and by cerebral congestions. Among the symptoms indicating Rhus, the following would, therefore, be the most characteristic: Loss of strength, sopor, hardness of hear- ing, subsultus tendinum, unconscious discharge of stool and urine, dryness and heat of the skin, dry, hard and sooty tongue. (Why Dr. Wurmb does not expect any marked effects from Rhus or any other remedy in purulent infiltration of the lungs, is difficult to comprehend ; at any rate, this condition of the lungs does not legit- imate doubts any more than any other condition; he seems to regard this stage as more unfavorable and dangerous than it really is, nor does he seem to consider that in every case of pneumonia, which is not cut short in the first stage, a purulent decomposition and resolution is the normal and almost the only favorable course.) Among the local symptoms one at least seems to deserve a more prominent place, it is a dyspnoea peculiar to Rhus and occasioned by distention of the pit of the stomach; however, even in this respect, it will only compete with other remedies, especially with Nux vomica and Phosphorus. Kreussler's recommendation of Rhus in case miliaria break out, attended with a general aggravation of the whole condition of the patient, is in our opinion, founded in nothing else than the marked tendency inherent in Rhus to cause exanthems, some of which resemble miliaria; nor can it be denied that it is in pneumonias complicated wi,th miliaria, that the above- Pneumonia. 283 described nervous symptoms are most apt to prevail. Rhus might likewise be principally recommended for pneumonia occasioned by exposure to wet and cold, provided the power of Rhus to cure such catarrhal diseases, and which is now generally believed in, had a sure basis; it is evident, however, that this view has not been sug- gested by physiological experimentation, but rests upon an empir- ical basis ; moreover, the definition of catarrhal disease is evidently too vague and indefinite to deserve very serious consideration. It might be replied that the reputation of Arnica in contusions has no better foundation; but here the case is a very different one. The virtue of Arnica in removing the consequences of contusions and blows, is not the result of empiricism, but a knowledge thereof has been obtained by physiological provings and could not have been obtained but for the circumstance that the symptoms occasioned by external injuries, are definite and fixed in their characteristic mani- festations, and that their correspondence with drug-symptoms can very readily be established. The consequences of a cold, on the con- trary, are not circumscribed within such narrow and precise limits, but are of the most diversified kind and meaning, so that, if we know a cold to be the cause, the connection between cause and effect can readily be suspected, but cannot, as in the other case, be inferred with perfect certainty from the existing symptoms." To this expose we will add a few remarks. When speaking of Phos- phorus, we stated that Rhus might be found indicated above every other remedy in cases of pneumonia setting in from the commence- ment with adynamic fever. We repeat this statement in this place. If in the first two days the diagnosis wavers between typhus and pneumonia; if the local process commences at the outset as if modi- fied by a general deterioration of the mass of blood, Rhus will be found indicated, although, we have never seen the disease cut short by this remedy. In pneumotyphus Rhus ranks next to Phosphorus to which it may even be regarded as superior. Whereas Phosphorus is less adapted to pneumonia complicated with bronchitis, Rhus, on the contrary, is in its place in such circumstances, as we have lat- terly learned to know from abundant experience. Bronchitis is attended with a scanty secretion of mucus, it precedes pneumonia by a few days; the pneumonia itself supervenes almost imperceptibly and is only recognized by the increasing dyspnoea which becomes unbearable by exposure to stove-heat, and is accompanied by a characteristic dry and tormenting cough, by which sleep is dis- turbed particularly after midnight. As a rule, attention had better 284 Diseases of the Lungs. be paid to Rhus in epidemic pneumonia where it often renders ex- cellent service. Arnica. The value of this medicine has in some respects been impaired for having been so universally accepted as a remedy for the consequences of contusions and other mechanical injuries. Its use has almost been confined to this range, as the use of Aconite has been limited to inflammatory fever. But if our provings reveal such a decided, and we might almost say such a specific relation to definite organs, and more especially to the lungs, we must suppose that Arnica will prove an excellent remedy in pneumonia. In the first place, then, in pneumonia this remedy deserves a preference over any other in all cases where the disease is occasioned by mechanical injuries. We likewise recommend Arnica in cases where the pneumonic infiltration is associated with a marked ten- dency to hemorrhage. This coincidence generally occurs only in the case of plethoric individuals with sensitive and irritable nerves, for which Arnica is said to be preeminently suitable, and in whom the blood has undergone a peculiar alteration resembling the altera- tion in typhus, for which Arnica, if the results obtained by our provings can be accepted as reliable, is likewise a proper remedy as long as the strength of the patient is not in a sinking condition. Under these circumstances it competes with Belladonna, for Arnica has likewise symptoms of marked cerebral congestion. For this reason we commend Arnica in cases of pneumonia complicated with symptoms of meningitis. The first stage furnishes the most characteristic indications for Arnica; the second stage, and still less the third will scarcely ever afford a suitable sphere for a display of the curative virtues of this drug. China will never be found suitable in pneumonia without any decided deviations; it may often be indicated for some of these deviations, but more on account of its general effect upon the organism, as on account of its specific action upon the lungs. Its recommendation for bilious pneumonia is suggested by theory rather than founded upon practical results; a slight degree of icterus is such an ordinary accompaniment of severe pneumonias that it cannot be regarded as an important complication; and if the stagnation in the liver is more considerable when the right lung is inflamed, the reason is simply because the circulation in the liver is obstructed by the impeded circulation in the lungs; as soon as the pneumonic infiltration is removed, the hepatic circulation will resume its normal course. To judge from the results obtained by Pneumonia. 285 means of our physiological provings, China is best suited where the course of pneumonia has been interfered with by sanguineous deple- tion, especially if hectic symptoms have set in with marked pros- tration of all reaction, or if, during the subsequent course of the disease, the threatening pulmonary symptoms become associated with hypersemia of the liver, icterus, intestinal catarrh, violent dis- tress in the stomach. For this reason China may be ranked among the principal remedies for chronic pneumonia, but its action is of limited extent, and it is scarcely ever the only remedy sufficient to effect a cure. Without doubt it often helps to kindle a reaction which is a necessary preliminary to the curative action of other drugs. Whether intermittent pneumonia can be reached by China, is not yet settled; this recommendation is very much like the Old- School recommendation of China for all typical or intermittent paroxysms. In pulmonary abscess it can only be depended upon for its general, not for its local symptoms. Carbo vegetabilis. Few remedies in our Materia Medica exert such a marked and energetic action upon the lungs as Carbo; and will still prove efficient even in the most desperate cases. We can- not here transcribe the number of symptoms referring to the respir- atory act, but we would urge upon every physician the propriety of making himself thoroughly acquainted with them in the Materia Medica. The general tendency of Carbo is to extinguish the reac- tive energies of the organism and to develop, at the same time, a tendency to decomposition and decay. From this stand-point the relation of Carbo to pneumonia can most easily be explained and accounted for. It is the third or suppurative stage that presents a symptomatic picture for the employment of Charcoal. The patients seem listless, covered with a profuse and cool perspiration, the pulse is very rapid and small, without resistance; the tongue is dry, yet the patients do not seem very thirsty; they pass foul, decaying diarrhoeic stools ; their breath has a foul odor, decubitus threatens to break out; the respiration is superficial, a loud rattling is heard in the chest, yet, in spite of the distressing cough, the patient does not raise the least particle of any thing. All the symptoms point to incipient paralysis. A bloated countenance, with injection of the facial veins, is a striking indication for Carbo. Such conditions are apt to set in among older people, to whom Carbo is an important remedy generally. If pneumonia assumes a chronic form; if abscess and gangrene set in; if the sputa become fetid and badly colored, no remedy is likely to afford the least help, if Carbo fails us. Of 286 Diseases of the Lungs. course, an immediate improvement must not be expected; the char- acter of the disease renders such a thing impossible. Among the complications, Carbo is indicated by every process that interferes with the pulmonary circulation. Hence, we find it such an excel- lent remedy in the pneumonia of emphysematous individuals, where it is undoubtedly preferable to Arsenic; likewise in pneumonia complicated with defects of the right heart; and finally in pneu- monia wdiere the inflamed lung is suffering from chronic catarrh. In such cases the chances of a favorable termination are sometimes exclusively confined to the employment of Charcoal. It is likewise excellent in cases of pneumonia complicated with acute bronchitis. Tn such cases it is principally the dry and spasmodic cough, attended with mucous rales in the chest and occurring chiefly at night, with soreness and a burning pain, that points to Carbo, and makes it a valuable remedy in the malignant forms of influenza, especially of older people. The resemblance of Carbo to China is very great, extending even to the presence of bilious symptoms; nevertheless, in a given case, the selection is not so very difficult, provided the above-described general range of action is kept in view. From Tartar emetic to which Carbo bears likewise a great deal of resem- blance, this drug is best distinguished by the circumstance that with Tartar emetic the expectoration is possible and affords relief, whereas Carbo has but a very slight expectoration which, more- over, affords no relief. Lycopodium is recommended by Hartmann, if the patient feels very nervous, without heat in the head or flushes on the face, with circumscribed redness of the cheeks, great weakness, perspiration which does not relieve, redness and dryness of the tongue, fre- quent urging to cough with a little grayish expectoration which is raised with difficulty, after which the rales in the chest are not diminished in the least, and the dyspnoea is very striking. These symptoms seem to us very vague, and we doubt whether such a group has ever been seen in practice. Adding to the above the statements of other physicians, we assert that Lycopodium is only suitable in pneumonia after the acute symptoms have all passed away, whereas hectic symptoms have taken their place. Hence Lycopodium is very closely related to Carbo veget., even the local drug-symptoms are very much alike. As distinctive signs we point out under Lycopodium a deficiency of the symptoms denoting a general decomposition, the absence of colliquative symptoms in other organs, especially in the intestinal canal, and the absence or Pneumonia. 287 lesser degrees of passive congestion, and finally the copious expec- toration which affords no relief. In pulmonary abscess Lycopodium may be tried, but it is not a leading remedy. Regarding Opium, Muller, after quoting the scanty, literary ma- terial, has the following: "Despite the poverty of the homoeopathic literature, Opium can be assigned a place in pneumonia with toler- able certainty. Excluding all acute inflammatory conditions of the lungs, Opium can be given with great success for paroxysmal obstructions of the respiration and for suffocative paroxysms that are occasioned by various disturbances of the pulmonary and cardiac functions (hence also in the course of a pneumonia where no resolu- tion has taken place,) as well as when general cerebro spinal affec- tions are complained of. The following symptoms are especially characteristic: These symptoms originate during, or are aggravated by sleep; absence of pain, except a constrictive sensation on the chest; labored, rattling respiration, or very slow, almost impercep- tible, even suspended breathing; sudden blueness of the face; star- ing, immovable, half-closed eyes; somnolence before or after an attack; trembling, twitching and jerking about the whole body, or else rigidity of the body, general coolness of the skin; irregular, intermittent pulse, constipation. Many give moreover the following symptoms as indications for Opium: Bad effects of fright and fear, likewise of wine-bibbings and ailments incidental to old age; gen- eral insensibility of the nervous system and deficient reaction after certain medicines." We do not consider these indications sufficiently clear and definite to be of much practical use in the treatment of pneumonia; for this reason we add a few detached observations, because we regard Opium as a really important remedy in pneu- monia. That Opium causes pneumonic infiltration, is evident from a case of poisoning of a child of three months which is reported by Boyd-Mushet in the Med. Times and Gazette, March 20, 1858. It is remarkable that it is precisely in the case of children that the not simply narcotic effects of Opium are so prominently developed, on which account it is our opinion that it is only in infantile pneu- monia that Opium ought to be exhibited, more especially in cases where the pulmonary inflammation is absolutely disguised by symp- toms of cerebral congestion and oppression. In such cases the similarity between the pathological group of symptoms and those of poisoning by Opium is exceedingly great. Particular attention is due to the cyanotic color of the upper parts of the body with a slow, stertorous respiration which must evidently be regarded as a 288 Diseases of the Lungs. sign of paralysis proceeding from the brain. In old age a similar picture of pneumonia is not unfrequently met with. In general we account for the well-founded recommendation of Opium in cases where all medicines are ineffectual and where considerable cerebral symptoms are generally present, by the circumstance that the medi- cine brings the central nervous system back again to its normal activity and consequently secures a normal reaction. In the pneu- monia and in many other diseases of drunkards the excellence of Opium is accounted for by a similar train of argumentation. It now remains for us to mention a tew remedies that have been recommended for pneumonia, but have neither been made use of very frequently, nor are they to be regarded as genuine and radical curative agents in this disease. Nux vomica is not by any means an important remedy for pneu- monia. This is our opinion as well as Muller's. Although we do not expect to see the therapeutic sphere of every remedial agent that we present as such, specifically marked out by pathologico-ana- tomical appearances, yet it must indeed seem strange that Nux vomica, of which we possess such a vast number of fatal cases of poisoning, has never yet occasioned a single decided hypersemia, much less infiltration of the lungs. This one circumstance is a positive argument againt the employment of Nux in pneumonia. We do not even find the remedy indicated in pneumonia complicated with bronchitis; for such a bronchitis will greatly differ from that which comes within the curative range of Nux. In the pneumonias of drunkards Nux may influence the general disease, but it is exceedingly doubtful whether the local disease will ever be reached by it. For this reason we cannot recommend Nux for practical trials either a priori, nor upon the ground of experience. To Pulsatilla the same remarks apply as to Nux. Of late years Pulsatilla has not been employed in pneumonia, and if the former success of this drug in pneumonia is appealed to, we beg leave to suggest that in those days the certainty of spontaneous cures of pneumonia was not nearly as well established as it is now. It is more especially in the pneumonia of anaemic and chlorotic individ- uals that Pulsatilla is principally recommended; in such cases it is evidently the general spasmodic condition of the organism, not the local affection that has been had in view. Cannabis is considered by Hartmann a very valuable remedy in the subsequent course of the pneumonia, if the disease affects prin- cipally the lower portion of the thorax, or is localized in the left Pneumonia. 289 lung; if palpitation of the heart, oppression under the sternum with dull shocks in the region of the heart, frequent singultus, coldness rather than warmth of the whole body, with increasing heat of the face, are complained of as accompanying symptoms. It is in asthenic pneumonias that, according to Hartmann, the remedy deserves particular attention. It seems to us that these indications are not only vague, but useless. The symptoms of Cannabis do not by any means point to an inflammatory process in the lungs, but seem to result from the powerful action of Cannabis upon the heart. The remedy not having been employed to any extent in pneumonia, there do not seem to exist sufficient reasons why its use in this disease should be recommended. Senega, according to its pathogenesis, is to some extent a remedy for pneumonia, but its therapeutic value in this respect is very much diminished by the accompanying remark that the painful sensations which Senega occasions in the thorax, are more partic- ularly felt on the outside. In other respects Senega is particularly adapted to diseases of the respiratory mucous membrane, and, for this reason, to pneumonias complicated with bronchitis. Striking practical results by means of this drug have not yet been published. Hyoscyamus. Toxicological post-mortem appearances determine the relation of this drug to pneumonia better than all its patho- genetic symptoms. The lungs exhibit marked hypersemia, but they are filled with a black, fluid blood, and are infiltrated with serum. If, in addition to this, we consider that Hyoscyamus has no intense pains and that the cough is more particularly dry and breaks out at night, we have a right to declare that an ordinary pneumonia does not come within the curative range of this agent. On the other hand we consider Hyoscyamus, even with reference to its cerebral symptoms, a valuable remedy in hypostatic pneumonia when supervening during the course of other chronic affections; in pneumonia complicated with typhus; in the pneumonia of old people and when acute oedema of the lungs sets in. A violent de- lirium should always direct our attention to Hyoscyamus. As an intercurrent remedy, Hyoscyamus is often admirably useful in a nocturnal, spasmodic, dry cough, such as frequently occurs in pneu- monia during the prevalence of influenza. Arsenicum album. Howsoever much we may be disposed to regard Arsenicum as one of the most prominent remedies for pulmonary affections, yet it does not appear to us that it occupies a prominent 290 Diseases of the Lungs. rank among the remedies for pneumonia. Among the large num- ber of toxicological post-mortem appearances, a decided fibrinous infiltration of the pulmonary parenchyma has never been noticed, but always only a marked hypersemia and oedema. This circum- stance could not possibly occur, if Arsenic were possessed of a spe- cific power to excite an inflammatory action in the lungs. In an uncomplicated case of pneumonia we should therefore never resort to Arsenic. On the other hand, cases occur where the accessory symptoms indicate Arsenic so thoroughly that they entirely over- shadow the fact of pneumonia; in such a case it is not prescribed as a pneumonic remedy. Wurmb gives the following more specific indications: Rapid and disproportionate prostration; tendency to colliquation and dissolution; marked periodicity of the more prom- inent symptoms; aggravation during rest and in a recumbent posture, with excessive restlessness and anxiety, and prevalence of the burning pain. It is at all events strange that Arsenicum should be so seldom mentioned in our literature as a remedy for pneumo- nia, whence we infer with tolerable certainty that it has only been found useful as an intercurrent remedy and not even then in a very striking manner. In our own opinion, Arsenic should be resorted to, if gangrene of the lungs develops itself with very marked signs of reaction; in the pneumonia of emphysematous patients and when complicated with cardiac affections; if oedema of the lungs sets in all at once, with passive hyperaemia of the lungs as not unfrequently occasioned by defects of the right heart; and finally in hypostatic pneumonia. Sepia and Silicea both by their local as well as general symptoms are important remedies in excessively slow, purulent, as well as in true chronic pneumonia. The large number of important symptoms does not permit us to detach the most prominent from the series. These drugs have to be studied throughout. We likewise call atten- tion to Cuprum which certainly deserves more particular attention in lentescent pneunomic conditions than has hitherto been devoted to it. We have the records of a case of poisoning by Copper where an abscess in the lungs was found. An observation of this kind should be treasured up with so much more care as our Materia Medica offers few, if any, similia for such a disorganization. For the sake of completeness, we mention the names of a few other remedies which, so far as present experience goes, are of sub- ordinate value: Squilla, Zincum metallicum, Acidum phosphoricum and nitricum, Kali nitricum and Kali carbonicum, Camphor a, lodium, Pneumonia. 291 Spongia, Digitalis purpurea, and others. We have often given it as our opinion that too large a number of medicines for one class of diseases produces confusion and complicates the selection of a remedy; we have perhaps given too large a number of remedies in the present instance; our excuse must be that we consider pneumonia more important than any other disease as affording the best illustration of the efficacy of homoeopathic treatment. A condensed review of these remedies may not be superfluous in order the better to enable the physician in a given case, to hit on the specifically adapted agent; we shall adhere as closely as pos- sible to the definitions we have presented at the commencement of this chapter. In the first stage of pneumonia, Aconite is the chief remedy adapted to a vast majority of all the cases. If severe cerebral con- gestions are present, Belladonna is indicated together with Aconite (also Veratrum viride). If pneumonia is occasioned by mechanical causes, Arnica is given, which likewise corresponds to a co-existing cerebral hyperamiia. If the fever assumes from the outset the character of adynamia, Rhus is preferable, very rarely Phosphorus in the first place. Complications that will be stated by and by, may alter the choice of the remedial agent, so that other remedies may be required at the outset of the disease. In the second stage Bryonia is the most essential remedy as long as the course of the disease remains normal and no exceptional changes set in; it likewise corresponds to the very common but slight co-existing hypersemia of the liver. If, side by side with the infiltration, the congestion continues as collateral hypertemia, Aco- nite is in its place; in such cases the alternate use of these two drugs may seem indispensable. If the reabsorption delays without the general symptoms changing alarmingly for the worse, Sulphur becomes the most important remedy. If the symptoms assume a typhoid character, Phosphorus should' be given at once; in a few cases Rhus may be indicated. Tartarus stibiatus requires to be given, if the resolution of the infiltration takes place very speedily, but the reabsorption is very slow, and hence it becomes necessary to promote expectoration. If we are called upon at this stage to treat a pneumonia that had been managed with sanguineous depletions, Phosphorus, Sulphur and China may be suitable remedies. In the third stage Phosphorus is commonly useful only at the commencement, and here competes with Mercurius ; Phosphorus, and perhaps also Mercurius, are counter-indicated by excessive 292 Diseases of the Lungs. prostration. The last-named drug may come into play, if the dis- ease exists in dyscrasic, especially in scrofulous individuals. If the suppurative process goes on without any marked febrile symptoms, assuming rather the form of a slowly-progressing hectic condition entirely confined to the lungs, Sulphur is often calculated to bring about a favorable termination; however we place more confidence in Hepar sulphuris. In such circumstances Lod.ium may likewise be prescribed with great propriety. If purulent dissolution takes place, and the whole organism seems to be affected by this change in a threatening manner, China deserves our first consideration, next to which we may compare Lycopodium, Sepia and Silicea. Pul- monary abscess, whether acute or chronic, requires the above-named remedies; in a case of chronic abscess, we would likewise depend in some measure upon Carbo vegetabilis and Cuprum. Gangrene of the lungs is always a very threatening change, and a cure can scarcely ever be expected. Carbo veg. and Arsenicum, and perhaps also Lycopodium, are probably the only remedies by means of which a favorable change can be wrought. To what circumstances Tere- binthina owes its recommendation for gangrene of the lungs, cannot well be explained from the homoeopathic stand-point, this remedy will most probably exert a more specific curative effect when ad- ministered by inhalation than when conveyed to the diseased organ by the stomach. On account of their general action more than on account of their special relation to the lungs, the mineral acids, more especially Acidum phosphoricum and nitricum, deserve partic- ular attention during the whole course of the third stage, but only as intercurrent remedies. The following constitute particular forms of pneumonia with reference to the circumstances which either occasion or accompany the attack, although they cannot be considered as complications. Pneumonia of children assumes most commonly the form of lobular pneumonia, the more so the younger the individuals. In simple croupous pneumonia no other remedies are required than in the case of adults, although we would call attention to two remedies in such cases, namely Mercurius and Opium. The former is rarely suitable for adults in the second stage, on the contrary, it is often serviceable to children and is usually preferable to Bryonia. Opium is a very excellent remedy for the severe cerebral hyperaemia with which children are so often attacked. This condition of the brain very often makes Belladonna superior to Aconite even at the begin- ning of the pneumonia. Very seldom the symptoms in the case of Pneumonia. 293 children will point to Phosphorus which is aptly replaced by Mer- curius or even by Hepar sulphuris. As a general rule, a simple uncomplicated pneumonia is neither a very important nor a very dangerous disease to the infantile organism; but it can easily be made so, especially by sanguineous depletions and cathartics. In the case of children the momentary effect of a debilitating treatment is greater; in the case of adults it is less instantaneous than per- sistent. In old age pneumonia is almost always associated with catarrh of the bronchia, and hence much more dangerous. Simple pneu- monia not unfrequently sets in with symptoms that call for Bella- donna rather than Aconite; sometimes Bryonia is indicated by the symptoms from the very beginning. Here too the co-existing cere- bral symptoms often call for Opium and Hyosciamus. The re- absorption is usually trifling; a crisis generally takes place by copious expectoration, and although Sulphur may be perfectly appropriate for a few days, the copious, but difficult expectoration requires without any further delay the exhibition of Tartar emetic, or Carbo vegetabilis or Lycopodium, also Baryta. We would not advise Phosphorus for the reason that all signs of an excessive reaction are wanting. The greatest danger to old people is the acute oedema and the paralysis of the lungs by which the oedema is often speedily followed. In order to obviate this event, the patient should be put on a nourishing diet and have a little stimu- lating wine given him, whatever the antiphlogistic theory may say against it. As far as medicines are concerned, help may be expected from Tartar emetic, Arsenicum, Digitalis, perhaps also from Hyos- cyamus and Squills; even Veratrum album may have to be used in some cases. As a measure of precaution, which is of great impor- tance to the patient, he should not be allowed to remain lying on his back too long at a time, but should be directed to change his posi- tion quite frequently, and to keep the upper part of his body in a more or less vertical posture, lest hypostasis should set in, which might otherwise easily occur. Hypostatic pneumonia cannot, properly speaking, be regarded as inflammation; it represents a peculiar hypersemia of the lungs depending upon a paralytic weakness of the circulatory and respir- atory organs. It only occurs as a part of other pathological conditions, on which account no special treatment can be assigned to it. Lobular pneumonia is likewise a co-existing and very serious 294 Diseases of the Lungs. complication of bronchitis, not an idiopathic affection, and it is still more difficult to point out for it a treatment based upon expe- rience, for the reason that we are not in the possession of any means for obtaining an exact diagnosis. Knowing, however, that whoop- ing-cough easily leads to lobular pheumonia, and the results of our treatment being uncommonly satisfactory, we may assert with good reason that we possess real remedies for this dangerous disease which will prove efficient in eases that did not originate in whoop- ing-cough. If lobular pneumonia sets in with a decisive increase of the fever, or with a more violent fever generally, Belladonna will very often be found suitable, but still more frequently Mercurius. If the signs of cerebral hyperaemia prevail, we have in Opium a remedy that indeed does not cause the whole process to retrograde, but exerts an exceedingly curative influence by preparing the road for other more direct remedial agents. Ipecacuanha should be men- tioned here side by side with Opium, because it likewise causes marked hypersemia of the brain, but not sufficiently violent to cause sopor; convulsions, an exceedingly spasmodic cough with suffocative paroxysms and asthmatic complaints which even remain after the cough;.loud mucous rales in the chest, coldness of the extremities and heat of the head are the chief indications. Still more important for this kind of pneumonia is Veratrum album, a remedy which, in the form of an alkaloid Veratrine, has found grace even in the Old School. Its most essential indications are: dyspnoea with slight rattling of mucus, dry and spasmodic cough accompanied by marked cerebral congestions, a hurried and small pulse, cold skin and cold sweat, together with excessive debility. This group of symptoms may sometimes require the use of Vera- trum album in croupous pneumonia. Moreover Phosphorus, Tartar emetic, Hyoscyamus and Cuprum deserve to be mentioned in this place; in general, all the medicines that have been named under bronchitis, deserve attention in lobular pneumonia. The consecutive diseases have to be regarded with special care. A rapid termination in recovery is comparatively rare in lobular pneumonia; the patients remain feeble for a long time, hack a good deal or have to pass through frequent and severe paroxysms of cough; the assimilating functions are suffering, although diarrhoea need not necessarily be present; physical exploration reveals more or less distinctly a catarrhal condition of the most delicate bronchial ramifications. In such a case it would be a decided mistake to leave the further course of the disease to Nature, as it is perfectly proper to do with Pneumonia. 295 the remains of most other acute affections. In such cases Sul- phur shows an extraordinary persistence of penetrating action; we advise, however, the use of high attenuations at protracted intervals. This action of Sulphur is most easily accounted for by the supposition, that the pneumonic exudation which, as was said above, takes place progressively from one portion of lung to the next adjoining, still exists either entirely or in part, keeping up the patient's illness, and that it is this exudation which is reabsorbed by the aid of this drug. Calcarea carbonica likewise has often a very excellent effect in this protracted course of the disease, especially if slight febrile motions or even hectic fever with intestinal catarrh supervene, or if infantile organisms are attacked. As for Ilcpar sulphuris we have not yet had an opportunity of trying this remedy in a pathological condition of this kind, but we deem it essentially adapted to it and worthy of a trial. We shall discuss typhoid pneumonia when we come to treat of the typhoid process generally. Typhoid pneumonia is a partial manifestation of typhus, scarcely ever an idiopathic disease. The inflammatory processes in the lungs depending upon tuberculosis will likewise be discussed in the chapter on tuberculosis. The pneumonia of drunkards is almost always characterized by peculiar phenomena depending upon sympathetic cerebral and cardiac irritation and a deficiency of reactive power. The cerebral symptoms mostly point to Opium, much less frequently to Nux vomica. In the second stage Tartarus emeticus occupies a prominent part, Phosphorus is less frequently useful, although it might seem so reasoning from analogy in other forms of pneumonia. If Tartar emetic is ineffectual, Carbo veget. may still be of eminent use. Bel- ladonna and Hyoscyamus are on a par with Opium, whereas Digi- talis and Phus deserve our commendation in the second stage. Regarding Ammonium carbonicum we have no experience of our own to offer, but we consider this medicine worthy of a trial. Sulphur will be found of little use in this form of pneumonia, whereas Arsenicum album may render good service in the same circumstances that we have pointed out for Sulphur in simple pneumonia. [Can- nabis sativa and the Bromide of Potassium may be important remedies in this form of pneumonia. II.] Epidemic pneumonia either presents a characteristic group of symptoms, or else it has the peculiarity of not yielding to remedies that are apparently the most suitable, and of seeming disposed to run a perverse course. In naming the different remedies we have 296 Diseases of the Lungs. had in many respects regard to these exceptional characteristics. To hit the right remedy for epidemic pneumonia, the most perse- vering investigations in the domain of Materia Medica will often be found indispensable. According to present experience, Bryonia, Rhus, Belladonna, Mrcurius, Hepar sulphuris, Phosphorus and Tartar emetic are the medicines that we shall have first to select from in epidemic pneumonia. It is more particularly the complications of pneumonia that render the treatment difficult and the result doubtful. They determine in a great measure the selection of the remedy, and, on the other hand, present great difficulties in finding the true remedy for the reason that they often present a very confused group of symptoms. The most important complications are the following: Pleuritis of a higher grade of course complicates the course of pneumonia in an eminent degree, in the first place because of itself it is a severe affection, and in the second place because it interferes with the process of reabsorption in the lungs. We shall refer to this complication when treating of pleuritis. Bronchitis as a complication is perhaps equally important as pleuritis, and requires a more careful selection of the remedy than pneumonia itself; for a normal course of this disease can only be expected after the bronchitis has been moderated. In selecting a remedy, those have to be considered first that are suitable to both affections at once, but more particularly to the catarrhal process. From the reasons stated, and from our remarks concerning- Aconite in the chapter on bronchitis, we shall commonly find that this medicine, which is such an excellent remedy for pneumonia, is generally ineffectual in pneumonia complicated with bronchitis, lienee we consider the very usual recommendation of Aconite as a remedy against the totality of the febrile motions as unfounded, and, in our opinion, its employment would imply a loss of time, without being of any advantage to the disease. At the commence- ment of the disease, the best medicine to be prescribed, is Bella- donna, less frequently Mercurius. It is impossible to indicate charac- teristic distinctions of both remedies, for the reason that both have too many points of resemblance. In a given case these distinctions can be pointed out with more facility. A few valuable symptoms are: violent, remitting fever with sweat, for Belladonna ; remitting fever with profuse, strong-smelling perspiration, mingled with creeping chills, for Mercurius. The latter has a thickly-coated tongue, the former a thickly-coated tongue, with free borders. Mer- Pneumonia. 297 curius has intestinal catarrh, Belladonna constipation. Belladonna can only be employed for a few days, especially in the case of adults, whereas its use can be continued longer in the case of children. After Belladonna, Bryonia is generally suitable, which, in this complication, is undoubtedly one of the most important remedies. Mercurius sometimes corresponds alone with the course of this pathological process, especially in the case of adults, until nothing remains to be done but to accelerate the reabsorption of the pneu- monic infiltration. For such a purpose, remedies like Sulphur and Hepar sulphuris will have to be chosen, one of which, we mean Hepar, is eminently serviceable. Rhus toxicodendron is particularly useful, if the catarrh is dry, and malignant fever-symptoms mani- fest themselves. The indications for Tartar emetic have been given above; it is only in rare cases that this remedy will be found indi- cated at an early stage, it is more commonly indicated in the sub- sequent course of the disease. This is likewise true with regard to Carbo veget. Of other remedies that may come into play, we men- tion Nux vomica, Hyoscyamus, and Senega, perhaps also Pulsatilla and Veratrum. Chronic bronchitis and emphysema as complications of pneu- monia are no less dangerous than acute Bronchitis. Previous to the acute attack setting in, the respiratory movements had become very much embarrassed, and these embarrassments are enhanced by the access of pneumonia, since the habitual expectoration of mucus is most commonly suspended as soon as the pneumonia com- mences. At the outset of such inflammations, if the fever is very acute, Bryonia and Mercurius are indispensable; Rhus will rarely ever appear suitable. Sometimes the symptoms indicate Tartar emetic from the start, or at any rate in one or two days; in affec- tions of this kind, Tartar emetic often renders eminent service, pro- vided the practitioner is not afraid of giving a sufficiently large dose. We have always found the second trituration necessary but sufficient. Veratrum, album, deserves attention in such a case, espe- cially if marked cerebral symptoms are present, together with a rapid sinking of strength and marked febrile motions, the pulse being at the same time very changing. Phosphorus, which often seems indicated in such pneumonias, as well as Sulphur, will scarcely ever be of much use. In the further course of the disease, wffiether it shows a very slow and gradually progressing improvement or else an aggravation of the symptoms, Carbo veget. is a medicine of great importance which sometimes affords help even in desperate 298 Diseases of the Lungs. cases. But not too much must be expected in a short time, because the course of the disease is always very much protracted. Lyco- podium may come into play, although we cannot recommend it from personal experience. Nor have we derived much benefit from the use of Arsenicum which apparently seems indicated in such cases; at any rate it is much inferior to Carbo. The tardy re- absorption of the infiltration is not specially accelerated by Sulphur, probably because the conditions are wanting which favor the action of this drug, namely a sufficiency of reactive power and a free action of the remaining respiratory channels ; Silicea, on the contrary, pro- motes the course of the disease in a striking manner. If the symp- toms of passive hyperjemia of the brain are very marked, the most prominent remedy is Digitalis which may have to be given at the commencement as well as at any other period in the course of the disease; it either removes or moderates the threatening symptoms of an imperfect return of blood from the brain. If pneumonia supervenes during whooping-cough, it is generally lobular, and as such has to be treated with the same remedies that have been advised for the more malignant forms of this disease. Among them we mention more particularly Tartarus stibiatus, Cuprum, Mercurius, Veratrum album, Ipecacuanha. Owing to the uncertainty of diagnosing this pathological complication, it is very difficult to hit upon the most available remedy. No less malignant than lobular pneumonia is croupous pneumonia, if supervening dur- ing whooping-cough. In such circumstances the course of the dis- ease will scarcely ever be normal. Nervous phenomena set in at an early period, the infiltration remains undissolved for a long time, and a long illness may be expected without doubt, during which the lives of the children are in the greatest danger. In the case of a child of eight months, which terminated favorably, Tartar emetic had the best effect, and next to it Veratrum and Ipecacuanha, whereas Hepar sulphuris, Phosphorus, Sulphur, and other medi- cines apparently had not the least influence over the disease. If we ever should have another similar case to treat, we should give two remedies in alternation, one for the whooping-cough, and the other for the pneumonia. It is true, after the inflammation has set in, the paroxysms of cough become less frequent and less violent, but they cause a horrid distress to the patient and they do not exert a good influence over the disease. It might be well, in such circumstances, to try to subdue the paroxysms by means of Cuprum. We do not mean to be understood as though we regarded these few Pneumonia. 299 remedies as the only ones suitable to this complication; they are the only remedies that have done us any good in such cases. Beside these remedies all those that have been recommended in previous paragraphs for whooping-cough complicated with acute bronchitis, may have to be employed, and for the sequelae or secondary diseases another class of remedies may come into play, which it is impos- sible to enumerate in this place. Pneumonia complicated with influenza, has to be treated accord- ing to the same rules that have been laid down for epidemic pneumonia. Cerebral hyperaemia is a serious complication, although more fre- quently in appearance than in reality. Most commonly it can only be regarded as a disturbing symptom. But if, owing to its inten- sity, it should develop paralytic phenomena, sopor and coma, or if the patient is far advanced in age, this hyperaemia will require par- ticular attention and treatment. Among children it is of much less importance. It has to be treated with Belladonna, Opium, Hyos- cyamus, Veratrum, Digitalis, Tartarus stibiatus. The first three of these remedies are more suitable for children, the last three for old people. In the case of these cerebral phenomena we have to be careful in determining whether they originate in pure hyperaemia, or depend upon the process going on in the lungs, and a conse- quent alteration of the blood, and, therefore, belong to the category of typhoid symptoms. In the latter case, quite different remedies have to be used, such as: Phosphorus, Mercurius, Phus tox., and others. Sometimes a mistake is not easily avoided, especially in cases where the disease had a typhoid character from the begin- ning. The importance of cerebral hyperaemia is likewise to be measured by the locality of the pneumonic process; it is of much less consequence if it arises from an inflammation of the upper lobes, for in such a case it can be readily and directly accounted for by a disordered circulation, whereas, when the lower lobes are in- flamed, the hyperaemia appears more in the light of an idiopathic disease whose connection with the fundamental inflammation is not easily explained. Affections of the heart, whether they existed as chronic affec- tions previous to the occurrence of pneumonia, or whether they occur as acute affections during the course of pneumonia, consti- tute most threatening complications. If chronic affections of the heart are present, the dyspnoea is extremely aggravated by their presence, an active as well as passive hyperaemia of the brain sets 300 Diseases of the Lungs. in much more readily, and the resolution of the exudation is much retarded and is rendered much more doubtful by such a complica- tion. The selection of a remedy likewise becomes so much more difficult, since we cannot determine the degree of attention that the heart-symptoms may legitimately claim. Tartarus stibiatus, Digi- talis, Veratrum album, Cannabis saliva, Sulphur, correspond most fully with both orders of symptoms; Lycopodium, and Carbo vege- tabilis may likewise be included in the list. At all events, such complications render a most thorough investigation of our Materia Medica indispensable. Acute diseases of the heart, if considerably far advanced, constitute very dangerous complications, since they always interfere with the normal course of pneumonia. Of much more importance than that of bronchitis is the treatment of this complication, since the heart-disease has to be removed before the cure of pneumonia can be thought of. We therefore refer the reader to the therapeutics of diseases of the heart. Hepatic hyperaemia is a very ordinary accompaniment of pneu- monia, and is generally the most severe, if the lower portion of the right lung is affected. On account of the presence of icteric symp- toms, a form of pneumonia, termed bilious pneumonia, has been adopted by pathologists ; but it is our opinion that hepatic hyper- semia is too natural a consequence of an obstructed pulmonary cir- culation to deserve a very large share of attention. Quite recently we attended a man who had all the symptoms of a violent hepa- titis, and yet was in reality attacked with nothing but a pneumonia of the right side. This combination is in the first place met by Belladonna, afterwards Bryonia, and Mercurius, and finally Phos- phorus and China are the most suitable remedies. The hepatic symptoms only require special attention, if the flow of bile is com- pletely suspended and the gastro-intestinal catarrh is kept up and aggravated by this stagnation of the biliary current. Gastro-intestinal catarrh in a higher or lower degree is an almost constant companion of pneumonia. If violent, it contributes greatly towards impressing a typhoid character upon this disease. Gastric catarrh alone is not very important, although the modification of the symptoms superinduced by the catarrh, may render the exhibi- tion of Bryonia or Mercurius, Veratrum or Tartarus emeticus indis- pensable at the very commencement of the attack. Chronic pneumonia, which we will class in the same category as lentescent pneumonia, has very different symptoms and requires different remedies. If it consists mainly of the pneumonic infiltra- Pneumonia. 301 tion, without any other marked morbid manifestations, the con- sistent use of Sulphur is alone calculated to bring about a cure. But if the infiltration is partially firm and partially dissolving into pus, without the general organism being perceptibly disturbed, we first recommend Ilepar sulphuris, and after that Silicea or Sepia; and, in case of great prostration, China or Carbo vegetabilis. A very rapid improvement must not be expected from any of these reme- dies, on which account hasty changes in their employment must be avoided. Cuprum, Lycopodium and even Arsenicum may come into play, especially if the formation of an abscess threatens. Not one of these remedies, however, is a guarantee of success, and we, there- fore, again call attention to the use of compressed air. We have witnessed most strikingly favorable results from the use of com- pressed air within the space of four weeks,- results that would astonish any body who witnesses them. A similarly favorable effect is produced in chronic pneumonia by a sojourn on high mountains. In conclusion we have to devote a few words to diet for the pur- pose of scattering the prejudices which still prevail in reference to this subject both among physicians and laymen, although, not by any means to the same extent as formerly. Pneumonia being very generally regarded as the result of a cold, the fear of increasing this supposed cold is so great that at the very outset of the attack the windows are hermetically closed, and the patients are not only covered warm, but are kept in an artificial temperature of 65° to 75° Fahr. This shows to what erroneous measures a wrong and arbitrary hypothesis may lead, and how these measures in their turn afford sustenance to the hypothesis. The absurd method of keeping the skin too warm, makes it so sensitive to the least exposure that every draught of air must nec- essarily cause aggravations in the patient's condition. We cannot warn with sufficient urgency against such management. Let the temperature of the room be kept at an uniform point of 50° to 55° Fahr., rather less than more, and, if this degree of heat has to be reached by keeping a fire in a stove, let a vessel with water be kept on the stove in order that the dryness of the heat may be modified by the vapors ascending from the water. The patient should, moreover, be lightly covered with woollen blankets. This course will render the burning fever-heat more tolerable; at any rate, we enjoy the comforting assurance that the heat has not been unnecessarily increased. A copious perspiration during the course of pneumonia is never an agreeable circumstance. No less censur- 302 Diseases of the Lungs. able is the dread that some people have of washing the skin for the purpose of keeping it clean. Any one who, during an attack of fever, has enjoyed the luxury of a rapid cold ablution of the face, neck, arms, will not hesitate to vouchsafe this blessing to a distressed pneu- monic patient. A main point is the quality of the air in a sick room. No physician, not even a reasonable layman, will want to admin- ister spoiled food to a deranged stomach; yet people have a dread of conveying pure and fresh nourishment to the lungs. Opening a window in the room where the pneumonic patient is confined, is regarded as a crime; yet it is absolutely necessary that fresh air should be admitted to the sick room, for the air is vitiated not only by the respiratory efforts of the patient and his attendants, but likewise by the cutaneous exhalations and the odor of excrementi- tious matter. Why should these odors be less pernicious in pneu- monia than they are now universally admitted to be in typhus? The patient's own feelings may be taken as an evidence that fresh air is indispensable, for a larger number of persons in the room are always unpleasant to him and augment the difficulty of breathing, which can easily be accounted for upon physiological principles. While the inflammation lasts, the patient will scarcely ever want anything else in the way of nourishment than some beverage; even the slightest desire for solid food is an exception to the rule. Cold, fresh water is the best drink and should be avoided only in cases where it excites the cough. Water sweetened with sugar, is not advisable; it causes acidity of the stomach, but water mixed with a little currant jelly, may occasionally be allowed. A small quan- tity of malt-beer, sweetened with a little sugar, and not drank too often, is exceedingly refreshing. The common prejudice against this beverage is entirely unfounded. Water-soups and dilute milk with a little wheaten bread, will be sufficient nourishment. But as soon as the fever begins to abate and the appetite returns, a more substantial animal diet will have to be allowed, for the reason that a considerable waste has to be repaired. A change in the course of pneumonia may render corresponding changes of this simple diet indispensable. If the patient feels very weak at an early period of the disease, good broth may be given him without fear; and the presence of adynamic fever may even require small quantities of some generous wine, especially in the case of old people; an un- due stimulating effect need not be apprehended. In the case of small children it is a very common mistake to quench their thirst with wine. But if the stomach is again and again called upon to Gangraena Pulmonum. 303 recommence the process of digestion, the catarrhal affection of this organ must, of course, be made much worse than it was in conse- quence of the pneumonic process; this conduct is reprehensible and should by all means be avoided. The avidity with which children drink cold water during their fever, is abundant evidence that it is in harmony with the wants of the infantile organism. Special cau- tions in regard to diet are only required by the presence of a com- plicating intestinal catarrh. When the patient may again go out in the open air, will depend upon the weather, and likewise upon the fact, which has to be well ascertained by a careful exploration of the chest, that the pneu- monic infiltration is completely reabsorbed. In this respect the superiority of homoeopathic treatment is likewise apparent, for it scarcely ever leaves the lungs so sensitive to open air that from its action upon this organ any untoward consequences need be appre- hended. IO. Gangrsena Pulmonum. Gangrene of the Lungs. (According to Kafka.) [This morbid process is distinguished from other similar pro- cesses in the organism by the circumstance that putrefaction asso- ciates itself with the death of the mortifying parts. Anatomical Characteristics. Pathologists distinguish two kinds of gangrene of the lungs, circumscribed and diffuse gan- grene. Circumscribed gangrene occurs most frequently. Detached por- tions of pulmonary parenchyma of the size of a hazel or walnut, are transformed into a tough, brown-green, humid, horribly-smell- ing scurf which is sharply circumscribed and surrounded by oedem- atous tissue. The sphacelated portion of lung which is at first tolerably firm, soon dissolves into an ichorous fluid. It occurs most frequently at the periphery of the lungs and in the lower lobes. If a bronchial trunk opens into the gangrened portion of lung, the ichor often runs into the former, causing an intense bronchitis. Gangrened scurfs may likewise form on the pleura. After soften- ing, the gangrenous ichor runs into the pleural cavity, causing a severe pleuritis; if the gangrened portion of lung communicates with a bronchus, pyopneumo-thorax may result, and, if the vessels become corroded, hemorrhage from the lungs may take place. If 304 Diseases of the Lungs. interstitial pneumonia develops itself round the gangrened scurf, the latter is enclosed in a capsule as it were, and a cicatrix is formed ; this termination is exceedingly rare. Diffuse gangrene frequently affects whole lobes of the lungs; the parenchyma forms a decaying, blackish, fetid tissue, which is soaked with a blackish-gray, horridly-smelling ichor. The process is not circumscribed, but extends to the surroundino- cedematous or hepatized parenchyma. If the gangrene invades the pleura, this organ becomes involved in the process of destruction. The patients succumb to constitutional prostration. Metastatic abscesses and embolia in the different organs are not unfrequently the consequences of gangrene. Etiology. Diffuse pulmonary gangrene sets in, although rarely, at the height of pneumonia, if all renewal of the blood and the nutrient process have entirely ceased in the inflamed lungs; pneu- monias arising from the clogging up of the air-tubes in consequence of the intrusion of particles of food, are very apt, owing to the putrefaction of these molecules of animal matter, to terminate in gangrene. Circumscribed gangrene of the lungs may be occasioned by san- guineous clots compressing the bronchial arteries; the putrid con- tents of bronchiectatic caverns may give rise to putrid decompose tion of the pulmonary parenchyma. Diffuse gangrene of the lungs in the case of drunkards or of indi- viduals whose constitutions are broken down by misery and starva- tion; the occurrence of pneumonia in the case of insane persons, without any foreign bodies having become lodged in the bronchia; and gangrene of the lungs setting in in the course of severe asthenic fevers like typhus, measles, smallpox, puerperal fever, etc., are dif- ficult to account for. Symptoms. A characteristic symptom of gangrene of the lungs are the cadaverous, blackish-gray, liquid sputa, and the cadaverous odor of the breath which, in some cases, precedes the sputa for a few days. The stench is often so horrid that neither the patient nor his attendants can bear it. The sputa, like the foul expectoration from bronchiectatic caverns, separate into three layers, namely, a superficial froth, a fluid, middle layer, and a thicker sediment at the bottom. The sputa contain elastic fibres, dark-brown masses resembling tinder, with a blackish tint, and soft plugs containing fat-aciculte. Diffuse gangrene in consequence of pneumonia manifests itself Gangraena Pulmonum. 305 by sudden collapse, a high degree of debility, a small and irregular pulse, and by cerebral symptoms, with which phenomena the char- acteristic sputa and respiration soon become associated. If diffuse gangrene sets in without pneumonia, we perceive from the start symptoms of adynamia resembling the phenomena that generally accompany septicaemia with chills, stupor, delirium, singultus, etc. Circumscribed gangrene sometimes cannot be recognized until the gangrenous ichor has passed into the bronchia and is expelled by the mouth. Some patients bear this severe disease without much distress; their constitutional condition is not very much disturbed; they have no fever, walk about, attend to some light, domestic employ- ment, and the disease often drags along; for months. If the gangrened portion of lung does not communicate with a bronchus, and has become isolated as within a capsule in conse- quence of secondary inflammation, the cadaverous odor may be altogether wanting. To infer the presence of pulmonary gangrene alone from the cadaverous odor, would be an exceedingly superficial mode of reasoning, since this symptom may likewise occur in bronchiectasia and when tubercular caverns are present. The physical signs during this morbid process are not very important. In diffuse pulmonary gangrene consequent upon pneumonia, per- cussion at first yields a dull or tympanitic sound; auscultation reveals indistinct respiratory murmurs or rales ; in the subsequent course of the disease percussion reveals cavities in the lungs, the same as in the case of tubercular caverns, and auscultation reveals bronchial respiration and cavernous sounds. Circumscribed gangrene is very difficult to,recognize by physical exploration. Course, Termination, Prognosis. As has already been stated, even when affected with circumscribed gangrene, patients may seem apparently well for a long time, even for months, until hemorrhages set in sooner or later, which exhaust the strength, or else the patients perish in consequence of subsequent asthenia or tabes. However, a radical cure is not impossible; in such a case the fetor of the sputa gradually disappears ; they gradually assume a yellow color and a purulent consistence, and, as soon as the gan- grenous focus has become encysted, it dries up and the sputa cease entirely. This favorable termination may set in in consequence of 306 Diseases of the Lungs. an acute inflammation, or if the gangrenous process takes place in a bronchiectatic cavity or in some cavern in the pulmonary paren- chyma. Pulmonary gangrene arising in consequence of cachectic condi- tions, by hunger, poverty, misery, long-lasting diseases, etc., is mostly diffuse and almost always terminates fatally. Diffuse gan- grene arising from any source, is almost always fatal. Treatment. If, during the course of pneumonia, the patient's breath begins to spread a bad odor, we should at once think of the termination of pneumonia in gangrenous destruction. If large portions of the pulmonary tissue are destroyed, the externally-per- ceptible signs of this gangrenous decay become apparent, such as: great debility, collapse, delirium, sopor, decubitus, unquenchable thirst, fetid diarrhoea, etc., and death takes place in consequence of utter exhaustion of the vital power. If pulmonary gangrene does not set in with rapidly developing and threatening phenomena ; if the gangrene is limited to a definite locality; if the strength of the patient is sufficient to bear up against such a violent attack, and symptoms of adynamic fever set in, we give Arsenicum 6, or China 3 to 6, six, eight or ten drops in half a goblet of water every two hours. If the course is more protracted, Carbo veget. 6, or Camphor 3 to 6, or Kreosote 3 to 6 may render efficient aid. The last named remedy is likewise useful as an external application for the purpose of neutralizing the fetid odor of the breath and sputa. The horrid odor is likewise said to be neutralized by means of pulverized charcoal scattered in the spittoon; the best neutralizer is probably the Permanganate of Potash. In obstinate cases Secale cornutum 3 to 6 may prove useful, espe- cially if hemorrhage sets in accompanied by collapse, rapid prostra- tion, coldness of the extremities, exhausting diarrhoea, delirium, vertigo, sopor. If this remedy docs not produce an improvement, Ergotin 1 may be tried, which acts with more power and intensity. Skoda recommends inhalations of turpentine, one drachm to two drachms of hot water, two to four times a day. Niemeyer thinks that these inhalations are only of use if the gangrene sets in in the neighborhood of bronchiectatic caverns. Next to the internal remedies we must not forget suitable dietetic measures. To maintain the general constitution, we have to place the patient upon an invigorating diet and feed him on generous wines, Hock or Claret, good ale, provide for adequate ventilation CEdema Pulmonum, Hydrops Pulmonum. 307 of the sick-room, frequent fumigations with vinegar, purification of the air by means of Chloride of lime or Permanganate of Potash, and sprinkling the bed-linen, floor, etc., with vinegar or a solution of the Chloride of lime, Kreosote or Permanganate of Potassa. II.] 11. CEdema Pulmonum, Hydrops Pulmonum. (Edema of the Lungs, Dropsy of the Lungs. This consists in a serous transudation into the pulmonary cells and into the finer bronchial ramifications. Anatomical Characteristics. We distinguish an acute, rapidly-developing oedema of the lungs, and a chronic oedema. Some- times the oedema extends over a large surface, even over both lungs; at times it is merely local, circumscribed. In the acute form of oedema the lungs are very much engorged, the parenchyma is very tense, so that an impression with the finger is at once effaced again; on the cut surface a fine-frothy, reddish or even dark-red, dim and not quite thin serum flows out, contain- ing a good deal of albumen ; the air seems to be entirely expelled, and the pulmonary tissue is easily torn. In the chronic form of pulmonary oedema the lungs are not in a state of hyperemia, but pale and tough, an impression with the finger remains; the serum is much less frothy, not at all so in the higher grades of the disease; it is of a yellowish-pale color, fluid, clear and contains but a small portion of albumen. Gradually the air leaves the pulmonary cells altogether; these cells and the fine bronchial ramifications are filled with a serous fluid. On opening the thorax, the oedematous lungs do not collapse, they are puffed up and heavy. The larger the quantity of serum in the cells, the more air is expelled from them. Etiology. (Edema of the lungs is generally only a secondary disease, arising in the course of other morbid processes. Acute oedema, which is also designated as serous pneumonia or hydro-pneumonia, most commonly results from catarrhal fluxions or congestion. It sets in most frequently in the course of acute bronchial catarrhs, bronchial croup, acute exanthemata, such as measles, scarlatina, smallpox, etc., in the course of typhus; pul- monary oedema may set in in consequence of collateral congestion in the course of pneumonia, pleuritis, pneumothorax, emphysema, etc. Chronic oedema of the lungs most commonly develops itself in consequence of passive hypersemia in the course of diseases of the 308 Diseases of the Lungs. left auriculo-ventricular orifice, and hypertrophy of the right heart; in the course of pulmonary tuberculosis, carcinoma of the lungs, Bright's disease, infiltration of the bronchial glands, etc., chronic oedema of the lungs is almost always complicated with oedema of the lower extremities, or with hydrothorax, ascites. In such cases an apparently trivial cause, such as a cold, a physical exertion, a sudden outburst of passion, etc., is sufficient to give rise suddenly to a very general oedema of the lungs of which death may be the speedy result. Acute oedema most frequently sets in during the death-struggle in the most diversified diseases. Symptoms. The first important and striking symptom is the dyspnoea; it may attain a very high degree, is most commonly associated with the sensation of an oppressive weight under the sternum which does not abate by any change of position; at the same time the expression in the countenance is one of anxiety, and the mobility of the thorax is less, in consequence of which the patients at times sit up erect, at other times rest on their arms and again stretch their heads forward, in order to facilitate the breathing. The cough is spasmodic, the expectoration is exceedingly profuse, of a frothy-serous consistence, sometimes pale and at other times dark-red; moist rales are heard in the whole chest; cyanosis shows itself first in the face and afterw'ards on the extremities. Gradually the sensation of suffocation increases in violence, the expectoration becomes less, the rattling becomes louder and is heard even at a distance; little by little, in consequence of the poisoning of the blood by carbonic acid, the patient becomes soporous, he is no longer able to cough up the sputa, because the muscular appa- ratus is semi-paralysed; the cough is less frequent, the breathing becomes more and more superficial and shorter. Finally collapse sets in, the cheeks become livid, a rattling is heard in the trachea, and the patients die of asphyxia. If the oedema is extensive, and the air has been driven out of a large portion of the lungs, the percussion-sound is muffled or tym- panitic ; as long as air remains in the oedematous portion, the per- cussion-sound remains unaltered. The local or circumscribed oedema on percussion frequently yields no alteration of the sound; if the cells are entirely filled with serum, the percussion-sound may be dull and empty; if situated at the apex of the lungs, this condition of the cells may be confounded with tuberculous infiltrations. Aus- cultation generally reveals all sorts of rales, except consonan rales. CEdema Pulmonum, Hydrops Pulmonum. 309 The symptoms of acute oedema of the lungs sometimes set in with so much rapidity and violence that one symptom seems to chase the other. If acute oedema sets in in consequence of collateral congestion in portions of lung that had hitherto remained free from the exist- ing pneumonia, pleuritis, etc., new febrile motions generally appear, accompanied by a more or less high grade of dyspnoea and fine rales in the recently-invaded portions of the lungs which, unless speedily counter-acted, are soon succeeded by the above-described signs of pulmonary oedema. In chronic oedema the above-described symptoms develop them- selves much more slowly, and they are variously modified by the primary disease. Generally the oedema is complicated with oedema of the extremi- ties, sexual organs, serous transsudations into the pleura or peri- toneum; percussion yields a dull sound in the lower portions of the lungs. Course, Termination, Prognosis. Acute oedema generally develops itself with more or less rapidity, and if the symptoms are very violent, may soon terminate fatally. This is most frequently the case, if henomena of collateral congestion set in during the course of inflammatory processes in the lungs, pleura, heart, etc. This termination was designated by the ancients as apoplexia pul- monum serosa. In such cases the highest degree of dyspnoea very speedily develops itself; amid a constantly-increasing anxiety and restlessness the patients soon become cyanotic, cough a great deal, and expectorate a quantity of frothy serum, more or less tinged with blood; suddenly they become quiet; sopor and tracheal rattling set in, and they die very suddenly of asphyxia consequent upon poisoning of the blood by carbonic acid. Chronic oedema of the lungs generally runs a slow course, and often has remissions ; sometimes life is suddenly terminated by an acute effusion. If the constitutional vigor is well preserved, chronic oedema can be removed more easily than an acute attack which is generally very dangerous; for this reason the prognosis, as far as danger to life is concerned, is more favorable in a case of chronic than acute oedema. Treatment. In all diseases in the course of which acute pul- monary oedema may set in, the supervention of a sudden dyspnoea with a characteristic cough and sputa, deserve our most serious attention. If a more or less violent fever supervenes during the 310 Diseases of the Lungs. dyspnoea, we at once give Aconite 3, every quarter of an hour, or every half hour or hour; the result is generally favorable. At any rate the exhibition of this drug secures us the advantage of mod- erating the violence of the oedema, and giving the physician time to arrange a suitable course of treatment. As soon as fine rales are heard, and the dyspnoea is increasing, even without any sputa, we give at once Phosphorus 3, continuing this remedy even if a copious frothy serum, tinged with blood, is expectorated. This remedy sometimes has a brilliant effect; often in a few hours the whole trouble is ended. If the cough is strikingly spasmodic, we very soon perceive a bluish color of the lips and tongue; in such a case there is great danger on account of the capillary engorgement that threatens to set in. In such a case we give Ipecac. 3; if no improvement has taken place in a few hours, we prescribe Arsenicum 3, or Lachesis 6. We have seen very fine effects from these remedies. If coarse rales are heard over the whole chest; if the characteristic sputa are very copious; if soon after the expulsion of the sputa rales are again heard with equal force and distinctness; if cyanotic phenomena are becoming manifest, and a high degree of dyspnoea and suffocative anguish torment the patient, we give Tartarus emet. 3, or Veratrum 3 every quarter of an hour. The result of these agents is of course very doubtful, on account of the air having already been in a great measure expelled from the cells owing to the vast extent of the oedema. If the strength begins to fail; if the cough grows less and the expectoration is more difficult, we again try Phosphorus which we now use as a restorative. Very frequently Phosphorus induces an increased desire to cough, with more copious expectoration and momentary relief; soon after all the former symptoms set in with more threatening intensity, and the patients are in danger of being suffocated by the mucus. This is the moment when an emetic may produce a marvelously favorable effect. Let not the use of an emetic be delayed until the strength is entirely exhausted and the patients have sunk into a state of sopor. As long as a certain degree of reactive power remains, we need not hesitate to give Ipecacuanha at the rate of five grains per dose, or tynetin, half a grain per dose, every five minutes, until mucus is vomited up in copious quantities, after which many patients begin to improve. As soon as we notice the first signs of drowsiness, we give Ammonium carbonicum 1 to 3; this remedy may prevent poisoning of the blood by carbonic acid. Asthma. 311 A collateral congestion setting in during the course of pneumonia, scarlatina, pleuritis, carditis, etc., may become associated, beside the above-mentioned febrile and catarrhal pneumonia, with such a violent determination of blood to the brain, that cerebral apoplexy may be apprehended. In such a case we employ Belladonna or (dlonoine, [also Veratrum viride in large doses, no less than five drops of the tincture every half hour, II.J, together with applications of ice to the head; if these remedies have no sort of effect, we do not hesitate, as a last desperate resort, to bleed the patient. [We do not believe that under the use of Aconite, Belladonna and Veratrum viride, in appropriate doses, the necessity for bleeding will ever occur. If.] If there is insufficiency or stenosis of the mitral valve, we give Pulsatilla or Kali carb. If oedema of the extremities, genital organs, etc., is present, we resort to Arsenicum, Lachesis, Digitalis. For serous effusions in the pleura or peritoneum we give according to the prevailing symptoms Arsenicum, Helleborus, China, Scilla, Sul- phur, [also Apocynam cannabinum, II.], but without much hope of success. II.] 13. Asthma. Under this name so many and such diversified pathological con- ditions have been comprehended from time immemorial that it would be difficult to write a treatise on this disease corresponding with the definition of asthma entertained by former pathologists. If we omit the various conditions that develop asthmatic pheno- mena which have not generally the peculiar characteristics of nervous paroxysms, the etiology of asthma can be reduced to the following points : in the first place the affection is purely idiopathic, developing neither any special pathological alterations, nor traceable to any particular exciting causes. The patients are attacked at indefinite, much less frequently at regular periods. Asthma is likewise met with as a partial manifestation of other nervous affec- tions, especially of hysteria and hypochondria, in which case it has likewise to be regarded as a primary affection occurring in peculiar circumstances. Finally asthma may be caused by topical impres- sions; we see asthma result with comparative frequency after exposure to Copper, Arsenic, Iodine, Lead, and to the dust of Ipecacuanha. The most heterogeneous circumstances are assigned as the exciting causes of this disease; whether rightly or wrongly is difficult to decide in view of the utter absence of regularity in 312 Diseases of the Lungs. the occurrence of the paroxysms. It is certainly a supposable case that the attacks can be excited by the direct action of irritants upon the lungs, more especially by vapors and dust; but it is strange that this irritation does not seem controlled by any law. Intense emotions are undoubtedly one of the most frequent causes of asthma. Of undeniable influence is the condition of the atmosphere in a thermometrical as well as barometrical point of view; the attacks are most easily excited during a high state of the thermometer and a low state of the barometer. Electricity likewise plays an important part in regard to asthma, for the attacks are very apt to be excited previous to severe thunder-storms. Regarding a predis- position to asthma, it is certain that the male sex is most liable to it, and that most cases of asthma occur between the age of pubes- cence and the age of fifty. Constitutional influences seem almost null, thin as well as corpulent, feeble as well as robust individuals being attacked. In many cases we have undeniable 'evidence of the hereditary character of the disease. Symptoms and Course. Asthma consists of a series of par- oxysms separated from each other by intervals which at first are absolutely free from all symptoms of the disease. Hence, we have to consider first the paroxysm itself, and subsequently its effect upon the general organism. The attack either sets in with distinct precursory symptoms, among which great exhaustion and an increasing oppression of breathing* are the most common ; or else, the attack sets in at once with great violence. It is remarkable, although it cannot be accounted for upon physiological principles, that the attack gener- ally sets in at night, most frequently in the evening, scarcely ever in the day-time. This feature is, however, peculiar to all purely nervous affections, the cause of which may be the circumstance that the activity of the nervous system is constantly increasing towards night. Very often the patients are roused from sleep when the attack sets in like an attack of night-mare. They experience a constrictive sensation on the chest, with inability to draw a long breath; this sensation increases in proportion as the patient makes an effort to overcome it, and often leads to terrible dyspnoea during which he strains every muscle that can aid him in performing the act of respiration. At the commencement of the attack the cervical muscles are put upon the stretch, whereas the thorax is less called into requisition. This is owing to the fact that the expirations are less complete than the inspirations, in consequence of which the Asthma. 313 lungs gradually become filled with air to such an extent that the edge of the liver is felt considerably below its normal line. During the attack percussion yields a normal sound, whereas auscultation reveals before the paroxysm, and always immediately after its access, in the place of the vesicular respiratory murmur, wheezing, hissing, and occasionally rattling sounds, that sometimes are loud enough to be heard at a distance. That the patients look pale and sometimes have a bluish or livid appearance; that a cold perspira- tion breaks out on them; that the temperature of the skin is lower than usual; that the beats of the heart are much feebler and increase in frequency; and that the urine is frequently discharged involuntarily, is easily accounted for by the extreme dyspnoea. After the attack has lasted one to four hours, or even longer, its decrease manifests itself by a return of the vesicular respiratory murmur, and by a diminution of the wheezing and hissing sounds. The sensation of tightness sometimes disappears quite suddenly and at other times very gradually; a cough sets in accompanied by the expectoration of a small quantity of mucus; or violent eructations, or vomiting, with emission of flatulence, may take place, after which the patients often feel well again, except a lassitude that may continue for days. In other cases the paroxysm does not cease altogether, but abates for a longer or shorter period, which remis- sion is again succceeded by a full attack of asthma, until, after several remissions and exacerbations, which may continue for weeks, a complete intermission takes place. The course of such a disease varies according as the paroxysms set in at longer or shorter periods. In proportion as the disease lasts longer, the intermissions become shorter, the paroxysms increase in intensity, and structural changes in the lungs and heart take place which, in their turn, promote the disease. Emphysema, chronic bronchial catarrh, dilatation of the heart are very common results of asthma, wffich are easily mistaken for causes of the dis- ease. A single paroxysm, no matter how violent, is not of itself dangerous, provided the paroxysm does not develop preexisting conditions of apoplexy into a full attack. In the long run, how- ever, asthma always becomes dangerous in consequence of the lesi- ons which it occasions, and which are so much more certain, the more violent the single paroxysms are. The termination of this affection cannot be determined before- hand. In many cases the paroxysms decrease at a more advanced age and finally disappear altogether; or else, they are replaced by 314 Diseases of the Lungs. pulmonary emphysema and its consequences. It is difficult to pro- mise an early and complete recovery, for the paroxysms recur sometimes after the lapse of years. Death is a very unfrequent termination of this disease. The prognosis, so far as the preservation of life is concerned, is very favorable; as far as a cure is concerned, the result of medical treatment must be considered uncertain. In contrast with Old Physic, which has no remedy for asthma, Homoeopathy can at least boast of having achieved some brilliant results. The treatment has to aim at controlling the present paroxysm and at curing the disease. Respecting the possibility of shortening the paroxysm, it is doubtful whether, in view of the uncertainty how long an attack will last, any medicine can be relied upon for the accomplishment of such a result. If the paroxysms only last a few hours, it is immaterial whether we give any medicine; as regards paroxysms that have remissions and exacerbations before a complete intermis- sion takes place, it would, of course, be desirable to relieve them. Our own experience compels us, however, to confess that, in this respect, wre have no very brilliant results to brag of. The same remedies that seemed to have a good effect in one attack, did no- thing at all in the next, although the symptoms seemed precisely the same. If we are called to a case, we give a little medicine to quiet the relatives, but for a cure we depend solely upon the treat- ment during the intervals. However, in order to avoid the appear- ance of a purely subjective exclusivism, we will mention some of the remedies that are most commonly used at the beginning of the attack, at the same time referring to the remedies that will be mentioned by and by, and which may likewise be used for a single paroxysm. Belladonna, when the attack is accompanied by congestion of the head and an affection of the larynx, in the case of plethoric indi- viduals, children and females of an irritable disposition. Aconite, in the case of plethoric, active individuals, with severe cerebral hypersemia, after mental excitement, the face being very much flushed. Chamomilla, when the attack is caused by a severe fit of passion, with flatulence, particularly for paroxysms of hysteric asthma, or for children during the period of dentition. Nux vomica, for attacks caused by nervous excitement, spirits, much eating, hysteria, hypochondria, inhalations of dust, with con- Asthma. 315 gestions to the head, distention of the abdomen, especially of the stomach, improvement by a change of position, night-mare; the attack is preceded by signs of congestion of the chest. Pulsatilla, for asthma caused by the vapors of Sulphur, by uraemia, menstrual disturbances and hysteria, with copious vomiting of mucus, which affords relief, vertigo, sudden prostration with palpi- tations of the heart. Moschus, for asthma without cough, with a violent feeling of 7 O' O constriction in the throat as if the glottis were involved in the attack, in the case of hysterical, hypochondriac, irritable indi- viduals. We might extend this list by adding other remedies; but since we believe that the indications for their use are mostly illusory, we will content ourselves with mentioning their bare names. Cannabis, Colchicum, Tartarus slibiatus, Cocculus, Staphysagria, Nux moschata, Veratrum, Opium, Phosphorus, Nitri acidum, etc. Many of these remedies owe their use to the mistaken notion that a catarrh or any other affection of the respiratory organs with asthmatic symp- toms is real asthma. The remedies from which most may be ex- pected during the attack itself, are Belladonna, Cannabis, Moschus, and Opium. Opium especially sometimes renders substantial aid without it being necessary to employ large doses on this account. Morphia, 2d trituration, two or three grains at a dose, exerts a sufficiently powerful effect, and if this dose is not sufficient, the remedy can only do harm. A copious secretion of mucus always counter-indicates Opium. Cannabis likewise only palliates by virtue of its narcotic properties, and hence will have to be given in a more massive dose; this remedy is altogether unreliable. As we said before, we have no great confidence in the use of any remedy during the paroxysm which we compare to an epileptic paroxysm for which very little can be done by treatment. Never- theless we should not remain idle spectators during an attack, since it is often possible to relieve the patient by all sorts of external applications. It is important, for instance, to regulate the patient's posture. Some people will not allow him to leave his bed; yet it is of great importance and affords great relief to the patient, if every respiratory movement is brought into play, as much as possible, by a change of position. For this reason the lower extremities should not be kept in a horizontal position, but should be placed vertically, and pressed against any object in order to facilitate the action of the dorsal as well as abdominal muscles. All tight clothing should 316 Diseases of the Lungs. be removed ; if the patient is in his senses, he attends to this with- out being told. The temperature of the room must not be kept too low, for the reason that the paroxysm always excites a profuse perspiration; nor should it be too high, and, above every thing else, the air should be kept sufficiently moist. If we are called to a pa- tient who has had a number of attacks, we shall find that he keeps every thing on hand which, by its direct action upon the lungs, may relieve a paroxysm; nor can it be denied that relief is often procured by such means during one and even several paroxysms. They are generally powerful domestic stimulants, such as the smelling and inhaling of the spirits of Ammonia; inhalations, of the spirits of Turpentine or of Camphor evaporated on hot water; the inhalation of the fumes of burnt nitre-paper, feathers and Sul- phur. We have tried the last remedy in our own case. That in such cases it is not the specific action of the inhaled substance, but the local stimulation that affords relief, is evident from the circum- stance that the effect is only palliative and transitory and that inhalations of Chloroform, which have a direct narcotic effect, are scarcely ever borne by asthmatic individuals. Substances that are used for smoking, constitute another series of remedies. In this case, however, we deal with thoroughly homoeopathic remedies, such as Tobacco, Iodine, Stramonium, Ilyoscyamus. Tobacco can, of course, be useful only to persons who do not smoke, ladies, for instance, to whom we recommend for such purposes the small paper-cigarettes used by Russian and Spanish ladies. Smokers, on the contrary, mix the cut leaves of Stramonium or Ilyoscyamus with their tobacco, sometimes with surprising effect; or they smoke lodine-cigarettes. The use of these remedies is justifiable, because they afford relief to the patient, nor should they be discarded until we have better remedies to recommend in their stead. Very often we accomplish our purpose with the inhalation of simple vapors of water. The method of introducing appropriate remedies directly into the respiratory organs by means of an inhaler, has not yet been satisfactorily verified as a superior proceeding. The main-point in the treatment of asthma is to meet the disease in its totality. As a matter of course, the selection of the remedy is not only governed by the symptoms between the paroxysms, but likewise by the paroxysm itself and by the constitution of the patient, and it is this indispensable consideration of so many and such varied conditions that renders the selection of the proper remedy exceedingly difficult. In the subsequent paragraphs we Asthma. 317 only furnish short indications for the selection of the most impor- tant remedies, since it is impossible to present these indications with anything like a satisfactory completeness. Arsenicum album is undoubtedly the safest remedy for asthma; it not only corresponds to the simple spasmodic, uncomplicated asth- ma, but likewise to the secondary forms of asthma which owe their existence to the most diversified affections of a more primary character. Arsenic is even used a great deal in domestic practice and is highly commended by Old School practitioners. This remedy likewise shows very strikingly how the constant physiological effects of a drug can be employed with mathematical certainty as remedial agents when employed according to the law of similarity. In slow arsenical poisonings, asthma always occurs without an ex- ception. We dispense with the enumeration of individual symp- toms, since every somewhat violent attack of asthma corresponds to Arsenic. Nor can we particularize the cases where asthma occurs as a mere symptom, since in such cases the selection of the remedy is chiefly determined by the character of the primary affec- tion. We will state, however, that, in the asthmatic paroxysms of tuberculous patients, Arsenic has always left us in the lurch. It is principally indicated by the following symptoms: The paroxysm always sets in towards midnight or shortly after; it seems to be governed by a tolerably fixed type, although asthmatic paroxysms occurring without any typical regularity do not exclude Arsenic; it reaches its acme with unusual rapidity. The more the patients seem on the point of suffocating; the more painful and distressing their restlessness; the more wheezing and louder their respiration, the more Arsenicum will be found appropriate. Accessory circum- stances are: sudden access of a high grade of collapse with lividity of the countenance, cold perspiration and a very frequent and small pulse; palpitation of the heart; distension of the abdomen con- sequent upon the attack; involuntary emission of the urine; un- conquerable dread of death; the paroxysm is excited by changes of temperature, atmospheric influences, talking or laughing, going up stairs. The consequences of the attack remain for a long time, among which excessive debility and nervousness are most prom- inent. When given during the paroxysm, Arsenic sometimes exerts a magical effect, so that the patients fancy they have received Opium; although Arsenic does not by any means help in every case, yet it had better be tried in every case that we are called upon to treat. During the apyrexia, the remedy had better be 318 Diseases of the Lungs. administered at long intervals and in the higher attenuations, although the success which Old School practitioners have obtained with Fowler's solution justifies the conclusion that massive doses are likewise conducive to a cure. The danger is that massive doses may affect the stomach injuriously. Whether Arsenic possesses specific antidotal powers against asthma caused by other metals has not yet been determined. Cuprum is likewise one of the substances which, in cases of slow poisoning, develops asthmatic symptoms. However, it has not proved of such decisive practical value as Arsenic, for the reason that it has not the significant indications of this ao-ent. In our opinion, Cuprum is indicated by the following symptoms: The remedy is suitable to individuals with nervous, irritable, enfeebled constitutions, who are, moreover, disposed to spasms, whereas Arsenic is suitable rather to vigorous and plethoric persons; or it is suitable to children, especially if the paroxysms set in at night, or in consequence of exerting the respiratory organs, as for instance, after a coughing fit; the paroxysm very speedily reaches the acme of its intensity; other muscular bundles are involved in the con- vulsive attack; the attack is accompanied by a constant hacking, which aggravates the asthma; the attack terminates by vomiting; pallor of the countenance, with cold perspiration. The apyrexia is not perfect, but a slight degree of dyspnoea remains, or violent par- oxysms of an almost dry cough set in, which likewise end in vomiting. The action of Copper in whooping-cough is evidence of its general adaptation to spasmodic affections of the lungs. We have never known Cuprum to be of any use for the paroxysm it- self, so that we now limit the use of this drug exclusively to the intervals between the paroxysms. As regards Plumbum, it has not yet been sufficiently tried either physiologically or practically to present clear indications for its use in asthma. Nevertheless, the affections of workers in lead show that they are very commonly affected with a violent asthma. Upon the whole, it bears great similarity to the copper-asthma, from which it is not so much distinguished by its local as by its general symptoms. We recommend the remedy more especially in the severe paroxysms of tuberculous individuals, and likewise for the form of asthma, which is accompanied at the outset by a profuse accumulation of gas in the bowels. lodium is likewise one of those agents which, among its symp- toms of slow poisoning, numbers asthma as one of its constant phe- A; th ma. 319 nomena. In our Materia Medica these effects of Iodine are pointed out very imperfectly, and the reader is very much disposed to combine the symptoms pointing to asthma with the symptoms denoting; inflammation. In the "Deutschen Klinik" of 1856, three cases of lodine-asthma are recorded, which are of considerable interest: The asthma set in after a protracted use of Iodine, whereas an acute intoxication with Iodine never causes asthma; the paroxysm sets in towards evening or more commonly about midnight and lasts about half an hour; in one case it commenced with intense symptoms of laryngismus stridulus; the paroxysm was succeeded by excessive lassitude and an irresistible desire to sleep. No th withstanding the violent difficulties of breathing, every sign of a material change in the respiratory organs is wanting; there is emaciation without any increase of the secretions; great nervousness and restlessness during the intervals. Hence, Iodine corresponds well with the purely nervous asthma, for which it has been prescribed more recently by several Old School practitioners, of course, in enormous doses. Except a few not very striking cures, homoeopathic literature does not offer any cases of asthma success- fully treated with Iodine. Stannum may be tried if the attack supervenes during the exist- ence of chronic catarrh, and the decrease of the attack is attended with a copious secretion of mucus. We do not find any where reports of striking cures with this agent. Under quite similar circumstances Zincum meta'licum will be found a suitable remedy; an additional indication for this drug is a copi- ous accumulation of gas in the bowels during the paroxysm. Spongia has so far been found useful only in asthma depending upon tuberculosis, but it has never effected a complete cessation, but only a marked diminution of the frequency and intensity of the attacks. The paroxysm is characterized by a marked contrac- tion of the glottis, a wheezing respiration, with complete loss of voice. In a few hours the patient hacks up a substance resembling soaked sago. Aururn certainly deserves more attention than it has yet received. It is particularly indicated in cases where it is not quite certain whether the heart is primarily or secondarily involved in the attack; the attack sets in with violent palpitation of the heart, great anxiety, and marked symptoms of pulmonary hypereemia. Among the vegetable remedies there are but few that we would recommend for the totality of the disease; most of them are solely 320 Diseases of the Lungs. adapted to the complicated forms of asthma. We confine ourselves to mentioning their names: Ipecacuanha, Belladonna, Lycop )dium, Bovista, Lactma virosa, Bryonia, Pulsatilla. Lobelia inflata is more adapted to emphysema than to asthma. Opium sometimes affords striking benefit in paroxysms that occur during sleep. In a variety of cases we have witnessed remarkably favorable results from the use of Digitaline. With this remedy alone we have radically cured frequently-recurring paroxysms of asthma of less protracted duration; in inveterate cases all that we have been able to accomplish with this agent, has been to diminish in some cases, although to a considerable extent, the intensity and frequency of the paroxysms. It is, therefore, with a good conscience that we can recommend this medicine for further trials in asthma, provided the following circumstances are kept in view: The asthma is alto- gether a primary affection, it is the purely nervous form, a genuine spasm of the bronchia; in such a case Digitaline will have the best effect as long as no catarrh, emphysema or structural change of the heart supervenes. Digitaline is, however, suitable even if these complications exist, to which it is, indeed, preeminently adapted, more especially to structural alterations of the right ventricle. A high degree of sanguineous stasis in the veins of the head, especi- ally a violent throbbing-pressing headache during and after the attack. Palpitations of the heart, especially if the attack is pre- ceded by them. The asthma attacks irritable individuals with weak nerves, more particularly persons who have been guilty of sexual excesses. We do not simply mean persons who had been addicted to self-abuse, for we have known a married man who con- tracted asthmatic attacks in consequence of excessive sexual inter- course, and who w'as decidedly benefitted by Digitaline. The in- fluence of Digitaline over the male sexual organs is extraordinary, and, in this case, we effected a truly radical cure, as is likewise evi- dent from what we stated when speaking of the diseases of the male sexual organs. The influence of Digitaline over the female sexual organs, especially in its bearing upon the nervous system, is so difficult to define that we are as yet without any decided data regarding this matter. We always administer this remedy in the second or third trituration, giving never more than one grain of the former in the morning before breakfast, never at night, for the reason that sleep is generally disturbed by Digitaline. Nor is it necessary to give a dose every day; a dose every two or three days is sufficient. These precautions are important to avoid medicinal Asthma. 321 effects and homoeopathic aggravations. Unless these precautionary measures are adopted, a remedy the great importance of which has not yet been sufficiently recognized, might easily fall into discredit. Notwithstanding we believe that we have indicated the most important remedies for asthma, yet if the list of these remedies were to be exhausted, a great many other drugs might be added to it. In mentioning the following additional remedies, w'e recall to the reader's attention the fact that most of the remedies employed for asthma owe their recommendation to coexisting complications. The following remedies may be compared in particular cases: Sul- phur, Ferrum, Argentum, Bromum, Sepia, Calcarea carbonica, Carbo vegetabilis, Causticinn, Lachesis, Asafoetida, Tartarus stibiatus. Beside medicinal agents a few other means to reach the disease, are at our command. These are remedies that invigorate the constitution generally and strengthen the tone of the nervous system specially, such as cold baths, cold ablutions, the wet sheet, living in mountainous regions or generally in the open air, etc. Of more importance are the means that have more particularly or even exclusively a local effect. Among these remedial means the movement-cure holds a prominent rank; it sometimes proves effi- cient where medicinal influences seemed entirely powerless, more especially in the case of women and likewise in the case of men who had broken down their strength by an effeminate and luxu- rious mode of living. The movement-cure has likewise the great advantage of acting favorably upon the constitution. The action of compressed air has likewise a surprising effect; however, it is as yet impossible to state what particular form of asthma is specially adapted to this curative influence. According to all probability this remedy is particularly adapted to shorten the protracted length of the paroxysms. Living on high mountain-tops has a favorable effect only in exceptional cases; the same statement applies to sea- air and surf-bathing. C. DISEASES OF THE DIAPHRAGM. We transcribe this chapter from Kafka. He only treats of inflammation, spasm and hernia of the diaphragm; atrophy, paralysis and tonic spasm of the diaphragm being generally partial manifestations of other pathological processes. 322 Diseases of the Diaphragm. 1. Diaphragmitis, Inflammation of the Diaphragm. [It consists in an inflammation of the serous covering of the diaphragm, either on its thoracic or abdominal side. This inflammation is never an idiopathic disease, but always occurs in the course of pleuritis (pleuritis diaphragmatica), or in the course of peritonitis (peritonitis diaphragmatica). According to the statement of older authors the following phe- nomena are characteristic of diaphragmitis: continued, violent fever; burning, stinging, tearing and contractive pains all over the diaphragm, the pain encircling the body like a hoop; during an inspiration the pain is felt lower down, during an expiration higher up; it is aggravated by coughing, talking, and by every motion of the patient, rendering a deep inspiration impossible; the breathing is hurried, anxious, superficial; it is performed with the thorax, while the abdominal muscles remain passive; distressing singultus, vomiting of a green substance, great difliculty of swallowing, some- times hydrophobia, deli rium, spasmodic laughter, finally co! lapse, etc. From the presence of these symptoms in the course of a pleuritis or peritonitis we may conclude that the diaphragm is involved in the inflammation. Idiopathic diaphragmitis has not yet been, met with. The intensity of the symptoms is generally extreme; a physical exploration yields no result. The course of the disease is generally very acute, the prognosis very unfavorable. The etiology is the same as that of pleuritis or peritonitis. The treatment is likewise the same as that of pleuritis or peritonitis. It is only if out-of-the-way symptoms exist that they have to be met by special remedies. The most troublesome symptom is the distressing singultus. For this symptom we recommend Belladonna 3, especially if complicated with difliculty of swallowing, risus sardonicus, delirium and vomit- ing. If, in a few hours, this remedy does not afford the desired help, we give the Salphate of Atropine 3, or Hyoscyamus 3. Bryonia 3 is an excellent remedy, if the inflammation proceeds from the pleura and is attended with considerable dyspnoea, violent pains during respiration, difficulties of swallowing, cerebral irritation. If the vomiting is a prominent symptom, as is generally the case when peritonitis is present, we resort to Belladonna, Nux vomica, Veratrum. In obstinate cases we have recourse to Opium. A very disagreeable symptom is the spasmodic laughter, for Singultus, Hiccup. 323 which we recommend: Belladonna, Hyoscyamus, Ignatia and Cuprum metallicum 6. 2. Singultus, Hiccup. This is owing to a spasmodic contraction of the diaphragm, during which the air is drawn in through the contracted glottis with a shrill and short sound. The hiccup either originates in the nervous centres, as during a general erethism, neuroses, especially in the case of hysteric and hypochondriac patients; or when accompanying cerebral diseases, such as cerebral anaemia consequent upon long-lasting, exhausting diseases or upon considerable losses of blood and other animal fluids, as wmll as upon violent psychical impressions, such as fright, anger, etc. Or else, it is simply a reflex-phenomenon, as during diseases of the pleura and pericardium. Consensual singultus may occur during diseases of the stomach, liver, pharynx, intestinal canal, etc. In the case of children it often occurs in consequence of a cold, or acid stomach. Singultus occurring during cerebral anaemia consequent upon chronic diseases, such as carcinoma, Bright's disease, tuberculosis, etc., or upon exhausting diseases, such as typhus, cholera, or upon pleuritis with profuse exudation, likewise upon pericarditis and upon exhausting diarrhoea, is always a very dangerous symptom that may continue for days and finally increase to convulsions. Treatment. A passing hiccup is scarcely ever noticed; only if it lasts too long and becomes too severe, medical treatment may have to be resorted to. In cases of simple hiccup it may be arrested by stopping the breathing for some time, or by drinking a little cold water, by fixing one's attention upon a certain object, such as: holding a key in one's hand, by a systematic crossing of the fingers of both hands; by a sudden surprise, or such domestic remedies as eating a little sugar, magnesia, ice, etc. Infants who have taken cold, have to be warmed, after which they should be put to the breast; if their stomachs are acid, we give them Calcar. 6 or Nux vom. 6; if they are affected with intestinal catarrh, wTe give them Chamomilla 3, or Rheum 3. A domestic remedy that is frequently made use of, is calcined Magnesia, as much as will cover the point of a knife morning and evening. 324 Diseases of the Lungs. In one case, where not one of these remedies would help, a tea- spoonful of recently prepared lime-water removed the spasm. If the singultus is intense and lasts a long time, we have to select remedies that correspond to the co-existing pathological conditions or to the exciting cause. For the nervous singultus of hysteric or hypochondriac individuals, we give according to the symptoms: Nuz vomica, Ignatia, Belladonna and Hyoscyamus, Nux moschata and Natrum muriaticum. For singultus consequent upon a fit of chagrin, we give: Chamom., Ignatia, Pulsatilla. For singultus occasioned by diseases of tne stomach and liver: Bryonia, Nux vomica, Pulsat., Natrum muriaticum and Sulphur. For painful singultus caused by inflammation of adjoining organs: Belladonna, Hyoscyamus, Atropine., Opium 1 or 2. In a case of consensual singultus consequent upon spasm of the oesophagus, accompanied by nausea, Veratrum 3 has rendered us good service. We are much less successful in the selection and use of remedies for singultus occasioned by exhaustion of the vital forces and cerebral anaemia. In such cases we have succeeded in relieving the patient by Ammonium carbon. 3, Phosphorus 3, and in desperate cases by Moschus 1. As external remedies practitioners recommend: laying grated horse-radish upon the epigastrium, dropping ether upon the pit of the stomach, painting this region with the oil of chloroform, one drachm to two drachms of almond-oil, and in desperate cases the inhalation of ether or chloroform. 3. Hernia of the Diaphragm. Accidents of this kind originate in rupture of the diaphragm occasioned by traumatic causes, or in strangulations of the thoracic or abdominal viscera in the natural openings of the diaphragm. They occur more frequently on the left than on the right side. The phenomena in the thoracic range are: dyspnoea, cough, pain in the chest, singultus, suffocative paroxysms, fainting fits. On the side of the abdominal organs we notice vomiting, colicky pains, obstinate constipation, sometimes symptoms of ileus. If the strangulation is partial, the symptoms appear slowly and disappear equally slowly. If the constriction is very violent and Pleuritis, Pleurisy. 325 sudden, the symptoms set in with equal violence, and life may be in the greatest danger. The worst symptoms are those of ileus, which we meet with Nux vomica 3 and Opium 1. Tepid baths, and in severe cases frictions or inhalations of Chloroform are excellent adjuvants. PL] D. DISEASES OF THE PLEURA. 1. Pleuritis, Pleurisy. Inflammation of the Pleura. Inflammatory affections of the pleura are not by any means rare occurrences; yea, the frequent adhesions of the lungs to the thorax revealed by post-mortem examinations, show that pleuritic affections are not only very frequent, but that they run their course unob- served. The more trifling inflammatory phenomena are without any practical value, nor do they ever constitute an object of treat- ment; for this reason we here treat only of the more acute forms of pleurisy with copious exudation. Pleurisies of this character are scarcely ever really primary dis- eases; in the majority of cases they are of a secondary nature. The etiology of primary pleuritis is somewhat obscure, unless the disease is caused by some direct and mechanically acting agency. A most frequent cause is said to be a violent cold; but the case is here as in pneumonia, the connection is taken for granted rather than proven. The more frequent occurrence of pleuritis during peculiar states of the weather justifies the conclusion that atmos- pheric conditions exert a decided influence upon the origin of this disease. To designate such inflammations as rheumatic, is in so far justifiable to some extent at least, as acute rheumatisms occur epidemically at the same time. As a rule, primary pleuritis may, like peritonitis, be regarded as a rare disease. On the other hand, pleuritis as a complication or secondary affection, is exceedingly frequent. All inflammatory pulmonary affections, even hypersemia of more than ordinary extent, if occur- ring near the surface of the lungs, develop pleuritis which is generally confined to a very limited space, but may likewise be very extensive and violent. Inflammatory affections of the heart, more particularly of the pericardium, may lead to pleuritis. Acute 326 Diseases of the Pleura. rheumatism and peritonitis, and likewise acute exanthemata, easily result in the development of pleuritis. Among chronic affections the following may occasion the disease: Pulmonary tuberculosis, pulmonary abscess, suppuration of the vertebrae and ribs, Bright's disease. The occurrence of pleuritis during the stage of convales- cence in severe acute affections, in pyaemia and generally in diseases characterized by marked signs of a septic condition of the blood, is a remarkable fact which does not admit of any further explana- tion. Like peritonitis, so pleuritis is superinduced in its worst and most extensive form by the intrusion of foreign substances into the pleural cavity, most commonly by the effusion of pus from a superficial cavern or from a suppurating bone. Symptoms and Course. The peculiarity of certain phenom- ena in a case of pleurisy can only be understood by an anatomical analysis of this process, on which account we premise a concise sketch of the same. By pleuritis we understand the deposition of an exudation upon the free surface in the cavity of the pleura. As in every other inflammation so we find here, at the outset, an hyperaunic condi- tion of the cellular tissue situated under the pleura. This hyper- semia occurs most generally in striae or clusters, scarcely ever over a large extent, and very frequently exhibits small ecchymosic spots. It is from these hyperaemic centres that the exudation pro- ceeds over the free surface. According to its constituent principles the exudation is generally distinguished in four different forms which, however, cannot be rigorously separated from each other, but commingle in various ways. The first form is the so-called plastic form, where a small quantity of a highly fibrinous exudation is deposited upon the free surface of the pleura as a pseudo-mem- brane which, by coalescing with the membrane on the opposite side of the pleura, causes both sides of the pleural cavity to adhere without any further complications. This process occurs very com- monly in pneumonia, but likewise on other occasions with so few symptoms that it is placed beyond the reach of therapeutic defini- tions. The second form is the sero-plastic form. The exudation consists of fibrin with which a more considerable quantity of serum is commingled. This form has the exuded membranes of the first form, but they are generally more extensive and thicker, and the pleural cavity contains an exudation of a yellow-green serum which sometimes weighs several pounds and in which more or less copious flocks of coagulated fibrin are seen floating. The copiousness of Pleuritis, Pleurisy. 327 the plastic exudation increases the tendency to adhesions which are sometimes so extensive that they enclose the exuded fluid as within a capsule or sometimes as within a net consisting of a num- ber of meshes and cavities. The third form is the purulent exuda- tion, empyema or pyothorax. In this form the effusion may consist of mere pus, or serum may be mixed up with it in greater or less quantity. This form either characterizes an uncommonly acute pleuritis, as it is often observed in pyaemia, and where pus forms in a very short time; or else this third form-is gradually developed from the second form in consequence of the solid constituents of this form being converted into pus. The further changes occurring in this form are absorption which is, however, scarcely ever as complete as in the other forms and generally leaves callous thick- enings behind, or else enclosure of the fluid within a capsule which is a very common event, or finally invasion of the parts surround- ing the suppurating process. In consequence of this invasion the pleura is perforated and the pus is discharged through the thoracic walls into the abdominal cavity or even into the bronchia. Recovery from such an accident is a very rare event. The fourth form, where scarcely anything but serum is effused, occurs very rarely, but is important for the reason that this serous exudation generally exceeds all others in quantity, exerts the most violent pressure upon the lungs and heart, and that its reabsorption is on this account exceedingly difficult. The hemorrhagic exudation does not consti- tute, strictly speaking, a distinct form, because a somewhat con- siderable effusion of blood in any of the above-described four forms may determine an hemorrhagic exudation. The ichorous dissolu- tion of the exudation only takes place during the severest prostra- tion of the organism as a consequence of general decomposition, less frequently if the pleural cavity comes in contact with atmos- pheric air. It is absolutely impossible to draw a permanently and universally true picture of pleuritis; the symptoms characterizing an attack of pleuritis, vary greatly in intensity as well as extent; many symp- toms are sometimes entirely wanting, whereas in other cases they are most prominently present. However inasmuch as the symp- tomatic differences of pleuritis are mostly depending upon the quality of the exudation, we subjoin a superficial sketch of these differences and shall discuss essential details in subsequent para- graphs. The plastic exudation exists seldom as an idiopathic affection; 328 Diseases of the Pleura. it generally accompanies other diseases, more particularly pneu- monia. Inasmuch, however, as it is scarcely ever, even when existing as an idiopathic disease, accompanied by violent fever, we may suppose, that even where it exists as a complication, it does not contribute much to an increase of the fever. On the other hand it is precisely this form that causes the most violent pain which is very much increased by every somewhat more expansive movement of the thorax and of the body generally, more partic- ularly by coughing, and which very frequently renders even per- cussion painful. After the lapse of at most a week the pain dis- appears again entirely; but the physical signs, of which we shall treat by and by, sometimes remain for some time after. It is more especially the sero-plastic exudation that furnishes the picture of an idiopathic acute pleuritis. Like all other more exten- sive inflammatory processes, it almost always sets in wflth a severe chill followed by considerable increase of the pulse and temperature, attended with headache, intense thirst, loss of appetite, and almost immediately an intense pain in the inflamed region of the pleura. The pain generally decreases in proportion as the effusion increases in quantity. As the exudation increases the breathing of course becomes shorter, and a distressing cough sometimes sets in, with a thin expectoration which is tinged with blood, but is not to be regarded as a sign that pneumonia or bronchitis has supervened, but most commonly depends upon no other cause than the hyper- remia of the non-aftected part, which hypersemia is a necessary consequence of the pressure caused by the exudation, and for this reason does not show itself at the outset of the disease but only in its subsequent course. In favorable cases the termination in recovery may commence with the second week, and may lead to a complete restoration of health; or else, the process of reabsorption takes place very slowly, imperfectly, and the patients remain for a long time in a sickly, lentescent condition, 'where they are threat- ened with renewed attacks and exacerbations. The third form, empyema, often develops itself, as was stated above, from the second form. That pus is forming, may be inferred from the circumstance that the fever does not abate, on the contrary, that in the subsequent course of the disease, and without any increase of the exudation, the fever increases in violence, mingled with chills, or assuming the character of an hectic fever, with a constantly increasing prostration of strength. If the purulent exudation is a consequence of pyaemia, of a septic state or a general dissolution Pleuritis, Pleurisy. 329 of the blood, the exudation may originate and run its course without pain; it only aggravates the previously existing morbid phenomena. The course of the disease depends essentially upon the fact whether the exudation is re-absorbed or enclosed within a sac, or finally whether it escapes from the cavity, and in what direction. The fourth form, where the exudation is chiefly serous, usually imparts to pleuritis a sub-acute or even chronic character. This form is very insidious, because it so often develops itself very gradually and without pain, and even commences without fever which does not generally supervene until at a later period. At first the patients only complain of lassitude, they lose their appetite, have a sickly appearance. Gradually the respiration becomes more oppressed and labored, but not by any means to a degree that might lead the patients to suspect the presence of a pulmonary disease. The quantity of the exudation occasions a displacement of the thoracic and abdominal organs. Recovery from such attacks always takes place slowly; it is only exceptionally that absorption takes place very rapidly amid a profuse diuresis. Among the symptoms of pleuritis there is not one that could be pointed out as characteristic of the disease. It is true that in most cases of acute pleuritis we have the peculiar pain, but it varies exceedingly in character and intensity. At times the pain is simply a sensation of tenseness and constriction; at other times the pain is a seated, localized, stitching pain; at other times again the pain is spread over the whole side of the thorax, and is of a tearing or burning kind. Not unfrequently there is no pain at all; this happens more particularly in the most insidious cases. Because there is no pain, this is no reason why an exploration of the chest should be omitted. In genuine pleurisy there is very seldom any cough, especially at the commencement of the disease; if cough sets in at a later period, it may be occasioned by simple hypersemia, or by pneumonic infiltration. At all events it causes the patient a good deal of distress, increases his pain to an extraordinary degree and complicates the course of the disease, since every additional obstacle must necessarily, in view of the existing dyspnoea, imply an addi- tional amount of danger. The symptoms presented by other organs cannot be determined beforehand. Most generally it is the action of the heart, especially that of the right heart, which is altered; if any considerable amount of exudation is present, the beats of the heart become irregular, stronger and more rapid, the more so the more the heart is pushed out of its place by the effused fluid. A 330 Diseases of the Pleura. displacement of the liver is attended with pressure in the right hypochondrium, and slight symptoms of jaundice. Neither the intestinal canal nor the kidneys are involved in all cases. The brain becomes slightly engorged, if the effusion is copious and the circu- lation is interfered with. The position of the patients deserves particular notice, more especially as contrasted with their position in pneumonia. Pleuritic patients almost always lie on the painless and unaffected side, whereas, if the effusion is not attended with pain, they prefer lying on the diseased side. Very seldom the patient wants to lie on his back; if he does, the trunk has to be elevated a good deal. All these objective as well as subjective symptoms, which we have described, are not sufficient to establish a reliable diagnosis. If a reliable diagnosis is at all possible, it will have to be based upon the results of a physical exploration, which is even more important in this disease than in pneumonia, for the reason that pleurisy often remains such a latent disease that the objective phenomena alone can shed light upon its existence and true character. In pleurisy with simple fibrinous exudation or moderately exten- sive empyema percussion reveals nothing abnormal. As soon, how- ever, as the quantity of, the effused fluid becomes more considerable, it compresses the lungs, and a tympanitic sound is heard over the whole area filled by the fluid. If the whole or only a portion of the lungs is completely compressed, the sound is entirely empty, and the boundary of the effusion is indicated by the tympanitic sound. A dull sound is almost without an exception returned by the lower portion of the thorax, provided the effusion is sufficiently copious. A mistake may occur if the effusion is scanty and the lung is infiltrated as in pneumonia, or if the lower portion of the lung firmly adheres to the costal pleura and the lung can neither be pushed backwards nor upwards by the effused fluid. In pleuritis a change of position occasions very seldom a change in the dulness of sound. Generally the upper boundary of the exudation is formed by solidified exudation which resists all displacement. If a change of position induces a change in the level of the fluid, it is perfectly safe to infer the presence of an excess of serous effusion. In pleuritis with plastic exudation auscultation reveals nothing abnormal at the commencement of the disease, sometimes not even during its whole course. The friction-sounds of the rough surfaces of the pleura, which, owing to the proximity at which these sounds Pleuritis, Pleurisy. 331 are heard, cannot well be confounded with pulmonary murmurs, are not generally heard until the exudation has existed for some days, because the exudation requires this period of time to become suffi- ciently solidified for the production of those sounds. The pleuritic friction-sounds are wanting, if the effusion is very copious, but are often heard towards the termination of the disease, when absorption of the fluid takes place. If present, they constitute an infallible sign of pleuritis. Even if the exudation is scanty, the respiratory murmur is weakened, because the patients are afraid of drawing a full breath. If the exudation is copious, the respiratory murmur is often entirely absent at the lower portions of the thorax, whereas higher up bronchial respiration is heard more or less distinctly, and is more especially marked near the vertebral column. Bronchophony and segophony are often heard together. In the free portion of the compressed lung, and generally likewise in the non-affected portion, the respiratory murmur is heard more loudly, and the symptoms of a more or less considerable catarrh are present. Very seldom palpation discovers any peculiar changes during the presence of plastic effusion. A difference between the sound and the inflamed side is often noticed as far as the fulness of the respir- atory movements is concerned, but the friction of the rough sur- faces of both pleural laminae against each other is perceived less frequently even by the touch. If there is a good deal of effusion, the thoracic wall over it does not vibrate from the voice, whereas this vibration is generally stronger at the borders of the exudation. A view of the thorax shows very significant changes. During the presence of a plastic effusion, especially while the pains continue, the respiratory movements are much less distinct, and the patient mostly bends over to the affected side. If the exudation is copious, the affected half of the thorax enlarges in size; the intercostal spaces expand, and even become entirely effaced or bulge beyond the ribs, and the respiratory movements are either very slight or else entirely suppressed. In measuring the thorax, the increase in its dimensions enables us to determine with great correctness the presence of a copious effusion. Another important diagnostic sign are the displacements of the heart and liver occasioned by the presence of a large amount of effusion; the return of these organs to their normal localities is evidence of the fact that the effusion is decreasing. As regards the course of pleuritis, we have already stated in pre- 332 Diseases of the Pleura. vious paragraphs, all that is needful to observe on this subject. As a general rule, this disease conies less than any other within the possibilities of a reliable prognosis. It may have a scarcely percep- tible beginning and, in its progress, assume a most malignant form; or else, from an exceedingly malignant and acute disease at the outset, it may run its course rapidly and completely to perfect recovery. These results cannot be determined beforehand ; on this account, pleuritis has to be treated with great care, and every thing calculated to favor the progress of the disease, or to induce relapses, has to be carefully avoided. The terminations of this disease are likewise various. The plastic form always leads to adhesions which, however, are seldom very extensive and do not interfere with the subsequent enjoyment of good health. It is usually the case, however, that afterwards the patients, during unusual bodily exertions, or during every trifling catarrh, complain of pain in the locality where the adhesions exist; this pain is, however, without any sort of importance. If the exu- dation is very copious, it may obstinately resist every effort of the organism to reabsorb the fluid and, by this means, a liability to relapses may be established. Or else pus may form; even then, a complete reabsorption may doubtless take place, but the pus like- wise readily escapes externally, or into the lungs and abdominal cavity. In the former case, a thoracic fistula most commonly sets in, which generally terminates fatally in consequence of slow con- sumption, and very seldom heals in a very short time. The escape of the pus into the lungs and abdominal cavity is likewise danger- ous, and holds out little hope of a complete recovery. An excess of serous exudation generally shows very little disposition to become reabsorbed, and very usually terminates fatally after a lingering period of suffering. Death scarcely ever takes place suddenly in consequence of asphyxia; most commonly it takes place in con- sequence of one of the above-mentioned changes. As important consequences of pleuritis, we have in the first place to keep in view the displacement of important organs which, during a long con- tinuance of the exudation, is very apt to become stationary. A dis- location of the heart may become particularly pregnant with dis- astrous consequences. Next we have malformations of the thorax and consequent malformations of the vertebral column. Such mal- formations result if the lungs, which the effused fluid had com- pressed, are unable to expand again to their former size. If the malformation had not lasted too long, the puospect of a complete Pleuritis, Pleurisy. 333 cure is not entirely unfavorable. An important consequence is the very common appearance of tubercles after the reabsorption of the pleuritic effusion. To establish a prognosis in the higher grades of pleuritis is always a very hazardous thing, since unfavorable complications too readily annihilate the best founded hopes. As long as no pus has formed, we need not let our spirits flag; even empyema, if the patient has kept up a tolerable supply of strength, very often ad- mits of a cure under homoeopathic treatment. All complications, however, which diminish still more the breathing capacity of the lungs, are decidedly unfavorable to a successful treatment of the disease. In the front rank of such complications, we have pneu- monia, whether it sets in simultaneously with pleuritis or super- venes during the course of the latter disease. Here the pleuritis interferes with the normal course of pneumonia, and the pneumonia prevents the rapid absorption of the pleuritic effusion. Even an ordinary catarrh, acute as well as chronic, is a serious matter, for the reason that it very much adds to the possibility of the super- vention of acute oedema of the lungs. Inflammatory affections of the heart as well as chronic heart-disease constitute dangerous com- plications in pleuritis as well as in pneumonia. We need scarcely state that pleuritis arising from morbid alterations of the blood, from pysemia, etc., is exceedingly unpromising. It is sometimes impossible to arrive at a reliable diagnosis of pleuritis, more especially if the effusion only consists of coagulable lymph. The more the serous exudation preponderates, the more reliable becomes our diagnosis. What is of particular importance is to distinguish pleuritis from pneumonia with which, however, only the acute form of pleuritis with sero-plastic exudation, and which is of much less frequent occurrence, can be confounded. Pleu- ritis is diagnosed from the absence of the characteristic sputa of pneumonia, the different form of respiration, from the absence of all vocal vibrations which are considerably increased in pneumonia, from the dulness at the lower parts of the thorax with sharply de- fined boundaries. Bronchial respiration is an unreliable diagnostic sign; however it is to be observed that in pleuritis bronchial respi- ration is the weakest in the region where the dulness is the most marked and complete, whereas the reverse is the case in pneumonia. The dislocation of the heart and liver, the projection of the inter- costal spaces and the expansion of the affected side taking place only after the exudation has become very copious, cannot be re- 334 Diseases of the Pleura. ferred to at the outset of the attack as distinctive signs of pleuritis in contra-distinction to pneumonia. Nor is pain a safe indication ot pleuritis; not only is the pain often absent, but a violent local pain may .sometimes be characteristic of pneumonia. What is most difficult is a correct diagnosis of pleuro-pneumonia, since in this affection it is often very difficult to correctly determine the measure of the pleuritic effusion. Cases of this kind have such varied symp- tomatic manifestations, according as pleuritis is a primary or con- secutive affection or a simple complication, that we do not deem it expedient to dwell upon them any further. To indicate the treatment of pleuritis is not very easy if we mean to present it in a complete shape. Pleuritis being very seldom an idiopathic disease, we have to take into account so many accessory, causative and consecutive conditions, and the importance of pleu- ritis has withal to be placed in the foreground with so much care, that an exhaustive description of the treatment would become a very extensive task. For this reason we confine ourselves to the most important points in the following paragraphs, referring more particularly to pleuritis with copious exudation. The following are the leading remedies that may have to be resorted to in the treat- ment of this disease: Aconitum. Regarding this drug we cannot communicate any thing better than Wurmb's statement in the twelfth volume of the Hygea, which we transcribe from Ruckert's Annals : " If the plastic elements prevail in the pleuritic effusion, or if, as the phrase goes, the disease has a marked inflammatory character; hence, if, as is usually the case, the disease sets in with violent febrile phenomena, no remedy deserves to be more frequently used at the outset of the disease than Aconite. We have never known Aconite to act upon the effusion itself; however, inasmuch as the curative process only com- mences after the fever has ceased, and inasmuch as it is conse- quently of importance that the fever should be removed as speedily as possible, and Aconite surpasses in this respect all other remedies, it is quite natural that the treatment should be commenced with this agent. Having observed that Aconite helps speedily, if it does help, I do not wait long for the result, and at mce resort to another remedy, if I do not soon perceive a favorable change showing a decrease or a cessation of the fever. It is difficult to say how long, after giving Aconite, an improvement ought to be waited for; as a rule, however, we need not wait too long, since an improvement is often perceived already in a few hours; the fever abates, the stitch- Pleuritis, Pleurisy. 335 ing pains and the dyspnoea abate or disappear entirely, etc. The exudation still remains the same, but the circumstances of the patient now are such that Nature alone will be sufficient to com- plete the cure or will only require very little assistance for such a purpose. On the other hand, if the fever still continues, although in a slight degree, nothing further can be expected from Aconite and in order to prevent the disease from assuming a chronic form, other remedies will have to be chosen, especially such as act upon the exudation itself, among which I place Sulphur at the head of the list. If the effusion is more of a serous character, or hemor- rhagic or purulent, Aconite will not do much for the fever, if any still remains. If, in a case of pleuritis with plastic effusion, the patient's carelessness or indiscretion brings on a relapse, the anti- febrile power of Aconite will prove much less efficient than the first time; and, if repeated attacks take place, Aconite will do less and less for the fever, and finally, will prove entirely powerless." We have to dissent from the preceding remarks in one particular, namely, regarding the effect of Aconite upon the fever; it is our opinion that the remedy exerts its effect by diminishing the hyper- semia, by which means the pains are abated and the effusion is limited. Aconite is, moreover, a distinguished remedy at the out- set of pleuritis supervening during the presence of tuberculosis, or for pleuritis complicated with pneumonia. It is without any effect if pleuritis is occasioned by marked decomposition of the blood, or by the onward spread of peritoneal inflammation, or by the escape of pus from the lungs or from carious ribs. Here Aconite cannot be depended upon even at the outset, if the fever is ever so intense. As regards waiting for a change after the exhibition of Aconite, we should never wait longer than twenty-four hours. Bryonia alba is of all remedies more frequently used than any other in pleuritis and concerning which all physicians entertain an equally favorable opinion. Although we cannot help believing that many reported cures were due to the spontaneous efforts of Nature, and that the removal of a violent pleuritic pain has very often been mistaken for a recovery from a severe attack of pleurisy, whereas the pain alone is no adequate criterium of the extent and character of the pathological process. Bryonia could not possibly have been so often supposed to cure, if real cures had not been effected by this agent. Almost all practitioners agree that the period for the ex- hibition of Bryonia is the time when the fever has abated. In fix- ing this period, the comparatively rare form of pleuritis is thought 336 Diseases of the Pleura. of, that sets in as an acute disease and runs a similar course. Here Aconite is undoubtedly indicated first, and afterwards Bryonia. In a very large number of cases, however, Bryonia may be exhib- ited at the outset; they are the cases where the fever is not very high and the pain is severe but not intensely acute. We do not undertake to explain the action of Bryonia in such cases. It is certain that it has a very beneficial effect and generally accom- plishes a speedy cure. Whether it acts directly upon the exudation and hastens its absorption, may be questioned; it is pretty well established, however, that under its influence the exudation scarcely ever progresses, and that the pains rapidly subside. A slight non- febrile, although very painful pleuritis, is rapidly controlled by Bryonia. Bryonia is likewise appropriate in the severer forms of a purely plastic pleuritis; in the first stage of the sero-plastic form it is the main remedy. If the exudation becomes purulent, the use of Bryonia is more questionable. If pleuritis complicates tuber- culosis, the symptoms which very seldom point to Aconite, com- monly indicate Bryonia. On the contrary we deem Bryonia indi- cated so much less, the more copious is the exudation; its sphere of action ceases if the inflammatory process is arrested and the effusion neither increases nor is reabsorbed. In pleuro-pneumonia Bryonia, after Aconite has been permitted to act for a short period, is almost an absolute specific. It is scarcely less specifically indi- cated in cases where bronchitis and pleuritis coexist. Arnica. Hartmann's indications either occur very rarely in pleu- ritis, or else they are so little characteristic of pleuritis that they may be said to point to any form of this disease. Nevertheless, our Materia Medica Pura contains a sufficient number of symptomatic indications upon which the choice of Arnica can be predicated with great precision. Among these indications we range the stitching pain in the lower part of the chest, which is aggravated by press- ure, motion and cough, shortness of breath, a continual day, hack- ing cough, or else a painful cough with expectoration of a frothy and bloody mucus. This last-mentioned symptom is particularly valuable, for it indicates Arnica in cases of pleuritis accompanied by hypersemia of the non-affected side. We do not limit this rem- edy to the few cases of pleuritis occasioned by mechanical injuries. The excellent effect of Arnica in certain kinds of exudation is like- wise verified in pleuritis, if the exudation is rather serous than plastic, or is copiously mixed with blood. In purulent pleuritis we should scarcely ever think of resorting to Arnica. An existing Pleuritis, Pleurisy. 337 hypersemia of the brain comes within the curative range of this drug as much as pneumonia within that of Belladonna. Old exu- dations are not acted upon by Arnica as positively as exudations of recent origin. Digitalis purpurea. Wurmb writes concerning this drug: "There is a great difference between pleuritis serosa occasioned by an increased activity of the secretory functions, and hydrothorax occasioned by mechanical obstacles. This difference remained un- known to physicians who had been in the habit of confounding these two diseases, until more recently pathological anatomy directed our attention to the differences in the pathological appear- ances and a stethoscopic examination corresponding with these pathological appearances succeeded in clearing up the diagnosis. It is because these two different diseases have been confounded by physicians, that some of them report such favorable results from the use of Digitalis in watery accumulations in the pleural cavity, whereas others, on the contrary, report nothing but utter failures. An enlightened physician will certainly not expect any thing from Digitalis in hydrothorax occasioned by mechanical obstacles, such as an insufficiency of the valves of the heart; nor will he, on this account, entertain a less favorable opinion of the curative virtues of Digitalis, which renders such excellent service in pleuritis serosa where this remedy is really in its place. Dr. Fleischmann has no- ticed the best effects from Digitalis in pleuritis serosa, and I believe I may very properly recommend this remedy so much more urg- ently as I attach the highest value to the experience of this able practitioner. I prescribe this medicine in the first attenuation; higher attenuations have never shown any curative powers in this affection." If Wurmb recommends Digitalis only for chronic pleu- ritis serosa, we do not think he has done this remedy full justice. Its frequent employment by Old School practitioners, of course, in large doses, although only intended to depress the fever, is said to be crowned with good results in so many cases that it might like- wise seem proper for us to experiment in the same direction Most physicians are as yet deterred from pursuing this course by the idea that this remedy is not adapted to acute affections. This opin- ion is certainly erroneous and unfounded. It is particularly in pleuritis, for which we certainly do not possess too many remedies, that Digitalis deserves special attention on account of its specific relation to the rheumatic process. If this process spreads to the pleura, or if pleuritis is from the start a rheumatic disease, no rem- 338 Diseases of the Pleura. edy is next to Bryonia better adapted to this form of pleuritis than Digitalis. Hepar sulphuris calcareum. No more than we were guided in our first trials with Hepar in pneumonia by the few corresponding symptoms of this drug, has Wurmb been guided by the symptoms alone when he says of Hepar: "To my knowledge, Hepar has never been employed in pleuritis, yet few remedies render such eminent service in this disease as Hepar. If the effusion is rather of a plastic nature, and if the disease has lasted for some time, or if a slow, lentescent course is to be apprehended from the commence- ment of the attack, I know of no better remedy than Hepar. Under its use I have seen copious exudations, which had already ex- isted for a long time, disappear in a comparatively and incredibly short period of time, nor have I ever observed a case where, under such circumstances, it did not exert some influence upon the exu- dation. A complication with pericarditis or bronchitis demands its exhibition so much more urgently; if the effusion is rather more serous, Hepar is of little use." We share this opinion, adding at the same time that empyema, provided it is not too old, is above all calculated to substantiate the favorable action of this drug, and that the evident passage from the sero-plastic to the purulent form of pleuritis points more especially to Hepar. Squilla maritima is much more talked about than actually used in pleuritis. We believe, however, unjustly, for the physiological effects of this drug show that it is in special rapport with the pleura and likewise with the lungs.. Squilla is decidedly one of the medicines that it is proper to try in the treatment of pleuritis. It is more particularly adapted to pleuro-pneumonia, and is more especially indicated by a copious exudation of serum and even in serous pleuritis where the curative action of this drug manifests itself by a profuse diuresis. In former times Squills enjoyed a great reputation in this disease, and have fallen into disuse in the old system of medicine probably for no other reason than because the medicine did not help in every case, because its more special indications were either not sought or physicians did not know how to seek them. We do not regard Phosphorus as a direct remedy for pleuritis although, having been mentioned as a remedy for pneumonia, it is very likely that it may be of some use in peripneumonia, in which case, however, the pleuritic exudation will be very scanty. On the other hand we deem it proper, from more general reasons, to direct Pleuritis, Pleurisy. 339 attention to this drug.in cases of pleuritis caused by or complicated with, pyaemia or septicaemia, and constituting from the start a state of purulent infiltration. Mercurous is recommended by few physicians for pleuritis, and yet it is perhaps more appropriate in this disease than in pneumo- nia. We know from our Materia Medica Pura that quicksilver causes a number of symptoms pointing to pleuritis; hence its homceopathicity to this disease cannot be gainsayed. Moreover analogy justifies the conclusion that Mereurius has just as good an effect in pleuritis as in peritonitis, because we know that Mereurius acts upon definite systems rather than upon single organs. As in pneumonia so in pleuritis, Mereurius is indicated, if the exudation inclines from the start to change to pus, or if this tendency is imparted to it at a later period without, however, a special tendency to decomposition manifesting itself along with it. The following symptoms constitute essential indications: violent fever with fre- quent chills followed by a burning heat and exhausting, foul-smel- ling perspiration; considerable thirst; marked gastric catarrh with slight icteric symptoms; intestinal catarrh. In pleuro-pneumonia likewise, if the exudation is somewhat copious, Mereurius is one of the best remedies. In subacute empyema we do not consider Mereurius an appropriate remedy. Several reports in our literature show that Mereurius has often rendered distinguished services in epidemic pleurisy, both if the character of the disease was intensely rheumatic, or when the disease was complicated with bronchitis. Old School experience, according to which mercurial ointment is employed in exudative pleuritis with an advantage that cannot even be denied by the dogmatic adherents of the expectant method, can likewise be appealed to as an additional recommendation for the use of Mereurius. Helleborus niger has not as yet been exhaustively proved; its local symptoms point, however, unmistakably to a pleuritic affection. Practical trials have led several physicians to recommend this remedy for the serous exudation in pleuritis, to which it is un- doubtedly more adapted than to hydrothorax. Arsenicum album is not, in our opinion, a remedy belonging in the category of anti-pleuritic medicines. Its exhibition in pleuritis as well as in pneumonia is determined by the general rather than the local symptoms. Wurmb expresses himself much more favorably concerning this drug in the following words: "In serous effusions Arsenic is probably the most important remedy; my confidence in 340 Diseases of the Pleura. this agent is so great that I doubt the possibility of curing a case where Arsenic does not effect the least improvement, as may pos- sibly be the case with hemorrhagic effusions which defy all inter- ference of art. The cases where Arsenic does not afford any relief, are not very frequent, whereas this medicine alone effects a number of cures or changes the form of the disease so that the cure can easily be completed by other remedies. The beneficent effect of Arsenic generally first shows itself by a change in the distressing asthmatic symptoms; afterwards dropsical swellings that may already have set in, together with the febrile motions, disappear, and lastly the absorption of the effusion itself is effected." We dare not decide whether Wurmb still adheres to these statements that were written down a good many years ago. Sulphur holds the same relation to pleuritis as to pneumonia. Its employment depends more upon inferences drawn from its general effects than upon a rigid application of the law of similarity; its use is moreover substantiated by a vast number of practical suc- cesses. Here, too, we first transcribe Wurmb's views which seem to us strikingly correct in the main points: "In a case of sero- plastic effusion Sulphur is powerless; if a plastic effusion has existed for sometime, Sulphur is less efficacious than Hepar; on the other hand, in pleuritis plastica, after first giving Aconite, or even without Aconite at the very outset of the attack, Sulphur is a truly specific remedy. If the fever is not sufficiently violent to require the use of Aconite, I commence the treatment at once with fre- quently repeated drop-doses of the tincture of Sulphur which is generally sufficient to remove the disease in a short time. If the fever runs high, and Aconite which seems indicated, does not very soon effect an abatement of the febrile symptoms, I at once resort to the administration of Sulphur and so far I have not yet had the least cause to regret this course of proceeding. If pleuritis is complicated with pneumonia, if the disease has already lasted a few days and the stage of hepatization has already set in, Aco- nite cannot do the least good although tl.e fever may seem to indicate it; everything, on the contrary, may be expected from SulphurThis very warm recommendation which is indeed sub- stantiated by practical results, seems to be liable to several objec- tions. In the first place it is evidently too general. Taking the physiological effects of drugs and their applications in practice as our guide we are indeed authorized to draw conclusions far beyond the rigid boundaries of similarity; but Wurmb's mode of reason- Pleuritis, Pleurisy. 341 ing would lead us to general, not individual specifies, and our therapeutic opponents show us every day where the former would lead us. In the next place we are of opinion that all more violent febrile symptoms preclude the use of Sulphur, no matter whether the febrile phenomena arise from reactive endeavors of a more intense but normal character, or from reactive efforts that are exces- sive and incline to adynamia. Again, the symptoms of an incipient purulent metamorphosis are decidedly antagonistic to Sulphur. Finally, we think that Sulphur is adapted to every form of pleuritic exudation except perhaps an exudation depending upon septicemia, because this agent is more than any other capable of stimulating the absorption of the plastic exudation. We know that in all more copious, even serous exudations, a thick plastic deposit very often lines the surface of the pleura, causing almost without an excep- tion adhesions at the boundary-lines of the inflammation and enclos- ing the fluid as it were within a capsule. This newly-formed cap- sule is undoubtedly the cause why the fluid is not reabsorbed. Hence we see an exudation continue for weeks without change, after which it disappears very rapidly for the reason that the plas- tic fluid has disappeared and the pleuritic effusion is again under- going a normal process of absorption. In such cases we have a right to expect a great deal from Sulphur because it materially hastens the disappearance of the plastic exudation. lodium deserves to be mentioned, because Old School practitioners have employed it in so many cases externally for the purpose of bringing about the absorption of the pleuritic effusion, which has often been accomplished with undeniable success. From its general effect as well as from its influence upon single organs we are justi- fied in concluding that lodium can be used for the absorption of a plastic pleuritic exudation, and that, indirectly, it may likewise, like Sulphur, aid in the removal of a serous effusion. Beside the remedies we have named, many more have been re- commended for pleuritis. But these recommendations are either based upon indications that we cannot accept as valid, or upon practical results where the diagnosis appears more than doubtful, or finally the remedies are recommended upon purely speculative grounds, and we, therefore, content ourselves with simply mention- ing their names; they are: Rhus toxicodendron, Nux vomica, Tar- tarus stibiatus, Carbo vegetabilis, Sabadilla, Spigelia, Acidum nitricum. For reasons mentioned at the beginning of this article, we do not deem it expedient to give a cursory view of the various remedies 342 Diseases of the Pleura. in apposition with the various forms and stages of pleuritis. The general management of an acute case of pleuritis is the same as in pneumonia. Here, too, the fear of relapses, the frequency of suc- cessive returns of the effusion, and our anxiety for a complete ab- sorption of the exudation, should admonish us that suitable pre- cautionary measures must not be abandoned too soon. The consequences of pleuritis are of importance in two respects. In the first place, remaining adhesions of the two pleuras may cause great anxiety on account of the violent pain which such adhesions may occasion in subsequent diseases of the respiratory organs, and may likewise lead to the use of incorrect remedies. Another consequence emanating from the suppurative process, is much more important, and requires the application of direct thera- peutic measures. In a case of thoracic fistula, the above-mentioned remedies have to be applied to in the first place; beside these we have moreover Silicea, Lycopodium, Ferrum, China, and more par- ticularly Calcarea carbonica and phosphorica. Under the use of these drugs, each in accordance with the corresponding patho- logical indications, we need not all at once despair of a cure, as Old School practitioners indeed have to do with their means of treatment. 2. II y <1 r o t li o r a x. Dropsy of the Chest. Hydrothorax in the pleural cavity represents the same process as ascites in the cavity of the peritoneum. On this account we would pass this process over in silence if a few points did not make a more special allusion to it desirable. Hydrothorax is either originated by all the various circumstances that cause an engorgement of the veins in the lungs, or else it is a symptom of general dropsy and depends upon an altered composi- tion of the blood. In no case is hydrothorax a primary affection, but is occasioned by heart-disease, defects of the lungs, more par- ticularly a high degree of emphysema, in which case the dropsical effusion is sometimes an isolated condition without any co-existing cedema in other parts; or hydrothorax is caused by affections of the spleen, kidneys, liver, etc., in which case it most generally con- stitutes the final development of general dropsy. If hydrothorax arises from a sanguineous stasis in the lungs, its symptoms, independently of the results of a physical exploration, are scarcely ever of a nature that will enable the physician to infer Pneumothorax. 343 the presence of this process with reliable certainty; for this san- guineous stasis is of itself accompanied by great oppression of breathing which is only more or less increased by the dropsical effusion. In a case of general dropsy, a gradually occurring dys- pnoea indeed justifies the conclusion that water has accumulated in the pleural cavities. The following objective phenomena render the diagnosis perfectly certain: Complete dulness of the percussion- sound, from below upwards, as far as a line which, when the patient is in an erect posture, is exactly horizontal; when in a recumbent posture, is only felt posteriorly, or much lower down anteriorly; corresponding with this dulness the respiratory murmur is either entirely absent or very feeble; if the lungs are very much com- pressed, there is bronchial respiration posteriorly ; the vibrations from the voice are missing; the thorax is expanded, but the inter- costal spaces are not effaced. If hydrothorax is a symptom of general dropsy, the treatment is the same as that of the latter disease; if it occurs as a more idio- pathic disease, the treatment is chiefly determined by the nature of the existing cause. As a rule, it is beyond our power to effect a. cure or even an improvement, although we succeed in a few cases to arrest, and even to diminish, the extent of the disorder. We may. try to accomplish this result by means of Arsenicum, Lycopodium, Aurum, Carbo vegetabilis [also by Digitalis and Apocynum canna- binum. II.] For a description of the operation of Paracentesis thor- acis for the removal of pus or water from the cavity of the pleura, the reader is referred to Surgical Works or to special treatises on diseases of the Thoracic Organs. This disorder is likewise in all cases a consequence of other pathological conditions. The entrance of air into the pleural cavity is most commonly the result of a perforation of the pulmonary pleura occasioned by ulcerous or other destructive processes in the lungs, or by the escape of pus from the pleural cavity into the lungs; much less frequently by a separation of the external walls of the pleural cavity. Tuberculosis is the most common cause of this accident; the next most common cause is purulent pleuritis, and the least common is gangrene of the pulmonary tissue. Pneumothorax is always a terminal disease which very speedily ends in death unless the opening through which air penetrates into the thorax, closes in good season. This, however, is very seldom 3. Pneumothorax 344 Diseases of the Pleura. the case. The excessive apnoea which generally sets in all at once, and is attended with symptoms of the most marked interference of the circulation; the great expansion of the intercostal spaces of the affected side; the very full percussion-sound which changes its location with the posture of the patient and is generally associated with the metallic tinkling, without any respiratory murmur being audible; the amphoric resonnance and the metallic tinkling during auscultation render the diagnosis certain beyond all reasonable doubt. That a cure of this dangerous condition is possible, is undoubtedly an established fact; but such cures are extremely rare. But it is likewise certain that medicinal treatment is utterly powerless in such cases. [This statement is too sweeping. It maybe necessary to puncture the chest-walls for the purpose of relieving the patient from the excessive dyspnoea and the displacement of the viscera. Otherwise palliative treatment by means of stimulants for the pur- pose of overcoming collapse, diminishing the dyspnoea and relieving the pain, is not only proper, but indispensable. Small doses of Morphia and alcoholic stimulants, even pure alcohol, may be of great use. If the subsequent reaction is of an inflammatory character, with heat of the skin, a hard and strong pulse, soreness and pain of the affected side, the same treatment is to be pursued that has been indicated for pleurisy. H.] NINTH SECTION. Diseases of the Organs of Circulation. A. DISEASES OF THE HEART. The diagnosis of diseases of the heart as well as an intelligent appreciation of the phenomena characterizing and occasioned by these diseases, presupposes a correct knowledge of the physical properties as well as the physiological functions of the heart. No- body will expect us to dispatch such a vast subject in a few brief paragraphs; on the contrary, we shall take it for granted that a physician is possessed of this knowledge, and confine ourselves, by way of introduction, to a few practical statements of particular importance. Starting exactly from the mesian line of the thorax, the heart is situated about one-third to the right and two-thirds to the left of this line, behind the sternum and the cartilages of the riedit and left ribs, namely between the third and fifth on the right, and the third and sixth on the left side. The upper border of the heart is situated between the sternal margin of the right and left second intercostal space; the apex of the heart in the fifth left intercostal space close to the inner side of the nipple, or behind the cartilage of the left sixth rib close below the nipple. The anterior surface of the heart is mostly covered by the right and left lung, so that only a portion of the anterior surface of the right ventricle is in contact with the thoracic wall, within a space which is bounded on the right by a line from the sternal extremity of the sixth right rib to the sternal extremity of the left fourth rib; superiorly and on the left by a line curving in an upward direction and drawn from the sternal extremity of the left fourth rib to the left nipple; inferiorly by a line from the nipple to the insertion of the right sixth rib. It is only within this space that percussion returns complete dullness. 345 346 Diseases of the Heart. The various sections of the heart which it is important to know when exploring this organ, are situated as follows: The right auricle is situated farthest to the right, almost entirely to the right from the mesian line, from the sternal margin of the second right inter- costal space to the insertion of the fifth right rib. The right ventricle, from the right auricle towards the left, occupies almost the whole of the anteriorly visible side of the heart. The left auricle is situated to the left of the mesian line behind the origin of the large vessels, so that it is almost entirely covered by the latter. The left ventricle is situated posteriorly behind the right; only a narrow portion of its wall, when seen in front, constitutes the left boundary of the space occupied by the heart. The orifices and valves of the heart are situated as follows: the left auriculo-ventricular opening with the mitral valve close to the sternal margin of the second left intercostal space, and partially close above, partially below the cartilage of third left rib. The left arterial orifice with the semilunar valves of the aorta immediately next to and to the right of the left auriculo-ventricular opening, below the sternal articulation of the third rib on the left side and the sternum. The right auriculo-ventricular opening with the tricuspid valve on a line drawn from the sternal margin of the third intercostal space of the left side to the sternal articulation of the fifth costal cartilage on the right side. The right arterial orifice with the semilunar valves of the pulmonary artery close to the sternal margin of the second intercostal space on the left side. From its origin the aorta courses to the right and from before backwards, and the pulmonary artery to the left and from before backwards. The impulse of the heart is felt within a space not altogether an inch wide, close below and to the side of the left nipple in the fifth intercostal space. Of particular importance to an exploration of the chest are the following points: Never percuss with the plessimeter, always with the finger; if exact results are to be obtained, the chest should be percussed with firm as well as light taps. Auscultation should be instituted with the stethoscope for the reason that it can be more exactly applied to a smaller portion of the chest-wall. If the results of two different explorations are to be compared, the explorations have to be instituted in the same position of the individual. When percussing the chest, it should not be struck at one time during an inspiration, and at another time during an expiration, but uniformly Carditis. 347 during one or the other. If murmurs exist in the lungs which o o make it difficult or impossible to hear the cardiac murmurs, or make them appear less distinct, we sometimes succeed in hearing these murmurs by requesting the patient to stop his breath. The heart should never be explored immediately after bodily or mental exertions or excitements, but, if possible, while the patient is in as quiet a state as possible; it is even well not to examine the patient until some time after a quiet conversation has been had with him; many become considerably excited by the act of exploration. Re- garding the number of heart-beats, it is to be observed that it is smallest while the patient is in a recumbent posture, and highest while he is standing up, and that the difference between these two numbers increases correspondingly with the patient's loss of strength. A single exploration of the heart is not sufficient to base our diagnosis upon. This precaution is too often overlooked in practice. Pericarditis, Endocarditis, Myocarditis. 1. Carditis. Inflammation of the Heart, Pericardium, Endocardium,, Substance of the Heart. We include the three above-mentioned anatomical ly-distinct forms of an inflammatory process in the heart in one chapter, be- cause they generally not only occur associated together, but like- wise because their treatment is the same in all essential particulars. Inflammations of the heart occur more particularly between the age of pubescence and that of full manhood, or between the ages of fifteen and forty years. Men are more frequently attacked than women. Although it may be sufficient to say that this somewhat unaccountable fact is undeniably substantiated by statistical data, yet some light may perhaps be shed upon it by the circumstance that most cases of this disease originate in acute rheumatic attacks, and that the peculiar occupations of the male sex expose its mem- bers more severely to acute rheumatic diseases. Primary inflamma- tions of the heart constitute some of the least frequent affections, and where they do occur, their causes are generally wrapt in obscurity. They are said to be occasioned by colds, excessive mus- cular exertions, abuse of alcoholic stimulants, mechanical injuries of the heart, etc. We likewise know that carditis may be occa- sioned by various poisons which will be mentioned hereafter. Gen- erally inflammations of the heart are consecutive or secondary 348 Diseases of the Heart. affections arising either by a continuation of the inflammatory process from the lungs and pleura to the heart; or in consequence of the heart becoming involved in affections of more remote parts, especially of the kidneys, and likewise of the stomach and spleen; or else, they may result from the operation of constitutional dis- eases. Among the latter acute rheumatism occupies the first rank, for there is not a case of intensely-acute articular rheumatism that is not, at the same time, accompanied by an inflammatory affection of the heart. We mention, moreover, scarlatina, variola, measles, typhus, and two other affections which are so apt to occasion an inflammation in every serous membrane, we mean pyaemia and puerperal fever. As regards chronic constitutional affections, it cannot be shown that they act as exciting causes in inflammations of the heart. Like all other inflammatory affections, inflamma- tions of the heart sometimes occur in such numbers that we feel disposed to trace their origin to telluric or atmospheric influences. Etiologically the various forms of cardiac inflammation are dis- tinguished so far as this, that myocarditis occurs least frequently as a primary disease, but generally develops itself out of one of the other forms, both of which occupy the same rank in all other respects. An exact knowledge of the anatomical changes occasioned by cardiac inflammation is not only essential to an intelligent appre- ciation of the single symptoms, but likewise to a knowledge of the possible consequences of such inflammations. We can here only indicate the main points. Pericarditis has all the characteristics of an inflammation of other serous membranes. It is very seldom diffuse and is most commonly limited to single spots. The pericardium at first looks injected, opaque, sometimes spotted in consequence of slight extra- vasations, it is loosely-adherent and easily torn ; at a later period the pericardium appears covered with coagulable lymph, which may be disposed as a delicately-organized membrane, or may have the appearance of granulated fragments of exudation. An effusion into the cavity of the pericardium is scarcely ever entirely absent, but may vary considerably both in quantity and quality. It may be from a few ounces to several pints. The exudation either consists of plastic lymph, or of plastic lymph and serum, and is not unfre- quently mixed with blood, or hemorrhagic; it very seldom consists of nothing but serum. The exuded fluid may undergo the follow- ing essential changes: A complete absorption may take place and Carditis. 349 the patient may recover entirely. Or else, the fluid portion may be absorbed, and the plastic portion may be transformed into connec- tive tissue giving rise to a membrane of more or less thickness. Or else, the effused fluid may be transformed into pus, which is either absorbed or may assume an organized consistence. The more plastic the exudation, the sooner adhesions of both surfaces of the peri- cardium take place; they generally show the most firmness at the base of the heart, but frequently consist only in threadlike attach- ments and again cause large portions of the pericardium firmly to adhere to the heart. The exudation is the more copious, the less fibrin it contains; the hemorrhagic exudation occurs more espe- cially in great abundance. Endocarditis is almost without an exception met with in the left ventricle. It attacks less frequently than pericarditis large portions of the endocardium ; most commonly it is limited to single spots and has its chief locality near the valvular apparatus of the left heart. The inflamed portions of the endocardium lose their bril- liancy, have a dim-white, grayish or reddish-gray appearance; it is puffed up and easily torn and detached. This exudation into the tissue of the endocardium may be associated with exudation upon its free surface in the shape of fine fringes upon which fibrinous deposits are apt to form. Further changes are: Either a complete cure by absorption, which is a rare occurrence, or else inconsider- able thickening of the exudation not materially interfering with the functions of the heart. Or else, indurated deposits may occur on the valves, containing calcareous matter. The most important con- sequences are those resulting from the breaking down of the exu- dation. The softened endocardium tears, thus giving rise to lacer- ation of the chordae tendinese or of the valves themselves, and be- coming chiefly instrumental in originating numerous defects of the valves; or the tearing of the endocardium on the sides of the ven- tricle may give rise to acute aneurysm of the heart, in consequence of the muscular substance not being able to resist the constant pressure of the blood. The purulent decomposition on the free sur- face, during which the broken-down exudation is continually car- ried along by the current of the circulation, easily results in the plugging up of single arteries or in the formation of metastatic abscesses, especially in the spleen and kidneys. The purulent infil- tration of the muscular tissue of the heart occasions the same changes as the next form, myocarditis. Myocarditis generally occurs in conjunction with one of the 350 Diseases of the Heart. other two forms. It is never diffuse, but always limited to isolated regions, sometimes in the interior of the muscular tissue, at other times more on the internal and external surface of the heart. It is most commonly located in the wall of the left ventricle and in the ventricular septum. The inflamed parts first show a dark redness, even ecchymoses, afterwards the affected fibres decay, being trans- formed into a reddish-gray detritus; or suppuration sets in leading to the formation of abscesses in the heart. This inflammation admits of a perfect cure, which is not very uncommon, if the in- flammation is not too extensive. In the other case a partial cure may take place by the insulation and inspissation of the pus, in consequence of which callous indurations and calcareous concre- tions may result. If the pus escapes into the cavity of the ven- tricle, an acute aneurysm of the heart, or, according as the pus escapes in certain localities, valvular defects may arise, or, as in purulent endocarditis, metastatic abscesses and plugging of the blood-vessels may take place. If the abscess is located in the inter- ventricular partition, it may lead to a communication between both ventricles. Perforation outwardly results in pericarditis. Symptoms, The fact that inflammations of the heart occur almost only as complicating and consecutive affections, and the characteristic peculiarity of the symptoms occasioned by these in- flammations, render it not only difficult but almost impossible to draw even a moderately-correct and striking picture of the disease. In the following paragraphs we shall, therefore, confine ourselves to furnishing detached details, first, the symptoms that can be ob- served without any physical exploration, and afterwards the phy- sical signs. If, by pursuing this course, we are not afforded an opportunity of furnishing a perfectly coherent description of in- flammations of the heart, on the other hand, we avoid the much more serious mistake of either describing these pathological condi- tions incorrectly or delineating fanciful pictures of disease. All these forms of cardiac inflammation not unfrequently run their course with such inconsiderable signs of disease, or even so entirely without any symptoms, that the patients either do not con- sult a physician at all or that, in case carditis supervenes during the existence of other affections, the physician does not suspect the heart-disease unless he institutes a very rigorous examination. We ought even to take it for granted that many cases of carditis escape the most minute physical exploration, since we so frequently meet Carditis. 351 with remains of which not a trace had been discovered during the life-time of the patient. Carditis setting in most commonly during the course of some other disease, its commencement is very seldom marked by a chill, generally it is even impossible to determine from the patient's own statements where the disease has precisely begun. Only pericarditis commences very commonly with shooting, more or less violent pains in the region of the heart. Most generally the patients complain of an intense feeling of illness and great anxiety, which they describe as proceeding from the pit of the stomach. If the inflammation has fully set in, the following symptoms are perceived in different com- binations and degrees of intensity: Extreme feeling of illness not corresponding with the affection that the patient was already suf- fering with, and not suspending muscular power. Lassitude with constant restlessness, weariness, yet the patient is unable to sleep. Alteration of the expression of the countenance; this symptom is often sufficient for the attentive observer to suspect the presence of carditis: the face generally becomes more pallid, seldom turges- cent, the features assume an appearance of tension, the eye has a shy, wandering expression, and, what is characteristic of this dis- ease, the lips tremble a little while the patient is talking, at the same time the speech is somewhat hurried and jerked out as it ■were, which is not owing to the dyspnoea. The posture of the patients has no particular significance; they do not by any means lie steadily on the left side. Headache, which is sometimes of a violent kind, is a usual companion of carditis, whereas severe cere- bral symptoms, such as delirium, sopor, coma, are rare occurrences, except in very bad cases which bear great resemblance to the typhoid process. The patients are restless, appear anxious without being conscious of it themselves; in severe cases the anxiety and restlessness become extreme, the patients manifesting an extreme sensitiveness to all psychical impressions. If fever was present, it is very seldom increased by the supervention of carditis, the tem- perature is less than when most other vital organs are inflamed. Chills occur very frequently, but they do not last long and are not succeeded by a burning heat. There is very commonly an excessive disposition to profuse perspiration which has generally a peculiarly musty odor. At the beginning of the attack the pulse generally becomes more rapid, fuller, harder, and has a peculiar tension; afterwards it remains more rapid, but becomes small, feeble, and inclines to be irregular. In some cases, on the contrary, the pulse 352 Diseases of the Heart. is remarkably slow; in a case of pneumonia with pericarditis and endocarditis, that came under our observation, the pulse had sunk to forty-two beats in the minute. We likewise notice that in the same case the pulse is sometimes very rapid and at other times slow. Upon the whole, the character of the pulse is of no special value as a diagnostic sign. Sometimes the patients complain of severe tearing pains in the left shoulder-joint, or in the whole of the left arm; rheumatic pains may even be experienced in other parts of the body. The digestive organs are not influenced by carditis in anything like a constant manner. The respiration is very usually disturbed, dyspnoea of the most varied degrees setting in. At the outset of the attack the respiration is quick and short, but, when requested to do so, the patients are able to draw a long breath. Cough is not a usual symptom; at times it is dry and tearing, at others attended with expectoration of mucus and blood. The secre- tion of urine is almost always considerably less, the urine is satu- rated, depositing urates; sometimes albuminuria is present. It is further to be observed that, if carditis supervenes during a pre- existing disease, recovery from the latter is much more tardy. Other characteristic symptoms are: Marked interference with the circulation; oedema of the face, ankles; cyanotic phenomena in the face; passive hypersemia of the brain. Increased dyspnoea. Accom- panying disturbances of the spleen and kidneys. The profuse secre- tion of mucus is apt to result in the development of miliaria, which has given rise to the most erroneous views concerning metastases. If miliaria breaks out about the time when cardiac inflammation is about to terminate fatally, and the miliaria disappears again with the fatal termination, death has been laid to the retrocession of the exanthem which thus became invested with a peculiar significance. The truth, however, is that what takes place with other exanthems, likewise takes place in the case of miliaria: all these eruptions dis- appear at death in consequence of the sudden decrease of the vital turgescence. All the above-mentioned phenomena may be present during every form of cardiac inflammation. We will now proceed to designate the most common symptoms characterizing each form of the dis- ease. Pericarditis: The disease sets in with a chill; rapid increase of the frequency of the pulse; pains in the region of the heart, which may likewise spread towards the back and shoulder, and are in- creased by a change of position, a deep inspiration and pressure on Carditis. 353 the pit of the stomach; palpitation of the heart which is exceed- ingly distressing to the patient. Dyspnoea sets in in a few days, after the exudation has become more profuse. Continued singultus is a not unfrequent symptom. The symptoms of endocarditis are much more vague. It always approaches in an insidious manner, without pain, or only with a disagreeable sensation of pressure and constriction in the region of the heart. On the contrary the action of the heart is almost always tumultuous, more rapid and generally irregular, assuming the form of palpitations. The pulse, however, does not diminish in fre- quency. The respiration is accelerated, but dyspnoea is scarcely ever complained of during the first days of the disease. A violent headache, delirium, typhoid phenomena, swelling of the spleen and nephritic pains only set in in the subsequent course of the disease. Myocarditis is1 not distinguished by regularly-occurring symp- toms. Its supervention during one of the other forms of the dis- ease may be suspected if the pulse becomes suddenly weaker and the action of the heart generally exhibits signs of excessive weak- ness. Even rupture of the myocarditic spaces does not furnish a clear picture of the pathological process. There is no pain, but very commonly an intense feeling of anxiety which may be accounted for by the rapidly diminishing power of the heart to propel the blood. In contrast with these changeable, exceedingly inconstant mor- bid phenomena, we have the physical signs which are so much more important since they are much less apt to deceive and are very commonly sufficient for the establishment of a correct diag- nosis. At the commencement of pericarditis, the shock of the heart is stronger and is felt over a somewhat larger surface. Friction-mur- murs are heard at an early period of the disease, very seldom not till a few days have passed. They vary a great deal in intensity, they are heard first and loudest at the base, do not follow the rhythm of the sounds of the heart, very often differ according to the position of the patient, and are heard more distinctly if the steth- oscope is pressed against the chest, but not too hard. If the exud- ation remains scanty and chiefly plastic, the friction-murmur like- wise continues to be heard, whereas, with the accumulation of larger quantities of serum or other fluid, the murmur grows feeble and finally, especially at the base, disappears altogether. The dis- tension of the pericardial sac by the exuded fluid occasions the fol- 354 Diseases of the Heart. lowing pnenomena: The intercostal spaces on the left side become effaced or even bulg'e, the shock of the heart cannot be felt, but in its stead we sometimes notice an undulating motion. Percussion returns a larger extent of dulness w.ithin a triangular space, with its base downwards. On auscultation, the sounds of the heart in a recumbent posture are only feebly audible, whereas if the patient stoops forward, they are frequently heard very distinctly, at any rate much more distinctly than in the former position. At the commencement of the disease, a feeble systolic blowing murmur is often noticed in the region of the mitral valve, likewise in the region of the aorta, or a double aortic murmur. Occasional throb- bing of the veins of the neck. If the left lung is compressed by profuse exudation, a tympanitic resonnance or even dulness results. The first consequence of a decrease of inflammation is that the dul- ness becomes less in extent; after wdiich the friction-murmurs again become audible, and may yet continue for some time. An impor- tant diagnostic sign of pericarditis is that while the area of cardiac dulness increases in size, the sounds of the heart become less audi- ble, and the impulse of the heart diminishes in force. The physical diagnosis of endocarditis is much more difficult than that of pericarditis. Since the sounds of the heart constitute the most important criterium by which the presence of endocarditis can be determined, it is of the utmost importance that the anatomy and functions of the normal heart should be correctly known, otherwise valvular defects that had already been existing for a long time, might be mistaken for consequences of the recent endocarditis. On this account we should guard against a hasty diagnosis, and explore the chest once a day or at least as often as may be con- venient. As long as the valvular apparatus has not been invaded by the endoeardiac inflammation, the disease may remain completely ob- scured. Although a bad case of endocarditis, with formation of abscess, metastatic phenomena, etc., may exist without any valv- ular disease, yet a physical exploration does not reveal the existence of such inflammation by any positive sign. At the outset, the im- pulse of the heart is generally stronger and felt over a larger extent; it is likewise more tumultuous, yet the pulse is not unfrequently strikingly small. Endocarditis attacking almost exclusively the left ventricle, the first changes are noticed in the region of the ori- fices, one of the first changes being an increased ringing or tinkling of the first sound. With the increase of the pathological process, Carditis. 355 with the softening or partial disorganization of the valves, or in consequence of their incapacity from any other cause to close the orifices, a murmur is heard, most distinctly at the apex of the heart, side by side with, or in the place of, the systolic murmur. Friedreich calls attention to the fact that the diagnosis can often be more securely established by the circumstance that this murmur changes its intensity, duration, etc., more or less rapidly or slowly. Diastolic murmurs from disease of the aortic valves, or from ex- crescences upon the auricular surface of the mitral valve, are, upon the whole, rare occurences. Of essential significance is the increased intensity of the second sound of the pulmonary artery, which is heard soon after the murmurs, and the increased extent of the car- diac dulness which almost sets in simultaneously. It is hardly pos- sible to indicate the variations in the cardiac murmurs with any- thing like absolute correctness, since they must necessarily differ correspondingly with the various changes resulting from the disease. Myocarditis is not recognized by any fixed physical signs; if such are present they belong to the accompanying endocarditis and pericarditis. The participation of the muscular structure of the heart in the inflammation is more particularly inferred from the great weakness of the pulse co-existing with a tumultuous action of the heart. This pathological change can only be conjectured; it can never be verified with positive certainty. The course and terminations of cardiac inflammations show the greatest differences in degrees of intensity as well as in other respects. In describing these particulars we shall follow a very summary course, since particular terminations will have to be dwelt upon afterwards. Our object will be best accomplished by consider- ing the three forms of cardiac inflammation each by itself. Pericarditis of a middle degree, if attacking individuals of an otherwise sound constitution, is not a very dangerous disease, but generally terminates in complete or almost complete recovery. After exudation is completed, the patients are confined for a few days or w'eeks -without being very sick, unless they are prostrated by some previously-existing disease, strength gradually returns to them, the friction-murmurs that had disappeared, again become audible, or the existing murmurs become less distinct. Termination in recovery never takes place rapidly or suddenly, and the friction-murmurs sometimes remain distinctly audible for months, during which period the patients continue to retain their suffering and feeble appearance. In acute affections where rapid changes take place, peri- 356 Diseases of the Heart. carditis sometimes disappears very rapidly. Most commonly, how- ever, we shall find that the supervention of cardiac inflammation during a primary affection imparts a lentescent character to the latter. If the exudation is very copious, it may only be partially absorbed, the patients incline to shortness of breath, palpitation of the heart, and relapses easily take place, chiefly for the reason that the patients do not take proper care of themselves. These relapses either have an acute or chronic character, in which latter case they give rise to a condition which is described as chronic pericarditis. It is very seldom that fibrinous pericarditis suddenly terminates fatally. On the contrary, if the exudation is purulent or hemor- rhagic, a fatal result may take place very suddenly, and is gener- ally determined by paralysis of the cardiac functions which leads to acute oedema of the lungs. An excess of serous exudation most generally results very speedily in softening of the muscular tissue of the heart, consequently in oedema of the lungs and general dropsy, this end is to be apprehended if the cardiac dullness, which persistently remains the same, extends over a large area and the pulse becomes very small and increases in frequency. A copious emission of urine only seldom occurs as a critical change. Adhe- sions of the pericardium are of subordinate importance, although of frequent occurrence. Very commonly pericarditis results in more or less considerable hypertrophy of the heart. The quality of the exudation cannot be determined with certainty from the course of the disease, although this very desirable knowledge would exert a great influence upon the prognosis. As a rule it is safe to take it for granted that a purulent or septic exudation only occurs as the result of a general dyscrasia or in consequence of pyaemia or puerperal conditions. Endocarditis always runs a tedious, sub-acute and even chronic course. Of itself the disease very seldom leads rapidly to a fatal termination, and, if it does, it is always in company with exquis- itely typhoid symptoms. The commencement of the disease is mostly uncertain; hence its duration cannot well be determined, so much less since the affection, in cases where it is diagnosed with positive certainty, had already developed valvular disease. A complete cure is possible, if the valves have not been invaded; but we likewise deem a cure possible provided the valvular alterations do not consist of loss of substance or solutions of continuity. A partial cure is still possible if the valvular changes do not materially interfere with the functions of the heart. The most common ter- Carditis. 357 mination of endocarditis is the development of valvular disease which gives rise to chronic ailments and a slow decay of the organism. If these valvular defects arise from such lesions as cicatrices in the substance of the valve, they may not manifest themselves until after the endocarditis has terminated without any apparent anomalies of the valvular apparatus. Purulent endo- carditis often results in speedy death in consequence of the diseases which it develops in other organs, more especially by plugging up important arteries. Myocarditis generally runs a latent course; but if it is extensive; if an abscess forms within the parietes of the heart, it may result very speedily in a fatal end; if it coexists with the other two forms of cardiac inflammation, the former becomes the chief cause of death. A combination of the three forms of cardiac inflammation im- presses a different character upon the course of the disease. A pericardial inflammation alone can be very rapidly reabsorbed, whereas, if it is associated with endocarditis, the course of the former is always retarded by such a combination and a complete cure is rarely ever effected. The hypertrophy which usually results even if no complicating disorders are present, is greatly increased by the valvular deficiencies; paralysis of the heart consequent upon serous infiltration of the muscular tissue of the heart, is likewise considerably facilitated by a complication of cardiac disorders, especially by valvular disease, and the reabsorption of effused fluid from the pericardial sac must necessarily be interfered with by the deficient action of the circulatory organs. Less prejudicial, although always sufficiently ominous, is the influence of pericarditis upon endocarditis. The more impeded the movements of the heart, and the greater the effort this organ is called upon to make, the more easily valvular lesions will occur. What we have said must show that the prognosis of cardiac inflammations must be exceedingly uncertain. In a case of conr- plicating pericarditis, the prognosis is most favorable, if the coexist- ing disease is not characterized by septic phenomena. In all other cases and forms the sequelae which are almost sure to occur, forbid the assurance of a favorable prognosis, and although Homoeopathy achieves much more satisfactory results than the Old School, yet it cannot boast of infallible success. Cardiac inflammation occur- ring in connection with chronic dyscrasias, more especially tuber- culosis, is almost certain to terminate fatally, yea, may be regarded 358 Diseases of the Heart. as the terminal and necessarily fatal result of a constitutional disease. Treatment, Although we can holdly assert that the homoeo- pathic treatment of cardiac inflammations has so far resulted much more favorably than the treatment of these diseases in accordance with the principles of the Old School, yet we do hot mean to affirm that we possess a large number of reliable indications for the use of our drugs, or even a number of such drug's as we might term cardiac remedies. We ought to accomplish a great deal more than we do; yea, in the treatment of heart-affections we are much less successful than in the treatment of diseases of the respiratory or digestive organs; nevertheless our successes are decidedly greater than those of the Old School, were it for no other reason than because we have abandoned so many therapeutic follies that even the modern physiological School is guilty of. We should be carried too far, if we would indulge in special statements bearing upon this point, subsequently we shall find opportunities for offering various remarks on this subject. We must, however, even here, protest most emphatically against heart-affections being treated by blood- letting either by physicians of the Old or New School. We would enter this protest even if we had no other reason than because every bleeding diminishes the functional power of the heart and the regularity of its action. Let us at the outset dwell a little more fully upon the reasons why the therapeutic chapter of heart-diseases in the domain of Homoeopathy is as yet so incomplete and so ill-conditioned. In the numerous homoeopathic publications bearing upon this subject, the reason is given that our provings are deficient in symptoms corre- sponding with the signs elicited by a physical exploration of the condition of the heart. This is undoubtedly a great defect which cannot be remedied by re-provings were they conducted with ever so much energy and devotion. Nobody will probably want to poison himself so thoroughly as to produce distinct cardiac mur- murs. The only light we can obtain in this direction is by a careful study of accidental cases of poisoning and by means of extensive experiments on animals. It is strange that in cases of poisoning a careful exploration of the heart before and after death has been omitted. If the possession of objective physiological symptoms of heart- disease is still the object of an unfulfilled desire, we must go to work and discover a method of arriving at a knowledge of the true Carditis. 359 remedy without such symptoms. It is our opinion that the only method is the practical experiment, by which we mean that our medicines ought to be applied in accordance with our existing, vague, unreliable and insufficient indications, and that the results should afterwards be registered in accordance with the most careful physical diagnosis. This has not yet been done, and this is the reason why the homoeopathic treatment of cardiac affections is so much more defective than that of any other class of diseases. A pneumonia and even a pleuritis can be recognized with tolerable certainty without percussion or auscultation, but the special form of an affection of the heart, and sometimes the existence itself of an affection of the heart cannot be determined without resorting to a physical exploration of the chest. Now we ask, in how many reports of heart-diseases contained in our literature have the requi- sites of a physical diagnosis been complied with? And how far, in the presence of such glaring defects, do these reports deserve to be credited? In passing these remarks we do not mean to cast a slur upon the labors of our homoeopathic veterans who could not possibly be acquainted with our present means of diagnosis; we deem it so much more necessary to point out these defects in order to stimulate the efforts of our rising physicians to acquire this indispensable and highly useful knowledge. It is from these points of view that we request the reader to con- sider the following statements, and to excuse the defects he may discover in them. One or the other remedy may perhaps have been omitted, but we have stated more than once that we consider an enumeration of too many remedies embarrassing rather than use- ful to the practitioner. The following are the main remedies in cardiac inflammations: Aconitum. We have already shown in several paragraphs of this work that great abuse is made of Aconite by being given contrary to the homoeopathic law in inflammations of various organs and other febrile affections. This admirable remedy deserves to be pointed out so much more emphatically in cases where it is truly homoeopathic, and where its curative virtues have been so often and so brilliantly verified. There is no doubt that the lungs and the heart are the main organs upon which Aconite exerts its chief influence; whatever objections may otherwise be raised against their method of proving, Schroff and Van Praag have earned our thanks for having shed more light on the relations which Aconite holds to both the lungs and the heart. We here only relate the 360 Diseases of the Heart. symptoms pointing to cardiac inflammation, as developed by a deeply-penetrating and protracted poisoning. At first the beats of the heart become more rapid and more violent, and this increase lasts so much longer the less excessive the quantity in which the experimental dose was taken. At the same time the respiration is extremely accelerated, the temperature is increased, a feeling of sickness is experienced, and all the symptoms of a more or less con- siderable cerebral hyperaemia set in. The pulse is hard and strong. The pain in the cardiac region is not a constant symptom, but was often felt. In the further course of the proving the beats of the heart become slower, sometimes to a great extent; or else they remain quick and grow feeble, irregular, they seldom remain vehe- ment. On the contrary, the pulse changes to a feeble and small pulse, not synchronous with the beats of the heart, intermitting or unequal; the temperature is lower while the number of respirations increases rather than decreases. This last circumstance alone would be sufficient to stamp Aconite as a cardiac remedy, for slowness of the pulse and a simultaneous and considerable decrease of the num- ber of respirations are phenomena that only occur in diseases of the heart. As to the symptoms developed in the organism generally, we do not mention them in this place; they embrace all those that always accompany cardiac inflammation. These physiological results have been confirmed by practice in a most striking manner. In every pericarditis and endocarditis, whether primary or secondary, Aconite is the first and most important remedy whenever the in- flammation sets in with febrile phenomena. We consider this remedy indicated even if the fever is moderate or is altogether wanting. Aconite is not only indicated at the commencement of the disease, but in many cases during its whole course, more espe- cially in rheumatic cardiac inflammations, as long as the organic alterations do not result in paralytic or cyanotic symptoms. We would rather treat a case of cardiac inflammation with nothing but Aconite, than a case of pneumonia. Of course, we must not, as is the custom with homoeopathic routine-practitioners, limit our- selves to synochal fever as a paramount indication, but keep the whole series elicited by a thoroughly-penetrating proving in view. It is in this manner only that the full therapeutic range of this great remedy can be determined. Digitalis purpurea has been and still is regarded by many as in- appropriate in acute diseases and more especially in acute cardiac inflammations. We cannot sufficiently protest against this view Carditis. 361 which has a tendency to restrict the usefulness of a drug that may exert such a beneficent influence over disease. If Digitalis were more frequently and more rationally used in acute heart-affections, we should be much less frequently called upon to employ it in chronic heart-disease. Since I have devoted, for years past, special attention to the use of this drug, I have found it much more fre- quently applicable in the treatment of disease than in former times, and I am now prepared to assert most positively what I was then only able to announce in rather dubious language, that Digitalis is an excellent remedy in acute affections of the heart, more particu- larly in pericarditis. Digitalis is not so much adapted to inflamma- tions setting in with very violent symptoms, but to inflammations approaching in an insidious and scarcely observable manner, more especially without any local pain, but with a rapidly increasing embarrassment of the respiration. We should take a very one-sided view of the action of this drug, if we were to regard the irregu- larity and slowness of the pulse as the chief criterium for its appli- cation, since a rapid and very weak pulse constitutes an equally reliable indication. Even a violent excitement of the functional activity of the heart, as generally occurs at the commencement of cardiac inflammation, is in characteristic accord with the first symptoms of poisoning by Digitalis. Among all the various forms of cardiac inflammation, we consider the rheumatic form best adapted to Digitalis, and likewise if it is associated with a copious effusion of serum ; less, however, to pericarditis if the friction-mur- murs continue unchanged from the beginning of the disease. The sooner these murmurs disappear, the better is Digitalis adapted to the case. In endocarditis it seems almost impossible to indicate special heart-symptoms requiring the use of Digitalis ; in such cases the constitutional symptoms will have to determine our choice. In myocarditis the doubtful character of the diagnosis will render it an especially difficult task to point out indications for the use of Digitalis that have been confirmed by experience; one circumstance speaks in favor of Digitalis which is, that in myocarditis the action of the heart is most suddenly weakened to an extraordinary degree. Among the general symptoms the following invite more particular attention to the use of Digitalis: Rapidly-increasing dyspnoea, with occasional symptoms of acute congestion of the chest; inflammation of the pleura or lungs; bronchitis; chronic catarrh of the bronchia ; expectoration mixed, not streaked with blood; spasmodic cough. Livid, turgescent face with blue lips; headache, vertigo, delirium, 362 Diseases of the Heart. sopor. Vomiting at the commencement or during the course of the disease; hypersemia of the liver, slight icterus, catarrh of the kid- neys. Excessive feeling of illness, not corresponding with the per- ceptible symptoms; great anxiety, but without any continual rest- lessness. Aggravation by the slightest motion. A drawing-tearing pain in the left shoulder. Veratrum album is one of the choicest cardiac remedies, although this place has not yet been assigned to it by homoeopathic practi- tioners ; the stage of functional excitement of the heart is still more apt to rapidly change to a state of paralytic weakness; the pulse becomes very irregular, generally extremely rapid, small and feeble; this change takes place although the alvine evacuations may not be by any means excessive, so that the heart-symptoms have to be regarded as the effect of direct action, not as resulting from a highly acute anaemia. Veratrum is our first choice in acute cases, if the following general symptoms are present: Violent dys- pnoea ; constrictive sensation in the throat; constant short, dry, hacking cough. Bluish complexion, with an expression of deep prostration; sopor, stupefaction, excessive dulness and tightness of the head. Vomiting and diarrhoea. Considerable diminution of the urinary secretion. Convulsive motions, more particularly of a clonic character. Cool, dissolving perspiration, with icy coldness of the extremities. So far we have no clinical records confirmino' the homoeopathic!ty of Veratrum to heart-disease. Arsenicum album is frequently mentioned as a chief remedy in car- diac inflammations ; we confess, however, that we have never seen any good effects from it in acute affections. It is a remarkable fact that among the large number of cases of poisoning by Arsenic, post-mortem examinations have never yet revealed a single symp- tom that might lead us to infer that Arsenic exerts a specific in- flammatory action upon the heart. This shows that the heart- symptoms, which Arsenic occasions so constantly and exquisitely, have to be accounted for in a different manner than by means of an inflammatory process. Clinical experience leads us to trace these symptoms to dissonances of the cardiac nerves, or else to regard them as secondary symptoms. Myocarditis presents many points of resemblance to the symptoms of Arsenic, and it is more especially in this disease that we should try Arsenic, were it only for the reason that Arsenic exerts an intensely-paralyzing effect upon the muscular tissue of the heart. This effect of Arsenic determines its relation to the other two forms of cardiac inflammation. Hence Carditis. 363 we consider Arsenic indicated in the cases where Veratrum seems indicated, if the pulse very speedily loses its fulness and strength, and an excessive state of debility sets in at an early period. This is most generally the case with cachectic individuals, and Arsenic is one of the most essential remedies in most cachexias. Among secondary heart-diseases, chronic pericarditis is the only one where Arsenic would be appropriate, if a copious exudation is present. In valvular disease, we have never obtained any decided improve- ment by Arsenic; it only acts as an uncertain palliative. Spigelia is an important remedy in heart-affections, but its prov- ings have to be greatly improved. In accordance with what is published of this drug, Hartmann gives the following symptomatic indications: Undulating motion of the heart; indistinct beats of the heart running into one another; when laying the hand upon the heart, tumultuous beating of the heart in a recumbent as well as in a sitting posture, not synchronous with the radial pulse; spasms of the chest, suffocative complaints; tremulous sensation in the chest a.nd temples; increased by motion; tearing sensation in the chest, when raising the arms over the head, and when touching the pit of the stomach; purring murmur during the beats of the heart; stitches in the region of the heart; pulsations of the carotids with a tremulous motion; great dyspnoea at every change of posi- tion ; bright redness of the lips and cheeks, changing to pallor dur- ing every motion; the impulse of the heart raises the four last true ribs, the sternum and xiphoid cartilage, and displaces the dorsal vertebrae; audible beating of the heart, causing a pain that is felt through to the back; cutting pains from the heart to the shoulders as far as the head and arms; excessive dyspnoea, with a pressing- cutting pain in the abdomen, at the insertion of the ribs; arthritic painsand stiffness of the joints; dull stitches where the beats of the heart are felt, and recurring with the measured regularity of the pulse; the beats of the heart can be felt through the clothes, with anxious oppression of the chest; scraping in the throat, affection of the tracheal and bronchial mucous membrane; the beats of the heart are not synchronous with the pulse; purring murmur. As respects this enumeration, it is to be observed that these symptoms for the most part are not the result of physiological experimenta- tion, but clinical symptoms observed upon the sick, and hence are of less value to us. At any rate these symptoms do not contain the symptoms of sero-plastic, nor of serous pericarditis. On the other hand we distinctly recognize in this complex of symptoms both the 364 Diseases of the Heart. purely plastic pericarditis as well as incipient endocarditis. But upon what basis are we to prescribe Spigelia in cases where the disease is painless and has scarcely any symptoms ? This shows that it is a great mistake to lay too much stress upon sensations of pain, which is not by any means a constant companion of cardiac inflammation. What invites more than all these theoretical state- ments to the use of Spigelia in heart-affections is the fact that it has been so often and so variously employed in practice with decided advantage. According to practical experience, Spigelia is partic- ularly adapted to rheumatic pericarditis, likewise to sero-plastic pericarditis during its whole course, especially if the patient com- plains of an intense local pain, and the affection is evidently char- acterized by all the signs of cardiac inflammation; and to rheumatic endocarditis in its incipient stage, or to endocarditis generally before marked valvular changes have taken place. Nitrum has so far commanded too little the attention of practi- tioners, nor are we in possession of any decided clinical testimony. Nevertheless we have every reason to recommend Nitre in cardiac inflammation, more particularly if it sets in in company with active pulmonary congestions, or as a symptom of Bright's disease, or associated with acute rheumatism. A striking participation of the kidneys in the pathological process going on in the heart, points urgently to the employment of Nitre. Phosphorus is not usually numbered among the cardiac remedies, nor can it be denied that its relation to the heart is not by any means constant. But if the post-mortem examinations of indi- viduals who had been poisoned by Phosphorus, so often reveal lesions about the heart, especially where death did not take place immediately after the ingestion of the poison, it seems as though we could not deny the fact that Phosphorus exerts a direct action upon the heart, and that the cardiac phenomena which Phosphorus occasions, are not merely of a sympathetic or secondary nature. The main post-mortem appearances as far as the heart is concerned, are: the muscular tissue is flabby and easily torn; opaque appear- ance and interstitial distention of the endocardium; bloody infil- tration which in certain circumscribed spots penetrates the whole thickness of the muscular tissue. If, in addition to this, we con- sider the very feeble, small and exceedingly frequent pulse; the frequent observation that the sounds of the heart either frequently disappear or are replaced by murmurs, it seems to us that Phos- phorus has more claims to be regarded as a remedy for cardiac Carditis. 365 inflammation than most other medicines, more especially in cases of secondary origin. We cannot deny, however, that the indica- tions upon which its homoeopathic application has so far been based, appear to us totally erroneous. In our opinion the following are the true indications suggested by physiological experimentation: Phosphorus is exclusively suitable for inflammation of the endo- cardium and the muscular tissue, never for pericarditis. The con- stitutional symptoms would lead us to recommend Phosphorus in endocarditis associated with Pneumonia, where it has rendered us the most signal service on two occasions, we mean against the cardiac inflammation, not against the pneumonia, for we have already stated when treating of pneumonia, that, when pneumonia is complicated with cardiac inflammation, the presence of the latter constitutes an absolute obstacle to the absorption of the pneumonic exudation. In the next place Phosphorus takes the precedence over every other medicine in cardiac inflammations when occurring as complications of such processes as lead us to infer a dissolution of the blood, like scurvy, puerperal fever, malignant exanthematous dis- eases, typhus, etc. Finally we possess few remedies that embody in their pathogeneses as plain a picture of nephritic and cardiac inflamma- tion, as Phosphorus. And lastly Phosphorus is almost the only remedy of which we are sure that it occasions an infiltration of the muscular tissue, and that on this account it becomes a highly im- portant remedy in myocarditis. We are not in possession of any clinical material to prove the correctness of these statements, but, with a view of substantiating them more fully, we will call atten- tion to one circumstance. Phosphorus is employed by most homoeo- paths in pneumonia as well as in other inflammatory and exan- thematic diseases with the best result, whenever the inflammation assumes a nervous or rather a typhoid type. In a vast majority of such cases a strict examination would undoubtedly show the presence of cardiac inflammation, for it is this that most frequently imparts all at once a typhoid character to pathological processes that gen- erally run an ordinary course. It is our belief that Phosphorus has often cured cardiac inflammations without the physician being aware of it. Finally we have to point out a symptom which most decidedly indicates Phosphorus, we mean the dilatation which develops itself during endocardial inflammation with such surprising rapidity. After all these remarks we do not deem it necessary to criticise the indications offered by other physicians, for they are almost all of them vague and indefinite. 366 Diseases of the Heart. Colchicum autumnale seems to us to be improperly ranked among cardiac remedies. We are in possession of a large number of both rapid and slow cases of poisoning, but in no case does a post-mortem examination show more than a quantity of bloody coagula in the right ventricle and the venae cavse; only in one case the endocar- dium was found ecchymosed, and there was a complete absence of pericardial fluid. All the heart-symptoms are of a secondary nature and are founded in the excessive losses of fluids occasioned by Col- chicum. Although Colchicum is highly praised for rheumatism of the heart; this may be owing to the general curative powers it manifests in acute rheumatism, though not by any means in a very striking or constant manner. According to Muller, Colchicum is more suitable as a remedy for pericarditis than for endocarditis. Hartmann's indications are utterly meaningless. One important point has to be well kept in view in selecting Colchicum, it is this: that Colchicum causes an extraordinary increase in the secretion of uric acid. It is precisely this circumstance which invests this rem- edy with importance in heart-affections during an attack of gout. Bryonia alba is, next to Aconite, regarded by many homoeopathic practitioners as the main remedy in pericarditis with sero-plastic effusion. In this case the exhibition of the drug is evidently not based upon the symptoms in the Materia Medica Pura, for the heart-symptoms in the pathogenesis of Bryonia are mostly unmean- ing or at least very vague. The analogy of pleuritis and pericar- ditis has doubtless led to the use of the drug; nor do we intend to dispute the propriety of such a conclusion, since Bryonia has such an excellent effect in all inflammatory affections of serous mem- branes, and is altogether indispensable in acute rheumatism. We likewise admit that the pathological picture developed by the supervention of pericarditis during pneumonia or pleuritis, gener- ally corresponds very fully with the pathogenesis of Bryonia. We would limit the use of Bryonia to such cases; for uncomplicated pericarditis we undoubtedly possess more suitable remedies. Cannabis is undoubtedly one of the remedies that has a direct action upon the heart, but we do not yet know what is the pre- cise nature of this action. More recently a number of investi- gations have been instituted concerning the nature of Indian hemp (haschisch), from which we have extracted the following group of cardiac symptoms: Violent palpitations of the heart, sometimes without any anguish, and sometimes attended with perfect agony or the most frightful restlessness; pulse small and sometimes inter- Carditis. 367 mitting for a minute, from 100 to 120 beats; constriction of the pit of the stomach; paroxysms of anguish; the beats of the heart are scarcely perceptible and extremely weak; fear of death, which is felt every time the pulse intermits. To judge by these few symptoms, which always set in after large doses of Cannabis, this drug would seem to be a powerful cardiac remedy; yet all second- ary circumstances being considered, we shall find that this is not the case. The incipient exaltation of the heart's action coincides with great exaltation of cerebral action which is attended with phenomena of congestion. The cerebral exaltation very soon changes to extreme depression, even partial paralysis, (for instance of the nerves of the senses, skin,) and this depression is likewise accompanied by symptoms of diminished action of the heart, the latter lasting precisely as long as the cerebral depression. From this connection we can infer almost with certainty that the heart- symptoms do not arise from disease of the heart itself, but from a functional change in the brain. Otherwise it would be inconceivable how such marked alterations of the functions should pass off so speedily and without leaving a trace behind. Our opinion that Can- nabis cannot be relied upon as a remedy in cardiac inflammations, is confirmed by the circumstance that the clinical trials that have been instituted with this remedy, have not in any respect substan- tiated the recommendations with which this medicine has been honored. Opium might claim the privilege of being considered a cardiac remedy with as much propriety as Cannabis; but in its case the cardiac symptoms are likewise secondary results of a primary func- tional change in the brain. If one of these two remedies were to be employed in heart-affections, it would be in cases of endocarditis where the brain is very much involved; this scarcely ever happens in pericarditis. Lachesis. It is a remarkable fact that the opinion of practitioners concerning this agent are diametrically opposed to each other. Many pretend to have effected extraordinary cures with this agent; others have always used it without any benefit. The reason of this is undoubtedly that one preparation was reliable and another was not; for that the serpent-poison has a powerful effect, is shown by every fresh bite of the reptile. Every case of poisoning by the bite of a serpent shows that this class of poisons exerts a specific action upon the heart. We have an unusual increase of the frequency of the pulse which becomes feeble and small, or intermittent; there is 368 Diseases of the Heart. pain in the region of the heart, the pain being sometimes intense; palpitations of the heart, fearful anguish, bloody expectoration with constant hacking cough, marked symptoms of cyanosis, icy coldness of the extremities, with cold perspiration, retention of urine; paralytic sensation in the whole left side of the body, or a violent pain in the left shoulder and left arm, etc. Post-mortem examinations have always shown the heart more or less affected. The endocardium in the region of the valves is infiltrated and eas- ily torn; ecchymoses cover its internal and external surface; exu- dations in the muscular tissue of the heart. According to these symptoms, Lachesis must prove a good remedy in very acute cases of endocarditis, not in pericarditis. As a matter of course, our clinical trials must be instituted with a good preparation, which ought to be readily obtainable, since the poisons of the different kinds of Viper act equally upon the heart. The fact that the blood is speedily decomposed after the Lachesis trigonocephalus has in- flicted its bite, deserves special consideration. This circumstance indicates Lachesis very pointedly in typhus and acute exanthems. [Baehr has omitted the mention of Naja tripudians as a remedy for heart-disease. We are indebted to Dr. Russell, of Ena-land, for a proving of this snake-poison. Dr. Hughes, in his late Manual of Pharmaco-dynamics, confirms the therapeutic value of this agent in diseases of the heart. "To quiet," says he, "chronic nervous palpitation, to aid in the restoration of a heart recently damaged by inflammation, and to assuage the sufferings of chronic hyper- trophy and valvular disease, it was ranked by Dr. Russell as the chief remedy: and I think I can confirm his estimate." II.] Sulphur is not classed by us among the cardiac remedies, although its pathogenesis contains a number of symptoms referring to the heart; nevertheless, we consider it valuable for reasons that we have already stated when treating of inflammatory processes in former chapters. No remedy is better able than Sulphur to effect the reabsorption of an exudation that had already existed for a time, and in our opinion this proposition applies to all inflamma- tory processes. In a case of pericarditis, where uncommonly loud friction-murmurs and a rubbing of the pericardial surfaces against each other, that could even be felt by the hand, had already existed for upwards of three months, these symptoms disappeared entirely after Sulphur had been given for a fortnight. We only recommend Sulphur for pericarditis, especially the plastic form of the disease, after the inflammatory stage proper has run its course. In endo- Carditis. 369 carditis there is generally no exudation to be removed; for its severe consequences are limited to losses of substance which it is difficult to replace. lodium likewise deserves attention where all that remains to be done, is to remove the exudation. Indeed, we cannot afford to overlook a single remedy of this kind, considering the small num- ber of those that can be of any use in this direction. Besides, how- ever, the pathogenesis of lodium contains a number of useful symptoms referring to cardiac affections. If we would here furnish an exhaustive list of our cardiac reme- dies, we should have to add a considerable number to those already described, more particularly if we were to include all the remedies referring to the remote consequences of cardiac inflammation, to which we have devoted a separate chapter under the heading of "Valvular Diseases." Many remedies among them we do not regard as cardiac remedies and consider their employment gov- erned by peculiar complications. Such remedies are: Belladonna, Pulsatilla, Tartarus emeticus, Mercurius, llhus, Arnica. Other rem- edies have not yet been sufficiently investigated in their relations to the heart, such as: Bismuthum, Laurocerasus, Acidum oxalicum. The effects of the last-named remedy upon the heart are certainly worthy of a careful study. In order to facilitate the study of these drugs we here furnish a synoptical view of each, drug, with reference to the special car- diac conditions, with which it is in therapeutic accord. In pericarditis, if setting in as a primary affection, Aconite will always be the best remedy to commence the treatment with. How long this remedy is to be continued, will depend upon the course the disease takes, more especially upon the course of the existing exudation. As soon as a copious exudation has set in, both the pains and the fever generally abate, after which some other remedy may be chosen with great propriety. Bryonia, Spigelia, Pigitalis, and likewise Nitrum may now claim our attention. Bryonia and Spigelia may be given when loud friction-murmurs are heard, and the patient complains of continual pain, the area of cardiac dul- ness is somewhat enlarged, and the pulse is accelerated and not weakened ; Nitrum may be resorted to, if the lungs are intensely congested, and there is a good deal of cough with bloody expecto- ration. Digitalis, if the cardiac dulness is rapidly extending over a larger area, the friction-murmurs disappear very rapidly and col- lapse sets in, the pulse being either very quick and feeble, or else 370 Diseases of the Heart. very slow or intermittent. Veratrum album acts similarly to Digi- talis. These two remedies, in connection with Arsenicum, are most generally adapted to the violent dyspnoea with cyanotic symptoms. After the true inflammatory stage has run its course, the absorp- tion of the plastic exudation is promoted by Sulphur and perhaps Iodine, and of the serous exudation by Arsenicum, Digitalis, and perhaps also by Tartarus stibiatus and Colchicum. In the secondary or complicating pericarditis, the following remedies are of importance: For acute rheumatism, with increase of fever: Aconite; if rheumatism sets in without any special symp- toms: Digitalis; if pains are present: Spigelia, moreover Colchicum, Tartarus stibiatus, Rhus, Mercurius.-If complicated with pneu- monia: Aconite, Iodine, Phosphorus, Bryonia;-if with pleuritis: Bryonia, Spigelia, Digitalis, also Nitrum. In the malignant forms of pericarditis supervening during the presence of pyaemia or other septic forms of disease, Arsenicum, and above all, Phosphorus, will prove the most important remedies. Pericarditis, complicated with acute exanthemata, requires principally: Aconite in the case of measles; Rhus toxicodendron in scarlatina and measles; Alercurius and Tartarus stibiatus in small-pox; Ammonium carbonicum in scar- latina ; it is questionable, however, whether the cardiac inflam- mation had not rather be treated first without reference to the exanthem. It is only in rare cases that primary endocarditis will be of a nature to require Aconite exclusively. The chief-indication here is the quality of the pulse; as long as the pulse is hard and full, Aco- nite is undoubtedly suitable. We have shown above that Aconite may be indicated during the whole course of the disease. After Aconite, Spigelia may be required, Digitalis less frequently; Nitrum and Veratrum album may likewise have to be given. In very acute cases Lachesis, Veratrum album, or Arsenicum, may often be required from the first. If the brain is greatly disturbed: Veratrum album, Cannabis, Opium. In rheumatic endocarditis with complications: Aconitum, Col- chicum, Spigelia, less frequently Digitalis; if co-existing with pneumonia or pleuritis: Phosphorus, Veratrum album, Nitrum, also Bryonia; with typhus: Phosphorus, also Rhus toxicod. and Arsen- icum, Opium and Cannabis; with nephritis: Phosphorus, Nitrum, Arsenicum, Colchicum, also Cantharides; when acute exanthems are present, the same treatment as for pericarditis: In myocarditis we would depend upon Phosphorus, Arsenicum Carditis. 371 and Digitalis; we likewise call attention to the importance of Plumbum in this disease. [Of Kalmia latifolia which has likewise been recommended as a cardiac remedy, we have no reliable clinical reports worth men- tioning. Cactus grandiflorus is the last important cardiac remedy which has been introduced to the profession by Doctor Rubini of Naples. It seems to be particularly adapted to the organic defects con- sequent upon acute cardiac inflammations, especially rheumatic endocarditis. Hypertrophies and valvular deficiencies seem to come more particularly within its curative range. In the cases where we have tried it, we have seen better effects from it in the tincture than in the attenuations. The case of hypertrophy of the right ventricle reported in the May number 1866 of the British Homoeopathic Re- view, presents a very fair illustration of the curative effects of Cac- tus in heart-disease. It is likewise recommended for chronic nervous palpitation. According to Dr. Hughes, the feeling as if the heart were grasped and compressed as with an iron hand, is very charac- teristic of Cactus in these cases of nervous palpitations. If this be so, it rivals Digitalis which causes this feeling in a most marked manner. See my Materia Medica. H.] If the three forms of cardiac inflammation occur together, our chief attention should, in our opinion, be first devoted to pericar- ditis, the presence of which always favors the progress of the other two forms of inflammation and retards their retrograde metamor- phosis. Dietetic and hygienic measures are of the utmost importance in cardiac inflammations, especially if the disease runs a rather latent course, which might throw the patients off their guard and even make them believe that a little exercise will hasten their cure. Our chief attention should be directed to avoid every thing that might have a tendency to stimulate the heart's action ; hence mental as well as bodily exertions are entirely out of place. This point must never be lost sight of, even if all signs of inflammation have disap- peared, especially in a case of endocarditis. The stomach being generally involved in the cardiac disturbance, the patients generally reject all kinds of nourishing food; but even if this should not be the case, the most rigid diet should be advised as a matter of precaution, at least at the beginning of the disease. This is all the more advisable since cardiac inflammations do not of them- selves exhaust the system. Coexisting affections, of course, may 372 Diseases of the Heart. render dietetic modifications necessary. As soon as the febrile symptoms have been subdued, a more invigorating diet may be advised. However, if in the case of other inflammatory affections we have not hesitated to recommend a glass of wine or beer during •convalescence, we would with equal emphasis advise against the use of these stimulants in convalescence from cardiac inflammations. The smallest quantity of such stimulants has a tendency to excite the functional activity of the heart. This remark applies even to malt-beer, which contains a sufficient amount of carbonic acid gas to excite the circulation in many persons. The fact that cardiac inflammation often runs a latent course, is undoubtedly the reason why, in such circumstances, stimulants often have an injurious effect upon convalescent persons, and so greatly predispose the minds of physicians against their use. The severe diet observed during the period of convalescence should be pursued some time after, for the reason that the inflammation very often leaves re- mains that escape our observation and entail a tendency to relapses or to organic alterations, such as hypertrophies and valvular dis- eases, that can only be prevented by the utmost care from increas- ing to a fatal termination. 2. Hypertrophia Cordis. Hypertrophy of the Heart. By this^name we designate a condition of the heart, where its volume is considerably enlarged by the increased thickness of its muscular tissue, and by a more or less considerable distention of its cavities. The formerly current forms of hypertrophy of the heart are no longer accredited before the tribunal of modern pathology. An increase of the size of the heart by adventitious formations within the tissue of the heart, is no longer regarded as a genuine form of hypertrophy. This disease is caused by conditions which sooner or later deter- mine an increased activity of the heart, on which account hyper- trophy is generally to be regarded as a secondary or consecutive affection. Since the whole heart does not become hypertrophied at once, but the hypertrophy generally begins with one particular cavity, we find that hypertrophy arises from the following patho- logical changes: Hypertrophy of the left ventricle: stenosis and insufficiency of the aortic orifice, stenosis of the aorta itself, aneurisms of the aorta, Hypertrophia Cordis. 373 atrophy of the renal parenchyma, amputation of the thigh and consequent ligation of the femoral artery. The same causes most commonly lead to hypertrophy of the left auricle and stenosis of the mitral orifice. Right ventricle: Stenosis and insufficiency of the orifice of the pulmonary artery; insufficiency of the mitral valve and stenosis of the left auriculo-ventricular orifice consequent upon the obstruc- tion offered by this insufficiency to the complete emptying of the pulmonary veins; diseases which restrict the capacity of the lungs and considerably diminish the lesser circulation, such as emphysema, atelectasia, tuberculosis, pleuritis, caries of the vertebrae, curvatures. Hypertrophy of the right auricle alone scarcely ever takes place; on the other hand this auricle always participates in the hyper- trophy of the ventricle. Every attentive observer must have noticed that primary hyper- trophy arises in consequence of hereditary disposition without any apparent cause; or it may develop itself in cases where a peculiar mode of living stimulates the heart to a constant and severe action, as may take place in consequence of severe manual labor, continued running, excessive gymnastic exercises, fencing, abuse of strong coffee, wine, beer, spirits; or finally, hypertrophy may arise if the heart is kept in a constant state of tumultuous action by strong psychical impressions, hence in the case of individuals with intensely sanguine temperaments. Hypertrophy of the heart may occur at any age between the years of fifteen and forty. Males are decidedly more liable to it than females, especially to hypertrophy of the left ventricle; this, however, is probably owing to the circumstance that men are more frequently exposed to the causes giving rise to such structural changes. The anatomical changes consist in a thickening of the walls of the heart and of the inter-ventricular partition, in a more or less considerable dilatation of the cavities, very commonly in a darker color of the muscular tissue, in displacements of the heart and changes in its external shape. If the hypertrophy is general, the heart assumes the shape of a triangle with obtuse angles; if the left ventricle alone is hypertrophied, the heart becomes elongated and somewhat conical, and the apex is turned more towards the left side; if the right ventricle is hypertrophied, the shape of the heart becomes more rounded, its diameter in breadth is longer, and the heart approximates more to the right side. The base of the 374 Diseases of the Heart. hypertrophied heart generally reaches a little below the normal line. Symptoms and Course. Only two forms of cardiac hyper- trophy can be described symptomatically, because they alone occur as primary diseases, we mean hypertrophy of the whole heart and that of the left ventricle; whereas hypertrophy of the right ven- tricle is almost always of a secondary character, and its symptomatic manifestation is essentially depending upon the nature of the primary disease. So far as hypertrophy of the right ventricle is concerned, we shall therefore have to confine ourselves to indicating the general consequences of this disorganization. Whereas primary hypertrophy of a certain grade always repre- sents a really morbid condition of the heart, secondary hypertrophy can at the commencement only be regarded as an endeavor of the organism to restore the disturbed equilibrium. This is the reason why the lesser degrees of this structural change exist without any morbid symptoms, or are only accompanied by disturbances, such as are called forth by accidental stimulations of the heart's action. The more frequent and violent such stimulations and the longer their duration, the more they contribute to increase the existing hypertrophy and to complicate it by the production of valvular disease and dilatation of the cardiac cavities. In moderate hypertrophy of the left ventricle, without any marked dilatation, the arterial blood is driven with increased power into the arteries of the systemic circulation and likewise through an increased frequency of the contractions of the heart. The impulse of the heart is stronger and generally visible, and extending over a larger area, so that it can be felt even in the fifth and sixth intercostal spaces, and even beyond the nipple. A larger extent of dulness is not always traceable on account of the overlapping por- tions of lung. While in a state of rest, the patients generally feel well, they complain at most of a slight feeling of pressure in the prsecordial region. Every rather violent and continued motion, every mental excitement not only causes a troublesome and even distressing palpitation of the heart, but along with it an oppression and feeling of anxiety in the chest, a sensation as if the clothes were too tight, dyspnoea. The increased excitement in the arterial circulation gives rise to congestions of the head, the face looks flushed, the eyes glisten and are injected, the margin of the lids often looks as if inflamed, there is buzzing in the ears, vertigo, etc., the congestion is less frequently met with in the tract of the aorta Hypertrophia Cordis. 375 descenclens, because the situation of the arteries it supplies renders them more yielding to its impelling power. A high grade of hypertrophy of the left ventricle scarcely ever exists without valvular defects, most generally stenosis of the aortic orifice; it very soon becomes associated with dilatation of the left ventricle. As long as the mitral valve remains intact, such a hypertrophy is characterized by the same phenomena as those described above, only in a more intense degree, and with shorter, or without any intermissions. But if, owing to the excessive dila- tation, the mitral valve is no longer sufficient to close the auriculo- ventricular orifice, the consequence is that the more forcible expul- sion of the blood into the aorta becomes associated with a stasis in the lesser circulation and more immediately in the function of the right ventricle, in consequence of which the whole heart becomes hypertrophied in the most dangerous acceptation of this term. The impulse of the heart is perceived over a large extent by the eye, ear and touch; it is even heard without the ear being applied to the chest; the concussion of the thorax is extreme; the dulness extends further on to the left, and is returned over a larger area, the heart descends below its normal line, the ribs even bulge. The sounds of t^e heart are either muffled, or else ringing, and, if the valves are diseased, murmurs are heard. Other symptoms can easily be inferred by any one who considers that the arteries are ex- tremely engorged, and that the lungs are in a state of hypersemia. All these conditions will be dwelt upon more fully when we come to treat of valvular anomalies. The phenomena emanating from the hypertrophied right ven- tricle, are very frequently entirely disguised by those of the affec- tion which had given rise to the hypertrophy. Anxiety, dyspnoea, oppression, palpitation of the heart, may be caused by pulmonary affections alone. Simple hypertrophy merely results in a greater accumulation of blood in the lungs, and a consequent catarrhal affection of the lungs, with hemorrhage, hyperaemia of the lungs. The physical signs are: Increased extent of dulness on the right side, even beyond the right border of the sternum; pulsation in the pit of the stomach, perceptible raising of the lower border of the sternum; accentuation of the second sound of the pulmonary artery. Hypertrophy with dilatation may be very considerable without superinducing any serious derangements. It implies a sort of uni- form compensation of functional power, and the patients only per- 376 Diseases of the Heart. ceive a dirturbance of equilibrium if they undertake to undergo severe bodily exertions. In hypertrophy with dilatation the heart often thumps very violently, without causing the patient any great trouble; the impulse of the heart often raises the head of the aus- cultating physician, and is felt over a much larger extent; the car- diac dulness is returned over a longer and wider area; the sounds of the heart are stronger and more sharply accentuated, and have very often a metallic ring. The course of hypertrophy is more especially determined by the consequences resulting from it to .the general organism. Under favorable circumstances such patients may live to an old age pro- vided they live within the bounds of moderation, prudence and frugality. If other morbid dispositions exist, the cardiac disease may give them a fatal start. Cerebral as well as pulmonary apo- plexy of young people is preeminently a consequence of cardiac hypertrophy. If hypertrophy coexists with, or is depending upon aneurism or an atheromatous condition of the vessels, it acts both as a compensation to the obstructed circulation and as a cause of the rupture of the vessels. We should always bear in mind that i imple hypertrophy is not, of itself, a dangerous condition, but that it becomes dangerous as soon as valvular defects arise. We, therefore, refer the reader to the chapter on valvular diseases where all these complications will be explained and accounted for. Professor Niemeyer furnishes the following excellent diagnostic details: For eccentric hypertrophy of the left ventricle: Visible pulsation of the carotids; loud systolic murmur in the large arte- ries, full pulse which is visible even in the smaller arteries; increased impulse of the heart, felt much higher up from the apex; the apex of the heart reaches lower down than normally; larger extent of dulness from the apex upwards; increase of the sounds of the heart in the left ventricle and in the aorta, and sometimes a metallic ringing.- For the hypertrophy of the right ventricle: Stronger impulse of the heart, extending to the sternum and some- times even to the left lobe of the liver; displacement of the apex outwards, scarcely ever at the same time downwards; greater ex- tent of cardiac dulness in breadth, increase of the sounds of the heart, in the right ventricle and in the pulmonary artery, the second sound of which is most important.-For hypertrophy with dilatation: The arteries and the pulse as in hypertrophy of the left ventricle; the impulse of the heart is considerably stronger and extending more in length and breadth; the apex of the heart points Hypertrophia Cordis. 377 lower down and outwardly; cardiac dulness is felt over a larger area in every direction; all the sounds of the heart are louder. The prognosis becomes in the long run unfavorable, for the reason that the disorder bears within itself the conditions of growth. Treatment, That cardiac hypertrophy is a curable disease as long as the disorder is not too far developed, is admitted on all sides, although the chances of a cure are not very great. Most pathologists, however, doubt whether a cure can be effected by the direct action of medicine. Before indicating the drugs that require to be used in the treatment of this disease, it may be well to offer a few suggestions that may be of importance in conducting the treatment. If hypertrophy is a necessary and compensating consequence of other morbid conditions, it would be wrong, by removing the hypertrophy, to disturb the equilibrium which the hypertrophy had restored. Fortunately, this is not well possible; nevertheless, attempts are too readily made to depress the apparently excessive energy of the left heart more particularly, and it is this proceeding which we consider injurious. In such circumstances all we can and should aim at, would be to remove the primary pathological cause, and, if this is not possible, to leave the condition intact and at most to treat a few incidental troublesome symptoms. The physician will have enough left to do in supervising and regulating the patient's mode of living, and in controlling intercurrent conditions that might result in an increase of the disorder. If the hypertrophy is a primary disease, either congenital or imperceptibly acquired, there is still a prospect of the disease being overcome, provided the physician is made aware of it in time. As long as the body conti- nues to grow, we deem it possible to remove the hypertrophy, or at least to reduce it to scarcely perceptible dimensions. For this rea- son, it is of the utmost importance that, if there is the least suspi- cion of heart-disease in the case of children or growing people, their hearts should be examined with the utmost care. Young people addicted to the practice of onanism, are very apt to be afflicted with hypertrophy of the heart; when excited by such a cause, the dis- ease can undoubtedly be arrested or even completely removed. In our opinion the following points ought to determine the treat- ment of cardiac hypertrophy. In the first place, if possible, the cause should be acted upon. This will be difficult if the circulation is obstructed by some mate- 378 Diseases of the Heart. rial obstacle, such as an aneurism, an atrophied kidney, constric- tion of the aorta, valvular defects. A possibility of this kind, how- ever, exists, in the case of young people, if the hypertrophy is caused by onanism, premature mental exertions with their neces- sary attendant consequences of nervousness, excitability, chlorosis, anremia. The remedies adapted to this purpose are numerous and have already been mentioned in the chapter where the correspond- ing pathological diseases were treated of. A second causal indi- cation requiring particular attention is the patient's mode of living. The dietetic management has to aim at two objects, in the first place the avoidance of every thing in the patient's mode of living that might aggravate the disorder; and secondly, to surround the patient with influences that will have a direct tendency to amelio- rate his condition. As regards the first point, spirits, coffee, strong spiccs% the excessive use of salt, very substantial and more partic- ularly fat food will have to be avoided. The patient should be governed by the nature of his business in the quantity of food he consumes. Overloading the stomach is very hurtful; frequent and small meals are preferable. A person afflicted with cardiac disease should never go to sleep immediately after dinner, or go to bed with a full stomach. Every bodily motion occasioning a sensation of increased action of the heart, is too great a tax on this organ; all mental excitement is likewise strictly to be avoided. As regards the second point, we would call attention to the fact that we very often succeed, by changing the patient's mode of living, in avoiding or diminishing the violent congestions of the head. A business that compels the patient to lead a sedentary mode of life, or exposes him to much excitement, should be abandoned. If icy coldness of the lower extremities is accompanied by heat of the head and a flushed face, this trouble might perhaps be remedied by rapid walking which, by exciting the action of the heart, would, on the other hand, prove a source of mischief, whereas gymnastic exercises with the feet alone might often render the best service, without causing palpitation of the heart. An exhaustive development of these rules would occupy too much space in a work of this size. What we have said will suffice to show in how many ways a patient with heart-disease claims our attention. In the third place, it is a matter of essential importance that all morbid conditions as well as isolated symptoms, which occasion an increased action of the heart, should be remedied as speedily as Hypertrophia Cordis. 379 possible by appropriate remedies. Here, too, all we can do is to simply mention the leading remedies that we may have to resort to in meeting complicating disorders of this kind, the most important of which we will now proceed to point out. Palpitations of the heart, that is to say: a very violent increase of the action of the heart setting in without any fixed order, with irregularity of the beats of the heart, and always of short duration, are generally met with only in the case of very irritable, nervous individuals. We have obtained the best success in such cases from the use of Dio-italis or Digitalin, which we recommend as the best remedies to begin the treatment with. The paroxysms being short, we cannot expect to do much for a single paroxysm, on which account the remedy has to be continued for a time at rather long intervals. Ferrum may likewise be tried, of course very cautiously, especially if the affection is complicated with tuberculosis and chlorosis. Pulsatilla and China may be classed in this category, but we cannot speak in their favor from personal experience. In one case we have seen good effects from Argentum nitricum and Platina. Sepia may prove useful to women, but will not do much in the case of men. Palpitation of the heart is one of the most common and most distressing complaints in cardiac hypertrophy, but is at the same time so intimately connected with this disorganization that it is impossible to apply to it remedies that will have an infallibly cur- ative effect. If the palpitation takes place at altogether irregular intervals, or if it only lasts a short while, or even if it continues all the time, we advise the remedies that will be found indicated in the following chapter, and which may be given with a view of treating the whole disease, not merely a single symptom. If the paroxysms set in frequently, or at definite periods, or last some time, we have remedies that have a decidedly soothing effect. If the attack is excited by severe mental labor, by the abuse of coffee or spirits, or by some unpleasant emotional excitement, Nux vomica may be resorted to; with this precaution that it as well as the remedies to be named hereafter, must not be given in strong doses. If the palpitation attacks robust, full-blooded, excitable individuals with bright complexion, disposition to changes of color in the face, glistening eyes, injected conjunctiva, headache, stinging or shooting pains in the prrecordial region, Aconitum is the most appropriate remedy. It is likewise suitable for palpitation caused by a sudden or intense emotion, and more especially if the individual is afflicted 380 Diseases of the Heart. with tuberculosis. Arnica is indicated very nearly by similar con- ditions. If the palpitation is excited by a fit of anger or vexation, in the case of very nervous persons and children, we give Chamo- milla. If excited by a violent fright, or if attended with sopor and restlessness, the face being livid or pallid, we give Opium in a very small dose. Coffea is indicated by nocturnal palpitation of the heart, with great weariness and a constant change of position, with a peculiar anxiousness, after too copious a meal, or after imbibing ardent spirits. Chlorotic individuals require Pulsatilla. If the pa- tients do not smoke, or to female patients, smoking often affords rapid and essential relief, and constitutes one of the best palliatives. Little paper-cigarettes are best adapted to such palliative purposes. If any one should be disposed to doubt the homceopathicity of this drug, let him read one of the many published essays on the effects of tobacco. Pulmonary hypertemia or rather pulmonary congestion does not occur very frequently, but is very distressing. If emanating from the left heart, Aconitum will most generally relieve it completely. Belladonna has never seemed of much use in this complaint; Arnica and Cannabis may do some good. [Likewise Veratrum viride, H.] If the pulmonary congestion is traceable to the right heart, Digi- talis generally proves a sovereign remedy to which Belladonna, Pulsatilla, Carbo vegetabilis are essentially inferior. Cerebral congestions which are sometimes excessive, are likewise frequent accompaniments of cardiac hypertrophy, especially hyper- trophy of the left ventricle. Here, too, Aconite is one of the most efficient remedies. We prefer Opium if the head feels excessively constricted, the complexion is dark-red, and the anxiety and rest- lessness extreme. We should never resort to Belladonna in such a case. If the congestion originates in hypertrophy of the right ven- tricle, Belladonna is sometimes useful; Digitalis, however, affords relief more efficiently and promptly. The characteristic headache accompanying hypertrophy of the heart, and resembling hemicrania, can scarcely ever be relieved. If such a headache is attended with, and perhaps caused by, hyper- semia, the remedies which we have indicated previously, will have to be depended upon. If the headache is unaccompanied by con- gestive symptoms, we advise Digitalis, Arsenic or Spigelia. In the fourth place we must try to meet the hypertrophy by all proper remedies. We are aware that to many the abatement and still more the cure of an hypertrophy of the heart seems an im- Dilatatio Cordis. 381 possibility; indeed we ourselves should not feel anxious to rashly and unhesitatingly promise a favorable result from our treatment. Nevertheless we have often found that, after using proper remedies, the dangerous phenomena consequent upon hypertrophy of the heart became less, and that in young individuals the hypertrophy yielded so far as to become inaccessible to the usual means of diag- nosis. Hence we would, by all means, advise to treat such a case, were it only to make the patient believe that he is taking some- thing, and thus to keep him from using strong and generally dele- terious drugs, or to continually remind him, by the use of a little harmless medicine, of the necessity of avoiding every kind of ex- cess and even the least violation of the rules laid down for him by his medical adviser. The medicines which we deem the best adapted to such purposes, are almost all of them metals or inorganic substances, no vegetable drugs. At any rate, we have never ob- tained any permanently good results from a vegetable drug. We recommend Arsenicum, Aurum, Argentum, Cuprum, Plumbum, Pla- tina and Ferrum. It would be useless to undertake to assign to each of these remedies definite limits in the treatment of hyper- trophy ; we only recommend in general terms Arsenicum, Plumbum and Ferrum for hypertrophy of the right ventricle, and the other remedies, including likewise Arsenicum, for hypertrophy of the left ventricle. ' In a given case, the selection of the remedial agent will have to be governed by the nature of the existing general symp- toms. Sulphur, Natrum muriaticum and Petroleum may be added to our list of metals. If we desire to obtain good effects from our drugs, we must guard against too strong and too frequently re- peated doses, and against changing the remedy too often. Considering the mischief which is so often done by the abuse of large doses of Digitalis, we repeat with decided emphasis that the effect of this drug in hypertrophy of the heart is never permanently curative, but only palliative, and that, if it is given for sleeplessness, it will act so much more like Opium, the more it is homoeopathically indicated by slowness of the beats of the heart. 3. Dilatatio Cordis. Dilatation of the Heart. We mention this condition here so as to avoid incurring the reproach of incompleteness and rendering the pathological state- ments in other numbers unintelligible. As regards treatment, the 382 Diseases of the Heart. treatment of dilatation of the heart coincides with both hyper- trophy and fatty degeneration. Dilatation of the heart may arise, if the heart or the respective ventricle or auricle is exposed during diastole to an increased pressure of the inflowing blood which overcomes to a certain degree the resisting power of the walls of the heart. Inasmuch, however, as the blood flowing in during the diastole of the heart is driven by a proportionally feeble vis a ter go, it is easily understood why the thick walls of the left ventricle and auricle are so rarely dilated, and why this dilatation is so much more commonly met with on the side of the right ventricle and auricle. Since, in such circum- stances, the ventricle makes greater efforts to free itself from its contents which have become excessive, a dilatation is almost always succeeded by hypertrophy, giving rise to eccentric hypertrophy. In another series of cases the cause of dilatation is not an increased pressure of the blood, but a diminished energy of the muscular structure of the heart, and here we meet with a genuine dilatation without any compensating, consecutive hypertrophy. This dimin- ished energy of the muscular structure or the heart either originates in exceedingly debilitating constitutional diseases, such as typhus and a high degree of anaemia; in which case dilatation of the heart is merely a symptom of these pathological processes whose disappearance generally implies a complete disappearance of the dilatation; or else this defect originates in a disease of the muscular tissue itself, most generally fatty degeneration, less fre- quently serous infiltration, such as may take place during inflam- mation of the muscular tissue of the heart, in which case this form of dilatation and fatty degeneration become more or less identical. From these reasons we have deemed it unnecessary to devote a special chapter to the treatment, of dilatation. 4. Adipositas Cordis. Fatty Degeneration of the Heart. Fatty degeneration either consists in an abnormal increase of the normal quantity of fat about the heart, or in the adventitious for- mation of fat within the muscular tissue of the heart. In the former case, the fatty heart proper, the disease can be traced to all those causes that determine a general increase of fat; hence fatty heart is generally met with among persons inclined to grow fat; fatty heart is likewise the result of an excessive use of Adipositas Cordis. 383 ardent spirits. On the contrary and in defiance of all physiological explanations, a fatty heart is sometimes, although rarely, met with in cachectic individuals or in persons tainted with a constitutional dyscrasia. The second kind, fatty degeneration of the muscular tissue, not unfrequently results from the former. Other more or less reliable causes of this disorganization are: All pathological processes that impair the assimilative power of the muscular structure of the heart, myocarditis, adhesions of the pericardium, largely developed hypertrophy of the heart, valvular defects, more particularly obliteration or degeneration of the coronary arteries. - All other causes that result in morbid fatty metamorphoses in other organs.- Pyscrasia of drunkards. In fatty heart, the normal quantity of fat covering the sulcus and apex of the heart, etc., is sometimes increased to such a degree that the whole heart seems surrounded by a thick cushion of fat. The layer of fat deposited on the right side of the heart, is always more considerable and is formed sooner than on the other side. Not unfrequently the fat dips into the interstices of the muscular fibres, impairs their nutrition and either results in atrophy or a fatty degeneration of the muscular tissue. In fatty degeneration which affects more particularly the left heart, as the other form, fatty heart, affects more particularly the right- heart, the affected parts of the heart have a pale, yellowish color, are flabby and easily torn. Commonly the degeneration is confined to striated portions of the muscular tissue, is apt to affect the columnse carnese, and, if very extensive, is always accompanied by considerable dilatation of the heart. The single muscular fibrils, when seen under the microscope, are seen filled with fat-globules, and have lost their transverse striae. Symptoms and Course. The lesser grades of fatty heart and fatty degeneration of the heart may run their course without any morbid phenomena; there may even exist a considerable deposition of fat, and yet the general health of the patient may be perfectly sound. Morbid symptoms may not take place until the pressure of the fat causes atrophy or fatty degeneration of the muscular tissue. The first symptoms of this disease consist in functional deficiency of the heart: peculiar feelings of weakness, dyspnoea from the least exertion. In addition to this we have disposition to vertigo, fainting fits or paroxysms resembling syncope and some- times even apoplexy. Except a distressing sensation of pressure the patient does not experience any pain. In the higher grades of 384 Diseases of the Heart. this disease the skin becomes cool, disposed to perspire profusely, it assumes a pale and sickly appearance, oedema sets in, and the excessive weakness of the circulation may result in dropsy. The physical signs are the following: Increasing weakness of the impulse of the heart; feebleness of the sounds of the heart, especially of the first ventricular sound; increased extent of cardiac dulness, only in far advanced cases; blowing murmurs in the region of the orifices, owing to the circumstance that the diseased columnse carnete no longer permit the valves to completely close the orifices; easily compressible, soft, unresisting pulse which may show every possible irregularity and is often extremely slow. This affection only runs an acute course if the fatty degeneration sets in rapidly and very extensively in consequence of inflammatory processes; otherwise the disease runs a very chronic course and de- pending upon the following conditions. If the fatty degeneration affects an hypertrophied heart with valvular disease, dilatation and finally paralysis of the heart result, or else rupture of the heart takes place. This may likewise result from a less extensive fatty degeneration, after partial dilatation has occurred. The disease is very commonly characterized by marked remissions or even com- plete intermissions. Death takes place, although not in a majority of cases, either by general marasmus with dropsy, or by oedema of the lungs or paralysis of the brain, or, which is most commonly the case, very suddenly by acute anaemia of the brain, rupture or paralysis of the heart. In treating this disease, we have to aim in the first place at arresting its progress by the avoidance of every hurtful influence generally and every dietetic indiscretion in particular; next, at stopping the paroxysms of distress as soon as possible; and finally at effecting a retrograde metamorphosis of the disorganization. In a curative point of view, the dietetic treatment is really appli- cable only to fatty heart, not to fatty degeneration. There is no doubt that we are sometimes able to remove an excessive tendency to fatness, and most probably to influence by similar proceedings, the excessive deposition of fat about the heart. In this respect, the extraordinary efficacy of the Karlsbad springs is so well known that we could not help censuring a physician who would refuse to send his patients to Karlsbad from no higher motive than a fanatical adherence to a therapeutic system. Unfortunately the lat which had disappeared under the influence of Karlsbad, but too often and rapidly returns even in an increased quantity after the Adipositas Cordis. 385 patient has gone back to his home. This is sometimes and perhaps most commonly the patient's own fault; but not unfrequently it is the fault of the improper dietetic instructions emanating from the physician. We should be led too far, if we were to go into full particulars regarding the diet; all we shall do is to present the fol- lowing general propositions to the reader's attentive regard. The production of fat is owing to an excessive supply of food, the supply considerably exceeding the waste. The quantity of fat produced will be so much greater the more the supply consists of substances that are known to make fat, principally animal and vegetable fats and starch-containing food. Beer generally promotes the formation of fat either directly or indirectly. Meat, if constituting the chief article of diet, scarcely ever makes fat. These few points suffice as general dietetic directions. I.et the supply and waste be properly balanced by bodily and mental occupation, and let whatever excess remains be done away with. The patients should principally use lean moat, not starch-containing vegetables or fruit, and but little bread and wine; and they should be directed never to overload their stomachs as so many people do from mere habit, not from necessity. By pursuing such a system of diet and hygiene, the patient will be able to do without a resort to Karlsbad. Starvation- cures are the more condemnable in the case of such patients, the more the heart has already become diseased. At the same time, it must be admitted that there are many persons who, most generally in consequence of abnormal changes in the functions of the liver, deposit such quantities of fat, even under the simplest and most cautious diet, that it seems impossible to suggest any further changes in this respeet. Fatty degeneration may sometimes, but assuredly only in rare instances, have its primary origin in a constitutional tendency to fatness; otherwise we are unacquainted with any other cause of this disease that might suggest special dietetic preventive rules. If the presence of the cardiac disease is substantiated beyond any doubt, the patient's mode of living has to be regulated with a view of preserving his strength as much as possible. Substantial nourish- ment, so far from being forbidden, should be recommended; the moderate use of wine is generally attended with the happiest results. In the case of drunkards, spirits should be withdrawn gradually, not all at once. A sudden and complete abstemiousness might lead to dropsy; indeed the frequent occurrence of such an event should be a warning to us. The prostration which follows every consider- 386 Diseases of the Heart. able exertion, admonishes the patient never to use his strength to the point of exhaustion. This precaution likewise applies to men- tal efforts. The frequent paroxysms resembling syncope or simulat- ing apoplexy are very apt to lead to the adoption of measures which, by depressing the strength, are at the same time calculated to aggravate the patient's condition for the reason that these cere- bral phenomena do not depend upon amemia, but hypereemia. Vene- section is of course out of the question ; patients with whom we are not yet sufficiently acquainted, should have their attention directed to the pernicious consequences of blood-letting, lest they should feel disposed to resort to it without the advice of a physician. Of the intercurrent morbid phenomena these pseudo-apoplectic paroxysms and those resembling angina pectoris deserve most atten- tion and should by all means be met by some appropriate remedy. In the former, Camphora will be found most efficient, more partic- ularly on account of the rapidity with which it acts. Beside Cam- phora we may try Veratrum album and Pulsatilla. As soon as a fainting sensation conies over the patient, he must be laid in a horizontal position, with the head on a level with the rest of the body. If the syncope lasts too long and life seems to be endangered by it, Ammonium carbonicum and even Ether may be resorted to without fear. In paroxysms attended with an increase of the heart's action, Digitalis is the most homoeopathic and therefore the most efficient agent, provided it is given in a small dose. Opium, Cannabis, Lauro- cerasus may likewise be administered with some chances of success- The disease in its totality will have to be acted upon both by means of medicines that exert an influence over the excessive for- mation of fat, such as Ferrum, China, Calcarea, Arsenicum, and likewise by such medicines as are in special rapport with the heart. First in rank we have undoubtedly Digitalis whose pathogenesis presents the most striking image of excited and yet powerless, ex- tremely irregular action of the heart. Whether it is of much or any use in adiposis, we dare not either affirm or deny; but in fatty degeneration its influence is as great as that of any other remedy. Of course, the dose has to be proportioned to the quantity of reac- tive power with the utmost care. Podium is likewise of consider- able importance. It has an extreme tendency to palpitation of the heart during the least motion, improved by a horizontal posture; it has the peculiarity inherent in inflammatory exudations to undergo an abnormal metamorphosis; it has a disposition to an abnormal Adipositas Cordis. 387 deposition of fat. Hence Podium is one of the few remedies that corresponds to the morbid process in question in every direction. On a former occasion we have already once denied the power of Arsenic to influence structural changes of the heart; we here repeat this statement, although it is undoubtedly true that the patho- genesis of Arsenic has many symptoms which, when detached from their connected series, can be referred to fatty heart. We have two other remedies which we cannot recommend with sufficient em- phasis in heart-disease generally and more especially in fatty degen- eration, we mean Cuprum and Plumbum. Both remedies act sim- ilarly, except that the action of Plumbum is more persistent and penetrating. We would only use either of them in cases of uncom- plicated fatty degeneration. Since their provings do not contain a single heart-symptom, we will indicate those that may be found in cases of poisoning. Cuprum has: Pulse irregular, small, easily compressible, intermitting, accompanied by excessive muscular debility; the beats of the heart are scarcely, or not at all per- ceptible; the sounds of the heart are indistinct; dyspnoea, feel ing of anxiety, disposition to faint. Plumbum has: The impulse of the heart is very feeble, or even imperceptible, intermitting; sounds of the heart indistinct; palpitations attended with exces- sive dyspnoea; pulse very soft, easily compressible, intermitting; irregular, fifty to sixty in the minute, less frequently over a hun- dred, after which it is scarcely perceptible; heart flabby; sudden paralysis of the heart; fainting fits during every exertion, also attended with slight convulsions; extreme muscular debility and oppression from the least motion; despondency and dread of death; nightmare; oedema of the skin. As for Sulphur, we should not expect any favorable effects from it in these disorganizations; its pathogenesis does not indicate it in this disease, nor can it be referred to it by a process of analogy; for even if fatty degenera- tion were to be regarded as the expression of a perverse metamor- phosis of some inflammatory exudation, we cannot show from analogy in other organs that Sulphur is capable of antagonizing a metamorphosis of this kind. Aurum, on the contrary, is a remedy well worthy our attention, more particularly if the heart-disease causes great depression of spirits; usually the local symptoms are insufficient to legitimate the choice of this agent; and clinical testimony is entirely wanting. 388 Diseases of the Heart. 5. Anomalies. Abnormal Conditions of the Orifices of the Heart; Valvular Diseases. Although every alteration of the orifices might be designated as an abnormal condition, yet, in pathology, this term is applied in a therapeutical aspect to such alterations only as really interfere with the functions of the heart. In view of our powerlessness in the presence of such disorganizations, nobody will find fault with us for only mentioning the most essential characteristics of these dis- orders. The etiology of these abnormal conditions of the orifices is very obscure, and in very many cases no definite cause can be assigned to them. All influences that occasion acute endocarditis, may likewise be considered as causes of valvular diseases; among these causes rheumatism occupies the most prominent rank. This applies particularly to anomalies affecting younger persons. Among persons of a more advanced age it is the still obscure process of chronic endocarditis, the atheromatous deposition and degeneration which affects the valves as well as the arteries. Other causes which, how- ever, are extremely rare, are: Dilatation of the heart, external pressure or a severe strain, excessive exertions, ruptures. Sex does not seem to have any influence in this direction, except that repeated observations have shown that women are more frequently affected with anomalies of the venous, and men more frequently with anomalies of the arterial orifices. Beyond the age of twenty- five a liability to every kind of anomaly sets in, which seems to increase in proportion as persons grow older. Corresponding with the prevalence of endocarditis, acute as well as chronic, in the left heart, it is only exceptionally that orificial anomalies are met with in the right side of the heart. The following are the more particular alterations to be met with in the different orifices respectively: a. Insufficiency of the Mitral Valve. During the systole the mitral valve closes the ventricle more or less imperfectly against the auricle, either because its lappels are shrunk or torn, or the tendinous chords and the coulmnse carneae are abnormally altered. Hence, during the systole blood regurgi- tates into the auricle. This causes a gradual dilatation of the Anomalies. 389 auricle, the flow of blood from the pulmonary veins is impeded, the vessels constituting the lesser circulation, become engorged with blood, finally, the right heart is overcrowded with blood, giv- ing rise to eccentric hypertrophy and, as an ultimate result, causing a stasis in the peripheral veins. If the insufficiency is but little, the left ventricle remains unchanged ; the higher degrees of insuf- ficiency lead to dilatation and hypertrophy of this ventricle. Phys- ical signs: Greater extent of cardiac dulness in breadth ; impulse of the heart stronger and over a larger area; undulatory move- ments of the right ventricle. Systolic murmur, most distinct at the apex, sometimes like a purring murmur; second sound of the pulmonary artery louder, sometimes so loud that it can be felt; pulse either normal, or, if the insufficiency is considerable, very much weaker, sometimes irregular. The consequences of this anomaly to the whole organism are: hypenemia of the lungs; sanguineous clots in the lungs; catarrh of the bronchial mucous lining; heemoptoe; dyspnoea; emphysema; hypersemia of the brain, liver, spleen, kidneys, stomach, with chronic gastric catarrh; subsequently oedema and serous effusions in the different regions attacked by hyperaemia. The prognosis of this affection, of itself, is not entirely unfavor- able. Although a cure is scarcely ever possible, yet patients may, with care, live to an advanced age. This depends upon the com- pensation established by the right ventricle and auricle; as long as this compensation is sufficient, the patients are not in any very great danger. But if an increase of dyspnoea, a stasis in the periph- eral circulation, or oedema show that the compensation is incom- plete, an approaching termination of the patient's sufferings may be safely prognosticated. The prognosis is still worse if valvular insufficiency becomes associated with stenosis of the left auriculo- ventricular orifice, as is most frequently the case. Before speaking of the treatment, let us dwell a little further on the stenosis of the left auriculo-ventricular orifice. b. Stenosis of the Left Auriculo-ventricular Orifice. A constriction of this orifice interferes with the passage of the blood from the auricle into the ventricle, so that a portion of the blood remains behind in the auricle. This result is superinduced by the following anatomical changes: The valves are thickened, especially at their insertion or base, or their segments or lappets are more or less completely soldered to- gether or variously distorted in shape, or the chordae tendineae may 390 Diseases of the Heart. be contracted, shrunk and deprived of their elasticity, so that the valves are drawn down into the ventricle, and their segments assume a funnel-shaped appearance. In this way, an ostium natur- ally large may be reduced to the condition of a mere slit or to the diameter of a goose-quill or pea. The consequences of stenosis are the same as those of insuffi- ciency of the mitral valves: Imperfect emptying of the left auricle, stasis of the blood in the pulmonary vessels, overcrowding of the right ventricle followed by eccentric hypertrophy as a means of compensation, which may increase to such an extent that the tri- cuspid valve becomes insufficient to close the right auriculo-ventric- ular orifice. The left ventricle receives a smaller supply of blood; hence, the flow of blood through the arteries becomes less active, the pulse grows very small and feeble. In the course of time the capacity of the ventricle becomes reduced and its walls become atrophied. These changes do not take place if the stenosis is asso- ciated with conditions in the aortic system inviting increased exer- tions on the part of the left ventricle. Even in more remote organs the stenosis results in the same phenomena of stasis as are conse- quent upon valvular insufficiency, and generally more rapidly and more extensively. This lesion is characterized by the following physical signs: Cardiac dulness very extensive in breadth, owing to the often extraordinary distention of the right ventricle; the impulse of the heart is heard over a more extensive area both to the left and to the right, even as far as the right sternal border, and powerfully shakes the thoracic wall; the prsecordial region is sometimes arched; the flapping of the tricuspid valves is sometimes sensible to the hand; diastolic purring is very commonly perceived at the apex of the heart. Auscultation returns a diastolic murmur at the apex of the heart, and the first sound is considerably feebler; or if the stenosis is associated with valvular insufficiency, a murmur is heard instead of the sound. The aortic sounds are weaker, the sounds of the pulmonary artery, especially the second sound, are considerably stronger. From what we have said, the subjective symptoms may be readily inferred. The patients always suffer more from stenosis than from valvular insufficiency; the untoward consequences set in sooner and more intensely, and hemorrhages of the most varied kind accompany stenosis much more commonly. Accordingly the prog- nosis is of course much more unfavorable, since in the long run a compensating equilibrium cannot possibly be maintained. Anomalies. 391 The treatment of these two anomalies can never aim at a com- plete cure. Even if we were to concede the possibility of curing orificial defects that had but recently arisen from an attack of acute endocarditis: yet these defects do not become an object of treatment until they have existed for a long time without being noticed. Elence we shall have to confine ourselves in any event to a purely symptomatic treatment, and even then shall have to abandon all hope of achieving any permanent improvement. In selecting a remedial agent for these abnormal conditions, we have to limit our choice to remedies characterized by insufficiency and weakness of cardiac action, not allowing ourselves by an occa- sional appearance of functional excitement of the heart to be led to the adoption of remedies that are only adapted to an augmen- tation of cardiac activity. However, the mischief which an im- properly selected remedy might do, would only be of a serious nature in case disproportionately large doses of the remedy were given; for the loss of time which a mistake of this kind might involve, would be of very little importance considering the slow course which such disorganizations generally run. In other respects the selection can never depend exclusively upon the cardiac symp- toms which are almost always the same, but will have to be deter- mined by the locality and quality of the consecutive affections. In the following series of remedies we mention after each remedy the main consecutive or secondary symptoms requiring its use. Digitalis purpurea claims undoubtedly the first rank. No remedy corresponds by its physiological symptoms more fully than Digitalis with the group of pathological phenomena evolved by disease of the mitral valves. In the heart we have the deficient action of the arterial half, with increased action of the venous half; the tumul- tuous movements of the heart in spite of its diminished energy; the irregularity of the rhythm, etc. All the other organs likewise exhibit the most significant phenomena. The urinary secretion is considerably less. We have passive hypersemia of the brain with its consequences. We have likewise pulmonary hyperaemia, some- times as a passing congestion, and at times in the form of a chronic bronchial catarrh with hemorrhage, dyspnoea. There ishypenemia of the liver, even to the extent of giving rise to icteric phenomena. We have symptoms of intestinal and gastric catarrh; moreover a tendency to serous effusion. In short, the whole complex of the pathological phenomena points to Digitalis as our first choice in the treatment of these disorganizations. Digitalis is even indicated by 392 Diseases of the Heart. the peculiar pneumonia which is not unfrequently favored and even excited by the stenosis of the left auriculo-ventricular orifice. Only let the remedy be administered in a small dose; this is of paramount importance. Even if large doses seem to agree at the beginning, yet in the long run they exert a decidedly pernicious influence. We advise the use of Belladonna in all cases where Aconitum seems indicated by the symptoms. In this kind of disorder Aconite never exerts a favorable influence. Belladonna is especially indicated by the paroxysmally increasing pulmonary hypersemia and the headache which sometimes reaches a terrible degree of intensity. It is less frequently efficacious in the resulting hepatic derange- ments. Pulsatilla cannot be numbered among the prominent remedies; we would at most employ it in the higher grades of bronchial catarrh. Veratrum album competes with Belladonna as far as the affected organs are concerned; yet there are symptomatic differences. It is suitable for cerebral and pulmonary congestions setting in with pallor and coldness of the outer skin, or with a decidedly cyanotic tinge. Opium, in small doses, in the case of drunkards is a main remedy for celebral hypersemia, less for the respiratory difficulties. In such cases it often acts with wonderful rapidity and completeness, although the effect does not last. Tartarus stibiatus is indicated by bronchial catarrh with profuse secretion of mucus, and by a gastric catarrh the symptoms of which may be compared in the Mat. Med. Pura. Arsenicum which seems indicated much more frequently than it really is, has only shown a decisive effect in our hands against the sleeplessness which is a not uncommon symptom in these disorders; it has never seemed to be of any use in affections of the respiratory organs for which it seems such an excellent remedy if these affec- tions are not occasioned by valvular defects. Nor does it ordinarily seem to have any effect in dropsical difficulties. The remedies we have named so far, are in general adapted only to overcoming single ailments either acute or subacute; to this list we will add the following: Phosphorus, Squilla, Secale cornutum, lodium, Ammonium carbonicum. Another series of drugs has to be opposed to chronic secondary affections which, although necessary consequences of the cardiac disorganizations, very often admit of a diminution, or at least of an arrest of the symptoms. Anomalies. 393 China and Ferrum here occupy the first rank; the former more especially, if the anaemic phenomena which are an inevitable con- sequence of the deficient activity of the left ventricle, are associated with frequent paroxysms of passing congestions of the brain, and if the hepatic functions are greatly interfered with. Ferrum is indicated rather by a tendency to pulmonary congestions and to hemorrhage from the bronchia, by prominent symptoms of gastric catarrh, and, like China, by enlargements of the spleen. Ferrum is not very suitable to old people; China, on the contrary, is emi- nently so. In chronic ailments Arsenicum deserves more attention than in acute complaints. It may be tried in liver-complaint as well as in renal affections; sometimes it renders good service, but more fre- quently it leaves us in the lurch. Baryta carbonica has already been mentioned in the bronchial catarrh of old people; we likewise recommend it, if the catarrh is occasioned by valvular deficiency. Carbo veget. may still afford help, if every other remedy had left us in the lurch. This remedy embodies in its pathogenesis all the consequences of the anomalies here treated of: a disposition to atonic hemorrhage; the anaemic symptoms in cyanosis; cedematous swell- ings, pulmonary oedema; passive hyperaemia of the brain, lungs, liver, spleen; chronic bronchial catarrh in every stage, pulmonary hemorrhage; gastric catarrh. There is scarcely another remedy that represents so clearly a definite morbid condition. Clinical results have substantiated the truth of this similarity. Beside these remedies, those that have been named for fatty degeneration may likewise be ranked here, especially Plumbum, Cuprum and Aurum. For single symptoms: Lycopodium and Na- trum muriaticum are particularly efficacious. The last-mentioned remedies likewise embrace within their curative range, if help is at all possible, the last link of this series of consecutive disorders, namely : local and general dropsy. The mode of living has an influence upon the final result that must not be underrated. Bodily motions and exertions are regu- lated without the least difficulty; proper dietetic precautions are easily violated. Inasmuch as the whole tendency of the anomalies, of which we have treated, is to change the blood to venous blood, since the interference with the lesser circulation only admits of an imperfect oxygenation of the blood: our whole aim should be to furnish the patient -with such nourishment as will not require the 394 Diseases of the Heart. assistance of the pulmonary circulation, and likewise in an easily assimilable form on account of the gastro-intestinal canal being generally very much disordered during the presence of these anom- alies. Hence, fat food and starch-containing substances have to be avoided, whereas good meat and beef broth should be recommended as chief articles of diet. The use of wine which seems to be counter- indicated by the tumultuous action of the heart, is not only very useful, but even necessary, especially in the case of old people. We likewise call attention to the inhalation of compressed air which deserves particular recommendation in this disease; a great deal depends upon rendering the act of respiration easier to the patient by furnishing him a larger supply of oxygen, which is accomplished by this proceeding. c. Insufficiency of the Aortic Valves. The semilunar valves are no longer sufficient to effect a complete closure of the aorta during the diastole of the heart. This may be owing to a shrinking, laceration, rigidity, adhesions and distortions of the valves. Disorganizations of this kind very seldom result from mechanical force or from acute endocarditis, but commonly from chronic endocarditis and from atheromatous degeneration. On this account aortic insufficiency is generally met with in older persons. Insufficiency results in a regurgitation of the blood during the diastole of the ventricle from the aorta into the ventricle. In con- sequence of this overcrowding, the ventricle becomes abnormally distended; hence, if the valves are insufficient, the left ventricle becomes more distended in consequence of this anomaly than from any other. The increase of the ventricular contents invites an increased contraction of the muscular fibres, thus giving rise to eccentric hypertrophy which becomes the more excessive the greater the valvular insufficiency. If at the same time the left auriculo- ventricular orifice is normal, the insufficiency shows no further con- sequences in the lungs, nor does it react upon the right ventricle. On the other hand, the consequences are visible in the arterial sys- tem; the arteries, being exposed to a considerable increase of press- ure or a force acting a tergo^ dilate and, in the further course of the disease, very commonly undergo an atheromatous degeneration. The objective symptoms of aortic insufficiency are generally very plain as soon as the affection has acquired a certain degree of im- portance. Corresponding with the extensive hypertrophy of the left ventricle, the cardiac dulness extends over a much larger area, Anomalies. 395 more to the left side and even as far as the seventh intercostal space. Palpation discovers a much more forcible and more ex- tensive impulse of the heart, which sometimes shakes very violently the whole of the anterior wall of the chest; a purring murmur is not unfrequently heard at the upper end of the sternum, and a peculiar whir or buzz during the systole of the heart. Auscultation returns over the ostium of the aorta, at the place of insertion of the third costal cartilage, a diastolic murmur which is most commonly heard as far as beyond the sternum and vanishes the more com- pletely the more the ear approximates to the apex of the heart. The second aortic sound is at times entirely absent, or else is faintly audible at the commencement of the murmur. The first aortic sound is either normal or associated with a murmur. The sounds of the right ventricle are normal, the second sound of the pulmo- nary artery is at most somewhat louder. The changes in the arteries yield the following exceedingly characteristic phenomena: The pulsation of the arch of the aorta is sometimes felt in the jugular. The carotids pulsate so strongly that their vibrations are distinctly seen and that the whole neck and head are sometimes shaken by the motion. A distinct murmur is likewise easily heard jn the carotids in the place of a feeble second sound. The arteries at the periphery are dilated and pulsate visibly. The pulse is large, hard, and bounds against the finger in a peculiarly short and rapid manner; sometimes it vibrates, especially under soft pressure. The subjective symptoms differ greatly according as the insuffi- ciency is more or less considerable or the hypertrophic compensation more or less complete. As long as the hypertrophy equilibrates the insufficiency, the patients feel quite wTell and do not even complain of palpitation, no matter how much more forcible the impulse of the heart may seem. But as soon as the compensating equilibrium is disturbed by an excess of hypertrophy, constitutional derange- ments begin to become manifest. These consist at first in more or less violent congestions especially in the brain which, if accom- panied by considerable atheromatous degeneration of the arterial walls, easily result in rupture of the vessels and apoplexy. Attacks of vertigo, luminous vibrations before the eyes, highly flushed face with a violent throbbing sensation, throbbing headache, sleepless- ness, etc., if occurring during insufficiency of the aortic valves, are always unwelcome phenomena which show that the compensating equilibrium which Nature had set up, is disturbed. In other organs, likewise, we notice a tendency to bloody extravasations, especially 396 Diseases of the Heart. from the genital organs of young women. If the opposite takes place in the course of the disease; if the hypertrophied ventricle is unable to compensate the valvular insufficiency, which is apt to be the case if a process of fatty degeneration is at the same time set up in the muscular tissue of the ventricle, the morbid picture assumes an entirely different aspect. The vessels which had been very much dilated previously, now receive too scanty a supply of blood, and, in consequence of having lost their elasticity, are not even able to completely propel this smaller quantity; hence, symp- toms of cerebral anaemia supervene, and even in the veins the blood courses more slowly. At this stage, the discharge of blood from the left auricle is likewise interfered with, and all the consequences of stenosis of the mitral orifice develop themselves in this case, although in a less degree and less rapidly. This shows that the prognosis of aortic insufficiency depends greatly upon the equilibrium between the action of the heart and impediments to the circulation. As soon as this equilibrium is disturbed the danger increases the more, the more considerable the disturbance. The older the patient; the greater the probability of an extensive atheromatous degeneration of the arteries, the more seriously is the patient's life threatened which generally ends with a sudden attack of apoplexy. If symptoms of disturbance in the pulmonary circulation supervene, the final catastrophy is undoubt- edly at hand. If valvular anomalies at other orifices are simul- taneously present, our previous remarks will of course undergo considerable modifications. As regards treatment we may refer to our statements when speaking of hypertrophy, since it is hypertrophy that invests val- vular deficiencies with threatening danger. The general conduct of such patients has to be regulated with much more care than in simple hypertrophy, for the reason that every unusual exitement of the action of the heart may result in what is so much to be dreaded, a rupture of the vessels. Every sort of bloodletting is exceedingly pernicious; even now this is sometimes recommended by physicians, or resorted to by the patient without the physician's advice, for the purpose of preventing or removing intercurrent congestions. d. Stenosis of the Aortic Orifice. The aortic orifice is constricted and does not admit of a free passage of the blood. The narrowing is occasioned by a thickening Anomalies. 397 of the semilunar valves consequent upon endocarditis, which in- capacitates the valves from adjusting themselves to the walls of the aorta. This constitutes an insufficiency the force of which is in inverse ratio to stenosis. The necessary consequence of an impeded emptying of the left ventricle is an increased activity of its walls to propel the blood, hence hypertrophy. It is to be observed that, if stenosis is the only difficulty, the hypertrophy does not become eccentric, or at least only very little so, whereas, if insufficiency is present at the same time, hypertrophy becomes associated with dilatation. Stenosis does not exert a marked influence over the other parts of the heart until the hypertrophy is no longer sufficient to keep up the compensating equilibrium. In such circumstances the pulmo- nary circulation is disturbed, the right ventricle becomes hyper- trophied, but never in such a high degree as from stenosis of the left auriculo-ventricular orifice. The influence of stenosis upon the motion of the blood through the arteries is manifested by the in- completeness and feebleness of the arterial current. The objective symptoms of this disorder are: All the symptoms which have been previously indicated as characterizing a consider- able hypertrophy of the left ventricle. Auscultation over the aortic orifice usually returns a loud systolic murmur which fre- quently reaches a good ways laterally and downwards, disguising the sounds of the heart more or less, and being most commonly audible even in the arteries of the neck. The first sound of the aorta is absent, the second sound is generally feebler, more indis- tinct, or likewise replaced by a diastolic murmur if the stenosis is complicated with insufficiency. The sounds of the right side of the heart are normal. As long as the stenosis is properly com- pensated by hypertrophy, the pulse is indeed somewhat small but hard, and only becomes small and even soft after the compensating equilibrium is disturbed. The pulse generally constitutes an excel- lent means of obtaining a correct judgment of the condition of the heart. In cases where the stenosis is completely equilibrated by ven- tricular hypertrophy, the subjective symptoms are generally of no importance; the patient may feel quite well, only his countenance is somewhat pallid. If the compensation becomes insufficient, symptoms of a deficient supply of blood to the brain and of real amemia first become apparent, after which symptoms of stasis in the lesser circulation and in the veins slowly show themselves. 398 Diseases of the Heart. It is impossible to indicate a definite mode of treating this stenosis, for the simple reason that the character of this anomaly varies too much and that it is always complicated with other abnormal alterations. As long as the patients feel well, medicine is useless or even hurtful; the stenosis cannot be cured and all that the medicine might possibly accomplish, would be to disturb the functional cardiac equilibrium. If the compensation becomes in- sufficient, we have to resort to the remedies that were recommended for fatty degeneration: Veratrum, lodium, Arsenicum and especially Digitalis, and with reference to the deficiency in the process of sanguification: Ferrum, Calcarea carbonica and China. If symp- toms of venous stasis make their appearance, we have to choose such remedies as have been recommended for mitral stenosis. The regimen to be pursued differs of course from that recommended for aortic insufficiency, since in view of the deficient supply of arterial blood the process of assimilation is of course rendered more difficult. Hence our chief aim should be to give the body a chance to make good blood, by furnishing it a supply of easily digested and nourishing food and an abundance of fresh air. Even the use of wine need not be forbidden; on the contrary, it is often to be recommended, both in order to promote the process of digestion and as a direct stimulant for the heart. If the stenosis is at the same time associated with insufficiency of the semilunar valves, the treatment becomes much more difficult, because it is often diffi- cult to decide, the consequences of which of these two anomalies ought to be met first. Generally one anomaly wrill probably be more marked than the other, in which case the course to be pursued in the treatment is naturally indicated. The combinations of valvular diseases of the left heart, as they generally present themselves, complicate the treatment by presenting difficulties for which it is, however, impossible to arrange definite therapeutic rules and practical applications of drugs. Since condi- tions of this kind fortunately never require the immediate inter- vention of remedial agents, there will always be time enough in a given case to consider what treatment had better be pursued, and what remedies are most adapted to the case. Any special presen- tation of the symptoms characterizing such combinations is not called for, since anybody may construct such a series in his own mind. Palpitatio Cordis 399 e. Defects of the Orifices and Valves of the Right Heart. They occur so seldom, especially as isolated affections, that we will condense all we may have to say on the subject, in a few brief remarks. Insufficiency of the tricuspid valve is the most frequently occur- ring defect on the right side of the heart, and originates in the same morbid processes as insufficiencies in the left heart. Its consequences are: eccentric hypertrophy of the right ventricle and stasis of the blood in the veins of the systemic circulation. If the anomaly is considerable, it gives rise to venous pulsation. Defects of the mitral valve and of the consequent excessive eccentric hypertrophy of the right ventricle may lead to a so-called relative insufficiency of the tricuspid valve which is of special importance to a proper diagnostic appreciation of the whole condition, for the reason that, on the appearance of this insufficiency, the stasis in the venous system reaches an extraordinary degree, and dropsy is eminent. The diagnosis is determined by a systolic murmur which is most dis- tinctly audible in the region of the tricuspid valve. The treatment has to be conducted in accordance with our remarks on mitral insufficiency, since the consequences are entirely the same as those of the latter anomaly. The rest of valvular diseases as well as stenoses are exceedingly rare; no special remarks can be offered regarding their treatment. G. Nervous Palpitation of the Heart. Palpitatio Cordis. Palpitation of the heart, by which we mean a momentary, more or less continuous increase of the frequency and strength of the beats of the heart, is not only met with in a large number of morbid conditions beside the cardiac affections of which we have treated in the preceding numbers, but likewise in persons of sound health, after violent mental and bodily exertions. This is not the kind of palpitation that we wish to consider in this article, but those detached paroxysms of increased cardiac activity which set in without any demonstrable alterations in the substance of the heart, and without any definite exciting cause. The etiology of this affection, as far as regards a knowledge of the physiological connection between cause and effect, is exceedingly obscure. All that we know is, that this palpitation frequently, but 400 Diseases of the Heart. not by any means constantly, sets in after strong emotions either of an exciting or a depressing kind; that it may result from all such circumstances as weaken the nervous system and consequently render it more irritable, such as angemia, chlorosis, onanism, venereal excesses, excessive mental exertions; that it may likewise result from certain nervous affections, such as hypochondria, hysteria, spinal irritation, softening; that it may likewise result from the condition which is designated as general plethora; and that it finally may occur as a reflex effect of certain morbid conditions, especially of the abdominal cavity, such as helminthiasis, cholelithiasis. The symptoms of this affection vary in the main in two directions, according as the increased action of the heart is only felt by the patient, or is likewise perceptible as an objective phenomenon. In neither -case is the paroxysm preceded by distinct symptoms; it arises all at once after a trivial exciting cause, or even without any evident reason. Paroxysms where the patient alone is conscious of the palpitation, are by far the worst and attended with the greatest distress. The heart feels as if it were hanging loose, trembling or falling down, without any external change being observable; the single beats even are feebler rather than stronger. At the same time the patient experiences a fearful anguish and restlessness, and with every new paroxysm imagines that his death is at hand. The face is pallid, covered with a cold perspiration, the eyes stare, the extremities are cool, the consciousness sometimes seems to vanish for a time. The pulse is always small, compressible, sometimes intermitting. Paroxysms of this kind seldom last for a long time, perhaps only a few minutes, seldom longer than an hour. Paroxysms of the second kind are characterized by an externally perceptible increase of the cardiac activity, the impulse of the heart is a good deal stronger, the beats succeed each other more rapidly, the patient experiences a painful throbbing in all the arteries, the pulse is full and hard, and even in this case not unfrequently unrhythmical. The face is turgescent, highly flushed, the eyes glistening and star- ing, the body is at times cool, at other times hot. The patients complain of headache, buzzing in the ears, luminous vibrations before their eyes, dyspnoea which interrupts speech and obliges them to sigh frequently, and of vertigo which may even be very violent. Nothing abnormal is perceived at the heart, only the sounds of the heart are considerably stronger. These paroxysms at times are only of short duration, at other times they continue for hours. The course of this affection varies; often it is very obstinate, at Palpitatio Cordis. 401 other times it disappears together with the complaint occasioning it. Very seldom the paroxysms show any regularity. If the affec- tion is incidental to the period of evolution, it generally disappears of itself and gradually. The affection is not a very serious one, provided life is not directly threatened; this could only be the case if other complaints should assume a dangerous character in consequence of the abnor- mal increase of the heart's action. The disorder being a source of torment to the patient, the physician must necessarily desire to free him from it completely. We can certainly promise a cure unless the palpitation depends upon an otherwise incurable affection. The diagnosis must never be based upon an examination insti- tuted during the paroxysm, but should be derived from the condi- tion of the patient during the free intervals. As regards treatment, it is of importance that the previously established distinction between subjective and objective palpitations should not be lost sight of, if possible. Cases do occur where the objective increase of the heart's action is associated with subjec- tive palpitation, although not always to the extent that the pa- tient's distress and lamentations might lead us to suppose. For this reason the remedies contained in each of the two following series respectively ought not to be considered as belonging to either of them exclusively, but we have resorted to this arrangement simply with a view of facilitating the selection of the appropriate reme- dial agent. Another point deserving special consideration in selecting a rem- edy, are the influences which excite the attack and the affections, if any, of which the palpitation constitutes a particular or the most distressing symptom. We can neither afford time nor space to dwell upon this point more fully, since this would lead to repeti- tions, and the appropriate remedies are, moreover, specially men- tioned when the different pathological processes are treated of. In treating the palpitation of a chlorotic female, for instance, our first endeavor will certainly be to find a remedy that shall correspond with the totality of the chlorotic symptoms. We do not wish to incur any censure if we mention the following remedies very briefly; it is our opinion that in a difficulty, which is so entirely local, the suitable remedy can be just as easily found in the Materia Medica as if we here compiled a repertory of all the remedies bearing upon such a case. For the sake of completeness 402 Diseases of the Heart. we should likewise have to indicate the various accessory circum- stances, which would plunge us into a maze of details. For the objectively perceptible palpitation, which is particularly characterized by congestive symptoms, we recommend the following remedies: Aconitum in the case of robust, plethoric, young individuals, like- wise in the case of persons with excitable temperaments and who are subject to rushes of blood from every trifling emotion; likewise in the case of tuberculous individuals, where pulmonary conges- tions and palpitation of the heart exist together. Aconite is not indicated unless the column of blood is in a general state of excite- ment and increased movement. The action of Aconite is not gov- erned by any particular time of day, but it is particularly suitable if the paroxysms occur more habitually towards evening. The movements of the heart are stronger, more rapid, but not by any means irregular. Spigelia: The action of the heart is increased, but it is irregular both in rhythm and impulse, which is more like an undulating motion; the paroxysms occur at indefinite periods, but more espe- cially in the morning; the patient's temperature is unequal, the extremities are cold to the touch; Spigelia is indicated for palpita- tions arising from worms. Arsenicum: The heart beats much more forcibly and rapidly, seldom irregularly or indistinctly; the paroxysms occur principally at night during sleep, or about midnight, and are attended with excessive anxiety and restlessness; the skin does not feel cold, but burning hot; at most the extremities may feel cool. Arsenicum is particularly suitable if the paroxysms set in with typical regularity, or more particularly at the time of the menses; it is likewise suit- able for chlorotic and asthmatic individuals, and for drunkards. Ferrum is adapted to chlorotic and anaemic individuals, if the palpitation is attended with frequent changes of color in the face, and if the face looks flushed at the beginning of the paroxysm; it is likewise adapted to tuberculous individuals, likewise to individ- uals with excitable nerves, or with nerves rendered irritable by ex- cessive excitement; it is adapted to females more particularly if the menses are scanty and the patients are suffering with uterine catarrh. Nitrum as well as Acidum nitricum are characteristically distin- guished by violent, but short-lasting pulmonary congestions with- out any real pain, they either precede the palpitation, or else set in simultaneously with it. Palpitatio Cordis. 403 Mux vomica deserves particular consideration, if the palpitation is occasioned by irregularities in the digestive process, never lasts long, is attended with cerebral congestions or nausea; also if the palpitation is caused by abuse of spirits, in the case of drunkards; or if caused by abuse of coffee, or depending upon spinal irritation. Platina, if the palpitation is attended with menstrual irregular- ities or retention of the menses; likewise if it is attended with a good deal of sexual excitement. Belladonna is indicated under similar circumstances; it may like- wise prove suitable for palpitation generally. Phosphorus, Verairum album, Aurum, Argentum likewise belong in this category. In the second series we class the remedies that have a debilitat- ing influence over the action of the heart, which the patient imagines is only excited momentarily or transitorily by these drugs. Pulsatilla, if the palpitation is excited by the least irritation, is attended with great anxiety which seems to be out of all propor- tion to the slight objective symptoms; there is a rapid change of color in the face, the patient feels chilly; if the palpitation is relieved by motion, especially by exercise in the open air, or by a little pleasant social entertainment; if the palpitation rouses one from sleep at night. Pulsatilla is excellent in chlorosis if the nervous symptoms prevail, and is likewise suitable for palpitation during the menses. China : Palpitation of the heart, with external coldness, soft and small pulse; after losses of animal fluids; in the case of individuals with great nervous prostration, hypochondriacs, persons addicted to self-abuse. Camphora, for irregular palpitation, with unusual oppression of the chest evidently not arising from determination of blood, with very feeble pulse, general coldness of the body. Ignatia, Sepia, Asafcetida, Nux moschafa have very similar cardiac symptoms; they all have a small and weak pulse during the palpi- tation and a variable irregularity of the heart's action. They are chiefly adapted to hysteric palpitation of the heart. In hypochondria where the heart's action is as frequently dis- turbed as in hysteria, the main remedies are: Natrum muriaticum and Lycopodium, moreover, Cocculus, Aurum, and Nux vomica. Cannabis is next to Digitalis the surest remedy for palpitations 404 Diseases of the Heart. occasioned by self-abuse and by an erethic weakness of the male organs. Chamomilla and Opium are regarded as specific for palpitation caused by fright. [Also Aconitum. IL] A third series is composed of drugs that may be classed indis- criminately in one or the other of these two series. Digitalis is here the most important remedy. We have given its characteristic symptoms on former occasions, and here again point out a marked excitement of cardiac action associated with evident weakness of the muscular tissue, and likewise the irregular move- ments of the heart. Digitalis is the surest remedy for palpitation caused by self-abuse, in general for palpitation arising from some cause in the male sexual sphere. Coffea. The palpitation is at times strong and visible, at other times is only felt by the patient; a characteristic symptom is great restlessness with weariness, yet the patient has no sleep, more par- ticularly after a copious meal and late in the evening. Every one who drinks coffee, has experienced the good effects of coffee in this direction after a copious meal. For evening-palpitations Coffea gen- erally affords relief to such only as do not use coffee as an habitual beverage. As a rule, the excitement of cardiac action occasioned by coffee is not associated with an increase of temperature or flushed face, even if the patients experience a sensation of increased warmth. Calcarea carbonica is an excellent remedy, not for a single parox- ysm, but for the affection generally. It is particularly adapted to chlorotic females, without pallor of the face, and with great tend- ency to rush of blood; it is especially adapted to children and young women, whose habitual palpitation it very often cures with- out the aid of any other drug. Sulphur likewise is eminently useful in obstinate cases, where it often effects a radical cure. It holds the same relation to male persons of a somewhat advanced age, that Calcarea does to women and children. Whether in a given case the treatment ought to be conducted with reference to the single paroxysm or to the whole disease, is sometimes difficult to decide. If the palpitation is excited by definite causes every day, or at least very frequently, the best course to be pursued is, not to prescribe for the single paroxysm, but to continue the suitable remedy at somewhat extended inter- vals and for some time, as we do in other chronic cases. This Angina Pectoris. 405 course has, of course, to be pursued if the palpitation is caused by some other pre-existing affection. If the paroxysms occur at indef- inite periods and continue for a long time, the patient must have his medicine always handy, for it is of the utmost importance, with a view to shortening the existing paroxysm, that the remedy should be taken as soon as possible after the commencement of the attack. Or else a suitable remedy may be prescribed for the special paroxysm, and afterwards another medicine for the disease generally. The diet and mode of living that have to be recommended, vary according to the origin of the trouble, but can easily be inferred from the nature of the case. We should, however, strenuously guard against the mistaken notion that invigorating nourishment, vigorous bodily exercise, even gymnastics or the use of wine must be avoided by those who are liable to palpitation of the heart. This disorder is but too frequently symptomatic of great weakness, hence requires invigorating nourishment and a strengthening mode of livino-. If the palpitation arises from sexual disturbances, cold sitz-baths of a moderately low temperature and not persisted in too long at a time, will prove excellent auxiliaries. General cold baths very sel- dom agree with a patient thus afflicted, nor do cold shower-baths. 7. Angina Pectoris, Stenocardia. This upon the whole very rare affection has not yet been ac- counted for in such a manner that any explanation that has been given of it, might not be objected to for a variety of reasons; never- theless all attending circumstances justify the classing of this dis- ease among the neuroses. Whether the cardiac plexus is the seat of this disease, or not, cannot be determined with any degree of certainty. The etiology is obscure and vague; we only know from statistical data that males are infinitely more subject to this disease than females, and that fat individuals, or such as incline to make fat, are principally attacked. Persons beyond the age of forty are mostly liable to the disease, and they generally belong to the higher classes. Its frequent combination with cardiac anomalies, especially with atheroma or ossification of the coronary arteries, does not justify the opinion that the disease originates in such disorganiza- tions, for it is known to occur without any material alterations of the heart. All exciting causes are very often entirely absent; but 406 Diseases of the Heart. the attacks are usually provoked by a bodily effort giving rise to an augmentation of cardiac activity. It is only exceptionally that a paroxysm docs not set in suddenly; generally it takes place after very short and altogether vague pre- liminary symptoms. The patients suddenly experience a peculiar pain in the prsecordial region, which is sometimes extremely severe and at other times dull, yet of such a peculiar kind that the suf- ferer is scarcely ever able to describe it either according to its quality or extent. With the pain a sensation of prostration and fainting sets in; all patients agree in describing this sensation as if death were at hand. What is remarkable is that not a sound of pain escapes the lips of the sufferers, probably however owing to their dread of increasing the distress by the least exertiom They carry this precaution so far as to arrest the breathing which gives them the appearance of great dyspnoea, although they are perfectly able to take a long breath, if they choose. Generally the patients remain immovably erect or in a sitting posture, a recumbent post- ure suits them very seldom. The action of the heart is at times normal, at other times slower than usual, and again hurried and irregular, especially if the patient is afflicted with heart-disease. Very seldom the pain remains confined to the pnecordial region; most commonly the pain radiates to the left shoulder and arm, less frequently to the neck and nape of the neck, or to the lower ex- tremities, or even the right side. The pain very seldom increases gradually; it mostly sets in immediately in its greatest intensity. A single paroxysm generally lasts only a minute or two, it scarcely ever exceeds one hour. As the paroxysm generally sets in in all its intensity, so it generally ends all at once. It is only if the paroxysms are slight, that the patient's health is at once completely restored or at least very soon after the cessation of the paroxysm; whereas in this as in most other paroxysmal nervous affections great lassitude and sleeplessness remain for some time. The course of this whole disorder varies greatly. Very seldom a paroxysm is succeeded by a complete feeling of health. It more commonly happens that the paroxysms commence slightly and increase in intensity with every succeeding attack. Except in cases of heart-disease, the intervals are quite free from all morbid symp- toms, the patients do not show a single trace of the insidious dis- ease, they often have even a very florid appearance. The single paroxysms, as well as the whole disease, are of an indefinite dura- tion ; a paroxysm seldom occurs more than once on the same day; Angina Pectoris. 407 ordinarily they are separated by days, months and even years. Many doubt the possibility of curing this disease; we, however, believe in the absolute possibility of the contrary, although a vio- lent paroxysm may suddenly terminate in death. It is questionable whether the disease ever changes to some other form of heart- disease, for the reason that the heart-disease most likely was already in existence when the angina first broke out. The prognosis is decidedly bad, if the angina is associated with organic heart-disease, and likewise in the case of older individuals, whereas the purely nervous form in the case of young persons very possibly admits of a cure. We must always keep in mind that this insidious disease sometimes remains quiescent for a long time before it suddenly breaks out again in all its former, or with an increased violence. Treatment. A treatment for a single paroxysm cannot well be arranged; we might even inflict injury if we would violently interfere with the position the patient may have selected instinc- tively for his relief. Even the use of local applications, especially severe cutaneous irritants, to which we might feel tempted, may prove dangerous; in no case is the people's rule, not to touch an individual seized with a nervous spasm, more appropriate than in angina pectoris. Such precepts as may be found in every ther- apeutic treatise, are unpractical, for the reason that the attack does not last long enough to test their clinical value. This remark like- wise applies to the use of remedial agents which we might not even be afforded sufficient time to procure before the attack is ended. If the attacks last long enough, w'e may try Arsenicum, and next to Arsenic Laurocerasus and perhaps Ignatia. We have a number of remedies that seem homoeopathic to the disease, but we confess that our clinical records are exceedingly scanty and unreliable; in view of the great rarity of this disease, the scantiness of our clinical cases cannot well surprise us. The only case which we have ever been called upon to treat in our own practice, and which had already been going on during a number of not very violent paroxysms, we have cured with not very often repeated doses of Digitalin, 2d and 3d trituration. The patient has now been free from the disease for the last six years. It was a purely nervous angina pectoris. It would not be safe to recommend a remedy upon the strength of a single experiment, if the symptoms and the whole therapeutic range of the drug did not correspond with the disease. Whether Digitalin and the Tincture 408 Diseases of the Heart. of Digitalis would have an equally favorable effect in angina pec- toris accompanied with heart-disease, we are unable to decide. Hartmann recommends Digitalis and bases his recommendation upon the ground of practical experience in the use of this drug. Next to Digitalin Arsenicum undoubtedly promises the most successful results in the treatment of this disease. Hartmann has the following remarks: " Not only the actual paroxysms, but the disease generally finds in Arsenicum its appropriate remedy, pro- vided the disease is not complicated with structural changes of the heart and the large arteries, or other extensive disorganizations. It is indicated if the patient can only breathe very gently with his chest stooping forward, and if the least motion causes a complete loss of breath; if oppression and stitches in the prsecordial region are associated with anxiety and a fainting sort of weakness; if the breath gives out even while the patient is getting into bed, and it takes him a long time to recover his breath; if the paroxysm is ex- cited afresh by a simple change of position in bed. In my opinion, and according to the experience I have had, Arsenicum is the chief remedy, more especially if the angina is a pure neurosis; its cur- ative power is of course problematical, if the angina is complicated with disorganizations which we can never expect to cure and where we can only exert a palliative influence. In this respect no remedy can be more certainly relied uj on than Arsenic." We will add a few suggestions bearing upon the dose. There is not the remotest doubt that in purely nervous affections Arsenic, if given in a low trituration, either does not show any curative effect at all, or else causes severe aggravations. Our urgent advice therefore is that in angina pectoris only the higher attenuations should be used, both for the actual paroxysm as well as during the intervals. Although the frequent occurrence of angina pectoris in conjunc- tion with atheromatous degenerations of the larger vessels and the heart itself, suggest all the different remedies of which mention has been made in the paragraph on fatty degeneration, yet we call particular attention to Plumbum; for particulars we refer to what we have stated at the end of the fourth chapter. We have not a word of commendation to offer in favor.of Sambucus, Augustus, Lactuca virosa, Veratrum album, Asafoetida and Sepia, which are likewise recommended by Hartmann. Our dissent is of course based upon theoretical reasons, but Hartmann has no clinical proofs to offer any more than we have. Asa- Angina Pectoris. 409 fatida and Sepia might be tried if the angina seems an hysteric afiection. Regarding the dietetic treatment but little can be said. If the causes which give rise to an attack, are well known, they have to be carefully avoided. That the mode of living exerts otherwise a decided influence, cannot well be maintained. Nor can we expect much good from a course tending to a general invigoration of the nervous system, for most patients of this kind are in general men of robust constitutions. All that the patient can do, is to observe a regular, quiet and prudent mode of living and to avoid every thing that might excite the heart's action. TENTH SECTION. Derangements of single Systems. A. DISEASES OF THE BONES, MUSCLES, AND ARTICULATIONS. 1. Ostitis, Periostitis, Pott's Disease. Inflammation of the Bones and Periosteum. Inflammations of bones occur in every age, less frequently, how- ever, before the second and after the fiftieth or sixtieth year. In most cases they originate in mechanical injuries or mechanically- acting deleterious influences, they are less frequently owing to the extension of inflammation from the soft parts. In the great majority of cases the mechanical is associated with a constitutional cause, very frequently the latter existing alone. Among the constitutional diseases it is more particularly scrofulosis, tuber- culosis, syphilis and hydrargyrosis that give rise to ostitis. Very often it is very difficult to trace the cause with anything like cer- tainty, especially so far as an inflammation of the substance of the bones is concerned, because it generally develops itself with scarcely perceptible symptoms and in a very insidious manner, hence too long a period of time may have elapsed since the cause first began to act, to permit of the disease being traced to a definite origin. Bones that are but thinly covered by soft parts, are particularly exposed to inflammation from mechanical causes; inflammation arising from more dynamic or constitutional causes may attack any bone; nevertheless inflammations of the mastoid process, of the inferior maxilla, of the vertebrae, the bones of the hands and feet and of the ribs, occur most frequently and are of particular importance. Periostitis occurs more particularly on the fingers, on the bones of the lower extremities and on the skull-bones. The symptoms and course of ostitis differ very remarkably in extent as well as intensity. It is very often found that at the 410 Ostitis, Periostitis. 411 outset the disease is entirely without any symptoms until the disease is finally revealed by the process of suppuration. It very seldom runs an acute and rapid course; this is generally the case, if the inflammation attacks the outer surface of the bone and the periosteum. In such a case the intensity of the pain depends upon the extent of the inflammation; the fever is hio;h, delirium some- times sets in, slight chills are common and the patient very soon begins to lose his strength. Cases of this kind, which run a rapid course, always terminate in suppuration, and the artificial removal of pus is in most cases a matter of absolute necessity. After the pus is evacuated, a cure does not always take place immediately; the bone divested of its periosteum becomes more or less carious before a cicatrix has time to form. If the periostitis runs a slow and somewhat chronic course, the inflammation of itself is not very painful; but very violent pains can be excited by contact; here too the exudation may be trans- formed into pus, but is likewise apt to result in osseous growths and to form extensive flat or tuberous bony indurations. If the inflammation is located in the interior of the bone, the latter is generally distended in its whole length, is not very sensi- tive to pressure, but the patient is tormented by paroxysms of peculiar dull boring pains which, even in the absence of any specific cause, are particularly apt to set in, and to become aggravated at night. These pains are usually felt for some time before the bone commences to swell; they interfere with the mobility of the limb more or less, generally the less the more remotely they are felt from the articulation. Ostitis of this central character always runs a chronic course. Its terminations are suppuration or ossification of the exudation. The pus is seldom reabsorbed, nor does it often become trans- formed into a tubercular mass; most generally it escapes outwardly and, unless the disease is cured, caries and necrosis result. The ichorous dissolution of the exudation generally determines a more rapid course of the disease. If one of the large bones is invaded by the suppurative process, death almost always results, although in some cases not till the patient has lived through years of suffer- ing. An important diagnostic symptom is the presence of albumen in the urine; it almost always occurs if the suppuration is extensive and augurs very badly for the final result. The importance of inflammations of bones varies a good deal. Age exerts a characteristic influence; whereas children and young 412 Diseases of the Bones, Muscles, and Articulations. people generally recover from such inflammations, even if these should last a long while, unless they originate in inveterate, consti- tutional maladies; older persons, especially when on the other side of forty, generally fall victims to such inflammations. Children very often recover w'hen the second period of dentition sets in, or when they enter upon the period of pubescence. The seat of ostitis is of no small importance; inflammation of the bones in the upper part of the body is less dangerous than inflammation of the pelvic bones, or the bones of the lower extremities. It is likewise important to determine whether the inflammation is so located that vital organs may become involved; on this account inflammations of the skull-bones and ribs are more threatening on account of the danger of meningitis or pleuritis resulting from them. What renders the prognosis in every case of non-traumatic inflammation doubtful, is the uncertainty concerning the transformation and extent of the exudation. Sometimes the inflammatory symptoms disappear entirely for a time, and then suddenly reappear again from some cause or other, or without any cause; or else, in one portion of the bone the inflammation runs a favorable course, and then all at once takes a new start either continuously in the tissue of the bone or in separate portions. Every inflammation involving more than one bone, renders the prognosis so much more unfavorable. Among- the terminations of ostitis we have to mention two of particular importance, caries and necrosis. Caries represents a process -where the purulent transformation of the inflammatory exudation involves the destruction of the bony substance; hence it always implies a loss of substance of bone. It occurs more particularly in scrofulous and tuberculous, but may likewise take place in perfectly healthy individuals. It most com- monly involves the spongy portion of the bones. The symptoms of caries vary greatly like those of ostitis. In rare cases, if the pus has no escape or the carious portion of bone is very small, it may remain a latent disorganization. In other cases the pus finds an outlet outwardly, and the rough surface of the bone can be felt with the sound; the detached particles of bone can even be discovered in the pus between the fingers and certainly under the microscope. But if the carious process takes place deep in the interior of the bone, the pus may gravitate downwards, may form fistulous canals and finally break forth in some remote locality. The disease always runs a chronic course, sometimes extending Ostitis, Periostitis. 413 through a series of years, unless, owing to the presence of some other disease, a radical transformation into ichor brings about a rapid termination. Terminations: Recovery by means of granulations, resulting in a firm, tense, retracted cicatrix, or else death amid symptoms of slow, hectic consumption, or in consequence of the inflammation extend- ing to other vital organs; in less frequent cases bones continue to suppurate for years without the organism being much affected by the loss. After the bones are healed, the destructive nature of caries, in case the loss of substance is great, very often leaves deformities and other derangements depending upon the nature of the bone affected. Among these deformities the most important are: Cyphosis in caries of the vertebrae, and impaired mobility of the lower extremities from caries of the head of the femur. The prognosis is very doubtful. If the patients are otherwise sound, and the pathological process is limited in extent, a cure can be depended upon with tolerable certainty; otherwise it is, after all, questionable whether the disease will not sooner or later result fatally. If the carious process takes place very near the serous covering of important viscera, we have at all times to expect an extension of the inflammation to these parts. Necrosis is the gangrenous destruction of a bone or part of a bone. It is a frequent consequence of ostitis attended with sclerosis, and a frequent accompaniment of caries. It is a well known fact that Phosphorus may cause necrosis of the inferior maxilla. A medicinal treatment of necrosis is of course out of the question, except in so far as secondary ostitis may be present; all that can be done, is to remove the necrosed portion of bone. Treatment. The frequent occurrence of ostitis in individuals whose constitutions are tainted -with some constitutional dyscrasia, invites a careful inquiry into the presence of such a constitutional taint, even though not manifested by any outward signs; and, in the second place, to employ such remedies as not. only correspond with the constitutional affection, but likewise aim at remedying the local disease. A mere comparison of symptoms will scarcely ever answer the purpose, for the reason that the localities may differ too much; it is only for a few definite localizations of ostitis that we possess real similia. In general we advise therefore that the general, not the local symptoms be taken as our guide; on this account we mention the following remedies with a few short comments. Mercurius is a medicine of whose specific and almost constantly 414 Diseases of the Bones, Muscles, and Articulations. definite relation to the osseous tissue we may always rest satisfied. It is indeed suitable in most cases of ostitis and periostitis provided they do not originate in mercurial poisoning. It is particularly indicated by: Violent bone-pains, distention, swelling, redness of the integuments, and in general by the more acute symptoms of the disease. However, we do not mean to deny its usefulness in chronic cases of ostitis, and even in caries. The infantile organism is more rapidly and certainly affected by Mercurius. The dose had better be as small as possible; the slow course of the disease 'would seem to point to small doses and given at comparatively long intervals, as preferable to large doses of this agent. Mezereum antidotes Mercurius in the bone-range; this alone shows that both remedies must be homoeopathic to ostitis. Mezereum is particularly adapted to periostitis, less to ostitis, and is particularly appropriate at a period of the disease when no complete suppuration has yet set in. With this remedy we have cured an inflammation of the tibia, where a portion of the bone, several inches in extent, was considerably and painfully distended; the patient was a boy in whom there could not have existed the remotest suspicion of some specific cause. We cannot point out a special locality for Mezereum ; according to Hartmann, it is particularly the superficially situated bones to inflammatory conditions of which Mezereum is best adapted. [This may have been a case of scrofulous rheumatic inflammation; in the course of our practice we have cured quite a number of such cases by means of Aconite, Belladonna, the Iodide of Mercury, likewise Iodine and Iodide of Potassium. H.] Acidum nitricum is indeed chiefly indicated in mercurial ostitis, [and in ostitis originating in syphilis and abuse of Mercury, H.]; yet this recommendation must not be understood too literally; for this agent may likewise be of use in other forms of ostitis, especially of the lower extremities, and in periostitis generally. Phosphori acidum is generally preferred to Acidum nitricum in non-mercurial ostitis; it is indicated in the inflammatory bone- affections of children, especially in inflammations of the vertebrae, if there is an evident disposition to caries and ichorous dissolution. In fully developed caries with symptoms of slow hectic fever, Phosphori acidum is one of the most important remedies. Phosphorus is inferior to Phosphori acidum for the reason that the latter acts more specifically and more penetratingly in chronic affections. In other respects the therapeutic sphere of both rem- Ostitis, Periostitis. 415 edies is very similar; we would accord the preference to Phosphorus, if consumption with unceasing colliquative diarrhoea has set in. Staphysagria is indicated, if the ostitis runs its course with severe pains, and the hone and its periosteum are affected at the same time; in the case of scrofulous individuals; if the facial bones or those of the legs and feet are involved. Manganum is recommended by Hartmann for painful periostitis, and for inflammation of the articular extremities of the bones. Baryta carbonica is eminently adapted to a slow and almost pain- less scrofulous inflammation of the bones of the extremities, after suppuration has begun to set in. Aurum is, like Nitric acid, an exquisitely anti-mercurial medicine, and hence deserves special attention in cases of mercurial ostitis. It has likewise an excellent effect in non-mercurial ostitis with caries, and violent pains, especially at night. Aurum is a specific remedy for inflammatory ulceration of the nasal bones and facial bones generally. In affections of this kind we prefer Aurum muriaticum to the common gold. Silicea is one of the most important remedies in caries from any cause and at any age, as soon as the inflammatory stage has run its course; it is adapted to every constitution, but may not have a very favorable effect in acute ichorous suppuration. We must not forget that Silicea acts very slowly; we recommend small doses at long intervals. Sulphur, in our hands, has never had a permanent effect in caries, nor have we ever been able to effect with it a return towards recovery. Ib can at most be of use only in the latter stages of the disease, not at the beginning. Calcarea. This agent is not so much indicated in uncomplicated ostitis, as in ostitis depending upon scrofulosis; in our opinion it does not act directly as a curative, but by virtue of the favorable change it effects in the scrofulous disease. On this account its use should be deferred until the suppurative process is fully established. We will not decide whether Calcarea carbonica or phosphorica is preferable; we consider it a wrong theory, however, to employ the Phosphate of lime because it is a constituent of bone. In caries of the vertebrae Calcarea is superior to any other drug; often at least, it arrests the destructive process. For further comparison we recommend: Hepar sulphuris, lodium, Kali bichromicum, Graphites, also Rhus toxicodendron and Lyco- podium. Rhus is particularly recommended for periostitis. The 416 Diseases of the Bones, Muscles and Articulations. use of Aconite, Bryonia and Pulsatilla as recommended by Hart- mann, seems to us to involve a loss of time; we do not consider these drugs adapted to ostitis. On the other hand, Belladonna is appropriate in the ostitis of scrofulous children with florid complexions. 2. Rhachitis. Rickets. We treat of this affection here, instead of deferring it to the chapter on constitutional anomalies to which it really belongs, because it is exclusively localized in the bones. The causes of rhachitis are upon the whole involved in obscurity. It is certainly not correct to describe rickets as a consequence of scrofulosis, for not all children who are afflicted with rickets, are scrofulous. With respect to rickets the following are established facts: Rhachitis can only be diagnosed with reliable certainty between the first and second period of dentition; it is preeminently an affection of the lower classes, and more particularly of children that were brought up by hand; sometimes it seems hereditary. The almost constant coincidence with more or less intense digestive disturbances justifies the inference that the main cause of this disease is an abnormal condition of the assimilative functions. Symptoms and Course. Manifest symptoms of rickets are with few exceptions preceded for some time by precursory symp- toms. The children are afflicted with diarrhoea which is at first more slimy and afterwards watery; they lose their appetite or, which is still more common, they have perverse tastes, craving black rye-bread and potatoes; the abdomen is distended, the complexion sickly, the desire to move about is less, and yer, intel- lectually, the children are more matured than their age would seem to indicate. This lack of disposition to move about, which is particularly prominent in the case of children that had already commenced to walk about, is the first suspicious symptom which is very soon, and sometimes almost immediately followed by pains in the bones and articulations. That these pains exist is evident from the cries which the children utter, whenever an attempt is made to have them move about. This circumstance is often inter- preted as naughtiness, more especially since the children already commence to cry at the mere approach of their parents whom they suspect of an intention to make them move about. Soon the characteristic changes in the articular extremities of the bones Rhachitis. 417 become manifest, more particularly, on account of the thin mus- cular covering, at the lower articulations of the radius and ulna, at the lower articulation of the tibia, and at the sternal extremities of the ribs. These articular extremities are enlarged, sometimes unequally bunchy, separated from the shaft by a more or less deep fold of integument. The disease is almost always accompanied by emaciation, especially of the lower extremities, which causes the swelling of the articular extremities and the distention of the abdomen to become still more prominent. The painfulness of the articulations is generally very great, scarcely ever hardly percep- tible; hence not only the pain, but direct weakness seem to be the cause why children absolutely refuse to walk. In the further course of the disease all those changes take place which depend upon the softness of the bones. The lower extremities bend outwardly, if the children attempt to walk, whereas they remain straight, if children are attacked who are not yet able to walk and have to remain extended in a recumbent posture. The bone often looks as if bent at an angle. The ribs are pressed in and the sternum protrudes, giving rise to the so-called chicken-breast. The upper extremities are less crooked, but bent a great deal more, if the child crawls about on all fours. The vertebral column at times assumes the form of cyphosis, at times that of scoliosis or lordosis; the form of the pelvis is likewise altered. The closing of the fontanelles and sutures delays for several years. It is remarkable that the rickety bone does not show any dispo- sition to inflammation with suppuration and caries; nor is such a bone as liable to fracture as a bone normally constituted. The con- sequences to the general organism which are sometimes inconsider- able even with fully developed rhachitis, consist in impediments to the respiration owing to a narrowing of the thorax and deficient mobility of the ribs, with chronic catarrh of the air-passages. Excessive emaciation, with greatly distended abdomen. Delayed, irregular, sometimes perverse dentition. Great tendency to spasm, especially eclampsia, sometimes setting in in consequence of the least pressure on the fontanelles. The affection always runs an exceedingly chronic course, some- times extending over many months. The disease may heal spon- taneously at any stage of its development; we see this in cases where no physician had been employed, and where the true character of the disease can be inferred from the still remaining articular swellings. The first sign towards an improvement is the restoration 418 Diseases of the Bones, Muscles, and Articulations. of a normal digestion. The articular swellings seldom disappear very rapidly; the curvatures never disappear entirely, but usually diminish very materially. The common termination is in recovery; if death results, it is mostly in consequence of the supervention of other complaints, and is the result of actual marasmus only in cases where the patient is utterly neglected. So far as danger to life is concerned, the prognosis is extremely favorable, whereas the curvatures may give rise to many secondary affections in after-life; a rickety pelvis, for instance, may materially interfere with the process of labor. The treatment of rachitis has to be, above all, strictly prophy- lactic or hygienic. It is certain that in almost all cases the disease depends upon abnormal assimilation, and hence first manifests itself by disturbances in the assimilative sphere. On this account we often succeed in arresting the development of the disease, if we see to it that the children are properly fed, kept clean, their skin is w'ell washed and rubbed, and they have an abundance of fresh air. A compliance with these dietetic rules is a primary duty not only at the commencement, but likewise in the further course of the disease. It is moreover of great importance that the children should be pre- vented from moving about, and more particularly from sitting, since they avoid motion anyhow. By pursuing this course, very considerable curvatures are often very much improved, their further increase is checked, and the development of new curvatures is pre- vented. The most appropriate position is a recumbent posture upon an uniformly stuffed, not too hard mattress with a slightly raised pillow, or no pillow at all. Sea-weeds or fine chips, corn-husks are excellent material for the stuffing, likewise on the score of cheap- ness, since such patients generally belong to the poorer classes. Concerning the diet, we have already stated our views when treat- ing of the intestinal catarrh of children, and shall refer to this subject again in the chapter on scrofulosis. The medicines which we require for the cure of rickets, are few in number, but so much more reliable in their effect. After attend- ing to the main requisite for a cure, namely the regulation of a suitable mode of living, the next business in order is to remove the intestinal catarrh as soon as possible, for which purpose the most rigid diet is often insufficient. All the medicines that have been recommended for the intestinal catarrh of children, may be called into use, but Calcarea carbonica undoubtedly heads the list. It is Rhachitis. 419 well known that the partisans of the Rational School account for the use of this agent in rickets upon chemical grounds, namely as a compensation for the excessive loss of the salts of lime in the urine. This excretion of the salts of lime is not the cause, but an effect of the disturbed nutrition of the bones, nor is it borne in mind by "rational" physicians that substances like lime, when given in their crude shape and in a massive dose, have no effect, or even act injuriously. On this account the use of such agents is soon discontinued again. Nevertheless Calcarea is the surest remedy for rhachitis, and we can present it to our opponents as a striking illustration of the efficacy of small doses. When given in the higher attenuations, it shows curative effects very promptly, even if there is no change in the mode of living; we have noticed this on many occasions. We have never witnessed such rapid results from the lower triturations; hence we advise everybody to first try the sixth and higher attenuations before resorting to the lower attenuations and triturations. The diarrhoea often ceases after the first dose, and this change implies a positive victory over the dis- ease. Having almost constantly succeeded with the Carbonate of Lime, we scarcely ever venture to change to the Phosphate or Acetate. A copious, watery, sour-smelling diarrhoea is the surest indication for Calcarea. A second remedy wffiich is likewise extremely beneficial in every suitable case, is Arsenicum. As regards the dose, we apply to it the same remarks that we have to Calcarea. The Arsenic-diarrhoea is less copious, less watery, of a foul smell as of decomposing matter, attended with a good deal of flatulence, hectic fever, great restless- ness, sleeplessness, also vomiting, loss of appetite, whereas Calcarea is characterized by a great craving for certain inadmissible kinds of food. Sulphur is seldom indicated in rickets. Its chief indication is seldom present, namely a slimy or muco-purulent diarrhoea, with discharge of pure bile or a copious admixture of bile. It is asserted by many that a few doses of Sulphur administered previous to Calcarea, renders the effect of the latter more reliable and prompt; we have no experience of our own to offer on this point. These three remedies are sufficient to a cure in by far the larger number of cases. For other remedies we refer the reader to our chapter on intestinal catarrh. [In this disease the continued use of small quantities of Cod-liver oil is decidedly appropriate. H.J 420 Diseases of the Bones, Muscles, and Articulations. 3. Enchondroma. Pcedarthrocace ; Spina ventosa. Enchondroma represents a disease of the bones where cartilag- inous substance is formed within the bone, in consequence of which the substance of the bone is more or less destroyed. The causes of this affection are quite obscure; assigning scrof- ulosis as the origin of the disease, does not shed much light on the subject. It occurs most commonly among children and during pubescence. The enchondroma is most commonly located in the metacarpal bones and in the phalangeal bones of the fingers, much less fre- quently in the bones of the feet, but may. likewise occur in other bones and organs. It either commences without any pain, or else with indefinite sensations in the affected bone, very seldom with marked pains like ostitis. The swelling of the bone is generally the first symptom. It seldom spreads uniformly over the whole bone, but has mostly a spherical or conical shape. The swelling is of slow growth; the soft parts by which it is covered, retain for a long time their normal appearance, until finally, after the swelling has reached a considerable size, the skin reddens and breaks in one or more places. The sound now penetrates into the opening with- out any difficulty, and is easily passed around in the swelling which is commonly found to consist of a very soft, spongy mass. There is very little dischtvge from the opening, very seldom any pus, but rather a serous liquid resulting in the formation of a crust that closes the opening. At this stage pains are generally entirely absent. The disorganization runs a very chronic course. If adults are attacked, the general organism is much affected by the disease; in the case of children a cure may be promised with perfect safety. For this disease we do not possess any specific, properly speaking, but have to select our remedies in accordance with the rules of analogy. Practically Silicea has so far yielded the best results, next to which we rank Graphites. Besides these two, the following rem- edies are recommended: Calcarea, Staphysagria, Mezereum, Cuprum, Sulphur, Ledum palustre. There is no clinical experience recorded with these agents. We should always bear in mind, in treating a case of this kind, that enchondroma can never be cured with ex- ternal means, and that the knife never need be resorted to. Psoitis. 421 4. Psoitis. Inflammation of the Psoas-muscle. Of inflammations of muscles this is the only one that is propor- tionally of frequent occurrence, and is of very great importance. If psoitis sets in as a primary disease, its causes are involved in great obscurity; excessive exertions, a cold, rheumatism, etc., are assigned as probable causes, most likely because no better causes are known. Mechanical injuries seldom result in psoitis. Second- arily psoitis may supervene during inflammation and caries of the lumbar vertebrae. At first, the disease is often quite painless and develops itself very slowly; sometimes, however, it sets in in an acute form. In such a case the patient .experiences a sudden or rapidly increasing violent pain in the lumbar region, which he finds it difficult to define; it often radiates upwards or downwards; as soon as the pain is felt, the motion of the limb is interfered with, especially flexion and rotation inwards. Under such circumstances a violent fever is always present, the pulse being remarkably rapid. The patients lie with their thighs semi-flexed and somewhat turned inwards. Pus forms sometimes rapidly, and at other times slowly, and sometimes in such profuse quantity that its first appearance is indicated by creeping chills. The fully-formed abscess can be reab- sorbed, which is, however, seldom the case; or else, it bursts in the lumbar region, the pus escaping inwardly and immediately threat- ening life; or the pus burrows downwards following the course of the psoas-muscle until it finds an outlet, generally on the anterior surface of the thigh, rarely posteriorly by the side of the vertebral column. The pus thus forms a fistulous canal, which is always the case if the lumbar vertebrae are carious. If suppuration sets in, the course of the disease is always slow; it is only in rare cases that the inflammation does not terminate in suppuration; the organism may become involved in consequence of a profuse suppuration gradually consuming the patient's strength, or in consequence of the escape of the pus into the abdominal cavity, or of the inflammation communicating itself to the vertebrae. For these reasons the prognosis is always doubtful. The treatment is not surgical, except in so far as it may be necessary to open the abscess. Homoeopathic physicians have a higher duty to perform. In the first place we have to try to scatter the inflammation before suppuration sets in; even if this 422 Diseases of the Bones, Muscles, and Articulations. cannot be accomplished in all cases, it is at all events certain that the spread of the inflammation can be prevented by appropriate internal treatment. For this purpose we commence the treatment if a violent and continuous fever is present, with Belladonna, espe- cially if the fever is accompanied by copious perspiration and every motion aggravates the pain extremely. Rhus should be given if the fever consists of a burning, dry heat, with intense thirst, if the trouble seems to have originated in a cold and the pains are worse at night, and when the patient is lying down. If these two reme- dies do not effect an improvement, and the fever is mingled with chilly creepings, the pulse becomes very much accelerated, and the skin is at times burning-hot and at other times drenched in per- spiration, we should at once give Mercurius, which is the only remedy that can arrest the suppurative process, if such a result can at all be accomplished. If an abscess forms, we give Hepar sulph. in order to promote the suppuration; for the main point now is to evacuate the pus as rapidly as possible and by this means to heal the sore as soon as the pus is discharged. Hartmann names a number of drugs, such as Bryonia, Nux vom., Pulsatilla, Canthar- ides, etc., without any practical testimony, and, in our opinion, without practical value. Staphysagria may be tried if the disease runs a slow course, without much fever. After the abscess bursts, and the patients are free from caries, we advise the continued use of Hepar sulph., by which means a rapid termination of the forma- tion of pus is most speedily effected. If the opening becomes fist- ulous, we must be prepared for an exceedingly tardy recovery. If the pus is of good quality and the patient preserves bis strength, Silicea, and next to it Sulphur, are most calculated to promote a cure, although we confess that we have never seen any decided effect from their employment. If the pus becomes watery, sickly- looking, acrid; if the strength begins to fail and hectic symptoms set in, we still may succeed in arresting the bad turn by Phosphorus, China, Ferrum, or by Calcarea carbonica. If the smell and the general quality of the pus show that the continuance of the puru- lent discharge is due to caries of the vertebrae, we can scarcely expect any change from any medicine and the patient must be pre- pared to die of slow consumption. This affection being commonly regarded as rheumatism of the dorsal muscles, it ought to have had its place assigned to it in the 5. Lumbago. Lumbago. 423 chapter on rheumatism; however, inasmuch as we have several reasons for questioning the rheumatic nature of this affection, we will describe its character and point out its treatment in this place. The affection is supposed to originate more particularly in a cold attended with a severe exertion. That this explanation is improb- able, is evident from the circumstance that lumbago is commonly an isolated affection, not attended with catarrh and extensive rheu- matic symptoms; yet, if a cold were the real cause, this would be a very strange localization, so much more as scarcely a trace of fever is present with the attack. The difficulty arises suddenly almost without an exception; it is rarely preceded by vague pains in the lumbar region. The pat'ent, while stooping, or making an attempt to raise anything or to rapidly turn about, suddenly experiences a fearful, racking pain in the back, which makes it almost impossible for him to raise him- self again, and which may even be so intense that he tumbles for- ward as from a blow. The pain continues, is fearfully increased by every movement of the trunk and even the extremities, even by coughing and sneezing; it is suspended for a short time while the patient is lying quiet, but then returns again and compels him to make a painful attempt to change his position. Sometimes walking is utterly impossible, or else the person has to walk with the trunk rigidly erect, or stooping forward, with an unsteady gait, because the least misstep causes a horrid pain. No constitutional disturb- ances are experienced unless they are occasioned by the excessive pain. If the affection is left to itself, it lasts at least three days, but may continue for several weeks, after which the pain leaves gradually, mostly with great tendency to relapses. We do not see upon what ground Hartmann proposes so many remedies for a strictly local affection. In all cases the symptoms are alike and differ only in degrees of intensity. On this account two or three remedies have always sufficed in our hands for a cure. Tartar emetic, second or third trituration, a dose every three or four hours, helps more rapidly than any other remedy. In twenty-four hours the pains generally disappear, except a little stiffness. Rhus is preferable if the lumbago originates in a sudden cold and the pain, so far from being mitigated by rest, is, on the contrary, aggravated. Arnica is indicated if the attack is causefl by a severe exertion. Beside these three remedies we have never been obliged to employ any other; it is only in order to be complete that we add 424 Diseases of the Bones, Muscles, and Articulations. the medicines mentioned by Hartmann: Bryonia, Nur vomica, Sul- phur, Ledum, Pulsatilla, Rhododendron, Colcldcum, China. Kneading and pounding the affected locality is of undoubted use, so is the application of humid warmth. This application is made by dipping a towel in cold water, wringing it well, folding it four to six times and then applying it to the painful locality, after which a dry cloth folded together several times, has to be laid over the wet compress, and a hot flat-iron pressed upon the whole, so that the heat penetrates through the whole and imparts to the skin an intense sensation of warmth. These applications only palliate, but never remove the pain entirely. [We have cured numbers of cases of lumbago by rubbing a moderately strong liniment of the tincture of Aconite-root upon the back, and at the same time giv- ing the first or second decimal attenuation of Aconite-root inter- nally. II.] 6. Progressive Muscular Paralysis. The origin of this very peculiar affection is involved in great obscurity. We are not acquainted with any really constant cause of this disorder, and such causes as have been assigned to it, a cold, excessive exertions, hereditary descent, are at all events doubtful. What is certain is, that men are more particularly liable to this disease. An essential characteristic of this disease consists in a gradual atrophy of one or more muscles attended with fatty degeneration of the affected part. It first invades the muscles of one hand, especially the right, less frequently those of the arm, shoulder or face, and never those of the lower extremities; and even when invading- the muscles of the hand, it almost al wavs first affects a limited portion of them, after which it gradually spreads further. Generally it sets in without pain, seldom with an intensely acute pain, and almost imperceptibly, the affected muscles losing more and more their functional power and at the same time becoming atrophied. Not till the atrophy is complete, does the palsy reach its acme; until then the muscles retain their sensibility, reflex- action continues and the sensitiveness to the electric current is preserved more or less. The affection may remain confined for years to the starting-point without making headway, but this is a rare circumstance. It more frequently happens that the muscular affection gradually spreads Progressive Muscular Paralysis. 425 from one muscle to the other, successive portions of the body be- come involved in the paralysis, and, after having suffered for years, the patient finally perishes if the muscles of deglutition and respir- ation become paralyzed. This disease can be distinguished from ordinary nervous paraly- sis by the circumstance that in progressive muscular atrophy the susceptibility to the electric current remains intact for a long time. With scarcely an exception, the prognosis is unfavorable, especially if the disease rapidly progresses from the start. As for the treatment of this disease, we are as yet unacquainted with reliable specific remedies. It is characteristic of this disease never to invade the muscular fibres of the heart, so that fatty degeneration of the heart and muscular atrophy seem to be very distinct diseases. In the therapeutic range we can only recommend Plumbum and Cuprum, both of which have paralysis with emacia- tion : but it is not certain whether the emaciation is not altoo-ether 7 o the consequence of the palsy. At all events Plumbum is more appropriate than Cuprum. Arsenicum may likewise give rise to expectations of success. Beside these three remedies we still recom- mend Sulphur, Causticum and Lachesis. Gymnastic exercises, with a careful avoidance, however, of all active exertions and a strict limitation of the exercise to passive motions, and likewise a resort to electricity by induction, or faradisation, are said to have occa- sionally yielded favorable results, and to have effected an arrest of the palsy and even an increase of muscular volume. [This disease is also described by English pathologists as wasting palsy. Doctor William Roberts, of Manchester, published the first systematic treatise on this subject, in 1858. In France, the disease has been described by the name of "atrophie musculaire progressive" or " paralysie graduelle du mouvement par atrophie musculaire." There are several other forms of progressive paralysis, one of which is described as progressive locomotor ataxia or the ataxie locomotrice progressive of Duchenne. We transcribe the following description of the disease from Aitken's Science and Practice of Medicine: " Pains like rheumatism first attract attention, rather than failing power. Paralysis of the sixth or third pair of nerves, giving rise to temporary diplopia, with unequal contraction of the pupils, are early symptoms; and another distressing harbinger of the disease is incontinence of urine, associated with spermatorrhoea during the night, with a great proclivity to sexual congress, which is no mere impotent desire but results in effective sexual intercourse. In the 426 Diseases of the Bones, Muscles, and Articulations. erect posture, the muscles may sustain a heavy weight; and general paralysis does not supervene after these extremely anomalous symp- toms until a period of months or even years. There is then a grad- ual and progressive loss of the power of co-ordination in the acts of volition. An awkward, unsteady gait is the earliest indication of such progressive paralysis." "At first the feet are moved in a slatternly manner, the heels lounging on the ground before the toes; and then, as the disease advances, they are thrown involun- tarily to the right or left without purpose, and without the powrer of restraining their irregular movements The act of turning round is performed with great difficulty. The sensation of the feet is apt to become blunted during this period of the disorder, so that the patient feels as if he were always walking on a soft carpet, and is therefore so much the more insecure.... The bladder and rectum are also frequently implicated .... but electro-muscular contrac- tility is retained throughout the whole disease (see Meryon, Med- ico-Chirurgical Transactions, vol. 35, page 194). The duration of progressive ataxia is from six months to ten or even twenty years. If the patient is put on his legs with his eyes shut, and his feet close together, it is seen that, although he has the muscular power, he has not the muscular sensibility to preserve his body from falling, or to guide him in taking even a few steps forward with his eyes closed. He will reel and tumble about like a drunken man (see Trousseau, Meryon). It is a disease of middle age and affects males rather than females; and is apt to be hereditary." II.] 7. Inflammation of Joints. The articulations composed of a number of essentially different tissues, are variously exposed, both by their functions and their situation, to inflammatory affections which differ greatly in their natures, for the reason that several of these tissues may be attacked together and in various combinations. Moreover, an articular in- flammation, wherever it may be located, is always of special impor- tance, on account of the organism falling such a ready victim to its consequences. Homoeopathy has given abundant evidence that it is possessed of means to modify the course of these inflammations and to impress upon them a favorable change. It has no specific remedies for articular inflammations generally, but for each special form thereof. We call attention to this point, because we cannot dwell upon every special form of articular inflammation and request the reader to select the proper remedy for himself in a given case. Inflammation of Joints. 427 Among these inflammations we single out the following as the most important: a. Coxalgia, Coxarthrocace, Inflammation of the Hip-joint. This inflammation, the chronic form of which is designated as luxatio spontanea or " voluntary limping," cannot he traced to any definite cause. It affects principally children and young people during the first years of pubescence. Its extremely frequent occur- rence during the years fourteen to seventeen, and in persons of rapid growth, leads us to infer that a rapid growth of the bones constitutes a disposition to this inflammation, and that an exertion, a cold or other scarcely apparent circumstances simply act as exciting causes. A connection between this disease and some con- stitutional affection cannot be traced with any positive certainty. Acute coxarthrocace sets in suddenly even with a violent chill, like all other acute inflammations, with which severe pains are associated. The patient locates these pains at times in the small of the back, at other times more in front, very seldom in the hip- joint ; they are extremely acute, tearing, burning, stitching, shoot- ing, aggravated by every motion of the lower extremities, not altogether, and sometimes not at all, relieved by horizontal posture. At the same time a high fever accompanies the pains, the pulse being not unfrequently upwards of 120; this circumstance dis- tinguishes the disease from lumbago with which it is easily con- founded. Amid symptoms of this kind which may become sufficiently intense to simulate typhus, the following objective phenomena become manifest in one, two or more weeks: The affected hip and the buttock of the same side swell, so that the fold between the nates is much deeper; the thigh is somewhat rotated outwards and slightly drawn up towards the abdomen; the knee is half bent; extension and rotation of the thigh are very painful, nor can these movements be executed completely. Walking is not entirely impossible, but can only be performed with the greatest pain. It is very seldom that an improvement begins at this point; as a rule an extensive suppuration sets in, amid frequent chills and burning heat of the skin. After this, a short intermission seems to take place in the further development of the disease, until the abscess reaches the skin and bursts. This may take place posteriorly, laterally or in front. After the pus is discharged, the patient feels much better, and then worse again, provided the suppuration becomes very profuse and continuous. Upon the whole, the prospect 428 Diseases of the Bones, Muscles, and Articulations. of a speedy closure of the cavity is very slim; most generally fistulous openings result. The articulation itself is variously affected according as one or the other tissue is most involved. If the inflam- mation was originally located in the bone, this is partially destroyed together with the acetabulum, and caries is the result; if the inflam- mation emanates from the fibrous tissues or from the synovial membrane, the bones may remain intact. Thus the terminations of the disease are: Very rarely a complete and rapid restoration; long-lasting suppuration with final recovery and a total or partial destruction of the articulation; long-lasting suppuration with caries which may end in hectic fever and death. The prognosis is always very uncertain. Chronic or subacute coxarthrocace presents a very different group of symptoms. The disease commences with vague symptoms in the hip-joint resembling rheumatic pains and alternately exacerbat- ing, remitting, or even intermitting for some time. These pains may be absent and in their stead the patient may only complain of a stiff joint which is more especially felt during motion. Sensible pressure on the hip-joint generally causes more or less pain, and the thigh is usually rotated outwards to some extent as soon as the disease commences. With such trifling symptoms it may go on for some time, before more serious changes become manifest. The pains increase in intensity and cause the patient to limp, the thigh is slightly flexed and turned inwards, being at the same time, how- ever, rotated outwards. Almost without an exception a more or less violent pain is at the same time felt in the knee, very generally surpassing the pain in the hip-joint in intensity. The affected limb becomes elongated, its muscles become relaxed and flabby, the glutei muscles of the affected side become depressed, the gluteal fold is much deeper, the trochanter is somewhat turned outwards. In the further course of the disease suppuration supervenes, the pus escaping on the outside and destroying life by caries and hectic fever. A cure at this stage is a rare occurrence; or else no suppura- tion sets in and the head of the femur and the acetabulum adhere together; or finally the head of the femur slips out of the acetabulum, in which case adhesions occur with a greater or less degree of immobility of the thigh, or with suppuration outwardly. It may take several years before the disease exhausts the different phases of this course. The prognosis is always doubtful, and, so far as a final cure is concerned, generally very unfavorable. The younger the individuals the more hope we may entertain of a final Inflammation of Joints. 429 cure; the older the patient the greater the danger of hectic fever succeeding the suppuration. Although the number of homoeopathic remedies for coxarthrocace is but small, yet the success with which they are used in this disease, is a source of pride to our practice. In view of the almost positive certainty of a correct diagnosis in most cases of hip- disease, the clinical results that have been obtained in the treat- ment of this disorder, may be regarded as absolutely reliable testimony. In the following paragraphs we give the treatment of the different varieties of coxarthrocace and their stages. At the outset of acute coxitis with violent fever and accelerated pulse Belladonna or Rhus tox. may be required, but only as long as no pus has yet formed. For the distinctive symptoms of both drugs the Materia Medica may be consulted. If the symptoms are not very violent, Bryonia may deserve a preference. If symptoms of suppuration have plainly set in, no remedy can compete with Mercurius which of itself is capable of moderating and even arrest- ing the suppurative process. Only if the abscess threatens to break, we advise a resort to Hepar sulphuris. After the bursting of the abscess, the selection of a remedial agent will depend upon the constitutional symptoms. If the patient gains in strength and the symptoms point to a rapid healing of the sore, Calcarea carb, renders excellent service in so far as it promotes the nutritive process. Acidum phosph, is likewise appropriate under such circumstances. If the suppuration is profuse, and a laudable pus is discharged, the continued use of Sulphur will bring about a diminution of the secretion or, if Sulphur should fail us, Silicea will achieve this result. If the pus becomes thin, smells badly and the patient loses strength, we have to select in accordance with the constitutional symptoms: Bhosphorus, Acidum phosph, and nitric., Calcarea carbon. and phosphor., Arsen., Lycopodium. We have a few remedies which, when given at the outset of chronic coxitis, have often succeeded in decidedly arresting the further progress of the disease. Rhus tox., if the pains are chiefly felt during rest, affect the whole thigh, and the lameness is very great. Belladonna in the case of young, robust, plethoric individ- uals, if the pains are severe, limited to circumscribed localities and set in more particularly towards evening and after exercise. Arnica, if the disease is traceable to some mechanical injury, with a burning and frequently shifting pain which causes a great deal of restless- ness. Colocynthis for very severe and constant pains resembling 430 Diseases of the Bones, Muscles, and Articulations. ischias and increasing or decreasing independently of external circumstances. Even in the second stage of the disease, Colocynthis is still indi- cated, and is very much commended by physicians. If we are satisfied that suppuration has set in, Mercurius will of course be our choice, more especially in the case of scrofulous individuals. Calcarea carbonica and Hepar sulphuris are likewise variously recom- mended at this stao-e. ' o If pus is formed and the abscess has burst, the same treatment has to be pursued as in a case of acute coxitis. The following remedies are recommended in isolated cases, and may be investigated more particularly in the Materia Medica: Conium, Lycopodium, Pulsatilla, Petroleum, Digitalis purpurea, Aurum. The rest of the treatment may be condensed in the following points which it would lead us too far to account for by a special train of reasoning. The patients should not remain in a state of absolute rest, on the contrary, they had better move about by means of crutches. If pus forms, warm poultices may be applied; they not only promote the formation of pus, but very often favor its reabsorption. Only if carious destruction of the joint has taken place, the patients will have to remain quiet lest spontaneous luxa- tion should result; in such circumstances a suitable extension- apparatus may be resorted to, which will have to be applied, how- ever, with a great deal of caution. The diet should be at all times plain and strengthening; the use of fat is to be rigidly prohibited. b. Gonarthrocace, Tumor Albus Genu, Gonitis, Inflammation of the Knee-joint. This is one of the most frequently occurring inflammations of joints; owing to the exposed situation of the knees, this might indeed be expected. Its etiology is no less obscure than that of the inflammation of any other joint; it is certain that a mechanical injury is the least frequent cause of this inflammation. Very often gonarthrocace seems to be the expression of a constitutional attec- tion. As regards age, young people are indeed more disposed to this disease, which is likewise, however, met with after the twenty- fifth year of age, and occurs, it appears, more frequently among females than males. A simple inflammation of the knee, to which the name of tumor Inflammation of Joints. 431 albus should never be applied, and which is generally the result of some mechanical injury or of excessive use, is an unimportant affection as long as the inflammation is confined to the integuments. It is scarcely ever attended with fever, is never ushered in by a chill, and runs its course within a few weeks. However, inasmuch as we can never be sure whether such an unimportant disease may not result in the more dangerous tumor albus, it ouo;ht to be man- aged with all due precaution. Tumor albus never runs an acute course, at most subacute and usually very chronic. While using the joint, the patient complains of pain and impaired mobility; in more rapidly progressing cases the temperature of the joint is higher than usual. If the inflam- mation emanates from the soft parts, the pains are generally less than when the bones constitute the starting-point. Sometimes the knee swells rapidly, at other times more slowly, and most slowly if the bones receive the first shock of the disease. In the latter case the knee preserves its form for a long time, whereas in the other cases the swelling soon modifies any former shape of the knee. As the swelling increases, which generally has a very white appearance, it grows progressively softer, elastic, and finally shows symptoms of fluctuation. The cutaneous veins become very much enlarged. The pains generally increase with an increase of the swelling. Sometimes not till after the lapse of years, and, in a few cases, after that of weeks, distinct fluctuation is perceived in one or more places; here the skin reddens, breaks, and a pus which is mostly thin and mixed with flocks, is discharged. In spite of this evacua- tion of pus, the swelling remains almost unchanged. The suppuration in a case of tumor albus is generally very tardy. The openings may close for a short time, after which they generally open again, so that, in a fortunate case, suppuration may cease after many months, and the swelling may grow smaller, but the joint remains stiff and thick, and the leg somewhat bent. A cure of this disease is witnessed only in the case of young people. If the case terminates less favorably, the suppuration gradually super- induces hectic, fever, and finally ends in death. The prognosis is always bad, for no one escapes from such an attack without some permanent injury; the difference in favor of young and robust individuals is that death needs not be apprehended in their case, which is generally sure to occur in individuals of upwards thirty years of age. Treatment. We cannot boast of possessing many similia for 432 Diseases of the Bones, Muscles, and Articulations. gonarthrocace whose clinical value has at the same time been tested by an abundance of practical observations. Aloreover, it is unfor- tunately a difficult matter to select a remedy for a given case in accordance with the symptomatic records of the Materia Medica. • The simple, rapidly terminating and benign inflammation of the knee, without any affection of the bone or any marked tendency to suppuration, readily yields to Arnica, if the trouble originates in a mechanical injury. If the trouble proceeds rather from internal causes, Belladonna will generally be found sufficient, if there is much pain, and Bryonia, if both pain and swelling are consider- able; Comum, Pulsatilla or Rhus toxicodendron will be required less frequently. [We think Pulsatilla is not sufficiently appreciated by Baehr; we know of no remedy that has a more specific relation to the synovial lining of the cavity of the knee than Pulsatilla ; hence in gonitis, if the inflammatory process is primarily and chiefly located in the synovial membrane, Pulsatilla is undoubtedly the leading remedy. In chronic gonitis of this character we should depend chiefly upon Silicea, higher attenuations, with intercurrent doses of Pulsatilla. IT.] If tumor albus begins as a subacute disease, with severe pains, slight febrile excitement, rapid increase of the swelling, Bryonia is the main remedy as long as the inflammation is confined to the soft parts; if the trouble is primarily located in the bone, if the pain is excessive, although the swelling is only slight, Mercurius will have to be employed. In the case of young and robust indi- viduals Belladonna is preferred by many physicians, even if the bones are affected primarily. If the swelling progresses without much pain, Conium is indicated. Beside these remedies the follow- ing deserve attention at the outset: Ledum for severely-stitching nocturnal pains; Mezereum for nocturnal, tearing pains; Rhus tox., if the pain is very much increased in a recumbent posture; and Lycopodium. We shall seldom be able to arrest the swelling with those remedies; as a rule, it will progress to the stage where we have to dread the advent of suppuration. At this stage a favor- able change may yet be effected by one of the following remedies: Mercurius, Iodine, Ilepar sulphuris, Sulphur. Their special indica- tions cannot well be stated a priori, because they generally result from the constitutional symptoms which the disease happens to have evolved; all we can here say is that Mercurius and Sulphur are more adapted to very hard and not very extensive swellings; Iodine and Hepar sulphuris to large and soft swellings, with symp- Inflammation of Joints. 433 toms of fluctuation. If pus forms notwithstanding, and the abscess bursts, a remedy has to be selected, with reference to two condi- tions, namely: whether the suppuration threatens to speedily super- induce consumption, or whether the patient's strength bears well up under it. In the former case Calcarea carbonica and Phosphorus will have to be given; in the latter, Silicea^ Graphites and Baryta ; Arsenicum may likewise be of eminent use in the case of scrofulous individuals. External applications are not always appropriate in this disease. Poultices are injurious if they increase the pains; in most cases they not only relieve the pain, but likewise exert a favorable effect upon the reabsorption of the pus in the diseased joint. An uninterrupted recumbent posture is to be avoided as long as the patients remain capable of moving about; only the diseased limb must not be used for a walk. A moderate and constant pressure by a starched bandage is only borne if the bones are not too much diseased ; it has the double advantage of antagonizing the swelling and protecting the limb during motion. It has the best effect, if the abscess has already broke, for, in such a case, the bandage most decidedly promotes the course of the suppurative process. Ampu- tation is only advisable if the joint is utterly disorganized and the constitution begins to show signs of failing under the constant pain and loss of fluids. c. Inflammation of the. Tarsus. The inflammation is either seated in the bones or where they articulate with those of the metatarsus; or else in the articulation of the tarsus and tibia, or in both localities at the same time. Here, too, mechanical injuries are rarely the cause of the inflam- mation. An inflammation of the metatarsus is particularly met with among children and during the age of pubescence; an inflam- mation of the tibio-tarsal articulation occurs more frequently among adults. The symptoms are most commonly the following: At first a pain is felt in walking, particularly during certain positions of the foot; in a state of rest the pain subsides almost entirely. Gradually the joint begins to swell, the swelling increasing more and more and gradually extending over the whole foot; at the same time the pains increase, become continuous, and walking is entirely out of the question. At last the pus finds an outlet in one or more places. In favorable cases the suppuration now decreases, the strength 434 Uiseases of the Bones, Muscles, and Articulations. keeps up, the fistulous openings close, although sometimes not till years have elapsed. Or else, the swelling continues to increase even after the bursting of the abscess, the foot becomes completely dis- torted, and hectic fever is the unavoidable consequence. The course of the disease always exceeds one and even more years, until the pus escapes outwardly. At all times life is in danger even in the case of children; adults succumb almost always with scarce an exception. A peculiar form of tarsal inflammation is a flat foot. Sometimes it affects already small children, although it is only slightly devel- oped at that age; it mostly shows itself after pubescence, most generally among males if they suddenly grow up in height. Every time after the foot is perseveringly used, violent pains are experi- enced in the joint, which becomes stiff after walking, with inability to stand upon the affected limb. On the inside a little swelling is perceived under the malleolus. Little by little the foot loses its arched shape, the os naviculare is turned downwards, away from the heel, and the patients generally walk on the inner edge of the foot. The malformation of the foot may become very considerable, and may materially interfere with its use. Sometimes the trouble does not cease spontaneously until after the patient is thirty years old. This form of inflammation which, under similar circum- stances, may likewise occur at the knee, never results in sup- puration. The treatment involves difficulties for the reason that we are entrusted with it at too late a period, and likewise because we can never expect to accomplish a rapid success. At the outset of the inflammation we may still hope to accomplish something by means of Staphysagria, Ledum, Sabina, Ruta, Mezereum; but it is only in few cases that we succeed in preventing suppuration. If the bones are the starting-point of the inflammation, Belladonna and Mer- curius are preferable to the previously-named remedies. Sup- puration generally sets in slowly and amid signs of an apparent improvement which, however, should not deceive us. Suitable remedies are : Calcarea carbonica, and especially Hepar sulphuris, besides -which we have Graphites, if the metatarsus is likewise involved. If the abscess bursts on the outside, the same remedies have to be employed that have been recommended for tumor albus under similar circumstances, to which Aurum may still be added. Poultices are out of place in an affection of such slow growth. The Arteries. 435 abscess should never be lanced; a tight bandage scarcely ever agrees with the patient's feeling of comfort. For flat foot Staphysagria and Graphites seem to us to be the best remedies; their effect is, however, questionable, for the reason that in all the cases that we have had to treat, we have always resorted to a firm bandage, most generally a starched bandage, in' order to afford the joint the necessary support; indeed we have often cured this disorder radically by means of such a bandage." Shoes firmly laced beyond the ankles, and with only moderately high heels, are indispensable. Articular inflammations of the upper extremities are less impor- tant, because they are less dangerous to the organism. Suppuration is borne for years without any great inroad upon the general health. The remedies to be employed are mostly the same as those men- tioned for inflammations of the lower extremities; other remedies ■ can be found in the Materia Medica, which is so much more prac- ticable as the disease does not require any immediate medicinal interference. B. DISEASES OF THE ARTERIES, VEINS, LYMPHATICS, AND LYMPHATIC GLANDS. 1. Diseases of the Arteries. The various diseases of the arteries are, indeed, of a very high pathological value, but of very little importance in a therapeutic point of view, for the simple reason that they cannot be treated medicinally. Arterial inflammation, mostly only a symptom of other diseases, is scarcely recognizable with positive certainty, even in the case of larger arterial trunks. Of course, an inflammation of the larger arteries is highly interesting, because the closure of an arterial trunk near the heart may give rise to cardiac hypertrophy. 436 Diseases of the Arteries, Veins, Lymphatics, etc. Aneurisms are not exactly pathological diseases, but conse- quences of other influences. We do not see how medicines are to accomplish anything in such cases, either in the uniformly devel- oped arteriectasia or in the aneurism resulting from partial lacera- tion of the vessel. It is only the disturbances which such arterial lesions cause in the heart, that suggest the propriety of medicinal interference, and we regard it as downright absurdity to recom- mend medicines for thq cure of aneurisms, as has indeed been done. [There is no reason why Aconite and Digitalis should not be tried for aneurism. We know of a case of aneurism of the subclavian artery that was to be operated on by a celebrated Professor of one of the Philadelphia Colleges. Previous to the operation the patient was placed on the alternate use of tolerably large doses of Aconite and Digitalis, for a week. When the patient presented himself for the operation, the aneurism had so far disappeared that the Pro- fessor was unable to trace it and concluded to wait; what became of the case afterwards, I am unable to say. H.] 2. Diseases of the Veins. a. Phlebitis. Inflammation of Veins. Phlebitis, the correct diagnosis of which is a recent triumph, is, so far as its consequences are concerned, one of the most important of all known morbid processes. The veins of the lower extremities and of the cavity of the skull are particularly liable to inflamma- tion, besides all the veins whose sides do not collapse, such as, above all other veins, those of the gravid uterus. The causes of phlebitis are: Direct injuries of the vessel; coagula arising from impediments to the circulation occasioned by dilata- tion of the vessel; introduction of foreign substances resulting in a decomposition of the blood. This last-named explanation is appli- cable to phlebitis which sets in in an epidemic form in limited local- ities ; or else the disease may arise secondarily from inflammatory affections of neighboring parts, or of remote parts, but lying in the tract of the vein; or from puerperal conditions, pysemia, suppura- tions of bones, especially caries of the bones and ossicula of the ear. The symptoms of phlebitis vary according to its extent and in- tensity. The most intense forms of phlebitis originate in pyaemia, to which we therefore refer; in this category belongs especially epidemic phlebitis, where the local process is rapidly extended through the whole organism. The less intense cases very usually Veins 437 set in with a chill recurring either irregularly with more or less frequency or otherwise, or else setting in typically, like an inter- mittent paroxysm. The diseased vein is often indicated by a seated, circumscribed, burning pain, but is quite often altogether painless. The chill is succeeded by a feeling of illness, usually so severe that it is entirely out of all proportion to the objective symp- toms. The pulse is accelerated and very much reduced in volume, the digestion is interfered with, a tendency to perspire sets in, the tract of the vein becomes cedematous. If the circulation in the vein is restored, all these symptoms may disappear as rapidly as they came. If pus forms in the vein, the inflammation gradually ascends towards the heart, and the picture of pyaemia becomes more and more marked. If the vein remains closed, oedema develops itself beyond the closure and, if a collateral circulation can be estab- lished, may last only a short while, or else remain permanent. In such a case lassitude, chills at irregular intervals, irregular flashes of heat sometimes continue for weeks. The terminations of phlebitis depend upon the changes going on in the inflammatory exudation. If no purulent, decomposition takes place, life is not exactly in danger; if pus forms, it may be carried along with the current of blood, and a most malignant phlebitis may suddenly arise notwithstanding the trifling character of the symptoms at the outset of the inflammation. It is in this manner that lying-in women and persons that had been operated upon, often perish quite suddenly although not a single symptom existed at first that could have given rise to the least apprehensions of danger. The prognosis is uncertain. If the chills recur but seldom and with increasing weakness, the danger is less; whereas frequent chills, prostration and sopor, the supervention of icterus and petechise, are decidly ominous signs. Treatment. Phlebitis is one of those diseases that can scarcely ever be treated in accordance with the rules of a rigorous symp- tomatic similarity, and where, if we do not mean to commit grave mistakes, we have to keep constantly and clearly in view the whole internal process not manifested to the senses by a single symptom. Thus a purely symptomatic similarity can only have a secondary value, and the drugs whose special action upon the veins we have become acquainted with from cases of poisoning, necessarily occupy the first rank in the treatment of this disease. Their number is not great, and a portion of those we shall name, is still very little 438 Diseases of the Arteries, Veins, Lymphatics, etc. correctly known, and, what is worse, the clinical applications of these drugs are still exceedingly unsatisfactory and insufficient. Among these remedies we distinguish: the serpent-poisons, the poison of the honey-bee, Curare, Secale cornutum, Phosphorus, Mer- curius and Arsenicum. Of all these, Phosphorus is undoubtedly the most important remedy, corresponding with the most diversified forms of phlebitis, from the most trifling form to that accompanied by icterus and petechise. Apis is particularly indicated, if the veins of the cavity of the skull are inflamed; it is less homoeopathic to phlebitis of the lower extremities. Lachesis and Secale, as well as Arsenicum, are particularly indicated by the heart-symptoms, the anxiety, dyspnoea, etc. Mercurius is especially appropriate if the phlebitis remains more localized and is attended with external inflammation and suppuration. We do not dwell upon these re- medies more in detail, because they will have to be referred to again under pyaemia. In lighter cases the following remedies have been found practically useful: Bryonia, Staphysagria, Phus toxico- dendron; Bryonia if the inflammation was not very painful, but attended with marked constitutional disturbances; Rhus tox., for local symptoms radiating from the inflammatory centre like ery- sipelas; Staphysagria, for phlebitis of the lower extremities. [Bella- donna and Hamamelis virg. are eminently useful in phlebitis; we have cured a very severe and threatening case of inflammation of the femoral vein, where the inflammation spread rapidly as far as the hip, by means of tolerably large and frequently repeated doses of Belladonna, without the aid of any other remedy. IL] The subsequently remaining and very prominent oedema of the parts which lose their normal circulation in consequence of the obstruction of the vein, cannot be removed by treatment. It does not disappear until the collateral circulation is restored, which it sometimes takes years to accomplish; the uniform pressure of a bandage, if it can be applied, may, if it does not effect a cure, afford at least a good deal of relief. In most cases the causes of these very frequent dilatations can be determined with perfect certainty; in other cases, however, they are involved in obscurity. These are the cases where the disease cannot well be traced to some mechanical obstruction in the cir- culation of the blood. At all events, these cases are the least fre- quent. But even in cases where mechanical causes undoubtedly b. Phlebectasia. Varices; Dilatation of Veins. Veins 439 co-operate, they cannot be regarded as the sole cause of the disease, since individuals who are exposed to the same deleterious influences remain free from any such trouble. Hence, the existence of a pecul- iar predisposition in the walls of the veins, or else the subsequent supervention of a morbid change in those walls, will have to be taken for granted. The most frequent causes are: Obliteration of the vein owing to which the portion beyond the obliterated vein dilates in its whole extent; dilatation or contraction of the venous trunk, which has the same effect as obliterations, only in a less degree; every pathological change that interferes with the flow of blood to the heart, such as dilatation of the rio-ht ventricle, affec- tions of the liver, emphysema, tumors compressing the vein, tight clothing. In all such cases, phlebectasia is of a secondary charac- ter ; it may likewise occur as a primary disease in a manner that we have not yet been able to account for, in the case of men who have to be continually in a position that interferes with the reflux of the blood, persons for instance who have to be continually in a sitting or standing posture. In a sitting posture, the dilatation of the vessels can often be accounted for by the pressure exerted upon the abdominal viscera in the stooping posture; in the standing posture, on the contrary, the dilatation is entirely owing to the circumstance that the vertical position of the body embarrasses the course of the blood onwards through the veins. In very many cases another influence exists of whose mode of action we have no def- inite idea, namely bad nutrition and living in damp, unwholesome dwellings. That these circumstances are of importance is shown by the frequent occurrence of varices on the lower extremities among the lower strata of the population, more particularly among weavers and washerwomen. Every vein in the body may become dilated; dilatations occur most frequently in the veins of the rectum, lower extremities and spermatic cord. We will briefly dwell here upon varices of the lower extremities. They occur more frequently among women in whom the cause of the dilatation is traceable to the impregnated uterus, whereas primary dilatations are decidedly of more frequent occurrence among men. What we have said just now concerning the originating causes of dilatation is particularly applicable to this form. At first one of the larger cutaneous veins of the leg is most commonly affected, whence it does not usually extend to the thigh, but involves very regularly the larger as well as the more minute veins of the foot, especially the veins situated around the ankles 440 Diseases of the Arteries, Veins, Lymphatics, etc. where they give rise to a considerable swelling covered with a bluish net of both delicate and coarser vessels. In most cases these varicose veins are painless. In other cases the leg pains for a short time, after which the pain again disappears. Very often the pain is felt while a portion of the skin assumes a bluish redness, swells and becomes quite hard; the pain increases continually, finally the skin suddenly breaks at the place of infiltration, without this lesion being caused by mechanical injury as most of these patients fancy, and an ulcer of the size of a pea forms, which is at first round and provided with thin, somewhat undermined edges. Without proper management and hygienic precautions the pains increase all the time; the ulcer spreads, its edges gradually swell, the surrounding skin becomes hypertrophied, the ulcer secretes a watery and some- times exceedingly fetid fluid, and its base has a sickly color. If the same mode of living is continued, during which walking hurts only a little, but standing hurts a great deal, the ulcer may spread over the whole surface of the leg from the ankle to the calf, and may even penetrate to the periosteum. Ulcers below the ankle and on the anterior portion of the foot are of rare occurrence. The fetor of the ulcer increases in proportion as the ulcer spreads over a larger surface. In one of our cases, during the summer-season, a crowd of worms of half to three quarters of an inch in length, were seen in the ulcer whenever the dressing was removed. Persons go about with such ulcers for years, and it is inconceivable that the constant drain of their vital fluids does not result in speedy ema- ciation. If a fever or some other constitutional disease breaks out during the existence of the ulcer, it seems to heal spontaneously, in which case the disease is very commonly, but improperly, regarded as the consequence of the healing. If the patients are so situated as to be able to remain at once in a recumbent posture, the little sores heal very speedily, but break open again very easily if the person has to stand a great deal, so that the existence of such ulcers at any previous period leaves a constant liability to their returning again at a subsequent time. In the higher walks of life, where every measure is taken from the start to prevent the formation of ulcers, a peculiar cutaneous affection is -witnessed in their stead. The skin assumes a very dark and bluish color, and scattered and violently itching pustules form very frequently, or else the skin peels off in scales, leaving the sur- face moist. This form of the varicose affection is by far the most malignant and distressing. Veins 441 With an entire change in the mode of living the varicose ulcers may heal of themselves, but this is undoubtedly a very rare occurrence. Treatment. Painless varices, without ulceration, cannot be regarded as an object of treatment, nor do we believe that any- body can imagine the feasibility of removing them by means of medicines. If pains are felt, and the subcutaneous cellular tissue becomes infiltrated, it would seem as though medicines might be useful; at any rate we have seen a rapid improvement take place after the use of Staphysagria, Lycopodium and Graphites. These are the only remedies which we can recommend as long as the ulcers are painful. Of other remedies, of which we have had abund- ant opportunities of trying a large number, such as Sulphur, Sepia, Silicea, Mercurius, Aurum, Rhus toz., etc., we have never perceived the least effect. [Hamamdis virg. is frequently used by American physicians. H.] If the ulcer has become atonic, even the three first-named remedies are no longer of any use, and a mechanical treatment is the only treatment that can prove of any use. These three remedies are likewise the only ones that we can recommend for the peculiar cutaneous affection, but we must confess that they too will often leave us in the lurch. Our main resource in treating these varicose disorders are external or mechanical means. The dilatation of the veins being chiefly a passively mechanical change, it is evident that moderate compression by means of a good band- age will moderate and finally remove the varicose dilatation altogether. If individuals with marked varicose dilatations constantly wear a bandage, they will never be troubled with ulcers nor with any other cutaneous affection. Existing ulcers heal very rapidly under a carefully-applied bandage, so much more rapidly if we first cover them with strips of adhesive plaster and a layer of cotton wadding over these, so as to protect them from all contact with atmospheric air. By pursuing this course we have never known ulcers of any size or of upwards of twenty years' standing to remain uncured; but we have never shunned the trouble of applying the bandage ourselves. The longest time it has taken us to heal these ulcers, is six months. In this case the ulcer was about a quarter of a square foot in size, the subjacent periosteum was considerably infiltrated, the skin was hypertrophied from the toes to the knee as in a case of exquisite elephantiasis, and had the appearance of an enormous wart. All these deep-seated alterations yielded to the exclusive use of the bandage. If the excessive 442 Diseases of the Arteries, Veins, Lymphatics, etc. sensitiveness does not admit of the immediate application of a bandage, the patient must be kept for a short time in a recumbent position with his leg raised; in such a case warm cataplasms afford a good deal of relief. 3. Diseases of the Lymphatic Vessels and Glands. a. Lymphangioitis and Lymphadenitis Acuta. Acute inflammations of lymphatic vessels occur so seldom alone; lymphangioitis especially occurs so seldom without inflammation of the lymphatic glands, that we will treat of both these conditions together. These inflammations exist very seldom as primary diseases; even if they seem to be of this character, yet a careful examination shows even in such cases that the inflammation is a secondary occurrence. Secondarily the affection most commonly supervenes during the course of pathological processes that depend upon some special infection, such as syphilis and variola, or during the course of diseases depending upon or occasioning septic processes, such as puerperal fever and typhus. Any, even ever so trifling suppuration on the skin may inflame the adjoined lymphatic vessel and its glands; sometimes this may not take place until the primary sup- puration has healed, so that the inflammation in such cases may seem to have originated as a primary disease. We may finally observe that some constitutions show a striking predispositon to inflammations of lymphatic vessels, whereas others are scarcely ever attacked by them. Lymphangioitis, so far as it is an 'object of observation, if the inflamed vessel is situated near the periphery, sets in suddenly, sometimes after an injury of the primarily inflamed parts, and appears like a fine, sharply circumscribed, rose-colored cord which is very sensitive to contact, and interferes with the free motion of the limb. This lasts very seldom longer than two days. Sometimes even a few hours after the appearance of the red cord, at times not till hours have elapsed after its disappearance, one or more of the lym- phatic glands in relation with the inflamed vessel begins to swell, becomes painful, and very speedily shows an inflammatory redness. It is more particularly the inguinal, axillary and posterior cervical glands that are liable to becoming thus inflamed. Sometimes no kind of pain is felt at the commencement, which may not set in until the swelling of the gland has reached a very high degree and Lymphatic Vessels and. Glands. 443 suppuration has begun to make its appearance, owing to which circumstance we feel very much disposed to regard such inflamma- tions as primary. After the gland has reached the size of a hazel- nut to that of a hen's egg, the pain may disappear again without the gland having softened, and the swelling may very gradually go down again and the gland return to its former size, or else one portion of the gland may resume its normal condition, and the balance remain indurated. Most commonly, however, the inflam- mation terminates in suppuration, the pus escaping outwardly and leaving the skin round the opening undermined, a closure of which generally takes place very slowly. We have occasionally noticed a very peculiar form of lymphan- gioitis, more particularly in the case of women, and about the head. With this inflammation a violent fever breaks out very suddenly, accompanied by tearing pains in the scalp and nape of the neck. The abatement of these pains is attended with the simultaneous appearance of several nodes and hard cords about the head, which, however remain seldom longer than forty-eight hours. After a short interval of ease another attack takes place, and this may be going on in this manner for several weeks. We have never been able to trace such an occurrence to any definite cause. The treatment has to be in conformity with the exciting cause. Of syphilitic inflammations of the lymphatic glands we shall speak in the further course of this work. If the inflammation is caused by the introduction of poisonous substances into a wound, the best remedies are Ammonium carbonicum, Acidum nitricum and muria- ticum, and likewise Apis; the last-mentioned agent more particularly in cases running a rapid course. If an important constitutional derangement supervenes during the local affection, Arsenicum and Rhus tox. are likewise indicated. In such cases remnants of inflam- mation usually remain, that have to be treated precisely like any other case of chronic lymphangioitis, of which we shall treat hereafter. If the inflammation of the lymphatic vessel is not caused by a specific virus, the first requisite of the treatment, if suppuration or inflammation is still present, is to direct our chief attention to this condition of the gland as the starting point of the whole disease, in order, by this means, to deprive the pathological process in the lymphatic system of its nutriment. If the inflamed vessel and its gland are very painful, and no suppuration has yet taken place, a few doses of Belladonna are frequently of much use; this treat- 444 Diseases of the Arteries, Veins, Lymphatics, etc. ment, especially in the case of children, will sometimes secure the retrogression of the inflammatory process. If the gland is very much swollen, Mercurius is the only remedy capable of still prevent- ing suppuration. In many cases, where fluctuation is already dis- tinctly perceptible, and a raised and very red spot shows the point where the pus will escape, Mercurius still effects a cure. As a rule we hold that it is best to give Mercurius at the onset, more partic- ularly in the case of individuals in whom every little wound is dis- posed to suppurate. If the suppuration progresses unceasingly in spite of all treatment, Hepar sulphuris undoubtedly hastens the sup- purative process, but is only suitable until the abscess begins to discharge. Considering the circumstance that Mercurius so very often acts favorably even in cases where pus has already begun to form, we may sometimes be disposed to doubt the propriety of giv- ing Hepar. We may be guided by the rule that, if the cellular tissue round the gland is very much inflamed, and suppuration can- not be prevented, Hepar should be given at as early a period as possible; if the gland alone is inflamed, the use of Hepar should be postponed as late as possible. The subsequent suppuration need not be assisted by treatment as long as the pus has a healthy ap- pearance and shows a normal consistence. If the pus becomes thin, assuming the consistence of serum, Sulphur at protracted intervals is appropriate to this condition. On the other hand, if the sup- puration proceeds sparingly, and the bottom of the ulcer is filled in with whitish flocks of cellular tissue, which, when touched with the sound, show the consistence of lard, we advise decidedly the employment of Iodine. As regards the other consequences of such an inflammation, they coincide entirely with chronic lymphan- gioitis. In the above-mentioned form of lymphangioitis of the head neither Bryonia, nor Belladonna, Rhus tox. or Mercurius has been of the least use to us; Apis showed a marked effect, so that no more paroxysms took place. As regards external applications, we do not deem them necessary, although they need not be rejected, for they very often alleviate the pain and enable the patient to enjoy longer intervals of rest. But we only recommend warm poultices which not only favor ab- sorption on the one hand, but promote suppuration on the other. We are not in favor of any premature lancing of the abscess; the abscess should only be lanced, if, owing to the depth at which the gland is situated, the spontaneous escape of the pus meets with Lymphatic Vessels and Glands. 445 difficulties, or if the pus can be distinctly seen shining through the integuments. b. Lymphadenitis Chronica, Chronic Inflammation of Lymphatic Glands. This affection either develops itself out of the acute form, or else it is a primary disease depending upon constitutional peculiari- ties, such as characterize scrofulosis ; or else, in infectious diseases, it takes the place of an acute inflammation. Chronic lymphadenitis sometimes occurs as a phenomenon of marasmus with typhoid characteristics. Childhood and the period immediately after pub- escence furnish most cases of this disease. If chronic lymphadenitis develops itself out of the acute form, the swollen gland either remains unopened, or else, if the pus had found an outlet on the surface, the opening closes again at an early period, and the gland which had been reduced in size by an in- complete suppuration, remains as a firm and hard swelling that gradually becomes quite painless but may continue to grow by subsequent turns of inflammation and finally suppurate. In cases where chronic lymphadenitis sets in as a primary disease, it first attacks only one gland, but soon invades a number. The swelling is generally without pain and takes place very gradually; most commonly such swellings reach a much larger size than in acute lymphadenitis. The swollen gland may remain unchanged for years, after which it may gradually disappear spontaneously, the swellings that had originated in childhood, commonly disappearing immediately after pubescence; or else further degenerations of the gland may take place. It is a common occurrence for a torpid glandular swelling that had remained painless for a long time, to suddenly become painful, and to inflame and break. Such a swelling always discharges a thin, badly-looking pus, the swelling decreases very slowly in size, the bottom of the abscess is filled with a whit- ish, elastic, lardaceous substance. Very commonly several openings exist at the same time. The suppurative process is always very slow, and, if the patient is unfavorably situated in life, may develop an hectic state of the system; or else the sore may heal with a badly-colored, radiating, retracted cicatrix, under which remnants of the indurated gland are very commonly still felt. It often happens that after one gland is healed, another adjoining gland swells and passes through the same process; this may be the course 446 Diseases of the Arteries, Veins, Lymphatics, etc. of the glands for years. An affection of this kind is at a later period very generally followed by tuberculosis. There is another form of lymphadenitis where the glands are likewise swollen and where a row of such swellings extends along the tract of a lymphatic vessel, but the glands are soft and fluctuat- ing, generally painful even if not red. There is not always an escape of pus, in consequence of which the swelling rapidly dis- charges and heals to return again in some other locality; absorption sometimes takes place in spite of the evidently considerable accumulation of fluid. We have noticed a phenomenon of this kind in the case of a child one year old which was affected with an intense anaemia and-we state this incidentally-exhibited the peculiarity that blowing murmurs were heard over the whole extent of the skull-cap; in this case the whole body was covered with these swellings; they fluctuated, became inflamed, disappeared and then showed themselves again in other places. The child died of hydrocephalus at an age of eighteen months. Another chronic form was observed in the case of a man fifty years old. In this case the swellings appeared in company with the symptoms of a general marasmus, every swelling broke, but was perfectly painless, and the patient's strength was rapidly consumed by the suppurat- ing process. The most ordinary localities for chronic lymphadenitis are the neck and the upper extremities including the axilla, much less frequently the lower extremities, without mentioning the non- suppurating glandular swellings in the abdominal cavity. The manner in which the swelling originates, is of considerable importance in a therapeutic point of view, exclusive even of specific glandular swellings to which no reference is made here. If the swelling remains as a rest of acute lymphadenitis, Sulphur is a sovereign remedy to disperse the swelling. This agent will seldom leave us in the lurch, and compel us to look for other remedies, such as Aurum, Iodine, Silicea, Calcarea carbonica. For a primary glandular swelling Baryta is one of the most efficient remedies; in many cases this agent alone has enabled us to avoid the suppurative process and to effect a complete absorption, especially of glandular swellings on the neck. Comum has never shown any marked effect. If suppuration has set in, lodium and Calcarea carbonica render the most reliable aid. Beside these two remedies we mention Graphites, Sulphur, Phosphorus, Silicea, Kali bichromicum and likewise Aurum, not the metallic Gold but the Ischias. 447 Muriate. We should never lose sight of the fact that a rapid dis- appearance of the swelling is among the impossibilities. If the swellings constitute the expression of an intense hectic constitutional affection, Calcarea deserves a preference among children and Arsenicum among adults. In such cases a cure is a thing of very doubtful possibility. In other respects the treatment is very plain. If the patient's mode of living is improper and the constitution is likewise tainted, the first thing to be done towards a cure is to regulate the diet and to prescribe an abundance of out-door exercise. This is more effectual than medicine. We are acquainted with a family where the children, three in number, were all of them suffering with extensive lymphadenitis in consequence of occupying an unhealthy dwelling in town and being restricted to an improper diet. The youngest child succumbed to hectic fever and marasmus, the other two children who were sent into the country, have regained their health and have grown stout and fresh, although both, at the time when they moved out of town, were afflicted with at least a dozen glandular abscesses. We ought not to omit mention of the Iodine springs of Hall which are an admirable remedy for these glandular abscesses. Unfortunately most of our patients are too poor to visit these springs, and the bottled water is not by any means what it should be and leaves a good deal to be desired. C. DISEASES OF THE NERVES. The nervous system as immediately connected with the brain and spinal cord, having been considered in a previous chapter where all its general morbid alterations were treated of, it remains for us here to devote a few paragraphs to two other abnormal conditions of the nervous system. We did not deem it expedient, from many reasons, to treat of all the different neuralgias generally in one chapter. 1. Ischias. Neuralgia of the ischiadic nerve constitutes one of the most fre- quent, and at the same time one of the most distressing forma of 448 Diseases of the Nerves. neuralgia. Its causes are generally involved in uncertainty; a cold, excessive exertions, abdominal affections, stagnation of habitual hemorrhages, etc., are mentioned as such causes, but it is difficult to trace a distinct connection between these two orders of phenomena as cause and affect. It is of course true that ischias attacks healthy and robust individuals much less frequently than persons of a sickly frame. At times the affection commences very suddenly, at other times the pain arises gradually from sensations that resemble a slight attack of rheumatism. The pain is generally located between the ischium and knee, so that the course of the nerve can be determined very exactly by the pain. It is very seldom that the pain radiates upwards, more generally downwards below the knee as far as the foot, on the internal or external surface of the leg. We distino;uish two kinds of pain; either the pain is constant, somewhat remittent, but never entirely intermittent, and usually following very exactly the tract of the nerve without the patient being able to define the quality of the pain; or else peculiar tearing-darting pains may supervene, resembling electric shocks, setting in paroxysmally and being excited by motion or by making a wrong step, sneezing or coughing. At the same time one or more places in the course of the nerve are generally sensitive to pressure. Although the pain does not seem to exacerbate at definite periods, yet all patients complain that it is worse in bed, and that this exacerbation is sometimes so great that they dare not go to bed. Inasmuch as the pains are very much increased by an extension of the leg, by press- ure or by the nerve being put on the stretch, the patients generally keep the limb slightly flexed, using it as little as possible during a walk or for the performance of any other motion. This is generally the cause why the diseased limb, after the ischias has lasted for some time, grows thin, although the emaciation may likewise be caused by a gradually-developing paralysis. The diagnosis being sometimes extremely difficult, it is important to know that ischias always attacks only one limb. In ischias antica the pain follows the tract of the crural nerve; this form of ischiadic neuralgia is very scarce, nor is the pain near as acute as in ischias postica. This disorder runs a chronic course. The attack is supposed to at first set in with a fever, but these are exceptional cases. A spontaneous cure only takes place with a gradual abatement of the pains, but not till months have elapsed. The general health is very Ischias. 449 much disturbed by the constancy of the severe pains and by the sleeplessness; the appetite becomes impaired'and the bowels are torpid. The treatment of this affection constitutes one of the shining features of Homoeopathy, not so much because we cure every case of this kind as because our opponents admit that they have no means of doing anything for this disease and have to let the patient suffer for months; whereas we homoeopaths never fail of a cure in the course of a week or twTo at latest. Yet even we ought not to boast of being absolutely certain of success, for the reason that this affection has but few symptoms, and only a few of them are entirely local; hence the selection of a remedy is always invested with difficulties, and a successful result is often defeated on this account. However, in order not to wrong Homoeopathy, if no cure is effected, or is effected very slowly, we call attention to the fact that ischias sometimes depends upon causes that cannot be removed, such as exostoses in the pelvic cavity. The four leading remedies for ischias, the effect of which has been verified in many instances, are: Colocynthis, Rhus tox., Arsenicum and Lycopodium. Colocynthis is more particularly adapted to recent cases, the pain sets in suddenly in all its fierceness, it is a constant pain, becoming intolerable only in paroxysms excited at once by cold and motion; at the same time a feeling of numbness is experienced in the whole extremity. - Rhus tox. is very seldom adapted to quite recent cases, but conies into play in the further course of the disease, if the following symptoms are present: Sting- ing or burning-tearing pain, increasing during rest, and alleviated only for a short time by motion; heaviness, lameness and even actual paralysis of the affected limb; frequent paroxysms of cramps in the calves. - Lycopodium in more chronic cases, the pain is chiefly a burning or fine stinging pain, with complete intermissions, aggravated by rest and somewhat alleviated by motion, with lame- ness of the extremity, disposition to painful muscular twitchings; especially if the bowels have become very much constipated in consequence of the distressing affection. - Arsenicum, if the pains are marked by complete intermissions, break out with typical regularity, exacerbate every night even to an unbearable degree of intensity; they are a burning-tearing distress, seem to be seated close to the bone, are increased by vigorous, and alleviated by gentle movements, excited at once by cold, and momentarily moderated by warmth. At the same time the patient feels sick, the paroxysms 450 Diseases of the Nerves. are characterized by an extreme restlessness and an inability to remain long in the same position. These four remedies do not, however, constitute the whole of our curative means for ischias; they only correspond with the most frequently-occurring forms. Other important remedies are: Cha- momilla in recent cases, for a drawing-tearing pain which becomes intolerable at night and is especially aggravated by the warmth of the bed. Arnica for a burning-tearing, or stinging-tearing pain, with a numb and bruised feeling in the affected limb, with great sensitiveness to any kind of touch ; for the ischias of lying-in females. - Pulsatilla for a drawing pain which is worse at night, compels the patient to move the diseased limb continually; the pain is much improved by movement, and is sometimes increased by warmth, not by cold; the cause of the attack is menstrual sup- pression.- Carbo vegetabilis in protracted cases; the symptoms are like those indicated for Arsenic. - Causticum for ischias antica and for the paralysis caused by ischias. - Ferrum; the pain is at first increased by motion, but improved by the continuance of motion, more particularly suitable for worn-out individuals with extremely irritable nervous systems. We might mention a number of other remedies, but those we have named will suffice. In special cases a suitable repertory may be consulted. We do not advise the employment of external applications; they generally weaken the patient still more. The vaunted application of strips of fly-blister is very seldom of any use; if it is, it is most probably because its action is in homoeopathic rapport with the symptoms. We may not often be obliged to send a patient afflicted with this neuralgia to the springs; if this should be necessary, we would recommend Teplitz and Sulphur springs. 3. Neuralgia Intercostalis. Intercostal Neuralgia. This species of neuralgia is still more frequent than ischias; it attacks principally females, and occurs very seldom before the age of 'pubescence, and subsequently to the critical age. The physical constitution does not seem to influence this affection; nor can it be traced to definite causes. This affection succeeds very frequently an attack of herpes zoster; it much less frequently precedes this exanthem. The intercostal nerves of the left side, and more par- Neuralgia Intercostalis. 451 ticularly the nerves between the sixth and eighth intercostal spaces are most frequently attacked. As in ischias, so in intercostal neuralgia, the pain is very seldom felt all at once in all its intensity, but most commonly develops itself progressively; it is generally located in one intercostal space, is at times tearing, at other times lancing or jerking, and always mingled with a burning sensation; every more violent movement of the thorax excites or aggravates the pain. A characteristic peculiarity in this affection is that three spots are uncommonly sensitive to contact; namely one spot close to the vertebral column, in the middle of the intercostal space, one half wTay between the sternum and vertebral column, and a third spot towards the front, close to the sternum or mesian line of the abdomen. These points are very seldom missing; they are well known to the patients, and the extreme sensitiveness of these points, which is very much in- creased by the least attempt at percussion, easily suggests the presence of inflammation. This suspicion is set at rest by the circumstance that hard pressure is generally borne without trouble. The affection is unaccompanied by fever, its course is mostly chronic and may last for years. The more gradually the pain arises, the more obstinate it is as a rule. The paroxysms of syncope, palpita- tion of the heart, dyspnoea and the like, which are often caused by the intensity of the pain, are very apt to mislead one in the diao-nosis. In treating this affection we shall find it difficult to hit upon a remedy, if we depend upon the symptoms in the Materia Medica. In selecting a remedy, we may lay great stress upon the circum- stance that the pain is semi-lateral and likewise that the kind of pain, the time of its appearance and other features, are character- istic indications. The favorable results which have so far been obtained by the use of Pulsatilla, Rhus toxicodendron, Arsenicum and Mezereum, speak very much in favor of these drugs. [Cimici- fuga racemosa is likewise excellent. IL] Mezereum is undoubtedly the chief remedy, and is especially indicated if the neuralgia sets in after zoster. The general indications, as stated above, are easily verified by corresponding symptoms in the Materia Medica. The following remedies are indicated a priori, although they have been very little used in practice: Ranunculus sceleratus, Rhododendron, Ledum and Spigelia. Many circumstances speak in favor of the latter, more especially the efficacy of Spigelia in neuralgia of the trigeminus. We will here repeat the advice which we have repeat- 452 Diseases of the Skin. edly given on former occasions, namely not to give too large doses which are apt to superinduce homoeopathic aggravations; nor to repeat the dose too frequently, for the reason that a favorable effect is never obtained very suddenly. D. DISEASES OF THE SKIN. In treating of diseases of the eyes, we have pointed out several inconveniences which render even an approximatively satisfactory arrangement of the therapeutics of ophthalmic diseases a very dif- ficult task. In regard to cutaneous affections, it is likewise all but impossible to present them from the stand-point of homoeopathic Therapeutics. In order to render such a presentation profitable, it would have to be very extensive and take in a good deal that is purely hypothetical. The space that is allotted to us, is too limited for such a purpose. For this reason we have confined ourselves to the most essential points, and have only stated practically verified facts. Before, however, passing to the consideration of the special cutaneous affections, we deem it proper to briefly expound the reasons why cutaneous diseases are a sore point in the homoeopathic Materia Medica. Cutaneous diseases are not, like the affections of other oro-ans, spread over several parts of the body; they only offer us a single symptom, namely the cutaneous efflorescence, as a means of diag- nosing the cutaneous disease and selecting the appropriate remedy. This symptom is of course accompanied by a variety of general symptoms, but we would go too far if we were to allow these vari- able companions of the cutaneous affection to decide the selection of the remedial agent; at all events these accessory symptoms are only of secondary importance. Hence we only have one objective symptom of disease, but where do we find a corresponding symptom in the Materia Medica ? The leading symptoms of our drugs are, moreover, indicated in such a superficial and vague manner that their true meaning can hardly be deciphered from such a text. In making this assertion, we expect to incur the censure of those who deem it a crime even to think of the possibility of amending the Materia Medica. Well, we will endeavor to pocket the censure, but we desire to be convicted by logical evidence. Until then we Erythema. 453 shall stick to our text that it is impossible to treat cutaneous dis- eases with certainty if we take the Materia Medica for our guide. We will now consider another expedient which might be resorted to in this case, as it is in other cases, for the purpose of supplying or covering up the defects of our Materia Medica, we mean the practical result, the experience gathered ex usu in morbis. But what else do we meet with in this direction but endless confusion ? If our literature exhibited the richest treasure of really useful prac- tical observations, it would either have to be left untouched, or else the use of it would involve a great deal of trouble or expose us to numerous mistakes. For the last fifty years, cutaneous diseases have constituted an arena for those who were anxious to subserve the purposes of Science by manufacturing names or making an ostentatious display of their erudition. In this manner we have obtained a brilliant nomenclature which, however, is unintelligible to those who have not devoted years to its study. This circum- stance has reduced the value of clinical cases almost to zero. In the presence of so much uncertainty and want of clearness in our Materia Medica and of confusion in the department of cuta- neous diseases in the literature of our School, a therapeutical ar- rangement of cutaneous diseases is certainly a hazardous task. Many preliminary labors are required before we can think of per- fecting a tolerable system of therapeutics of the cutaneous diseases; above all, we recommend uniformity in our nomenclature, coupled with a rigid precision in diagnosis. The febrile exanthemata which have been excluded from the fol- lowing list, have been transferred among the constitutional diseases, for the reason that their importance is determined by the accom- panying derangements of functions rather than by the form of the exanthem. The series in which the special forms are successively presented, has been arranged in accordance with the pathologico- anatomical changes; we have simply avoided the custom of dis- tinguishing special sub-divisions in each form. 1. Erythema. Erythema occupies a middle rank between hypereemia and inflammation of the skin; it is easily confounded with a benign form of erysipelas. Its causes are: Mechanical injuries of the skin; the influence of a high temperature, of various medicinal agents; continual moist- 454 Diseases of the Skin. ening of one part of the skin by urine, liquid stool, perspiration, tears and even the constant use of moist compresses; constant irri- tation of the skin by rough clothes. In the case of children, ery- thema seems to be likewise caused by hearty and fat food. Erythema seldom occurs as a wide-spread affection, to which the designation of "epidemic" might be applied. Chronic erythema breaks out chiefly in the face, and more especially on the nose; its causes sometimes seem to be purely local, and at other times consti- tutional. Erythema is characterized by a more or less diffuse redness of the skin, not separated from the normal redness by sharply-drawn out- lines, assuming a yellowish, not a white tint under the pressure of the finger, and continuing for some time and, finally, terminating in desquamation. These characteristics belong to all forms of ery- thema. Erythema caused by external irritants, most generally breaks out on the scrotum, at the anus, between the thighs, in the axillae, face, and in the deep integumentous folds of fleshy persons, or at the place where the irritating cause exerts its influence. After the cause ceases to act, the erythema generally disappears of itself in a few days. If the irritation continues, the epidermis may become detached (intertrigo), and ulcers may form, or the skin may even become gangrenous, as in decubitus. Erythema arising from internal causes, is almost exclusively located on the dorsal surface of the hands and feet, where it is never absent, even if other parts are likewise affected. At first the place exhibits a redness, and in a few days darker-colored papules of various sizes spring up, which remain even for some time after the diffuse redness has dis- appeared ; the affected spot likewise retains a yellowish tint for some time after. In particular circumstances subsequent crops of this eruption break out on its borders, by which means the affec- tion runs a very protracted course. This form of erythema is gen- erally attended with a little fever, and at the diseased spot a darting-burning pain is generally experienced. The former variety, on the contrary, has no fever as long as the erythema is of the simple kind, whereas the intertrigo of sensitive children may be attended with fever. The second variety, without any subsequent crops, lasts from one to two weeks. In treating the first variety, all that it may be necessary for us to do, is to remove the exciting cause. In some individuals the disposition to erythema is so great, and it leads so easily to more serious consequences that we are led to suspect behind the local Erysipelas. 455 irritation the existence of some constitutional disposition. This is par- ticularly the case with the intertrigo or soreness of children. Since this soreness is often caused by improper diet, the first thing to be done is to regulate it with care; if the soreness continues in spite of this change, a few doses of Mercurius virus or solubilis will cure the trouble very speedily. If this remedy should fail us, Lycopo- dium- will effect a cure. Among local applications, finely pulverized starch is the best and most harmless; frictions with grease must be avoided, they are very apt to give rise to the formation of pustules. For erythema from internal causes, Mercurius is likewise a specific remedy, if the redness is intense, the red spot raised and sensitive, and the erythema is accompanied by fever. Rhus tox. has always proved ineffectual in such cases. If the erythema is confined to the leg, Mezereum is the more appropriate, the more the affected spot itches and burns. Ledum likewise deserves our atten- tion ; so does Staphysagria; this remedy is especially indicated if the erythema is seated on the upper extremities. We advise Lyco- podium, if the eruption runs a protracted course in consequence of successive crops breaking out for a time. 2. Erysipelas. Erysipelas proper is altogether a primary affection the cause of which it is difficult to trace in every case. The disease occurs almost exclusively between the age of pubescence and that of sixty, and is of less frequent occurrence among old people than among children. Atmospheric influences are generally regarded as the cause of erysipelas, but this theory is not justified by the evidence of fact. All we know positively is that erysipelas often sets in as a sporadic disease, and that sometimes it breaks out in the form of a limited epidemic which never assumes a very extensive range and has given rise to the erroneous view that erysipelas is a contagious disease. It is a characteristic feature of this disease that every new attack of erysipelas increases the patient's liability to other attacks, which only becomes extinct at an advanced age. The cause of successive attacks of erysipelas is very often to be found in violent emotions, gross errors in diet, and in colds, more especially in the action of severe cold upon a heated skin. We have known a lady who was several times attacked with erysipelas simply because she suddenly went from the kitchen-stove into the cellar. The origin of wandering erysipelas is involved in complete 456 Diseases of the Skin. mystery; it is to be observed that it inclines to set in previous to the age of pubescence. Traumatic erysipelas is regarded by many persons as a simple form of dermatitis. It arises in consequence of injuries if suppura- tion ensues, or even at the start, soon after the infliction of the injury; or it accompanies suppurating inflammatory processes, such as gum-boils. It may be looked upon as an excess of reaction against the inflammation from which it proceeds. Erysipelas neo- natorum is altogether a form of traumatic erysipelas. The intro- duction of septic substances undoubtedly exerts a prominent influence over the origin of this disease. This circumstance like- wise accounts for those cases of erysipelas that supervenes during typhus and other constitutional diseases as a malignant complica- tion or as a terminal disease. Symptoms and Course. True, or the so-called exanthematic erysipelas really only breaks out in the face, whereas erysipelas on other parts of the body is, properly speaking, erythema. The appearance of the exanthem upon the skin is generally preceded for a few hours or even days by a preliminary stage consisting of a severe fever with marked gastric symptoms, with which symptoms of cerebral hypersemia, and more especially a violent headache, sometimes become associated at an early period. During a first attack these precursory symptoms are scarcely ever absent; but they do not usually occur with a return of the disease. While the fever is on the increase, the face feels hot and tense, and sometimes rheumatic pains in the nape of the neck are complained of, a vivid redness breaks out at a certain circumscribed spot in the face, which spreads rapidly and causes a burning pain. In proportion as the redness becomes more intense, the swelling likewise increases and the skin assumes a glistening appearance. Erysipelas generally breaks out on one cheek, whence it spreads to the nose, the eyelids, forehead, ears, less frequently to the lips, and scarcely ever to the chin. Within two or three days, and sometimes in thirty-six hours the erysipelas reaches its acme at the spot where it first appeared, amid febrile symptoms which are sometimes exceedingly severe, attended with a foul-smelling catarrh of the mouth, vomiting, and most generally delirium; these symptoms, however, are not con- stant, whereas the headache and soporous stupefaction are exceed- ingly annoying. The face is now very much swollen, the features are disfigured to such an extent that they are no longer recogniza- ble, the redness has a bluish and even brown-red tint, and vesicles Erysipelas. 457 of various sizes sometimes spring up upon the inflamed surface, which always indicate an intense degree of illness. The inflamma- tion decreases very rapidly; the redness disappears after the existing vesicles had dried up previously and had become transformed into thin and flat crusts, and very soon desquamation commences first in large patches and afterwards in very small scales. But inasmuch as the disease never terminates with its first appearance, and usually spreads over the whole head, we find erysipelas in full bloom close to the original spot in process of healing, and find the redness gradually diffusing itself into this spot, whereas it forms a sharp contrast with the surrounding normal parts of the face. In this manner erysipelas gradually wanders over the whole face, even beyond the ears, invading a portion of the nape of the neck, and spreading over the forehead and the hairy scalp. In this latter case the patients suffer severe local pains, even after the fever abates. The intensity of the fever, as it first breaks out at the commence- ment of the disease, does not keep pace with its gradual progres- sion. Whereas at one spot the inflammation runs its full course in five to six days, yet, on account of its progressive appearance in different localities, the whole course of the disease lasts from ten days to a fortnight. The process of desquamation may last much longer, and the most severely affected parts often exhibit for a long time a yellowish tint with signs of serous infiltration. Deviations from this course are not unfrequent. The whole face may be covered so rapidly that it would seem as though the exan- them had broke out all over at once. These are cases of intense virulence, where one ear, however, commonly remains uninvaded. Moreover, the inflammation may communicate itself to the cerebral meningse; generally, however, this does not take place until the local process has reached its height. In such a case the redness very soon assumes a dingy and livid look; the skin becomes lax and wrinkled, a most violent delirium sets in, and coma and death speedily supervene. This course has been mistaken for a metastasis of erysipelas; whereas in such a case the same changes take place as in other similar cases, namely that, with the appearance of a violent disorder, the previously-existing lesser disease abates and disappears. Erysipelas seldom becomes associated with diseases of other important organs. Attacks of erysipelas succeeding the first attack are very apt to show deviations from the normal course. These attacks are very seldom preceded by precursory symptoms, the less so the more frequently the attacks have occurred. Nor is 458 Diseases of the Skin. the fever as severe, the swelling is less, and the spread of the dis- ease over the face takes place more slowly. It not unfrequently happens that in subsequent attacks the patients are not obliged to lie down and that their appetite remains the same as in their normal condition. Subsequent attacks are more like erythema than ery- sipelas. The frequency of the attacks differs greatly in different individuals; sometimes there are several attacks in a few weeks and, after a short time, cease entirely; or months and even years intervene between the attacks; in such cases a spontaneous cessa- tion is much less frequent. . Among the consequences of true erysipelas the following deserve particular mention: Swelling of the skin, especially that of the lids, nose and lips; the swelling is mostly oedematous, the epidermis having a pale look and being disposed to the formation of come- dones ; if the attacks are very frequent, the swelling may reach a considerable degree of thickness, and is very obstinate. Loss of the hair, which almost always falls out if the scalp had been intensely affected by the disease; in most cases the hair grows again, but there are exceptions to this rule.-Subcutaneous ab- scesses in the lids, lips, ears.-Severe catarrh of the external meatus, with obstinate hardness of hearing.-Catarrh of the conjunctiva, which is generally very obstinate.-Disposition to neuralgia of the trigeminus. Wandering erysipelas, or erysipelas ambulans or erraticum, attacks the face less frequently than the extremities. On one of the extremities an erysipelatous spot appears which heals exactly like the above-described spots, only there is very little tension and pain, and the general organism is not so much involved. From this spot the erysipelas spreads towards the trunk; the spot which is attacked next, being either in close contact with the first, or else all subsequent spots being more or less remote from each other. Symptomatic erysipelas, as an accompaniment of inflammatory processes, is of no great importance, except when it covers a large extent of surface and depends upon septic causes. Generally it disappears of itself as soon as the cause that occasions it, is removed. If it is very intense, it may result in suppuration or gangrenous destruction of the skin. If the erysipelas sets in in the course of serious, constitutional febrile diseases, it is always a bad omen. In such cases the redness is never very vivid, rather dingy, having a bluish tint; the swelling is not excessive and yet Erysipelas. 459 the disposition to form blisters is very great; these blisters do not always dry up, but often become transformed into badly-looking ulcers which are apt to become gangrenous. The fever accom- panying this form of erysipelas, always increases to a high degree, but speedily assumes the character of an adynamic fever, the pulse becomes very small and frequent, the temperature increases con- siderably, the cerebral phenomena become very marked, and sopor and coma set in at an early period, and death sometimes takes place so rapidly that life becomes extinct already on the third day after the appearance of the inflammation. Erysipelas neonatorum generally sets in in the first week after the birth of the infant, very seldom after the first month. It almost always proceeds from the umbilicus, on which account it has been traced with great probability to the consequences of an improper management of this organ, more especially to a purulent inflam- mation of this organ which can easily be accounted for by bad management.-As a rule the erysipelas spreads from the umbilicus over the abdomen, the sexual organs, thighs, less frequently over the thorax and back. The redness is not very vivid, the swelling, on the contrary, is very considerable. The children are exceedingly restless, feverish, and incline greatly to spasmodic affections and sopor. The dermatitis is very apt to become associated with peri- tonitis. Death is the most common termination. Treatment, In speaking of the efficacy of a medicine for erysipelas, it is in the first place important to inquire whether the course of the erysipelatous inflammation is shortened by the med- icine. It is well known that erysipelas of the face, if the whole face is covered with it, never disappears, spontaneously under nine days, and that the course is limited to five or six days if only one side of the face is invaded; this last-mentioned circumstance has often led to the supposition that a case had been cured by medicines, whereas the cure was altogether spontaneous. In a first attack of primary erysipelas it is very seldom the case for only one side of the face to be affected. At all events, we should be very guarded in claiming curative virtues for some of our remedies for erysipelas, and should only believe after repeated and successful trials in the treatment of analogous cases that they were cured by means of drugs. Simple, smooth erysipelas of the face, as long as fever is present, is best combated by Belladonna^ and, under this treatment, gener- ally runs its course in six days. Nevertheless, although Belladonna 460 Disease of the Skin. responds completely to the symptoms of violent cerebral hyper- semia, yet it is not suitable for the meningitis which may supervene during the course of erysipelas. Here Rhus tox. is preferable. This remedy is generally more particularly adapted to the higher grades of the disease, more especially if copious vesicles spring up upon the inflamed skin, if the fever, although intense, yet assumes an adynamic type, if the tongue becomes dry and the nervous excite- ment is superseded by a soporous stupefaction. Even the color of the affected part affords a decisive hint for the selection of one or the other drug; Belladoiina is indicated by a bright-red, and Rhus tox. by a bluish or yellowish-red tint.-If we may credit recent reports concerning Apis mellifica, this remedy is preferable to either Belladonna or Rhus tox. Apis is said to be a specific remedy not only for smooth, but likewise for vesicular erysipelas, and. to be suitable even if the brain is affected. We have not yet had an opportunity of verifying the pretended virtues of this drug in our own practice. A special indication for Apis is an inflammation of the mouth and fauces accompanying erysipelas. Although these remedies are sufficient in all ordinary cases, yet other remedies may be required to meet exceptional deviations from the normal type. For the excessive cerebral phenomena, while the exanthem is still out and hence no meningitis had yet set in, Ammonium carbonicum and Camphora are important remedies; Opium likewise is often an important intercurrent remedy, when the patient is lying in a state of sopor. True erysipelas, especially erysipelas of the face, very seldom terminates in gangrenous destruction; if this should be the case, Arsenicum album, Carbo vegetabilis and Secale cornutum would have to be administered. An incipient suppuration cannot be cut short by Mercurius ; it is much better to at once give Hepar sul- phuris and thus to promote the suppurative process. For the erysipelas of old people Lachesis is said to be superior to either Belladonna or Rhus tox. Here too we would advise to keep an eye on Ammonium earbonicum, [also on Arsenicum. II.] For erysipelatous attacks without fever, we have never found either Belladonna or Rhus tox. suitable; they are not homoeopathic to this condition. On the other hand we cannot recommend Lyco- podium with sufficient emphasis, and if the local process is strikingly marked, Hepar sulphuris, were it for no other reason than because both these remedies prevent the frequent return of the disease. In such cases Borax may be a reliable remedy which Boenninghausen recommends for erysipelas on the left side of the face; for it is only Erysipelas. 461 in this non-febrile form of erysipelas that the inflammation is generally confined to one side. The sequelae generally deserve particular attention, for the reason that they are mostly very obstinate and because it is in them that the disposition to relapses is generally founded. Some redness and a doughy, not oedematous swelling generally are some of the most common sequelae of erysipelas; the swelling is apt to be increased by extreme cold or heat, in which case a stinging and tensive pain is experienced in it. As long as this swelling lasts, the use of remedies must not be discontinued. The remedies which will effect the removal of this swelling, are Graphites, Sulphur, Aurum, and if the swelling is frequently painful, Lycopodium and Hepa/r sul- phuris. These remedies are the only ones capable of counteracting the extensive oedema of the face which sometimes baffles all treat- ment for years, or yields only very slowly.-Swellings of lymphatic glands do not often remain ; if they do, Baryta is most efficient in removing them. After erysipelas of the hairy scalp, the hair is apt to fall out; in the case of older individuals, this kind of baldness can scarcely ever be arrested, much less cured; in younger persons, on the contrary, the hair grows again without anything being done for it. For chronic conjunctivitis after erysipelas, we advise prin- cipally Graphites, and likewise Arsenicum. A subsequent deafness or hardness of hearing is very difficult to cure, it generally remains unchanged. Sulphur and Baryta may be tried for it. If the erysipelas is not seated in the face, some other remedies may have to be resorted to, more particularly if the erysipelas breaks out on the lower extremities. Nux vom. is recommended as a specific remedy in such cases; we prefer, however, Staphysagria and Graphites, and if there is a great deal of pain, Mercurius. [Ar- senicum may likewise be very efficient. H.] If erysipelas develops itself as a consequence of debility, or attacks old people, so that a gangrenous destruction of the skin has to be apprehended, Secale cornutum may render efficient service. Symptomatic erysipelas, if caused by external irritants or by a suppurating injury or sore, does not require any special treatment; the use of such remedies as are recommended for it, is very prob- lematical. If it arises from general causes as a terminal affection of a most threatening character, we have of course every reason to hunt up efficient remedies. Rhus tox. and Apis will be very often found indicated in such cases; likewise Phosphorus, Carbo vegeta- bilis and Arsenicum. The selection, of course, will be governed by 462 Diseases of the Skin. the character of the disease in whose soil the erysipelatous inflam- mation has taken root. In a practical point of view, it is best to regard erysipelas neo- natorum as a form of phlebitis and to treat it with the remedies that have been recommended for phlebitis. Hence we are in doubt whether Belladonna will ever be capable, as Hartmann thinks, of arresting the mischief; in the place of Belladonna we should at once give Mercurius or Hepar sulphur is, and, if icterus has super- vened, Phosphorus or Bryonia. Wandering erysipelas is generally a very obstinate disease, for which it is very difficult to select remedies from the Materia Me- dica. Graphites has furnished practical evidence of its curative powers in this disease, whereas Pulsatilla, Lycopodium and Cocculus are unreliable. As regards other points in the treatment of erysipelas, we desire to deprecate the common practice of resorting to an excess of warm covering which can at most only increase the intensity of the in- flammatory process going on on the skin, as well as the disposition to relapses by superinducing an extreme sensitiveness of the skin. There is neither use nor reason in covering the inflamed skin with cotton wadding, nor is there any reason why the patients should not remain in a uniform temperature, without any extra amount of covering. [It is well known to every physician and nurse that the distress- ing itching and burning of the inflamed skin is very much relieved by sprinkling a thin layer of fine flour or pulverized starch upon it. In erysipelas of the extremities I have likewise resorted to a weak watery solution of the Sulphite of Soda as an external application. The effect has been to blanch the skin, alleviate the itching and burning, and, in conjunction with proper internal treatment, to shorten and moderate the course of the disease. Traumatic erysipelas of the face, in the case of habitual drunk- ards, is very apt to involve serious consequences, especially under allopathic treatment. If the inflammation invades the meningse, which it is inclined to do, death under this treatment is all but certain. Some years ago, a case of traumatic erysipelas occurred in our city, which speedily terminated fatally under Old School treatment. The patient, a very stout man, had been on a bender for a day and a night, and was very much under the influence of liquor. A fall Erysipelas. 463 on his face lacerated the skin near the left temple. Erysipelas set in, and he died in two days. Inasmuch as I may not have another opportunity in the course of this work, of offering the present remark, I desire to avail my- self of the present chance. Delirium tremens is the ultimate result of alcoholic poisoning. Can such a condition be removed in every case with such small doses as we are in the habit of using in our practice ? This is questionable. In my opinion there are cases where we cannot do our patient justice without treating him with large doses of the proper antidote. We remember a case of delirium tremens where the patient complained of vermin crawling over his bed and hands. Arsenicum 30 cured him entirely. In other similar cases this treatment utterly failed. A stout young man had drank thirty-nine glasses of whisky on a wager in one night. We found him cold and the skin dry and husky like parchment. He felt numb all over. Pulse scarcely perceptible. He was in great agony of mind and expected to be utterly paralyzed. He was unable to sustain his own weight. I gave him six globules of Nax vomica 30, in half a cup of water, a dessertspoonful every live minutes. The patient sank visibly under this treatment. Being satisfied that Nux was his remedy, I now mixed five drops of the strong tincture in six tablespoonfuls of water, of which mixture I gave him a dessertspoonful every five minutes. After the second dose he began to perspire. The perspiration seemed to be pure alcohol; he was literally drenched with alcohol. He had to be changed seven times during the night; next morning he felt quite well, except a little weak. I have treated a number of cases of delirium tremens with variable doses. Upon the whole, small doses have not proved very effectual in my hands. Doctor Reed, Jr., of this city, has treated a number of cases ; proceeding upon the principle of cur- ing the patient as speedily and effectually as possible, he treated his patients irrespective of dose. A few of his cases will show that delirium-tremens patients sometimes bear unusually large quantities of medicines. To illustrate this fact I will take this opportunity of relating a few of the cases which he has related to me from his note-book. G. L., forty years of age, a butcher and confirmed drunkard, precipitated an impending attack of delirium by falling and break- ing three ribs; he suffered but little from pain or prostration. The tremor was severe, but the case was remarkable in the character of the delirium, and as showing the immense quantity of Opium necessary to overcome the obstinate wakefulness. 464 Diseases of the Skin. For two days the delirium was evidenced by the most delightful visions, he saw angels hovering over his bed, and held delightful interviews with the saints. Not being properly watched, he at night escaped from the house, and after the lapse of some hours returned to relate how he had been upon another Mount of Beati- tude, having held sweet converse upon a neighboring sand-hill with our (Saviour and the Blessed Virgin, returning after the holy inter- view much edified, to demand more whiskey. Uis hallucinations were all of this religious character, and this before the Opium had been given. Within twenty-four hours there was given him in divided doses at least three ounces of Laudanum, he being carefully watched for the result, and it was only after the last half-ounce dose of the quantity stated, that he showed any effect from the drug. This effect, however, was a good and in all respects natural sleep, lasting thirty-six hours and followed by an entire relief from all the symp- toms of his disease. C. C., laboring under his fourth attack of delirium tremens, under the care of a Doctor who had treated him in the old-fashioned way, with Opium and Digitalis, had passed seven nights witho.ut sleep. On visiting the patient on the morning of the eighth day, I found him quietly brushing the vermin from his clothing, and occasionally ordering the nurses to clear the room from the strange animals which were in every corner, and under every chair. His pulse was fair, tongue but lightly coated, skin moist and warm, appetite good, face somewhat flushed. The attack, and all former attacks had com- menced with severe vertigo. His eyes were injected, bowels loose, owing to purgatives. I ordered rest from all medicines, strong soup, and oysters with an abundance of Cayenne pepper through the day; at 8 o'clock at night I administered one drachm of the Bromide of Potassium to be followed, if necessary, every hour by one half the quantity. The dose had to be repeated but once, a quiet sleep being obtained for twelve hours. Five months subsequently C. C. again suffered for the fifth time, and for three days I used every endeavor to obtain sleep. The Bromide which had before acted so effectually, failing entirely. On the fourth night, however, sleep was obtained after the use of large doses of Opium and Tartar emetic; recovery followed immediately. An habitual drunkard of great capacity, having already suffered from many attacks of delirium tremens, after, according to his Roseola, Rubeolae. 465 own and his friends' accounts, abstaining from food for some weeks(?), subsisting entirely upon liquors of which he took a great variety and an incredible quantity, was attacked with a very severe form of delirium tremens. The prostration was extreme, the tremor exces- sive, but the delirium bland, the chief hallucination being that the ceiling was about to fall and crush him, rendering it necessary for him to jump from the bed and hop around the room with as great activity as his weak condition would allow. His tongue was heavily coated, pulse small and irregular, skin moist, the forehead being constantly bedewed with a cold, clammy sweat. His voice was feeble, husky and tremulous, he had had no sleep for three nights. The treatment was directed principally to sustaining his strength, but all efforts to obtain sleep were for fifty-two hours unavailing. At the end of this time two boluses containing each one scruple of Cayenne pepper, were given, and within two hours the patient was quietly sleeping, the skin, feet and hands for the first time being warm. After fourteen hours of quiet sleep, he awoke with a desire for something to eat, and from this made a fair recovery. During the treatment Digitalis acted very satisfactorily in ten-drop doses of the tincture in strengthening the heart's action. A tailor of intemperate habits, aged about forty, after a pro- tracted debauch became delirious, imagining that he was pursued by demons. I was first called owing to his having jumped from a third story window. His fall having been broken by a shed, he sustained no severe injuries. He complained of seeing horrible phantasms, struggling with his attendants that he might escape from them. However, he answered intelligibly to inquiries, complaining of pain in the head and stomach; his tongue was heavily coated, face pale, pulse small and quick, skin dry but cool, had eaten nothing for some days, and had had no sleep for twTo nights. I prescribed the tincture of Nux vomica, three drops every half hour. Upon calling within three hours, I found the patient sweating profusely, relieved from pain in the head, and from the phantom which had been troubling him. Under the use of supporting measures his recovery was rapid and uninterrupted. II.] 3. Roseola, Rubeola?. This exanthem is characterized by spots of the size of lentils and of a bright-red color, more or less scattered and rarely appearing 466 Diseases of the Skin. in groups; they are not attended with fever, or else the fever is very slight, and does not result in any perceptible desquamation. Roseola sometimes accompanies severe catarrh, in which case the exanthem lasts at most twenty-four hours; if it is preceded by a slight catarrhal stage, the exanthem disappears at the latest on the third day. In this last shape roseola sometimes appears epidem- ically, but not over a large extent of country, in which case the eruption looks very much like a mild form of scarlatina to which it is related like a sort of transition-link. In the same house we have seen two children laid up with the mildest form of roseola; another child, on the contrary, was attacked so violently that it seemed perfectly justifiable to diagnose scarlatina, so much more as distinct desquamation took place, and a slight degree of oedema was «noticed over the whole body. Roseola never involves any danger. The disorder may originate in catarrh or in a marked change of temperature, as a rule it is owing to such atmospheric conditions as favor epidemic diseases. A species of roseola which is apt to supervene during the course of dangerous constitutional diseases, more particularly of typhus, does not belong in this category Owing to the trifling character of this disease, the employment of medicines is generally unnecessary; if catarrhal angina is com- plained of, a few doses of Belladonna may be administered. The fever is scarcely ever sufficiently severe or generally of a character to require Aconite. [A few doses of Aconite are very serviceable in this eruption, even if the fever is ever so slight. II.] If this exanthem is confounded with a mild attack of scarlatina, the poor patients suffer from such a mistake in consequence of being kept in the room for an unnecessary length of time; we shall dwell upon such a proceeding more fully when treating of scarlatina. 4. Urticaria. Nettle-rash, Hives. Blotches or wheals may be caused by the direct action of irritants upon the skin, such as extreme heat alternating with cold (ladies at a ball often expose themselves to such influences), mosquito-bites, flea-bites, bed-bug bites, bee-stings, the stings of gad-flies, contact with nettles and other plants; or else by the action of irritating substances which, after being introduced into the stomach, react upon the skin. This, however, is not generally the case, but the Urticaria. 467 result of peculiar idiosyncrasies, as from strawberries, raspberries, crabs, oysters, etc. Urticaria proper is for the most part depending upon individual predispositions wThich it is impossible to account for with any certainty; a very common exciting cause is gastric catarrh from indigestion, and likewise catarrh of the female sexual organs, chronic as well as acute. In acute constitutional diseases blotches sometimes break out, but they are not of any special significance. Urticaria very commonly commences with febrile symptoms some- times of a considerable degree of intensity, and which may continue during the whole course of the eruption. It is a question, however, whether the urticaria does not result from the fever instead of the fever from the urticaria. Generally the digestion is very much af- fected, symptoms of cerebral hypersemia are less commonly present. The appearance of the exanthem is generally immediately preceded by great restlessness and an oppressive anxiety. In other cases the eruption comes out suddenly after a short feeling of indisposition, without any fever. Amid a burning and violent itching of the skin a diffuse redness or rather large red spots, without sharp outlines, make their appearance, upon which soon after risings or elevations start up, of a white or red color, but more generally with white tops. Their size varies from a quarter of an inch to one inch in length and breadth; most commonly they are isolated, less fre- quently they appear in clusters on the same spot. The warmth of the bed seems to promote their appearance. A single wheal does not remain out very long; it disappears even in a few hours, with- out leaving a trace, but other wheals may break out in other places, by which means the whole process may be very much protracted. The localities where the exanthem most commonly breaks out, are the extremities, and the anterior surface of the trunk, less fre- quently the face. The urticaria from gastric causes likewise origi- nates in this manner, except that it scarcely ever lasts longer than twelve hours; on the other hand, its first appearance is often attended with an intense fever, anxiety and restlessness. Even the urticaria caused by the stings or bites of insects, is often attended with fever. A first attack generally superinduces an increased disposition to the disease; this disposition increases in proportion to the frequency of the attacks, and may continue for years under the designation of chronic nettle-rash. In such circumstances the fever is less with every new attack, whereas, on the other hand, the most trifling 468 Diseases of the Skin. error in diet, the least cold may excite a new crop of wheals. In the case of women the eruption often seems to have some connection with the menses. In chronic urticaria the wheals are always scat- tered, and the surrounding redness is trifling or entirely wanting; the wheals generally look red. This chronic urticaria is a very obsti- nate disorder, but often remains uncured for the reason that the constitutional anomaly in which it originates, is not regarded. A single attack, if not very violent, does not require any treat- ment; medicines may have to be resorted to on account of the con- stitutional symptoms, not for the exanthem. For decided symptoms of indigestion, Pulsatilla may be given; for a severe gastric catarrh, Antimonium crudum. If the fever is intense, Rhus toxicodendron is a chief remedy; the severe rheumatic pains, which sometimes accompany the eruption, require Bryonia, the acompanying diar- rhoea, Dulcamara. If the affection becomes obstinate, and new wheals continue to break out, or if a first attack is soon followed by a second or third, the speediest possible interference with suit- able remedial agents is eminently proper. The selection will have to be chiefly determined by the constitutional symptoms. If no such symptoms are present, and if every attack is occasioned by the most trifling changes of temperature, without fever or any other derangement, Urtica urens is a very excellent remedy. This remedy is likewise appropriate in cases of urticaria complicated with renal and urinary difficulties. In the case of children, Calcarea carbonica is suitable for urticaria without any constitutional symp- toms. Of the Balsamum copaivoe, which is recommended by many physicians, we have no special indications, and should, therefore, not use it until Urtica urens had been tried in vain. If the urti- caria breaks out with the menses, Pulsatilla may be given if the menses are scanty, Belladonna if they are profuse. If a chronic uterine catarrh is the cause of the eruption, Apis is an excellent remedy, which may be associated with Lycopodium. It is not nec- essary to mention more remedies for such a trifling affection, the different combinations of which it is, after all, inexpedient to point out. [We have almost always succeeded in controlling our cases of urticaria with Aconite and Ipecacuanha. II.] In habitual urticaria the diet plays an important part. In the first place, if the skin is excessively irritable, we have to aim at hardening it; this object is more easily reached by vapor-baths than by cold bathing and cold ablutions. In the next place the diet itself has to consist of simple articles; fat, spirits, acrid and stim- ulating spices have to be avoided. Miliaria. 469 5. Miliaria. Rash. Miliaria is mostly a secondary, symptomatic affection; as a primary and more particularly as an epidemic disease it is a rare occurrence among us. Symptomatic miliaria may break out during the course of all kinds of severe acute diseases. Primary, epidemic miliaria runs its course after the fashion of all other acute exanthemata. The eruption is preceded for one to three days by febrile symptoms characterized by the presence of rheumatoid pains in the limbs, frequently shifting from one locality to another; excessive perspiration, great anxiety and oppression, and finally by peculiar prickling, burning pains in the skin. After- wards small vesicles break out, first on the neck and subsequently on most other parts of the body; they are of the size of millet- seeds or lentils, are seated upon a red base, and at times are filled with a clear, at other times with a dim fluid.-Miliaria rubra and alba.-These vesicles generally spread in clusters.-The violent symptoms of constitutional disturbance disappear with the break- ing out of the vesicles which separate in bran-shaped scales within five to seven days. Inasmuch as the same period of time is required for every new crop, the duration of the disorder may be protracted to a fortnight and longer. The usual termination is recovery, ex- cept in epidemic miliaria where the disease sometimes assumes a malignant type and frequently results fatally. Symptomatic miliaria is regarded by some as a symptom of the highest import, whereas others view it as resulting from the action of certain external influences, and not deserving any special atten- tion. We are decidedly inclined to share this opinion. Symptom- atic miliaria generally attacks individuals who perspire a great deal from excessive covering, as in the case of lying-in women, rheumatic patients, likewise in cases of measles and scarlatina if mismanaged in the old fashion, and in other febrile or even non-febrile affections. Except in acute rheumatism, we shall always find that miliaria is caused by excessive external heat. This circumstance will easily account for the symptoms preceding the eruption, such as restless- ness, anxiety, dyspnoea, even delirium; the bad management still rendered worse by the anxiety caused by the appearance of the exanthem, explains why miliaria may give the disease a bad turn. That our explanation is founded, is evident from the fact that miliaria is scarcely ever seen in hospitals, but is a very common occurrence in private practice, and that it never breaks out on 470 Diseases of the Skin. patients who are constantly kept in a mean temperature under a moderate amount of covering. In view of the frequently dangerous character of primary mili- aria, medical treatment in all such cases is indispensable; the rare occurrence of the disease has not yet, however, afforded sufficient opportunities of positively determining the remedies that are in specific curative adaptation to it. The most suitable remedy which corresponds with the whole course of this pathological process, is Aconitum, more particularly if the eruption is not so much accom- panied by anxiety as by great nervous excitement. If there is much anxiety and restlessness and a burning feverish heat, Arsen- icum is the remedy; if the patient is lying in a listless condition, with typhoid symptoms, Bryonia is best suitable. Mercurius may likewise deserve attention in this disease, and if the patient per- spires to excess, Sambucus. Regarding the propriety of instituting a treatment for symptom- atic miliaria, it is our opinion that it is unnecessary and that all efforts to prevent the appearance of miliaria by medicinal agents, are of very doubtful utility. Moreover, the selection of a remedy in all acute diseases depends rather upon the more important symp- toms of the disease than upon the appearance of the vesicles. Nevertheless, in order not to slight the views of our Colleagues, we mention the remedies recommended by Hartmann for this exan- them: Ipecacuanha (for the precursory symptoms in diseases where the miliaria may be expected to break out); Bryonia (under similar circumstances); Arsenicum (for restlessness and anxiety); Aconitum (for violent rush of blood); Belladonna (for accompanying conges- tive symptoms of the brain); Coffea, Chamomilla, Valeriana.- Hartmann further remarks: "Chronic miliary eruptions which partially disappear in one spot in order to reappear sowewhere else, and cause a good deal of itching and burning, are most safely and reliably removed by such antipsoric remedies as Mezereum, Clematis, Sarsaparilla, Staphysagria, Arsenicum, Ammonium carb., Sulphur, and Carbo vegetabilisV 6. Pityriasis. Dandruff, Dandriff This exanthem consists in an exfoliation of the skin either in thin scales, or in larger patches; it may be unaccompanied by any other cutaneous symptoms and the exfoliating skin may to all appear- Pityriasis, Dandruff, Dandriff. 471 ances be perfectly sound; or else, the process may be accompanied by trilling local or more extensive symptoms of hypersemia of the cutis. According as the skin is unchanged or looks red under the scales, the affection is designated as pityriasis simplex or rubra. The causes of this affection are very obscure; in some cases the disease can be traced with some certainty to a derangement of the functions of the liver and of the female sexual organs. Pityriasis rubra, when spread over more extensive portions of the skin, not unfrequently sets in with slight febrile motions which may break out at every renewed appearance of the exanthem. On portions of the skin, which itch and burn very fiercely, large red spots of indefinite and irregular shapes make their appearance. Accompanied by a peculiar feeling of tension, the cuticle on these spots very soon begins to exfoliate. The eruption first manifests itself on the trunk, and only invades the face if exceedingly severe. The almost inevitable itching may cause a moisture to ooze from the otherwise dry spots on the skin. This itching which is absolutely agonizing, very commonly interferes with sleep. The affection is very obstinate, but at the same time one of the rarer forms of cutaneous diseases. Pityriasis, confined to isolated spots, is much less frequently of the character rubra than a general pityriasis; it is most commonly met with on the hairy scalp, in the palms of the hands, on the soles of the feet, and in the face. The itching is much less distressing, but is still very violent on the hairy scalp. By scratching the skin until it tears, a moisture is secreted from the irritated spot, result- ing in the formation of superficial scurfs and crusts and agglutina- tion of the hairs. In treating a case of general pityriasis, we must not forget that we are dealing with a very chronic affection which never promises rapid success, and where it would be consequently improper either to make a frequent change of medicines, or to repeat the dose too often. The most important remedies are Graphites and Arsenicum, with which it is most likely that a cure can be best effected. The good effects of Lycopodium are questionable, and Sulphur, in spite of its symptomatic similarity, scarcely ever acts with sufficient persistence. In partial pityriasis we never depend upon Arsenicum, whereas in pityriasis capitis Graphites renders excellent service. Beside these remedies we may compare the following: Sepia, Thuya, Cal- carea carb., Ledum pallustre, also Phosphorus. Sepia is particularly 472 Diseases of the Skin. indicated in the case of females, if the spots break out in conse- quence of menstrual irregularities, or at definite periods of the year. 7. Psoriasis Scaly Tetter. This is pre-eminently an affection of the male sex; in the case of females it is never attended with sexual disorders. It attacks in- dividuals between the seventh and fiftieth year, and occurs most frequently in the cold season. It cannot be traced to constitutional derangements, since persons who are afflicted with this disease, otherwise enjoy the most perfect health. With the appearance of some constitutional disease, the psoriasis disappears at once, but returns again as soon as the disease is removed. Psoriasis begins in this wise: at various, more or less numerous, scattered spots, the detached epidermis forms a small, white rising -psoriasis punctata. These spots gradually spread from every point of the periphery until they reach the size of drops-psoriasis gut- tata; on removing the scales, we find the skin underneath slightly red and bleeding. In proportion as the circumference continues to expand, the original spot becomes cleansed of its scales, and a ring forms surrounding a healthy-looking skin-psoriasis annularis; in the further progress of the exanthem, this ring opens, losing its roundness-psoriasis gyrata-and finally disappearing altogether. All these stages, or most of them, coexist side by side in almost every case of this disease. Psoriasis is not attended with itching, or at most only at the commencement, but in no case if it has become an inveterate disease. It may remain stationary, though breaking out in new places, or it may intermit in its manifestations for months and even years. Treatment. In selecting our remedies, we must not overlook the fact that psoriasis is not an itching eruption. This seems to have been ignored by many practitioners; Hartmann's delineation of the disease is especially untrue to Nature. The selection of remedies is rendered particularly difficult by the circumstance that the patient enjoys perfect health, and that on this account we are without any co-determining symptoms. It is wrong and unscientific to try to get symptoms out of a patient by persistent questioning and to hunt them up even among his ancestors in order to realize our dreams about reliable remedies. For this reason we content ourselves with giving merely the names of the remedies that have Ichthyosis. 473 already been employed in this disease with some advantage, or that may seem adapted to further trials. We arrange the series in accordance with the practical value of each drug: Sulphur, Phos- phorus, Sepia, Petroleum, Calcarea carbonica, Acidum nitricum and phosphoricum, Arsenicum and Tellurium. Among external remedies the only application which is never hurtful and usually efficient, is the vapor-bath accompanied by fric- tions with castile soap, or, if the affection has already existed for a long time, with brown soap. Cold bathing is of decided use, although its effect may not be perceived immediately. 8. Ichthyosis. Fish-skin, Porcupine Disease. According to ITebra, ichthyosis is an hereditary or, at any rate, congenital disease, never acquired ; where acquired ichthyosis is spoken of, the eruption has been mistaken for psoriasis or some other cutaneous disorder. It occurs most frequently among males, so that even in its hereditary descent the disease is confined to the male branch of the family, leaving the female branch intact. Ichthyosis is characterized by an hypertrophied condition of the papillae of the skin, with excessive development of the epidermis; the function of the sebaceous follicles seems to be entirely extinct. This disease does not show itself plainly until after the first year of infancy unless the children are frequently and carefully washed. Until then the patients only show a remarkably harsh and tough, dry skin which often has a deep-yellowish tinge. The scales never form in the face, nor on the flexor-surface of the joints or on the scrotum: they form most copiously on the extensor surface of the arms, thighs and legs, and on the knee. In this affection the skin is not infiltrated; where the scales are seated, the skin has a natural color. In the lesser grades of the disease the scales are thinly scat- tered over the skin; in the higher grades they form a thick, horny covering exhibiting cracks and furrows in all directions and, on account of the dirt which adheres to them, having a dingy-brown color. Scales that fall off, or are picked off with the fingers, are constantly replaced by new ones. The disease is considered incurable; it does not endanger life. Treatment. We are not acquainted with a single case of cure of this disease by means of homoeopathic remedies; nor have we ever had an opportunity, in our own practice, of trying the effect 474 Diseases of the Skin. of homoeopathic treatment. In our part of the country the disease is of very rare occurrence. If we had a case to treat, we should in the first place depend upon Silicea, Sulphur, Calcarea carbonica and Lycopodium; and in the next place upon Arsenicum, Aurum and Petroleum. Knowing that cleanliness and attention to the skin generally can keep the disease at a very low stage of development, we urgently recommend the daily use of warm baths and frictions with castile soap, likewise vapor-baths. If we desire a speedy re- moval of the scales, we have to rub the affected portions of the skin with oil a few hours before bathing. f>. Lichen, Strophulus. Tooth-rash. This exanthem appears in three distinct forms, as strophulus, lichen simplex and agrius. Strophulus is in reality nothing else than lichen simplex in the first period of dentition. It is caused by a continued irritation of the skin, or is a consequence of bad nutrition, catarrhal irritation of the intestinal canal, or else it seems to be exclusively occasioned by the process of dentition. Beside the derangements which such causes necessarily occasion, the appearance of this eruption seems very seldom preceded by fever and restlessness. On one or more places, sometimes only in the face, and at times over the whole body, scattered papulae or pimples break out which either have a reddish or else a natural color like the rest of the skin. If the children are sufficiently advanced in age, they show by their man- ner that the papulae itch, especially in the bed. A single papule heals in three to four days, but successive crops of papulae are apt to occur, protracting the whole process for weeks. Lichen simplex arises from similar causes as strophulus; it may likewise be occasioned by a high degree of temperature and occurs in every age. Its appearance is very seldom preceded by distinct fever. The papulae come out unperceived, mostly in the face, have the same color as the skin or look a little redder; they generally form clusters and itch pretty severely; the destruction of their tops by scratching gives rise to very small scurfs. Single papulae dis- appear within ten to twelve days; this form of lichen may likewise be protracted by successive crops for months, so that the originally acute disorder may assume a very obstinate, chronic form. Lichen agrius often represents a higher degree of the former, but Lichen, Strophulus. 475 it may likewise break out as a primary disease. Its appearance is always preceded by febrile symptoms which sometimes do not en- tirely and speedily disappear even after the eruption is fairly out. The pimples are surrounded by a red halo and cause a burning pain. The unavoidable scratching not only increases the cutaneous hyperemia, but likewise changes the eruption to that of eczema. The pimples sometimes, though seldom, scale off already in ten days to a fortnight, and without leaving any alterations. New crops of pimples generally break out in rapid succession, in con- sequence of which the skin becomes infiltrated to such a degree that even long after the disappearance of the pimples the skin remains hard and callous, and even chappy. Lichen agrius consti- tutes one of the more obstinate exanthems; if the whole body is covered with it, the eruption may even involve danger to life. In such a case the patient emaciates very rapidly and a general cachexia is the consequence. Treatment, Strophulus, if unaccompanied by other derange- ments, does not require any special treatment; the most that is required is that every attention should be paid to cleanliness and to the clothing of the children. If it sets in as a consequence of other morbid conditions, the medicines administered for the latter will likewise remove the strophulus. Nor is lichen simplex, when it first breaks out, of sufficient con- sequence to require medical treatment. If it is spread over a con siderable portion of the skin, and the itching is intolerable, Staphys- agria or Mercurius may be given. If it increases to lichen agrius, or becomes chronic, the medicines indicated for this form of lichen will have to be used. [Aconite is an admirable remedy to control the hypersemia of the skin and to afford material aid in removing this distressing eruption. H.] In a case of lichen agrius Mercurius is most appropriate to the paroxysms of acute exacerbation [also Aconite, H.], and next to it Rhus toxicod. and Staphysagria. Cocculus is likewise recommended. To eradicate the disease, other remedies are required, such as : Graphites, Lycopodium, Arsenicum, Sulphur, also Nitri acidum or Conium; the selection of a particular drug depends a good deal upon its homceopathicity to the accompanying constitutional symp- toms. External applications, even baths when indulged in too freely, most generally prove injurious. 476 Diseases of the Skin. 10. Prurigo. According to TIebra, genuine prurigo is only met with among the lower classes; it never shows itself previous to the second period of dentition, and gradually disappears again after the fiftieth year. Sex does not exert any modifying influence over the disease. Bad nourishment and want of attention to cleanliness and the con- dition of the skin generally, are the main causes of the disorder. The first symptom of prurigo is a violent itching as from the sting of an insect; at the itching place a small induration is soon after perceived, which rapidly rises above the skin in the shape of a papula. The color is the same as that of the adjoining cuticle. If pricked, this pimple discharges a small quantity of a ciear fluid. New pimples keep constantly breaking out, whereas the former ones, owing to the scratching, impart a changed appearance to the skin. The top of the pimple or papule being lacerated by the scratching, a small quantity of blood oozes out, which dries up on the pimple and forms a small dark scurf, a number of which may be seen on the skin of persons afflicted with prurigo. As the disease lasts longer, the papulte and crusts increase in size, and not unfre- quently the effused fluid suppurates, causing pustules which form larger crusts and, by running into one another, undermine portions of the skin, and give rise to lymphangioitis and swelling of the lymphatic glands. In this manner prurigo assumes an exceedingly variegated appearance. If the scurfs and crusts fall off, they leave colored marks which, by their number, impart a spotted appearance to the skin. At the same time the skin usually becomes hypertro- phied, especially in the folds of the larger joints. The lesser grades which occur among young persons, are generally confined to the lower extremities, and are designated as prurigo mitis; the more fully developed form as prurigo formicans. The disease remits in the summer or fall; in the winter and spring it generally reaches its acme. The consequences to the general organism are less severe than the constant and distressing itching, which is worse in bed, would lead one to suppose. Nutrition is not perceptibly impaired. On the other hand, it not unfrequently happens that the disease becomes so intolerable as to drive persons to suicide. The higher grades of the disease have a peculiar disposition to rapid effusions of serum, especially into the pleural cavity and the meningse; in this way many patients fall victims to the disease, or become mentally de- Prurigo. 477 ranged. According to Hebra, these not unfrequent terminal affec- tions of prurigo represent the itch-metastases of the ancients, and there is no denying the fact that this view has great probabilities in its favor. Patients afflicted with prurigo most commonly die of tuberculosis, which might likewise suggest the idea of metastasis inasmuch as with the increase of phthisis the itching disappears completely. The disease is never contagious. As regards diagnosis, prurigo is distinguished from scabies, with which it is most easily confounded, by the circumstance that in prurigo most of the efflorescences and scratched places are found in localities where they are either wanting, or else very sparse in scabies, namely on the extensor surfaces of the extremities, more particularly on the leg and back. What is otherwise called prurigo, such as prurigo senilis, prurigo pedicularis, etc., has nothing in common with true prurigo except a very violent itching. In regard to prognosis, Hebra considers the affection altogether incurable; nevertheless by timely and uninterrupted management it is possible to maintain the disease in the form of prurigo mitis, and thus to avert its worst consequences. Treatment, We are not acquainted with a single case of prurigo that has been cured by homoeopathic treatment; however, we do not moan to assert that such a cure is impossible, or that it has not already been achieved. Hebra is the first who has given a reliable and accurately defined diagnosis of prurigo. Physicians having formerly been entirely unacquainted with the genuine characteristics of this disease, it was very easily confounded with scabies. Owing to the great rarity of the disease, it will be a long time before we have a comparatively sufficient number of cures recorded in our published writings. Among the remedies for this disease we have to rely solely upon such antipsorics as will meet the dyscrasic and exceedingly chronic character of the disease; we name: Sulphur, Sepia, Arsenicum, Calcarea carbonica, Plumbum. A few other remedies may be required for acute exacerbations and complications which arise in the course of prurigo more frequently than in that of any other exanthem. The vapor-bath and frictions with brown soap should never be omitted; by such means the skin is properly cared for, and the relief to the patient is speedy and lasts a pretty long time. In conclusion we request every practitioner who has treated prurigo with success, to publish his cases, not omitting a specific as 478 Diseases of the Skin. well as differential diagnosis of each case. We have already shown in previous chapters that a careful examination of prurigo is cal- culated to annihilate the whole theory of psora and the itch-metas- tases, and it is time that this stain should be removed from the fair escutcheon of Homoeopathy. 11. Acne. Stone-pock. Acne is situated in the sebaceous follicles of the skin; it depends upon the quality of the sebaceous secretion, and is not, or at least very seldom, determined by the narrowness or closure of the excre- tory duct. If the sebum secreted by the follicle is too thick, it naturally reaches the surface with more difficulty, solidifies near the external opening, and closes the follicle by means of a plug which has generally a black color. These blackish points are called comedones, or acne punctata. In certain circumstances the disease may not progress any further; on some portions of the skin, as for instance on the nose, this condition becomes habitual. Under other circumstances that will be stated below, the glands thus closed show a disposition to become inflamed. That this is not alone owing to the pressure of the sebum upon the follicular walls, is shown by the circumstance that in persons of a more advanced age the comedones scarcely ever inflame, or that they enlarge to the size of small bursae without any symptom of inflammation whatsoever. The in- flamed follicle either changes to a small pustule, discharges and sometimes forms small scurfs, or else the inflammation does not terminate in suppuration, the follicle retains for a time the shape of an indurated, somewhat painful and red papule, and gradually the exudation is reabsorbed. If the inflammation is severe, if the irritation is increased by the pressure and friction of the clothes, the subcutaneous cellular tissue becomes involved, giving rise to a furuncle of a larger or smaller size. These different changes or processes come under the designation of acne simplex. This form of acne appears principally in the face and on the neck, on the back, buttocks, thighs, less frequently on the chest, sometimes on the skin of the penis and scrotum. No other consequences are involved in this affection, except that the places of the acne-pustules remain red for some time. Considering that a number of follicles sometimes become diseased while others are at the same time in full bloom, the face must become considerably disfigured. Acne scarcely ever makes its appearance except between the age Acne. 479 of pubescence and the twenty-fifth or thirtieth year. After this period, a few single follicles may become inflamed, but not a whole number together. Males are more subject to acne than females. All the circumstances connected with this eruption show that acne has its essential origin in the sexual sphere. In corroboration of this statement we will allude to the circumstance that on many ladies a few acne-pustules break out during the menses, and that almost every individual who is addicted to onanism, is afflicted with an excessive breaking out of acne. We do not mean to say that acne only breaks out in the faces of onanists. Among the young people of the city acne seems to be general, whereas among country- youths it is comparatively a rare disease. If a predisposition exists, acne may be developed under the operation of a variety of causes, such as overheating, washing a heated skin with cold water, par- taking of boiled and roasted or fried fat, more particularly the fat of geese; indigestion, the excessive use of wine or spirits. Among us, for instance, acne prevails in the winter-season, because so much pork or gooseflesh is eaten in winter; jews are likewise troubled with acne, for the reason that they replace the fat of swine by goose-fat, and for the additional reason that they are generally fond of very fat eating. It follows from these remarks that the first thing to be done when treating a case of acne is to prescribe a careful and appro- priate diet. This task, however, is very difficult of accomplishment, for the reason that acne-patients generally enjoy the sensation of perfect health, and that a rigid diet, if only persisted in for a short time, effects very little improvement in the disease. The next point is to see to a proper management of the skin generally. Cold bath- ing and washing is of no use; on the contrary, the trouble seems to get worse in consequence. For acne on the trunk, frictions with soap and the use of the flesh-brush in a vapor-bath are the best remedy; for acne in the face the following proceeding is better than all cosmetics: Every morning, or, if the patient has to leave his home early in the morning, then every evening, the face should be gently rubbed for a few minutes with a soft, piece of flannel moistened with warm water and greased over with soap, after which it is washed with warm water, and subsequently again with water that is almost cold. The best soap for such a purpose is the so-called Venetian soap made of vegetable fats. By means of these washings the disorder is reduced to its minimum proportions. The formation of pustules is, moreover, best prevented by the comedones 480 Diseases of the Skin. being squeezed out. The nails must not be used for such an opera- tion, but a small watch-key, the opening of which must neither be too narrow nor angular, is placed upon the spot so that the black point of the comedo is exactly encompassed by the opening of the key which is firmly and vertically pressed upon the skin. This had bettor be done previous to washing. By resorting to such simple proceedings, the face can be kept tolerably clean. A treatment of acne with internal remedies is undoubtedly pos- sible, but likewise superfluous in most cases. In very bad cases we have derived very satisfactory results from Arsenic, but a cure has never been achieved. Hartmann and others likewise recommend: Cantharides, Sulphur, Staphysagria, Antim. crudum, Dulcamara, Mezereum, Natrum muriatieum, Acidum nitricum, Capsicum, Sepia, etc. In our opinion, however, internal remedies need not be re- sorted to as long as a non-medicinal external management will accomplish all that can be desired. 12. Sycosis, Mentagra. Barber's Itch. This is exclusively a disease of the male sex, and occurs about the age of twenty-four or twenty-five years, when the hair of the beard grows thick and hard. If persons who do not shave are attacked by it, which is a very rare occurrence, its causes are very obscure. In cases where the beard is shaved, the eruption may be caused by bad or irritating soap or by a dull razor, and, although generally so frightfully obstinate, yet may, under such circum- stances, heal spontaneously even without much loss of time; all that need be done is to omit shaving the affected parts. Dirt and snuff likewise seem to occasion sycosis. The disease generally sets in, like herpes labialis, with a sensation of burning, heat and tension; most commonly we first notice on the chin a small cluster of isolated, red tubercles of a pretty large size, each of which is perforated by a hair. Some of these tubercles in a few days change to pustules, break and form dark crusts, with- out the infiltration which forms the little tubercle, disappearing on that account. In spite of all care, and generally in consequence of continued irritation, the number of tubercles increases slowly but uninterruptedly, the former ones growing larger; the skin upon which they are seated, becomes more and more infiltrated; after breaking, the pustules change to ulcers; deep, ulcerated rhagades and finally bulbous infiltrations of a pale-red color are perceived. Sycosis, Mentagra. 481 The patients do not complain of much pain, but their ugly appear- ance fills them with anxiety. The disease is extremely obstinate and may last for years. It is true that it not unfrequently abates in severity, and at times even disappears altogether; but it breaks out again with renewed fierceness, and in such a case in more than one spot simultaneously. Its first appearance is almost always on the chin; it is here that the disorder exists most commonly in its fiercest intensity, but it likewise invades every other bearded por- tion of the face, and in severe cases even the eyebrows. Treatment. Although sycosis, when it first breaks out, some- times heals spontaneously, yet a spontaneous cure, after the disease has existed for some time, is a rare event, and the higher grades of the disease obstinately resist every attempt to cure it. However, we have seen cases where a mentagra of many years' standing per- manently disappeared after an attack of typhus. In treating this affection, success depends upon commencing the treatment as early as practicable. The first and most important measure is to investigate and remove the cause of the disease. We would not advise the use of internal remedies until we are satisfied, after having pursued this course for a short time, that it leads to no satisfactory result; otherwise we might easily be deceived re- garding the effect of our remedies. We have cured three cases of this disease permanently and radically with Graphites 4th and Gth trituration; two of these cases had lasted for several years, and two of these patients, moreover, never shaved. This statement shows that Graphites deserves our attention in sycosis. Acidum nitricum is another remedy that is often very useful; its symptoms bear the greatest resemblance to this disease. However, we ought to state that we have never achieved a cure with this remedy alone, although the cases improved considerably under its influence. We make the same remark of Auram muriaticum. Silicea, Oleander, Carbo animalis, and a few other remedies, are indicated by the symptoms, but we have no clinical evidence to adduce in their favor. Hartmann mentions a few other remedies; but it is evident, from a perusal of his description of sycosis, that he classes under this denomination all sorts of heterogeneous eruptions. We must not omit to mention a few external remedies that may be of great use. In recent cases of mentagra it is undoubtedly of use to pull out the single hairs that perforate the tubercles. This being a painful proceeding, it must be carried out gradually. How- ever, it is of very little, if any, use if the whole cutis is hyper- 482 Diseases of the Skin. trophied and infiltrated. Among the caustics Acidum nitricum occupies the first rank, probably because it is eminently homoeo- pathic to the disease. Aurum muriaticum is likewise a good caustic in some cases. Hebra advises to pull out the hairs before cauteriz- ing ; this proceeding undoubtedly increases the effectiveness, but likewise the painfulness of the cauterizing process. Hebra's mode of treating this disease deserves being mentioned so much more as he professes having cured every case by means of it. First the hairs are pulled out, and afterwards a paste of Sulphur, Glycerine and Alcohol is rubbed upon the diseased skin every morning and evening. A cure is very rapidly effected. Sulphur is the only medicinal ingredient in this case. We shall revert to the external application of Sulphur in the next chapter. All other external applications of corrosive substances, except Nitric acid, are utterly condemned by Hebra. 13. Acne Rosacea, Gutta Rosacea. Copper-nose, Bottle-nose. Acne rosacea is an exanthem consisting of tubercles with some disposition to suppurate, suppurating tubercles; and, moreover, of continual venous hyperaemia. It almost always commences at the tip of the nose, whence it spreads over the dorsum of the nose and over both cheeks, finally over the forehead and the rest of the face. First we notice an ery- thematous spot of small extent, painless, and distinctly traversed by dilated cutaneous veins. Upon this erythematous base single tubercles start up, which sometimes suppurate at an early period, but likewise spread in size after the pus is discharged. New tuber- cles keep constantly forming, new erythematous spots keep con- stantly breaking out, the skin becomes more and more hypertrophied, the veins become more and more varicose, the isolated little blotches change to large tubercles, cracks and deep rhagades, and even ulcers make their appearance, and the face looks very much disfigured in consequence of this extreme development of the nasal exanthem. At first the affection has remissions, but the dark redness never disappears entirely; at a later period the disorder keeps growing all the time. Abuse of wine and spirits is the cause of the disease in by far the larger number of cases; but it likewise breaks out on individ- uals of very moderate habits and where the disease cannot be traced 483 Lupus to any apparent cause. Among women the disease is of rare occur- rence and most generally associated with menstrual anomalies. The disease is not often seen previous to the twenty-fifth year; its most frequent occurrence is after the fortieth. Overheating the system and immoderate drinking are very apt to cause a renewed outbreak of the disease. It is exceedingly obstinate and, in its higher grades, is considered incurable. Hartmann recommends the following remedies for this disease: Carbo animalis, Kali carbonicum, Arsenicum, Veratrum album, Can- nabis, Acidum nitricum and phosphoricum, Thuya, Phosphorus, Eu- phrasia, Silicea, Ledum, Ruta, Aurum, Kreosotum, Sepia, Petroleum, Plumbum, Sulphur, Acidum sulphuricum, Capsicum, Clematis, Psor- icum. We cannot be blamed for not attaching any sort of impor- tance to so many remedies for a morbid condition that is so characteristically marked by definite and unvarying symptoms, and so little involves the general health. Among the above-men- tioned remedies, Carbo animalis, Arsenicum, Acidum nitricum, Au- rum, Sepia and Sulphur are the only ones that promise partial success in the treatment of this disease; Carbo animalis and Arsen- icum in the case of drunkards, and Sepia in the case of females. The treatment is always protracted and the results uncertain or imperfect, for the redness most generally remains. More recently we have witnessed a marked improvement after the following treatment: We mix two drachms of the washed flowers of Sulphur with two ounces of distilled water, and after vigorously shaking this mixture, we cause a linen rag to be dipped into it and have the affected parts of the face moistened with this rag every evening before bed-time, allowing the liquid to dry upon the skin, which is washed clean again in the morning. By means of this simple pro- ceeding the tubercles are made to disappear in a surprisingly quick period of time, and the redness likewise becomes less intense. The. success of this proceeding never fails, and this instance again shows what an excellent effect the external application of a specific rem- edy will sometimes have, whereas the internal use of this same specific would either have no effect whatever, or else develop its curative results in a very tardy manner. 14. Lupus. Wolf, Jacob's Ulcer. Lupus is preeminently a disease of the lower classes; it occurs more frequently in some parts of the country than in others, but it 484 Diseases of the Skin. attacks individuals indiscriminately any where, without distinction of sex. Lupus has not yet been known to occur previous to the tenth and after the fortieth year; it is most frequently seen between the tenth and twentieth years of age. It is said to result from scrofulosis and congenital syphilis; this, however, is problematical, the more so since lupus likewise attacks persons of sound health and vigorous constitutions. It is never infectious. In describing this disease we will distinguish four different forms, namely : Lupus exedens, hypertrophicus, exfolians and non exedens. Lupus exedens commences with the formation of a few, rarely of a number of dark-red or brownish spots, or of dark, small papules resembling acne and seated upon a cuticle rendered smooth by infiltration. The spots slowly enlarge in size, the papules never increase rapidly in number; some even, which are situated in the centre of the affected spot, disappear, but are immediately replaced again by new ones starting up at the circumference. The epidermis on the affected spot continually exfoliates in small scales. After the papules have lasted for an indefinite length of time, and while the cutaneous hypersemia and infiltration are increasing, the tops of the papules ulcerate and become covered with scurfs which are constantly growing in size and thickness and hide somewhat funnel-shaped ulcers that gradually unite in one and destroy the skin over a large extent of surface. The healing of the sore always commences in the centre, while the ulcerative process is being renewed at the periphery; this constitutes the lupus serpiginosus. Lupus exedens is chiefly located in the face, but not unfrequently spreads to the neck and ears, and may likewise break out on other parts of the body. If the lupus is situated on the nose, it not unfrequently happens that the ulceration destroys the integuments, cartilages, and even bones. This seems to be a particular form of lupus that sometimes commences on the mucous membrane of the nose. Lupus exedens is the most frequently occurring form of lupus. Lupus hypertrophicus likewise breaks out more especially in the face; the papules increase to the size of large tubercles and the subcutaneous cellular tissue becomes strikingly hypertrophied, ab- sorbing the tubercles in such a manner as to give rise to a promi- nent, deep-red elevation of the skin, which is soft to the feel and at whose periphery new papules keep constantly forming, some of which suppurate but never to any considerable extent. After a Lupus 485 time a retracted cicatrix may be seen, traversing the diseased sur- face. Gradually the affection may invade the larger portion of the face, the ears, and may even spread below the chin; it is most commonly associated with considerable eversion of the lids. Lupus exfolians, which Hebra is unwilling to regard as a form of lupus, begins, like the former species, with a dark-red, super- ficially infiltrated spot upon which very flat or no papules are seated, and where the epidermis is constantly passing through a process of exfoliation. This spot never heals spontaneously, neither does it increase in size, the only alteration it exhibits, is a more marked paleness of the skin. It is more particularly seen among females, is easily confounded with naevus, from which it may be distinguished by the circumstance that this form of lupus does not break out until persons have reached an advanced age, whereas naevus is a congenital affection. Lupus non exedens commences like lupus exedens, except that the papules and tubercles do not ulcerate, but become dissolved and are reabsorbed, leaving a retracted cicatrix with atrophy of the skin at the affected spot, which looks like the scar from a burn. The different forms of lupus are exceedingly chronic; it is a rare event for lupus exedens to pass through its stage of ulceration rapidly and as it were subcutaneously. The disease is not painful, nor does it impair the general health; but it may easily bring on a very severe attack of conjunctivitis and by this means endanger the visual power. Treatment, In view of the great obstinacy of this affection, the first requisite towards a successful treatment, both on the part of the physician as well as the sick, is a good supply of patience, in order to give the remedies a fair chance to develop and exhaust their full effect. As far as particular remedies are concerned, we are still without a sufficient number of clinical cases to enable us to point to certain remedies as specifically adapted to lupus; on which account it is extremely desirable that every case of lupus should be made public in our Journals. Lycopodium is efficient in lupus exedens, if the disease has not yet existed too long, if the ulceration does not penetrate too far into the tissues, and if the dis- order attacks feeble individuals of a sallow complexion. In lupus exedens as in acne rosacea, both of which conditions have a great deal in common, Graphites is one of the most important remedies; Graphites is particularly suitable for nasal lupus with deep-seated ulceration. Next to Graphites we recommend Aurum^ more partic- 486 Diseases of the Skin. ularly Aurum muriatieum. This remedy has sometimes a surprising effect; it is indicated if the lupus starts from the Schneiderian membrane, or if it spreads from the skin, gradually invading the Schneiderian membrane, the bones and cartilages. In such cases Acidum nitricum or Sepia are likewise suitable. Calcarea carbonica is adapted to lupus in the pase of scrofulous individuals. For lupus hypertrophicus at an advanced stage all remedies prove ineffectual. At the commencement of this disorder we may recom- mend Conium, Baryta, Graphites and Sulphur. Lupus exfolians is no less obstinate than the previous variety, and it is very difficult to pick out suitable remedies for this disease in our Materia Medica. We may try Arsenicum,, next to which Sulphur, Phosphorus, Kali bichrom., and perhaps Thuya. Lupus non-exedens does not require any other remedies than lupus exedens. Other remedies for lupus are: lodium, Carbo animalis and vegeta- bills, Silicea, Alumina. The usefulness of external applications is sometimes evident, but not unfrequently questionable; cauterization sometimes does a great amount of injury. In a case of lupus hypertrophicus, cau- terization is especially a proceeding of doubtful propriety; like carcinoma, it usually grows so much more rapidly afterwards. If cauterization is insisted upon, it should be done with the pointed extremity of a stick of the Nitrate of silver; it is important to remember that only the little tubercles must be cauterized, not the whole of the diseased surface. All liquid caustics irritate the in- filtrated skin still more, and make the disease worse than before. Cod-liver oil in large doses has sometimes an excellent effect; it might perhaps be sufficient to improve the constitution by good and substantial nourishment; for cod-liver oil is only useful to patients whose assimilative system has been very much impaired. 15. Herpes Tetter. All forms of herpes are characterized by the formation of little vesicles, clusters of which are seated upon an inflamed, red epider- mis ; the vesicles of one cluster breaking out simultaneously and running- an acute course. In obedience to the habitual nomencla- ture as well as on account of differences in the treatment, we will consider the main forms each by itself. Herpes. 487 a. Herpes Facialis, Facial Herpes. This form of herpes accompanies a large number of febrile and chronic diseases without exerting any specially modifying influence over their course; except in pneumonia where this form of herpes is said to constitute a decidedly favorable omen. As an idiopathic exanthem it seems to manifest itself when indicating the commence- ment of a catarrhal affection, provided the catarrhal irritation is not very intense. A first appearance predisposes most decidedly to relapses. Herpes facialis (also hydroa febrilis, herpes phlyctsenodes) most generally breaks out on the lips, less frequently on the cheeks, fore- head, ears, eyelids. A tension, burning, and a marked sensation of swelling are experienced at a certain infiltrated spot, where the vesicles start up amid slight febrile motions and an unusual feeling of lassitude. In the face they are always of a tolerably large size, but there are not many of them clustered together, they incline to run into one another; the cuticle of the spot where they are located does not show a very vivid redness; sometimes they are pitted or cleft. They contain a clear liquid which soon becomes dim and changes to a rather dark scurf that soon falls off, leaving for some time a red, somewhat infiltrated spot; burning pains likewise remain for some time. One attack does not render any treatment necessary, because it does not alter the course of the vesicles that are already out. But if new' crops break out in rapid succession, at definite intervals, it may be well to give Hepar sulphuris or Arsenicum in not too fre- quently repeated doses. Bryonia is an excellent remedy if each succeeding crop of vesicles is accompanied by fever and great las- situde. If the affection is very obstinate and inveterate, Graphites may be given for it. [Aconite is better than any other medicine, if the eruption is acute, attended with fever; by using Aconite, the inflammation is speedily subdued, and the vesicles dry up, leaving small scurfs that fall off in a few days. H.] b. Herpes Preputialis. This is principally located on the prepuce, although it not unfre- quently appears on the scrotum, penis, and on the female sexual organs. It bears a very close resemblance to herpes facialis, the single clusters are small, the vesicles not very numerous, and pro- 488 Diseases of the Skin. portionally of some size. It breaks out without any symptoms of general disturbance; its appearance is accompanied by the burning peculiar to all forms of herpes. If the vesicles are seated on the outer skin, superficial, bright-yellow scurfs form on the fifth day; if seated on the inside of the prepuce, instead of vesicles we may have superficial ulcers which occasionally become covered with thin scurfs. The causes of this affection are unknown; what is posi- tively known is that syphilis does not modify the course or character of this form of herpes; its frequent association with balanorrhoea has led this to be regarded as the cause, whereas the reverse is true, that herpes is the cause of a more copious secretion of smegma. Herpes prseputialis acquires its importance from the fact that it is easily mistaken for chancre, especially by lay-persons who had been infected with chancre previously, and are now living in constant dread of constitutional syphilis. By fixing one's attention to the following points, the diagnosis becomes quite easy: herpes always consists of several vesicles seated close together upon an infiltrated base, in a case of chancre we scarcely ever see the primitive vesicle which is moreover completely isolated. If properly guarded, herpes very soon becomes covered with a scurf, the syphilitic ulcer never. The use of treating herpes praeputialis that is fully out,, with a view of shortening its course, is very questionable ; we have thought, however, on some occasions, that this course is abbreviated, if the proper remedy is administered. The main point is to counteract the tendency to relapses which is just as great in this form of herpes as in that of herpes facialis. Hepar sulphuris meets both these indications, provided its use is continued for some time after the disappearance of the efflorescence. Hartmann, on the contrary, recommends the red precipitate and nitric acid. Caladium seguinum is likewise indicated, but more in the herpes pudendorum than in the preputial herpes of males. If balanorrhoea is present, a frequent and careful cleansing of the parts is of course indispensable. c. Herpes Zoster, Zona, Shingles. This form is characterized by the development of clusters of vesicles, of which there are generally several, along the tract of one or more spinal nerves, assuming on the trunk the shape of a zone or belt, but on the extremities breaking out in a more irregular form. The etiology of this exanthem is involved in obscurity, but every Herpes. 489 physician of extensive practice must have noticed that at certain periods of the year several cases break out simultaneously or soon one after the other, as though epidemic influences were prevailing. Zoster commences almost without exception with rheumatic pains in the parts where it is to break out, and is often attended with great lassitude and fever. The preliminary pains are not unfrequently like inflammatory pains. At the origin of one or more nerves, in company with a violent and painful burning, an efflores- cence breaks out, after which papules arise, next, clusters of vesicles with tendency to run into one another. These vesicles remain out for four to six days, after which they change to flat scurfs. But inasmuch as a new cluster may arise after the first, and these suc- cessive crops may continue even after the first vesicles are entirely healed, the whole process may last even three weeks. It is very seldom the case that scratching or the friction of the clothes will cause a superficial ulceration. There may be no pain during the continuance of the efflorescences, except the slight burning attend- ing the successive breaking out of new crops of vesicles; but the greatest distress to the patient is the burning itching which is espe- cially severe in bed. After the falling off of the crusts all pain is gone, oi* the peculiar itching may perhaps continue for some time, or finally - and this is not by any means a rare occurrence-inter- costal neuralgia of a very obstinate type may set in, apparently the more readily the less scantily the herpes was out on the skin. Treatment. Although zoster is an entirely typical form of disease, and we have no certain sign whether our medicines have diminished the number of vesicles, and abbreviated their course, yet it is certain that intercostal neuralgia sets in much less frequently when zoster is treated with appropriate remedies, which alone is a sufficient reason why zoster should never be allowed to run its course without proper medicinal treatment. The remedies indicated by Hartmann, namely: Mercurius, Rhus, Causticum, Graphites, Sulphur, Arsenicum, Acidum nitricum and Euphorbium, with the exception of Rhus and Euphorbium do not correspond with the general features of the disease. So far as Rhus is concerned, we know positively that the remedy is usually given without any benefit, although its symptomatic similarity would seem to recom- mend it, and as regards Euphorbium, we have no clinical evidence of its curative influence in this disease. Mercurius sometimes seems to prevent the breaking out of new clusters of vesicles. Mezereum is a remedy that renders excellent service in some respects and which 490 Diseases of the Skin. we cannot recommend with sufficient warmth, since intercostal neuralgia very seldom occurs after its use. We likewise suggest Oleum crotonis for experimental trials. The treatment of the sub- sequent neuralgia has been discussed in a former chapter. d. Herpes Iris and Circinnatus. Both these forms being essentially identical, we describe them together. Herpes iris consists of a larger vesicle or bulla which is not un- frequently filled with a blood-tinged liquid, and is surrounded by a wreath of smaller vesicles round whose external border another and larger wreath may form. The course is the same as that of other herpetic vesicles. The efflorescences first appear on the dorsa of the feet or hands, spreading on the extensor-surfaces from below upwards, and the new clusters of vesicles appearing either in the same relative position as the vesicles of herpes generally, or else again assuming the form of herpes iris. This form of herpes most frequently occurs among women and children. Herpes circinnatus which comes out in the same manner as herpes iris, is distinguished from the latter by the circumstance that the central bulla is missing, and that only the wreath of vesicles is present. Essentially both forms represent a form of herpes zoster on the extremities, so much more as they are sometimes succeeded by a peculiar pain which is not quite as severe as intercostal neuralgia. This affection which is altogether of rare occurrence, scarcely ever requires any other remedies than those that have been indicated for zoster. 16. Eczema. Eczema is one of those exanthems that has given rise to an im- mense amount of confusion. In the following sketch we reproduce essentially the views and statements of llebra who enjoys the un- disputed merit of having first cleared up this pathological. process. The causes of eczema are either external irritants acting directly upon the skin, or else substances that affect this organ through the general circulation into which they had been absorbed, or finally constitutional influences. Heat, for instance, causes the so-called baker's itch; and heat, intense cold, salt-baths, mercurial frictions, Croton-oil, etc., a number of medicinal agents taken internally, fat food or food giving rise to an unusual deposition of fat, scrofulosis, Eczema. 491 affections of the female organs of generation, varices, and in general all kinds of stasis in the venous system, and a number of other similar circumstances and influences uniformly occasion eczema. Among the direct cutaneous irritants we distinguish: neglect in attending to the skin, vermin, friction by the clothes, continued rubbing of a part, for instance between the thighs when riding on horseback, and by continued walking. The reason why eczema has given rise to so much confusion is, because its various modes of origination were not properly con- sidered, and an eye was only had to the various modifications which the appearance of an eczematous part undergoes in consequence of the formation of crusts or scurfs, scratching, dirt, hair of the body, etc. The typical form of eczema is obtained by rubbing Croton-oil upon the skin. Upon a red surface a number of vesicles or pimples shoot up which, if carefully guarded, heal in a few days leaving the affected portion of the skin injected. If the vesicles are not protected, if they are scratched or rubbed against by the clothes, the vesicles break, and crusts form, beneath which, if the irritation continues, the exudation continues likewise; or else the exudation may be so copious that no crusts can form, in which case the affected part always looks red and moist. If the irritation con- tinues, the eczema spreads to the adjoining parts; scratching even communicates it to remote parts ; beside the vesicles, pustules form likewise, the so-called eczema impetiginoides, and the original form of the exanthem is totally altered. Three modifications have been distinguished more particularly. First the eczema simplex. Upon the cuticle, having a natural color, small vesicles spring up irregularly, without forming any definite clusters; they gradually grow in size, break, discharge a moisture, heal by desquamation, then reappear again at the same place, and, favored by circumstances, pass into the following forms: Eczema rubrum; upon an injected and infiltrated spot, vesicles or small pimples spring up whose tops are filled with a watery moisture. After the bursting of the vesicles, desquamation ends the process.-■ Finally eczema impetiginoides which is by far the most common form of eczema, consisting of vesicles and pimples or papulae, some of which change to pustules ending in the formation of crusts; hence this form is properly speaking a combination of eczema and impetigo. According to their locality we have several strikingly character- ized forms of eczema, among which we distinguish the following: 492 Diseases of the Skin. Eczema of the face (crusta lactea, crusta serpiginosa, porrigo larvalis, melitagra) is almost always of the impetiginoid form, it may invade the whole face at once, in which case it usually spreads to the ears; or else, it may remain confined to single localities, especially the cheeks and chin. As a rule, the skin is seldom, and only inconsiderably, infiltrated. This form chiefly attacks children. Eczema of the hairy scalp is likewise generally of the impeti- ginoid form; it makes the hair look and feel like felt, is very apt to spread a foul odor and to give rise to the formation of vermin, and is strikingly disposed to migrate beyond the hair, especially in the nape of the neck. This form of eczema is more particularly met with among adults. Eczema of the male organs breaks out on the penis in an acute form as eczema simplex; on the scrotum, on the contrary, it develops itself in a very chronic form as eczema rub rum. The last-mentioned form causes a horrid itching, and is generally main- tained by a dilatation of the cutaneous veins on the scrotum. It is almost always confined to the scrotum, and is one of the most obstinate cutaneous affections. It is very seldom attended with the formation of pustules, but is very apt to lead to hypertrophy of the scrotal integuments. Eczema of the legs (salt-rheum) really depends almost exclusively upon varicose veins, more especially upon dilatation of the small cutaneous veins, whereas the larger vessels may continue in a per- fectly normal condition. This eczema is extremely obstinate, itches most horridly, generally exacerbates in the spring and fall and is a species of eczema rubrum with occasional formation of pustules and an infiltration of the skin that makes it almost look like elephantiasis. Eczema has a peculiar tendency to attack correspondingly situated portions of the skin, even though the morbific irritation originally only acted upon one side of the body. Eczema seldom runs an acute course; the extremely acute form of "eczema universale" is very rare; on the other hand, it not unfrequently commences as an acute exanthem, with slight fever, but very soon assumes a chronic character. All the different forms of eczema itch more or less; scratching, which it is impossible to avoid, is a main cause of the onward spread and the protracted course of the disease. Every kind of eczema may heal and does heal spontaneously, provided the chief requisite towards a cure, Eczema. 493 namely rest in a horizontal posture, is attended to. Eczema of the leg and scrotum is the least promising of any. Treatment. There is no cutaneous affection the cause of which is more easily discovered than that of eczema; nor is there any cutaneous affection where the removal of the cause is more essential to the success of our treatment. How the causal indication can be satisfied in every case, is difficult to determine owing to the diver- sity and number of the noxious influences giving rise to the erup- tion. Above all, local irritants giving rise to eczema, must be removed. In most cases eczema gets well of itself after the cause is removed ; however, this is not always the case. Not unfre- quently, after the exanthem has lasted for some time, the cuta- neous disease acquires such a power of independent existence that a germ of inherent development has become ingrafted upon it. Eczema arising from constitutional causes, is of less frequent occur- rence than any other. In the next place we have to aim at removing the cause, which is the chief promoter of the spread of eczema, namely scratching. In some cases it is impossible to prevent scratching, not only in the case of children, but likewise in that of adults; the itching is too intense and the scratching may be indulged in by the patient while he is sleeping, when the scratching cannot always be prevented in the long run. Under such circumstances it is a good plan to protect the hands by means of gloves or linen-bags and to remove the pos- sibility of the nails being used; for there is no doubt that the laceration of the exanthem with the nails may transfer the eczema to other parts of the body by a regular process of grafting. In other cases scratching may be prevented by appropriately covering the eczematous part; on the leg, for instance, by applying suitable bandages, and in the case of children by covering the head with a calf's-bladder from which the mucous lining has been removed, and beneath which the exanthem sometimes heals with wonderful rapidity. Finally, we will name a few external applications, after the use of which the itching abates with more or less certainty. We ought to state that the greatest amount of irritation, which superinduces the itching, proceeds from the fully-developed crusts, whereas a moist eczema itches much less. Hence, the great object is to limit the formation of crusts as much as possible, or to prevent their excessive adhesion and desiccation. This object is reached by frequent ablutions with cold or tepid water. We are aware that these are dreaded by many physicians and lay-people, but without 494 Diseases of the Skin. any adequate cause if proper care is used. A shower-bath is still preferable to washing; but the water must not have a fall of more than two feet, nor should the temperature be below fifty to sixty degrees. For eczema of the body tepid baths with frictions with soap are eminently to be commended. Liquid fats are excellent means of softening the crusts. By moistening them with almond- oil, they break up into little fragments and can be removed more easily. Glycerine renders the same service. We must be careful, however, not to apply the oil too often, nor too much of it, other- wise it might result in the formation of pustules. Twelve to sixteen hours after the application of the oil the parts ought to be washed with soap. If very thick crusts are to be speedily removed, the surest means is the use of warm cataplasms which, however, must not be applied too long at a time, for the reason that cataplasms are likewise apt to lead to the development of pustules. Ointments, no matter what they are made of, can never be of any use, but are generally hurtful. Regarding the medicinal treatment of eczema, we find a large number of medicines indicated in the books, most of them accom- panied by all sorts of the most subtle and refined indications, which are not only of no practical use, but are not even substantiated by the symptomatic record of our Materia Medica. This subject affords us another opportunity of satisfying ourselves of the injury resulting from an inappropriate and vacillating nomenclature which positively defeats all the good that could be done by the accumulated records of clinical experience. Moreover, it is impos- sible to furnish reliable indications for every drug; the causative as well as the accompanying secondary phenomena are too varied and yet claim our chief attention, for the reason that the selection of a remedy that meets the cause of the eruption, is often exclusively determined by an investigation and knowledge of these phenomena. For this reason we have confined ourselves to merely naming the medicines, accompanying some of them by practical hints, and referring to the Materia Medica for special information, to obtain which the chronic nature of the exanthem affords abundant time. In order to facilitate the search of proper remedies we have asso- ciated them with the chief forms of eczema, each according to its locality. Eczema in the face, which chiefly attacks children, is often made to dry up in a few days by means of Oleum crotonis, third tritura- tion. This remedy shows its curative action so much more cer- Eczema. 495 tainly, the more recent the cutaneous affection; moreover, it is most appropriate in eczema rubrum, and is so much less adapted to the case, the more nearly the eczema assumes an impetiginoid form. If the disorder is of Ions; standing, and hence more invet- erate and more extensive, Lycopodium often acts with surprising benefit. Next to this remedy comes Sulphur. For crusta lactea proper Borax is recommended; Mercurius and Lycopodium, and likewise Hepar sulphuris are more reliable. [I have cured the most horrid cases of crusta lactea with Aconite and Belladonna. II.] From Viola tricolor we have never obtained the least sign of a curative effect. For eczema impetiginoides the remedies we have just named, are likewise useful, but we have a much better selec- tion among the following: Mercurius, Uepar sulphuris, Antimonium crudum, Cicuta virosa, Baryta. The last-named remedy has a spe- cific action in cases where the eczema is accompanied by swelling of the lymphatic glands, and generally in the case of impoverished, scrofulous individuals. [We once cured a baby that had been vaccinated with impure vaccine, of a horrid attack of Crusta serpiginosa, by means of a single pellet of Arsenicum 200. On the third day after vaccination a black pustule broke out on the arm, which grew very rapidly to the size of a big potato and was filled with a foul-smelling corrosive ichor. An ugly-looking sore formed wherever the ichor touched the skin. In the course of twenty-four hours the face, neck and upper arms looked like one mass of blackish, dark-brown ulcera- tion. This disorganizing process spread almost visibly. The eyes could no longer be seen. The sides of the face and neck, ears and part of the scalp were covered with this horrid crust. The mother likewise had become infected. One pellet of Arsenicum 200 was placed upon the child's tongue at night. Next morning the sores had not spread any further, and those that existed were perfectly dry; they fell off in two days, and in a week after even the traces of the ulcers could no longer be seen. H.] If eczema is exclusively seated on and behind the ears, it is very obstinate; hence, the remedies must not be changed too often. The best remedies are: Mercurius, lodium, Kali bichromicum, Baryta, Sulphur. Eczema of the hairy scalp, both when confined to the scalp and when the face is invaded by the exanthem, either runs its course rapidly, more especially in the case of children, and generally in the form of eczema impetiginoides; or else it assumes the form of 496 Diseases of the Skin. eczema rubrum, most commonly in the case of adults, its course in such a case being very chronic. For the former acute form the best remedies are: Hepar sulpha Oleander, Lycopodium., Sulphur, Staphy- sagria, Mercurius (when a tendency to acute lymphadenitis prevails), Baryta caxbonica (when attended with a painless or, at any rate, not acute inflammatory swelling of the lymphatic glands), Borax, Cle- matis, and, according to Hartmann's urgent recommendation: Dulca- mara. For the obstinate eczema of adults we cannot recommend with sufficient emphasis Arsenicum and Graphites. With Arsenicum alone we have several times removed an exceedingly humid and horridly itching eczema in the space of six to eight weeks. Quite recently we have cured eczema of seventeen years' standing with Graphites, the patient being otherwise in a state of perfect health. She had to continue the remedy for over six months in the fourth to the sixth trituration, but even the excessively hypertrophied ears finally resumed their normal shape. We do not mean to deny the possible adaptation of Sulphur, Lycopodium, or even Phosphorus, to this disease, but we are obliged to confess that we have never derived the least curative effect from either of these remedies. Children passing through the second period of dentition are often attacked with an eczema that is confined to the lower border of the hairy scalp on the occiput, between both ears, and which, after being once cured, is apt to break out again, and is always accompanied by glandular swellings of considerable size. Hartmann recommends Dulcamara for this eruption; we have used for it with perfect suc- cess : Rhus toxicod., Calcarea carboniea, Oleum crotonis. Eczema on the scrotum occurs in very few cases as an acute im- petiginoid eczema; for such cases no medicine surpasses Croton oil in efficacy, beside which we call attention to Caladium seguinum, Rhus toxicod. and Hepar sulphuris. In cases of chronic eczema great patience is required not only on the part of the physician, but likewise on that of the patient; it is an exceedingly obstinate affec- tion. The remedies to be employed in such cases are: Sulphur, Ar- senicum, Lycopodium, Nitri acidum, also Graphites, Petroleum., Thuya and Anthrakokali. A fact deserving special consideration is the very common co-existence of profuse hemorrhoids with this eruption; the scrotal integuments are likewise traversed by a number of varicose veins. Eczema between the thighs is generally cured by means of Mer- curius or Lycopodium; of course the cause has to be strictly avoided. Daily ablutions of the part with good soap are indispensable. Impetigo. 497 Eczema on the leg is likewise very obstinate, no less so than eczema on the scrotum; in order to cure this disease, we have to neutralize the effect of the varices by a carefully applied roller bandage. If the eczema has the impetiginoid form, it is advisable to place the patients for a short time in a horizontal posture, and to order flax-seed poultices to the part; at the same time Rhus toxicod. or Carbo vegetabilis may be given internally, and, if erysipelatous redness sets in: Mereurius.- Afterwards the chief remedy is Sta- physagria which is often sufficient to eradicate the disease; we likewise call attention to Graphites, Sulphur, Lycopodium. Beside the above-mentioned remedies the following are likewise more or less homoeopathic to eczema: Kreasotum, Aurum muriaticum, Sarsaparilla, Sepia, Silicea, Alumina, Cord um, Ranunculus socleratus, also Tartarus stibiatus. C7. Impetigo. By this term we designate the breaking out of small pustules on the skin, either scattered or in clusters. This affection is traceable to the same causes that have been pointed out as causes of eczema; indeed, both these exanthems generally appear associated. Besides this, however, impetigo is generally the expression of a constitutional affection, more particu- larly of scrofulosis, the first symptom of which is not unfrequently the formation of pustules. Among adults the disease may be caused by an excessive supply as well as by an extreme deprivation of good and nourishing tood. Owing to peculiar causes, a subacute impetigo may break out after vaccination over the whole body. The appearance of the pustules is sometimes accompanied by symptoms of an inconsiderable febrile irritation, generally, however, without the general organism being involved. At a certain spot on the cuticle, seldom at several spots at once, an efflorescence makes its appearance, attended with itching and burning which, however, never equals in intensity the itching and burning of herpes or eczema; very soon the efflorescent cuticle appears covered with small vesicles of the size of lentils or peas, containing an opaque liquid; after having been out a few days, the vesicles break, and their contents change to yellowish, greenish and brownish crusts, which adhere with a tolerable degree of tenacity and, on falling off, leave for some time red and flat cicatrices. In the case of a single pustule this course is terminated in ten days to a fortnight. But new pustules keep forming ever and anon, adjoining the first 498 Diseases of the Skin. pustule; they cover a large portion of the skin, and in this manner the whole process assumes a chronic form. While the new crops of pustules are developing, the exudative process generally continues at the previously-affected places, by which means the originally not very thick scurfs are changed to crusts of considerable thickness, be- neath which a superficial ulcerative process may still be going on (im- petigo rodens). With impetigo the lymphatic glands involved in the exanthem, almost always swell and become inflamed. In pursuing this course the exanthem may continue on for years, whereas, at other times, the whole course of the eruption may be ended in a few weeks. Scratching and the consequent grafting with the nails contribute a great deal to the spread of the pustules; by this means the eruption may easily be transferred to other individuals, as often happens in the case of children's nurses. Impetigo-pustules, if not excited by local irritants, such as plasters or moist poultices, break out chiefly in the face (crusta lactea, mclitagra, porrigo larvalis), upon the hairy scalp (porrigo, tinea), on the nape of the neck and on the lower extremities. The pustules at times appear isolated (impetigo sparsa), at times in large groups or clusters (impetigo figurata), and at other times upon a brightly inflamed base (impetigo erysipelatodes). The pustules generally involving a hair-follicle, the hair, in impetigo of the hairy scalp, is not only glued together in clusters, but is likewise dry and brittle; a good portion of it falls out, giving rise to bald spots of more or less size. Otherwise the constitutional condition of the patient is not impaired by this affection. In treating a case of impetigo, the causal indication is just as important as in a case of eczema, especially if we deal with little children, and a suspicion is consequently excited in our minds, of the disorder being occasioned by a scrofulous taint. In their case it is necessary to attend closely to their diet, cleanliness, etc. A very common cause is not, as is often supposed, too fat milk, but the excessive and too frequent use of milk. We likewise not un- frequently see children attacked with impetigo whom their mothers, especially in the country, nurse until the little ones are two or three years old. Many occupations carried on in a high temperature, are likewise apt to induce impetigo, and all our efforts to cure the dis- ease would be fruitless, if this circumstance were lost sight of. Local treatment has to be conducted in accordance with the rules laid down for eczema; above all, the crusts have to be carefully removed and their return prevented; the further spread of the Ecthyma, Rupia. 499 exanthem by scratching has to be limited as much as possible by appropriate barriers. In resorting to external applications, we must not overlook the fact that the skin of many individuals is exceed- ingly vulnerable, and that the application of oil or of water-com- presses, etc., to such a skin may very speedily excite impetigo, or increase it where it already exists. Medicines employed for this affection may deceive us regarding their curative powers, for the reason that such an exanthem often heals spontaneously within a few weeks. A spontaneous cure of this kind can never be determined beforehand, for it but too often happens that an apparently acute or subacute course is changed to a very chronic one, or that the disorder is continually oscillating between remissions and exacerbations. On this account it is proper that suitable medicines should be given at once at the commence- ment. In the case of children, and when the face or the hairy scalp is invaded, Mercurius renders the best service as long as the efflorescence of the cuticle continues. Hepar sulph. calc, sometimes arrests the disorder at the onset. If the affection has assumed a chronic character, Antimonium crudum, Lycopodium, Arsenicum, Calcarea carbonica, Acidum nitricum or Clematis have to be resorted to. Lycopodium and Staphysagria are particularly adapted to impetigo of the legs. According to our experience, Sulphur is utterly ineffectual in this affection; Hartmann, on the contrary, writes of this and other remedies as follows: "In impetigo Sulphur is undoubtedly one of the most distinguished remedies, provided it is not given in too scanty a dose; even a bright efflorescence of the base does not counter-indicate it. Among chronic cutanious affec- tions Graphites seems to be characteristically adapted to impetigo. Acidum muriaticum is useful for impetigo on the legs in the case of old people, with burning pain." He likewise mentions Conium, Carbo vegetabilis, Sepia, and a number of other remedies that are scarcely ever in homoeopathic relation with the case. For impetigo rodens Hartmann recommends Staphysagria, Kali hydriodicum; however, his delineation of impetigo does not seem to us to represent an exact image of the disease. 18. Ecthyma, Rupia. Both ecthyma and rupia (or rhypia), according to their general characteristic properties, are nothing else than forms of impetigo, that is: pustules upon the skin, differing only in size. Both may have the same etiology as impetigo, and may likewise break out on individuals of apparently sound health; in most case&, 500 Diseases of the Skin. however, both exanthems are signs of constitutional disease, and are more particularly met with among the poorer classes inhabiting damp and unwholesome dwellings, and not having a sufficient supply of nourishment. The ecthyma-pustule is very often a symptom of neglected itch, rhypia a symptom of constitutional syphilis. The ecthyma-pustules are seated upon an injected and infiltrated base which is at times of a bright, and at other times of a dingy redness, the latter, if some constitutional cachexia prevails. They are always distinct, very seldom close together; they are of the size of a large pea, semi-globular, and at the onset filled with a yellowish-turbid, or sanguineously-opaque fluid. Only a few pustules break out at once, generally only one at first, the other pustules following in successive crops. The eruption is sometimes preceded by pains in the joints and febrile symptoms. The halo of the pus- tule fades away with the desiccation of the vesicle, and a firmly- adhering incrustation forms, not very thick, but which may increase in thickness very considerably, if the suppurative process continues underneath it; this change usually, however, takes place only in a case of cachectic ecthyma. In consequence of a succession of crops this pathological process may become protracted for weeks and even months. The pustules are most commonly seated on the legs, much less frequently on the thighs and the rest of the body, scarcely ever in the face. Rupia-pustules are large bullae sometimes of the size of a modern penny; yet they ought to be ranged among the pustules for the reason that their contents though serous at first, yet soon change to a puriform liquid, and are very generally mixed with blood. They are seated upon a dingy-red base, are never very much elevated above the skin, but are loose blebs which, in a few days, change to brown incrustations raised in the middle, and sometimes separating very rapidly, leaving an ulcerated excoriation (rhypia simplex), or beneath which the suppurative process continues and causes the incrustations to grow to considerable thickness (rhypia prominens). If the incrustation is removed, a deep, sickly-colored ulcer is revealed underneath which obstinately defies every attempt to heal it, but upon which new crusts are disposed to form. Rupia, too, is most generally seated on the leg, never in the face, very seldom on the rest of the body. It is an exanthem of a bad character, but is generally curable; it is only when the ulcer becomes ichorous (rhypia gangrsenosa) that it may lead to hectic fever and result in death. Pemphygus. 501 Treatment, Ecthyma associated with scabies and the syphilitic rupia will be treated of when we come to speak of the itch and syphilis. If not accompanied by malignant symptoms, ecthyma hardly requires any medical treatment. Otherwise our best remedy is Antinn. tartar., which is suitable as long as the cutaneous disease has not assumed a chronic character. Mercurius is decidedly inferior to Tartar Emetic. Arsenicum, Staphysagria and perhaps Lyco- podium may be tried to keep off the new crops of blebs. As long as rupia does not assume a gangrenous character, Rhus toxicod., Acidum nitricum, muriaticum or phosphoricum are sufficient to cure it; but if the affected parts are invaded by malignant ulceration, we meet this change with excellent effect by means of Arsenicum and Secale cornutum, to which Carbo vegetabilis and Staphysagria are decidedly inferior although they may at times be useful. The main object is to treat the general condition; both exanthems will disappear so much sooner and will be so much less disposed to break out again, the more carefully the skin is attended to, together with the internal treatment. This affection which is likewise described under the name of pompholix, is characterized by the formation of large blisters. Its origin, especially that of the acute form, is involved in obscurity, whereas the chronic form is evidently traceable to a constitutional taint, which is so much more probable as the chronic form of this exanthem is so apt to terminate fatally. Pemphygus may represent an acute affection, hut, as such, is of very rare qccurrence; we do not consider it necessary to devote any more space to it. Chronic pemphygus most generally commences without fever; nevertheless in cases where the disease consists of several successive crops of blisters, with intermediate free intervals, it often happens that each special eruption sets in with some fever and pains in the limbs. The disease commences with the breaking out of lentil- sized red spots, attended with itching and burning; soon a white appearance is perceived in the middle of the spot, which increases rapidly in size, and forms the blister; this sometimes remains quite small, and at other times grows to one inch and a half in diameter. The blisters are filled with a clear fluid, very tense, break very easily, after which no incrustation forms, but the detached and dry epidermis separates, leaving for some time a moist excoriation, so 19. Pemphygus. 502 Diseases of the Skin. that a blister runs its whole course in about a fortnight. Inasmuch as the blisters seldom cease to form after their first appearance, on the contrary new blisters form almost every day, the disease may become very much protracted and all the stages of the pemphygus- disease may be seen and observed on the same patient. Pemphygus is most frequently seated on the leg, blisters may, however, break out over the whole body. The course of the eruption varies greatly. Either the blisters come out in crops separated by intervals of weeks or even months;-this is a comparatively favorable sign; - or else the affection commences with a few or with only one blister, new blisters continuing to form, which involves a loss of serous plasma that may, after a lapse of time, lead to gradual emaciation, hectic fever and death. At all events pemphygus is one of the most obstinate and at the same time one of the most dangerous cutaneous affections. This statement, however, only applies to the above-described form, not to the pemphygus which, like the ecthyma-pustule, sometimes breaks out as a secondary symptom of other cutaneous affections and a variety of other acute diseases, and which has no particular significance. Treatment, Considering the importance of this exanthem, we are not particularly blessed with reliable remedies for it. We may compare: Cantharides, Causticum, Kreosotum, Lachesis, Dulcamara, Rhus toxicodendron, Ranunculus bulbosus and sceleratus, Secale cor- nutum. These remedies are theoretically indicated by our provings, but, so far as we know, not one of them has yet cured a single case of this disease. We doubt very much whether Dulcamara is capable of doing any thing for such a deep-seated constitutional disorder. Lachesis of all other remedies has the best and most marked symptoms. Mercurias seems to be in curative rapport with pemphygus. Some years ago we saw in Vienna a woman who for several years had been a nurse in one of the sections for syphilitic patients, and who had rubbed up a good deal of quicksilver with her bare hand. Since then she was attacked with pemphygus, but whether her handling of Mercury was the cause, is of course problematical. In the subsequent course of the disease other rem- edies have to be employed for the general consequences of the exanthem rather than for the exanthem itself. Arsenicum, China, Sulphur, Ferrum may possibly keep off the threatening decline, but they are not homoeopathically related to pemphygus. Furunculus and Carbunculus. 503 SO. Furunculus and Carbunculus. Anthrax. Although both furuncle and carbuncle are generally regarded as surgical diseases, yet we are perfectly satisfied that either of these pathological processes can be managed by internal treatment in such a manner as to make all surgical interference unnecessary. A furuncle generally proceeds from a single cutaneous gland, or else from several in close proximity to one another, and the first deposition of the exudation takes place into the glandular follicle. The inflammation, however, is not limited to the gland, but spreads to the surrounding cellular tissue, enveloping the follicle in a firm exudation-plug. Amid severe pains, and sometimes in company with intense fever, pus forms in the space of three to ten and more days, and breaks through the skin. Usually the exudation-plug dr core cannot be removed until some time after the opening has existed. Furuncles of some size generally break out singly, espe- cially on the buttocks, but it very commonly happens for one furuncle to be followed by another; lay-people consider it an established fact that seven boils must break out one after the other, which shows how seldom a boil is without successors. The cause of boils is very often a local irritation; but there are real furuncle- epidemics which have to be accounted for by atmospheric influences. Boils very often occur during convalescence from severe acute diseases and after the excessive use of fat as an article of diet. Carbuncle or anthrax is regarded by many as a combination of several furuncles; but in our opinion this theory is erroneous. A boil is never attended'with gangrenous destruction; with a car- buncle this is the rule. Carbuncle, moreover, has its favorite local- ities, namely the integuments along the dorsal spine, especially in the nape of the neck; less frequently the sternum or the inguinal region. Carbuncle, moreover, is chiefly met with among older persons; boils, on the contrary, may occur at any age, especially among young people. Otherwise it is difficult to decide what are the causes of carbuncle, for it occurs among individuals with cachectic and deteriorated constitutions as well as among perfectly healthy and robust persons. Carbuncle begins and runs its course with great pain. At the painful spot a mere change is scarcely perceived at first; soon, however, it acquires a bluish and sickly look, but without any perceptible swelling. The pus seldom escapes before the sixth day, generally in several places at once, which 504 Diseases of the Skin. afterwards unite and from which a thick, easily decomposed pus is discharged, mixed with a quantity of shreds of detached cellular tissue. This whole process is attended with fever which is apt to assume an adynamic type and, after the sudden supervention of cerebral symptoms, may terminate fatally. In a favorable case the cure takes place very slowly, because the loss of substance may be many square inches in extent. Further details about the course of the disease will be given in the next paragraph. Treatment. Boils require very seldom any medicinal treat- ment; warm poultices bring the boil to a head in a few days. If the boil is very large, attended with considerable inflammation of the cellular tissue, and a good deal of fever, and if it breaks very tardily, a few doses of Mercurius vivus, to be followed by a few doses of Hepar sulph. calc, hasten the course. We do not advise la*ncing, because the pains and the suppuration generally last much longer in such a case, whereas, if the boil breaks spontaneously, it generally heals in a few days; however, we should see to the removal of the core at as early a period as possible, for the presence of the core keeps up the suppuration. To eradicate a tendency to a constant return of new boils Acidum phos phoricum or nitricum and still more Arsenicum have seemed to us useful remedies. As a matter of course it is very difficult to decide this point. If we desire carbuncle to run a benign course, we have to treat it with medicines from the commencement. Acidum. nitricum, Silicea, Carbo vegetabilis, Secale cornutum are recommended for car- buncle, but it is difficult to determine special indications for each of these remedies; nor are we acquainted with definite and perma- nent results in any case. Arsenicum, given at the onset, renders excellent service, and contributes greatly towards securing a favor- able result. Secale cornutum, which is too little thought of in such cases, may be given if cerebral phenomena set in at an early period of the disease; Phosphorus may likewise be indicated under such circumstances. Silicea is suitable if the suppuration has fully set in. Here, too, as in the case of boils, we urgently advise against the artificial opening of the carbuncle, more especially if it is pre- mature. An early access of atmospheric air favors the development of gangrene, pus is but too readily taken up by the cut vessels, and the inflammation is enabled to spread. We are fully aware that surgeons are of a decidedly contrary opinion; but we can only ask them whether they have ever attempted the cure of a carbuncle without a crucial incision. No opponent of our view will be able Seborrhoea. 505 to answer this question affirmatively. After the carbuncle is broke, the shreds of cellular tissue have to be removed as soon and as completely as possible; the sore should likewise be cleansed very frequently. Warm poultices ought to be applied from the start. 21. Seborrhoea. An excessive secretion of sebum on the hairy scalp is a regular occurrence during the first year of infancy. It may likewise take place among perfectly healthy and robust men up to the age of thirty; women afflicted with uterine diseases, and likewise pregnant women, often suffer from it. Seborrhcea chiefly takes place on the hairy scalp, more frequently on the sinciput than on the forehead, nose and on the sides of this organ. On the hairy scalp the secreted sebum forms fine yellowish- white scales or, as in the case of children, incrustations which some- times acquire considerable thickness. In the face the sebum either remains liquid, in which case the affected part looks somewhat injected and has a shining, greasy appearance, and the grease can be removed by means of blotting paper; or else the sebum coagu- lates very rapidly, forming a yellowish, scurfy, soft lining, beneath which the skin has a natural appearance, except a little redder than usual; numerous excretory ducts of the follicular glands are like- wise seen. This disorder, oscillating between more or less, always runs a very chronic course. It is of no great importance, for the general health is. not affected by it, except that the patients experience in the affected part a disagreeable tension and prickling, or a violent itching on the hairy scalp. The seborrhcea of pregnant females almost always ceases after confinement. Seborrhcea is important in so far as it is easily confounded with pityriasis and eczema, a mistake that is apt to lead to erroneous and even injurious manage- ment. The diagnosis is secured by the circumstance that in sebor- rhoea the epidermis remains intact. Treatment. Internal treatment is only necessary in cases where the affection is of a primary origin, or depends upon uterine disorders. In the last-mentioned case our chief and, indeed, sole object should be to remove the cause, for the cure of the uterine derangements involves the disappearance of the cutaneous affection. As a primary affection the disease is very obstinate; quite recently, in the case of a robust young farmer, we have employed in vain 506 Diseases of the Skin. every imaginable remedy, more particularly Aurum, Graphites, Lycopodium, Acidum nitricum, Calcarea carbonica. The only remedy that improved the case, was Arsenicum. Tried remedies for this disease are as yet very scarce. [We have cured a case of seborrhoea where the patient, a young woman, looked as if she were enveloped in a coat of liquid and shining grease, with nothing but Aconite and Sambucus ; the treatment lasted about two weeks. II.] Too much washing, either with cold or warm water, is hurtful. If soap is used, it must be very mild, lest it should prove disagreeable. Washing with spirits is sometimes useful. Fat food must be strictly avoided. Honey-comb Tetter, Scald-head. 2®. Favus. This cutaneous affection, which is likewise described under the names of porrigo decalvans or tinea favosa, is characterized by the accumulation of multitudes of fungi around the roots of the hairs, hence their exclusive appearance on the hairy portions of the skin. Favus is a disease of the lower classes. It only attacks individ- uals w7ho pay no sort of attention to cleanliness. In other respects such individuals may either enjoy the most perfect health, or else be of sickly and cachectic constitutions; favus may attack either class. This exanthem can be transferred to other persons by hats, caps and other head-gear, likewise by sleeping in the same bed; it has likewise been transmitted purposely from one individual to an- other. A single favus-efflorescence has its origin in the orifice of a seba- ceous follicle in the form of a small, imbedded, not painful papule, which is perforated by the hair and keeps constantly increasing in breadth and height, until the characteristic crust finally arises from it. This crust has the shape of a dish, with a rounded central depression and round elevated borders; it has a yellowish or gray tint, without any exudation underneath, and has a peculiar odor. If, as usually happens in old cases, the efflorescences are close to- gether, they unite to an uneven incrustation, at whose borders the distinct crusts are never missing, so that the diagnosis is quite easy. The consequences of favus are: Partial atrophy of the skin in consequence of the crusts being imbedded in it; eczema occa- sioned by the scratching; destruction of the hair on the affected parts; on the other hand, this disorder has no influence upon the Scabies, Itch. 507 general state of the constitution. The disease runs a very chronic course, yet spontaneous cures occur, although very tardily and not without corresponding modifications in the hygienic circumstances of the patients. According to what we have stated concerning the etiology of the disease, we deem an internal treatment of it useless and ineffectual; Hartmann's remarks in this respect have no reference to true favus. If constitutional disorders are present simultaneously with favus, they have, of course, to be treated with appropriate remedies; at the same time they must not be regarded as the originating cause of favus. This can only be cured by removing the crusts in which the fungi are imbedded, and by preventing their return. The surest means of accomplishing this result, is care and cleanliness. The removal of the crusts is secured by softening them with oil, and afterwards removing them together with the perforating hair. This is a very tedious, but sure undertaking. Every sickly-looking hair has to be pulled out singly, for the reason that the disease has already invaded the soil in which it grows. [This eruption is treated with success in some cases by means of Iris versicolor; a cerate is applied to the scalp, and a few drops of the tincture, even as many as twenty, in half a tumblerful of water given internally, in teaspoonful doses, three or four times a day. See Hale's New Remedies. H.] £3. Scabies, licit. It is with a certain reluctance that we enter upon a discussion of this affection, since we are satisfied that our views concerning it differ from those of most of our Colleagues. We will, therefore, anticipate all objections by stating that the opinions which we pro- mulgate in this chapter, are simply our own, not those entertained by a majority of our Colleagues, whose opinions we have not even sufficient space to refute. The itch is caused by a parasite, the acarus scabiei or sarcoptes hominis. Any one who wishes to become specially acquainted with the natural history of this animalcule, is referred to an article by Gudden, in Vierordt's Archiv, 1855; series XIV, Xo. 1, from which we transfer the following leading points. The female full-grown acarus is from | to | of a line broad, hav- ing an ovoid shape, with wavy lines; it is provided with eight limbs and a number of long hairs. To the bare eye it looks like a 508 Diseases of the Skin. faintish-white or yellowish corpuscle. Each acarus contains from 40 to 60 eggs which are laid seriatim and from which the young acarus originates in about eight days. The male acarus is much smaller than the female, and is said to die soon after sexual con- verse. In the cold the acarus remains quiet, but in the warmth its movements become very lively; the young acarus especially shows a disposition to wander. If an acarus is placed upon the skin, it very soon commences to burrow by placing itself in a vertical position, supporting itself by the bristles projecting from the posterior part of its body. Having perforated the hard layer of the epidermis, it lowers the posterior part of its body continuing to burrow horizontally and very soon beginning to lay eggs. At intervals it makes an opening in the canal towards the outside, probably to afford the young a passage to crawl out. The cuniculi of the male acarus are short, those of the female often one inch in length, generally with irregular curves; but the young acari soon again leave the spot where they had buried themselves, hence do not form cuniculi, but papules and vesicles. From ten days to a fortnight elapse between the time when the acarus first begins to burrow and when the characteristic itching is first perceived. The places preferred by the acarus, are the hands, between the fingers and on the sides, the surface of the wrists, the inner sides of the extremities, the entrance to the axillae, the abdomen, the inter-gluteal space, the region around the nipples, especially those of the mammae, the penis and scrotum, and the feet around the tarsus. The acarus, however, may locate itself anywhere on the trunk, but is never met with in the face. The cuniculi the presence of which is indispensable to establish a correct diagnosis, are most easily found on the hand, at the places indicated; they appear like fine, irregularly dotted dark streaks, owing to dirt having adhered to the orifices of the cuniculi; where- as on the trunk the cuniculi have a whitish appearance. The com- mencement of the cuniculus is marked by single scales of the epidermis which, being detached, afford an opening to the cuniculus which remains uninterrupted in its further course. The end of the cuniculus is recognized by a whitish-yellow, somewhat elevated point wdiich hides the acarus. If the epidermis is carefully removed at this spot by means of a needle and the needle is firmly pressed against, and moved over the cuniculus, the acarus will readily adhere to the needle and can easily be recognized by means of a Scabies, Itch. 509 glass. With a little practice it will be found quite easy to catch an acarus. In the efflorescences occasioned by the young acari, one of them is seldom found for the reason that they wander about from place to place very rapidly. On individuals who do not wash themselves with care, a cuniculus is most easily discovered by lightly passing a finger moistened with saliva over it several times, in con- sequences of which the dirt penetrates between and adheres to the scales of the epidermis. In persons with callous hands the acarus has to be sought at the wrist. A transmission of the acarus is most easily effected when it has the greatest desire to wander, hence in a warm bed ; it takes place much less frequently by touching objects that had been handled by persons affected with the itch; but it is easily accomplished through wearing apparel. The phenomena caused by the acarus upon the skin, proceed from it either directly or indirectly. The presence of the acarus upon the skin remains without symptoms except a slight itching which is not always present, and does not always become very trouble- some even when, as is often the case, especially on the penis, the cuniculus is closed by a little exudation deposited below it and on its side. But immediately after leaving the canal, the young acari again bury themselves in its proximity, and small papules topped with fine vesicles break out close to the primary canal, itching violently, and being either speedily lacerated by scratching or, as in the case of children, changing to pustules and forming scabs and crusts of various sizes. The indirect phenomena, according to Hebra, owe their origin entirely to the scratching caused by the itching; as an evidence of this fact he refers to the circumstance that children and paralytic persons who do not scratch, remain free from these symptoms, and that in healthy persons they are only met with in localities that can be scratched. First papulae, each perforated by a little hair, break out, less frequently vesicles or pustules. These papules are scratched, after which their tips be- come covered with fine, dark-looking scabs. After the cutaneous irritation has lasted for some time, pustules arise from the papules. On parts of the body that are exposed to constant pressure, or to constant pressure with friction, the skin soon appears infiltrated and is thickly covered with the above-mentioned efflorescences, as for instance round the waist in the case of females on account of the clothes being fastened around too tightly, or in the case of 510 Diseases of the Skin. shoemakers on the nates. In these instances, as in any other per- sistent cutaneous irritation, eczema may break out. After this explanation it behooves us to examine the question whether, in a case of what is called the itch, and where the above- described process takes place in its totality, the mechanical irrita- tion of the acarus or some other coexisting- agent is the cause of the disorder. The doctrine has been started that acari, like Can- tharides, contain some corrosive poison which is communicated to the skin and becomes the origin of a chronic itch-dyscrasia. But many other irritations of the skin produce the same symptoms as the itch, without a virus having been their cause; we notice, more- over, that the itch is always confined to the localities occupied by the acari; that it spreads in proportion as the acari increase in number, and that it ceases to spread as soon as the acari are de- stroyed. In such a case the consecutive cutaneous phenomena may remain for some time, but the same thing takes place in the case of eczematous eruptions occasioned by other cutaneous irritants, and which, in the long run, had assumed the character of indepen- dent diseases. There is not a single symptom connected with the whole course of the itch, that might lead us to think that the con- secutive phenomena in the case of the itch differ from those mani- fested by other kinds of vermin, such as lice or fleas. If we are asked whether all the old doctrines about the terrible consequences of the itch are false, we answer that we partially admit and par- tially reject them. They are unfounded in so far as they originate in the hypothesis of a specific itch-virus ; on the other hand, they are founded in so far as the itch, especially if the disease remains for a long time uncured, and more particularly as it used to be managed in former times, may superinduce consecutive diseases. If the body is rubbed for a long time with ointments containing noxious substances, the organism undoubtedly suffers in consequence of such a proceeding, and no homoeopath would want to deny this. The absurd bathing for hours, sweating for days in overheated rooms, and other similar measures, may make the healthiest person sick, and develop germs of sickness in an apparently healthy indi- vidual. Even the continued disturbance of the cutaneous functions by the itch may cause sickness, the more so, the more coexisting constitutional disturbances affect the exanthem unfavorably and vice, versa. The best proof that the itch is not a constitutional disease, is afforded by the circumstance that, if the destruction of the acarus Scabies, Itch. 511 is effected with all due caution, the equilibrium of the organism is never disturbed by such a proceeding. This view does not upset the formerly entertained doctrines of secondary diseases resulting from the suppression of the itch. Only if such secondary affections resulted, it was not the itch but prurigo. Those who had no knowl- edge of the acarus, must necessarily have mistaken prurigo for the itch, and it is the suppression of prurigo that leads to the most dangerous constitutional diseases and more particularly to tuber- culosis. After these remarks we need not say what we think of Hahne- mann's theory of psora and of Psoricum as a medicinal agent. Psoricum might have had something in its favor, if it had been prepared from the acari themselves. Treatment, Although we have tried in the course of this work, to be in accord with our homoeopathic Colleagues in most things, yet in the matter of scabies we have to differ with many of them. We hold that all treatment of the itch, as long as the acarus is not extirpated, is downright absurdity. \ It is our opinion that the cures of the itch which are reported as having been effected by the exclusive use of internal remedies, are not compatible with correctly scientific observation. The destruction of the acari is the causal indication which not only can, but has to be satisfied. The most simple, never hurtful proceeding and which never fails, if carefully carried out, is the following: First the patient is placed in a water-bath of about 92° F., in which he remains for half an hour. At the end of this period of time he rubs himself well with brown soap, more partic- ularly at the places where the acarus is principally located. By this means the cuniculi are almost completely opened. After the bath the patient is thoroughly dried and enveloped in a woollen blanket for a quarter or half an hour, for the purpose of removing every particle of moisture from the skin and at the same time enabling the ointment to thoroughly penetrate the cuniculi. We now resort to frictions with the following ointment: Two ounces of lard, two drachms of the washed flowers of Sulphur, and half a drachm of the Sulphuret of Lime. These proportions are abundantly sufficient for every adult. The whole body, except the head and neck, has to be rubbed very carefully, especially the places that constitute the favorite haunts of the acarus. The rubbing is best done by two persons at once, one on each side. After the rubbing, the patient is again enveloped in the woollen blankets, in which he remains for an hour and a half. At the end of this period 512 Diseases of the Skin. he is placed in a warm bath of a temperature of 92° F. and, while in the bath, thoroughly rubbed with brown soap. After the bath the patient may take a shower-bath, and be kept in the room for some time longer in order to guard against taking cold. After such a proceeding which we have employed in a number of cases, we have never seen a relapse. The best method of cleansing the clothes as well as the bed-linen is to boil them at a temperature of 200° F. Under certain circumstances the proceeding here recommended may have to be somewhat modified. In a case of pustulous scabies which is so often met with among children, the pustules have to heal first, otherwise the soap would irritate the skin too much. According to their ages, children only require one-third, one-quarter or one-half of the quantity of ointment, and, on account of their skin being so much more tender, need not be kept in the baths, nor remain in the blankets as long as adults. If several members of a family are infected at the same time, they have to undergo the treatment simultaneously. Frictions with brown soap alone are hardly sufficient to kill the acari; still they may be resorted to twice a week in order to make doubly sure of the result. After the cure which does not cause any marked irritation of the skin, this organ is allowed about a fortnight for its restoration to a normal condition. If, after this, any efflorescences remain, they are treated according to the principles laid down above. In most cases the daily use of a tepid or shower-bath is sufficient to complete the whole cure. We have never known this treatment which can be easily pursued in a private family, to be followed by any of the terrible consecutive diseases described in the books. Lest we should be accused of condemning what we know nothing about, we will here state that we have tried every remedy recom- mended for the itch by homoeopathic practitioners, in the form of triturations, tinctures, attenuations, high and low potencies without the least benefit. The acari would not die and the pustules kept increasing in number. In one case, that of a child of six months, we fancied that Sulphur 6 did arrest very speedily the disposition to the formation of pustules. We are satisfied that in making the preceding statements, we shall give offence to many homoeopathic physicians, but we shall be happy to hear all condemnations and objections, and shall deem it a pleasure and a duty to answer them. ELEVENTH SECTION. Constitutional Diseases. A. ACUTE AND CHRONIC CONTAGIOUS DISEASES. fl. Morbilli. Measles. Measles are not only a contagious, but a more or less universally epidemic form of disease. In most cases they arise by a transfer of the contagium. This is contained in the catarrhal secretions, and is transmitted by contact, and still more frequently by the air. It is not very susceptible of being indirectly transmitted by the clothing ; this theory is probably adhered to with so much zeal for no other reason than because the doctrine that measles are con- tagious, is to be maintained at all hazards. The incubation-period of the transmitted contagium is eleven to twelve days, as anybody can easily determine for himself in any outbreak of epidemic measles. The contagium is most active shortly before the appearance of the exanthem upon the skin. We have observed this to be the rule in the epidemic that has now been raging among us for upwards of a year. An apparently mild catarrh is taken no notice of, the child is sent to school in spite of it, and next day the little one is down with the measles. Exactly on the twelfth day after, the nearest neighbors of the sick children are attacked. In this way schools become the true nurseries of the exanthem, whence it after- wards spreads to families. After the exanthem is once out, its infectious nature is decidedly less, and becomes entirely extinct as soon as desquamation sets in. Personally we hold that epidemic measles can spread without contagion, although this is not often the case. We likewise believe in this possibility in the case of scar- 513 514 Acute and Chronic Contagious Diseases. latina and small-pox. It would lead us too far, if we would cor- roborate this assertion by the evidence of facts; we bespeak so much more urgently the attention of our Colleagues to this fact in existing epidemics. Measles attack individuals of every age and sex, but least fre- quently very old people and infants. Inasmuch as almost everybody has an attack of measles in his early youth, they are on this account seldom met with among old people. One attack of measles gen- erally protects persons against a second one; exceptions, however, are not very rare, although it behooves us to guard against mistak- ing roseola for measles. [In the late war measles raged with great fierceness in many of our regiments, and, under allceopathic treat- ment, destroyed a number of lives. II.] No later than two weeks ago we treated two little girls in the same family who were down with the measles, one severely, the younger without any marked constitutional symptoms, but with the eruption in full bloom. Three weeks after desquamation had taken place, the younger child was again attacked with all the preliminary symptoms of measles; indeed, they again broke out with much intensity, attended with severe constitutional symptoms, but in other respects running their course regularly. The ordinary season for measles are the months when catarrhs arc common, from October till April; nevertheless measles raged here very extensively last summer, which, it is true, so far as the temperature was concerned, was more like winter. This circum- stance alone ought to suffice to show that the measles are not exclusively propagated by a contagium. Symptoms and Course. We have already stated that the incubation-period of the measle-contagium, until the efflorescences break out upon the skin, is eleven or at most twelve days. Whereas the general health does not seem in the least disturbed in the first eight to nine days of this period, definite preliminary symptoms show themselves in the last two or three days. These preliminary signs are falsely said to have been noticed at an earlier period; but inasmuch as catarrhal affections are very prevalent during epidemic measles, it is very likely that purely catarrhal symptoms have been mistaken for the prodromi of measles. The prodromi proper begin with a slight catarrh of the nose, lassitude and some fever. This fever increases considerably on the second day, frontal headache supervenes, the eyes look red, are sensitive to the light, but the conjunctiva is seldom puffed up. On the third day there is another Morbilli. 515 increase of fever, the patients feel unable to sit up, the tongue is thickly coated, the appetite gone, and in the night from the third to the fourth day, immediately previous to the appearance of the exanthem, a hoarse, barking cough sets in resembling croup, which, however, is scarcely ever attended with the danger that generally characterizes croup, and never changes to true croup. These symp- toms may increase to a considerable degree of intensity, may be associated with vomiting, delirium, sopor; at times, however, they are entirely wanting or so slight that it is not deemed necessary to confine children to the room. This is the reason why the measles spread so rapidly through the schools, for it is precisely on the day previous to the breaking out of the measles that the infectious principle is most active, and that hence the measles are most easily communicated. We account for this circumstance by the fact that in the last twenty-four to twelve hours previous to the appearance of the exanthem upon the skin, distinct, lentil-sized measle-spots are perceived in almost every case on the palate and on the sides of the fauces. We have noticed them in all our cases of the present as well as of last-year's epidemic. Without doubt, it is the exten- sion of these spots to the larynx and trachea that causes the peculiar croupy cough, and we have always considered it an excellent diag- nostic sign to find this cough associated with red spots on the palate, in which case we were able to positively predict the appear- ance of the eruption within twenty-four hours. In other respects the prodromi have no distinctive peculiarity from which the char- acter of the exanthem might be inferred; it can at most only be suspected after several cases had already occurred in the place, or in its immediate vicinity. As a rule, adults suffer much less from prodromi than children, nor has, in the case of adults, the cough very often the croupy sound. The measle-exanthem breaks out gradually, in one case more rapidly than in another. The first spots always show themselves in the face, most commonly on the cheeks and temples. They are of the size of lentils, of a bright redness and with rather sharp outlines ; after being out for a short time, they become somewhat raised above the skin and harder to the feel than this organ. With more or less speed, generally within twenty-four to thirty-six hours, the exanthem comes out over the whole body from above down- wards, and is fully out in forty-eight to sixty hours, so that no new spots appear, whereas, up to that time, new spots had continued to break out in addition to the first spots that were more or less 516 Acute and Chronic Contagious Diseases. scattered and isolated. The spots keep growing in size to such an extent that some of them run together, and the normal skin, in the place of spots, exhibits here and there irregular red patches. In proportion as the exanthem comes out more profusely, its color generally grows darker, sometimes with a bluish tint. With the fuller development of the eruption the constitutional symptoms most commonly increase in intensity. The catarrh of the conjunc- tiva and the cough especially grow much worse. The pulse some- times increases to one hundred and forty beats. Sometimes the skin is dry, but at other times covered with perspiration. In very rare cases the constitutional equilibrium remains undisturbed even during the eruptive stage ; however, in every considerable epidemic a child with measles is occasionally seen running about the streets. If the exanthem runs a benign course, its decrease commences at the end of the third day, seldom before this time, and continues with great rapidity until the eruption has entirely disappeared. The spots grow smaller, assume a distinctly yellowish tint which is especially marked on pressure with the finger, and within twelve to twenty-four hours the spots have completed their disappearance with- out leaving a vestige of their existence. Very frequently, however, the yellowish tint remains for several days. The fever declines very speedily, the catarrh of the conjunctiva likewise abates, whereas the bronchial catarrh most generally continues for a few days longer, and resolution sometimes does not take place until a con- siderable quantity of mucus has formed. Not unfrequently the patient is at this period attacked with diarrhoea for one or two days. Profuse perspiration is not the rule, but is not by any means an anomalous occurrence. Desquamation commonly commences on the seventh day, but may delay until the fourteenth. The epidermis comes off in bran- shaped scales, very seldom in larger patches; in the face and on the extremities the desquamation is most distinct. During this period the general health is generally good; except that the bronchial catarrh and still less frequently the diarrhoea may continue to some extent. In very few cases the irritation of the conjunctiva like- wise continues some time longer. According to the nature of the epidemic or other supervening disturbances this normal course of the measles undergoes various modifications which we now proceed to point out, classifying them as benign, that is such as do not complicate the prognosis, and as malignant. We ought to observe, however, that under certain Morbilli. 517 circumstances every anomaly in the course of the measles may become a bad omen, and that we have to watch every case where deviations from the normal course occur, with redoubled attention. Among the anomalies of a benign character we class the following: The eruption does not break out in the face first, or comes out sparsely on the rest of the body. The single spots are topped with little tubercles or vesicles. The exanthem comes out more slowly than usual, and the spots remain much longer, sometimes beyond a week. In the case of little children the appearance of the exanthem is attended with symptoms of severe cerebral hypersemia or even con- vulsions. The cough retains its croupy sound beyond the first day or even during the whole course of the exanthem. Among the malignant deviations we number the following: The spots, when first coming out, are of a pale-red color which does not increase in intensity, nor does it acquire the yellowish tint. Within the spots haemorrhagic appearances are manifested, and between the spots ecchymoses are noticed. The spots fade away soon after their appearance, or else they fade very suddenly at the regular period or before. In the case of children the pulse exceeds 140 beats, and in the case of adults 120 beats; moreover it is a small pulse. The tongue is dry. Angina tonsillaris. Diphtheritic membranes form in the buccal cavity. The respiration becomes hurried and superficial. Sopor and delirium after the second day of the eruption. Of great importance are certain complications of measles, that are very apt to occur and which were formerly regarded as metas- tases, because the exanthem disappears with the appearance of these complications. Laryngitis with croupous exudation is of rare occurrence while the exanthem is still out; it is more commonly met with after the exanthem has left the skin. A slight bronchitis is an accompaniment of every case of measles; it only assumes a dangerous character if it continues beyond the stage of decline, or reappears again during the stage- of desquamation, or otherwise assumes a very acute form. It is very apt to run into an exceed- ingly obstinate chronic catarrh. Pneumonia is not unfrequent; it is mostly lobular, much less frequently lobar, and may break out in every stage of the disease. It is most threatening, if setting in after the eruption has run its course. It does not usually terminate in complete resorption and, on this account, is very apt to lay the 518 Acute and Chronic Contagious Diseases. foundation for subsequent pulmonary phthisis. Pleuritis is a rare complication, so is pericarditis. Enteritis is a rather frequent complication in some epidemics; it excites legitimate apprehensions, for the reason that other consecutive diseases, more particularly scrofulosis, are apt to follow in its train. Affections of the brain are rare; their intensity is rarely such as to excite apprehensions; tbe supervention of sopor is a bad sign, because it may usher in a fatal general paralysis. Of the highest importance are likewise the numerous and always obstinate sequelae of the measles, which make this exanthem one of the most malignant, whereas its ordinary normal course and character entitle it to be regarded as one of the most harmless. Among these sequelae we distinguish: Cutaneous affections, especially impetigo and eczema, more or less extensive, but always very obstinate. Chronic conjunctivitis, with impaired vision; chronic otitis, with deafness; chronic ozaena; chronic inflammation of the lymphatic glands, mostly without suppuration; chronic inflammation of the parotid and submaxillary glands. Chronic bronchial catarrh, with which bronchiectasia easily becomes associated and which gives rise to a peculiar spasmodic cough; or real whooping-cough which is much more severe as a sequela of measles than when setting in at other periods, and which very often develops a most dangerous lobular pneumonia. Anasarca with affection of the kidneys is a very rare sequela of measles; it is not exactly an occurrence of a threatening character. Noma is likewise a sequela of rare occurrence; it is not without importance. After the measles, children are very frequently attacked with scrofulous symptoms. It is very likely that, in the case of little children, the measles simply act as an exciting cause of scrofulosis; but it is likewise among larger children that, after an attack of measles, all sorts of phenomena make their appearance, which we are in the habit of designating as scrofulous and which go to show that a morbid change has been impressed upon the whole activity of the organism. Tuberculosis likewise frequently breaks out after measles. We believe with Niemeyer that pulmonary phthisis after measles is most commonly a chronic lobular pneumonia, having nothing in common with tubercles, or else, a lobular pneumonia with suppura- tion. That tubercles not unfrequently do occur after measles, is Morbilli. 519 shown to us by the circumstance that we have recently lost three children with acute hydrocephalus, in the neighborhood of Han- nover, where the measles prevailed much more fiercely than in the city. In every one of these three children the symptoms of acute hydrocephalus set in soon after the measles. Treatment. Measles are universally regarded as a typical dis- ease, on which account the so-called rational physicians consider every interference with medicines in a case of measles running their normal course, as useless. From the stand-point of Homoeopathy this negative treatment on the part of our opponents, is liable to several important objections. In the first place the measles do not constitute a fixed typical exanthem, for, as regards time, they vary greatly both with respect to the time it takes the eruption to come out, and to the duration of the stage of efflorescence. It is con- ceivable that this irregularity in the course of the exanthem may be modified by medicines, and every homoeopathic physician will agree with us in the statement that, under homoeopathic treatment, the measles very seldom run an irregular course. A second propo- sition the correctness of which has been demonstrated by an abun- dance of clinical experience, is that under homoeopathic treatment complications are rare occurrences and that sequelae are seen still less frequently. All our most excellent observers, of whom we number a great many, agree with us in this statement. It is, therefore, our advice to treat every case of measles, even the mildest, with a little medicine, although the action of the medicine may not always be distinctly perceived. The preliminary stage of measles, if there is otherwise nothing abnormal in the existing symptoms, requires either Aconite or Bella- donna. We prefer the latter if the fever is purely catarrhal, the skin is hot but moist, the tongue thickly coated, the pulse hurried but neither hard nor full. These symptoms were uniformly present in the preliminary stage of our last epidemic. We prefer Aconite if the skin is hot and dry, the catarrhal secretion scanty, the tongue is red and the pulse full and hard. We have never seen the much vaunted Pulsatilla do the least good at this stage of the disease, and we are at a loss to perceive upon what grounds the exhibition of this drug could be justified. The croupy cough is a good indi- cation for Belladonna ; at any rate, we have never seen it last longer than twenty-four hours after this remedy had been given. Others recommend Spongia or BLepar sulphuris calc., either of which may be a suitable remedy according to circumstances. Aconite renders 520 Acute and Chronic Contagious Diseases. excellent service for this croupy, catarrhal cough. If the exanthem had begun to come out, the best course then is to continue the rem- edy that had been given last, for beside the spots no other symp- toms generally make their appearance: the increased, but short- lasting intensity of the existing symptoms does not justify a change of remedies, for the reason that such an increase of the symptoms inheres in the normal course of the disease. As soon as the erup- tion begins to pale off, we advise the discontinuance of all medi- cine. If the spots have entirely disappeared, yet the cough con- tinues, the treatment will have to be resumed; if the cough is attended with rattling and wheezing, and the expectoration is not very difficult, Ilepar sulphuris cole, is to be given; if the cough is particularly troublesome at night, and is otherwise loose, not very hard, Pulsatilla may be required; for a dry, nocturnal, titillating cough we give Hyoscyamus, and if the cough torments the patient the whole day: Nux vomica. The general management of the patient is of great importance, for it is a certain fact that an irreg- ular course of the eruption is sometimes attributable to hygienic neglect or to the enforcement of improper rules and measures. We forbear showing in this place how the poor measle-patients were formerly abused, and still are very frequently abused by insane nurses and practitioners. We pursue the following course from which we have never seen any bad consequences result. If the measles prevail, we have the children who complain of a febrile catarrh, kept at home, but do not confine them to their beds unless they themselves insist upon it. A measle-patient should never be covered too warmly, nor should he ever remain in a temperature above 50° Fahr. The room should be carefully and cautiously ven- tilated ; pure air is of immense benefit to the patient. The room should never be obscured more than is desired by the patients themselves. The best beverage is fresh water in small quantities; if this should increase the cough, the water may be drank with the chill taken off, sweetened with a little white sugar. There is no danger involved in daily ablutions of the patient's face and hands with tepid water. Owing to the impaired appetite there is danger of the patients being treated to improper food. We never refuse stewed fruit; and we allow meat and broth if the patient craves it. After the spots have disappeared and the cough has ceased, or nearly so, we have the patient transferred every morning from the bed into a lukewarm bath, where he is thoroughly washed with soap and afterwards well rubbed dry in a woollen blanket. Next Morbilli. 521 morning he is rapidly washed with cold water and again rubbed off in a woollen blanket. We now regard him as fully recovered and, if the weather permits, send him out into the open air, of course, with all suitable guarantees against taking cold. We have never yet seen any bad consequences result from this treatment. We will now mention the treatment that ought to be pursued for some of the deviations from the normal course, and likewise for the complications and sequelae, for it is these abnormal conditions that require a most thorough knowledge of the appropriate remedies. If the eruption is unusually pale, we have to suspect the presence of complications, and if they cannot be traced, we give Veratrum album or Ipecacuanha ; if the exanthem disappears a.ll at once, with- out any apparent complication, Arsenicum, Opium or Digitalis will have to be given according to circumstances. If the measle-spots are hemorrhagic, Phosphorus and Arsenicum are suitable, sometimes also Mercurius. Angina, which is a rare occurrence in this disease, requires Belladonna, Mercurius, or Apis. Delirium and sopor after the exanthem is out, may require Rhus toxicodendron, Zincum, or Opium; Ipecacuanha may likewise have to be used. This last- named remedy likewise arrests the vomiting which sometimes pre- cedes the appearance of the exanthem. A moderate diarrhoea does not require any treatment; if it becomes too copious and painful, Mercurius, or Veratrum album, or Phosphorus and Ipecacuanha may have to be given. Adults retain for some time a thickly-coated tongue, and an impaired appetite, for which symptoms Antimonium crudum is an excellent remedy, and, if the tongue is clean, Ipecac- uanha. These remedies should be given at once if the appetite does not return immediately after the spots have begun to pa le off. Complications require the same treatment that is pursued if they occur without measles, hence, we refer the reader to the chapters on pneumonia, bronchitis, pleuritis, etc. But we must not forget that these complications are very dangerous and may easily adopt an abnormal course; pneumonia, for instance, may assume a chronic form, pleuritis may be transformed into pleuritis serosa. Like the complications, so the sequelae do not require any special treatment on account of the measles; for special conditions, how- ever, certain remedies have become exceedingly valuable. A chronic bronchial catarrh is one of the most common sequelae, and is gen- erally very obstinate; not to mention other remedies that are spe- cially indicated by particular symptoms, Sulphur is the regular 522 Acute and Chron c Contagious Diseases. curative remedy in such a case, which we deem, however, equalled by Causticum. If the cough is accompanied with hoarseness, Carbo vegetabilis as well as Tartarus stibiatus will meet the case, if an abun- dance of mucus is secreted. If the cough changes more and more to a croupy cough, Cuprum has to be given the sooner the better. The subsequent hoarseness or even aphonia constitute great impedi- ments to a cure. With the exception of Carbo vegetabilis, Iodine is the only remedy that has shown any curative results in our bands for this affection ; all other remedies have proved fruitless, and it has only been in the course of time that the natural voice returned. Phthisis after measles can only be regarded as tubercular, if no sign of pneumonia had been noticed either during the acute stage of the exanthem, or during the period of convalescence; if symptoms of pneumonia had existed, we may take it for granted that the exist- ing phthisis is the result of chronic pneumonia. This point is important on account of the remedies that have to be used; for in the last-mentioned case Sulphur, tiepar sulphuris, and Iodine are the chief remedies, whereas in tubercular phthisis these remedies are of no higher importance than others. Chronic diarrhoea is like- wise completely cured by means of Sulphur, likewise by means of Phosphori acidum. Catarrhal conjunctivitis, if setting in in the stage of desquamation, is exceedingly obstinate. The conjunctiva is not very much thickened, but very red and unusually sensitive to a glaring light as well as to intensely cold air. For this trouble Arsenicum does more than any other remedy; only it must not be discontinued too soon, because the result generally develops itself very tardily. 2. Scarlatina. Scarlet-fever. Scarlatina is unquestionably a contagious disease; at times it occurs in a sporadic, but more frequently in an epidemic form. What is the nature of this contagium, and what contains it, can- not be determined, but many circumstances argue in favor of the doctrine that it is transmitted through the air. It is often indis- putable and certainly more probable than in the case of measles, that scarlatina sometimes breaks out spontaneously and sporadic- ally without any infectious contagium, and likewise epidemically, in which category belong the cases where scarlatina is said to have been transmitted indirectly through the agency of non-affected individuals. It is difficult to determine the duration of the period Scarlatina. 523 of incubation; it is generally supposed to last eight days. The contagium is most fiercely active soon after the appearance of the exanthem, during the period of desquamation the contagious nature of scarlatina has most probably become extinct. The susceptibility to the influence of the scarlatina-contagium is much less general than that to the measle contagium; many persons escape scarlatina altogether. The largest number and the most malignant cases occur between the second and seventh year, a much smaller number between the eight and twenty-fifth year. At a later period, as well as during infancy, scarlatina occurs very seldom. One attack of scarlatina acts almost as an absolutely certain preventive against any subsequent attacks. Epidemic scarlatina most commonly pre- vails during the transition-seasons, less frequently in the summer, and least frequently in winter. Although certain atmospheric con- ditions may be supposed to exist during the prevalence of scarla- tina, yet they are unknown to us; nor are we able to explain what circumstances render one epidemic so dangerous and leave another comparatively mild. Epidemic scarlatina very often occurs simul- taneously with, or subsequently to epidemic measles; it likewise not unfrequently occurs together with small-pox; its relation to whooping-cough is less definite. bymptoms and Course. No acute exanthem is so variable in its course as scarlatina, although certain fixed types are always recognizable. The various epidemics differ very particularly from each other. We have not space to consider all these particular dif- ferences and shall therefore content ourselves with describing the normal course of ordinary benign scarlatina, and shall afterwards mention the deviations from this course, as we have done when treating of measles. The disease is undoubtedly ushered in by a precursory stage which has no characteristic symptoms any more than the prodromic stage of measles. The patients exhibit the symptoms of a severe catarrhal fever which, in contra-distinction to measles, is not attended with an irritation of the respiratory tract, but with inflammation of the fauces and catarrh of the stomach. This stage differs in no respect from a catarrhal angina, not even by the pulse which, in an affec- tion of this kind, is generally very rapid. Only the skin of the patient is much less frequently moist. After the prodromi have lasted for two days, the exanthem makes its appearance, generally with a marked increase of the fever and the other preliminary symptoms; children are attacked with 524 Acute and Chronic Contagious Diseases. convulsions. The exanthem always first breaks out on the neck, whence it spreads downwards over the rest of the body. First we notice closely-crowded red stigmata, generally of a much darker color than the measle-spots; these stigmata very speedily run into one another, causing an homogeneous, faintly dotted redness (scar- latina laevigata), or else they grow in size and, running together, form single spots of a darker color, seated upon a more faintly-red cuticle (scarlatina variegata), or, finally, small vesicles spring up upon the red surface, most generally in consequence of the intense character of the cutaneous affection, some of which are closely crowded together, others are more scattered (scarlatina miliaris). The exanthem is generally fully out in twenty-four hours, when the stage of efflorescence commences. The redness is most intense on the neck and on the extensor-surface of the extremities, likewise on the hands. Throughout this stage the constitutional symptoms preserve their intensity, but the fever begins to abate in the last two days ; it does not pass away suddenly, as in the case of measles. The angina is very intense, the fauces are dark-red; the tongue, having got rid of its original coating, looks very dark, with prom- inent papillae, imparting to it a strawberry appearance. The urin- ary secretion is much less. Sometimes a little bronchial catarrh makes its appearance at this time, but it scarcely ever assumes a violent form. On the fifth or sixth day after the appearance of the exan- them, it commences to pale off, with considerable abatement of the fever and more particularly of the angina. Soon after, the process of desquamation begins. It always commences on the neck in small scales, whereas on the body, and more particularly on the hands, the epidermis most generally peels off in large patches. The appe- tite now speedily returns and the patients feel quite well. In a fortnight at the latest the desquamation is completed. We will now consider the most important anomalies in the course of the disease, corresponding with the order in which the different stages succeed each other. The preliminary stage may be so slight that it may seem as though no such stage had existed. This, however, does not justify the expectation that the disease will run a mild course. On the contrary, if the preliminary stage is considerably longer than usual; if an excessive lassitude is a marked'-symptom of this stage, we may almost expect with certainty that the disease will assume a comparatively malignant character. Occasionally the fever reaches Scarlatina. 525 even at this stage a height that gives to it the appearance of an intense typhus, so.that the patients soon fall victims to its fury. At this stage the angina is never so violent as to cause any anxiety. The convulsions occurring at the breaking out of the exanthem are seldom of any particular significance, for an affection of the brain, except in so far as the excessive fever may cause an irritation of this organ, is a rare occurrence. It is during the eruptive stage and the stage of efflorescence that the course of the exanthem can be watched and learnt. It varies in color, is at times bright-red, at other times of a violet-red, with- out these distinctions justifying any particular inferences being drawn from them. An extremely bright color is an inauspicious prognostic only if the fever has at the same time a marked ady namic type. A union of the smaller spots to larger patches of red- ness is of no great importance. The formation of petechiae and larger hemorrhagic effusions on the skin always points to a severe type of fever. In some epidemics the exanthem remains quite rudi- mentary, the redness is very slight, is confined to small spots of a bright rose-color, remains only a few days upon the skin and is not attended with any marked constitutional symptoms. Such cases have been designated as roseola or rubeola, and an attempt has been made to view this exanthem as a special form of disease. The fact that roseola occurs in every mild scarlatina-epidemic, shows that it is nothing else than a very slightly developed case of scarlatina. The angina is likewise liable to important deviations. It is gen- erally of an erythematous character, but not unfrequently involves the parenchyma and shows an extraordinary tendency to invade the glands and cellular tissue of the throat and neck. Since this change does not occur until the exanthem has run its course, it has been supposed that it is the result of a metastasis, which is not the case. Whereas a parenchymatous angina seldom terminates in suppuration, an inflammation of the cervical cellular tissue, on the contrary, has this termination so much more readily; it is this cir- cumstance which constitutes one of the most malignant sequelae of the disease. What is still more dangerous is the supervention of diphtheritic ulcers during the inflammation. Although the diph- theritic ulceration very seldom spreads to the larynx, it communi- cates itself so much more frequently to the nose, the Eustachian tube and the inner ear, to the cervical cellular tissue and glands; if it does not destroy life by its direct action, the patients succumb slowly to the suppurative process, or are attacked with an incurable 526 Acute and Chronic Contagious Diseases. deafness. Not too much attention can be paid to this malignant angina, especially in the case of children, an examination of whose throats we are very apt to neglect in consequence of the difficulty attending such an operation. A discharge from the nose which is at first thin and has no smell, is almost always a sure sign that diphtheritis has set in; it should never be regarded as a favorable symptom, for the reason that a simple nasal catarrh never occurs in scarlatina. Inflammations of the joints, pleura, pericardium most commonly only occur in cases of great intensity, and do not present any par- ticular features, although they render the prognosis much more dubious and complicated. Nephritis occurring at this stage, is never very acute, and is so much inferior to the other morbid phenomena that it is allowed to pass unperceived. The most obstinate and most dangerous anomalies occur in the stage of desquamation. They do not always date from this period, but are most generally developments of former disturbances that had remained unnoticed during the violence of the fever. This applies to inflammations of the joints, pleura, pericardium, inner ear. Enteritis occurs very rarely; on the other hand, diarrhoea may set in, which, within certain limits, is not a dangerous occur- rence. The worst symptoms are the suppurating inflammations of the cervical cellular tissue and lymphatic glands, to which allusion was made previously, and inflammation of the kidneys. During the process of desquamation nephritis becomes a more prominent complication, probably because a suspension of the cutaneous func- tions, as in extensive burns for example, excites the action of the kidneys in an extraordinary degree, in consequence of which a slight renal catarrh, during the stage of efflorescence, changes to a genuine croupous inflammation during the stage of desquamation. The various reasons which have been adduced to account for the super- vening nephritis, do not stand the test of a rigorous examination; in some epidemics there is no nephritis at all, in other epidemics it occurs in every case, no matter how the patients were managed in hygienic and dietetic respects. What is certain is, that nephritis is more easily excited by excessive warmth, especially by too much clothing, which precludes the access of air, than by the patient being kept in a cool room and accessible to the influence of pure air. The renal affection sets in almost imperceptibly; the patients have felt quite well for several days ; but, without showing Scarlatina. 527 any symptoms of fever, they do not seem properly to recuperate. The appetite does not return as it should; the discharged urine is dark, and the quantity is scanty; suddenly it shows a still darker, sometimes black or blackish-gray color, and contains a quantity of albumen, blood-disks, fibrinous cylindrical casts. The appetite is gone, the skin becomes oedematous first in the face, and afterwards over the whole body, and to a very high degree. If we do not succeed in controlling the renal affection, the patiehts die in two or more weeks of oedema of the lungs, or of cardiac disease. In some rare cases oedema sets in as a post-scarlatinal complica- tion without the signs of a marked renal disease; this affection, is of infinitely less importance than that which we have just described. All these deviations, complications, etc., vary with the character of the epidemic, both as regards intensity and danger. It is almost impossible, when the epidemic first commences, to establish a prog- nosis upon a reliable basis ; apparently trivial cases sometimes take all at once a bad turn, whereas apparently severe cases run a very normal course. For this reason every epidemic requires to be specially studied; not one epidemic resembles another in every respect. Treatment. In regard to treatment we apply to scarlatina the same rule that we have proposed for measles, which is, that the specifically-appropriate remedy should be given at the very onset of the disease, because this is the most efficient method of keeping the course of the disease within normal bounds. We infer this from the circumstance that the homoeopathic treatment of scarlatina is undoubtedly superior to any other ; for this reason we advise the exhibition of Belladonna at the very commencement of the disease, this remedy not only corresponding to the cutaneous affection, but likewise to the angina. This medicine should be continued, pro- vided no particular anomalies set in, until the exanthem begins to pale, the angina disappears, and the pulse decreases in frequency. Under the use of Belladonna the fever generally runs a regular course, during which the special symptoms of course do not undergo any alteration ; but this is not expected in the course of any typical affection. Whether Belladonna can be regarded as a prophylactic against scarlatina, we will not decide, although we are willing to admit that we doubt the prophylactic virtues of this agent for the simple reason that we do not believe in any kind of preventives. We have already stated that scarlatina does not infect everybody 528 Acute and Chronic Contagious Diseases. with the same facility, and we have known more than one family where one child was taken down with scarlatina, and the other children all remained well, without Belladonna having been given them. Before discussing the treatment of anomalies occurring during the course of scarlatina, we will first indicate the diet to be pursued during the normal course of the disease. 'Even at this time a great repugnance still seems to prevail against allowing scarlet-fever patients still less than measle-patients the blessing oi pure air and cleanliness; the rule was to confine patients to their rooms full six weeks. Even Ilirschel lays this down as a rule in bis " Treasure of Medicine." This is evidently the result of erroneous views concerning the sequelae. Since they apparently originate in the desquamative period, it was supposed that the sequelae had to be traced to a disturbance of the process of desquamation. The most common disturbance was supposed to be a cold. We have endeavored to show that the commencement of all post-scarlatinal diseases is traceable to the stage of efflorescence, hence that they are continuations of previous beginnings, not new diseases; and we here add that the obstinacy of many a consecutive disorder is owing to wrong management during the disease itself and imme- diately after. From abundant personal experience we recommend the following rules. The patients should be kept from the com- mencement of the disease in an uniform temperature of from forty to fifty degrees F., and should only be covered with a linen sheet and blankets. If possible, the sick-chamber should be ventilated several times a day, of course with all proper precautions. The patient may be allowed to drink pretty large quantities of fresh water, because the fever deprives the body of a large quantity of moisture. The juice of fruit is a refreshing beverage, and may be allowed in moderation; if used too freely, it is apt to cause nausea and a bad taste in the mouth. Bure malt-beer we have never known to do any harm. The patients not desiring any food, gruels, milk, and wheaten bread or bread made of unbolted flour, are sufficient nourishment. As soon as the pulse has become normal, the redness has disappeared, and the desquamation is fully established, the patients may be allowed to rise, but the temperature of the room must be a little higher than while they were confined to their beds. A fortnight after the disease first broke out, a general ablution, as has been recommended for measles, may take place, and, if the weather permits, the patient may be sent out of the house, of course with all suitable precautions. No reason can be imagined why such a treatment should be injurious. Scarlatina. 529 We will now devote some space to the treatment of the anomalies that may turn up during the course of the disease, but we shall not go into details concerning particular indications, for the reason that every epidemic has, after all, to be combated with specifically- appropriate medicines whose symptomatic correspondence will have to be studied out in the Materia Medica. The excessive fever in the preliminary stage, wdiich is often of a threatening character, has to be met by Rhus toxicod. or Arsenicum, as long as the brain remains free; but if delirium, sopor, etc., sets in, Phosphorus or Opium may be tried ; we would likewise recom- mend Digitalis.-If convulsions set in previous to the appearance of the exanthem, Belladonna is entirely sufficient. If the fever sets in with an adynamic type, and the exanthem delays its appearance, Bryonia alba will meet this condition. We do not dwell upon supposed distinctions between smooth scarlatina and purple-rash, because we believe them to be unfounded. We admit that in cases where the angina is very slight or entirely wanting, Aconite is better adapted to purple-rash than Belladonna. If the efflorescent surface is studded with miliaria, Rhus toxicod. is more appropriate than Belladonna. If petechise and ecchymoses break out, the fever generally has an adynamic character; Phos- phorus, Arsenicum and Kreosotum are the remedies adapted to this change. If the fever has an adynamic type during the stage of efflores- cence, great danger is impending. Bryonia may be sufficient in the lower grades of this fever, but the higher grades require: Rhus toxicod., Phosphorus, Digitalis, Veratrum album; the two last-named remedies correspond more particularly to the frequent and small pulse with cerebral symptoms resembling typhus. Ammonium carbon, may deserve a preference, if the pulse accompanying the cerebral symptoms is not excessively rapid. Zincum is likewise recommended in such cases. If a sudden disappearance of the red- ness is attended with ominous symptoms; if a general paralysis threatens, Camphora should be resorted to. The special symp- tomatic indications of these various remedies can be learnt from the Materia Medica Pura. The angina, even if only of an erythematous character, is some- times intense, and Belladonna does not seem to have the least effect upon it. In such a case Apis not unfrequently mitigates the severe pain. If we may judge by the provings, this agent must be an important remedy in scarlet-fever; the clinical record of this drug 530 Acute and Chronic Contagious Diseases. is still very scanty. Whether Apis will prevent the inflammation from penetrating to the deeper tissues, has not yet been decided. If the angina is accompanied by swelling of the tonsils, Mercurius should be given; this remedy often arrests all further progress of this feature of the disease. If the angina is confined to the tonsils, it will seldom be found necessary to give Hepar, for the reason that no suppuration generally sets in. If suppuration takes place, Hepar sulphuris calc, should be resorted to without delay. If the inflam- mation invades the cervical cellular tissue and the cervical glands, which it may do while Mercurius is being exhibited, in which case this remedy is no longer indicated, Bryonia may be given. We do not advise a premature lancing of the abscess, because such a proceeding would undoubtedly favor an ichorous decomposition. For chronic suppuration we recommend Silicea, for subsequent in- durations Baryta and Sulphur. A malignant form of angina requires the same treatment as diphtheritis. Iodine has frequently rendered excellent service in this affection; Acidum muriaticum is likewise commended; but, as we said before, such recommendations are not always to be depended upon in all cases, for the reason that one remedy will do better in one epidemic, and the very next epidemic may require a different treatment. A scarlatina-coryza sometimes requires a peculiar treat- ment; it often remains even after the diphtheritic angina is cured. Aurum muriaticum is the most reliable remedy for it; Sepia qy Calcarea carbon, is less so. Parotitis is very seldom an isolated affection in scarlatina; it is generally accompanied by a malignant or parenchymatous angina and requires to be treated with the same remedies that have been recommended for this disorder. If existing alone, we treat it with the remedies that have been recommended for it elsewhere. Pleuritis and pericarditis as complications of scarlatina have no peculiar features requiring any special treatment; they are treated as idiopathically-existing, independent diseases; however, we may state that Tartarus stibiatus has been variously recommended in pericarditis, and Mercurius and Rhus toxicod. in pleuritis. Articular inflammations in scarlatina have the peculiar feature of rarely terminating in suppuration and resembling almost entirely articular rheumatism. Arnica, Phosphorus and Rhus toxicod. deserve special attention in these affections. Cerebral affections occur very rarely in scarlatina; isolated cerebral symptoms, although sometimes very marked, must not be Scarlatina. 531 all at once taken for inflammatory symptoms. If the symptoms denote congestion, with nervous excitement and restlessness, Arnica or Ammonium carbon, may be resorted to; if they occur accompanied by a cold perspiration and coolness of the trunk, Ipecac., Camphora, Veratrum album may be tried; marked sopor indicates Opium, convulsions point to Zincum.-We should always endeavor to deter- mine whether the cerebral symptoms are not altogether superin- duced by the intense fever and whether our remedies ought not to be primarily directed against it. For nephritis and dropsy Helleborus has acquired a well-earned reputation; it sometimes relieves these affections very speedily. However, it is not sufficient in every case. If the urine contains a good deal of blood, Cantharides and Terebinthina may have to be given; Arnica and Nitrum likewise deserve our regard in this direc- tion. If threatening heart-symptoms supervene, Arsenicum should at once be resorted to, and if the renal inflammation has already run its course, Digitalis or Lycopodium. Finally we wish to make mention of cold water in connection with scarlatina. The not unfavorable results of cold-water treat- ment while the exanthem is out on the skin, may serve to quiet anxious physicians regarding the danger which they imagine their patients would incur if they were not kept very warm or were not forbidden the luxury of a refreshing, although ever so carefully con- ducted ablution. We would not resort to the cold pack during the efflorescent stage, for we have remedies that surpass the cold-water treatment in efficacy. Whether cold water will still prove useful if the exanthem recedes from the skin, is not certain; it can only be resorted to as a last resort in such a contingency. During the period of desquamation cold-water treatment is decidedly in its place. If there is nothing abnormal in the course of the disease, the baths and ablutions which we have recommended for measles, are sufficient; but if oedema has set in, these means are not sufficient, for the skin has to be kept very active. In the case of little children who object to being packed, we sometimes accomplish our purpose by placing them every day in a warm bath of at least 92° F., leaving them in each bath for 15 or 20 minutes, after which we have the little patients carefully dried and wrapt in a woollen blanket for half an hour. Most generally, however, the wet pack is indispensable; of course it ought not to be used to excess and after each pack the patient ought to be rubbed down very thoroughly. In a few days already perspiration begins to set in, when the patient may be 532 Acute and Chronic Contagious Diseases. considered safe. Under this management we have not yet had to deplore a single loss from post-scarlatinal dropsy. 3. Variola. Small-Pox. It is with a certain timidity that we enter upon a discussion of this subject, because we are aware that our views in this respect differ greatly from the views ordinarily entertained by physicians; nevertheless space is wanting to enable us to substantiate our views by corresponding arguments. We shall have this privilege in due time, in a more appropriate place. Small-pox is chiefly the result of infection. The contagium un- doubtedly resides in the contents of the variola-pustules, probably also in the exhalations and in the secretions of the mucous mem- brane. Although it has been proven beyond a doubt that the contents of the pustules retain their infectious principle for a long time, provided it is kept from great heat and is not exposed to the action of atmospheric air, yet we cannot subscribe to the doctrine that the exhalations adhering to the patient's clothing retain for a long time the power of transmitting the disease; hence we believe in a spontaneous origin of variola as well as of scarlatina. The circumstance that small-pox at times only appears sporadically, and at other times breaks out epidemically, likewise speaks in favor of our views. The contagium is not very volatile. It is simple in its nature, that is to say, the same in each of the three species of the small-pox disease, so that varicella may cause variola in one, and varioloid in another. Hence these distinctions do not result from so many distinct contagia, but from the different susceptibil- ities of the infected individuals, as is likewise the case with measles and scarlatina. For similar reasons we do not attribute the malig- nant character of one small-pox epidemic and the mild type of another to differences in the nature of the contagium, but to dif- ferent degrees of susceptibility in the individuals, as well as to other circumstances of a general or local character, upon which the malignant nature of the epidemic depends; precisely as we know similar results to take place during epidemic scarlatina. There is not an individual living of whom we can positively assert that be is inaccessible to the small-pox contagium; it is true, however, that at times the susceptibility seems to be considerably greater, and that it is unquestionably most intense in childhood and up to the age of forty-five years, beyond which it begins to decline. The same Variola. 533 proportion obtains in all epidemic, and likewise in all non-infectious diseases. One attack of small-pox is a tolerably sure, but not an absolutely certain protection against another attack. This accounts for the apparent immunity of numbers of people; while young, they had an attack of varicella without the fact being noticed, and on this account enjoy a protection against small-pox, which is im- properly attributed to vaccination, concerning which we shall give further details when speaking of the treatment. Epidemic small- pox breaks out most commonly in mid-summer, very seldom in win- ter; it is most generally accompanied by epidemic measles and whooping-cough; yet a connection or logical succession between these epidemics cannot be traced. Symptoms and Course. For the sake of convenience and in obedience to custom, we adopt the division of the variolous dis- ease in varicella, varioloid and variola, although these three forms generally exist in the most varied transitions to each other, so that, in a case of varicella, single pustules assume the form of var- ioloid-pustules and in cases of varioloid, some pustules adopt the form of variola-pustules, or that the whole exanthem runs a medium course between two of these forms. Varicella or chicken-pox constitutes the mildest form under which the variola-disease with contagious pustules develops itself. Chicken-pox is infectious and may give rise to either of the other two forms. It infects more particularly children, although not exclusively. Quite recently we treated a case where a young man of eighteen years, who had varioloid, infected his sister, a child of six months, with variola, and his mother with a very mild form of varicella. This eruption generally sets in without any precursory symptoms, perhaps with slight symptoms of gastric catarrh, but otherwise very seldom with precursory symptoms resembling those of varioloid. A few red stigmata break out in the face which grow rapidly and spread irregularly over the whole body; the largest number are seen on the chest and back. Each of these red stigmata changes in a few hours to an elevated vesicle, the contents of which grow dim in thirty-six to forty hours, and afterwards form thin scabs that fall off already on the seventh day. The vesicles sometimes break- ing out in successive crops, the whole exanthem may require a fort- night to complete its course. Very commonly some of the vesicles grow to larger pustules, like variola-pustules, and leaving scars behind. At the same time the general health is often so little im- 534 Acute and Chronic Contagious Diseases. paired, especially if the vesicles are not numerous, that the family have not the remotest suspicion of the child being sick. Fever, however, is very commonly present on the first days, even a mild delirium not unfrequently occurs, the appetite is gone, the patients feel languid, complain of headache and difficulty of swallowing caused by the vesicles having broken out in the throat and on the palate. The constitutional symptoms are never very important. The exhalations from such patients have the same odor as those of varioloid patients. Varioloid, or modified variola, always commences with a distinct, but not characteristic precursory stage. The patients experience a violent chill, or most frequently chilly creepings which are at once succeeded by a violent febrile heat with increased temperature and a rapid pulse, and with such an intense feeling of illness, that the approach of a severe disease is unmistakable. With the gastric symptoms, a violent headache and even active delirium become associated, and likewise a somewhat pathognomonic, severe pain in the back and small of the back. As a rule, the fever remits in the morning and exacerbates in the evening, increasing every day in intensity until it reaches its acme on the third evening, when the eruptive stage commences. Shortly previous to the appearance of the exanthem, an hypersemia, consisting of large spots, is sometimes perceived on various portions of the skin. The exanthem in most cases first breaks out in the face, whence it spreads with tolerable regularity over the whole body, from above downwards. Red, scattered, lentil-sized spots break out. Each single spot passes through the following course of develop- ment. In ten to twelve hours it changes to a papula, which, in the next twenty-four hours, becomes transformed into a vesicle, the centre of which is perforated by a hair and correspondingly de- pressed. In the next twenty-four to forty-eight hours the contents of the vesicle grow dim, and a pustule forms surrounded by a narrow halo. About the sixth day after the breaking out of the exanthem, the contents dry up, giving rise to a brown scab which falls off in three to four days, leaving the spot somewhat injected. This course of development of one pock is not pursued by all the other pocks simultaneously, but occurs in the order in which the exanthem broke out, so that the whole process requires about eleven days or a fortnight until the scabs have completely formed. The general health shows the following changes while these phenomena are taking place upon the skin. During the eruption the fever Variola. 535 abates somewhat, upon the whole the patient feels a little better, but is tormented by the breaking out of pustules upon the mucous lining, which cause difficulties of deglutition, photophobia, croupy cough, urinary troubles. After the eruption is fully out, the patient feels almost well, and only complains of the distress caused by the in- jected and tense skin. The suppurative process is generally attended with a mild fever which disappears entirely as soon as the pocks begin to form, and which gives place to a feeling of health. We will mention a few deviations from this course when we come to treat of true small-pox. The remaining red spots seldom disappear entirely under a month. Scars remain after varioloid, the same as after variola, only not in such large numbers, nor so deep; in vario- loid the disorganizing process takes place most generally upon the external surface of the cutis, but does not penetrate beneath it. True variola begins with the same precursory symptoms as the previous species; according to Ilebra, the precursory stage of variola is often even less severe than that of varioloid. It lasts three days. Without an exception, the exanthem first breaks out in the face, thence spreading over the whole body, from above downwards, within two, at most three days. The face always shows the largest number of efflorescences. Inasmuch as variola penetrates the cuta- neous tissue more deeply, the course of each single variola-pustule differs somewhat from that pursued by a varioloid pustule. Within twenty-four hours the stigma changes to a papule, and in another twenty-four hours the papule to a vesicle, the contents of which assume a puriform consistence until the sixth day after the appear- ance of the stigma. The pustule thus formed is surrounded by a broad halo. Hence in variola the eruptive stage and the stage of efflorescence last at most ten, but never less than nine days. The general health in these two stages is about the same as during a similar period in varioloid. The fever abates to a certain degree ; the affection of the mucous lining is generally a little more intense. On the ninth or tenth day commences the suppurative stage so characteristic of variola. The fever, which had almost entirely dis- appeared, breaks out again with frequent chills and an intense heat. Hebra accounts for this fever by the circumstance that pus has been absorbed, not by the intensity of the cutaneous affection, for it is not unfrequently absent, even during a most violent attack of variola and never sets in until the pustules had become filled for some time, but, on the other hand, is always present if ulceration 536 Acute and Chronic Contagious Diseases. takes place. The ] yremic nature of this fever accounts most easily for the dangerous character of this stage upon which we shall dwell more fully by and by when we come to treat of the complications. While the fever is gradually abating, the suppurative stage con- tinues until the fourteenth day, when the desiccation and the scab- bing process commence in the same order as the eruption had devel- oped itself. The patients, during this time, are without fever, and feel quite well. The scabs very seldom separate be!ore the seventh, sometimes not till the fourteenth day, leaving reddish-brown, pig- mentous spots and scars which disappear very slowly. It now remains for us to indicate several important anomalies in the course of the disease. In doing this, we shall confine ourselves to variola, varioloid having the same modifications except in a lesser degree. In the first place the pustules, instead of remaining isolated, may run together (confluent small-pox). This confluence of the pocks may take place to some extent in every severe case of small-pox; but if it is extensive, the disease becomes much fiercer, the fever abates very little during the stage of efflorescence, the suppurative fever is very intense, because confluent pustules cause deeply-pene- trating ulcerations. As a rule, this process only takes place in the face. In the suppurative stage the pustules not unfrequently be- come mixed with blood, giving rise to the so-called black pock which always constitutes the most dangerous form of the disease, because it sets in with an exquisitely adynamic fever attended with profuse nose-bleed, hfematemesis, hsemaptoe. The filling of the pocks with an ichorous pus is a very rare occurence. The size of the pustules varies considerably in the same individual. Some only attain the size of a lentil and dry up very speedily; others resemble the bullee of pemphigus, and some again do not even leave their papular form. A few single variola-pustules are met with in every case of varioloid; it is the universality of the suppurative process, and the longer duration of the disease that determine the charac- teristic nature of small-pox. With regard to the whole course of the disease we distinguish small-pox where the fever preserves an adynamic type during the whole course of the disease, and small-pox with septic tendencies throughout its course. It not unfrequently happens that, after the disease has, passed its first stage, the fever suddenly assumes an adynamic type. In adynamic small-pox the pustules may not reach their ful' development; in septic small-pox they are apt to become Variola. 537 hemorrhagic and gangrenous. The phenomena accompanying a change of this kind, resemble altogether those of an intense typhus. Variola without an eruption is a speculative theory rather than a practically verified fact. Complications and sequelae occur much less frequently after small-pox than after measles and scarlatina, but are no less danger- ous, for the reason that they have their origin in the suppurative process; hence, they occur almost exclusively during and after the course of variola, and very seldom after or during an attack of varioloid. As direct consequences of the variola-pustules we men- tion : diphtheritis, croup and oedema glottidis.. The last-mentioned process likewise occurs as a complication of varioloid. The course of these complications and sequelae does not essentially vary from that of other analogous diseases. The croupy sound is often heard already during the efflorescent stage of small-pox, but at this period it has no dangerous significance; it only becomes threatening during the stage of suppuration. Violent inflammations especially of the serous membranes, meningitis, pericarditis, pleuritis, inflammations of the large joints, deep-seated abscesses only occur after the suppurative fever has set in. They certainly do not arise from the intensity of the inflammatory process upon the skin, but from the absorption of pus. The eyes in consequence of an inflammatory process going on in their interior, are not unfrequently threatened with hypopyon, whereas it is immaterial in a case of varioloid whether a number of pustules have become seated close to the eye or on the conjunc- tiva. The danger is altogether determined by the supervention of the suppurative process. In both variola and varioloid the prognosis is very uncertain; the most favorable appearances at the beginning sometimes give way very suddenly to the most dangerous symptoms, and vice versa, cases that set in with symptoms of great severity, turn out very mild at the end. Age is of great consequence in this disease; old people have to suffer a great deal more than young persons, evi- dently owing to the greater rigidity of the skin. As a matter of course, a vitiated constitution and unfavorable social circumstances, above all, pregnancy and confinement invest small-pox with a char- acter of most threatening gravity. Treatment. Before speaking of the remedial agents that may have to be used for small-pox, we will express our views concerning the great preventive of small-pox, vaccination. Without question- ing the right of the State to require the individual citizen to make 538 Acute and Chronic Contagious Diseases. himself or his children sick; without meaning to inquire whether morbid matter can be transmitted by vaccination, for this might be avoided with due caution; simply looking at the fact whether vaccination is really useful or not, we feel bound, from this single point of view, to declare our opposition to this proceeding, for the reason that we do not believe the vaccine-virus possessed of the least prophylactic virtue against variola, by which we mean against the transformation of the pock into a suppurating pustule. If epidemic small-pox is so much less dangerous and extensive at the present time than it was a hundred years ago, this can be just as well accounted for by the undeniable fact that epidemics gradually increase and decrease in intensity, as by the universally practised process of vaccination. If persons who are not vaccinated, die at the present time more frequently of variola than those who are, the cause may be that only those remain unvaccinated at the present time, who, living in the worst conditions of society, are more apt to fall victims to epidemic diseases. The last epidemic among us has shown very satisfactorily that the danger of small-pox is derived from accompanying local circumstances, not so much from the fact that vaccination had been neglected. In the city of Han- over, where we have not had any malignant epidemics since the year 1846, we have had numerous small-pox cases for the least year, with only few deaths, whereas more northward, in our marshy districts, where severe epidemics have prevailed during the last few years, small-pox has likewise claimed a larger number of victims in spite of vaccination. We, therefore, have no hesitation in admit- ting that we belong to the number of those who repudiate vaccina- tion, and we favor the more and more rapidly spreading movement that has been initiated against this measure. It may be difficult to entirely do away with this peculiar institution; but what can be accomplished is, that, if people insist upon being vaccinated, the operation should be performed under appropriate circumstances. We deem the following points essential to such a purpose: Frequent renewal of the lymph by cowpock-virus;-extreme precaution in selecting the children from whom the vaccine is taken;-a revision of the statute which makes it obligatory upon parents to have their children vaccinated in the first year of infancy;-insertion of the vaccine in only a few places with a view of diminishing as much as possible all unfavorable consequences to the organism. In this respect we maintain that, if vaccination has at all any protecting virtue, one pustule ought to protect as much as a dozen. Speaking Variola. 539 of vaccination we cannot help raising the question whether the diminished mortality in small-pox epidemics may not be owing to a more enlightened management of the disease. The preliminary stage which is not always recognizable as such at the beginning of the attack, will always invite the employment of remedial agents, although the usefulness or efficacy of such a proceeding is extremely questionable. Aconite is more than any other medicine recommended at this stage, but we do not altogether agree with our Colleagues in the propriety of this course of medi- cation. Aconite is indicated in all inflammatory fevers, but not in febrile conditions that evidently owe their origin to toxication of the blood. For this reason we do not advise Aconite either in measles, scarlatina or typhus, still much less in small-pox. Bella- donna will be found preferable, even after a most careful comparison of the symptoms, and ought to be continued until the eruption is fully out. Bryonia will be found much less frequently suitable at this stage of small-pox. Upon the whole we opine that any medi- cine is useless either totally or nearly so, for the reason that the first stages of small-pox are without any malignant symptoms, even if delirium should set in. As soon as the exanthem is out, the patient feels tolerably well; but now is the time to administer suit- able remedies for the purpose of preventing the purulent meta- morphosis which must now be expected, and of which we can never positively know how it will result; and, in general, for the purpose of maintaining the course of the disease within normal bounds. We have but one remedy that answers this purpose; this remedy is Mercurius. In any circumstances we would advise our Colleagues' never to repeat the dose too often in this disease. It might be a difficult task to show its usefulness as long as we have not a num- ber of comparative observations at our command. If medicine is to be given, it is certain that Mercurius is the most appropriate. Just as well as Mercurius will prevent suppuration in cases of abscesses and small boils,-and we know from abundant experience that it will do this,-we may likewise expect a favorable effect from it upon the suppurative process in small-pox, so much more as the symptomatic similarity between the pathogenesis of Mercury and small-pox in this special point extends to the minutest particulars. If suppuration does really set in, we may try Hepar sulphuris for the purpose of preventing the excessive development of this process. As long as no anomalies occur, these three remedies will be found sufficient in every case of small-pox or varioloid. Neither the fre- 540 Acute and Chronic Contagious Diseases. quently severe conjunctivitis, nor the difficulty of swallowing, nor finally the croupy cough demand any other remedies than the three above named; for these phenomena are simply occasioned by the exanthem running its course upon the mucous lining, and are, therefore, without any special significance. Upon what grounds a number of other remedies are recommended for small-pox, we are unable to conceive, and we, therefore, do not mention them lest their multitude should cause confusion in the reader's mind. Anti- monium crudum and tartaricum have made more noise than any other remedy, nor can it be denied that the principle of similarity is in their favor; so far, however, it has not been shown that these remedies exert either a modifying or abbreviating influence over the disease, or that the suppurative stage is prevented by them. Among the anomalies and complications we only mention a few, since it is impossible to furnish a complete list of such occurrences. Variola with an adynamic type of fever is always very threatening, and is characterized by an extraordinary tendency to decomposition and to an approach to typhus. At the commencement Bryonia will very generally be indicated, on the other hand, we think that it is under these circumstances that Tartar emetic is in its place, more especially if the brain is involved. After the pustules are formed, Arsenicum is most likely the most appropriate remedy, not only on account of the constitutional symptoms, as on account of the putrid decomposition which is so apt to set in at this period, attended with hemorrhagic effusions into the pustules and ichorous dissolution. We likewise call attention, at this stage, to Secale cornutum, and to the mineral acids, especially Acidum muriat. This last-mentioned remedy is particularly appropriate if the pustules become associated with symptoms of diphtheritis in the mouth and fauces, and the life of the patient is in the greatest jeopardy. Croup which sets in during the suppurative stage, is not controlled by the medicines usually recommended for croup; it is not the ordinary croup, but a symptom of diphtheritis. We would recommend Hepar sulphuris first, and afterwards Phosphorus. (Edema glottidis during small- pox requires the same remedies that have been suggested for this disease in a former chapter. [I once saved a boy's life with Arsenicum. The child had never been vaccinated, or rather eight different attempts had been made to vaccinate him, but every attempt had proved futile. The boy was attacked wTith confluent small-pox. The disease was running as favorable a course as could be expected, when I was sent for one Variola. 541 night in a great hurry because the disease had taken a bad turn. I found the boy in an undescribable state of apathy and lethargy. The pustules had suddenly receded and those that were still out upon the skin, looked black. Involuntary diarrhoeic evacuations took place every fifteen minutes spreading a most horrid stench through the room. The skin was cold and clammy, the pulse fili- form and could no longer be counted. I gave him Arsenicum second centesimal trituration, one half of a grain at a dose, repeating the dose every fifteen minutes. After the third dose the diarrhoea stopped entirely, the skin warmed up, the pulse returned, the remaining pustules resumed a normal appearance, and the disease went on its course very favorably. After the boy had been sick twelve days, and seemed all but well; after the fever had entirely disappeared, and the child expected to be dressed and play about the room, he was all at once taken with a severe angina, the fever returned with a severe chill, he was seized with partial convulsions and next day was covered with scarlet-rash. Ue had caught the scarlatina at school, but the variola kept it under until the severer disease had run its course. The boy made a fine recovery, and only showed one or two scarcely perceptible pits on the chin. II.] Secondary inflammations, when occasioned by the absorption of pus, are generally very severe and obstinate; they require different treatment from what similar inflammations require when setting in as primary diseases. Bryonia., and above all Mercurius, Phosphorus, Hepar sulphuris and Arsenicum are most generally the most appro- priate remedies. Among these five remedies to which we can add Sulphur, the proper remedy for a given case will undoubtedly be found. [Tartar emetic may likewise be added ; a case of pneumonia supervening in the course of scrofulous periostitis, and which could only be accounted for agreeably to Virchow's theory of pus-globules having been deposited in the lungs by the current of the blood, yielded promptly and radically in our hands to the exclusive use of Tartar emetic, third centesimal trituration. II.] As soon as the formation of the scabs is completed, all danger is over. Only in very exceptional cases deep-seated abscesses form, but in such a latent manner that they are only discovered after the desiccation is terminated. Hence the patient may be safely regarded as cured. In view of the measures which it is common to enforce even at this time in the management of small-pox, a few rules for the ex- 542 Acute and Chronic Contagious Diseases. ternal treatment of such patients seem to us of some importance. Experience has abundantly shown that the spread of small-pox cannot be prevented by even the strictest and most careful quaran- tine ; hence it is useless to exile such patients from all human society, although it is undoubtedly proper that all unnecessary intrusions should be avoided. Above all, let the patient enjoy an abundance of pure air; the access of fresh air not only affords the surest guarantee of a successful result, but is likewise the most effectual means of preventing the further spread of the disease. It is entirely useless to cover the patients burning up with fever, more than they wish to be. Cautious ablutions never hurt, and are always refresh- ing. As soon as the patient is free from fever, and desires to leave his bed, let him be permitted to do so. The scabs are most speedily removed by softening them with almond-oil, and by frequently washing and bathing the patient as soon as possible. Ablutions and baths have the additional advantage of helping to restore the normal action of the skin. As regards diet, the patient's own wishes may be consulted as far as possible; as long as the fever lasts, he will not want anything, but the lightest fever-diet; every other kind of food causes nausea and indisposition. As soon as the fever has disappeared, a more substantial diet may be allowed. As soon as the scabs have come off, the patient may be permitted to go out. Nothing can be more unreasonable than to keep him confined in a room even after the exanthem has run its full course; an extreme irritability to catarrhal affections are the frequent con- sequences of such an unnecessary confinement. 4. Syphilis. Venereal Disease. Syphilis is a disease concerning which it is very difficult to make comprehensive and satisfactory statements in a few paragraphs. The disease is too varied, and undergoes too many modifications by constitutional influences ; moreover the best mode of treating it, is not yet positively settled. We request the reader to receive our subsequent remarks with a good deal of forbearance; let it be under- stood above all things that we do not intend to present a mono- graph on the subject of syphilis. J^tiology. Syphilis is either communicated by a contagium, or else it is inherited ; this last statement, however, only applies to a few forms; whether syphilis can break out spontaneously, is very Syphilis. 543 uncertain, although there is no valid reason to deny it. The fixed nature of the contagium cannot be denied; it is most certainly contained in the primary ulcer, whereas its presence in secondary affections as well as in the blood is maintained by some, and denied by others. The adoption of a different contagium for simple and for indurated chancre depends upon observations, the correctness of which cannot be positively impeached. In the vast majority of cases the chancre-virus is communicated by sexual intercourse ; in a few cases only the virus is communicated by a different channel. It is not absolutely necessary that the chancrous matter should be inserted at a spot where the epidermis is injured ; inoculation can take place, even if the epidermis is intact; for this purpose it has to be very delicate, as the epidermis of the sexual organs generally is. Syphilis can be inherited from the father as well as from the mother; it would even seem as though it were more easily inherited from the former. Most observations show that constitutional syphilis is a protection against a second infection by the virus of an indurated chancre, as much as a first attack of variola is a protec- tion against a second attack of this disease. The incubation-period is short and does not last beyond the second week, whereas secondary affections incubate for at least five weeks. A disposition to contract this disease, inheres in every individual; however, its ordinary mode of origination accounts for the circumstance that male adults are more generally affected with it. Some persons seem to possess a natural immunity from constitutional syphilis, whereas others manifest a peculiar susceptibility to this disease; this susceptibility seems founded in the so-called lymphatic constitution. A description of the separate forms under which syphilis gener- ally manifests itself, cannot well be given in one connected para- graph ; we therefore prefer describing the various phases of the disease, each by itself, in the order in which they generally succeed each other. a. Primary Chancre. Syphilis always commences with the primary syphilitic . ulcer. Except when the disease is hereditary, we have no evidence that syphilis can have any other beginning. The soft, simple chancre is chiefly seated on the inside of the prepuce, on the glans, and in the transition-fold from the prepuce to the glans, more particularly on the frenulum; among women it is chiefly seated at the posterior commissure, at the entrance of the 544 Acute and Chronic Contagious Diseases. vagina, and on the lesser labia. But inasmuch as other parts ot the body may either accidentally or designedly come in contact with the chancre-virus, a chancre may likewise break out on the integu- ments of the penis, on the scrotum, at the anus, on the lips, mammae, and in the posterior parts of the vagina. Its course is generally as follows: at the place of inoculation a small vesicle starts up, sur- rounded by a red halo; or, if the virus was inserted in an open wound on the skin, an ulcer may form immediately which, when arising from the vesicle, develops in a very short time, so that the vesicle is very seldom seen. The ulcer is generally round, less fre- quently oval, never sharply angular, of the size of a lentil or pea; it has sharp, shaggy, not prominent borders and a lardaceous base. It gradually spreads, but never grows to a large size; it sometimes acquires a fungoid growth from its base, without, however, becom- ing indurated on that account. At first only one ulcer of this character generally breaks out, very seldom three, but in the course of the disease new ulcers break out in the immediate neighborhood of the former, so that the glans is surrounded by them as by a wreath ; they may likewise become confluent. It is a noticeable fact that the more recent ulcers generally heal faster, very seldom more tardily than the primary sore. These ulcers heal between three and eight weeks. The healing process is manifested by the fact that the bottom of the ulcer loses its dirty color, becomes cov- ered with usually readily-bleeding granulations, and that the edges lose their shaggy appearance. The cicatrix is generally radiate. If the soft chancre is seated in the urethra, it generally occupies the locality immediately behind the orifice, where it can be seen. If it is seated farther on in the urethra, its presence may be inferred from a seated pain when the part is touched, and which is likewise experienced during urination; and also from a scanty discharge of pus, whereas, if the chancre is complicated with gonorrhoea, the diagnosis is very generally impossible. The cure of this urethral chancre takes place in the same manner as that of a chancre seated in some external locality. The indurated, so-called Hunterian chancre is chiefly located in the transition-region from the prepuce to the glans, and on the frenulum, but it may likewise break out on any other place, the same as soft chancre. Many look upon the virus of the Hunterian chancre as different from that of the soft chancre. This question is not, by any means, decided. This chancre often arises not from a vesicle, but from an induration in consequence of the dissolution Syphilis. 545 of the inflammatory exudation. According to some, this is its only mode of origination. It has chiefly a rounded form; its appearance scarcely varies from that of the simple chancre; its base, however, has a less lardaceous and dirty look. If the induration occupies the bottom of the ulcer, the latter is raised, forming the elevated ulcer; if the borders are chiefly indurated, they form a wall round the funnel-shaped ulcer. The induration sometimes spreads to some distance round the ulcer, and is generally of a cartilaginous con- sistence. If the indurated chancre develops itself out of a simple chancre, which is very seldom the case during the first appearance of the latter, and generally not till after the latter has existed for some time, the appearance of the ulcer often changes very suddenly. The indurated chancre does not multiply on the surrounding parts; hence we seldom see more than one or at most two indurated ulcers. It heals much more slowly than simple chancre, and is almost surely followed by secondary phenomena if a slowly dis- appearing induration remains after the healing of the ulcer. The delicate scar of the indurated chancre is easily torn by friction, when a chancrons ulcer readily forms again immediately. Phagedsenic chancre is a chancre modified by the constitution of the patient. It only breaks out on cachectic individuals, arising more generally from the simple than from the indurated ulcer. If such an ulcer becomes phagedsenic, it assumes an irregular form, with indentations; it shows a dirty-gray or greenish base, lined with diphtheritic exudations, is surrounded by a sickly-colored and livid areola, and secretes a quantity of thin, sickly and very fetid matter. The ulcer inclines to spread rapidly and to destroy the organic tissues, in consequence of which it may involve a consider- able loss of substance and even result fatally in a short time. A phagedaenic chancre most commonly arises in cases where Mercury had been very much abused; it is not difficult to understand that tne abuse of Mercury should aggravate a phagedsenic chancre very materially. A cure takes place by a separation of the infiltrated parts in the same manner as takes place in a case of simple chancre. A gangrenous chancre may arise both from the simple and in- aurated chancre in consequence of the parts round the ulcer becom- ing considerably infiltrated; the ulcer acquires a sickly color and, together with its surroundings, changes to a scurf which is encom- passed by a considerable serous infiltration. A cure takes place by means of the scurf becoming separated; or, in the opposite case, the disorganizing process spreads, but scarcely ever as far as in a 546 Acute and Chronic Contagious Diseases. case of phagedamic chancre. Death may very readily ensue. It is not always possible to trace the gangrenous change to its true cause. Either directly caused by the primary ulcer, or in company with it, without any definite connection being perceivable, and some- times outlasting the ulcer, we have: The syphilitic bubo, that is, lymphadenitis occasioned by the syphilitic affection. The bubo is seated on the side nearest to the place where the infection was first communicated, more especially in the groin below Poupart's ligament. We distinguish acute and chronic buboes. The acute bubo seldom develops itself in the second to the sixth week after the appearance of the primary ulcer, seldom at an earlier period, and likewise seldom after the cicatrization of the ulcer. It generally breaks out after simple chancre, and is most likely to make its appearance if the chancre is located close to the frenulum. Irritating the ulcer, most likely favors the development of a bubo. At a spot in the bend of the groin, the patient, especially when moving the part briskly, experiences a pain which is very much aggravated during contact, although the inflamed gland can scarcely yet be felt. It generally grows rapidly in size, is very painful and may reach the size of a goose-egg. It adheres to the integuments, hence is not moveable, and the integuments soon show a red color. Suppuration does not take place very rapidly; fluctuation is never perceived over a large surface, because resolution only takes place fragmentarily. The spontaneous breaking of the abscess takes place with much difficulty; after its discharge the truly virulent bubo forms an ulcer with all the characteristics of chancre, the secretion from which is infectious. A bubo very seldom arises from a simple sympathetic irritation of the lymphatic gland. In the latter case, a cure mostly takes place very speedily, whereas in the former case the healing process is very tardy, and the swelling may remain even a long time after the wound is closed. An extension of the inflammatory process to the surrounding cellular tissue, even to the peritonaeum; the formation of fistulous canals and a descen- sion of the pus are not unfrequent occurrences. These bad results generally occur if the bubo is lanced prematurely. We shall reverf to this subject when we come to speak of the treatment of syphilis. There is no difficulty in diagnosing the true nature of a bubo, ex- cept after the chancre is healed without leaving a scar, or if the bubo develops itself without any previous chancre. A characteristic circumstance in the history of a syphilitic bubo is, that it almost always breaks out below Poupart's ligament. Syphilis. 547 The chronic, indolent bubo runs a slow course; it comes on with- out pain and is very obstinate; it is distinguished from an acute bubo by the circumstance that it only occurs in connection with an indurated chancre, and is not, like an acute bubo, confined mostly to one gland, but involves a number of them. The swelling pro- gresses very slowly; a single gland does not attain any considerable size, but from several glands swelling close together, a large, hard, bunchy tumor is formed. Single glands very seldom terminate in suppuration; if this happens, pus forms very slowly, the sides of the abscess are very slack, and a whole gland is transformed into purulent matter. Very seldom the inflammation attacks the sur- rounding parts. Whereas an acute bubo does not justify the conclusion that secondary phenomena will certainly make their appearance, an indolent bubo is almost invariably succeeded by them. A catarrh of the mucous lining of the urethra or vagina does not very frequently accompany the primary ulcer. Chancres in the urethra may run their course without a sign of gonorrhoea, or else the gonorrhoea may be very violent and painful. To account for the latter case, the doctrine has been started that there is a double infection with the chancre as well as the gonorrhoeal virus. This is not necessary to account for the gonorrhoea, for a chancre in the urethra may very readily give rise to extensive urethritis; if it does not, the cause must be the different degrees of irritability of the mucous lining of different individuals. The secretion of a chan- crous gonorrhoea is characterized by a strong, very offensive smell. Condylomata are vegetations of the skin belonging to primary as well as to secondary syphilis, but they may likewise occur in combination with gonorrhoea without chancre. We will devote a few general remarks to them in this place. There are two pretty essentially distinct species of condylomata, the soft, humid condyloma with a broad base, and the acuminated condyloma. Soft condylomata very frequently accompany primary syphilis; secondary syphilis is almost always accompanied by them. They are seated on the integuments of the sexual organs, on the glans, thighs, scrotum, in the intergluteal fold, on the external pudendum and in the vagina, in general in localities where two folds of integ- ument are exposed to frequent frictions against each other. They are flat risings, very little or not at all injected, covered by a very thin epidermis, very soft to the feel, and moistened with a scanty, 548 Acute and Chronic Contagious Diseases. muco-purulent, and most generally disagreeably smelling secretion. By growing the isolated condylomata may unite and rise to a con- siderable height. The exulcerations and the deep rhagades on their surface impart to the skin that covers them a peculiar ulcerated and split appearance, which is most strikingly noticed at the anus. The period when these vegetations break out, differs a good deal; they come most speedily with an indurated chancre, more par- ticularly, if the primary ulcer is accompanied by profuse blen- norrhoea. Acuminated condylomata occur less frequently as accompaniments of chancre, more commonly as accompaniments of gonorrhoea ; they grow more especially on places that are continually bathed by the poisonous secretion, hence in the same localities where the soft con- dylomata are chiefly seated, principally on the glans and prepuce, in the female urethra, and at the entrance of the vagina. Their presence does not always imply the existence of a general infection. As a rule, they have a cauliflower-shaped appearance, are covered with a hard epidermis, are seated on a narrow base, are sometimes pedunculate or, in consequence of being flattened by a pressure on both sides, have a cock's-comb shaped appearance. They often show a great tendency to grow like fungi, in which case they exhibit considerable vascularity; they may reach the size of a man's hand. If they are seated between the glans and prepuce, and of sufficient size, they may cause a great deal of suffering in consequence of being pressed upon and pulled at. They never suppurate, nor are they ever fissured, except by the action of direct force. When healing, they sometimes disappear quite suddenly, sometimes decline gradually. b. Secondary Syphilis. The phenomena of secondary or constitutional syphilis are all confined to the external skin, the mucous membrane and the higher organs of sense. They succeed the primary ulcer at different periods, very seldom, however, before the sixth week and after the sixth month. They are generally preceded by a period of rest or latent condition, but it likewise not unfrequently happens that secondary syphilis breaks out while the primary phenomena are still running their course. The mercurial treatment of primary syphilis is said to exert a modifying influence over secondary phe- nomena ; whether for the patient's weal or woe, is a question that will be more fully examined by and by. Secondary syphilitic affec- Syphilis. 549 tions do not yield infectious matter. It almost always happens that an indurated chancre superinduces secondary phenomena, whereas a simple, soft chancre may run its course without any such result. Most observers maintain that secondary syphilis never gets well entirely, but that, on the other hand, it is a protection against con- stitutional symptoms. It is conceivable that these two conditions may coexist, but not one alone without the other. We have seen secondary phenomena break out more than once on the same person after repeated infectious intercourse; the phenomena following the last infection were undoubtedly milder, and lasted less long than the phenomena, succeeding the first attack. Constitutional syphilis is not unfrequently ushered in by vague constitutional symptoms which sometimes exist during the whole period that the disease exists in a latent state. These symptoms are : lassitude, ill-humor, vague rheumatoid pains, backache, pains in the throat, slight transitory febrile motions. Such symptoms are generally so vague and trivial that the patient does not consider it worth his while to complain of them. Cutaneous affections occur in all the different forms that char- acterize such diseases; they are distinguished by one reliable diag- nostic, namely the peculiar copper-color of the hypersemia by which they are accompanied. The form of the exanthemata is a less reliable indication of their syphilitic origin. They generally repre- sent circular or curvilenear figures always of the same style, espe- cially the squamous exanthemata. Finally secondary exanthems reveal a tolerably constant predilection for certain localities on the surface of the body, more particularly for the hairy scalp, the frontal and nasal regions, the nape of the neck, the volar surface of the hand, the region around the sexual parts, the lower extrem- ities and the soles of the feet. The most frequent exanthems are: Syphilitic roseola, generally constituting the first stage of consti- tutional syphilis. It consists of small, rounded, bright-red spots which rarely run together, and are scattered about irregularly; they are immediately preceded by the above-mentioned symptoms of constitutional malaise. After the spots have been out a good while, they assume a yellowish, and soon after a copper-colored tinge which does not yield under the pressure of the finger. The spots break out in different crops, hence are present in various stages of development, which is an important diagnostic. They never itch. In syphilitic psoriasis the scales form upon a very dark base; they 550 Acute and Chronic Contagious Diseases. are thin, nor are they massed on top of each other in thick layers; different from non-syphilitic psoriasis, it spares the elbows and knees, and is most fully developed in the palms of the hands, and on the soles of the feet. Under the scales the skin is considerably infiltrated, hard and callous, and superficially fissured. The other forms, lichen, impetigo, acne, ecthyma, rupia, pemphigus, have no peculiar features except the copper-redness. Exanthematic tubercles constitute one of the more frequent and, at all events, more malignant cutaneous affections, since they evince a marked disposi- tion to purulent dissolution, and to ulceration. They always exhibit an intensely red color, and break out chiefly on the forehead as the Corona veneris. They give rise to the syphilitic lupus. They usually form definite, most commonly circular clusters; the ulcers arising from them retain the same arrangement. However, they have a very different significance from real lupus, and very seldom involve any considerable loss of substance. Their place is really among the tertiary phenomena; they have been mentioned here simply for the sake of brevity. The syphilitic exanthemata in one form or another generally exist throughout the whole course of secondary or tertiary syphilis, very often constituting the only symptom of the continued presence of the disease. This applies more particularly to acne syphilitica, and to the impetigo of the lower extremities, also to the psoriasis in the palms of the hands ; the two last-named exanthems are very frequently associated with considerable callosities in the skin. The hair very frequently becomes diseased, but not as a rule. It is certainly a mistake to suppose that the baldness of syphilitic individuals is always a consequence of mercurial abuse; we have seen this baldness occur in two cases where no Mercury had been taken. What is certain, however, is that after mercurial abuse the hair either does not at all grow again, or only Very imperfectly. What causes the falling out of the hair, cannot well be explained, since the scalp not unfrequently has a perfectly normal appearance. The affections of the mucous membranes are mostly seated in the lining membrane of the mouth and nose, less frequently of the larynx, and still less frequently of the rectum. In the mouth their favorite locality are the tonsils and the velum palati, and the region immediately back of the last molar tooth. Here a deep-colored hypersemia is generally noticed simultaneously with the appearance of the roseola, attended with stinging pain and a difficulty of swal- lowing as after a cold, which, be it remarked incidentally, fre- Syphilis. 551 quently excites the hypersemia. This hyperaemia either remains, or else, it disappears for a short period to return again so much more intensely, until finally ulcers break out, having all the appear- ance of primary chancres. These ulcers may remain unchanged for a long time; sometimes they are very flat, causing very little trouble. In other cases they show a great tendency to spread to the nose and to the posterior wall of the pharynx and larynx. In such a case they may remain superficial, or else, penetrate even to the cartilages and bones. From the losses of substance thus occa- sioned, and likewise from the contracting cicatrices caused by the healing of the ulcers, great inconveniences may arise. The ulcers of the Schneiderian membrane are most commonly revealed by a fetid, puriform, sanguinolent discharge. Syphilitic iritis is a phenomenon that cannot be accounted for. It occurs very frequently, and sometimes runs such a mild course, that it is entirely overlooked and is only recognized by its conse- quences. It only sets in after the appearance of the exanthems, never at the commencement of the secondary phenomena, and there is an evident connection between the iritis and the cutaneous affec- tions; the more intense and extensive these affections, the more certainly we may expect the supervention of iritis. It most gener- ally affects only one eye, very seldom both eyes together, sometimes one after the other. The iritis sets in with violent pains in the globe of the eye; these are scarcely ever absent and exacerbate at night, attended with more or less disturbance of the visual func- tions and severe illusions of light. The color of the iris seems changed, the organ looks specked, the pupil is all but immovable, angular or ovoid, the anterior chamber looks dim as if filled with pus, sometimes slightly and at other times more strikingly. Occa- sionally small excrescences are noticed at the border, or dark points on the surface of the pupils. This affection generally runs a chronic course, and is less painful in such a case; if the affection is very acute, it is attended with frightful pains, in which case the eye is apt to be destroyed. A complete cure without any disturbing rem- nants of disease, can scarcely ever be expected. c. Tertiary Syphilis. Under this collective appellation various alterations are compre- hended involving a number of organs and being principally located in the osseous system. Sometimes they set in very soon after the 552 Acute and Chronic Contagious Diseases. appearance of the secondary symptoms, ordinarily, however, after the lapse of years. During the development of these tertiary symp- toms the secondary phenomena do not disappear, but generally accompany the former in a greater or less degree of intensity. We cannot here undertake to examine the question whether tertiary syphilis is caused by a gradual spread of the infection, or whether it is indebted for its existence exclusively to the use of Mercury. This question it is certainly very difficult to decide in last resort. We are most assuredly of the opinion that tertiary symptoms only set in in consequence of the improper use of Mercury; our reason is that we are not acquainted with a single case of syphilis where tertiary symptoms showed themselves under homoeopathic manage- ment. If, in reply to this statement, the objection should be raised that under homoeopathic treatment syphilis is cured more rapidly, we are perfectly willing to throw in tertiary syphilis, for the supe- rior value of our treatment would not be invalidated by such an admission. The various affections that will be enumerated in the following paragraphs, have the peculiar characteristic of either tending to the purulent metamorphosis and consequent destruction of the affected parts, or causing atrophy of the affected organs by the formation of adventitious areolar tissue. Diseases of the bones and periosteum most commonly involve the skull, and facial bones, the bones of the lower extremities, and more particularly such bones as are not provided with a thick muscular covering, such as the sternum, ribs, etc. The disease sets in with horrid pains which have the peculiarity of exacerbating at night with terrible fierceness (dolores osteocopi). The pains sometimes precede the objective symptoms for some time. At the painful spot tumors are seen, which seem to be super-imposed on the bone and are of two kinds. Some constitute elastic-doughy, soft, flat swell- ings, called gummata; they contain a tenacious fluid, and either disappear again gradually, or else, become transformed into ab- scesses. The other class, called tophi, are infiltrations beneath the periosteum, having all the hardness of exostoses. If these tumors do not slowly disappear, they may become real exostoses; they suppurate only in a few cases. The substance of the bones itself is much less frequently the primary seat of inflammation, but is very apt to be invaded by secondary inflammation occasioned by the suppuration of the above-described swellings. It is more partic- ularly in the bones of the nose and face that the disease develops malignant consequences. These bones are destroyed to a greater or Syphilis. 553 less extent, in consequence of which the face becomes horridly dis- figured. If the affection is located on the inner surface of the skull, the brain is exposed to great danger, partly in consequence of the pressure exerted upon the brain, and partly in consequence of the probable or at least possible extension of the disease to the meningeal membranes. Gummata are not exclusively seated on the bones, but likewise occur in the interstitial areolar tissue of muscles; various peculiar tertiary affections of special organs seem likewise to be traceable to the existence of gummata. Syphilitic sarcocele occurs pretty frequently; it generally attacks only one testicle, very rarely both at the same time, sometimes one after the other. It is seated in the substance of the testicle itself, without attacking the epidydimis. Its development takes place slowly and without pain; the testicle may gradually enlarge to the size of a goose-egg, becomes indurated and unequal on its surface. The termination in suppuration is a rare occurrence, and most probably owing to bad management. A retrograde metamorphosis takes place very slowly, and in a majority of the cases the inter- stitial infiltration leads to subsequent and sometimes extensive atrophy of the substance of the testicle. Among the viscera of the trunk the liver is first attacked by an inflammatory process that is exceedingly chronic and sometimes remains latent; as in the testicle so in the liver, this process may result in a contracting cica- trix, and consequent atrophy and callous degeneration of the sub- stance of the liver. For the spleen, heart, lungs and kidneys we have no forms of disease to which a syphilitic origin might be attributed with positive certainty. The contraction of the biceps muscle without paralysis, or with diminution but not entire suspension of its functions, is almost always a symptom of tertiary syphilis, whereas, if other muscles are similarly affected, a syphilitic origin is more questionable. Upon the general organism tertiary syphilis exerts without ex- ception a most deleterious effect, either in consequence of the dis- turbances resulting from the above-mentioned processes, or in a more direct manner. A very common consequence is a deep melan- choly and hypochondria occasioned by depressing reflections con- cerning the obstinacy of the disease, and afterwards leading to the most intense derangements of the digestive functions. This result is most apt to take place in the course of sarcocele. Finally all these various complications and disturbances may lead to complete 554 Acute and Chronic Contagious Diseases. cachexia which, however, is not distinguished by any particular features. In reviewing the pathological process of syphilis in its totality we have to offer a few suggestions that are not unessential in a therapeutic point of view; we shall avoid, however, all hypothet- ical propositions, so much more as a good many points in syphilis still require further examination. In our previous statements we have chiefly adhered to the views of Old School practitioners, with a view of presenting an uniform picture of the disease. Inasmuch, however, as the treatment of syphilis must necessarily exert a greatly modifying influence over the form of its manifestations, it behooves us now to review the changes taking place under homce- opathic management. The total course of syphilis is the more rapid, the more vigorous and healthy the affected individual otherwise is; its course is the more tardy, or inclines to chronic and dangerous developments the more, the more debilitated the constitution of the diseased person. In view of this general proposition it is undeniable that under the treatment with large doses of Mercury, the course of syphilis is not only much retarded, but is likewise more easliy forced into abnormal deviations. The treatment of syphilis with large doses of Mercury keeps the syphilis latent for a longer period, and by this means prolongs its course. A complete cure takes place so much more speedily, the more speedily the secondary symptoms manifest themselves, for they have to be regarded as curative efforts of the organism. The greater the number of single chancres that break out on an indi- vidual, the more intense the cutaneous exanthems, the more speed- ily will a complete cure be effected. Whether there is a secondary syphilis, is a fact susceptible of demonstration; but it is not so easy to decide what symptoms or modifications of secondary syphilis have to be charged to the action of Mercury. In this respect the judgment of Homoeopathy is more reliable than that of any other method of treatment. From the stand-point of Homoeopathy we assert that the spots and papulae, the intense hyperaemia of the mucous lining of the fauces, the superficial ulcers of the fauces, and the condylomata are purely syphilitic; that, on the contrary, the impetigo, the scaly and more particularly the tubercular exanthems, the ulcerations of the fauces and nose, and likewise those of the larynx, are unquestionably due to the treatment. Iritis is likewise a syphilitic phenomenon. The Syphilis. 555 whole series of phenomena that are designated as tertiary, is un- doubtedly the result of Mercury, not syphilis. If syphilis is treated homoeopathically from the commencement, and every objective symptom has disappeared under this treatment, it is safe to assume that the disease is completely cured, provided no new symptom breaks out in the space of five or six months. Under the old-fashioned mercurial treatment new symptoms may break out even after the lapse of years. It is not fair to infer that these mercurial symptoms are purely and simply the result of mer- curial poisoning, for Mercury does not produce such effects when employed in other diseases; the truth seems to be that it is from the union of mercurial and syphilitic action that these phenomena result. The case is precisely similar to that of intermittent fever cured with massive doses of Quinine; the cure is simply apparent and altogether temporary. Hence the total course of syphilis under homoeopathic treatment is altogether different from what it is, when the treatment is con- ducted in accordance with the principles of the Old School. If we have availed ourselves of the course of syphilis under Old school treatment for the purpose of presenting a full picture of the disease, it is because homoeopaths are but too often applied to for treatment by syphilitic persons who had been poisoned with Mercury. Under homoeopathic treatment the course of syphilis is about as follows: The soft chancre heals between six or ten weeks, most generally by multiplying considerably ; it is scarcely ever followed by secondary phenomena. The indurated chancre heals between nine to fifteen weeks, during which period the infiltration disappears; it is gen- erally succeeded by secondary symptoms, but they break out while the chancre is still existing, and heal completely between two to four months. An acute bubo breaks only exceptionally, generally it retrogrades without any subsequent secondary symptoms, and is finally completely reabsorbed without leaving any particular infil- tration. We have observed this course in the case of buboes that had already reached the size of a hen's egg, with intense redness of the integuments and distinctly-perceptible fluctuation. So far we have never treated a case of syphilis where, after a complete dis- appearance of all the symptoms, syphilitic phenomena again showed themselves at a subsequent period. In conclusion we must not omit to state that in Schneider's treatise, entitled: " Syphilis and the methods of curing it," Leipsic, 1861, we possess a valuable work, where the pathological as well as 556 Acute and Chronic Contagious Diseases. therapeutical views concerning syphilis, are subjected to a lucid and exhaustive criticism. We here call attention to this work for the benefit of those who desire to become acquainted with the different methods of treating syphilis, and which we have not space to dwell upon more fully. Treatment. The only remedy for all the uncomplicated forms of syphilis is Mercury. Every homoeopath accepts this proposition the practical value of which has been verified in a large number of cases, as correct. Simple syphilis whose course we have indicated above, requires for its complete cure nothing but Mercury; but syphilis as manifested in the various forms, a description of which has been given in previous paragraphs, requires for its cure a num- ber of other remedies in almost every case. With a view of sim- plifying the presentation of our subject, we will describe the treat- ment of the above-mentioned single forms in successive order. The simple soft chancre heals in the time indicated, seldom within three weeks, under the exclusive use of Mercurius solubilis: If practitioners entertain different views concerning the dose, it is probably because no adequate allowance has been made for the course which syphilis takes; moreover, there is no doubt that one individual requires a larger, and another a smaller dose. In our practice we are in the habit of employing triturations, although many physicians profess to have effected cures with the sixth and even higher attenuations ; we never give more than one dose 'a day, of one grain each, second or third trituration. Under this treatment the chancre never shows an immediate tendency to heal, but it increases in size, three, four or even eight new chancres break out, all of which heal within ten weeks at the latest, leaving a scarcely perceptible cicatrix. Hence the appearance of new chan- cres should never deceive us ; on the contrary, it is a favorable sign, since secondary phenomena scarcely ever break, out in such a case. For the last three years we have likewise applied the second tritu- ration of Mercurius solubilis externally, dusting the ulcer with it every day by means of a little camel's-hair pencil. This proceeding seems to hasten the cure; the ulcer becomes a little raised, after which the cleansing takes place very rapidly. As soon as this change is beginning to set in, we discontinue the local application, and now give a higher attenuation less frequently, continuing it even for two or three weeks after the cicatrization of the chancre. The inflammation of the prepuce is less important than it might seem; an operation need only to be resorted to, if the glans is too much Syphilis, 557 constricted by an existing' paraphimosis. However, since the cir- cumstance that the cut surfaces are apt to become chancrous, does not involve any danger, and phimosis may cause a good deal of distress, our advice is to slit the prepuce whenever it becomes in- flamed and swollen. In order to protect the chancre from all un- necessary friction, and at the same time prevent an adhesion between the prepuce and glans-an event of very rare occurrence-we cover the chancre with a thin layer of lint. The indurated chancre likewise requires Mercurius solubilis ; this preparation is, however, insufficient in very many cases; under its use the disease runs too protracted a course. However, inasmuch as we cannot fix a normal period for the curative action of Mercury, we should not lose our patience too readily. It is unnecessary to give larger doses than in a case of simple chancre; a dose need not be given more frequently than every other day. In these cases the local application of the remedy has seemed to us of decided benefit. Whether some other mercurial preparation is indicated, had better be determined by the nature of the consecutive phenomena. If an indolent bubo forms, we advise the use of the red Precipitate. For soft, flat condylomata we prefer Corrosive Sublimate, a weak solution of which we likewise apply externally. We have never yet found it necessary to give stronger doses of either of these two remedies than one grain of the second trituration a day, nor have we ever had to deplore the supervention of medicinal symptoms after either medicine. [We once prescribed half grain doses of the red precipi- tate, first decimal trituration for several Hunterian chancres on the labia majora ; the disease was speedily cured, but a horrid salivation broke out, which it took a week to subdue. H.] Condylomata most generally last longer than chancre, but very seldom longer than the induration. Indolent buboes always disappear very slowly. In order not to be led by our impatience to the commission of mis- takes, we should always remember that a rapid cure is only prefer- able to a tardy one, if it is at the same time safe; but that in an opposite case the latter is decidedly preferable. Syphilis can never be cured rapidly. If we are called upon to treat an indurated chancre after it had already been for a long time treated with large doses of Mercury, it is decidedly proper not to give any more Mer- cury even for three weeks, and to substitute Nitric acid instead. By pursuing this course we obtain so much more certainly an un- contaminated picture of the syphilitic disease, nor need we dread its progress near as much as the insidious development of a syphi- 558 Acute and Chronic Contagious Diseases. litico-mercurial monster. Several physicians recommend for indur- ated chancre the Iodide of Mercury, and likewise Cinnabaris. It is very likely that these two remedies act well in this form of chancre; we have never yet employed them for the reason that we have always got along wTith the remedies above mentioned. As we have stated previously, phagedfenic chancre is determined by peculiar constitutional tendencies. It does not bear large doses of Mercury ; if this is to be used, it has to be employed with great caution. The best mercurial preparations for this chancre are Corrosive Sublimate and the red Precipitate. Upon the whole, how- ever, Acidum nitricum or muriaticum had better be substituted for Mercury until the ulcer spreads no longer, and the bottom of the ulcer becomes cleansed. In very bad cases Arsenicum is said to have had a good effect. A gangrenous chancre should never be treated with Mercury until the gangrened parts have sloughed off and provided the re- maining ulcer still shows the characteristic properties of chancre, which is not usually the case. Arsenicum is the only remedy capa- ble of arresting the gangrenous destruction. It is a well known fact that this form of chancre is scarcely ever followed by second- ary syphilis; hence the apprehension of secondary symptoms need never suggest a resort to Mercury. An acute bubo does not require any other treatment than that of the simple chancre from which it had proceeded. Under the use of Mercury it generally runs its course without suppuration, and even, if pus has already been deposited, it is very often reabsorbed. Acidum nitricum, He par sulphuris calc., the red Precipitate and Carbo animalis have likewise been recommended for buboes. Except Hepar, we cannot recommend a single one of these remedies as superior to Mercurius sol.; Hepar can only prove useful after the suppurative process has become fully established. Hepar is like- wise indicated if, after the evacuation of the pus, or after a partial retrograde metamorphosis, the gland still remains for some time hard and swollen. Sulphur may likewise have to be employed in such circumstances, provided of course that no secondary phenom- ena have broken out. An indolent bubo which is almost always a sure sign of so-called constitutional syphilis, never disappears rapidly; hence remedies ought not to be changed too rapidly. In such a case the Iodide of Mercury is decidedly appropriate and sufficient, unless the affec- Syphilis. 559 tions of the skin and mucous membrane which may be beginning to make their appearance, should require another remedy. Gonorrhoea occasioned by chancre in the urethra, does not require any special remedies; Merc, solubilis cures the gonorrhoea at the same time as it heals the chancre. For condylomata, Thuya is not a sovereign remedy; this fact is now established beyond a doubt by abundant experience. It is an excellent remedy for the acuminated, dry condylomata, but seems to have very little, if any, effect upon the soft condylomata, either ■when used internally or externally. In our opinion, these soft con- dylomata do not always require any particular medication. If they break out in company with a simple chancre, they generally dis- appear soon after the chancre is healed, and it is good policy, as long as the condylomata last, to continue the Mercury in smaller and less frequent doses. If they accompany an indurated chancre, they remain for a long time even after the latter is cured, for the reason that they constitute a sign of the more intense and more universal infection. But even in such a case we do not advise any special treatment on their account, because the other constitutional symptoms are much more important. What is certain, however, is that as long as condylomata are present that had come out after a chancre, the syphilitic disease is not cured. If they constitute the only manifestation of the disease, we advise both the internal and external use of Corrosive Sublienate. We have no personal experience to offer concerning Nitri acid., Cinnabaris, Sabina, Staphysagria. {Tartar emetic, internally as well as externally, is an admirable remedy for soft or mucous tubercles. II.] Among the secondary symptoms we first notice the exanthems. They are best managed with the more intensely acting mercurial preparations, Corrosive Sublimate, red and white Precipitate, and, according to our own very satisfactory experience, with our Mer- curius vivus which, it seems to us, is not sufficiently appreciated. The violent action of the Napolitan ointment shows that quicksilver acts more rapidly, and even energetically, than most other mercurial preparations; we have found this statement corroborated in a num- ber of cases. Of course not the first, but the third trituration has to be used. It is, moreover, certain that Mercurius vivus causes exanthematic phenomena more certainly and specifically than any other mercurial preparation. For this reason we cannot recommend Mercurius vivus with sufficient emphasis for experimental trials, so much more since it likewise corresponds so perfectly with the 560 Acute and Chronic Contagious Diseases. hyporaemia and ulceration of the mucous lining of the fauces. For the above-described uncomplicated affections of the skin and mucous lining, the remedies which we have pointed out will be found suf ficient; however, a marked increase of the cutaneous efflorescences must not be regarded as a bad sign, for the more rapidly and numerously they break out, the more speedily and thoroughly they will be cured. The falling off of the hair is very often remedied by Ilepar. Iritis cannot well be treated without Mercury; but it has to be used cautiously; Corrosive Sublimate is the best mercurial prepara- tion for this disease and the most efficient remedy to avert all im- mediate danger. After the Sublimate, the remaining symptoms are most effectually controlled by means of Clematis ; we have cured two cases of iritis with this drug alone, although the pupil was already considerably distorted. The next syphilitic forms which we shall describe, are a mixture of syphilis and mercurial poisoning, or, which is likewise possible, of syphilis and constitutional anomalies. The treatment of these forms is therefore very different, sometimes exceedingly difficult and always very tedious. It is of great importance that, even in regard to the forms that we have just described, we should know how much Mercury had been used in treating them; this knowl- edge is indispensable if we are called upon to treat mercurio-syphi- litic combinations. We again call to mind a chief rule which is applicable to all these cases, namely: that a curative result must not be expected too impatiently, and that we had better commence the treatment with some indifferent substance, which will afford us time to decide upon the course of treatment that ought to be pursued. We would tender this advice to all those who fancy that a syphilitic patient cannot pass a day without suffering for the want of medicine. Drenching the patient with quantities of medi- cine is sufficiently destructive in the hands of Old School practi- tioners, it is likewise hurtful in homoeopathic hands, were it only because such a treatment obscures the curative results obtained with our remedies. And we again suggest with all proper emphasis that the cutaneous efflorescences and most other syphilitic phe- nomena are curative endeavors that ought to be sustained rather than prematurely suppressed. The remedies which homoeopaths employ to combat the mixed forms of syphilis and mercurial poisoning, and whose value has been ascertained by clinical experience, are: Mercurius bijodatus, Kali Syphilis. 561 hydriodmum, Hepar sulphuris calc., Sulphur, Aurum muriaticum and metallicum, Kali bichromicum, Acidum nitricum, Sarsaparilla, Lyco- podium. To undertake to give special indications for every single remedy would be a vain endeavor. In reality we have to be guided by clinical experience, without being able to act in full accord with the law of similarity. We shall rarely be able to effect a cure with any single one of these remedies; most commonly frequent changes will be found indispensable. For this reason we con- fine ourselves to giving the most necessary rules in the subjoined paragraphs. Syphilitic exanthems, with the exception of roseola, scarcely ever require any Mercury; it is only if the improvement is tardy, or does not seem disposed to set in, and if we are certain that the patient had not yet been poisoned with this drug, that a few doses of Mercury can sometimes be given while the treatment is mainly conducted with some other leading remedy. Psoriasis yields most promptly to Sulphur, Nitri acidum, and, according to some, to Sar- saparilla and Lycopodium. The pustulous forms require the Iodide of Mercury, Nitric acid, the Hydriodate and Bichromate of Potash. Syphilitic pemphigus requires: Ilepar sulphuris calc., Sulphur, likewise Graphites. Tuberculous exanthems: Aurum metallicum, Acidum nitricum, and likewise Graphites ; Lycopodium may likewise be appropiate. The ulcers on the mucous lining are of a mercurial character, if they are deeply-penetrating and affect the bones; we have to avoid Mercury in treating them, and only resort to it, if we are satisfied that no improvement can be achieved by any other means. In such cases the red and white Precipitates are preferable to all other mer- curial preparations. For ulcers in the mouth Kali hydriod. may be given alternately with Kali bichromicum ; for ozsena, if the bones are yet intact, Kali hydriod. may be prescribed, and if the bones are invaded, Aurum muriaticum. If the patient had previously taken a good deal of Mercury, Acidum nitricum may be given every now and then for a few days at a time. Laryngitis requires above any other remedy liepar sulphuris, moreover Iodine and the Bichromate of Potash, and according to Hartmann, Lycopodium. The tertiary phenomena require throughout a cautious, but con- tinued use of the Iodide of Potassium. It is only for single forms that other remedies are required, Aurum, for instance, for syphilitic lupus, for caries of the facial bones, the suppurating tophi, and 562 Acute and Chronic Contagious Diseases. finally for sarcocele. Sulphur scarcely ever produces marked results in tertiary syphilis, nor does Hepar sulphuris. On the other hand, the lodine-springs of Hall deserve high praise; the water from these springs is the mildest and at the same time most penetrating form in which Iodine can be administered. It remains for us now to make a few remarks concerning the diet of syphilitic patients. In this respect opinions differ even among homoeopathic physicians to such an extent that they sometimes are in direct antagonism to each other. We have found the following rules uniformly substantiated by our own experience. Syphilitic patients should never be deprived of a sufficient supply of simple and nourishing food; they should not be allowed to eat to excess, nor should they indulge in fat and spiced articles of diet, spirits, heavy beer; light wines do not hurt; a beverage composed of wine and water may safely be permitted. The patient should be allowed to enjoy fresh air, but should avoid violent exertions, long walks, dancing, etc., until the chancre is healed. These rules are based upon the observation that, if the bodily strength is well preserved, the syphilitic disease runs through its different phases more rapidly; it is moreover a general principle in therapeutic science that the reactive, energy of the organism should never be voluntarily depressed in any disease. Mercurial poisoning does not require a deviation from this principle, for it is in debilitated individuals that Mercury causes the most terrible devastation. Of great importance in protracted cases of syphilis is careful attention to the skin which is undoubtedly the most important organ for all critical endeavors of the organism. This is the reason why inveterate secondary and tertiary syphilis improves so rapidly under a rationally and method- ically conducted cold-water treatment which should always be resorted to in such cases. Sulphur-baths are much less effectual; they may afford relief, if the patient is attacked with severe rheu- matic pains; otherwise they have no other effect than to increase the sensitiveness of the skin to atmospheric influences. B. EPIDEMIC AND ENDEMIC INFECTIOUS DISEASES. Intermittent fever is now almost universally traced to the influ- ence of malaria; any other origin of this fever is denied. What malaria is, and whence it arises, is either entirely unknown, or else our knowledge of malaria is very uncertain. Where a quantity of vegetable matter is exposed to rapid decay, intermittent fevers are a very common occurrence, and they are the more intense the more rapidly the process of putrefaction takes place, consequently their intensity is greatest in very hot weather. We should be led too far, if we were to dwell more particularly upon the nature of malaria, and we omit this so much more readily as no advantage accrues to the treatment from such speculations. It is well, how- ever, that our attention should be kept fixed on one point, namely the decaying vegetation ; for this will remind us of the prophylactic measures that it may be necessary to take. Where malaria prevails, intermittent fever is endemic. But this fever likewise breaks out in a more or less epidemic form, when it invades malarious districts with great violence, or when it visits regions that are generally free from intermittent fever, in a mild form, and does not spread over a large extent of country. Whether epidemics of this kind likewise owe their origin to malarious miasms that had been wafted over from their original locality, is questionable, for, after all, it is diffi- cult to understand why in one year the infectious matter should be carried upon the wings of the wind, and not in another year. Nor are such epidemics confined to certain atmospheric relations. What is remarkable is that such fever-and-ague epidemics are very apt to precede epidemic cholera. Where intermittent fever is an entirely sporadic disease, its origin is still more obscure, as is the case among us, for instance, in the city of Hanover. A special disposition to the disease is determined by age only in so far that middle-aged, robust individuals are more exposed to the exciting causes of the fever. In infancy intermittent fever is a comparatively rare disease. Tuberculosis is an almost certain guarantee against intermittent fever. 1. Infermittent Fever, Fever and Ague. 563 564 Epidemic and Endemic Infectious Diseases. As regards the seasons, the disease occurs most frequently when the decay of vegetable matter is going on most extensively, namely in the months of April, May and June, in hot summers with copious showers of rain, likewise in very warm fall-months. Fever and ague is least prevalent during the winter-months, in very cold weather and likewise in very warm, dry weather. Predisposing causes of fever and ague are: errors in diet, catarrh of the digestive tract, colds, working all the time in wet places. This last-mentioned circumstance is the reason why brickmakers are so readily attacked with fever and ague, even if the locality where they work is situated on high ground. One attack of fever and ague undoubtedly increases the disposi- tion to have a second one; persons who move from perfectly healthy into malarious districts are likewise attacked much more readily, whereas a protracted sojourn in a malarious district diminishes the susceptibility to the malarious miasm. To picture intermittent fever as it really exists, is a difficult undertaking; in the first place, the disease of itself varies greatly in its manifestations; and in the next place the fever is greatly modified by the employment of remedial agents. Inasmuch as these deviations from the normal form will have to be mentioned more particularly when we come to speak of the remedies for this fever, we here confine ourselves to a short description of the most essen- tial modifications. Uncomplicated, genuine intermittent fever is characterized by paroxysms of chill, heat and sweat, returning at regular intervals and separated from each other by a more or less complete apyrexia. The first paroxysm is very generally preceded by a more or less distinct preliminary stage lasting at times a day, at other times a week and even longer, and not presenting any phenomena that definitely point to intermittent fever. In sporadic cases especially, a gastro-intestinal catarrh with slight remittent fever is very apt to run into fever and ague. The paroxysm is very frequently ushered in with a feeling of malaise, stretching and yawning, drawing pains in the extremities ; these symptoms are soon succeeded by chills down the spine, and by a feeling of coldness in the extremities and whole body, attended with shaking of the body and chattering of the teeth. On the parts of the body most remote from the heart, the skin generally loses its turgescence, its temperature falls quite considerably, its color is bluish and as if dead. On the other hand, the temperature in the Intermittent Fever. 565 axillae as well as in the mouth is considerably higher. The chill is very generally accompanied by violent headache and a distressing thirst, and, if any food had been introduced into the stomach shortly before the paroxysm, it is ejected when the chill sets in. The chill seldom lasts less than half an hour, nor more than three hours. The pulse is small and contracted, the urine has not much color, the spleen is somewhat enlarged. The second or hot stage never sets in all at once; the chill abates gradually and is interrupted by local flashes of heat, until the heat finally becomes permanent and general. With the heat, the tur- gescence of the skin likewise returns, the temperature gradually increases to a considerable height, sometimes over 100° F., and the pulse becomes full and bounding. The headache, restlessness and thirst increase considerably, delirium is not unfrequent, the color of the face changes to a bright-red. The enlargement of the spleen continues during this stage which seldom lasts less than two to three, but frequently upwards of six or eight hours. The sweaty stage likewise sets in gradually; perspiration first breaks out on some parts and gradually covers the whole body. At the same time the temperature sinks rapidly, according to Wunder- lich, in regular stages, and a feeling of comfort is soon restored to the patient. As a rule, the urine at this stage is strongly saturated with urates. The sweat lasts from one to six and even ten hours ; the apyrexia commences as soon as the sweat ceases. This period which is of the utmost importance to a homoeopathic practitioner, always shows some, although sometimes very trifling morbid symp- toms which differ in different individuals. Fever-and-ague, in its uncomplicated form, generally follows the tertian type; in other words, forty-eight hours elapse between two successive paroxysms. If the intensity of the fever remains the same, the paroxysms generally return at the same period. In pro- portion as the disease decreases in intensity, the next paroxysm always sets in at a somewhat earlier period, and in a less degree of intensity; it is much less frequently the case for the paroxysm to set in with less force and at a later period. If the paroxysm sets in sooner and with more violence, a transformation of the tertian into the quotidian type may be expected; a change of this kind almost always takes place, if the fever lasts a good while. At the same time the affection shows a higher degree of intensity and obstinacy. The quartan type, that is, the return of the paroxysms at intervals of seventy-two hours, only sets in after the disease has 566 Epidemic and Endemic Infectious Diseases. lasted for a long time, at times developing itself directly from the tertian type, while the paroxysms postpone, and at other times from the quotidian fever. This quartan type implies the highest degree of tenacity in the disease. The other types, double-tertian, sub-tertian, and whatever their names may be, occur too seldom to deserve special mention. It is difficult to say what constitutes the normal course of inter- mittent fever, for the reason that it is always modified by treat- ment. The following may be regarded as tolerably fixed: In a favorable case the paroxysms scarcely ever cease suddenly; they decrease gradually both in intensity and duration, and are apt to discontinue entirely at the end of seven days, the apyrexia being more and more prolonged and gradually becoming permanent. In unfavorable cases, either under the influence of improper manage- ment or under the continued action of the malarial poison, but never, or at least very seldom, under homoeopathic treatment, we have a gradual development of the so-called malarial cachexia which we shall dwell upon more fully after having previously described a few deviations from the normal type. Upon the whole, these anomalies occur very seldom at the com- mencement of the malarious infection, but they become the more frequent, the more the disease approximates to a malarial cachexia. One of the three stages may be entirely wanting, or, if it exists, it may be scarcely perceptible. It is generally the chill and sweaty stage that remain suppressed, the hot stage is almost always present. Some of the stages, more particularly the heat and the sweaty stage, may be separated by an apparent apyrexia of a few hours' dura- tion. Among children, convulsions are not unusual in the first two stages, but they are not of a dangerous import, except when violent and long-lasting. An intermittent fever of long duration and under the continued action of malaria, changes to the remittent type; this circumstance, however, points without an exception to mala- rial cachexia. In simple intermittent fever, the spleen never en- larges to any very great extent. One of the characteristic effects of malaria is intermittent neural- gia ; the paroxysms set in with all the typical regularity of fever- and-ague paroxysms, but without any marked febrile symptoms. During these attacks, the temperature of the body is generally considerably higher than usual. [There are other intermittent paroxysms which take the place of fever and ague and may be regarded as masked forms of the intermittent disease. Some of the Intermittent Fever. 567 more common forms of masked fever arid ague are: Intermittent neuralgia, dysentery, pneumonia, articular rheumatism. We have never been able to get along in the treatment of these masked forms of fever and ague without Quinine ; it is not necessary to give large doses, but Quinine is indispensable. II.] The most important anomaly is the intermittens perniciosa or comitata. Most commonly intermittent fever adopts this form in the subsequent course of the disease, very seldom at the beginning. Intermittens perniciosa is a form of fever where a simple increase of the ordinary symptoms becomes dangerous to life. This malig- nant increase often takes place in the first stage, more particularly in the case of children, but more commonly during the hot stage; the danger arises either from the brain being paralyzed, or else from paralysis of the heart in consequence of the excessive vascular ex- citement. If the brain is threatened with paralysis, the attack is characterized by delirium, sopor, coma, likewise by paroxysms of excessive maniacal exaltation; if paralysis of the heart threatens, the chill increases to icy-coldness, like the coldness in cholera. Many a case of fever and ague assumes the pernicious type gimply because the paroxysms are of an extraordinary duration. [This form of intermittent fever is designated in our country as "Con- gestive chills;" it acts precisely as Hufeland's febris apoplectica or perniciosa. We have seen a great deal of it. During the chill we give Aconite or Gelseminum, as the case may be, and we sometimes resort to the spirits of Camphor to hasten reaction; during the hot stage we continue the Aconite, or substitute Belladonna; and when the sweaty stage has fairly set in, we give Quinine in sufficient quantity either to keep off the next attack, or at least to secure a modifica- tion of the paroxysm. We do not believe that congestive chills, such as we see them in our malarious countries, can be arrested without Quinine; we believe that Quinine is the specific remedy for this form of chills, although other remedies may likewise be required. When the late Dr. Channing was still practising in the city of New York, he had a case of congestive chills to treat, for which he gave the patient, a Western gentleman, a dose of toler- ably highly-potentized Nux vomica. A second chill, of course, took place much more violent than the first. The Doctor, with his large brain crammed brimful with the doctrine of homoeopathic aggra- vations, being perfectly satisfied that the Nux had aggravated the symptoms, gave him a drop of Alcohol to counteract the terrible mischief the harmless little globule of Nux had done; a third 568 Epidemic and Endemic Infectious Diseases. paroxysm occurred, which destroyed the patient. II.] The febres comitatse are characterized by the supervention of other threaten- ing symptoms during the paroxysm, more particularly a severe attack of intestinal catarrh like cholera, rupture of the spleen, ex- cessive hypersemia of the brain, inflammatory affections of vital organs, hemorrhages, apoplexy. Malarial cachexia in its severest form is most usually met with, if a quantity of Quinine is administered to the patient while he continues to be exposed to the action of the malarious miasm. This action alone, without Quinine, never produces a malarial cachexia of the same degree of intensity. Individuals who had taken a great deal of Quinine, after moving out of the infectious district, are very apt to be attacked with malarial cachexia. According to the observations that have been made by a number of practitioners, the close connection between malarial cachexia and Quinine cannot be denied. We will now proceed to describe the course which fever and ague takes when mismanaged by Quinine. With large doses of Quinine we generally succeed in effecting a sadden cessation of the paroxysms; but the period following such a suppression is not free from morbid symptoms; the patients com- plain more or less. A fortnight, or more commonly three weeks, less frequently four weeks after the suppression, another paroxysm breaks out very suddenly. This paroxysm likewise yields to Quinine, but after this second suppression the patient generally complains more than after the first; for a third paroxysm, which generally breaks out after a short apyrexia, Quinine now proves ineffectual. The par- oxysms either assume the quartan type, or else they break out with great irregularity, and combine with constitutional symptoms that gradually increase in intensity. The spleen is sometimes so large that it fills one-half of the abdominal cavity; the liver becomes enlarged and after a while shows symptoms of fatty degeneration; the diges- tion is entirely deranged, the appetite is gone, the bowels are exces- sively constipated, or else, the patient is troubled with a diarrhoea as in hectic fever. The patients seem to be attacked with a deep- seated anaemia and have a strikingly sallow complexion. The changes in the abdominal viscera may sooner or later lead to ascites. If, as we have often noticed, a catarrhal affection of the lungs sets in, we obtain a complete picture of florid phthisis. The emaciation of the patients soon reaches a high degree, and, under improper treatment, death now is an almost inevitable result. The prognosis in intermittent fever revolves around the following Intermittent Fever. 569 points: If the attack is recent, the prognosis is quite favorable; the longer the disease had lasted; the more irregular the paroxysms had become; the more strikingly the blood had become altered, the more protracted will be the recovery of the patient. Sporadic cases in a healthy district are of very little importance. Diseases break- ing out while the patient continues to be exposed to the influence of malaria, get well very slowly; but even if the patient is removed from the further action of the miasm, the cure takes place very slowly. An advanced as well as a very young age; a dilapitated organism, and more particularly alcoholism, render the prognosis very uncertain. To treat fever and ague according to the homoeopathic law is a task which is undoubtedly invested with great difficulties even for the most experienced practitioner. The homoeopathic treatment of fever and ague has undoubtedly led to many errors, for the reason that spontaneous cures were too often overlooked and appro- priated as the results of the medicine that had been administered for the fever. In consequence of this, the number of our remedies for fever and ague has been very much increased, to the great incon- venience of the physician who is in need of a remedy for a partic- ular case. For this reason we furnish in the subsequent paragraphs a limited number of remedies with definite indications; of the more unreliable medicines we shall only give the names. In treating a case of fever and ague a few points should never be lost sight of, since attention to these points will save the practi- tioner from many mistakes. In the first place, it is an important point in the treatment of fever and ague that the totality of the symptoms should never be lost sight of; in other words, not only the symptoms characterizing the paroxysm, but likewise those that are perceived during the apyrexia, or new symptoms, should be carefully noted. A remedy should never be chosen exclusively according to the symptoms of the paroxysm or the apyrexia. It is evident, however, in view of the great similarity of the paroxysms, that the appropriate remedy will more especially be determined by the symptoms during the apyrexia. Higher potencies are undoubtedly sufficient to effect a cure, although a preference is generally accorded to the lower. If a remedy that is evidently homoeopathic to the case, does not cure it, it is perfectly proper to try a lower- attenuation before parting with this drug. 570 Epidemic and Endemic Infectious Diseases. If possible the remedy should never be given during the parox- ysm, but as soon as possible after the paroxysm is terminated. If, under the operation of a medicine, the paroxysms decrease in duration and intensity, it should be continued as long as the good effects of this medicine last; by pursuing this course we obtain the most reliable information concerning the use of special remedies in fever and ague. If an epidemic breaks out in a noh-malarious district, it will be found that one or two remedies are generally sufficient to cure every case. The following are the most efficient remedies for simple fever and ague: China or Quinine is undoubtedly the most important remedy for fever and ague, but its value is very much impaired by the fact that it is employed as a sovereign remedy not only for fever and ague itself, but likewise for all intermittent diseases. We need not dwell any further upon the manner in which this remedy is abused; this fact is too well known to the Profession. All we can say is that China is the most effectual and reliable of all anti-typical med- icines, but that it only helps when it is homoeopathic to the case. China is suitable in a majority of all cases of endemic and epidemic fever and ague, even during the whole course of the disease, whereas in sporadic cases it is generally of very little use. China is partic- ularly indicated by the following symptoms: Precursory symptoms consisting in nervous excitement, anxiousness, headache, nausea, general irritability; the chill is of short duration, very soon mingled with heat, without thirst which is only experienced at the com- mencement of the hot stage, and is never very intense. Sensitive- ness and excessive irritability especially during the chill; the sweaty stage lusts a long while and the perspiration is exceedingly profuse. During the apyrexia we have: great debility with restlessness, loss of appetite with canine hunger, bitter taste and thickly-coated tongue. We do not attach an extreme importance to these indica- tions, for they are often deceptive. As a rule, it is true that China cures every case of fever and ague originating in malaria; the case must be of recent origin and attended with nervous irritability and gastric-bilious symptoms. In inveterate cases, with marked hyper- trophy of the spleen and liver, anaemia, dropsy, China will seldom be of much use; such patients have always been dosed with this medicine to excess. If they have not, China is indicated by: anae- mia, a yellowish-gray complexion; occasional attacks of diarrhoea, Intermittent Fever. 571 palpitation of the heart, congestions of the head, back-ache, oedema; irregularity of the paroxysms, the single stages not succeeding each other immediately, and not being completely developed. [We have frequently met with such symptoms under the symptom-treatment of high potentialists, where a few small doses of Quinine would wipe out the whole disease, after the patient had been kept sick and sicker for weeks. II.] Upon the whole, a tertian type is most adapted to the curative range of China, the quartan-type much less frequently. As regards dose we advise the use of the lower pre- parations in all recent cases, but it will scarcely ever Le necessary to go below the second trituration of Quinine or the first attenua- tion of the tincture of Cinchona. Fevers that do not yield to such doses, are not amenable to the curative action of Quinine, and can only be suppressed, but not cured, by more massive doses of this drug. In the genuine malarial cachexia, China will very seldom render much service. Ipecacuanha is decidedly adapted to epidemic fever and ague; if it cures one case, it will undoubtedly cure most of the other cases. This circumstance at one time procured for it the inordinate praises of the Old School; afterwards it fell into disrepute, because it was not found adapted to all epidemics, its opponents not being aware that fever and ague epidemics differ amongst each other in char- acter. Ipecac, is only suitable in the milder forms of intermittent fever, scarcely in any other than the tertian type; the different stages run their course without much intensity and the chill is most marked; it is particularly indicated, if the fever is accom- panied by gastric symptoms, such as loss of appetite, loathing of food, nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea with very little bile in the evacuations, or if the paroxysm is caused by dietetic transgressions. Intermittent fevers of this character are generally epidemic in non- malarious districts. According to Hartmann Nux vomica is indicated by the following symptoms: Fever, with constipation, gastric-bilious symptoms; it breaks out after gross violations of diet, and is characterized by nervous symptoms proceeding from the spinal cord. [We once cured a case of fever and ague of nine months' standing with a few doses of Nux. The patient had been in one of the Nashville hospitals for nine months, and had taken Quinine by the ounce. He was very fond of liquor and a paroxysm broke out after every debauch. Nux cured him so perfectly that the paroxysms did not even return after he had been drinking. II.] Quotidian and tertian- 572 Epidemic and Endemic Infectious Diseases. fevers, setting in in the afternoon, evening or night, with alterna- tion of heat and chills, enormous craving for beer, frontal head- ache, vertigo, nausea, bitter taste and eructations, cardialgia, great weakness.-In congestive chills Nux is likewise indicated by the following symptoms: Paralysis of the extremities at the onset, prostration, weariness, trembling, fainting, vertigo, dyspnoea, pal- pitation of the heart, heat of the head with coldness of the body, delirium. Nux is undoubtedly one of our more important fever- remedies ; it will not be difficult to determine its homoeopathicity in given cases. In inveterate cases Nux would not often be our choice. It is likewise an important remedy if the fever is compli- cated with bronchitis. Veratrum album is likewise one of our most important fever and ague remedies; marked chill which is slowly followed by heat, with convulsive symptoms and great thirst, vomiting or retching, quick, feeble and small pulse; stupor during the hot stage, with bland delirium; the third stage is not strikingly marked. In febris comitata Veratrum album is an important remedy if the cerebral symptoms, the pulmonary hyperaemia and the profuse intestinal catarrh are prominently developed. Arsenicum, in our estimation is still more important than China; its range of action is still more extensive. In recent cases it is indicated by the following symptoms: Intensity and long duration of the paroxysms, especially burning heat; unquenchable thirst during the whole attack, and extreme anxiety and restlessness except during the sweaty stage, attended with palpitation of the heart, and a subdued, accelerated pulse; moreover functional derangements of single organs. Arsen. is indicated the more speci- fically the cleaner the tongue remains in extremely violent parox- ysms, the more rapidly the strength is exhausted by the single paroxysm and the sooner the characteristic sallow pallor makes its appearance. For this reason Arsen. is an important remedy in endemic fever and ague. In congestive chills the imminent paralysis of the heart points to A rsenicum beside Verat. alb.; Arsen. is likewise indicated if the fever is complicated with severe cholerine. In fever and ague cachexia Arsen, is a sovereign remedy. Its effect is truly marvellous. With a single dose of Arsenicum 30 we have cured a cachexia of thirteen weeks' standing. The patient, a very robust man, presented the picture of a complete phthisis florida; he was cured even without leaving his home situated in a truly malarious region of country. Another case of nine months' stand- Intermittent Fever. 573 ing was cured by means of a few doses of Arsen. 30, so completely that even the hypertrophied spleen was reduced back again to its natural size. The patient was a Hollander who brought the disease with him; after residing in our very healthy city for four months and swallowing large quantities of Quinine, all the symptoms of phthisis florida had developed themselves.- Arsen. is not only a iever-remedy, but likewise an antidote to Quinine. We need not point out special symptoms, for cachexia is amenable to Arsenicum in all its manifestations, which, it is true, generally resemble each other very closely; it is least reliable when the anaemia is extreme and the reactive powers of the organism are very much depressed. In the above-mentioned cases we have stated the dose, because we are satisfied that in cachexia small doses exert the most curative influence; on the other hand we are equally satisfied that in more recent cases triturations up to the sixth are most suitable. Natrum muriaticum is very seldom indicated in recent, but so much more so in inveterate cases. The stages are very unequal, the chill continuous, the heat moderate, but accompanied by all sorts of accessory symptoms, among which headache occupies the most prominent rank; the perspiration is either wanting, or else it is excessive and debilitating. At the same time the patient is troubled with chronic catarrh of the mouth and stomach, constant constipa- tion, renal catarrh, palpitations of the heart. The patient has a grayish-yellow look; the spleen and liver are very much enlarged. Arnica is adapted to recent as well as inveterate cases if the chill is preceded by violent thirst which abates almost entirely after the heat breaks out; if during the hot stage every little current of air causes the patient to feel chilly, and if, during this stage he seems to be listless but at the same time very restless. To these remedies we add a few from Hartmann, concerning which we do not possess any personal experience. Belladonna in quotidian fever, with horrid headache, vertigo, hallucinations, injected eyes, nausea, vomiting, constant constipa- tion ; or in fevers where each paroxysm is associated with a severe neuralgic attack. Cina, if the fever commences with vomiting of food followed by canine hunger; the attacks come on every day. Pulsatilla; vomiting of mucus at the commencement of the chill, heat and sweat without thirst; mucous diarrhoea during the apyrexia, with loathing of food and nausea. 574 Epidemic and Endemic Infectious Diseases. Antimonium crudum; heat and sweat break out at the same time, the sweat being only transitory; loss of appetite, eructations, nausea, vomiting, thickly-coated tongue, bitter taste, tension and pressure at the stomach, pain in the chest. Bryonia; the fever sets in early in the morning; the attack is ushered in with vertigo, pressure and a gnawing sensation in the sinciput; at the same time a dry cough with stinging pains in the chest, dyspnoea, vomiturition. Sabadilla; the attacks set in with great regularity, neither post- pone nor anticipate; short chill, followed by thirst and lastly heat; or only chill without heat or sweat; apyrexia with frequent chilly creeping, pressure and distention at the stomach, with loss of appe- tite, nocturnal, dry cough, pain in the chest, dyspnoea. Ignatia ; the chill is removed by external covering ; some parts feel cold, others hot; heat only on the outside, without thirst; dulness of the head during the hot stage, bruising pain in the occiput, right side, pressure at the pit of the stomach, great lassitude, paleness of the face, etc. Thirst only after the paroxysm. Carbo vegetabilis; the attack is preceded by a beating in the tem- ples, tearing in the teeth and extremities, stretching, cold feet. Thirst and great lassitude during the chill. During the hot stage, without thirst: headache, vertigo, flushed face, obscuration of vision, nausea, pain in the stomach, abdomen, chest, dyspnoea; the fever is succeeded by severe headache. Capsicum ; the chill prevails, attended with intense thirst which is wanting or only very moderate during the hot stage; sweat during the heat. During the chill: anxiety, restlessness, inability to collect one's-self, sensitiveness to noise; headache, ptyalism, vomiting of mucus,splenetalgia, backache, tearing and contracting sensation in the extremities. During the heat: stinging in the head, fetor from the mouth, colic with ineffectual urging to stool, pain in the chest and back, tearing in the lower limbs. Tartarus emeticus; drowsiness during the attack; Opium is to be given if real sopor is present. We mio-ht increase this list, if we would name all the different remedies that might possibly be indicated. But we do not even regard most of the above-mentioned remedies as real fever and ague remedies; their choice depends upon the nature of the accom- panying symptoms which, if a cure takes place, would have proved to be the cause, not the consequence of the fever. If we wish to be certain of selecting the right remedy, we have to inquire with Intermittent Fever. 575 great care whether the intermittent character of the attack only constitutes an accidental, although very prominent symptom, or whether the other symptoms emanate from the intermittent par- oxysm as their fountain-head. In the latter case the remedies that have been named first, deserve a preference over any other; in the former case the symptoms which are most prominent during the apyrexia, decide a choice of the remedy. In congestive chills as well as in the febres comitatse the threat- ening accessory symptoms are the main indications. The most suitable remedies cannot be indicated a priori. A fever and ague cachexia is always such a complicated affection, that it is impossible to indicate therapeutic rules for its management applicable to every case. The whole organism is involved, at times the spleen being more severely affected, at other times the liver, or the stomach and intestines, then again the lungs: sometimes the greatest danger emanates from the anaemic condition of the patient, so that it is often very difficult to hit upon the right remedy. If China had not been abused, it will meet most of the symptoms, and will prove the best remedy in the case. If Quinine had been taken to excess, Arsen. will help in the large majority of cases; this remedy should not be given up all at once,- if the improvement is not very speedy; in such a case it is much better to change the dose than the remedy. Ferrum is adapted to all cases where the anaemia and debility are highly developed, but no oedema has yet set. in ; the patients complain somewhat of congestion of the chest and heart, nor is the stomach disposed to retain any nourishment. Fatrum muriaticum and Lycopodium are indicated if the digestive organs are chiefly affected, and the derangement is characterized by symptoms peculiar to these two drugs. Other remedies may be required for extraordinary symptoms. We doubt, however, whether Belladonna and Staphysagria, recommended by Hartmann, are ever of any use in this cachexia. There is no special diet that can be recommended for fever and ague. It depends in every case upon the state of the digestive organs and the necessity of guarding the stomach against every pernicious influence, for it is upon the normal functions of the stomach that depends the possibility of the patient's sinking strength being restored to its natural tone. If possible, the patient had better leave the malarious district, and remove to the mountains where recovery takes place most rapidly. 576 Epidemic and Endemic Infectious Diseases. 2. Typhus. Typhus occurs in two forms that do not differ much from each other, namely: typhus abdominalis and typhus exanthematicus. More recently this last-named form has become much less frequent than the former. In spite of these differences the etiology of both forms is pretty much the same; up to this period we have not suc- ceeded in discovering the reasons for the appearance of either one or the other form. Typhus originates in some infectious agent; all that is known of this agent is that it is caused by the decomposition of animal substances. Hence typhus occurs most frequently where the decom- position of animal matter is most favored by circumstances, namely in large cities and hospitals; likewise in localities which are least favorably situated for carrying away the products of decomposition, such as cities built in a flat country and with imperfect drainage. The infectious principle at times seems to act with great intensity, at other times very mildly, so that typhus in crowded localities sometimes breaks out with an extraordinary virulence, and at other times with comparative mildness. According to all probability, a graduated difference of this kind is chiefly owing to the quantity of the infectious agent that acts upon the organism, not to its quality. The contagium is reproduced by the patient. We cannot share the views which prevail concerning the formation of a con- tagium. We do not consider any form of typhus contagious. An apparently contagious transmission of typhus only takes place among those who have been for some time exposed to the emana- tions from the infected individual, not among those who have only been in contact with the patient for a short period of time. These remarks likewise apply to exanthematic typhus which is considered as decidedly contagious, but which only appears so for the reason that it produces a larger quantity and a more infectious quality of contagious matter. Physicians in private practice are seldom at- tacked, notwithstanding they are brought in closest contact with the patients when exploring their chests; hospital-physicians and nurses, on the contrary, are taken down very often. More recently the level of the surface-water has been more particularly examined with reference to typhus and cholera; a high level is supposed to favor the breaking out of these plagues. We are still without any reliable data in this respect. In large cities the construction of wells and water-closets deserves great attention; where both are so Typhus. 577 close together that the well-water can be contaminated by the con- tents of the closets, typhus is very likely to occur. This subject is without doubt worthy the most serious attention of the Board of Health, for typhus is not only one of the most dangerous, but like- wise one of the most frequent diseases. A few points can easily be inferred from what we have said, such as: epidemic and endemic, slightly endemic and sporadic type of typhus; breaking out of typhus in very damp and hot years, dur- ing the hot months of the summer and in the fall; likewise in crowded hospitals, more particularly if they are full of wounded soldiers; or in densely populated streets, tenement-houses, on ship- board, etc. Typhus occasioned by an insufficient supply of food, or by unwholesome and deteriorated food, is less easily accounted for. One attack of typhus does not always, but very generally, pro- tect against a second attack. There are certain other circum- stances that almost positively preclude the possibility of typhus, especially abdominal typhus; these are: Intermittent fever, tuber- culosis, carcinoma, heart-disease of the higher grade. Age does not establish any positive lines of demarcation; except infants, persons of any age may be attacked, but more particularly young people and individuals up to the age of fifty. Vigorous constitutions are more easily attacked and likewise more severely. Exciting causes are: Fear and anxiety; a sudden change of diet, when persons settle in a locality where typhus is endemic; catarrh of the intestines; mental depression, both by excessive mental labor as well as by care and grief. Symptoms and Course. We deem it unnecessary to analyze the pathological anatomy of typhus, for the reason that the promi- nent post-mortem phenomena scarcely ever correspond with definite groups of symptoms in the phenomenal totality of the disease. Hence, we coniine ourselves to a few more important data. In abdominal typhus the ulcers in the intestines act the most impor- tant part; they have even given rise to the name of this form of the disease. However, it behooves us to premise the statement that in their various phases these ulcers do not correspond with definite phases in the total course of the disease. The ulcers form as fol- lows : At first the mucous lining of the ileum is strikingly hyper- femic, more particularly in its lower half; gradually this venous hyperaemia becomes centered in Peyer's and Brunner's glands, which swell up considerably together with the mesenteric glands. In the former the inflammatory infiltration may be reabsorbed, or 578 Epidemic and Endemic Infectious Diseases. else, which happens much more frequently, the infiltration is decomposed, destroying the super-incumbent mucous lining, and giving rise to an ulcer, the enteric or typhous ulcer. This ulcer is most commonly located in the inferior extremity of the ileum and, according as it arises from a solitary or a conglomerate gland, may be round and small, or enlarge to the size of half a dollar, with irregular, undermined borders. The healing takes place very slowly ; the destructive process may likewise penetrate to the deeper tissues, perforating the intestine. The subsequent cicatrix never causes stricture of the intestine. The intestinal ulceration very seldom assumes a chronic form, resulting in a slow, hectic fever. Beside the intestinal ulcers, the spleen shows tolerably constant alterations; in the first weeks it enlarges even to six times its normal size, the capsule is very tense, the substance of the spleen exceedingly vascular and crumbling, its color is very dark; after- wards the swelling goes down again almost to the natural propor- tions of the organ, the capsule is relaxed, the parenchyma pale and anaemic. Except these two almost constant phenomena, typhus does not offer any permanent, certainly no characteristic signs. The brain, especially, remains unaltered; the lungs, on the contrary, show at first symptoms of pulmonary irritation; afterwards hypo- static, less frequently lobular or lobar pneumonia. During the first weeks of the disease the muscles have a somewhat characteristic- ally dark color, and the internal surface of the arteries has likewise a dark-red appearance. In exanthematic typhus the intestinal ulceration does not exist, whereas in this form likewise the spleen is considerably hypertrophied and softened, and the vessels also have a bright appearance as if injected. Other constantly present anatomical alterations are not perceived. Abdominal typhus very rarely breaks out suddenly; it is gener- ally preceded for a few days or even a week by indefinite symp- toms, such as lassitude, indisposition to work, loss of spirits, impaired appetite, very seldom hunger almost bordering upon a voracious desire for food; wandering rheumatoid pains in the limbs, especially in the back, headache of an indeterminate type, sleep full of dreams. The disease is generally ushered in by a chill of moderate vio- lence, or by a marked fainting sensation which is soon followed by the characteristic feeling of illness, namely: an inability to stand erect or move about, and a desire to lie down. Very seldom one of these conditions is entirely wanting, so that it is difficult to point, Typhus. 579 out the real beginning of the disease; instead of one severe chill we often meet with a succession of very feeble chills. The disease now develops itself in the following manner: The patients feel weak, have neither the strength nor the desire to rise from their beds; headache, at times more frontal, and at other times, in the more violent cases, in the occiput, throbbing and very distressing; complete loss of appetite; altered, generally pasty taste; vomiting not very frequent; bowels quite torpid in the first week; restless sleep; when waking early in the morning, the patients commence very soon to complain of phantasms which they cannot avoid; yet they talk very rationally and are perfectly conscious of seeing phantasms. The pulse is generally full, very seldom exceeding one hundred beats, very often dicrotic; the temperature is high, the skin feels burning-hot. The breathing is almost constantly hurried, anxious, the patient talks hurriedly, yet, if desired, he is able to take a long breath. The spleen is generally swollen, the swelling increasing rapidly in size, and is not ^infrequently painful. The abdomen does not show any constant alterations, but when the ilio- coecal region is pressed upon, the patients complain of pain in this region, and a gurgling sensation is communicated to the finger, with which the pressure is made. The tongue is at times coated very thickly, at other times it only has a whitish coating, and again it looks quite clean, but the coating changes as the disease pro- gresses. Sometimes the patients complain of a little hacking cough, and exhibit symptoms of a slight bronchial catarrh. The urine is less in quantity, saturated, notwithstanding that the patients often experience a very violent thirst. All these symptoms remain in force only in very violent cases; most generally a sen- sible remission of these symptoms takes place towards the end of the first week. In the second week the symptoms of the disease undergo a marked change, unless the morbid process takes a turn towards recovery, which is very seldom the case. For the present we only speak of typhus of a moderately severe type. In this stage the patients lose their consciousness more and more; they are either lying in a state of lethargic apathy, or else, it is only with great difficulty that they are able to reply to questions or to give utter- ance to their own ideas. In the evening and during the night this soporous prostration is generally interrupted by a state of nervous exaltation, during which the patients manifest their internal nerv- ousness by animated talking or by a constant endeavor to escape 580 Epidemic and Endemic Infectious Diseases. from their beds. Sensations of pain now cease entirely; when asked how they feel, they answer: " Quite well; " they express no desire for drink, but they swallow the offered beverage hurriedly and greedily; when repeatedly asked to do so, they put out their tongues slowly and tremulously, and forget to draw them in again. Another evidence that the influence of the brain is almost entirely suspended is, that the patients persevere for a long time in an un- comfortable position, and that they allow the urine and faeces to escape into their beds. At the beginning of the second, and very frequently already at the end of the first week, the patients com- plain of a violent buzzing in the ears, afterwards they are evidently hard of hearing. Corresponding with these changes the counte- nances of the patients become altered. Although the complexion seems to shine, yet it has a livid hue; the eyes stare, or they have a vague and unsteady expression; when raised in their beds, the patients at once turn pale and look as if they would faint. The various functions show the following deviations from their normal condition: The fever is intense, the temperature rises in the even- ing to 100° or 102° Fahr., with slight morning-remissions; the pulse is seldom below 100, nor is it often above 120, it is weaker than usual and sometimes dicrotic. The tongue, which already showed a good deal of dryness in the first week, now is constantly dry; the streaked coating, which had marked it hitherto, now vanishes; it shows a peculiarly red color, and the papillae seem to have become effaced; towards the end of the second week the tongue appears covered with a brownish incrustation. The appe- tite is entirely wanting, yet the patients will taste of what they are offered to eat. They do not seem thirsty, yet they drink greedily the proffered beverage. At this stage the abdomen begins to bloat quite considerably; when the ilio-ccecal region is pressed upon very hard, the patients distort the corners of their mouths. Diarrhoea now usually sets in, from four to eight passages taking place invol- untarily every day. They have a yellowish color, deposit a sedi- ment of thick consistence over which floats a watery, opalescent substance. The urine is secreted in smaller quantities, it is dark and is frequently voided involuntarily; sometimes it is retained altogether, so that the bladder becomes very much distended. The respiration is still accelerated, yet the peculiar hurried breathing of the first week is scarcely yet perceived; posteriorly the lungs gen- erally return hypostatic dulness; catarrhal symptoms are likewise discovered, although the patients scarcely ever cough and only Typhus. 581 rarely bring up a tenacious, yellowish mucus. The spleen continues to enlarge, although, owing to the distention of the bowels and the consequent displacement of the spleen upwards, the enlargement cannot well be discovered by a physical exploration. Upon the abdomen, thorax and back roseola-spots break out in greater or less number, some of which are usually present already at the end of the first week. About the middle of the second week all these symptoms gener- ally show an increase, less frequently a remission; both the increase and the remission are, however, of short duration. In the third week, especially at the commencement, the symp- toms continue to increase in intensity. The patients are now lying in a state of complete apathy; in the day-time they are only slightly delirious, but during the night the nervous exaltation is much worse, attended with subsultus tendinum and grasping at flocks. The prostration is so great that the patients are no longer able to sit erect; they are constantly lying on their backs, and the body, yielding to the law of gravitation, settles from the pillow down- wards towards the middle of the bed. The tongue is only slowly protruded after loud and repeated requests; it is quite dry, with a fuliginous coating which is likewise exhibited on the teeth and at the nostrils. Deglutition is very difficult, and it is only with a great effort that the patient is able to swallow very small quantities of liquid at one time. The diarrhoea continues, but the passages are generally less copious, and not unfrequently tinged with blood. The urinary secretions continue to decrease and paralysis of the bladder is not an unfrequent occurrence. The abdomen is greatly distended and is no longer sensitive to pressure. The other symptoms con- tinue unchanged, except that the roseola-spots pale off and become complicated with miliaria and sometimes with ecchymoses. Bed- sores are now very apt to torment the patient. Emaciation pro- ceeds very rapidly and his whole appearance is that of a general collapse. Up to the middle of the third week, the fever maintains its intensity. In cases where the disease continues during the fourth week, no remission of the fever is perceptible. In most cases, how- ever, the seventeenth day is characterized by a sudden abatement of the fever and of most of the other derangements of the functions. This improvement at times is only apparent, inasmuch as in a few hours already the symptoms again exacerbate; but at other times it is a real improvement marking the beginning of recovery. If the patients die, it is most generally at this period; the remission 582 Epidemic and Endemic Infect'ous Diseases. just alluded to, when followed by an exacerbation of the symptoms, is generally looked upon as a fatal change. Death takes place with symptoms of paralysis of the heart and lungs. In favorable cases the fever remits every morning on the last days of the third week, whereas the evening-exacerbations decrease in violence, the con- sciousness returns gradually and with it a desire for food and drink. At this stage the fever scarcely ever shows a sudden and consider- able decrease, with a correspondingly sudden beginning of con- valescence. With the third week typhus of a medium grade has reached its intensity in so far as signs of convalescence now begin to show themselves, although very slowly. Every case of typhus out-last- ing the third week, may be safely regarded as very severe. Except complications take place, no new symptoms develop themselves during the fourth and fifth weeks. The remissions of the fever are very distinct and grow more decided in character; the pulse, on the contrary, increases in weakness and frequency. The patient looks as if he -were in a state of terrible collapse; occasionally threatening paroxysms of collapse really take place, more partic- ularly in the night; in the later course of the disease, such parox- ysms are, however, not as dangerous as they seem. In the case of adults the consciousness usually returns towards the end of the fourth week; but, if the fever continues, delirium is still very frequent towards evening. The diarrhoea is at times less than it was, and at other times more profuse; in some cases it now ceases altogether. The skin looks clean, with the exception of miliaria here and there. The bed-sores which are never wanting during such a protracted course of the disease, grow rapidly in extent and malignancy. If the fever runs, a course of four weeks, recovery takes place very slowly. In very fortunate cases recovery goes on uninter- ruptedly, but most frequently its course is disturbed by all sorts of accidental inconveniences, such as vomiting after certain kinds of food, or even after any kind; sudden disappearance of the appetite that had just begun to return; return or protracted continuance of the diarrhoea; exacerbations of the fever. The decubitus, the nature and conduct of which afford an excellent criterium by which the amount of progress in the recovery of the patient can be measured, sometimes causes a great deal of serious trouble, provided the final cure of the fever is very much delayed. Death either takes place in consequence of the utter prostration of the patient, Typhus. 583 or else is caused by the complications and sequelae that will be mentioned hereafter. Before, however, dwelling upon them, we have to mention various frequently occurring deviations from the general course of the disease. It ought to be observed, however, that typhus varies in its manifestations more than any other dis- ease, sometimes to such an extent that it is only with great diffi- culty that the attack can be diagnosed as typhus. Abortive typhus may terminate in convalescence in the first or second week. In both cases the phenomena of typhus may present a character of great gravity, and may cease quite suddenly; it even generally happens that in typhus running a very short course, the outbreak of the disease is characterized by very violent symptoms. The complete cessation of the pathological process at the end of the first week, including a sudden decrease of the temperature, is a very rare event. It has been doubted whether such cases ought to be regarded as typhus; but these doubts are unfounded. That typhus can abort, is most indubitably witnessed in families where this process of abortion takes place side by side with the most intense forms of the disease. More commonly the fever aborts in the second week. In such cases all the symptoms still continue to increase at the commencement of the second week, even to a very high degree; the somnolence, however, is not very marked; in its stead we notice more frequently great nervous exaltation; the diarrhoea is never very profuse. On the eleventh day the fever distinctly remits, the remission being sometimes preceded by a severe exacerbation. Every day the remission becomes more distinct and more considerable; the appetite returns at the same time and the tongue loses its dryness. The diarrhoea generally ceases as soon as the fever begins to abate. If no striking disturbance takes place, the patient enters on the twenty-first day upon his full and rapidly-progressing convalescence. But if the patient is exposed to severe emotional excitements, or commits serious dietetic trans- gressions by over-eating and the like, a relapse may readily take place in precisely such cases, and the patient may expose himself to great danger. A precipitated course of typhus is not a very frequent occurrence. The disease which, at the onset, broke out in its fiercest intensity, increases within the first week or even within the first three days to such a degree that life becomes extinct even without the super- vention of any special complications; it seems as though the organism sank exhausted and paralyzed under its excessive efforts 584 Epidemic and Endemic Infectious Diseases. to react. This course is only met with among individuals with exceedingly robust and plethoric constitutions. A protracted course of typhus, or the so-called febris nervosa lenta, is likewise only rarely met with in comparison with other forms of this disease. It occurs more particularly among feeble, nervous individuals, hence more especially among females. There are two modifications of this disease. In the first place the disease may creep along imperceptibly, without a chill or any evident sign of serious illness. The patients lose their strength more and more, their appetite leaves them all at once, they are not tormented by thirst. There is no great rise of temperature, the skin feels even remarkably cool; the pulse is at times very quick and small, upwards of one hundred and twenty, at other times strikingly slow. Diarrhoea may be entirely absent, or is very inconsiderable. The patients look pallid, or else their cheeks show a hectic, circumscribed, easily changing redness. The tongue is seldom coated, never fu- liginous, generally of a bright-red color, smooth as a mirror, and greatly disposed to become dry. The spleen is evidently enlarged. In this way the patients may remain six, eight or more weeks without the least change in the symptoms taking place. Recovery almost always takes place imperceptibly. Death either takes place in consequence of slow and intense exhaustion or else by the super- vention of acute complications. In the other case the disease sets in like typhus of a middle grade, continues this course during the first three weeks, but in the fourth week it assumes the lentescent type with the previously-described symptoms of the first variety, except that the prostration is still greater and the diarrhoea is much more common. This form is most easily succeeded by sequelse. Typhus of a more intense type runs a very characteristic cotfrse among children during the first period of dentition. The disease begins with the symptoms of a severe catarrhal fever, with intense heat, passing sweats, occasional vomiting, constipation; the pulse, instead of exceeding one hundred and twenty beats which it fre- quently does in catarrhal fever, usually ranges from one hundred to one hundred and twenty. Towards the end of the first week the somnolence changes to sopor, and in the second week to a deep coma; diarrhoea sets in, the passages as well as the urinary secre- tions taking place involuntarily; the face assumes an appearance of collapse at an early period, the pupils are almost always con- siderably dilated; deglutition is difficult, only small quantities can be swallowed at a time. The little patients most commonly signify Typhus. 585 the presence of a severe headache by moving a hand or a forearm over their foreheads at short intervals, and uttering every now and then the characteristic "cn encephalique." One side of the body is generally completely paralyzed. The patients remain in this con- dition which looks very much like meningitis, for weeks without showing the least sign of a change. To judge from the four cases that we have met with in the last two years, it seems to us as though the end of the sixth week were the decisive term of this fever; for on the first day of the seventh week these four children were again restored to consciousness. In such cases the diagnosis has to depend entirely upon the pulse which, in contra-distinction to an inflammatory cerebral affection, especially to acute hydro- cephalus, constantly remains at one hundred and twenty; likewise upon the presence of diarrhoea, upon the hypertrophy of the spleen which is seldom very considerable; and finally upon the fetid odor with which the sick-chamber is filled and which strikes one invari- ably on entering the room from the open air, even if the apartment is ventilated with ever so much care. Sequelae are not very com- mon in such cases; nor is, in spite of the worst apparent signs, the prognosis so very bad, provided the eighteenth day is safely passed. In conclusion we have to make mention of pneumo-typhus, a modification which occurs very frequently at times, whereas it is not met with at all in other epidemics. The supposition that in such a case the typhoid process runs its course upon the pulmonary, instead of upon the intestinal lining membrane, is not correct; for the affection of the intestinal lining membrane is not entirely want- ing, although it may be inconsiderable. In pneumo-typhus the inflammatory irritation of the bronchia which we meet with in every case of typhus, increases to a more marked degree of intensity; real pneumonia supervenes, and the additional advent of hypostasis occasions a very threatening combination utterly overshadowing the abdominal phenomena. Pneumo-typhus may exist from the beginning of the disease, or it may break out in the course of the first, second, and even third week, most generally in a very insidious manner. Beside the physical signs, pneumo-typhus is not revealed by any other reliable sign, although the presence of a very hurried, superficial respiration, a frequent and painful cough, fan-like motion of the alte nasi during respiration, circumscribed redness of one or both checks ought to excite suspicion, and awaken our attention to the disease. The course of the disease is not retarded by this form of typhus, but the critical days are very commonly missed. The 586 Epidemic and Endemic Infectious Diseases. danger is very great. Very often pneumo-typhus is followed by the development of florid phthisis, probably owing to the circumstance that the typhoid process in the lungs causes existing tubercles to suppurate. The number of complications that may break out during the course of typhus is very great; for this reason we only mention the following which are most common and most important: Hemor- rhages from the bowels and nose; the latter occur more frequently at the beginning than during the subsequent course of the disease; they are of very little importance, provided the loss of blood is not excessive; as a rule, the patients feel relieved after the bleeding: Intestinal hemorrhage, on the contrary, occurs during the later period of the disease, and becomes very dangerous either on account of its copiousness, or on account of its exceedingly debilitating influence. If the blood is not discharged from the anus, the hemor- rhage may superinduce a sudden and complete collapse. Petechise and extensive ecchymoses are ominous symptoms which indicate a bad composition of the blood. The frequently-occurring and exces- sive cerebral exaltation is of importance in so far as it induces the necessity of constantly watching the patient; it manifests itself more frequently in the first and second week than in the subsequent course of the disease, and, since it may break out at any time, typhus-patients should never be left alone for one instant. A sudden collapse, with paralysis of the heart, is not generally met with until after the second week, very often while the fever seems to pursue an apparently mild course; one attack of this kind seldom termi- nates fatally ; but a repetition of the attack, which generally takes place in the evening or during the night, is very apt to end in death. Parotitis has already been spoken of before; it is neither a good nor an absolutely bad symptom. Ulcers in the larynx may lead to ulceration of the cartilages, and by this means endanger life; if inconsiderable, they may likewise endanger life by superinducing oedema glottidis. The worst changes are those occasioned by ulcers in the intestines, namely consecutive peritonitis, and perforation of the intestines with peritoneal inflammation. Both these changes are exceedingly dangerous to life; peritonitis is more apt to set in previous to the intestinal ulceration, the latter may take place at any time alter the second week, even after convalescence is already very far advanced. If no adhesion had previously taken place between the intestines and the peritoneum, the inflammation of this membrane soon becomes diffuse and ends fatally in a few hours. Typhus. 587 Meteorism is a common symptom in typhus; when excessive, and when it threatens paralysis, the meteorism becomes a very dangerous condition. Among the numerous sequel® of typhus we distinguish intestinal phthisis, occasioned by the number, and continued ulceration of the infiltrated glands of Peyer, and the solitary glands of Brunner; this ulceration is a very common cause of a protracted convales- cence, and may finally terminate in fatal ascites. It is a curable condition. Inflammations of serous membranes are not unfrequent, but they do not, properly speaking, belong to the sequel®. Ulcers of the larynx may lead to stenosis and to obstinate, generally incurable hoarseness. Paralysis of the extremities, especially the lower, and paralysis of single organs of sense, are often met with, but as a rule, they gradually disappear again without any treat- ment. It is only in rare cases that the mind remains impaired for life. Decubitus may even penetrate to the bones, and may cause death long after the typhus had ceased. Although typhus scarcely ever attacks individuals with decided, especially florid tuberculosis, we often see patients who had been convalescent for weeks, sud- denly relapse into a fever, and, in a very short period of time, perish by tubercular phthisis. Whether typhus causes the slumbering germ to grow, or, by its own inherent agency, implants the tuber- cular disease, has to remain an open question for the present. The former is the more probable of the two. Exanthematic typhus runs a much more decidedly typical course than typhus abdominalis; in this respect it bears the greatest resemblance to acute exanthems. It sets in with very uncharacteristic precursory symptoms, lassi- tude, want of spirits, a feeling of illness, slight catarrhal symptoms, headache, anxious dreams disturbing his sleep, etc. These symp- toms precede the real outbreak by two to seven days. The invasion of the disease is generally marked by a violent chill, less frequently by alternate chilliness and heat. The chill is almost immediately succeeded by intense heat, at the same time as the patients are unable to keep themselves erect. Amid the symptoms that have been described as pathognomonic of abdominal typhus, and which are generally much more intense when occurring as phenomenal manifestations of exanthematic typhus, more partic- ularly the dulness and cloudiness of the sensorium, the roseola- spots make their appearance between the fifth and seventh day, first in small numbers on the trunk, but rapidly multiplying and 588 Epidemic and Endemic Infectious Diseases. covering the whole body except the face. In size, shape and color these spots resemble measles, except that they are never strikingly raised above the skin. The enlargement of the spleen and the continued violent fever enable us to distinguish this exanthem from measles; it remits about the seventh day, but breaks out so much worse again afterwards. In the second week, all the symptoms reach their highest degree of intensity, and may continue unchanged during the whole of the following week; the cerebral symptoms and the excessive prostra- tion are particularly prominent. The abdomen retains its normal shape; no meteorism takes place as in abdominal typhus, nor is the diarrhoea which is very often wanting, of the same character as the diarrhoea of typhus abdominalis. In cases of a moderate degree of intensity, the fever commonly abates in the second half of the second, less frequently at the commencement of the third week; such an abatement is immediately preceded by an exacerbation. The temperature falls considerably in a very short period of time, the pulse likewise falls to ninety, to hundred, and even a smaller number of beats. At the same time, a considerable change takes place in the whole condition of the patient. The sensorium is still clouded, but he commences to enjoy a quiet sleep, he is more quiet in his waking condition: a desire for food is felt, and in a few days convalescence is under full headway, so that at the beginning of the fourth week the patient is able to leave his bed, although he still feels weak for a long time. Up to the middle of the second week, the exanthem continues to increase, the spots assume a darker color; but as soon as the fever abates, the spots show a livid tint, and pale, off rapidly without even leaving a vestige of their existence. Not unfrequently the spots, some of them at least, change to real petechiae; altogether this form of typhus is distinguished by a tendency to hemorrhagic effusions, and to hemorrhages from every possible organ. Among the complications, inflammatory affec- tions of the respiratory organs are the most striking; in general, a severe bronchial catarrh is very apt to be present at the first out- break of the disease. A fatal termination most commonly takes place towards the end of the second week, amid the same symptoms as those that characterize a fatal termination of abdominal typhus. If the disease lasts beyond this period, it is generally owing to these complications; but such a more protracted course is a rare occur- rence. With the exception of a long continuance of the cerebral functions, no other sequelae are apt to occur. Typhus. 589 The prognosis of abdominal typhus is very uncertain; a tumult- uous outbreak of the disease does not justify the conclusion that the course of the disease will be one of great danger, nor does a mild beginning prognosticate an equally mild ending. Life may become suddenly endangered at any period of the disease. Accord- ing to Wunderlich, those cases are the most serious where the fever does not distinctly remit at the end of the first week. A slow pulse ought to be regarded as a favorable rather than as an unfavorable symptom. The absence of diarrhoea, more especially if an obstinate constipation exists in its place, is a very favorable symptom. A girl of fourteen years who had a most violent attack of typhus, had no passage from her bowels for twenty-one days; on the twenty- second day recovery commenced and progressed very rapidly. No greater folly can be perpetrated than to administer cathartics in typhus. Symptoms denoting a rapid and deep-seated decomposition of the blood, and likewise a rapid increase of the decubitus, render the prognosis more dubious; so do extensive complications when affecting important organs. For the exanthematic form of typhus, when running an uncomplicated course, the prognosis is, upon the whole, favorable, notwithstanding the phenomena of the disease have a very threatening look. Complications of exanthematic typhus are likewise overcome much more readily than those occur- ring during the course of abdominal typhus, for the reason that exanthematic typhus does not consume the patient's strength as rapidly and thoroughly as the latter. Treatment, Among all possible diseases there is no disease of which it is so difficult to decide whether the treatment that has been pursued hitherto has been of any, or of how much use. Our opponents cannot be blamed for doubting our successes; the ex- pectant method often furnishes equally favorable results; at no period during the course of typhus can a positive prognosis be set up, and the diagnosis is likewise exposed to a good many uncer- tainties. After all,the superiority of the two methods of treating typhus can only be decided by comparing the number of deaths in the same epidemic, and in a number of epidemics. In this respect, Homoeopathy has a decided advantage, for the number of deaths under homoeopathic treatment never exceeds seven to eight per cent., whereas under other methods of treatment this number amounts to twenty and more per cent. These figures cannot be impeached by accusing us of errors in diagnosis, which our opponents are just as capable of committing as we are. 590 Epidemic and Endemic Infectious Diseases. We omit casting an inquiring glance at the manner in which typhus is treated by the Old School, and by the adherents of the New and Newest School of Homoeopathy; an inquiry of this kind would not be very profitable; we cannot help wondering, however, that the rational physicians who consider typhus inaccessible to remedial agents, should combat it with such a mass of heterogeneous medicines. However, we must dwell upon two points that are of importance to us homoeopathic physicians who are so often called upon for aid in the later stages of typhus. In the first place we wish to point out the consequences of a revulsive or derivative treatment. Sanguineous depletions which are so often resorted to even now, have a bad effect, not only immediately but likewise at a later period; the patients lapse more speedily into sopor, their prostration becomes more excessive, they perish in larger numbers, or, if convalescence sets in, it takes place more slowly and incom- pletely. Cathartics have likewise a permanently bad effect, and we feel prompted to regard venesection and the use of purgatives in typhus as acts of wickedness. In the second place, we generally notice that patients who have been fed on large doses of Chlorates or Quinine, have the functional power of their stomachs impaired for weeks, and that the integrity of their cerebral functions is restored very slowly. Regarding the homoeopathic treatment of typhus, we do not share the views of all our Colleagues in this respect. They quote a large number of remedies for typhus with the most minute and delicate indications, whereas it is our belief that we as yet possess only a small number of real remedies for typhus, by which we mean remedies that have it in their power to modify the course of the disease, and that most of the other remedies that have been recommended for this disease, only correspond with a few prom- inent symptoms. Our opinion is based upon the proposition that typhus owes its existence to some definite toxical agent that pen- etrates the organism from without, as is the case with acute exan- thems. It is for this reason that in no epidemic disease the curative virtue of one or more remedies as genuine epidemic-remedies, has been so thoroughly tested as in typhus; and in our opinion the most important task which a physician has to fulfil in every epi- demic is, to find out the general remedies adapted to each. A second, still more important circumstance resulting from this pre- vious opinion is, that the remedy should never be changed unless distinctly new, unexpected morbid phenomena manifest themselves Typhus. 591 that are not in harmony with the normal course of the disease. If this course of treatment had been pursued before, and if the natural course of typhus had been watched and regarded with more care, our knowledge of treating typhus would most likely be much further advanced than it really is. IIow much, for instance, can be claimed for the efficacy of a remedy that was administered on the fifteenth or sixteenth day of the disease, if the fever suddenly moderates on the seventeenth ? We wish to call attention to another mistake that very much impairs the physician's professional usefulness. In treating typhus or other typical diseases, we are very apt to proceed as we do in treating other diseases ; we forget the typical character. We want to break the fever at any price, and the rage of bringing this about induces us to administer a new remedy every day. But typhus cannot be cut short, except within the above-stated, definite boun- daries ; typhus never disappears before the seventh day; no typhus terminates critically on the eighth, ninth, fifteenth or sixteenth day, any more than a measle or scarlatina-eruption can be altered by medicines. The real typhus-remedies corresponding with the whole course of this disease, are: Bryonia alba, Rhus toxicodendron, Arsenicum, Phosphorus, Acidum phosphoricum and muriaticum. Bryonia alba corresponds to those forms of typhus that run a mild or moderately-intense course. The initial symptoms are sometimes so indefinite that both the selection of a remedy and the diagnosis are uncertain, and our choice would properly not fall upon Bryonia. But as soon as the typhoid character of the disease has become fully established, Bryonia is indicated by the following symptoms: Violent, pressive headache, buzzing in the ears, dulness of the sen- sori um, yet the patient does not yet lose his consciousness; yellowish and thick, white coating on the tongue whose edges are bright-red, without great tendency to dryness; acute pains in the ileo-coecal and splenetic regions ; nausea or even vomiting after every meal; constipation ; torpor of the bowels or occasional diarrhoea; pulse full and not very rapid. Bryonia corresponds fully with these initial symptoms, and generally with the whole course of the dis- ease which seldom outlasts the seventeenth day. We have often seen typhus cut short at the end of the second week by simply con- fining the treatment to the use of Bryonia. In febris nervosa lenta Bryonia is likewise one of our best remedies; its use in this disease is of course more restricted, owing to the variable nature of the 592 Epidemic and Endemic Infectious Diseases. symptoms. In exanthematic typhus Bryonia is a distinguished remedy as long as the brain is not altogether deprived of its func- tional power. We do not point out single groups of symptoms for the reason that the symptoms of the disease as well as those of the remedy are too manifold. Rhus toxicodendron differs in its indications so essentially from those of Bryonia that it is scarcely possible to confound the two remedies with each other. Rhus tox. corresponds to typhus of very intense character; it begins with a chill, followed immediately after by burning heat and, even on the first few days, by all the symp- toms that render the diagnosis certain. We may lay it down as a rule that Rhus is indicated the more specifically the more speedily the true character of typhus can be diagnosed. Rhus is especially indi- cated by active delirium and great prostration, a dark and livid redness of the cheeks, injected eyes, early dryness and redness of the tongue, and a copious diarrhoea which sets in soon after the fever has fairly shown its true character. Cases adapted to Rhus, never run a speedy course, nor will the crisis have to be expected previous to the seventeenth day; until then the medicine may be continued without fear unless some other medicine should be indi- cated by particular symptoms; the symptoms of Rhus correspond to all the stages of a most intense typhus, even to the third week. An alleviating epistaxis, stools tinged with blood, a severe bronchial affection with a dirty-looking, sanguinolent expectoration are special indications for Rhus, which may likewise prove efficacious in pneumo- typhus. In exanthematic typhus Rhus generally has the advantage over Bryonia not only on account of the greater intensity of the fever, but of the whole course of the disease. Rhus is generally indicated by excessive reactive endeavors with insufficiency of reactive power, and an excessive irritability of the nervous system. There is scarcely another remedy that has shown its good effects in so many cases, although we must never expect to cut the fever short with this remedy. Arsenicum album is the most prominent remedy in typhus; it will even cure cases that seemed utterly hopeless. The cases adapted to Arsen, resemble those indicating Rhus, at least in the beginning. The fever is intense, the patients are very restless and show by their behavior that they are in great distress ; the least pressure on the ileo- coecal region and the region of the spleen causes pain. Symptoms of decomposition of the blood set in at an early period, such as nose-bleed, bloody diarrhoea, badly-colored, bloody sputa, petechise Typhus. 593 on the skin; the stools have a foul odor, the exhalations emanating from the patient generally, are very fetid. Instead of perfect sopor we have a change between great nervous excitement and complete prostration. Bedsores break out at an early period of the disease, forming gangrenous scurfs with dark-red borders. The pulse is very frequent, hard and tense. The patients are tormented by an unquenchable thirst. Generally Arsemcum is recommended for the second half of the second, and for the third week; but we doubt whether this is practically correct; in our opinion we should accom- plish a great deal more by means of Arsenicum, if the remedy were more frequently administered from the commencement or at least in the first week of the disease, for in such a case it might show its effect upon the whole course of typhus. Since Arsenicum is more than any other medicine adapted to the worst forms of all infectious diseases, it seems wrong to delay its administration until the symptoms indicating Arsenicum, are developed in their most malignant intensity. Years ago Fleischmann showed that typhus generally runs a favorable course under the influence of Arsenicum, and we should think that several hundred cures ought to be some- thing in its favor. Fleischmann, however, generalizes too much, whereas Wurmb, on the other hand, errs in individualizing beyond necessity. After all, the balance inclines in Fleischmann's favor, for Arsen. produces the symptoms of lentescent as well as of inflammatory and putrid typhus. Our advice therefore is that Arsen. should be given more frequently than has been customary, from the very beginning of the attack, and that we should not wait until the disease has fully developed its pernicious character. A few special indications for Arsen, are the following: Striking and typical remission of the fever, having the appearance of an actual intermission. Marked meteorism of the bowels, with gurgling in the bowels, but no diarrhoea. Extensive hypostasis of the lungs, with bronchitis and considerable hoarseness. Irregular action of the heart, absence of the second sound of the heart. Paroxysms of sudden collapse towards midnight. Fetid breath. Frequent retch- ing and even vomiting, immediately after drinking, in the second and the subsequent weeks or during convalescence. Considerable enlargement of the spleen. In exanthematic typhus Arsen, is indi- cated much less frequently, and is chiefly adapted only to the putrid form, the so-called putrid typhus. In lentescent typhus Arsen, is an excellent remedy, if the symptoms exacerbate every other day ; if the patients are tormented by anxiety; if every little meal causes 594 Epidemic and Endemic Infectious Diseases. retching and vomiting, although the tongue is clean. Arsen. is so much more extensively applicable the more typhus assumes the epidemic form; likewise in endemic typhus. Most observers advo- cate repeated doses of the second to the fourth trituration. [We remember a case of exanthematic typhus where the putrid stage had fully set in; the patient was emaciated and extremely pros- trated ; the teeth looked black; the tongue was swollen, blackish and bleeding; blood oozed from the gums; the skin was covered with petechise, from many of which a black, foul, decomposed blood was constantly oozing ; involuntary, bloody, horridly-smelling stools. A few globules of Arsen. 18th excited a reaction which ended in perfect recovery in one week. II.] Phosphorus is one of the most important remedies in typhus ; its curative action is, however, limited to certain sharply defined cases; it cannot be regarded as a general remedy for typhus, in the same sense as Arsen, or Bryon. - Above all, Phosphorus is indicated in pneumo-typhus with violent bronchitis, hepatization, together with hypostasis and laryngitis. It is a sovereign remedy for this condi- tion, unsurpassed by any other medicine. It is indicated by the following abdominal symptoms: Frequent diarrhoeic stools at an early period of the disease, coming on after every meal, of a dark- dingy, blackish-gray color, or mixed with decomposed blood and containing shreds of intestinal mucous lining. Extreme prostration after every discharge. Numerous roseola-spots, with ecchymoses and sudamina. Burning heat of the trunk, with cold sweat about the head and on the extremities. Pulse frequent, small and feeble. Sensitiveness of the region of the liver and stomach; considerable meteorism. A characteristic indication for Phosphorus is vomiting in the first, and at the commencement of the second week; the vomiting contains watery-bilious and slimy masses which are brought up with great distress. In exanthematic typhus, Phos- phorus is one of the first remedies, for the reason that the pulmo- nary symptoms are generally very prominent and involve the most danger.-Among the sequelae, Phosphorus is indicated by diarrhoea when it acts like colliquative diarrhoea. Hartmann points to sexual excitement as a not unfrequent indication for Phosphorus. Acidum phosphoricum renders eminent service in typhus; even the Rational School acknowledges its power in this disease without, of course, mentioning the source where this knowledge was ob- tained. Phosphoric acid is a truly specific remedy in lentescent typhus, and is never indicated, if the fever is high and the nerves Typhus. 595 greatly excited. The patients are lying in a state of excessive prostration and apathy, without being exactly in a state of sopor; the face is rather pallid, not turgescent, the pulse very frequent, feeble and small; the tongue is not very dry; it is smooth as a mirror, red. The thirst is inconsiderable; diarrhoea moderate, the discharges occurring only now and then; the meteorism is not very marked. The disease does not show any tendency to a speedy change; perceptible remissions do not take place. The whole pro- cess has the appearance of a gradual extinction of the vital powers, without any decided reactive efforts being perceptible on the part of the organism. Beside the cases where Acidum phosphor, is in- dicated from the beginning, sometimes after Bryonia, but never, properly speaking, after Rhus or Arsenicum, Phosphori acidum can likewise come into play, if, at the end of the fourth week, convales- cence seems to remain stationary, more particularly if a moderate diarrhoea is frequent. Of the other mineral acids, Acidum muriaticum is sometimes used; the forms of typhus requiring this acid are, upon the whole, very rare. Muriatic acid is more particularly adapted to lentescent putrid typhus where the decomposition of the fluids is slow and extensive, but does not set in suddenly. The general symptoms resemble those of Phosphoric acid, only the fever is more severe, the restlessness is more marked and the following local symptoms are present: Frequent diarrhoeic stools, but scanty; the character- istic faecal discharges are mingled with shreds of intestinal mucous lining and with lumps of whitish mucus. The discharges are most commonly involuntary ; the meteorism is very great. The mucous linino- of the mouth is ulcerated here and there, the ulcerations being covered with a dirty-white coating. The bedsores have an indolent, pale look; they are painless and extend very rapidly. The patients' breath is very offensive; they have an aversion to any kind of food, but they crave fresh cold water. [Settling down in the bed, is characteristic of this acid. H.] So far as our present experience goes, these remedies conclude the number of our typhus-remedies; it remains for us now to in- dicate a number of other remedies that are more or less useful for various phenomena, but do not correspond with the whole charac- ter and course of the disease. We will mention them as briefly as possible. If Aconitum is prescribed for the violent fever at the beginning of typhus, it is probably for no other reason than because the diag- 596 Epidemic and Endemic Infectious Diseases. nosis is not yet satisfactorily cleared up; we do not believe that Aconitum is capable of either exerting a curative or palliative effect in typhus. Belladonna, which undoubtedly seems to be indicated in the first week of the fever, may sometimes moderate its violence at that period, especially the excessive cerebral hypersemia, but it will scarcely ever produce a striking and incontrovertible effect. It renders most efficient aid against the severe bronchitis of the first week. In the later course of the disease, it is scarcely ever indi- cated. [We think Bsehr underrates the great virtues of Belladonna as a specific remedy for typhus. We have cured many cases of typhus where no other remedy was used except Belladonna. We will mention a few of them. A girl of thirteen years, of a healthy constitution and very mild temperament, was attacked with a severe angina fancium. Next day she was slightly delirious, complained of seeing people in the room, strange-looking faces, dogs, etc. Pulse about one hundred and ten; cheeks scarlet-red, eyes sparkling, tongue dry, like sole-leather, skin dry and hot, urine red, without any sediment; bowels con- stipated ; great prostration and rapid emaciation. I gave her Bel- ladonna 1st attenuation. On the seventh day she left her bed fully recovered. A lady of about forty years was attacked with pleuro-pneumonia; on the third day of the disease, the symptoms of typhus were fully developed. Severe headache ; eyes sparkling; cheeks pale, with occasional deep flushes; tongue parched, and of a deep-brown color like sole-leather; skin dry and hot; pulse about one hundred and twenty; bowels constipated, urine of a deep-yellow color with a reddish tint; grasping at flocks, picking at the bedclothes; furious delirium; intense thirst, but the least attempt to swallow a drop of liquid caused the patient to utter a piercing cry and threw her into violent spasms, with foam at the mouth. The patient took nothing but Belladonna. She improved very gradually every week; sometimes no improvement became perceptible under a fortnight. The whole course of the disease extended during a period of three months, I mean from the first outbreak of the fever to the day when the patient took her first ride out in a carriage A young lady of twenty-three years was attacked with lentescent typhus; the leading symptoms were: headache, somnolence, dry and hot skin, pulse one hundred and twenty; tongue of a deep- brown color, very dry but smooth as a mirror; urine of a deep- Typhus. 597 yellow color; prostration, utter loss of appetite, emaciation; bron- chial irritation. The disease ran a course of twenty-one days. The patient took nothing but Belladonna,middle and lower potencies. HJ Arnica in its whole pathogenesis shows so much resemblance to typhus that it must astonish everybody that this remedy should not have been employed in this disease more frequently than it has. The characteristic indications result from a merely superficial view of the symptoms. The disease is more like an inflammatory fever, the cheeks are pale, with flushes of redness, the pulse is not very much accelerated, the heat is unequally distributed. The patients show an extraordinary sensitiveness of the organs of sense, together with a distressing headache; nose-bleed, bloody expectoration; active delirium without great bodily restlessness. It is questionable whether Arnica can do anything for bedsores. As regards the kind and intensity of the cases to which Arnica is homoeopathic, this med- icine occupies a middle rank beween Rhus and Bryonia. Carbo vegetabilis is regarded by many as an exquisite remedy for typhus. We do not share this opinion, and simply believe Carbo adapted to certain anomalous manifestations in the course of the disease. Carbo may be exhibited if the patients are sunk in a state of apathy without any marked symptoms of reaction; if the body is burning-hot and the extremities are icy-cold; if the functional power of the heart fails very speedily; if petechise break out in large numbers, with extensive hypostasis of the lungs, foul and decomposed diarrhoeic stools, frequent attacks of an ominous col- lapse, wide-spread decubitus, with burning pain of the sores. Carbo is rather suitable in cases that seem to be adapted to Bryonia or Acidum phosphoricum. In the subsequent course of the disease, Carbo is more particularly indicated by the bronchial catarrh, if there is a good deal of tenacious mucus that can only be expec- torated with a great deal of difficulty; during the convalescence, this remedy may sometimes be required by the characteristic diarrhoea. Digitalis can only be exhibited in lentescent typhus, if constipa- tion is associated with great irritability of the stomach and pain- fulness of the region of the liver; the pulse is at times rapid, at other times slow and feeble, and is very much accelerated by every motion, especially by rising from a recumbent position; the sensorium is clouded but consciousness is never entirely lost, and although there is no diarrhoea, yet the strength and the flesh waste away very rapidly. Digitalis is undoubtedly deserving of great 598 Epidemic and Endemic Infectious Diseases. consideration in typhus, were it only for the reason that its sphere of action is limited and distinctly circumscribed. Closely related to the former remedy is Cuprum, concerning whose faculty of producing a connected series of typhoid symptoms Frerichs' observation in Mengershausen (see Frank's Archiv. vol. IV.) furnishes the most conclusive testimony. Without repro- ducing the facts related in that publication, we recommend them to the careful study of all homoeopathic practitioners. The copper- typhus sets in and runs its course without any violent fever, but an extraordinary prostration at once makes its appearance, which increases so rapidly amid symptoms of sanguineous decomposition (nose-bleed, petechia?) that in a short time death takes place with all the symptoms of general paralysis. Secale cornutum is indicated if the attack sets in with convulsions, paralysis of the extremities, gangrenous ulcers especially on the extremities, extensive ecchymoses on the skin. Kreosotum corresponds to putrid typhus if copious atonic hemor- rhages exist. Stramonium, Hyoscyamus, Helleborus are only suitable for cor- responding cerebral symptoms. In our opinion they will seldom accomplish any real good, nor will they be required for the reason that a delirium of the most varied forms does not constitute any essential deviation from the normal course of typhus. [We do not agree with Bsehr so far as Hyoscyamus is concerned. We know from experience that an acute outbreak of typhus may yield to Hyoscyamus. A robust merchant of about forty years came home with a terrible headache. He had bad a heavy chill in his count- ing-room which was very soon followed by fever. The cephalic distress was principally located in one side of the head. Bryonia was given. Next day delirium set in, with picking at the bed- clothes; the patient was constantly talking about his business, and wanted to leave his bed; the prostration was very great, and he lost flesh visibly; the bowels were loose, the discharges having an offensive smell. The patient was constantly troubled with the paintings on the wall falling to one side. A drop of the tincture of Hyoscyamus was mixed in half a tumbler of water, of which mix- ture a dessertspoonful was given him every two hours. After the second dose he dropped to sleep, and woke after a refreshing sleep in full tide of recovery. H.] The same remarks apply to Opium; this remedy is said to fre- quently have removed the deep sopor of typhus-patients; we have Typhus. 599 never been able to accomplish such a result by means of Opium. [A man had an attack of exanthematic typhus; the fever had run six weeks, and the patient seemed irretrievably lost. Towards the end of the sixth week the following symptoms had developed them- selves: The patient was constantly settling down in his bed; the eyes were half closed, with the eye-balls turned upwards in their sockets; depression of the lower jaw; strings of a ropy saliva were hanging out at the corners of the mouth; tongue thick and trem- ulous; involuntary stools; miliaria; excessive emaciation, complete lethargy. A few drops of Muriatic Acid in half a tumbler of water re-awakened the sinking reaction. The paralytic symptoms were followed by a deep sopor. This was on the evening of the forty-first day. A drop of Opium, was mixed in half a tumbler of water, of which mixture the patient took a dessertspoonful every two hours. Next morning, instead of the usual exacerbation a sound sleep set in, which lasted with short interruptions, for a whole week. No further medicine was given. The patient drove out in a fortnight, perfectly well. In my opinion the Opium had a curative effect in this case. II.] Camphcra acts well for a short time when given as an intermediate remedy for sudden paroxysms of severe collapse coming on the heel of great exaltation of the cerebral functions. A few other, most unimportant remedies will be found indicated under catarrh of the stomach which very often bears a deceptive similarity to the lighter grades of typhus. The general management and the diet to be observed in typhus are of more importance than in any other disease. It is unfortu- nately true that in this respect physicians are often guilty of the most unpardonable delinquencies. In managing typhus-patients we observe the folio wino- rules, the usefulness of which has been abun- dantly established, and which we have never known to result in any mischief to the patient. The patients should lie on a mattress, never on feather-beds which promote the development of bedsores. A woollen blanket with a linen sheet is sufficient covering. The win- dows in the sick-room should never be shut entirely, no matter in what season of the year; if possible, the room should always be kept properly ventilated by securing a current of air along the ceiling. If possible, the patients should often be changed to another bed, and even to another room. Once every day, and, if the disease has reached its height, several times a day, the patient should be washed with cold water over the largest part of his body ; an ablution of this kind affords an immense amount of comfort to the patient. 600 Epidemic and Endemic Infectious Diseases. The passages from the bowels and bladder have to be removed as soon as possible. If possible, the same person should never be in constant attendance on the patient, lest he should become too much impregnated with the typhus-contagium. Only the most indis- pensable conversation should be held with the patient, and all mental excitement should be strictly avoided. As long as the vio- lence of the fever continues, no great supply of nourishment is required; the patient does not desire anything, nor should he be persuaded to partake of anything substantial. Liquid nourishment is best adapted to his condition. If the patient desires, he may have: beef-tea, broth (no veal-broth), chicken-broth, milk diluted with one-third water, malt-beer cooked with sago or gruel, which should be allowed to cool before it is used ; mucilaginous soups, but not exclusively. The best beverage is fresh water; this should be given the patient quite often, even if he does not call for it, for it is the best means of repairing the waste of moisture caused by the fever. Sugar-water is hurtful; water with the juice of fruit dis- solved in it, may be partaken of in very moderate quantities. Soda- water very soon becomes offensive to the patient. Water with a little wine is perfectly appropriate in the later course of the disease. Malt-beer with a little sugar is perfectly admissible ; it imparts more than any other beverage the sensation that the thirst is quenched, and the patients crave it even when they are lying in a state of sopor. We have never seen it do any harm. Many patients mani- fest a strong desire for fruit which they may partake of stewed, but moderately, not too often; stewed prunes without the skin are the best kind. The diet during the period of convalescence is very difficult to manage properly. Either a real canine hunger is experienced by the patients, or else the stomach craves food without being able to digest it. The former is the more common result under homoeo- pathic treatment, the latter is often the result of the abuse of drugs. In the former case the patient's craving for food may be gratified every two hours, but the quantity ought to be small each time, and the food ought • moreover to be substantial. Beef, chickens, venison, but very little farinaceous food which, by the deposition of quantities of fsecal matter, might irritate ulcers in the intestines that are not entirely healed. Good vegetables are decidedly bene- ficial. Individuals recovering from typhus have to be treated like persons that were near starving to death. If the stomach is weak, the food has to be selected with so much more care, nor should the patient be too often persuaded to eat. Good wine after a meal Typhus. 601 sometimes has a marvelously good effect, whereas, if the patient is tormented by canine hunger, it is rather hurtful than beneticial. A resumption of our habitual stimulants, such as coffee, tea, tobacco, should be postponed as long as possible. The patients may be allowed the use of fresh air as soon as expedient; no apprehension need be entertained of their takino- cold, o [Among the recent additions to our Materia Medica, Baptisia tinctoria or the wild Indigo is recommended for typhoid fever. This drug was first brought to the notice of the homoeopathic profession by Dr. Hoyt in the sixth volume of the North-American Journal. The following interesting cases were published by him : Mrs. C. was taken with typhus-fever and treated allopathically. She became so reduced that her life was despaired of. After the continuation of the fever for thirty-one days, as a last resort, Mr. C. prepared a decoction of the Baptisia; taking a piece of the root about three inches long and three-eighths of an inch thick, steeping it in half a pint of water. He commenced by giving her five or six drops of the decoction once in fifteen minutes, increasing till he gave nearly a teaspoonful at a dose. In about one hour and a half the surface of the patient presented an appearance as though she had been literally scalded, so red was the skin, accompanied with a most intense superficial heat; at the same time noticing large drops of sweat standing on her forehead, the medicine was discontinued. In a few minutes a profuse perspiration appeared all over her body which continued for nearly twelve hours, or till she was bathed freely with brandy and water. From this time she began to improve, and with the occasional administration of a drop or two of the remedy, got well, without any febrile symptoms. It is worthy of remark that immediately upon the administration of the remedy she became cpiiet and fell asleep; she had been restless and delirious for three weeks previous. Mr. and Mrs. S. being very unwell, I was called and found them suffering with continued fever. After prescribing Aconite, Rhus, etc., without much effect, and my patients growing rapidly worse, I was induced to use the Baptisia in decoction as in the former case. I remained to watch the operation of the remedy. To my great surprise, in about an hour the perspiration appeared upon the fore- heads of my patients, and it gradually covered the entire surface. In about six hours they were thoroughly bathed with tepid water; the next morning scarce a vestige of the fever remained, and a rapid recovery followed. 602 Epidemic and Endemic Infectious Diseases. Mr. R. was taken with typhus fever, and had the usual homoeo- pathic remedies for several days. An unfavorable prognosis was given and the Baptisia decided upon. It was administered and its effects watched. In this case drop-doses of an alcoholic tincture were used. The fever was reduced more than one half in a few hours, and by a continuation of the remedy he was saved. A fierce delirium was present in this case, but it rapidly gave way under the action of the medicine. English practitioners, Drs. Hughes, Kidd, and others, speak of this medicine very favorably in the incipient stages of typhus, and more particularly when gastric fevers show a tendency to lapse into the typhoid type. According to Dr. Edwin M. Hale, the following are the characteristic indications for its use: Chilliness all day, heat at night; chilliness with soreness of the whole body; heavy, dull, bruised sensation in the head, stupefying headache, confusion of ideas, delirium at night, heavy sleep with frightful dreams, dry and red tongue, or brown coated tongue, sticky mouth, fetid breath, fetid sweat, and great fetor of the discharges (urine and stool), great debility and nervous prostration, with erethism; ulcerations of a bad character, etc. According to my own experience, Baptisia is not so much indi- cated in fully developed typhus as in intermediate forms of gastro- intestinal fever and abdominal typhus. My experience in the use of this drug is limited, but I doubt whether any good can be ex- pected from it after the ulcerative process in abdominal typhus has fully set in. In the first stages of exanthematic typhus, when no other medicines are indicated by characteristic symptoms, Baptisia may have a good effect in kindling a decided reaction. II.] 3. Febris Icterodes. Yellow Fever. This is an epidemic fever of a specific nature and a continuous type, so called because the skin and conjunctiva look yellow, although cases have been known to occur where this yellowness is almost entirely absent. Such patients complain of severe supra- orbital headache, and soon become delirious. In the subsequent course of the disease the urinary secretions become suspended, inter- stitial hemorrhages take place, the patient passes black stools and vomits a black substance; this is the stage of black vomit, which generally terminates fatally. This fever is endemic in low districts on the sea-coast, more par- Febris Icterodes. 603 ticularly on some of the West India Islands, Cuba, and in some of our Southern cities, New Orleans, Mobile, Savannah, Charleston, and even higher North, Wilmington, Norfolk, Baltimore, and occasion- ally is brought even to Philadelphia and New York. It has like- wise been imported into European ports, Lisbon, Southampton, and St. Nazaire, in the Department of the Lower Loire, in France; but the fever has never been known to propagate beyond the 48° North latitude, nor without a temperature of 72° Fahr. It has a period of incubation of from three to eight, ten and even more days. It is generally supposed that yellow fever attacks a person only once during his lifetime, but I have known individuals in New Orleans who had two, and one person who had three attacks of the fever during different epidemics. That this fever is a specific fever, owing its existence to some specific contagium by which it is pro- pagated, and which may adhere to such fomites as woollens, fea- thers, cotton,, letters, etc., is not only no longer doubted, but is a fact established beyond the shadow of a doubt by the Lisbon epi- demic of 1857, and by the importation of the disease from Havana into the port of St. Nazaire by the "Anne Marie," in 1861, and by the Royal mail-steamer "La Plata" into the port of Southampton, in the month of November, 1852. That yellow fever is a contagious disease, is likewise shown by Dr. Holcombe's interesting report of the yellow fever epidemic, which visited Natchez and the surrounding neighborhood in 1853. "The first cases of the fever," writes the Doctor in the twelfth number of the North American Journal of Homoeopathy, "ap- peared in families some members of which had come from New Orleans within a few weeks. The houses were pleasantly situated in the central part of the city, and the tenants all in comfortable circumstances. There were four distinct centres of emanation whence the disease spread in every direction, not reaching the suburbs until after several weeks. Many of the inhabitants who fled into the country, carried the disease with them. One gentle- man sickened on the road, and stopped at the house of a friend, twelve miles from town, where he died of yellow fever. One of the family speedily exhibited the same disease and died. Another fled into an adjoining county, where he also sickened and communicated the disease to those around him. "In this manner neighborhoods were scourged by yellow fever where the disease was utterly unknown. "In several cases which came under my observation, the families 604 Epidemic and Endemic Infectious Diseases. were carefully isolated, with the exception of one messenger, who was permitted to visit the town on necessary business, and uni- formly that messenger was the first attacked. This epidemic was undoubtedly contagious." The yellow fever epidemic which visited Lisbon in 1857, was carefully investigated by Dr. Lyons, of Dublin, who describes five distinct forms of the disease: 1st, the algid form; 2d, the sthenic form; 3d, the hemorrhagic form; 4th, the purpuric form; and 5th, the typhous form. The algid type is the most suddenly fatal form of the disease. "The patient, while in the enjoyment of his usual health, and in the midst of his usual occupation, feels suddenly the effects, as it were, of a sudden blow from a heavy bar on the back, falls down while walking or standing, and dies within a few hours in profound collapse, and after exhibiting more or less of the other symptoms of this fever." The countenance became sunken, the eyes looked dull and filmy, the face and trunk presented a dirty livid hue, and the surface was dotted with points of venous congestion,and hemor- rhagic spots or patches like purpura broke out here and there. In severe cases the tongue and breath were cold. In the sthenic form the symptoms of an inflammatory condi- tion of the system, severe headache, a high, full and hard pulse, flushed face and throbbing in the temples, were present. The hemorrhagic type was characterized by effusions of blood from various organs and tissues, "the hemorrhage never being single, nor from any one source or organ only." In the purpuric form the distinctive signs are purpuric patches of various tints and colors, caused by subcutaneous effusions of the coloring matter of the blood. The typhous form is most generally a sequela of the other types; in some cases the disease presents the character of typhus, with stupor, nervous prostration and other typhoid symptoms, from the outset of the attack. In reference to the course and characteristics of yellow fever, Dr. Holcombe imparts the following interesting information in his interesting paper: "Yellow fever, like scarlatina, presents a wide range of mani- festation, from an ephemeral mildness to the most malignant severity. The impending attack is sometimes foreshadowed for a few hours by languor, restlessness, and malaise, most com- monly a chill comes on, without premonition. Sometimes heat, Febris Icterodes. 605 shiverings, headache and nausea, are all confusedly mingled in the onset. When the febrile reaction is complete, the pain in the head, back and limbs is sometimes exceedingly severe; the skin is hot and dry; the pulse full and hard, from 100 to 130; urine scanty and high colored ; eyes injected, watery, brilliant; tongue covered with a pasty, white coat, with red edges and apex; there is some- times a good deal of mucous and bilious vomiting. This paroxysm, scarcely distinguishable from the incipient stage of bilious remit- tent, lasts from twelve to thirty-six hours, terminating in a general or partial perspiration with great diminution, but seldom with the disappearance of the symptoms. This remission is the rule, but the exceptions are numerous, and I have repeatedly seen the fever con- tinue uninterruptedly four or five days. In a few hours the patient declares himself worse, and another train of symptoms arises. The pain in the head, back and limbs is not so poignant, frequently is entirely absent. ' The pulse, tongue and skin may remain natural, whilst in fact the patient is verging into a most critical state. The febrile irritation is rather of the typhoid than of the sthenic type, the pulse being soft, rapid and sometimes irregular. Pain more frequently exists in the epigastric, occasionally in the umbil- ical or hypochondriac regions. It is sometimes intolerable, while in cases of imminent danger the symptom may be entirely wanting. Diarrhoea, or dysentery, may accompany this stage, but constipation is more common. Burning in the pit of the stomach, acid and acrid eructations, flatulence, thirst, nausea, all combine to produce a remarkable sense of prostration, and a great degree of tossing and sleeplessness. The skin and conjunctiva assume a light lemon-hue, which deepens into a deep orange or gamboge color, although this symptom is by no means universal. The urine is of a sulphur or saf- fron yellow, and stains linen. Sometimes there is slight strangury, and in bad cases the secretion of urine is totally suppressed. Hemor- rhage from the gums and fauces or other mucous membranes is now common. Vomiting becomes a distressing and an alarming symptom. The matters ejected pass from a greenish-yellow into a brownish or claret-colored hue; sometimes blood, red, dark, or brown, is thrown up. The appearance of coffee-ground vomit leaves but a ray of hope. Still the patient may recover through a tardy convalescence, very liable to relapse. If the disease be not arrested, the temperature of the skin falls, the hemorrhage becomes more profuse or ominous, the circulation fails, extreme jactitation comes on, delirium or coma supervenes, and dissolu- 606 Epidemic and Endemic Infectious Diseases. tion is occasionally preceded by general convulsions. The patients seemed generally to be worst on the first, third, and fifth days. Death appeared to be more common on the sixth, but some few died as early as the third day, and many lingered beyond a week. Several cases terminated in dysentery and a good number in com- mon intermittent fever. " The above sketch is purely typical, the symptoms of which would not be presented by any one single case. " I will now mention some local features of importance, which have come under my own observation. " Head. The headache was severe during the first paroxysm, but abated during the remission, seldom to return and never to resume its prior intensity. It was throbbing, boring, with a sensa- tion of undulation in the cranium. There was commonly soreness of the eye-balls in motion, sometimes photophobia, and in one case violent earache. There was sometimes a sensation as if the head was very much enlarged. In a few cases the headache wras general, but was mostly referred to the supra-orbital region. I believe it will usually be found that, when the organic functions bear the brunt of the disease, the headache will be referred to the ante- rior part of the cranium, while the derangements of animal life are rather displayed by vertical and occipital headache. " Eyes. The redness, brilliancy, and watery suffusion of the eye is more marked in the first stage of yellow fever than in any of its allied diseases. " Mouth. Spontaneous ptyalism sometimes occurred, one or two cases of which were ascribed by the unscrupulous malice of our opponents to the secret use of Calomel. " Stomach. Positive pain in the epigastrium sometimes occurred, but there was more frequently only soreness, and sense of weakness and oppression. Thirst, burning in the pit of the stomach, and an indescribable, empty, gnawing, sinking feeling, preceded and accom- panied the nausea and vomiting, which w'ere the most troublesome and distressing of the yellow fever symptoms. An insensibility to external pressure stood occasionally in strange discordance with the gastric irritability, and other symptoms of gastro-enteritis. Acid and acrid eructations were very common. Every thing, even cold water, was said by the patient to 'turn sour on the stomach.' Conjoined with these symptoms, there was sometimes a morbid, canine hunger which made the patient forget every thing else and think that, could he only eat something, he would feel perfectly Febris Icterodes. 607 well. The nausea was provoked by eating, by motion, and, in some cases, by lying on the left side. Hiccough, which Dr. Stokes con- siders a strong sign of inflammation about the cardiac orifice of the stomach, occurred in some bad cases. The matters ejected varied in their nature. Black vomit likewise occurred, sometimes in great quantities, and when the patient was much prostrated, the fluid was merely gulped up, running out at the corners of the mouth. It is said to be distinctly acid, reddening litmus paper, and effer- vescing with carbonates. It is not always a fatal symptom. " Genitourinary Apparatus. The uterus and vagina were by no means exempted from the hemorrhagic tendencies of the other mucous membranes. In a few cases the urine was at first limpid, then yellow, and, occasionally, turbid and brownish like porter. This last was sometimes largely excreted, without proving critical. Suppression of urine is perhaps more frequent in this disease than in any other, excepting Asiatic cholera. It was always a symptom of formidable character, and, when conjoined with black vomit and delirium, presaged too certainly the approach of death. " Chest. The thoracic organs were not principally deranged. A soft, full, compressible pulse, averaging hundred, was very common throughout the disease, whether mild or severe. In one case the wrist was pulseless for some hours, as in Asiatic cholera, the pulsa- tion returning during a partial, but transitory reaction. " Nervous System. In all points of view, as the medium of the mind and of the senses, as an excito-motory apparatus, both volun- tary and involuntary, the nervous system was both primarily and secondarily implicated. The subjective phenomena were numerous and distressing: pains, nausea, vertigo, numbness, bad taste, thirst, hunger, coldness, burning heat, frightful dreams, etc. The abdom- inal pains of the second stage, and even the thirst, heartburn, nausea, etc., were sometimes distinctly, but irregularly intermittent, like the pains of colic, which is explained by the fact that all the functions of the ganglionic plexus are rhythmical in their character. According to Volkmann, even a current of electricity is not trans- mitted continuously through them, but is broken up into a number of successive shocks. Delirium occurring in the first stage, was of little importance. Later in the disease, it was in some cases furious, the patient struggling desperately to get out of bed, but generally it was of the mild, incoherent typhoid type. In an old drunkard it was precisely the delirium of mania a potu. Stupor, even to profound coma, often marked the last stages. 608 Epidemic and Endemic Infectious Diseases. "Skin. The temperature of the skin after the febrile paroxysm was commonly natural. In a few cases there was the calor mordax of typhus. "The perspirations were very irregular, often partial, sometimes offensive, and never, that I could discern, of the least prognostic value. The yellowness came on generally by the third or fourth day, seldom earlier, sometimes not until convalescence was estab- lished. Petechiae were sometimes observed in protracted cases. The eruption was sometimes vesicular, sometimes like what is known as prickly heat, sometimes like nettle-rash, and again the skin presented the lobster-like redness of scarlatina." Prognosis. Aitken arranges the data to judge from, into symptoms which are favorable, and those which are not so. Favor- able symptoms: "A slow pulse and moderate temperature of the body, and quiet stomach. Streaks of blood during the stage of black vomit, or after acid elimination has set in, are favorable, if the corpuscles are found entire. If the urinary secretion continue, and the black vomit be scanty from the first, or is afterwards sup- pressed, the patient may yet survive. Urine simply albuminous is a less serious sign than when it also contains tube-casts. Free, copious urine, no matter how dark or bilious, is the most favorable of any sign. Prognostics may be derived from the effects of treat- ment." Under homoeopathic treatment the prognosis is infinitely more favorable than under the Old School treatment with their murderous doses of Calomel and Quinine. Dr. Holcombe treated one hundred and forty cases of yellow fever between the 13th of August and the 15th of December, 1853. None of them were cases of ephemeral sickness, nothing but unequivocal, strongly marked yellow fever was admitted into the list. Of this number seventy-one were white, and sixty-nine colored; of the colored thirty-nine were blacks, and thirty mulattoes. The adults were ninety-three; children forty-seven; cases in town one hundred and eleven ; cases in the country twenty-nine. Males sixty, females eighty. At least one-half of the cases were very severe, the patients being for several days in a critical and dangerous situation. Of the one hundred and forty cases, nine died. Of these six were treated homoeopathically from thebeginning, one case was complicated with abortion and profuse hemorrhage ; another, a cachectic negro, died six weeks after the day of attack in a typhoid condition, the sequel of the fever. Three came into the doctor's hands on the fourth and fifth day of the fever, two of them having employed allopathic measures. Febris Icterodes. 609 Doctor Davis, the pioneer of Homoeopathy in that region, treated four hundred and fifteen cases, with twenty-four deaths. - "The unfavorable signs are : The more fiery crimson the tip and edge of the tongue, the more irritable the stomach, the severer the head- ache, the worse the prognosis of the first stage, and vice versa ; but a streak of blood in the early vomit indicates much danger from the attack. In the second stage the earlier or more complete the suppression of urine, and the more copious the ejection of black vomit, the more imminent the danger. If the urine be scanty, and loaded with tube-casts, entangled in epithelial and coagulable mat- ter, a light buff-colored curdy sediment indicates a complex lesion of the secreting structure of the kidneys. It is the urine symptom in its maximum of severity, and is as fatal as if the suppression had already occurred. A faltering of the articulation is a bad prognostic, and a difficulty of protruding the tongue, enhances it. The danger of the case is enhanced by inflammatory complications, and by hypertrophy of the heart. A recent residence in a temperate climate; the race or complexion of the individual; the fact of his previously having suffered from an attack, will enter into an estimate of his chances of recovery." Treatment, Doctor Holcombe reports: " If the chill was vio- lent, or persisted long, I ordered the tincture of Camphor in drop doses every ten minutes, a procedure eminently successful in Asiatic cholera, and in the cold stage of malignant intermittents. I met, not long since, in Cullen's Materia Medica, some interesting facts in proof of the last substantiated view, namely, that its primary effect is a great reduction of animal temperature. The operation of Camphor is so evanescent, that it in no wise interferes with the efficacy of subsequent remedies. Aconite and Belladonna were used in alternation in the first stage. To run a parallel between the symptoms of yellow fever and these drugs, would be to abstract whole pages from the Materia Medica. I need not speculate on the pathology of Aconite and Belladonna poisonings. They evidently show that profound lesion of innervation, subsequent nervous and vascular erethism, and local determination to the cutaneous and nervous membranes so strongly characteristic of the yellow-fever poisoning. They are complements of each other in making out the whole morbid picture, and were therefore used in alternation, every half hour at first, the interval being afterwards lengthened to one, and in mild cases, to two hours. In a few cases I used a drop of pure tincture in half a tumbler of water; but I generally contented 610 Epidemic and Endemic Infectious Diseases. myself with five or six drops of the first centesimal dilution prepared in the same manner, of which one teaspoonful was given at a time. A similar preparation of Ipecacuanha was commonly left, to be administered after each act of vomiting. In very mild cases these remedies alone sufficed. "When the second stage came on, the cerebro-spinal symptoms disappearing, or being much ameliorated, while the patient com- plained of nausea, prostration, acid or burning sensations, pain in the abdomen, thirst, restlessness, etc., a change of remedies was demanded. " On studying the symptoms of this stage, ninety-nine homoeo- paths out of a hundred would suggest Arsenicum as one of the main remedies. But lest my allopathic reader should distrust Hahne- mann's Materia Medica, or Jahr's Manual, I will collate from the nearest allopathic authority, which happens to be Taylor on Poisons, some of the prominent symptoms of the Arsenical pathogenesis. " Faintness, depression, nausea, with intense burning in the region of the stomach, increased by pressure. Violent vomiting of a brown turbid matter, mixed with mucus, and sometimes stained with blood. Sense of constriction, with a feeling of burning in the throat, often accompanied by intense thirst. Pulse small, frequent and irregular. Skin cold and clammy in the stage of collapse, at other times it is very hot. Respiration feeble, and accompanied with sighing. Inflammation of the conjunctiva with suffusion of the eyes, and intolerance of light. Irritation of the skin, accompanied by an eruption. Exfoliation of the cuticle. Great nervous irrita- bility. Intolerable pain in the bowels, with bloody stools. Great ema- ciation, want of sleep, urine scanty, high-colored, and passed with an effort. Suppression of urine. Strangury and jaundice have been also noticed among the secondary symptoms. Delirium, jactitation, coma, convulsions. " Finally the anatomical lesions of Arsenic are also remarkably similar to those of yellow fever. They are the pure dynamic effects of the drug acting through the nervous system; for it is well known that its specific effects on the stomach will be produced by injecting the veins or inserting it into a wound. Mr. Taylor says: "Arsenic is not an irritant poison; it does not seem to possess any corrosive properties, that is, it has no chemical action on the animal tissues, and the changes met with in the alimentary canal of a person poisoned by it, are referrible to the effects of the inflammation excited by the poison, and not to any chemical action." Febris Icterodes. 611 " Tn looking for a complcmental medicine to alternate with Arsenic, in order to fill up the morbid picture, we keep in view that it must be capable, chemically or otherwise, of deteriorating and devitalizing the blood, so as to give rise to hemorrhage and extra- vasation, and render it unfit for the nutritive demands of the nervous system. No poisons, animal, vegetable or mineral, do this more uniformly and effectually than the virus of serpents. Crotalus and Lachesis are remarkably similar in their action, like the iso- morphous substances in Dr. Blake's interesting experiments. We chose Lachesis in the fifth dilution, alternating it with the fourth trituration of Arsenicum, at intervals of an hour. When Belladonna and Arsenicum produced no amelioration, a change to Arsen, and Lachesis brought about the desired amendment. " These remedies were sufficient for very many severe cases of yellow fever, but occasional symptoms arose from the idiosyncrasy of the individual, or the peculiarity of the case, which called for other remedies. Veratrum was very useful in allaying the vomiting and abdominal pains. Tartar emetic succeeded promptly in some cases of prolonged and distressing nausea. Chamomilla did more for this gastric irritability than its rather mild pathogenesis would lead us to expect, particularly in the cases of women and children. Mustard plasters to the epigastrium, and cold enemata were also used as palliatives for the nausea and vomiting. Very hot fomen- tations frequently diminished the excruciating pains in the bowels. When diarrhoea or dysenteric symptoms supervened, Mercurius, Phosphorus or Colocynth relieved them readily. Cantharides scarcely ever failed to remove strangury, and restore the venal secretions, in conjunction with Arsenic. Nux vomica was frequently employed as an adjuvant in persons much addicted to alcoholic liquors. Chamo- milla, Sabina or Secale generally caused the symptoms of threatened abortion to disappear. When the strong characteristics of yellow fever gradually subsided, leaving the system prostrated and torpid, Phus and Bryonia were used with good effect. Belladonna, Coffea and Hyoscyamus were sometimes indicated at night for nervous sleeplessness. Millefolium was used in one case of abundant hemor- rhaee from the mouth, and whether it was a coincidence or a cure, it was almost immediately checked. Some of our ultra-IIahne- mannian brethren may find fault with us for using such low dilu- tions, repeating them so frequently, and sometimes employing three remedies in quick succession. But the malignity and rapidity of the disease, the diversity and frequent incongruity of the symptoms, 612 Epidemic and Endemic Infectious Diseases. their Protean forms and treacherous character, warranted us in active and decisive measures. Homoeopathic aggravation, under such circumstances, is very little to be apprehended, foreshadowing as it does a curative result. A resort to the hio-her dilutions, 6th, 12th or 30th after the lower had failed, was attended, in some cases, with the happiest effect. " If the above remedies proved inefficacious, if the patient sank, if the vomiting became worse, with brownish stains in the matter ejected, or any of those various hues which indicated hemorrhage from the gastric mucous membrane, Nitrate of Silver was the remedy, conjoined with Arsenicum and Lachesis. We made a first and second centesimal trituration, and as the latter did just as well as the for- mer, perhaps better, I infer that the action, like that of Arsenicum, was not topically stimulant, but dynamic. Indeed, what stimulus, in the allopathic sense of the word, can the one ten-thousandth of a grain of Nitrate of Silver, dissolved in half a tumbler of water, administered in teaspoonful doses, give to the whole gastric mucous membrane? A much more curative one, I venture to say, than the same remedy would have made in larger doses. As it was, the medicine frequently aggravated; and one patient complained bit- terly of the nausea it produced. In this case, all the dangerous symptoms were arrested by Lachesis. One negro woman lived a week after black vomit had set in, apparently, but not permanently, rallied by Nitrate of Silver, Carbo vegetabilis and Hydrocyanic acid. " Strict attention was paid to diet; a point of vast importance in managing the diseases of the blood-making apparatus. Arrow- root, rice-water and black tea with a little sugar and milk in it, were the standard articles for the first stage. During the second stage, the canine hunger was sometimes distressing; but besides the above nutriment, we seldom permitted anything but a tea- spoonful of pure cream at regular intervals. Ice was allowed, in moderate quantities, for the thirst. During convalescence, the slightest imprudence in eating was apt to induce relapse. I have seen toasted bread, chicken broth, soft boiled eggs, etc., decidedly injurious. When the patient is able to pass from the farinaceous articles to something more nutritive, he may be permitted at once to chew pieces of good beef-steak. This is much better than beef- tea, because the act of mastication extracts the saliva, and incor- porates it with the animal juice, thereby facilitating its digestion. Alcoholic stimulants were seldom given during the disease, or re- commended to promote recovery. Confirmed topers, however, were Cholera Asiatica. 613 permitted to use small quantities of their favorite beverages during the latter stages of the disease." H.J Cholera Asiatica. Asiatic Cholera. Asiatic cholera is an intensely epidemic disease; sporadic cases, even if they fijear the greatest resemblance to cholera, cannot be regarded as such, but must be set down as very violent cases of cholerine. We will not inquire where and how cholera first origi- nated. The important point with us is to be acquainted with the maimer in which this epidemic spreads. Cholera is caused by a special contagium which is multiplied by the disease and is con- tained in the excrements; its presence anywhere else is very doubt- ful. Hence the infection is principally spread by contact with the excrementitious matter of cholera-patients. This proposition which was first started by Pettenkofer is the only one among the multi- tude of hypotheses bearing on this point, by which the various bizarre modifications in the spread of the epidemic can be accounted for in a natural manner. This involves a second point, namely: that the development of the contagium does not take place within the body of the patient, but in the excrements after their removal out of the body, and that this development takes place so much more rapidly and intensely the more the conditions for a rapid decomposition of the excrements are accumulated. The infection is promoted by all kinds of affections affiliated to cholera, hence chiefly by gastro-intestinal catarrh, by circumstances exerting a depressing effect upon the mind, by a cold, by dietetic transgressions. Neither age nor sex shows either a greater or a less susceptibility to the disease. The epidemic now raging in Egypt furnishes a striking example of the origin and spread of cholera. Hence cholera is not contagious properly speaking. Symptoms and Course. It cannot be stated with perfect certainty how soon, after the infection has taken place, the first symptoms of the disease show themselves, but all circumstances tend to show that the period of incubation only lasts three days. It has no characteristic symptoms; the alterations caused by the dread of the fearful malady must not be mistaken for manifesta- tions of the disease itself. A preliminary stage in reality does not exist. The first sign that infection has taken place, is a painless diarrhoea which is very 614 Epidemic and Endemic Infectious Diseases. thin, but is still somewhat tinged with bile; the patient has from three to six discharges every day. On a careful examination, a number of shreds of epithelium are discovered in the excrements. The diarrhoea is not always associated with a marked feeling of malaise; sometimes the only symptoms present are a disproportion- ate feeling of lassitude, an increase of thirst and an impaired appe- tite. That this premonitory diarrhoea is real cholera, is shown by the circumstance that it is capable of spreading the infection. At any rate, every diarrhoea which sets in at the time of epidemic cholera ought to be regarded as a premonitory symptom of the dis- ease. At times the diarrhoea only lasts a few hours, at other times a few days, scarcely ever beyond a week. It may terminate the attack, or else the disease may pass into the more malignant and more characteristic forms of the epidemic. This passage to the more malignant type generally takes place quite suddenly. A copious evacuation takes place resembling rice- water, simultaneously with which the debility increases very rap- idly. These evacuations succeed each other with more or less rapidity, an agonizing thirst supervenes, and very soon the patient is attacked with vomiting of substances resembling the alvine evacuations, but having a little more color. At the same time the patients are no longer able to preserve the erect posture; they are tormented by a peculiar anguish which they point out as being located in the prsecordia; the urinary secretions are scanty or entirely suppressed, the patients have a cadaverous appearance, the eyes are sunken, surrounded by dark margins, the skin is cool, the head is bathed in a cool perspiration; the pulseis small; at this stage cramps of the glutei muscles and of other muscular bundles make their appearance. The affection may persist for some time at this height, very seldom longer than twelve hours, after which recovery takes place, the passages gradually resuming a bilious tinge, becoming less copious and less frequent, and the skin warm- ing up again. Convalescence from this milder form of the disease always proceeds rapidly, without being disturbed by consecutive diseases. Usually, however, this mild form sooner or later passes into the most violent form of the disease. This type of cholera, designated as cholera asphyctica or algida, very seldom breaks out all at once at the outset, but very often suc- ceeds the premonitory diarrhoea with the suddenness of a flash of lightness. The quantity of matter evacuated by the anus and mouth, is enormous; it is colorless and inodorous, contains shreds Cholera Asiatica. 615 of epithelium and a few flocks of mucus. These evacuations often succeed each other without the least intermission. The thirst now becomes agonizing; the vomiting is excited every time after the patient swallows a drink of water. His anxiety is excessive; at times he complains of violent pains in the pit of the stomach, and he is likewise tormented by severe cramps in the calves. The urin- ary secretion is entirely suppressed. The consequences of the im- mense losses of fluids show themselves very speedily. The skin becomes cold, very soon it assumes a cyanotic color, loses its elas- ticity to such a degree that a fold of integument on the hands, if pinched up, remains in this condition for a long time; the' face has a cadaverous appearance, the eyes are deeply sunken in their sockets, the nose is pointed, the lips blue. The temperature is like that of ice. The radial pulse can no longer be felt, not even that of the larger arteries; the sounds of the heart are very feeble, the second sound is often wanting; respiration is labored, the breath is cold; the voice is extinct. After this condition has lasted for twelve hours at most, death takes place, previous to which the evacuations up- wards and downwards generally cease and the extreme prostration changes to a complete stupor, without any real death-struggle, and without the rale which usually precedes death. The disease may change for the better even after it has reached the acme of the stage of asphyxia, although recovery from this stage is an event of rare occurrence. * The stage of reaction shows the most remarkable differences. The disease may uniformly but slowly progress towards convales- cence. This change as well as the beginning of reaction generally is indicated by the circumstance that the patients are able to retain liquids on their stomachs, and that the radial pulse returns. Grad- ually the temperature of the skin is restored, the alvine discharges diminish in number and are more and more colored; at first they are generally mixed with shreds of intestinal mucous membrane, and have a foul smell. The prostration continues for a few days, the urine is at first turbid and shows traces of an inflammatory process going on in the kidneys. Such a simple convalescence from cholera algida is always an exception, not the rule. In other cases the icy coldness is suddenly succeeded by a febrile excitement, a rapid and full pulse, cerebral hypersemia; this change is either speedily followed by convalescence, or else, typhoid phenomena make their appearance. The more malignant forms of cholera are very generally followed by typhoid symptoms. After the cessation 616 Epidemic and Endemic Infectious Diseases. of the vomiting and a return of the pulse, the pulse becomes hard, full and frequent; the turgescence of the skin is very marked. The brain seems blunted, the patients are lying in a state of sopor and delirium, very much prostrated; the temperature rises consider- ably; the thirst continues and the patient has even occasional attacks of vomiting, the diarrhceic stools are decomposed and have a foul smell; the tongue is dry and has a fuliginous coating. Every symptom points to the supervention of an intense typhus, with which the symptoms of an intense nephritis are generally asso- ciated. The transition from this typhoid condition to health always takes place very slowly, although more rapidly than in cases of true typhus. A favorable turn generally takes place already in the sec- ond week. Death is a very common termination of this condition. Cholera has no positive sequelae, although the most diversified derangements remain after an attack of cholera, which generally result from the circumstance that the circulation in the various organs had almost been arrested during the frigid stage to the point of inflammatory infiltration. We do not give a detailed statement of the anatomical changes in cholera, because they are almost gen- erally without any characteristic significance. Beside the excessive but perfectly explicable dryness of the tissues, we constantly meet with an extensive destruction of the epithelium of the mucous membrane of the ileum; the gall-bladder is found distended with bile. At all events, the anatomical lesions are not sutficient to account for the frightful rapidity of the development of cholera; the lesions of the intestinal epithelium certainly cannot be the only cause of the profuse watery evacuations. Treatment, We will in the first place call attention in a few remarks to the prophylactic treatment which can be arranged in cholera more easily than in any other epidemic. We know that the excrements of the patients are by far the most active vehicles of the eontagium. Hence, it behooves us either to destroy this con- tasium in the excrements, or else, to remove it. For this reason the discharges should at once be mixed with Sulphate.of Iron, and should not be thrown into water-closets, but into deep ditches remote from inhabited dwellings. The soiled bed-linen is best cleansed by boiling it. In order to protect uninfected persons, they must be forbidden to visit the houses of the sick, and above all, the use of the water-closets must be absolutely prohibited. Nurses should never remain with the patient too long at a time. The enactment of further measures is the business of the health-authorities; all Cholera Asiatica. 617 sanitary measures must aim at this one object, to keep the excre- ments of cholera-patients remote from all contact with healthy persons. On the other hand, it is unnecessary and useless to try to prevent the spread of cholera by placing all cholera-patients in strict quarantine. If cholera were contagious, every physician would have an attack of it. Among the precautionary measures which it behooves each individual to observe, the following are the most important: As much as possible a regular mode of living; the use of simple and substantial nourishment; the slightest possible devi- ation from one's regular mode of living; avoidance of all debili- tating influences, such as excessive mental exertions, depressing emotions, etc., more particularly avoidance of the excessive use of spirits. Whatever tends to excite diarrhoea, must be discarded. Persons must take care not to get chilled or overheated. Every diarrhoea with which a person may be attacked, or with which he may already be affected during an epidemic, should be carefully attended to. The observance of these preventive rules is at all events a much more efficient prophylactic than all the other vaunted preservatives which are almost always made up of spirits. Good claret is the only kind of wine that can be safely allowed as unhurtful. No reasonable person will deny the useful- ness of suitable prophylactic means which everybody should em- ploy in his own, and likewise advise in other families under the direction of an enlightened physician. The medicines which a good deal of clinical experience has pointed out as our best remedies for cholera, are not numerous; in view of the great uniformity which the leading symptoms present in all epidemics, no great variety of remedial agents can be ex- pected; from the practical stand-point, this must be looked upon as a great boon to the physician. Our remedies the efficacy of which has been corroborated by trials, are: Ipecacuanha, Camphora, Vera- trum album, Cuprum, and Arsenicum ; this list does not include the remedies for the typhoid condition remaining after cholera. Ipecacuanha is less indicated for real cholera than for the premoni- tory diarrhoea; its efficacy in this diarrhoea is certainly great, and an attenuated tincture of Ipecacuanha can be safely recommended as the best domestic remedy during epidemic cholera. Real cholera requires Ipecacuanha, if the vomiting is much worse than the diar- rhoea. Ipecacuanha is, moreover, an important remedy in the chol- era of little children. Camphora is recommended by Hahnemann himself for an incip- 618 Epidemic and Endemic Infectious Diseases. ient attack. This recommendation has not been very extensively verified by experience; nevertheless, if the attack is not too vio- lent, the tincture of Camphor had better be tried; likewise, if the attack is preceded by unequivocal, premonitory symptoms, in the so-called cholera sicca. Hahnemann announces the following symp- toms for which Camphor has been used in many cases with great success: Sudden and rapid failing of strength, so that the person attacked cannot stand on his legs; alteration of the features, sunken eyes, bluish and icy-cold face, coolness of the rest of the body; hopeless despondency and anxiety as if he would be asphyx- iated ; stupefaction, insensibility; constant and unintelligible moan- ing ; burning in the stomach and fauces; crampy pains in the calves; painfulness of the pit of the stomach to contact; thirst, nausea, vomiting and diarrhoea have not yet set in. After taking Camphor, sweat soon breaks out as a sure sign that an improve- ment has commenced. As soon as this takes place, the remedy must be given less frequently and in smaller quantities, otherwise it might give rise to a troublesome cerebral hypersemia. For the typhoid symptoms remaining after cholera, Camphor has likewise been given ; the exhibition of Camphor in this condition is, indeed, justified by the similarity of its pathogenesis to the symptoms characterizing uraemia. The results, however, are not as yet very numerous. Veratrum album is, without doubt, our most important remedy for cholera. If we wish to derive good effects from its use, we have to begin its administration in good season, and give it at once for the premonitory diarrhoea, especially if it is colorless. Veratrum is indicated still more, if the attack commences with vomiting and diarrhoea; this remedy often stays the further progress of the dis- ease. Veratrum is less reliable if the symptoms of cholera are fully developed, although even then it surpasses all other remedies in efficacy. Of course, no remedy acts as favorably after the dis- ease has made considerable headway; it is for this reason that Veratrum should be given at as early a period as possible. If the restlessness of the patient has given way to a dull apathy and insensibility; if the skin is cold as marble and the pulse has become perfectly extinct, Veratrum is no longer indicated. In general, it is proper to say that Veratrum album ceases to exert a favorable effect after the symptoms of reaction have become extinct. Cuprum is highly commended by some, and entirely rejected by other physicians. An investigation will show that the latter clas? Cholera Asiatica. 619 reject Cuprum because they have not given the proper dose; Cu- prum 30 cannot be expected to have any effect in such a very acute disease. Cuprum is not only indicated when the evacuations are still unchecked, but likewise in the stage of asphyxia. This medi- cine is not endowed with much power to check the diarrhoea, but it is a valuable remedy in preventing the general paralysis of the organism. For this reason, as long as vomiting and diarrhoea are still present, Cuprum had better be given in alternation with Veratrum, more particularly if the spasms are very general and rather of the clonic form. In the frigid stage Cuprum alone is indicated, if the following symptoms are present: Loss of con- sciousness ; spasmodic twitching of the fingers and toes; trismus; audible gurgling of the beverage down the oesophagus; no vomit- ing, in its place distressing, ineffectu'al efforts to vomit; the diar- rhoea has ceased, but on pressing on the bowels a loud gurgling is heard, giving rise to the suspicion that the stools are not ex- pelled, because paralysis of the intestines has set in. Cuprum is likewise indicated if the pulse not only becomes feeble, but inter- mittent at an early period of the disease. .It is of great impor- tance what preparation is used. We doubt whether metallic Cop- per can ever act with great promptness; we prefer the Acetate and Sulphate, of Copper. Arsenicum album displays its curative action in those terribly rapid cases where cholera algida at once sets in without any pre- monitory symptoms. The most essential indications for Arsen- icum are: Sudden and complete exhaustion, vanishing of the pulse together with violent palpitations of the heart, great dyspnoea, inexpressible anguish, constant tossing about, horrid thirst, yet the least quantity of liquid is vomited up again immediately; burning distress in the region of the stomach and upper portion of the bowels; complete suppression of urine. In such cases Ar- senicum should be given at once, without any other medicine being resorted to in the first place. After the exhibition of Ar- senic the urine is often secreted in large quantity, a very favor- able change. Beside these most important remedies we mention the follow- ing, accompanying some of them with brief indications or giving only their names. It is not an easy thing to introduce new cholera- remedies to the favorable notice of the Profession, for the reason that the above-named remedies have proven themselves reliable in this fearful epidemic to such a degree that they must necessarily 620 Epidemic and Endemic Infectious Diseases. cast all other medicines that are recommended for cholera, into the shade. Who would want to experiment with untried remedies in such a rapidly and terribly fatal plague ? Carbo vegetabilis has not unfrequently been found useful at a period in the course of the disease when no special medicine is decidedly indicated. Carbo may be administered in the asphyctic stage, if the diarrhoea and vomiting have ceased, if every spas- modic movement has disappeared, and the patient lies as if dead. Carbo is frequently indicated after Arsenicum, and is particularly in its place in cases where every sign of reaction had seemed extinct from the beginning. Acidum hydrocyanum has similar indications as Carbo, hut differs from this medicine in the succession of its symptoms. It is indi- cated if the attack at once assumes the highest degree of intensity, so that but a few hours intervene between the commencement of the attack and the moment when death seems to be lurking- on o the threshold; Carbo may be sufficient if the failing of the strength is less rapid. Opium deserves attention in the cholera of little children; it is seldom suitable for adults. Colchicum cannot be regarded as a remedy for cholera, for the reason that it has not the colorless stools. We name moreover: Jatropha curcas, Iris versicolor, Cicuta virosa, Conium, Secale cornutum; these remedies, however, are either unreliable as similia, or because they have not been sufficiently proved. As regards dose, almost all observers agree in recommending the lower preparations, even the strong tinctures, frequently repeated. We have to devote a few lines to the management and diet of cholera-patients. Warm external applications are generally of very little use; they are apt to increase the patients' restlessness, and have to be resorted to very guardedly. Continued but gentle fric- tions with cold wet clothes are much more beneficial. At the onset of the attack, food is utterly out of the question. The best beverage is fresh well-water; this will moderate the thirst for a moment at any rate. Small lumps of ice in the mouth likewise refresh the patient a good deal. If Champagne can be. had, it may be administered in tablespoonful doses with great advantage. The typhoid symptoms after cholera are so changeable that it is next to impossible to recommend a positive course of treatment for Cholera Asiatica. 621 them. The most important remedies are: Belladonna, Bryonia, Phosphorus, Opium, Acidum phosphoricum and muriaticum; Can- tharides and Terebinthina may be chiefly relied upon as remedies for the often prominently developed nephritis. As a rule, the treat- ment should be conducted upon the same principles as the treat- ment of typhus. The returning appetite has to be gratified with great caution. In cholera, as in typhus, the intestinal canal recovers its normal integrity very slowly. [During the epidemic cholera of 1849 I recommended the satu- rated tincture of Aconite-root as a specific for cholera. This recom- mendation was laughed at by some, and very coolly received by others. In the May number of the North American Journal of Homoeopathy, 1867, we find an article by Doctor Cramoity, trans- lated from the Bulletin de la Societe Medicale homoeopath ique de France, by Doctor John Davies of Chicago. In this article Doctor Cramoity claims for the tincture of Aconite the rank of a Cholera- specific. He claims that from a therapeutic point of view the characteristic feature in cholera is the acceleration or the augmen- tation of the pulsations. "This," says the Doctor, "is not a hypothesis; for we can well remember in the cholera-cases we examined when under our supervisiso in the Charity-hospital, in 1854, and in our private Clinic in 1865, that the increase of the pulse more or less coincided with the degree of the disease, and not with the anguish or suffering; because the pulse frequently disap- peared at this moment. "At the commencement of the epidemic of 1865 we did not ap- preciate these symptoms, and had the misfortune to lose four cases, two women and two children; to these we had given the remedies prescribed in the books for similar cases, which remedies were said to be the most efficacious in such circumstances. " This is therefore the reason for our presenting this theory of the treatment of cholera: our experience and observation establish the fact that the tincture of Aconite is the grand curative agent of in- flammatory diseases, and the regulator of the circulation. "We have prescribed from fifteen to twenty drops of the tincture of Aconite in six to eight ounces of distilled water, a teaspoonful of the same to be taken every ten, twenty or thirty minutes, according to the intensity of the symptoms. Under its influence, the patient begins to revive, the circulation of the blood returns to its normal condition; the pulse rises, the internal heat ceases; the thirst is allayed, and the vomiting and diarrhoea arrested. At the same 622 Epidemic and Endemic Infectious Diseases. time the bluish cast of countenance disappears, the cadaverous expression changes to a natural one, the agitation of mind and body is replaced by a tranquil condition; the dread of death is trans- formed to joy and hope, and the patient recovers in three to four hours." Several cases are mentioned where the patients, after having been fruitlessly treated with the usual cholera-remedies, such as: Cam- phor^ Veratrum, Arsenicum, Cuprum, and sinking very fast into the last stage of collapse, were speedily and completely cured with large doses of the concentrated tincture of Aconite. Indeed, why should Aconite be overlooked as a great and specific remedy for cholera? If there is any truth in the homoeopathic law, the effects of Aconite upon the normal human organism point to it as a remedy for cholera. We do not think that it supersedes the use of other valuable specifics for this terrible epidemic, nor do they, on the other hand, supersede the use of Aconite. A few cases of poisoning will conclusively demonstrate the homoeopathicity of Aconite to Asiatic cholera. With high potencies we must, of course, not expect to accomplish anything; large doses of the con- centrated tincture are required to produce a curative effect. The following case of poisoning is reported by Doctor Jacob Reed, Jr., of this place: A man, forty-five years of age, under treatment of rheumatism, swallowed a teaspoonful of liniment com- posed of equal parts of the tincture of Aconite-root and water. This was followed by pain in the epigastrium, numbness of the hands and feet, and a sense of formication over the whole body. One hour after, the dose was repeated. At the time of my visit, an hour and a half after the first dose, the man had swallowed over a drachm of the strongest tincture of the root. I found him in a complete state of collapse; after the second dose he had vomited repeatedly, first bilious matter changing into copious watery dis- charges ; he had also had several very large rice-water discharges from the bowels ; he complained of terrible pain and anxiety about the heart, was pulseless, skin cold and clammy, face indicative of great suffering and fear, breath cold to the hand; occasional par- oxysms of general opisthotonic spasms would leave him in a pros- trated condition in which it would seem that his constantly expressed fear that he should die, was about to be realized. Before I questioned the family, from my first examination of the case, I judged it to be cholera; indeed, if there had been cases of cholera in town, I would have thought it unnecessary to investigate Cholera Asiatica. 623 the case further. I discovered the mistake that had been made, and under the free use of stimulants, Coffee and Opium, he recov- ered, but not until after three or four hours continuance of the above severe symptoms." The following case of poisoning from the tincture of Aconite-root is reported in the October number, 1868, of the Medical and Sur- gical Reporter, published in Philadelphia. By mistake a child was given a teaspoouful of the strong tincture of Aconite-root. The patient was a boy, six years of age. Doctor Hays of Covington, Ky., where the poisoning occurred, reports as follows: I found the patient so much prostrated that, had there been an epidemic of cholera, and had I no examination to aid me, or any previous his- tory, but had to depend upon the appearance of the patient, I would undoubtedly have pronounced it a collapsed state of cholera. The skin was cold, clammy and livid, with a profuse perspiration, there was no pulse to be felt at the wrist, the action of the heart was quite feeble and irregular, the capillaries were scarcely able to be refilled when their contents wrere poured out. The head was cold, the eyes were natural in appearance, except the dilatation of the pupils which was extreme and not at all sensitive to the effects of light. The facial expression was haggard, the nose pinched, the breathing extremely labored, the lungs were fdled with mucus, the rattle of which could be distinctly heard in any part of the room. The patient's bowels moved several times involuntarily. Under proper treatment the boy recovered." The eleventh case of poisoning by Aconite in my Materia Medica was regarded by Dr. Pereyra of Bordeaux as such an exact represen- tation of the symptoms of cholera that the doctor concluded to anti- dote the symptoms with Guaco which he had found efficacious during the paralytic stage of cholera. The poisoning was caused by a large dose of Aconite taken by a rheumatic patient in the hospital of Bordeaux, France. All the pathognomic cholera-symptoms were reproduced in this case. Doctor Richard Hughes, in his Manual of Pharmaco-dynamics urges the claims of Aconite as a remedy for Asiatic cholera. Page 88, Vol. I. he writes: "Some very striking phenomena are observed in the sphere of the circulation. In acute poisoning the dilated pupils, the pale face, the quick and contracted pulse, and the general coldness within and without speak of an excitation of the vaso- motor nerves throughout the body, analogous to that of the mus- culo-motor centres which results in tetanus. In other words, we 624 Constitutional Diseases without Definite Infection. have a condition answering to the chill of fever, the cold stage of ague, the collapse ofcholeray Page 44 he writes: "Lastly in the collapse of Asiatic cholera, where the chill is so deadly that, were it not for the 'consecutive fever,' its true nature would be hardly recognizable, Aconite will still assert its power. I venture to pre- dict that it will some day be recognized as superior evento Arsenic in those terrible cases where vomiting and purging are well nigh absent, and death seems eminent from the arrest of the circulation." If the Doctor will turn to the pages of the British Journal some twenty years back, he will find that I made the same prediction at that time, and was laughed at for my pains. II.] C. CONSTITUTIONAL DISEASES WITHOUT DEFINITE INFECTION. 11. Chlorosis. Greensickness. Chlorosis as an idiopathic disease occurs exclusively among females, and is connected with the sexual functions in a manner that we are as yet unable to account for by a precise and logical process of reasoning. Chlorosis occurs chiefly between the ages of thirteen and twenty-four years, seldom at a later period ; if it does, it can be traced to secondary disturbances, such as: confinements of young women coming rapidly one after another, more especially if the women nurse their own children. Hence the real cause of chlorosis has to be traced to the sexual sphere; but it is easily per- ceived that unconquerable obstacles stand in the way of a thorough investigation. The disease sometimes breaks out previous to the first appearance of the menses, more frequently after several men- strual periods; as an entirely primary disease it only breaks out among unmarried women. It appears to be hereditary ; females of a pale complexion are more liable to be attacked with it; no con- stitution is exempt from the disease, although delicate individuals with irritable nerves are more susceptible to it. Among other causes we may mention: Insufficient exercise, mental exertions without corresponding muscular activity; excitement of the fancy, especially when caused by novehreading; excitement of Chlorosis. 625 the sexual instinct by onanism, improper converse with the other sex ; deprivation of open air, and interference with the free expan- sion of the chest by tight dresses. In a given case it is extremely difficult to find out the proper cause ; for this reason, close attention in watching the symptoms is indispensable, as for instance in the case of robust young country-girls. Chlorosis is very commonly met with amono- the daughters of a tuberculous mother. Symptoms and Course. A number of observations have established the fact that the number of blood-corpuscles is very much less in the blood of chlorotic patients; in very deep-seated cases this number is diminished by four-fifths of the normal quantity. We do not know what the cause of this deficiency is, but this deficiency accounts for most of the symptoms of the disease. It generally commences very slowly. The patients become more irri- table, they are apt to get tired after every little effort; they are liable to changes of color; the skin soon loses its bright lustre, and the patients complain of feeling chilly at an early period of the disease. Inasmuch as-the pathological picture which now develops itself, may be characterized by a variety of symptoms, we prefer describing the derangements as they appear in each special organ and system. The skin at times has the color of wax; at other times it is rather yellowish or of a dingy-white, the veins being either not at all or but indistinctly perceptible. The color of the cheeks may change quite often within a very brief period of time. The visible mucous membranes are more or less without color. (Edematous symptoms only occur in the highest grades of the disease, and excite a suspi- cion that some other disease is at the bottom of these symptoms. The following symptoms occur in the digestive range: Impaired appetite, aversion to meat, longing for strange articles of diet, such as vinegar, chalk, coffee-beans; bloating of the stomach after every meal, acidity of the stomach, generally the bowels are very torpid. In the nervous system we discover excessive irritability, neuralgia, hysteric symptoms, fitful mood. - The breathing is accelerated; the least physical effort causes an attack of dyspnoea, sometimes to a very high degree. The circulation is accelerated, very seldom retarded; disposition to transitory palpitations of the heart which are easily excited by a physical effort; anaemic murmur in the large veins of the neck. The menses are irregular, sometimes entirely suppressed or very tardy, sometimes more profuse than usual, but always of a lighter color or even quite colorless. Accompanying 626 Constitutional Diseases without Definite Infection. these symptoms are pains of the most diversified kind, very gener- ally uterine catarrh. The urine has a strikingly pale color. The patients generally sleep very soundly and have to sleep a long time; sleep never refreshes them. One or the other of these derangements is generally wanting; at other times one of them is very prominent, whereas another is in- considerable ; thus it happens that the most varied groups of symp- toms often develop themselves which, however, have essentially the same meaning. The one characteristic symptom is never absent: dyspnoea and palpitation of the heart from the least unusual effort, especially after going up stairs. The course of chlorosis is always more or less protracted, some- times very chronic. This, however, must be expected, since the disorder is depending upon anomalies of nutrition that come on very gradually and which can, no more than their consequences, be extirpated very suddenly. If no particular disturbances take place, the affection can sometimes be cured in a few weeks, whereas, if the usual mode of living which had acted as the exciting cause, is persevered in, the trouble may continue for years. In such cases the disease has remissions and exacerbations, and is most commonly more violent in the summer than in the winter-season. Uncom- plicated chlorosis always terminates in recovery; it is only when circumstances favor the disease that disturbances of the nervous system and the sexual sphere, but less frequently of the heart, remain. Among the complications, the simultaneous presence of tuberculosis and scrofulosis is most threatening. We generally find that scrofulous girls who are attacked with chlorosis, recover their health to some extent for a year or two, after which they die of consumption, or phthisis may set in as a direct development of a protracted chlorosis. Treatment. This nas to be directed with a view of meeting the cause as well as the symptoms of the case. To meet the symp- toms, medicines have to be used ; but before prescribing our remedy, we ought to find out what the remedy is given for, what we intend to accomplish with it, and what we can legitimally expect from its operation. Most generally, physicians aim at bringing back the menses; if this is accomplished, they fancy that they have gained the battle. This view, however, is not only totally erroneous, but may result in a good deal of mischief. The menses are neither the cause of chlorosis nor do they indicate the grade of its importance. They are often absent, or, if present, they are generally irregular, Chlorosis. 627 pale, watery, but may likewise be profuse and occur too frequently. This shows that they have no characteristic significance in this dis- ease. This is so true that after the menses cease, the cure of the disease sometimes commences, as we see in the case of young girls who are sent from the city into the country where they gain every day in health and strength without seeing any catamenial discharge for months. Of course, chlorosis cannot be said to be entirely cured unless menstruation has resumed its regular course, the more so the older the patients are. The true remedies for chlorosis are: Ferrum, Arsenicum, Calcarea carbonica, Plumbum, Sepia, Pulsatilla; many other remedies may be required for intermediate conditions. Ferrum. This medicine is a real specific for simple, uncomplicated chlorosis; every simple case of this disease yields to the curative action of Iron. If physicians complain of the inefficiency of this medicine, it is most probably their own fault; for, if given at the proper time and in the right quantity, Iron always acts beneficently, nor need any evil effects be apprehended from this agent if the stomach is weak and irritable. It is for such gastric symptoms that Iron is more particularly suitable. The sooner the remedy is administered the more speedily it will act; the longer its exhibition is delayed, the less reliable it becomes. It is impossible to deter- mine the proper dose a priori; all we can say is that beyond the third trituration the medicine has no effect and that it is very often necessary to resort to the crude substance. This has to be found out by careful trials. Of the numerous ferrugineous prepara- tions one praises one, and another another preparation; each may be useful, because each may effect a cure. We are still without any criterium by which the usefulness of any particular preparation could be determined; we prefer that which is least liable to change. Among these preparations the simple Ferrum redactum of the Phar- macopcea is undoubtedly the most appropriate. It may be used with excellent success in the first or second trituration and is at all events preferable to iron-filings. Among the salts of Iron we gen- erally prefer the Acetate on account of its ready solubility; only the salt has to be frequently prepared fresh, because it is easily decomposed. The Sulphate, and Muriate may be used, but they have no special advantages. Chalybeate waters do not enjoy any special superiority ; their administration requires some caution and care. In inveterate cases of a high degree of intensity, they are undoubt- edly preferable; their use renders it absolutely necessary that the 628 Constitutional Diseases without Definite Infection. patient should change her mode of living, which she might other- wise be indisposed to do. The use of Ferrum is contra-indicated by the following symptoms: Previous employment of the drug in enormous doses ; even small doses cause a marked hyperemia about the heart and lungs. The last-mentioned effect is apt to occur when tubercles are present in the lungs. Arsenicum is less frequently indicated, but, when indicated, it has an eminently curative effect. It is suitable in all cases of chlorosis that have been mismanaged with Ferrum and which are generally characterized by .a high degree of debility, with excessive irritabil- ity, oedematous paleness, cardiac phenomena even during rest, and complete gastro-ataxia. Arsenicum is likewise important, if the previously mentioned symptoms are associated with a disposition to adiposis, paroxysms of dyspnoea or else continued shortness of breath, profuse menstruation, liver-complaint, violent cardialgia, sleeplessness at night, drowsiness in the day-time. It is remarkable how soon after the administration of Arsenicum the normal appe- tite returns and the sickly complexion is replaced by a brighter hue. Calcarea carbonica, unaided by other remedies, scarcely ever effects a cure of chlorosis; generally Ferrum has to be given afterwards. It is indicated by a disposition to congestions of the head and chest; constant and abrupt changes of color; a lively and irritable temperament; the menses are too profuse and premature; acidity of the stomach with complete loathing of animal diet, craving for farinaceous and indigestible food. In such cases Ferrum often agrees best after Calcarea. As a general rule this remedy is only suitable to chlorotic persons during the period of pubescence. Plumbum aceticum is recommended by Winter in accordance with sound reasoning; we have no personal experience with this drug. It is indicated by the following circumstances and symptoms. Severe orthopnoea and dyspnoea, inconquerable constipation, extreme muscular debility, oedema of the feet. If, in addition to these symptoms, we take the numerous cardiac phenomena, the gastric difficulties and the cough, we obtain a striking picture of an intense, inveterate chlorosis. Beside Winter's, we are not acquainted with any trials that other physicians have made with Lead. Sepia may be regarded as an excellent remedy for the paroxysms of hemicrania which constitute a source of distress to chlorotic females with brown hair and lively temperaments. Sepia is like- wise adapted to chlorosis emanating from the sexual organs as secondary affections. Chlorosis. 629 Pulsatilla has been long regarded as a remedy for chlorosis; how- ever, we are of opinion that most of the cures of chlorosis that are attributed to the exclusive use of Pulsatilla^ are questionable. Pul- satilla is no remedy for primary chlorosis, although we cheerfully admit that, like Sepia, it is a very excellent remedy in secondary chlorosis. Pulsatilla is likewise excellent for special symptoms, such as: pain in the stomach, headache, toothache; but chlorosis is scarcely ever acted upon by this medicine. The removal of the cause, including a certain preventive treat- ment up to a certain degree, is scarcely ever heeded with sufficient attention. We are not able to determine all the special causes of chlorosis, but the general causes can be clearly made out, and this is sufficient both to guard against the disease and to promote the cure. Let our young ladies be properly educated, and let all premature excitement of the fancy be carefully avoided; let all fashions interfering with the respiration and the digestion be dis- carded; let our girls have an abundance of very active exercise in the open air; let the mothers' attention be directed to the deleterious practice of onanism and to all premature sexual excitement; and above all, let all novel-reading be strictly prohibited. If the disease has once broken out, a radical change in the mode of living is eminently advisable; city-girls ought to be sent into the country, and country-girls to town. A change of this kind alone is often sufficient to effect a cure. Of course, the deleterious influences to which we have alluded, have to be strictly avoided. The patients had better confine themselves to the use of milk, leaving off* both tea and coffee. A moderate amount of bodily exercise is necessary, continued and fatiguing exercise is hurtful. Cheerful company promotes the cure very much. Sleep should not be limited to a fixed number of hours; on the other hand, constant somnolence should not be yielded to. [Brehr has left out three remedies that may render efficient ser- vice in the treatment of chlorosis; they are: Aconite, if chlorosis is complicated with tuberculosis; such patients are apt to have a dark sallow complexion sometimes with a greenish tint and deep flushes on the cheeks; they are troubled with palpitations, dyspnoea, stitching pains in the chest.-Digitalis; in some chlorotic patients the pulse is irregular and intermittent and the heart's action is characterized by similar changes ; such symptoms indicate Digitalis. Belladonna is indicated by frequent paroxysms of headache in the forepart of the head; the headache is accompanied by bright flushes 630 Constitutional Diseases without Definite Infection. on the cheeks, deep sparkling looks, heat in the head ; such patients are apt to be of a lymphatic disposition and passive turn of mind. II.] 2. Rliemna. Rheumatism. Under this heading we comprehend a group of morbid conditions concerning whose essence our knowledge is very defective; all they have in common is, that they are localized in the fibrous tissues, the muscles, tendons, joints, aponeuroses, etc. We may add that all rheumatic affections are very much aggravated by the influence of cold. Their etiology is no less uncertain and vague than their nomen- clature. Whereas the acute forms occur chiefly between the years of fourteen and thirty-five, the chronic forms are principally met with after the fortieth year of age. The former are principally occasioned by exposure to colds and wet, the latter more partic- ularly by damp and cold dwellings, and by continued exposure to wet weather and permanently dwelling in wet localities. There are atmospheric conditions which frequently cause epidemic rheu- matism, generally in company with extensive catarrhal diseases. One attack of rheumatism begets a tendency to new attacks. In the case of females, chronic rheumatism is decidedly favored by the influences of the critical age. The rheumatic process shows itself in four distinct forms which we shall describe separately, although their treatment will be con- densed in one, in order to avoid unnecessary repetitions. a. Acute Articular Rheumatism. This form of rheumatism often arises from a cold and from ex- posure to atmospheric influences; it not unfrequently assumes an epidemic type and, in such a case, breaks out most commonly in the fall and winter. The disease commences very gradually with a vague feeling of malaise, accompanied with slight catarrhal symptoms; it may break out after severe attacks of angina, very seldom suddenly, and scarcely ever with a chill, but with alternate chills and heat. Simulta- neously with the fever, very seldom after, and still less seldom before, one or more joints become painful; the pain rapidly increases, and the joint swells, sometimes with, and at other times without red- Rheuma. 631 ness; at this period the least motion and the least pressure cause pain, so that the patients remain perfectly quiet for fear of hurting themselves. Generally several joints are attacked at once, very seldom only one at a time, never all the joints at once from the start. The disease progresses in a very characteristic manner. While the joint that was first attacked, is getting better in three to five days, sometimes with a complete cessation of the pain as well as the swelling, other joints are attacked in the same manner; in this manner most of the other joints are invaded, after which the rheumatism frequently breaks out again in the joint whence it had originally proceeded. At times the swelling is quite considerable, at other times scarcely perceptible; sometimes it is confined to the joint alone, at other times the surrounding parts are very extensively involved; not unfrequently the articular extremities feel enlarged. The constitutional symptoms are at times very violent, at other times very slight; this depends a good deal upon the number of joints involved. The fever runs pretty high, remitting very irreg- ularly ; the temperature is not much raised above the normal level; pulse about hundred, in very acute cases increasing very seldom to one hundred and twenty and upwards, small and change - able; a copious perspiration, having a musty-sour smell, continues during the whole course of the disease, corresponding with which the patients are tormented by a distressing thirst. The urine is very scanty, saturated, and,on cooling, deposits a copious sediment. The digestion is slow, the appetite impaired, but very seldom entirely suspended. The course of uncomplicated rheumatism is never very rapid, gen- erally more or less wavering ; recovery takes place gradually ; single joints may remain painful and swollen for a long time, the pulse remains obstinately accelerated, the perspiration continues, the weakness abates very slowly. A favorable change takes place very seldom after the first week, a little more frequently after the second, but most commonly only after the third and fourth week. Very often we have noticed that, before the disease terminates, every joint is attacked twice, and that the second attack only lasts half as long as the first. In violent cases all the joints are affected together at the termination of the attack, some, however, are more acutely inflamed than others. Complications generally occasion a more protracted course of the disease, and determine the amount of danger involved in the attack. Among these complications we seldom meet with pneumonia, pleu 632 Constitutional Diseases without Definite Infection. ritis, peritonitis; endo- and pericarditis, on the contrary, are very common occurrences. Such complications must be expected so much more certainly the larger the number of joints that are simultaneously involved, and the more fiercely they are attacked. In a majority of cases the cardiac inflammation develops itself so imperceptibly that it is scarcely betrayed by a single symptom; it very seldom sets in with a chill or with acute pain. A symptom that ought always to excite our suspicion, is the hurried breathing and the abrupt talking of the patient. If this symptom becomes manifest, the heart must be explored forthwith. This, however, should be done every day during an attack of acute rheumatism. The disease generally terminates in recovery, although very slowly, and leaving various inconveniences and discomforts, more particularly a peculiar laming weakness. Death is a very rare termination, except when such complications supervene as generally terminate fatally. Very seldom the rheumatic inflammation in- creases to such an extent that suppuration takes place; if this hap- pens, the suppurative process always involves a good deal of danger. Among the consecutive diseases, structural alterations of the heart, with their distressing consequences, occur most frequently: para- lytic conditions are less frequent, and, moreover, disappear again very speedily. Almost all patients retain a great tendency to relapses. b. Acute Muscular Rheumatism. This rheumatism owes its existence almost exclusively to a heavy cold; such muscles are most easily attacked as were engaged in active work when the exposure took place. This form of rheumatism is one of the milder sort. In rare cases only, it sets in with an acute fever and a continual perspira- tion, the same as acute articular rheumatism; however, it is of shorter duration and much less dangerous, leaving of course a marked disposition to chronic muscular rheumatism. Most gen- erally muscular rheumatism develops itself very rapidly, even sud- denly, in company with more or less severe catarrhal complaints. In the invaded muscles, the number of which is seldom very great, and which are almost always in close relationship with each other, violent, drawing-tearing pains are experienced during every motion; these pains are likewise felt, if the muscles remain for a long time in the same position, as at night, in bed ; the pains are increased by cold, and likewise by humid warmth; dry warmth relieves them. Rheuma. 633 The character of the pathological group depends of course upon the muscular bundles that are invaded, and the violent pain some- times suggests the thought that internal organs are inflamed. This idea may be suggested by rheumatism of the thoracic and inter- costal muscles, where the respiration, cough, sneezing, turning about, cause an intense pain ; likewise by rheumatism of the ab- dominal muscle; where peritonitis is so easily suspected. With proper management and care this form of rheumatism ends in re- covery in one week at latest. However, by neglecting to guard against relapses, an acute attack may very easily terminate in a chronic form, and contractions and paralytic conditions may arise which can only be removed with great difficulty. c. Chronic Articular Rheumatism. It most frequently develops itself out of the acute form of which it constitutes a rest as it were ; it likewise arises from the continued action of damp and cold places. Chronic rheumatism is less frequently located in the external integuments of the joints where acute articular rheumatism is gen- erally seated, than in the synovial lining, the ligaments and articular cartilages. Little by little these grow thicker and rough, which is the reason that, after a time, crepitation is heard in the articulation. The disease seldom involves a number of joints; generally it is limited to one or a few only. Neither the swelling nor the pain is very considerable; to some extent the power of motion remains, yet the patients may be entirely deprived of the use of the affected limb, whereas the rest of the body is perfectly sound. The rheuma- tism has remissions followed by exacerbations each of which leaves the condition of the joints somewhat worse, and may even lead to anchylosis. These exacerbations often look like an attack of acute rheumatism with fever and slight inflammation of the affected part; sometimes, however, they are without fever, and distinguished only by pain and loss of mobility. Chronic rheumatism sometimes remains after repeated attacks of acute rheumatism of which it seems to constitute an ultimate stage. The joint is not greatly distorted by the disease. A complete cure is very much impeded bv the extreme obstinacy of the trouble, and likewise by the impos- sibility of preventing the joint from being acted upon by influences that never cease, by their presence, to perpetuate the disease. 634 Constitutional Diseases without Definite Infection. d. Arthritis Deformans, Arthritic liheumatism. This form of articular rheumatism always runs an exceedingly chronic course; it does not develop itself out of the acute form, occurs very rarely previous to the thirty-fifth year of age, and is most frequent after the fortieth year. It breaks out among all classes, especially, however, the lower; on this account it is very difficult to determine the degree of influence exerted by bad food or damp dwellings over this disease. Arthritic rheumatism affects more particularly the female sex ; the critical age undoubtedly favors an outbreak of this disease, for we meet with it most frequently about this time. The disease may attack any joint in the body, but it is mostly limited to the joints of the hands and feet, affecting both sides of the body at the same time. It generally commences in the hand, whose joints become more or less painful, especially when they are moved or pressed upon laterally. Sometimes the pain is principally felt in bed; crepitation is very soon heard in the joint. The joint swells very slowly ; at times long intervals occur in the further continuance of the swelling, after which the arthritic process resumes its course amid renewed paroxysms of pain. Towards the end the shape of the joints is very much altered, especially the shape of the phalangeal articulations. The articular extremities look bulbous, they are especially enlarged in breadth; they feel hard ; their inteo-umentous covering has a natural color; the articular surfaces are no longer in complete coaptation, giving the opposite bones the appearance of being dislocated, and imparting to the hands and feet a deformed shape. The power of motion is not entirely suspended, but motion is very painful; in the very highest grades of the disease the joints are entirely immovable. Life is not endangered by this condition, but its curability is very doubtful. The swelling never disappears entirely; all that can be properly aimed at by treatment, is to arrest the further progress of the disease. Treatment. Owing to the peculiar vagueness and indefinite- ness of the single forms of rheumatism, whether acute or chronic, we find it difficult to decide whether and what medicines have exerted a curative effect upon the disease. The consequence is that an unreasonably large number of medicines have been employed for this disease, all with more or less pretended effect, yet in similar cases the same remedy does not always produce the same curative Rheuma. 635 result. The natural course of the disease is not taken into account, and a spontaneous cure is mistaken for the work of art. Another reason why our remedies for rheumatism are not per- fectly reliable, is the vagueness attaching to a definition of this term. Here we have a striking demonstration of the fact that it is injurious to treat diseases in accordance with pathological names, and that there is, on the other hand, great advantage in individual- izing cases according to the rules of Homoeopathy, without troubling ourselves whether the morbid condition is called rheumatism or something else, provided the abnormal process ceases. No disease embarrasses the Rational School more than rheumatism which makes a laughing-stock of all hypothetical speculations. Although we have no very exalted opinion of the power of homoe- opathic medicines over rheumatism, yet we assert without hesitation that the homoeopathic treatment of rheumatism is more effectual than any other ; at the same time we admit that it is desirable that we should be able to.accomplish a great deal more. In our opinion, one of the principal reasons why we so often fail in curing rheuma- tism is the dread homoeopathic physicians seem to entertain, in administering large doses, which rheumatism often requires, as is evidenced in the case of Sulphur. In the following paragraphs we only mention the leading rem- edies more fully ; of the other less important remedies we only give the names, for we believe that too large a number of drugs is pre- judicial. Aconitum is the main remedy in acute articular rheumatism if the pulse is not only frequent but likewise full and hard, the tempera- ture is considerably higher, the joint is red and exceedingly sen- sitive to contact; it is suitable for nervous, irritable, plethoric individuals; or when pericarditis or endocarditis has supervened. Further indications may be gathered from the Materia Medica Pura. Aconite has been less frequently used in chronic cases where it sometimes acts with great efficacy. Aconite is less adapted to chronic articular than to muscular rheumatism, especially when the disease is located in the upper extremities. [Aconite is a specific remedy for rheumatism of the deltoid muscle. H.] Bryonia alba is a leading remedy for acute and chronic rheuma- tism, except the arthritic form. The symptoms of this medicine are so numerous' that we have to content ourselves with furnishing a few general indications. Bryonia is most suitable for rheumatism 636 Constitutional Diseases without Definite Infection. caused by exposure to cold and dampness after a severe muscular effort; the violent fever soon adopts an adynamic form; the artic- ular swelling is dark-red and exceedingly painful; the respiratory organs show symptoms of inflammation; the perspiration has a sour smell. In muscular rheumatism, Bryonia is indicated by the following symptoms: The muscles of the trunk are the seat of the disease, especially the thoracic muscles; the patient feels much bet- ter during rest; the pains are severe tearing pains, and incline to shift from one place to another. Mercurius. That Mercury possesses a remarkable power to cause a variety of rheumatic pains, is shown by syphilitic patients whose cases are mismanaged by large doses of Mercury. Mercurius is not so much adapted to chronic as to most forms of acute and sub- acute rheumatism, with the following general indications: The fever runs high; the pulse is remarkably quick and hard, the per- spiration very copious and having a musty smell, the thirst is ex- ceedingly tormenting. The local swelling is not very great, but painful, intensely red, giving rise to the apprehension of pus form- ing in the joint; it is not apt to shift about; even if other joints are affected, yet the original joint remains swollen and painful; the breath is foul, the tongue has a thick, yellow coating, the appetite is gone, every kind of food causes nausea. The skin is covered with copious sudamina. The pains are worse every night, towards midnight, aggravated by severe cold and ameliorated by external warmth. The more frequently relapses set in, the more specially is Mercurius indicated. In muscular rheumatism, Mercurius is indi- cated by the following circumstances: the pains exacerbate at night, they are deep-seated as if the periosteum were attacked, with great sensitiveness to gentle as well as firm pressure, In complicat- ing inflammations of vital organs, Mercurius deserves a leading position, in cardiac inflammation as well as in pneumonia and pleur- itis, likewise in meningitis. Rhus toxicodendron is adapted to every form of rheumatism, ex- cept arthritic. In acute articular rheumatism, it is indicated by the following symptoms: Violent fever, with tendency to the adynamic type, delirium and excessive restlessness; the swelling is inconsider- able, admits of some motion, is intensely red and somewhat sensi- tive to contact. The perspiration is not considerable. The patients are constantly changing their position, for even after lying for a short time in the same position, the pains are very much increased. Feather beds are intolerable, so is external artificial warmth. For Rheuma. 637 muscular rheumatism, Rhus toz. is the best remedy, if the attack is caused by exposure to wet; if the above-mentioned circumstances either improve or aggravate the symptoms; if the pains at once become associated with paralysis and contraction; if the muscles of the lower extremities are the seat of the disease. Rheumatic paralysis particularly points to Rhus. In chronic articular rheuma- tism, Rhus is of little, if any use. [Rhus is generally recommended for rheumatism, if the patient contracted the disease in consequence of getting soaking wet. This indication is unreliable. Some time ago I was called to see a Catholic priest who, while visiting a man in the country, was overtaken by a thunder-storm and was drenched to the skin. In this condition he had to travel eight miles on horse- back. Next day he was attacked with neuralgic rheumatism in the upper third of the left upper arm. The pain was as if the bone and marrow were being ground into a thousand fragments. After having been treated allopathically for a whole week, with large doses of Morphia, Quinine, etc., the patient was reduced to a shadow by the pain, deprivation of sleep, etc. Being sent for, I found the arm apparently natural, but the sensitiveness so great that the least attempt to touch the affected limb, caused the patient to exclaim and shudder. The pain extorted agonizing cries. I made up my mind that Mercury was his remedy, of which he took the first cen- tesimal trituration, a powder every hour. Already after the first powder the pain began to abate, and next morning he was com- pletely relieved and went out again, two days after my first visit. IL] Pulsatilla, according to Hartmann and others, is indicated in mild, subacute rheumatism of the joints and muscles; the affection shifts about frequently and speedily; the pains exacerbate in the evening and at night; they are violent tearing, drawing and jerking pains, increased by warmth, improved by cold, at least for a short time. Pulsatilla is seldom appropriate in chronic rheumatism, more so in the rheumatism of muscles and of the joints. It is neither a reliabje remedy, nor one that can be often used for the reason that the rheumatism to which Pulsatilla corresponds, is not of frequent occurrence. [For rheumatism of the dorsum of the foot, Pulsatilla is an excellent specific. A lady, seventy years of age, of a yielding and rather phlegmatic temperament, had an attack of acute rheu- matism of the dorsum of the right foot. It was very much swollen, red, excessively painful, and very sensitive to contact. The swelling had a shining appearance. The pain was much worse at night, and 638 Constitutional Diseases without Definite Infection. deprived her of sleep; the fever ran high. She had been suffering in this way for three nights. I gave her six globules of Pulsatilla 18, dissolved in half a tumbler of water, to be taken in dessert- spoonful doses every two hours. After the first dose already the pain moderated, she very soon fell asleep, perspired a little during the night, and next morning was entirely free from pain, fever and swelling. IL] Colchicum is not exactly a remedy for acute rheumatism, but is excellent in subacute affections of the joints and muscles, the exter- nal parts of the former being chiefly affected. The fever is not violent, mingled with constant chills, either without or with very little perspiration, the urine is saturated and deposits a copious sediment. The painful joints are neither red nor swollen; the pains increase considerably at night or by motion and contact. The attack comes on in damp and cold weather. Tartarus emeticus deserves to be used more than it so far has been; it is one of those remedies that have a good effect in exceed- ingly painful local muscular rheumatism, for instance, rheumatism of the dorsal muscles contracted after a cold during the perform- ance of a fatiguing muscular effort. In such a case, Tartar emetic very soon brings relief. In acute articular rheumatism Tartar emetic is indicated by the following symptoms: Marked swelling of a number of joints, the pains are not very great during rest, but this rest is frequently interrupted by spontaneous, spasmodic, very painful contractions of single bundles of muscles. There is not much fever; the symptoms of digestive derangement, on the con- trary, are very prominent. A condition marked by such symptoms, sometimes occurs during the subsequent course of articular rheu- matism, scarcely ever at the commencement. Digitalis purpurea is, in our opinion, a most important remedy in acute articular rheumatism; in the last few years we have often seen this remedy produce a striking effect and shorten the course of the disease. We do not deem it necessary to demonstrate the similarity of Digitalis to rheumatism; the physiological action of this drug as recorded in the Materia Medina, explains this similar- ity beyond the possibility of cavil. We do not, however, feel able, to give the special indications of Digitalis in every particular case, for the simple reason that we have not had sufficient opportunities to test it in practice. So far we have been guided in the exhibition of Digitalis by the following points: Hurried, small pulse easily affected by motion; increased strength of the beating of the heart, Rheuma. 639 but the sounds are muffled and indistinct, mino-led with arterial murmurs ; hurried respiration, with ability to draw a long breath ; hurried, abrupt speech ; almost complete suspension of the urinary secretion; shining-white swelling of the joints, not very sensitive to pressure; a number of joints are attacked at once; the whole body is very pale. During the whole course of the disease we have given this medicine without any other drug, and in spite of the violence of the symptoms, we have never been able to discover any symptoms of cardiac inflammation, for which Digitalis might, how- ever, likewise be indicated. In conclusion we desire to state that Digitalis holds a high rank as a remedy for rheumatism among the Rational physicians; there is undoubtedly a reason for this. Sulphur bears almost the same specific relation to the rheumatic process that Mercury does to syphilis. In an acute attack we would not think of giving Sulphur; on the other hand, Sulphur is indis- pensable to remove the remaining traces of acute rheumatism, upon which the extraordinary disposition to relapses generally depends. What this remedy is capable of accomplishing in chronic rheuma- tism, is shown by the numerous cures which are every year wrought by the use of Sulphur-springs, and which it is impossible to doubt. We doubt, however, whether similar results can be obtained by giv- ing Sulphur internally in small doses; at any rate, we have never been able to accomplish such a task. All we have been able to do has been to improve the case, but we have never yet achieved a perfect cure with these small doses. This shows that there must be a something, a higher curative power in Sulphur-springs, which small doses of Sulphur do not possess. Sulphur exerts a curative power over arthritic rheumatism; it arrests the progress of the dis- ease, and materially reduces the swelling of the joints. Ferrum is applicable in primary chronic rheumatism as well as after an acute attack, if the patient has been very much reduced in flesh. It never shows its favorable effects all at once; on this account the remedy must not be discontinued too soon. [Caulophyllum thalictroides, the blue cohosh, is highly recommended for rheumatism of the smaller joints. Dr. R. Ludlam, of Chicago, prescribed it for a case of inveterate rheumatism of the metacarpal joints of the left hand, in doses of two grains of the second decimal trituration every two hours, until relief was obtained. The patient was a servant-girl; she had not slept for two or more nights. After the second dose she fell asleep, and her pain vanished from that time forward. There was no metastasis of the complaint, and in 640 Constitutional Diseases without Definite Infection. two days she was down stairs at work. While she remained in the family, two years, she had no return of the disease. The Doctor writes: " Since the above result was obtained, I have frequently prescribed the Caulophyllin for articular rheumatism affecting the smaller joints, and several times with a signal success. It has, how- ever, appeared more effectual in case of females than of males, who were ill with this painful disease." II.] Beside these remedies the following deserve being mentioned. In acute cases: Arnica, Belladonna, Nitrum, Spigelia ; in sub-acute and more chronic affections: Ledum, Sabina, Cocculus, Mezereum, Clematis, Rhododendron, Ruta, Oleander (especially in cases of rheu- matic paralysis); finally, in inveterate cases: lodium, Causticum, Calcarea carbonica, Silicea. [In arthritic rheumatism, grafted upon a scrofulous basis, Aconite and Iodine are indispensable. II.] Although Sulphur-springs are the most effectual remedy for con- stitutional rheumatism, yet there are other means calculated either to heal or prevent new attacks; some of these means are often sufficient to perform a cure. In this class we rank the cold-water treatment, sea-bathing, the Turkish and Russian baths. The two last-mentioned have to be employed with great care; if they help at all, the favorable effect is seen already after a few baths. It is a matter of course that the cause should be removed as much as may be. The diet in acute rheumatism is easily managed; the patients either do not crave any nourishment, or their appetite is very much impaired. Fat and greasy articles of diet are decidedly injurious; acid substances, especially stewed fruit, have a very good effect; raw fruit may be partaken of, but moderately. 3. Arthritis. Gout. The cause of gout is involved in a great deal of obscurity; spec- ulations on this subject have led to the most one-sided hypotheses. All that we know positively is, that gout is not only an hereditary, but in the majority of the cases that come under our notice, an in- herited disease; however, it may likewise originate as a primary malady. We likewise know positively that, if the body receives a larger supply of animal food than can be assimilated either by bodily or mental labor, or that, if quantities of heavy or sour wines or heavy Arthritis. 641 beer are drank, the outbreak of the disease is very much facilitated ; but whether such causes can occasion the disease primarily, is very questionable. A large majority of cases occur among the male sex; the disease breaks out between the ages of thirty-five and seventy years; if it attacks persons before this time, the disease is inherited. In acco. dance with these statements we find that gout chiefly attacks the higher strata of society. Symptoms and Course. Gout is a decidedly chronic disease the course of which is interrupted by acute attacks. It originates very gradually, with a train of symptoms that do not enable us to draw reliable conclusions reo-ardino: the nature of the disease. Shortly after a period, during which a good many dietetic trans- gressions had been committed, the patients feel out of sorts, irri- table, ill-humored, they complain of pain in the stomach, heartburn, vomiting of a sour liquid, pressure and repletion in the abdomen, hemor. holds, gastric headache, and the urine is saturated. After these preliminary symptoms have lasted for a longer or shorter period, the first Paroxysm, of Gout sets in, in the vast majority of cases during sleep, at night. The patient is roused from sleep by a violent, boring-burning pain, with a sensation as if the part were in a vice; at the first attack this pain is almost without an exception seated in the first articulation of the big toe of one or the other foot, increasing very rapidly to such a degree of intensity, that the patients are almost beside themselves. Very soon the painful spot shows a vivid redness and is more or less swollen; but neither red- ness nor swelling ever spreads over the adjoining parts. Motion is impossible, and external pressure causes such an intense pain that the patients cannot even bear the least touch of the blanket. This pain is often accompanied by a high fever which sometimes remits so fully on the following morning, amid a profuse perspiration, that the day is spent with scarcely any pain. The next night, however, the pain returns, showing that the disease is still there. This change goes on between one and two weeks, until the painfulness and red- ness, and soon after the swelling, disappear pretty suddenly, and the patients feel well again, even better than before the attack. The only striking change after the attack is the great quantity of urates which never fail to be deposited in the urine. This first attack may terminate the whole disease, especially if the patient changes his present mode of living with determined firm- ness and consistency. If this is not done, a new attack takes place 642 Constitutional Diseases without Definite Infection. after a certain lapse of time; this second attack chiefly breaks ont during the period from February to April. This circumstance is in some respects accounted for by the patient's more luxurious mode of living during the winter-season, when he takes at the same time loss active exercise than usual. The interval is entirely free from ailments until shortly previous to the new attack, when the former premonitory symptoms again make their appearance. With every new attack the free intervals are more and more obscured and shortened, the local disorder leaves calculous deposits on the diseased joint, with more or less permanent pains and a higher or less degree of immobility. The paroxysms are less acute, but instead of at most two, they last eight or twelve weeks; other joints, especially those of the feet,'knees, hands and shoulders, like- wise become involved. The so-called chronic or atonic gout now is an established infirmity. The more numerous the changes that remain after the attack, the more joints are affected, the longer the attack lasts, the more prominently the chronic affection shows its characteristic features during the interval. The digestion is per- manently deranged, the patients complain of pains in the stomach, which sometimes increase to severe paroxysms of cardialgia; they complain, moreover, of acidity of the stomach, pressure, fulness and flatulence after every meal, torpor of the bowels and hemor- rhoidal distress; they are very irritable and out of humor. Nutri- tion is more and more impaired, the complexion assumes a yellow- grayish appearance. The circulation is disturbed in various ways. Such disturbances are very significant in so far as they generally point to a degeneration of the valves and arteries; they commence with frequent, but short-lasting congestions, palpitations, attacks of angina pectoris, asthmatic complaints. The affected joints be- come more and more deformed and anchylosed. At a more advanced age and by observing a strict diet, this chronic gout may terminate in recovery; of course, the concretions in the joints remain. This form of gout may likewise assume the character of the so-called anomalous gout, which sometimes ushers in the whole disease; in such a case it becomes exceedingly difficult to establish a reliable diagnosis. Anomalous gout may likewise succeed the first attack of gout in the place of chronic gout. The patients suffer with the complaints of chronic gout; above all, the urine looks very cloudy depositing large quantities of urates; but in the place of acute pains in the joints, we have short-lasting pains shifting about from place to place frequently and speedily, without Arthritis. 643 swelling or redness, but very frequently with gradual impairment of the mobility of the joints. Of particular importance are the intermediate affections of internal organs that have been designated as retrograde or metastatic gout. Sometimes they, indeed, depend upon material changes, products of a permanently established arthritic process; sometimes, however, the organs are attacked in a manner corresponding perfectly with the invasion of the tarsal articulation. The internal organs that are principally attacked, are the heart and stomach, less frequently the brain; the attack con- sists in a sudden violent inflammation with horrid pains, and, as far as the brain is concerned, •with considerable danger, for the attack may terminate fatally in a few days. Arthritis scarcely ever terminates directly fatally; it is still less frequently succeeded by perfect recovery. Death results mostly from alterations in the organs of the circulation, very seldom from a gradual prostration of strength. Recovery being generally im- perfect, the prognosis is only conditionally favorable. Treatment, It has to be directed against the single paroxysm, in which case it is necessarily symptomatic; and likewise against the chronic disease, in which case it aims at removing the cause. The treatment of the single paroxysm leads us to the remedies that have been indicated for rheumatism ; this is a necessary con- sequence of the pathological vagueness of both affections and of the insufficiency of our physiological provings. Many remedies are recommended for gout, the value of which is very questionable; in recommending them, their authors probably overlooked the fact that an attack of gout sometimes terminates spontaneously in one week. At the same time we are bound to admit that we are not acquainted with any complete cures of gout under homoeopathic treatment. In selecting a remedy, a characteristic phenomenon of the gout, namely the deposition of urates in the urine, must not be lost sight of. Unfortunately the sediments in the urine have not been tested chemically by our provers. For the single paroxysm which is accompanied by violent fever, Aconite renders the most eminent service, but it has to be given in large and frequently repeated doses. Arnica has often done good service, if the attack had been caused by mechanical injuries, or if it sets in after great physical exertions; if the inflamed joint was intensely red, and the patients were very restless in spite of their pains. Arnica is likewise excellent in cases of metastasis to the brain. According to Hartmann, Pulsatilla is indicated by the fol- 644 Constitutional Diseases without Definite Infection. lowing symptoms: The pains abate in cool air; the local affection shifts its locality very rapidly; the affection of the knee is charac- terized by shooting, drawing-stitching pains. Such symptoms may scarcely ever occur in reality. Sabina is, like Pulsatilla, indicated if the affection inclines to rapidly change its locality, but more par- ticularly if the change takes place from the big toe-joint to the hand, and vice versa; the pains are alleviated in the cool air, and the patient is constantly obliged to change the position of the affected part. We have observed all these symptoms in the case of a girl who had swallowed a quantity of Sabina for the purpose of pro- ducing a miscarriage; these symptoms convey an exact image of an attack of gout. Staphysagria, if the paroxysms of gout of the tarsal joint gradually assume the form of anomalous gout. Nux vomica is evidently recommended on account of the exciting cause; its pathogenesis does not show any homceopathicity to gout. Digi- talis is eminently useful if the attacks are gradually changing in character, and have lasted a good while; in such transitions to chronic gout Digitalis is scarcely ever surpassed by any other rem- edy; but it must not be given in too small a dose. The first favor- able change effected by Digitalis is the supervention of a short sleep. Ledum responds to the imperfect, long-lasting paroxysms involving the carpal and shoulder-joints. Baryta is adapted to affections of the knee. The treatment of the whole disease is more important than that of a single attack, which is always somewhat precarious. The former treatment must be limited in its main features, especially at the beginning of the disease when the intervals are still unclouded, to the enforcement of an appropriate mode of living. What sort of regimen arthritic patients should follow, is evident from what we have said when speaking of the etiology of the disease. In the subsequent course of the disease when the derangements have al- ready become more permanent, it may be difficult to get along without medicines, but they cannot be indicated a priori for the reason that the symptoms are too diversified. The following rem- edies are very often suitable: Nux vomica. Lycopodium, Ferrum, Arsenicum, Sulphur, Acidum sulphuricum, [also Acidum benzoicum. H.j In the case of persons of a more advanced age, they must not be altogether deprived of their usual supply of substantial nourishment; nor should the use of wine be entirely prohibited. Sometimes a great deal of good is accomplished, if we substitute a weak grog in the place of the wine, or one kind of wine for another; Hydropsia. 645 light claret is the least injurious to such patients. Arthritic patients being so readily disposed to forget the strict rules laid down for them by their physicians, it is necessary that these rules should be repeatedly impressed upon their memory. Among the mineral springs, the use of which is sometimes un- avoidable in such cases, Carlsbad-springs occupy the first rank, provided the constitution has not yet suffered too much; next to Carlsbad, we recommend Vichy, if the patients have already a leaden complexion, the cautious use of Pyrmont-water does every- thing that can be expected, to raise the sinking power of the organism, whereas feeble chalybeate springs have no perceptible effect. Many other mineral waters are recommended, and the patients improve by the use of all of them, but no more, generally speaking, than they would have done without drinking the water, provided they had strictly adhered to the severe regimen enforced at the springs. 4. Hydropsia. Dropsy. We have assigned this place to this class of diseases because the treatment of dropsy is so uniformly the same that a separate de- scription of the disease as developed in special organs or systems would have led to many useless repetitions. Dropsy is never an idiopathic disease, but always secondary, although it sometimes appears to be of a primary character. In gen- eral, all conditions which, in the long run, interfere with the circu- lation, or retain the water in the blood, lead to dropsy ; likewise any other conditions that result in the production of a high grade of hyperaemia or anaemia. In most cases, however, something else has to become associated with these conditions, otherwise it would be difficult to comprehend why many anomalies should be able to continue so long before resulting in the development of dropsy. We are unacquainted with the nature of this something; whether it is a relaxation of the coats of the vessels, or a more copious supply of water in the blood, or whatever else, we have not yet Leen able to find out. Most likely it is from this unknown cause that dropsy, consequent upon a general marasmus, without any special, mechan- ical cause results. In accordance with the above-mentioned three categories, dropsy sets in, if the flow of the venous blood into the right heart is interfered with; if the circulation is obstructed by 646 Constitutional Diseases without Definite Infection. thrombi in the larger venous trunks (as for instance in consequence of phlebitis in the lower extremity, in the case of lying-in women; ascites arising from inflammation of the vena portarum); in the case of pulmonary affections impeding the reflux of the blood, such as emphysema, hydro-thorax, pneumo-thorax; in consequence of affections of the liver resulting from obstructions of the portal cir- culation.- In the case of renal affections, if the function of the kidneys is very much interfered with ; in chlorosis, affections of the spleen with hydrsemia, after copious losses of blood, or after severe, debilitating diseases, in general in conditions of debility of a high order. Symptoms. At the onset dropsy is more or less local; as a rule, it commences with a swelling round the ankles, less frequently in the face; ascites takes place only when the liver is diseased. In this case it may remain localized as ascites; in the former case it gradually spreads throughout the whole of the subcutaneous cellular tissue, unites with ascites, and finally with oedema of the lungs or brain, in which case death soon results. Dropsical effusions are generally accompanied and sometimes preceded by prostration, and by decrease of the urinary secretions. The urine is dark, saturated, becoming cloudy in a short time; the quantity is sometimes very scanty. All the other watery secretions are likewise less, or they are entirely suspended ; the stools are very dry, the skin is dry and cracks easily, incapable of perspiration, the mucous membranes are likewise dry, on which account the patient is often tormented by a distressing thirst. Dropsy at times develops itself very speedily and universally, ■sometimes slowly and progressing very gradually. It is especially after nephritis that water accumulates very rapidly ; it collects most slowly in company with affections of the lungs. It is unnecessary for us to describe the special forms of dropsy ; these forms and the constitutional symptoms accompanying them, can easily be deter- mined without any further description. The Course of the disease is at times uninterrupted, leading speedily to death, or else it makes pauses, a portion of the serum that had been poured out into the cellular tissue or the cavities, being reabsorbed. This may result from a transitory cessation or diminution of the obstruction in the circulation, or from copious excretions of urine, watery discharges from the bowels, oozing through cracks in the skin, or from a general invigoration of the whole organism. Death generally takes place by oedema of the Hydropsia. 647 lungs or brain. Recovery is attended with copious discharges of urine, very rarely with diarrhoea alone. The Prognosis depends upon the chances of removing or neu- tralizing the primary obstruction or derangement. The treatment has to be chiefly directed against removing the cause ; if this is not possible, it has to be almost purely symptomatic or palliative. The causal indication is met by the remedies that have been indicated when the affections of the various organs were treated of; we need not repeat them in this place. Symptomatically we shall have to select remedies capable of stimulating the dimin- ished action of the kidneys, or of the circulatory organs, and, by this means, of promoting indirectly the absorption of the fluid. We possess a tolerable number of such remedies which sometimes help to diminish dropsy depending upon some incurable disease, and by which means Homoeopathy enjoys a striking advantage over any other method of treatment. In mentioning these remedies, we will accompany them with short statements, for there are so many possible groups of symptoms, that it is impossible to furnish special indications upon an extensive scale. Moreover, the chronic nature of the disease enables us to compare the remedies in our Materia Medina with all proper attention. Arsenicum album is our most important diuretic. It is suitable in all forms of dropsy, more particularly in dropsy depending upon heart-disease, and oedema of the lungs. After giving Arsenicum, a copious diuresis will sometimes set in with astonishing rapidity, after which the dropsical swelling speedily disappears. The result is most doubtful, if we have only ascites to contend against. In- asmuch as the medicine shows its good effect in a few days already, after a few doses had been taken, it is useless to continue it for a longer period, in the vain hope of eliciting good effects from it by persisting in its use. Digitalis purpurea is much less reliable than Arsenicum, although it is much easier to determine the indications for its use. It is particularly useful in dropsy depending upon, or accompanied by a high degree of general debility ; the dropsy is caused by pulmonary or cardiac disease. Digitalis is never indicated for ascites alone, but so much more specifically for oedema of the lungs. The nature of the exciting causes is such that Digitalis can only act as a pallia- tive ; if small doses remain ineffectual, larger doses should be re- sorted to before the medicine is discontinued. China is particularly useful in dropsy setting in after debilitating 648 Constitutional Diseases without Definite Infectiou. diseases, great losses of blood, and when the liver is affected. Upon the whole, however, we have to place China among the less reliable medicines. Hclleborus niger is not adapted to slowly developing cases of dropsy, but it is an excellent remedy in acute dropsy, probably because this form of the disease generally arises from an affection of the kidneys which comes within the curative rano-e of this dru". Apis at one time was greatly extolled as a remedy for dropsy, but practical trials have disappointed us; we have never been able to obtain any decided results by means of Apis. It is recommended for every form of dropsy. Acidum fluoricum has been used by Haubold with success for the anasarca of a drunkard. We are not aware that this medicine has been often used, but we urgently recommend it for trial. Prunus spinosa is so urgently recommended for general dropsy that it is undoubtedly advisable to try it. Hartmann has seen good effects from this medicine in dropsy depending upon heart-disease. Aurum muriaticum is recommended for general dropsy as well as for dropsy depending upon derangement of the liver, or for ascites alone, especially in the case of cachectic individuals. [Apocynum cannabinum in various doses, but principally in larger quantities, has frequently cured dropsy, general dropsy as well as hydrothorax. Helonin is recommended for dropsy arising from renal difficulties, such as albuminuria, Bright's disease, etc. Cochineal is useful in dropsy from the same cause. II.] The following remedies are indicated by the nature of the excit- ing cause rather than by the presence of the serous effusion: Can- tharis, Terebinthina (for renal affections); Tart, stib., Carbo veget., Squilla^ Sulphur (for pulmonary affections); Ferrum, Kali carboni- cum, Phosphorus, lodium, Mercurius (for affections of the liver); Lycopodium, Sulphur (for chronic catarrh of the bladder). In no disease it is more difficult to select a suitable remedy than in dropsy; nor are we in any disease more frequently disappointed by the medicine employed, very often on account of some cause hidden from observation. These disappointments are very often owing to the circumstance that we do not give a sufficiently large dose; it is well known, however, that dropsy requires to be treated with larger doses than almost any other disease, although there may be exceptions to this rule. Paracentesis is only to be resorted to as a last resort; it scarcely Scorbutus. 649 ever heightens the susceptibility to medicinal action, and very gen- erally leads so much more speedily to a fatal termination, for the reason that the water accumulates again so much more rapidly. On this account the operation had better be deferred as long as possible. [5. Scorbutus. Scurvy. Aitken defines scurvy as follows: " A morbid state ushered in by debility, lassitude, lowness of spirits, attended by fetor of the breath, sponginess of the gums, which swell by irritation, till they overhang the teeth in palmated excrescences. Livid, subcutaneous patches and spots appear upon the skin, especially on the lower extremities among the roots of the hair. Spontaneous hemorrhages may take place from the mucous canals; contractions of the mus- cles and tendons of the limbs occur, with pains, and sometimes superficial ulcerations. An altered state of the albumen of the blood is associated with this condition, and the phenomena are brought about by a deficient supply of the organic vegetable acids or of the salts of fresh vegetables." Scurvy has been the scourge of armies and navies from the ear- liest periods of human history. The Roman army under German- icus was decimated by it after a long encampment in Germany beyond the Rhine. The French army under Louis IX. in Palestine was almost wholly destroyed by this plague. Thousands of sailors and soldiers became its victims until Cook finally succeeded in con- quering it; on his return home in 1775, after a three years' cruise, he brought back a crew of one hundred and twelve men in a sound condition, having only lost one man by disease. Post-mortem Appearances. Poupart and Lind inform us that the " principal effects of the disease were observed in afl cases in the cellular tissue of the extremities." Lind says that " effused blood often lay in large concrete masses on the periosteum, while the bellies of the muscles of the legs and thighs seemed quite stuffed with it, often an inch in thickness." Water and blood were often found effused into the cavities of the chest and abdomen. Poupart found that " on examining the joints, the epiphyses had entirely separated from the bones; and in other cases that the cartilages of the sternum had separated from their bones; and bones that had united after being broken, very often separated again at the site of fracture." The spleen was found very much enlarged, soft and engorged with coagulated blood. 650 Constitutional Diseases without Definite Infection. The phenomena of scurvy point to the blood as the seat of some essential alterations in this disease. All the leading constituents of the blood seem to be present, but their normal proportion is dis- turbed and one or the other essential ingredient is found altered in quantity and quality. Various opinions have been advanced by Christison, Garrod, and others, regarding the causes of scurvy; but it is sufficient briefly to state, that "one of the most evident changes from the healthy condition is seated in the blood, which is altered in composition either by the addition to it of some ingredient or ingredients, or by the absence of such, which ought to exist in it; and the deficient ingredient may be one of the ordinary constituents of the blood, or it may be some principle or element entering into their composition. This deficiency is due to the absence of certain articles of diet; and the disease is known by experience to be at once cured by supplying those articles." (Aitken.) Symptoms. The first manifestation of the disease is a change of color in the face. The countenance looks bloated, and has a livid, jaundiced hue. A bad symptom is when the disease sets in with a puffiness of the skin around the orbits; the sclerotic con- junctiva is tumid and gives the cornea an appearance as if seen at the bottom of a well. Wandering, rheumatoid pains in the limbs are complained of; the patients feel weary, yet the pulse remains soft; there is no fever, on the contrary, the animal temperature seems depressed. A very high grade of stomatitis develops itself. The gums look spongy and hang over the teeth in flesh-like, pal- mated excrescences; they bleed readily; in bad cases the inside of the cheeks sloughs off in shreds, the tongue looks broad, flabby and indented ; the odor from the mouth is very fetid. At the same time an eruption like flea-bites breaks out on the lower extremities, it has a purple-hue and may ulcerate if the disease becomes very severe. The muscles of the legs become indurated and painful, and the skin is discolored in large patches and sometimes over the larger part of the leg. In the higher grades of scurvy, these patches may break out in ulcerations which are generally located on the calves of the legs, buttocks, hams, shoulders and arms. The skin is ex- ceedingly irritable, the merest rub causing an hemorrhagic effusion under the skin. Deprivation of sleep constitutes one of the keenest sufferings of scorbutic patients. Their strength may be so com- pletely exhausted that death may result from the most trifling bodily effort. Scurvy at the present time is a very rare disease, and with our present means of treatment and our perfect knowl- Scorbutus. 651 edge of the nature of the disease, it scarcely ever runs to a fatal termination. Etiology and Treatment. At one time, the excessive or exclusive use of salt-provisions was supposed to be the cause of scurvy, but we know now that scurvy may likewise result from the exclusive use of fresh as well as salt meat. The real cause of scurvy is a deprivation of fresh vegetables. By supplying this want, the disease is readily and effectually cured. " The disease," writes Dr. Parkes, " so fatal when left to itself, is cured with the greatest facility. Symptoms, apparently the most grave and serious, vanish as if by magic, and without leaving behind them any very serious injury to the constitution. The sanious discharge from scorbutic sores has been known to change color and to become healthy in a few hours after the commencement of treatment. In pure cases of scurvy, the blood, and the blood only, is at fault." "Lemon-juice," writes Dr. Watson, "is really a specific against scurvy, whether it be employed as a preventive or as a remedy. It supplies something to the blood which is essential to its healthy properties." According to Budd, the potato seems to be no less efficacious as a remedy and preventive. Parkes observes that "good lemon-juice seems to be more effectual than pure citric acid." The absence of fresh vegetables deprives the system of the acids which are necessary to the nutrition of the organism; these are citric, tartaric, acetic, lactic and malic acids which form carbonates in the system by entering into combination with alkalies. " When we inquire," says Dr. Parkes, " whether there is any proof of the defi- ciency of these particular acids and salts from the diets which cause scurvy, we find the strongest evidence not only that this is the case, but that their addition to the diet cures scurvy with great certainty. Tartaric, and especially citric acid, when combined with alkalies, have always been considered the anti-scorbutic remedies, par excellence, 'and the evidence on this point seems very complete. "Of the vegetable anti-scorbutics," writes Clymer in his American edition of Aitken, "the potato enjoys, and probably deservedly, the highest reputation; sailors cut it in slices, which they pack in molasses; next to it are onions, sliced and eaten raw; which are greedily devoured by scurvy-patients. Cabbage in the form of sour- krout, sorrel, the wild artichoke, the maguey or American aloe, the prickly pear, the dandelion, lamb's-quarter, green corn, the yam, apples, have all been found excellent anti-scorbutics. Uncooked fruits and vegetables are more efficient than cooked in the preven- tion and cure of scurvy." 652 Constitutional Diseases without Definite Infection. Dr. Parkes recommends Citrates, Tartrates, Lactates, and Malates of Potash, as drinks, or as additions to the food. Most of the above statements have been taken from Aitken, Watson, and from Parkes' work on the pathology and treatment of scurvy, to which we therefore refer for more extensive informa- tion. II.] This is a constitutional anomaly which it is as difficult to define as rheumatism, perhaps more so. At any rate we do not desire to present an imperfect definition of the disease, and we therefore con- tent ourselves with stating that scrofulosis is a disease of the first period of development, the presence of which is manifested by mor- bid conditions of a peculiar character, more particularly in the glands, skin and bones. Scrofulosis may be inherited from scrofulous parents, whose dis- ease is not necessarily, but in a majority of cases, reproduced in the children. It may likewise be regarded as an inherited disease, if the parents were affected with some chronic disorder (more espe- cially the mother during pregnancy), such as tuberculosis, constitu- tional syphilis, malarial cachexia, mercurialism. Finally there is every reason why scrofulosis should be regarded as inherited, when the disease breaks out among the offspring of marriages between near relatives, and after such marriages had been continued for several generations. Scrofulosis may likewise be acquired by exposure to influences that continually impair the process of nutrition. Above all, it is a deficient supply of food, or improper food generally, that develops scrofulosis in children the more certainly the sooner the child was exposed to such an influence. This is the reason why children that are chiefly fed on farinaceous soups, bread, potatoes, easily become scrofulous, the more certainly the smaller the quantity of milk they were allowed at the same time. Potatoes, and next to them farina- ceous food, are the articles of diet to' which scrofulosis is chiefly attributed. Children who are nursed by healthy mothers, can like- wise become scrofulous if they are fed too often, or if they are kept too long at the breast, which is so often done in the country by women who are anxious to prevent another conception. Moreover, scrofulosis is not perhaps directly caused, but decidedly promoted, not only by improper food, but likewise by an insufficient supply of fresh air, want of exercise, living in damp dwellings, inattention to the skin. G. Scrofulosis. Scrofulosis. 653 If hereditary scrofulosis and the last-mentioned circumstances meet, scrofulosis reaches the acme of its development. In our opinion, improper nutrition is a much more frequent cause of scrof- ulosis than hereditary descent. Parents generally bring up their children as they had been brought up themselves; the absurdities of their own parents have become engrafted upon them with the mother's milk, and the grandmother generally stands by the cradle as a faithful watch-dog to prevent the old routine from being de- parted from in the least particular. In this point of view it is often proper to say, not that scrofulosis has been inherited, but that absurd views concerning the bringing up of children have been transmitted from one generation to another. As an evidence of the truth of this statement, we mention the circumstance that the first- born in a family is apt to have a feeble and sickly constitution, whereas children born at a subsequent period, are healthy ; or that some children who were brought up on improper food, become scrofulous, whereas no sign of scrofula is manifested in children with whom more rational maxims are pursued. Scrofulosis always breaks out in childhood. It seldom manifests itself before the second year. Children that are very large and bloated in the first two years, almost always become scrofulous at a later period; children with firm muscles and slender forms are scarcely ever attacked with the disease. Scrofulosis scarcely ever breaks out after the second dentition, still less frequently after the age of pubescence. Sy nip: oms and Course. It is very difficult to furnish a com- plete picture of the scrofulous disease, for the reason that it mani- fests itself in so many different localities and diversified forms ; hence a few general statements will have to suffice. Scrofula chiefly localizes itself in the Lymphatic Glandular System. Either we find a more or less extensive hypertrophied degeneration, or else an exudation tending to suppuration, the surrounding cellular tissue being more or less involved in this process. In the former case the swollen glands may remain unchanged for many years until they gradually disap- pear, most commonly at the age of pubescence, leaving only a few trifling remnants of diseased structure. The inflammatory exuda-* tion is seldom deposited in an acute form; generally the glands swell slowly and without pain, the swelling sometimes even remains stationary, or else retrogrades, until gradually one portion of the gland becomes injected, fluctuates and breaks. The suppuration 654 Constitutional Diseases without Definite Infection. generally takes place very slowly, because the decomposition of the pus goes forward step by step. In other cases, especially in indi- viduals with sickly constitutions, a complete decomposition of the exudation takes place before the swelling discharges ; in such a case the discharge indeed takes place very rapidly, but other glands are attacked so much more speedily one after the other, and the patient's strength is undermined by hectic fever. The cervical and posterior cervical glands are generally attacked first and most extensively; but the morbid process may likewise be transmitted to every other part of the body. It becomes most threatening, if the mesenteric or bronchial glands are invaded; in such a case obstinate and severe catarrhal irritations may set in, which are often enough followed by hectic fever and death. If scrofulosis can be suspected, every chronic intestinal catarrh, every chronic bronchitis, must necessarily be traceable to a scrofulous origin. The skin is very often the first organ that shows symptoms of the scrofulous taint. It is but too often the case that children who, up to the time when they were weaned, looked fleshy and solid, after they are weaned, are attacked by cutaneous eruptions that almost always look like eczema and impetigo, less frequently like ecthyma or pemphigus ; the incrustations are generally accompanied by obstinate ulcers which constitute characteristic symptoms of scrofula. While the exanthem, which is most commonly confined to the head, is still out, or soon after its disappearance, the glands become affected. The localization in the bones and joints is one of the most dan- gerous signs of scrofulosis. We refer to what we have said con- cerning the bones and articulations in a former chapter; we wish to observe, moreover, that the inflammatory forms run a very pro- tracted course, and that it is only when the patient's constitution is in a very bad state, that those forms terminate in hectic fever and death, but, on the other hand, leave the affected joints with an impaired mobility, anchylosed and deformed. Scrofulous inflamma- tion of the vertebrae is the most threatening, for it either leads to curvature of the spine or develops hectic fever by the origination of congestive abscesses. Another symptom of scrofula is the ophthalmia which we have already described in a previous chapter. It is either confined to the margins of the lids, or involves the whole conjunctiva. The ears of scrofulous children have a peculiar inclination to discharge, with eczema breaking out at the same time round the ears ; very Scrofulosis. 655 seldom only, and then only if the affection is very deep-seated, the inflammatory process communicates itself to the ossicula and the mastoid bone. The mucous membranes do not show any particular morbid symp- toms, but an extraordinary susceptibility to catarrhs, especially the nasal and buccal mucous membrane. In the nose the copious secre- tion is associated with soreness and ulceration, and a swelling of the whole nose, in which the upper lip generally participates in a manner that is exclusively peculiar to scrofulosis. In the mouth we notice frequent attacks of angina, with disposition to hyper- trophy of the tonsils. It is only the highest grades of scrofulosis that are accompanied by peculiar affections of internal organs, such as fatty liver, acute hydrocephalus, etc. Those various localizations manifest themselves in the most diver- sified combinations and successions, sometimes one at a time, and at other times all together. Their course is always slow and drag- ging, subject to many oscillations between remissions and exacer- bations, but generally terminates in recovery, as long as the vital organs remain unaffected by the disease, always, however, leaving some remnants of the disease behind. Even suppuration of the vertebra? sometimes terminates in recovery with surprising rapidity. The general state of the organism is of importance both to the course of the disease as well as to the treatment. Pathologists have adopted two kinds of scrofulous constitution, the erethic and torpid; they are indeed sharply separated from each other in practice. The erethic scrofulous constitution is distinguished by a lively circula- tion and a marked tendency to febrile affections. Such children have a fine, transparent skin, flushed cheeks with great tendency to sudden changes of color in the face, an extreme nervous irri- tability, increased mental activity, melting, languishing eyes, deli- cate bones, and slightly-developed muscles. The torpid scrofulous constitution, on the contrary, is characterized by a diminished activity of the circulation and reproduction, and great tendency to adiposis. The whole body of such a person looks bloated, especially the face, the features are coarse, the nose and upper lip are swollen, the bones, especially the skull, are large, and the limbs coarsely- shaped : other characteristics are: a distended abdomen, flabby muscles, mental and bodily indolence, a dingy-looking, yellowish- gray skin, disposition to canine voracity. From such general symptoms the speedy outbreak of local scrofulous affections can be 656 Constitutional Diseases without Definite Infection. predicted with tolerable certainty ; frequently, however, especially if a proper mode of living is pursued from an early period, the scrofulous habit disappears entirely, sometimes at the age of seven years, without having occasioned any local diseases. Treatment. The treatment of the various local scrofulous dis- eases has already been discussed in former chapters, and all that remains for us to do here, is to consider the disease in its totality. According to what we have said when treating of the etiology of the disease, it is evident that the causal indication in scrofulosis occupies the first rank. Before any medical treatment can be thought of, the mode of living has to be thoroughly changed. This change refers mostly to diet, habitation, exercise in the open air, attention to the skin, etc.; in cases of erethic scrofulosis it has like- wise to take into special account the mental development of the patient, which should never be forced, and premature, and should always go hand in hand with an abundance of bodily exercise. In this respect it is difficult to lay down specific rules which might be adapted to one child, and decidedly contrary to the constitution of another. The physician should carefully investigate, and afterwards remedy the defects of education, but definite laws cannot be laid down to reach such a result. The causal indication likewise in- cludes measures having reference to a true and useful prophylactic treatment; hence, a physician should make it his duty to watch over the education of the children confided to his care, in every possible direction and aspect of the case. How much trouble will a physician save himself by such a course, and how much care and anxiety to others 1 Except in local affections, the medicine that may be regarded as the chief remedy for scrofulosis, is Calcarea carbonica. It never corresponds with a torpid, but so much more decidedly with an erethic habit. This remedy is not sufficient to alter the habit, a correct mode of living is indispensable to accomplish this purpose; but Calcarea is a most important adjuvans in the treatment. Inas- much as the effect of this or any of the following remedies is always slow and never very striking, the medicines prescribed for scrofula will have to be given at long intervals. Side by side with this remedy, and equally efficacious for the scrofula of torpid constitu- tions, we mention Arsenicum which we recommend upon our own responsibility rather than the recommendations of other physicians, since very little is said about this medicine in homoeopathic literature as a remedy for scrofula. We have to observe, however, that Arsen. Scrofulosis. 657 is only indicated by the general symptoms, and only by a few, in- deed very few local lesions. Ferrum holds the mean between these two remedies; it is adapted to the erethic as well as the torpid constitution, provided the process of sanguification is dccided'y deficient or imperfect, as may be seen from a disposition to conges- tions, hemorrhages, palpitation of the heart, ataxia of the stomach, and a deficient secretion of bile. Ferrum is chiefly suitable, if scrofula is most strikingly developed during the age of pubescence, it is much less adapted to the scrofula of childhood. Sulphur must not be forgotten in this place; it is, however, better adapted to the localized forms of the disease than to its general and vaguely ex- pressed symptoms. Sulphur is a distinguished remedy, if the diges- tion is very irregular; if a disposition to constipation is very marked; if the abdomen is very much distended, the mesenteric glands can be distinctly felt, the cervical and posterior cervical glands .are swollen, but painless, the nose and upper lip are swollen, but not inflamed. Sulphur is likewise indicated in chronic bronchial catarrh depending upon infiltration of the bronchial glands. These four remedies are the only ones that we can designate as generally anti-scrofulous. Other remedies require special indica- tions. We will mention the leading remedies of this class, referring for particulars to our former chapters on conjunctivitis, lymphade- nitis, ostitis, chronic intestinal catarrh, etc.; they are: China, lodium, Silicea, Aurum muriaticum, Baryta carbonica, Ilepar sul- phuris, Magnesia carbon., Conium maculatum, Mercurius, Graphites, Spongia. We cannot help mentioning two preparations that are used a great deal by lay-persons, even without a physician's order. One is Oleum jecoris aselli, cod-liver oil. We shall revert to this medicine in the next chapter; a few words on the subject will suflice in this place. Cod-liver oil is decidedly useful if the digestion is impaired, if the stomach seems disinclined to retain food, and if frequent diarrhoeic discharges set in; if, moreover, nutrition is impaired, the body is emaciated and destitute of animal juices. If the appetite is good, the digestion regular, and there is a marked disposition to adiposis, cod-liver oil is decidedly hurtful; in such a case it is apt to derange digestion and impair the appetite. However, in view of the high reputation which cod-liver oil enjoys, neither physician nor patient cares about the harm it may possibly do, imagining as they do that good results must be got out of the oil by sheer force. A proceed- ing of this kind is, of course, prejudicial. The second remedy are 658 Constitutional Diseases without Definite Infectiou. saltwater-baths, with or without an addition of malt. That they have a good effect, is evidenced by the numerous baths prepared of the mother-lye of salt-works. When used at home the favorable effect of the baths may be charged to the benefit which the skin derives from the operation. In the case of children attention to the skin is too often and disgracefully neglected. S. Tuberculosis. Tuberculosis is not only the most frequent of all constitutional diseases, but likewise the most common of all diseases. According to Wunderlich it is characterized by deposits into all sorts of tis- sues and organs, of a pale, yellowish or gray color, of a soft cheesy, and sometimes a harder or softer consistence, of the size of small granulations to the size of larger bodies, in which the organic ele- ments (molecular granules and a few imperfect nucleated bodies) persevere in a low state, without any organic connection with each other or with the adjoining tissue; do not show themselves capable of any further development, and either dry up, or else, become decomposed and melt. The formation of these deposits or tubercles depends in most cases upon peculiar conditions of the organism with which we are almost unacquainted; it is very questionable whether tubercles can ever be formed without some constitutional anomaly, hence, whether they constitute a purely local affection from which the constitu- tional disease emanates at a later period. This seems to us just as improbable as the formation of carcinoma without a previous constitutional anomaly. We will designate the radical disease in tuberculosis as the tubercular diathesis. In almost every case tuber- culosis can be demonstrated as developing itself under the following circumstances: It may result from a deficient supply or the bad quality of the food in the same manner as has been indicated for scrofulosis; in this manner tuberculosis often succeeds the latter so that when, at the age of pubescence, scrofulosis disappears, tuber- cles take the place of the former. It may likewise be occasioned by a deficient activity of the respiratory organs, as may occur during certain trades, which will be named by and by, or as may result from tight dressing, or from a sedentary mode of life. Whether a pre-existing germ is excited or created by such causes, is uncertain; the former, however, seems to us more probable. It may likewise be inherited like scrofula. Tuberculosis. 659 The tubercular diathesis does not manifest itself by any positive symptoms, and the so-called tubercular habit consists of nothing else than the symptoms of general debility and imperfect assimila- tion. There die as many men without as with this habit. The only point that enables us to be tolerably sure of the existence of a tuber- cular diathesis, is the fact that the person was affected with scrof- ula when young. Tuberculosis is found equally distributed in both sexes, perhaps a little more among women. It breaks out chiefly between the ages of eighteen and thirty years. The deposition of tubercles, and hence the tubercular disease generally; perhaps likewise, in many cases, the origin of the peculiar tubercular diathesis, are founded in the following cir- cumstances. A scanty supply and a bad quality of food, damp dwellings, defi- cient exercise in the open air. On this account the disease is chiefly met with in the lower walks of life, and likewise occurs more fre- quently in cities than in the country; among individuals whose business confines them to a room; among prisoners. Too rapid growth, more particularly if the growing persons are fed on improper nourishment, for this will occasion a condition of great debility. Continued depressing emotions, especially sorrow and grief, home- sickness. The connection of cause and effect between these influ- ences and the disease is not clearly made out; but that this connection exists, can be shown by a number of cases; tubercles are often very properly designated as tears shed inwardly. Circumstances incident to pregnancy, confinement, lactation, the more certainly, the more rapidly one confinement follows another, and the longer the infant is nursed at the breast. Women with tuberculous dispositions generally pass very well through their first confinement; they keep up the nursing business for a year, without losing much strength, but after that, they complain of feeling ex- hausted. During the next pregnancy they apparently feel better in every respect, but immediately after confinement the symptoms of an approaching tuberculosis multiply; while nursing her child, the mother experiences all sorts of inconveniences; the next pregnancy again brings an improvement, until phthisis suddenly breaks out in all its might, usually during the first weeks after a new confine- ment, and very often runs a very rapid course to a fatal termi- nation. 660 ♦ Constitutional Diseases without Definite Infection. A sudden change in the mode of living; if an occupation requir- ing constant exercise in the open air, is exchanged for a sedentary business; a luxurious mode of living is suddenly replaced by a mode of living full of privations; if the climate is suddenly changed, if persons move all at once from a warm into a cold climate. Circumstances and conditions that permanently interfere with the breathing; tight dresses preventing a free expansion of the chest; occupations that render constant stooping necessary, as in the carpenters' and tailors' trade, etc.; or trades in consequence of which the lungs become tilled with fine dust. Diseases of the respiratory organs. Frequent attacks of acute bronchial catarrh, pneumonia, pleuritis ; above all, measles, whoop- ing-cough and influenza are very common exciting causes of tuber- cular deposits. Most diseases that cause a rapid decline in the assimilative func- tions, such as: Typhus, dysentery, cholera, chlorosis, diabetes, inveterate syphilis, chronic exanthems, especially prurigo. Influences which greatly debilitate the nervous system, such as long continued mental labor, venereal excess, self-abuse. What causes are chiefly instrumental in exciting the first out- break of the disease, is hard to decide. If the germ is present, the most trivial event may kindle the spark into a flame. Certain conditions of system afford a certain immunity from tuberculosis; among these conditions we distinguish: an extensive pulmonary emphysema, malformation of the thorax, considerable cardiac defects, carcinoma. It is likewise certain that mid-moun- tain air diminishes the chances of tuberculosis becoming a fully- developed disease. In the following pages we shall only give a description of pulmonary tuberculosis, furnishing now and then a hint concerning the tuberculosis of other organs. In order to understand the meaning of the perceptible symptoms of the disease, a knowledge of the pathologico-anatomical changes is more indispensable than in most other diseases. We meet with three essentially distinct forms of tuberculosis, namely: chronic miliary tuberculosis, infiltrated tuberculosis, and acute miliary tuberculosis. In chronic miliary tuberculosis, the single tubercular granules are found irregularly scattered in the lungs, sometimes singly, and at other times in large clusters, always chiefly occupying the apex of the lungs, and very often limited to the upper lobes. The single granulation is at first of a grayish color, tolerably firm, after which Tuberculosis. 661 it assumes a yellowish tint and acquires a cheesy consistence, and, at this point, may dry up to a calcareous little body which is like a rough little stone to the feel; or else, it may soften and be trans- formed into pus. These suppurating granulations may give rise in the lungs to vomicae or cavities filled with pus, and of a greater or less size in proportion as the number of granulations is greater or smaller. The vomicae may be present in large numbers ; they may either remain isolated, or else unite, forming caverns of the size of a goose-egg. The vomica enlarges either by the dissolution of the tubercles that are still embedded in its walls, or else, the deposition of tubercles in the walls of the vomica goes forward uninterrupt- edly, the latter process being the one that is most common. The walls of the vomica are excavated, permeated by obliterated vessels and bronchia, or, if the bronchia are destroyed, their irregularly corroded orifices open into the cavity. The blood-vessels resist the destructive process longer than the bronchia, and most com- monly shrivel up; but if they are destroyed while blood is still circulating through them, they may give rise to extensive hemor- rhages. The vomica may be entirely isolated, or else, it may be in communication with one or more bronchial ramifications. In its growth it may penetrate the pleura and even the chest-wall. The parts surrounding the vomica show bronchial catarrh, interstitial pneumonia in some localities, with subsequent atrophy, bronchiec- tasia, emphysema. The vomica may empty itself and cicatrize, or else, it may become closed and, without being entirely empty, its contents may become transformed into calcareous matter. The pleura, even if not touched by the tuberculous process, is generally thickened and the two pleuras adhere. Inasmuch as in miliary tuberculosis the deposition of tubercles takes place in successive groups or clusters, tubercles are not generally found uniformly altered, but are met with in all the stages of their course. Infiltrated tuberculosis is distinguished from the former class by the circumstance that a pneumonic exudation is transformed into tubercular matter, while the organism had either been in a state of apparently sound health, or during the presence of tubercles in other parts. The infiltrated substance passes through the same changes that have been described above, but it usually dissolves much more rapidly, causes much more radical destructions and its transforma- tion into calcareous matter takes place more tardily. In acute miliary tuberculosis we meet with an extensive deposi- tion of granulations not merely in the whole pulmonary paren- 662 Constitutional Diseases without Definite Infection. chyma, but likewise in the pleura, the pia mater, the peritoneum, and the abdominal viscera. The homogeneous uniformity of the granulations shows their simultaneous origin; in the chronic form this does not occur very extensively. Tuberculosis of the intestines, which is scarcely ever absent dur- ing the course of pulmonary tuberculosis, reveals at the commence- ment of the disease granulations in Peyer's and Brunner's glands. These tubercles change to separate round ulcers which unite as they increase in size, and spread in the ileum in a circular form. The most common alterations co-existing with pulmonary tuber- culosis, are: Tubercular ulcers in the larynx, resembling those in the intestines; fatty degeneration of the liver, dilatation of the right heart, or atrophy of the heart, slight degree of Bright's disease of the kidneys. Symptoms and Coarse. In describing this disease we shall adhere to the most common form, namely: chronic miliary tuber- culosis. It is very difficult to say, with any thing like certainty, when the disease really commences. The deposition of the first tubercles, especially if not very numerous, is accompanied by symptoms that seem too insignificant to a patient to complain of to a physician. When a physician is consulted, the disease is already sufficiently advanced to be discoverable by the usual means of exploration; at its first beginning no such result can be obtained. That the disease is beginning to set in, can almost positively be inferred if individ- uals who were afflicted with scrofula when young, or persons with a tubercular habit, show the following symptoms: Disposition to pulmonary hyperaemia, with palpitation of the heart; disposition to bronchial, tracheal and laryngeal catarrh, the attacks being very obstinate, with bloody sputa, long-lasting hoarseness; general ner- vous irritability, irritability and increased frequency of the pulse. Repeated attacks of catarrh ought especially to excite suspicion, for they evidently indicate the period when the first tubercles are deposited. Very often, however, the deposition may be going on for a long time without any apparent symptoms, in which case the supervention of a severe bronchial catarrh which gets worse all the time, shows the sudden outbreak of phthisis or, in other words, of the purulent dissolution of the tubercles. In young women the dis- ease not unfrequently sets in with all the symptoms of chlorosis, which may lead to very injurious mistakes. The older the patients, the less distinctly is the beginning of the disease recognizable. Very Tuberculosis. 663 seldom, however, the disease breaks out suddenly in such a manner that an apparent fulness of health is suddenly followed by a state of illness with all the characteristics of tuberculosis; a more or less sickly condition almost always precedes the outbreak. It would be of great importance if the first deposition of tubercles could be clearly made out by a physical exploration of the lungs. We only know of two tolerably reliable indications, early attention to which may be of the most decided importance to the treatment. One is a prolonged, although not very much louder expiratory murmur, which is particularly important if it is heard during a slow expi- ration with closed mouth. The second is the so-called "respiration saccadee" jerking, wavy, cogged-wheeled respiration, which is most distinctly perceived during an inspiration. In the place of an uni- form blowing murmur we hear an inspiratory murmur at intervals, but not otherwise altered in any respect. Another reliable sign is if, during a slight catarrhal attack, the apices of the lungs exhibit symptoms of catarrhal irritation. Another sign is, when the ex- pectoration looks like soaked sago, or is transparent, having the shape of fine, firm threads; this is a symptom of chronic catarrh of the finest bronchial ramifications. The existence of a tolerably severe, protracted, acute bronchial catarrh, or a more or less violent haemoptysis generally, is an evi- dent and very seldom doubtful sign that the phthisis has set in. At the same time the patients complain of unusual debility, stitches, or a peculiar drawing pain in the upper lobes of the lungs, peculiar rheumatoid pains in the arm of the affected side; the respiration is accelerated, the pulse very frequent; this acceleration is very much increased by the least motion; the existing fever very soon shows typical exacerbations setting in in the morning between nine and eleven, or in the evening between five and seven o'clock, or at both these periods, and sometimes attended with such com- plete remissions that the fever has very much the appearance of an intermittent disease. From this beginning, the symptoms can easily be observed further in their character of phenomena of tubercular phthisis, with various modifications during their course to which we will first call atten- tion before describing the various local symptoms. The course of the disease, especially among individuals of a more advanced age, is marked by stages. After the first evidently tuber- cular catarrh has slowly disappeared, a feeling of almost perfect health is again enjoyed by the patient, who is at most reminded of 664 Constitutional Diseases without Definite Infection. the slumbering danger by a dry cough or a disposition to shortness of breath after an unusual bodily exertion or after talking. In the course of months, and sometimes not till years have elapsed, an- other catarrh breaks out which likewise ends without any untoward symptoms, and these changes continue until finally an acute attack of marked intensity terminates in fully developed phthisis. At the same time, nutrition may remain perfect for years, the patient may retain his flesh and healthy complexion, or else he may lose his flesh gradually, and acquire a more or less anaemic appearance. A chronic, uniform course of phthisis occurs much less frequently after an acute catarrh. On the contrary it sets in with very trifling symptoms, a slight, hacking cough, loss of flesh, palpitation of the heart, shortness of breath, etc., and the patient already presents a complete picture of phthisis when all at once an acute catarrh sets in which is suddenly transformed into the actual disease. Or else no acute catarrh ever takes place, the patients continue to fail almost imperceptibly, hectic fever supervenes, a tuberculous diar- rhoea and oedema make their appearance, and death takes place amid symptoms of complete exhaustion. A subacute course of the disease, phthisis florida, succeeds the initial catarrh sometimes immediately, especially in the case of young individuals and after confinement, likewise after severe acute diseases; very frequently it forms the conclusion of the more chronic forms of phthisis. This subacute course is particularly distinguished by intense hectic fever, tuberculous diarrhoea, disposition to pulmo- nary hemorrhage. The most vigorous patients fail within eight or ten weeks, nor is it at all possible to arrest the course of the disease in the least degree. In reviewing the most important local alterations caused by tubercular phthisis, we have in the first place to attend to the physical symptoms. Except perhaps in very acute cases, the form of the thorax is plainly and characteristically altered. The thorax is flattened, pressed in and descends lower down, so that the shoulders form a very obtuse angle with the longitudinal axis of the thorax, and the neck appears to be elongated. The intercostal spaces are sunken, more particularly the jugular fossa, the clavicles are very prom- inent ; the sternum is much depressed, its upper portion often stands out, so as to form an angle with the rest; the shoulder-blades stand out very prominently. These changes are most striking, if they only exist in one side of the thorax; it is true that in such a case Tuberculos's. 665 not all these changes are so decidedly marked, but they are more striking to the eye. The movements of the thorax are very much changed; respiration is carried on with the lower portion of the thorax, and still more with the diaphragm and the abdomen, whereas the upper ribs are scarcely moved. On palpation, in- creased vibrations are often perceived from the voice in the upper- portion of the lungs. In the beginning of chronic miliary tuberculosis, percussion some- times does not reveal the least change; as the depositions increase, the sound becomes less full, tympanitic, and finally completely empty. Percussion only yields truly valuable results at the apices of the lungs and in the infraclavicular region; if dulness is plainly returned in these parts, an empty sound in other portions of the lungs authorizes the conclusion that tubercles are deposited. If caverns have formed close to the thoracic wall, percussion some- times returns a metallic ring or the sound of a cracked pot. Auscultation returns the most reliable results, because they are most commonly present. In a previous paragraph we have shown the value of the prolonged expiratory murmur and of the "respira- tion saccadee" in the apices of the lungs. If these symptoms become associated with sub-crepitant rales, the diagnosis becomes so much more certain. In proportion as the infiltration increases, the respir- atory murmur becomes more and more bronchial, and remains so, even if caverns form, or else amphoric sounds and the metallic ring supervene during the rale. It is often of importance to auscultate during a paroxysm of cough, because at such a time certain sounds, especially the rale, are heard more distinctly. If the tubercular deposits are very extensive, pectoriloquy has often a very high pitch. The cough of tuberculous persons varies exceedingly. At the beginning a constant short and hacking cough is very usually pre- sent, sometimes interrupted by severe paroxysms, resulting in the expectoration of a light-colored, scanty mucus; or else, the cough sets in in irregular paroxysms which are generally excited by marked changes in the temperature and by pulmonary efforts; these paroxysms often last for several hours, and end with retch- ing ; the sago-like expectoration follows in a few hours. A cough that at once sets in, with a copious expectoration, is a rare occur- rence. After suppuration has taken place, the cough becomes much less wearing and spasmodic; the coughing fit readily results in copious expectoration. Between the more violent paroxysms, a con- stant hacking takes place, during which the mucous rale is dis- 666 Constitutional Diseases without Definite Infection. tinctly heard. In very rare cases there is no cough during the whole course of the disease, although the infiltration may be exten- sive and numerous caverns may exist. Previous to the deposition of numerous tubercles and their puru- lent dissolution, the expectoration is without any characteristic features. Nevertheless a continual expectoration of clear mucus is always a suspicious symptom; but such an expectoration acquires significance when it is traversed by fine streaks of a yellowish color, and when, moreover, it frequently appears streaked with blood. Still more characteristic is the presence of sago-like firm little lumps and fibres. Much less frequently hard, yellow or greenish, cheesy little lumps are coughed up at an early period; they generally taste very badly, and frequently have an offensive odor. Sometimes the expectoration contains small lumps of calcareous matter, chalk-like tubercles, seldom, however, previous to suppuration having fully set in ; usually after caverns have formed. The cavernous expecto- ration has a yellow-gray color, less frequently a greenish color, is firmly coherent; in the water it forms irregular, shaggy balls which slowly sink to the bottom ; it is surrounded by a quantity of clear bronchial mucus with which, however, it does not mix. The microscope discovers elastic fibres in this expectoration, a sure sign of existing phthisis. The larynx and trachea seldom remain intact during the whole course of the disease; they show more or less marked symptoms of catarrhal irritation. At an early period of the disease, the voice becomes husky or loses its resonnance and firmness of tone; at a later period, these organs become painful, according as the above- described ulcers are located, and not unfrequently complete aphonia sets in. The phenomena of the circulatory organs are not by any means constant, but at the beginning of tuberculosis we generally find dilatation of the right heart, disposition to a tumultuous action of jthe heart, blowing murmurs under the clavicle, anaemic murmurs in the jugulars, continuation of the sounds of the heart as far as both apices of the lungs. Afterwards the heart becomes more and more atrophied. The tendency to sudden changes of color is a striking phenomenon only at the commencement of the disease. Very soon the pulse becomes frequent and feebler than usual, it is accelerated by every movement. In the stage of phthisis it almost always exceeds 100, sometimes rising to 140. It is only exception- ally that the pulse of phthisicky patients is retarded, and then only Tuberculosis. 667 occasionally and alternating with a frequent pulse. As a rule, the pulse affords the best means of judging how far the patient's strength has already been consumed by the disease. The digestive functions are generally very much impaired. Usually at an early period of the disease the appetite grows poorly, or cardialgic pains are experienced after eating, which are not unfrequently followed by distressing vomiting. The appetite sel- dom remains natural; sometimes, generally shortly previous to the patient's death, he experiences a morbidly increased hunger. Except in phthisis florida, the stools generally remain natural for a long time; diarrhoea only sets in after the symptoms of extensive sup- puration of intestinal tubercles have become manifest. These diar- rhoeic stools are peculiar, partly papescent and partly watery, resembling mustard in color and appearance; most commonly the passages are accompanied by a quantity of gas, they frequently contain blood and pus, and are seldom colorless. They are not fre- quent, from three to six a day, generally two in the morning in quick succession, in the day-time they occur after the patient has partaken of nourishment. Sometimes they are preceded by slight colicky pains, at other times they are quite painless. They are always a bad symptom, for the longer the diarrhoea postpones, the longer is the patient's strength preserved. In the first period of the disease, the patient is sometimes troubled with diarrhoeic stools, but they generally abate in proportion as the pulmonary symptoms decrease in intensity ; if the tendency to diarrhoea has once become established, the course of the disease is generally very rapid. The liver sometimes becomes very troublesome to phthisicky patients in consequence of frequent paroxysms of hypersemia. The skin does not show any special symptoms; it is pale and sometimes exhibits a yellowish tint. The fatal termination is some- times preceded by a painful decubitus. At an early period of the disease the muscles begin to show symptoms of atrophy. A char- acteristic sign of phthisis is the bulbous thickening of the firsts phalanges ; most likely this change takes place because the ends of the fingers do not participate in the general emaciation. What is peculiar is, that in most consumptives the sexual passion is very much excited, especially in the case of men, and that the virile power continues so long unimpaired in spite of the general emaciation. The menses remain natural for a long time; if they cease, death may positively be expected within a few months. The urinary secretions do not undergo any abnormal changes; if colli- quative sweats break out, the urine is of course diminished. 668 Constitutional Diseases without Definite Infection. Infiltrated tubercles are seldom met with, except in the lungs. This form of tuberculosis develops itself from pneumonia, seldom from pleuritis with firm exudation. The inflammatory exudation is not reabsorbed, but transformed into tubercular matter which shows an extraordinary tendency to suppurate; the course of the disease is very seldom protracted. The transformation into tuber- cular matter generally takes place while tubercular deposits already exist; but it may likewise take place in the case of individuals who had never shown any signs of constitutional tuberculosis. A pneumonia setting in with such peculiar symptoms, may run a perfectly normal course at first; or else, symptoms of adynamia may show themselves at the outset, more particularly a very rapid pulse which does not show any change on the critical days, and an exceedingly exhausting diarrhoea. Not unfrequently the infiltration is observed to take place at intervals. Most usually tubercular pneumonia is met with in the upper lobes of the lungs. It tends to rapid destruction of the parenchyma, to pneumothorax, and to fistulous openings through the chest-walls. In other respects it develops the same phenomena as chronic miliary tuberculosis while rapidly running its course. Acute miliary tuberculosis attacks simultaneously every noble organ in the body. It rarely ever breaks out in individuals who so far had enjoyed a seemingly perfect health, more commonly after acute, debilitating diseases, but most generally it sets in as a termi- nation of chronic miliary tuberculosis. The symptoms of this form are entirely like those of a violent attack of typhus, with which the disease might be confounded so much more easily as it likewise runs its course by stages of seven days. It generally sets in with violent vomiting; after the cessation of the vomiting there is loss of consciousness, and the other symp- toms characterizing hydrocephalus to which we therefore refer. Treatment and Prognosis. Although the prognosis in .tubercular diseases is absolutely unfavorable; although the prospect of a tubercular disease that had been diagnosed with positive cer- tainty, is very slim, yet the labor of a physician in this direction is not without reward, since it may be in his power to postpone the fatal termination. Professional aid becomes still more important, if it is tendered at a period when the tubercular disease was still hidden, or had emerged into light with sufficient distinctness to be recognized in its true character with a tolerably reliable degree of certainty. Although success cannot be positively promised at this Tuberculosis. 669 period, yet it is our opinion that the formation of tubercles can either be prevented, or that their further development can be stayed. After all, the case may perhaps be the same as that of other acute or chronic diseases which only become incurable after they are too far advanced. Unfortunately the aid of the physician is not sought until the suppurative process has already set in, in other words, in the stage of phthisis, when help is exceedingly doubtful. It cannot be denied that tuberculosis is curable at any period during its course, although such a result happens very seldom after hectic fever has set in, and more particularly after the tuberculous process has invaded the intestines and the larynx. For this reason no case should at once be abandoned as beyond the reach of suc- cessful treatment. A complete cure, that is, a complete reabsorp- tion of the tubercular deposits, indeed cannot be expected; rem- nants of the disease will remain, and a new outbreak may take place at any time. What we have said shows that the treatment must aim at three objects: preventive treatment, the treatment of tuberculosis as a constitutional disease, and the treatment of the acute intercurrent exacerbations and their most prominent symptoms. The preventive treatment has to embrace a vast range, if it is to be of any use. Inasmuch as mistakes in the first education and care of children may promote, if not originate, scrofulosis, and inasmuch as scrofulosis may easily terminate in tuberculosis, the means of prevention must necessarily go back to the first years of childhood. A correct mode of living from the earliest infancy is an excellent preventive against the dreaded disease; every physician should see to it that physical laws are properly obeyed in the rearing of chil- dren, for this will at the same time prevent a legion of other diseases. A physician's duties in this respect are so much more sacred as so many false customs and wrong maxims have been grafted upon the education of the young by the present age. Unfortunately it can- not be denied that physicians pay too little attention to the first development of childhood, and that they confine their solicitude much more to the treatment of existing diseases than to their pre- vention. Of course, preventing diseases does not pay. We have not space to exhaust the whole subject of prevention; hence we have to limit ourselves to a statement of the most essential points. The diet should be regulated in accordance with the principles which are more and more universally recognized as correct. Above all, during the first two years the nourishment should principally 670 Constitutional Diseases without Definite Infection. be milk; afterwards other easily digested articles of diet may be added in suitable quantity and order. Potatoes should not by any means constitute the chief nourishment of children, nor should they be fed, as has been the custom, with milk and farinaceous prepara- tions. But not only the quality, also the quantity of the food, which should moreover be supplied at regular intervals, should have our careful attention. It may seem a small matter for a physician to bother about such trifles, when the children are robust and healthy, but it is not a small matter ; on the contrary, it is a subject of great importance. Beside proper diet, a salubrious home, fresh air, exercise and cleanliness must likewise be provided for the little ones. The mental culture is likewise of the utmost importance. Daily experience shows that precocious development and continued mental exertions render children irritable, make them look pale, deprive them of their appetite, and predispose them for all sorts of bodily sufferings. These symptoms show themselves, already in the seventh year, but still more ait the age of pubescence, partic- ularly among females. How many individuals fall victims at an early age to an unreasonable and precocious mania for acquiring knowledge! The only means of counteracting the absurd claims of our schools is gymnastics in all its forms, especially if it lays particular stress upon the cultivation of the respiratory muscles, but not by imitating the modern plan of practising neck-breaking tours-de-force, and straining the muscles to the outermost limits. A proper system of hardening children should likewise be pursued with a view of rendering them capable at an early period of bearing abrupt changes of temperature without being made sick by the exposure. If it is proper that all these rules should be enforced in the edu- cation of every child, it is still more important that they should be strictly carried out in the case of scrofulous children or children born of tuberculous parents. At the age of pubescence all the signs denoting the accession of tuberculosis, become more apparent, and the tuberculous habit fre- quently shows its peculiar characteristics at an early age. To the above-stated rules a few other important rules may be added. In the first place the young people must be taught to breathe properly, not merely with one portion of the respiratory muscles. Nothing is more conducive to this end than early singing lessonstaking care to pay particular attention to a correct practice of the middle notes. It is less important that young people should be invited to perform Tuberculosis. 671 frequent and deep inspirations, and slow expirations; such instruc- tions are too easily forgotten. It is during this period of develop- ment that gymnastics perform real miracles; chamber-gymnastics in particular becomes an invaluable aid in the harmonious develop- ment of the muscles. However, in practising with the arms, heavy weights must not be used. The dress, likewise, deserves our atten- tion; it should be of such a style as not to interfere with the free- dom of respiration. If a catarrh occurs, it must not be neglected; chlorosis should likewise be carefully attended to. In selecting a trade or a profession, male individuals should avoid such as are known to favor the development of tuberculosis. Women should be cautioned against reckless dancing and the continued application to work that requires constant sitting. A rigid prophylactic treatment is likewise necessary if symptoms of tubercles have broken out, and if the tendency to catarrh has at the same time become very prominent. Whatever involves an in- creased activity on the part of the lungs, such as running, dancing, continued talking in large crowds, hurried going upstairs or ascend- ing an eminence, should be strictly avoided at this stage; so should anvthing that interferes with the action of the lungs, such as con- tinned stooping in a sitting posture, tight clothing, etc. The patient now ought to practice deep inspirations; a substantial, but simple diet, without any artificial stimulants, is likewise indispensable. It being of essential importance that the patient should avoid all opportunities of being attacked with acute catarrh, he will have to avoid keen and cold winds, and provide himself with a respirator, the usefulness of which has not yet been sufficiently recognized. The damper the atmosphere of the place where the patient resides, the more important it is that he should wear flannel undershirts; this rule applies more particularly to the female sex. A sojourn in crowded rooms that are lighted with gas, and in damp and musty churches is exceedingly prejudicial. Proper ventilation and a mod- erate heating of the rooms should not escape our attention. At this period the food should be more simple and of a more digestible quality than ever; animal food deserves a decided preference. Milk now commends itself as an excellent nourishment, provided the patients are able to bear it, which is unfortunately not always the case. We should be led too far if we would enumerate all the par- ticulars concerning diet and hygiene; indeed, strict rules cannot always be enforced, the physician has to accommodate himself to the circumstances of the patient, and has to blink at a good many 672 Constitutional Diseases without Definite Infection. omissions. We must insist, however, that a woman suspected of tuberculosis, should never nurse her children at the breast. It be- hooves us likewise to direct attention to the circumstance that the mental labor and the mood and disposition of the patient are of the utmost importance to the course of the disease. We doubt whether grief and care can cause tubercles, but what is absolutely certain is, that depression of spirits, sorrow and care, and continued chagrin accelerate the course of tuberculosis, and that a good deal of men- tal excitement likewise exerts a pernicious influence. Even a change for a few weeks only from their usual surroundings to a quiet and pleasant retreat, affects the patients beneficiently. What we have said shows how much importance we attach to a correctly-understood preventive treatment. Various medicines are likewise of importance during the course of occult tuberculosis; however, they need not be mentioned in this place, since the indi- cations correspond to the most ordinary precursors of tuberculosis, namely chlorosis and scrofulosis, under which respective heads the medicines and their special indications will be found named. We have now reached the treatment of the fully developed tuber- cular disease. This treatment, of course, has to be chiefly medici- nal, although the above stated dietetic rules should be continued in all their force. It is difficult to furnish full and precise informa- tion in this direction; in the first place the groups of symptoms are too manifold, and in the second place it is next to impossible to draw positive conclusions from clinical cases, for the reason that the same remedy which helped in one case and effected a brilliant cure, showed itself perfectly ineffectual in another, apparently sim- ilar case. We do not intend to supersede the Materia Medica by furnishing symptomatic groups, and therefore prefer giving mere names, referring to the Materia Medica for the symptomatic detail. Bronchial catarrhs that break out as an acute disease, and after- wards assume a chronic form, first claim our attention. Their rapid cure is of immense importance to the course of the whole disease. As soon as we have ascertained that a person attacked with catarrh has tubercles, we must in the first place insist upon the patient remaining confined to his room, the temperature of whic^ should be uniformly kept at about 60° F. On the other hand, such patients should not be all at once confined to their beds. Aconitum which is suitable in catarrh generally, is still more adapted to tubercular bronchial catarrh commencing with a violent fever which is charac- terized by great heat without much perspiration. Upon the whole, Tuberculosis. 673 however, we prefer Belladonna in this form of bronchial catarrh as well as in simple bronchitis; for particular indications we refer to our remarks in the chapter on acute bronchitis. Belladonna is not only adapted to cases with high fever, but likewise to cases without much fever; no remedy is as effectual in moderating the constantly tormenting cough as Belladonna. Bryonia is an excellent remedy, if the patient complains of much lassitude without a great deal of high fever; the drawing-stitching pains in one apex of the lungs and the pains in the arm corresponding with this part of the lungs, or tearing through all the limbs, are likewise complained of; Bry- onia is seldom of any use in the subsequent course of the catarrh. Digitalis has rendered us excellent service for some years past in similar cases as those for which Bryonia is indicated; only if Digi- talis is to help, the cough must not be dry. It has seemed to us that this remedy arrests, or else reduces the cough very greatly more speedily than any other remedy Spongia is an excellent remedy if the catarrh commences with obstinate hoarseness, the cough remains for a long time dry and barking, spasmodic, attended with congestive sensations in the chest and asthmatic complaints. Bromine is symptomatically very similar to tubercular catarrh ; however, the clinical results that have so far been obtained with Bromine, are not yet very numerous. Pulsatilla is indicated if nothing remains of the catarrh but a racking cough with scanty expectoration of mucus. For other remedies we refer to diseases of the lungs. If, instead of breaking out with acute catarrh, tuberculosis breaks out with bloody cough, we have to depend particularly upon three remedies, namely Aconite, Arnica and Digitalis, the symptomatic indications of which can easily be studied in the Materia Medica. If the treatment of these initial affections has left no doubt in our minds that we have to deal with tuberculosis, it then behooves us to treat the disease as a whole, without, however, neglecting the symptomatic appearances. It would be a great mistake, however, if after the catarrh is fortunately subdued, we were now to pursue an exclusively symptomatic treatment. The patient may seem ever so well, yet he must still be treated as if he were sick. His whole mode of living must be strictly con- formable to the rules which we have laid down; a consistent and persevering enforcement of these rules is the surest guarantee for the prevention of new and the calcification of existing tubercular deposits. The only medicines that can now come to the support 674 Constitutional Diseases without Definite Infection. of the hygienic means, are Ferrum and Calcarea carbonica. Ferrum, whether it is used as a medicinal preparation or as mineral water, has to be administered with a good deal of caution. If the patients show an extreme disposition to pulmonary hypersemia, they are very sensitive to the action of Iron; any dose of unusual size excites their circulation and makes them cough up blood. Since this result is principally owing to the dose, we have a ready explanation why the Old School has been so averse to prescribing Iron in tuberculosis. If it is given in small doses, not below the second trituration, we shall very speedily notice good effects from the drug, if it is admin- istered for the following symptoms and conditions: Pale complexion with disposition to a change of color, or with a yellowish tint; deficient appetite, or perverse cravings, with disposition to pain in the stomach, and constipation; frequent palpitations of the heart and transitory congestions of the lungs; disproportionate muscular debility; lassitude from the least unusual motion; irritability of temper excited by the least unpleasant impressions. The indications for Calcarea do not differ much from those of Iron. The patients have a florid appearance, their cheeks are very much flushed, the skin being at the same time very delicate; they are apt to complain of congestive headache; they have an excitable disposition and sanguine temperament; at times they digest their food very regu- larly, at other times they are troubled with diarrhoea; unless they are under some special excitement, the patients complain of weak- ness, although, when in pleasant company, no sign of weakness is perceptible; the sexual system is very active, the menses are pro- fuse and set in prematurely and with acute pains. Under the operation of these two drugs, the use of which ought to be discontinued sometimes for a week at a time, we sometimes see the whole disease arrested or even retrograde; of course, the patients have to be very particular in observing the strictest diet. We need not suppose that these two remedies produce their favor- able effect simply by promoting the general nutrition, since they often effect a favorable change even at a later stage of the disease. China and Arsenicum are two remedies that can likewise be used at the beginning of the tuberculous process, although they are less reliable than the former. China is indicated if the pulmonary affec- tion seems to constitute the wThole difficulty, but still more, if it commences with the symptoms of a severe hypersemia of the liver, and if the patients very soon show a cachectic appearance. It is well known how often pains in the liver constitute symptoms of Tuberculosis. 675 tuberculosis, and how often such patients were formerly sent to Carlsbad to return home again in a dying condition. Arsenicum album has only been employed by us for tuberculosis in the last few years; the cases where Arsenicum is indicated, are too few to enable us to express a positive opinion on its therapeutic value at this time. So far we have found the remedy of use in cases of tuber- culosis with almost typical, long-lasting paroxysms of cough attended with retching, and vomiting of small quantities of tena- cious mucus, succeeded in a few days by an easy expectoration of the above-mentioned sago-like little lumps. The paroxysms of cough are ushered in with a sensation like violent asthma and are accompanied by severe dyspnoea. The general health is not as much impaired as the violent cough might lead one to expect. This so-called first stage of tuberculosis, that is, the period when the tubercular deposits have not yet commenced to suppurate, is the time when a cure of the disease can be hoped for with some certainty. Unfortunately this stage is too often overlooked by the patient as well as by the physician. To the above-mentioned rem- dies which have to be exhibited for months, a number of other remedies have to be added that we require to use for the removal of all the trifling inconveniences inherent in the disease. This is of the highest importance lest the nutrition of the organism should be impaired beyond what it necessarily will be by the tubercular process. We cannot go into details in this particular. Cod-liver oil, a change of climate, and other methods of cure will be treated of by and by. After the supervention of the suppurative stage, the medicinal treatment has to be considerably modified. We now have to meet two indications, the necessity of preventing the further deposition of tubercular matter, and, secondly, of circumscribing its purulent dissolution. We need hardly state that the prognosis now is much more unfavorable than previously. To the remedies that have just been named, we now have to add a number of others acting directly upon the local process. The use of Ferrum, at this stage, requires still more caution than before. Other remedies are: lodium, Phosphorus, Kali carbon., Hepar sulphuris calc., Silicea, Digitalis, Plumbum, Cuprum and Natrum muriaticum. All these remedies seem to have a marvelous effect in some cases, whereas in apparently similar cases they leave us in the lurch, so that it is ex- ceedingly difficult to establish positive indications from clinical results. We omit them so much more readily as the slow course of 676 Constitutional Diseases without Definite Infection. the disease affords plenty of time to consult the Materia Medica for special symptoms. A few hints will, therefore, prove suf- ficient. lodium is undoubtedly one of our most important remedies in confirmed phthisis; it only suits, however, after the expectoration has become purulent. This remedy effects, more frequently than any other, curative results, provided we do not obstinately insist upon giving only small doses. Iodine 6 sometimes has a good effect, but Iodine 1 is often indispensable, nor need any unpleasant effects be apprehended from the use of such large doses. lodium is more particularly indicated if tuberculosis is the result of scrofulosis, in the case of young and robust individuals; if diarrhoea is present, Iodine does not act favorably as a rule. Kali carbonicum has, beside the general symptoms of phthisis, a characteristically persistent, sharp-stitching pain at a circumscribed spot in the chest. Unfortunately this remedy often disappoints our expectations. Hepar sulphuris calc, is particularly suitable if the disease threatens to run rapidly to a fatal termination; a severe fever sets in at the onset, the cough is rather dry, although the patients themselves hear a rattling and wheezing in the lungs; scrofulosis had preceded the tuberculosis. Violent diarrhoea contra-indicates Hepar. Silicea is only suitable for the slow phthisis of old people; its effect is questionable. Phosphorus, according to our own experience, is less adapted to phthisis as a whole than to single symptoms. It has to be used with caution, for no other medicine causes hsemoptoe as easily as Phosphorus; no other medicine disagrees so completely in the long run. The chief indications for Phosphorus are: Continued hoarse- ness, with a distressing, dry cough, sore feeling in the larynx and trachea; pain in the stomach after every meal, also retching and vomiting of mucus; continual diarrhoea, which is excited by eat- ing, after every meal; excessive excitement of the sexual passion. Plumbum ought to be used more frequently than has yet been the case; the dose must neither be too weak, nor too strong. It some- times has a good effect after every other remedy has disappointed us, more particularly if there are considerable vomicse, and the patient is tormented by copious, watery diarrhoeic stools accom- panied by severe pain. Cuprum deserves our commendation in florid or galloping phthisis; T uberculosis. 677 its symptoms are so striking that we limit ourselves to referring the reader to the Materia Medica. Digitalis purpurea is, like Cuprum, particularly adapted to gallop- ing phthisis with intense hectic fever from the commencement; the patient complains of palpitation of the heart, coughs up blood fre- quently, has no appetite; the bowels are constipated and the pulse is exceedingly quick. Digitalis is the most reliable remedy to moderate the hectic fever, but the dose must not be too small. Nor should the dose be excessively large, because large doses are apt to excite the patient. Natrum muriaticum is only riseful in chronic cases, attended with severe disturbances of the cardiac functions. Millefolium is an important domestic remedy for tuberculosis. Our provings point to it as such, but clinical results are still wanting. Sulphur, which is too often mentioned as a remedy for phthisis, is not, in our opinion, adapted to a single case of this disease; we have used it frequently, but have never seen it do any good; where it is said to have produced a good effect, chronic pneumonia has probably been confounded with tuberculosis. Concerning the best method of applying all these drugs in prac- tice, views differ considerably. The more striking these differences are, the more earnestly we recommend the golden mean not only in respect to the size, but likewise in respect to the repetition of the dose. The attenuations from the third to the sixth are generally sufficient; lower attenuations are scarcely ever necessary, higher ones are unreliable. We do not like to give more than one dose a day of the appropriate remedy, sometimes only one dose every two or three days. If a remedy has once been selected, it should not be given up too soon ; if the improvement under it seems to stand still, a lower attenuation had better be used before the medicine is entirely abandoned. If this should have been found necessary, and the remedy that is chosen after the former, likewise proves inef- fectual, it may be well to return once more to the last remedy that seemed to improve the case. A change of this kind sometimes has a very good effect. We would likewise warn against a medicine being given for every little symptom and a strictly symptomatic treatment being indulged in. This is decidedly injurious and may defeat all chances of a successful termination. This now leads us to mention a few remedies that are not con- tained in our Materia Medica Pura. As regards Cod-liver oil, even 678 Constitutional Diseases without Definite Infection. the Physiological School admits that it acts well in phthisis. The Iodine it contains being present only in a very small quantity, the boldest conclusions were resorted to for the purpose of substantiat- ing the theory that the oil alone is the curative agent. That this theory is erroneous, can easily be shown by some other oil being substituted for cod-liver oil; the same effect will not be obtained. The small quantity of Iodine is sufficient for the homoeopath to account for the action of the oil. That it should be used with caution, has already been stated at the conclusion of our chapter on scrofulosis; the same maxims that were laid down on that occa- sion, are likewise applicable to phthisis, so much more as it is decidedly injurious to phthisicky patients to have their appetite disturbed and their normal digestion interfered with. The dose should likewise be carefully measured; a tablespoonful in the morning is sufficient, two spoonfuls at a time are a very big dose. It is decidedly improper to prescribe a spoonful morning and even- ing. A morning-dose is sufficient; in the evening the oil disagrees with most persons. No other medicine should be given with cod- liver oil. Whey-cures which have found great favor with many, have a great deal against them in cases of perfectly developed phthisis; they render the stomach very sensitive. For our own part, we prefer the therapeutic use of milk, provided the same rigid diet is pursued in connection with a milk-cure that is indispensable when a whey-cure is pursued. Milk does not agree, if the patients indulge at the same time in a luxurious mode of living, and a highly seasoned diet. Nor should it be overlooked that milk is a very substantial kind of nourishment, and that hence it should not be used as a mere beverage, but should be taken in the place of other food, as a regular meal. Mineral-waters are highly recommended for tuberculosis, but we must confess that we are not acquainted with a single kind that effects only a tolerably favorable change. The weak chalybeate springs sometimes render good service in the same manner as medi- cinal preparations of Iron; only they have to be used with great caution. In other respects spas are not more beneficial than a sojourn in a beautiful country, accompanied by a suitable mode of living generally. A prolonged stay in an elevated region of country has undoubt- edly a directly healing influence over phthisis, although the cure is seldom complete. We believe that living in a mid-mountain atmos- Tuberculosis. 679 phere is better than all climatic cure-places; it facilitates respiration, increases the capacity of the lungs, and hardens the organism gen- erally. The unusual results obtained by Dr. Brehmer in Gorbers- dorf abundantly testify to the excellence of his curative method which is entirely based upon the action of attenuated atmospheric air. No physician should leave these results unnoticed, since it may be possible to send the patient into a high region of country with- out changing the climate to which he is habituated. We do not think much of systematic cure-places, such as Cairo, Madeira, Algiers, Pisa, Venice, Nice, Meran, etc.; they never exert a directly curative influence, but are only useful by preventing the frequent return of acute catarrhs. Madeira, on account of the sea- air, and Meran, on account of its high situation, deserve most commendation. As a rule, climatic cure-places act the less favor- ably the more their climate differs from that to which the patient has been accustomed. After his return home, he is so much more suscej tible to colds; a Southern climate could only be preferred, provided the patient intends to make it his permanent residence. Unfortunately this is impossible for a large majority of tuberculous patients. Above all, patients already far gone in consumption, should not be sent away far from home. The remedies and general measures which we have proposed for a direct cure of tuberculosis and phthisis, even though it is so often impossible to employ them, or though they can only be employed on a limited scale, should never be omitted even in apparently hope- less cases. We can point to three patients who seemed to be on the point of death, and who suddenly improved and lived for a number of years in tolerable health. It remains for us to devote a few words to the symptomatic treatment of a few straggling symptoms. Leaving a direct cure out of the question, it is so much more important to speedily remove single disturbances the less they are connected with the usual course of tuberculosis; moreover, the duty of rendering the patient's exit from life as easy as possible, imposes upon us the other duty of sometimes resorting to a purely symptomatic treatment. In the following paragraphs we will give a few hints with reference to this subject. The cough generally causes the greatest distress to the patients, leaving them no rest. At the beginning of phthisis, when the patient is constantly teased with a dry cough and dyspnoea, Bella- donna usually has a very excellent effect. In the later course of 680 Constitutional Diseases without Definite Infection. the disease, after suppuration had really set in, we have obtained speedy and real relief by means of small doses of Morphine, one- twentieth or one-fiftieth of a grain at a dose, nor have we ever hesitated to avail ourselves of the narcotic properties of this agent. Cannabis is exceedingly unreliable. For a cough with a copious, fetid expectoration, Carbo veget. often proves a most excellent remedy. Hectic fever never requires special remedies; it is a necessary attribute of florid phthisis. Haemoptysis has to be stopped as soon as possible, not only on account of the anxiety of the patient, but of the loss of blood. Aconitum, Arnica, Digitalis, Ipecacuanha, Belladonna sometimes arrest it very speedily; if they do not, and the loss of blood is great and threatening, a small teaspoonful of table-salt may be administered; this will sometimes effect an immediate stoppage of the hemorrhage. The laryngeal difficulties are purely symptomatic; they do not yield to any medicine. For violent headache which deprives the patient of sleep, Digi- talis and Arsenicum are excellent remedies. The gastric derangements are manifold; they are most distressing, if every time the patient partakes of a little nourishment, he expe- riences pain in the stomach, nausea, retching, vomiting. For such symptoms Ferrum generally acts as a specific remedy. Arsenicum, Iodine, Kreosotam likewise deserve our attention. Diarrhsea, when not occasioned by intestinal tubercles, is treated according to the usual rules. If it assumes a tuberculous character, Phosphorus and Phosphori acidum, Ipecac., Calcarea acetica and phos- phorica are the proper remedies. Pulmonary hypenemia generally yields to Aconite; Belladonna and Kali nitricum, likewise Arnica may prove useful for such a condition. Infiltrated tuberculosis is treated according to the same principles as miliary tuberculosis; lodium is a very important remedy in this disease, likewise Lycopodium and Sulphur, together with Phos- phorus. Acute miliary tuberculosis generally defies every attempt to cure it, so much more as it is generally very difficult to diagnose it with certainty. Verat. alb., Digitalis, Cuprum, Tartarus stibiatus, Phos- phorus may be tried, but the experiment will generally prove fruitless. Constitutional Plethora. 681 In conclusion we will mention a few remedies that are variously recommended for tuberculosis; at times for the disease in its totality, and sometimes for single symptoms; these remedies are: Kreosotum, Kali hydriodicum, Stannum, Ledum, Mangayium, Baryta, Alumina, Causticum. This number might still be increased, if we could imagine every possible change in advance, and every occurrence that might complicate or interrupt the course of tuberculosis. In view of so many changeable and diversified groups of symptoms, all that we could well be expected to do was, to explain the general principles upon which the treatment of the disease should be conducted. As regards diet, we need not dwell upon it any further; it results from what we have said when speaking of the prophylactic treat- ment and the etiological causes of the disease. The following chapters, referring more particularly to the blood and the sphere of nutrition, are taken from the last number of Kafka's second volume. 8. Constitutional Plethora, Polysemia, llypera*mia. [The volume of blood is increased; this increase of the volume of the blood involves a proportionate increase of the number of blood-corpuscles and of the albumen. It is true that many modern pathologists deny the existence of plethora; they maintain that nobody has too much blood and that plethora most commonly depends upon an augmentation of the red corpuscles or upon an increased quantity of the fibrin in the blood. But daily experience teaches us that a constitutional hypersemia does occur, although not very frequently, and that it represents a derangement which occasions morbid symptoms. A constitutional plethora most frequently occurs in the case of young people who, having a good and active digestion, consume a quantity of meat and other protein material, without taking much exercise. It is likewise observed in the case of older persons who, while appropriating a large supply of food, lead a sedentary or indolent mode of life. It is not unfrequently the consequence of a suppressed flow of blood, such as the menstrual or hemorrhoidal flow, etc., and is frequently coincident with a peculiar plethoric constitution, the influence of climate or the seasons. 682 Polyasmia, Hypersemia. A general hype premia may be occasioned by circumstances which, by momentarily increasing the action of the heart, may lead to congestions in various parts of the body, whereby a rupture of the vessels and consequent hemorrhage may be occasioned. The most common causes of general hyperremia are: excessive bodily and mental exertions, such as running, dancing, going upstairs, ascend- ing eminences, etc., too long continued thinking, committing to memory, studying at night, sedentary habits; violent excitement of the feelings, as may be caused by anger, love, jealousy, etc.; the immoderate indulgence of spirits, heating beverages, stimulating food, exciting and stimulating medicines. Colds, cold winds, stormy weather, a sudden cooling off, sudden changes of temperature, an unexpected supervention of hot weather as in spring; or the super- vention of some acute disease, may give rise to general hyperremia. The blood of plethoric individuals is dark and viscid, and is generally distributed irregularly: it is mbst commonly the lungs, liver, spleen and muscles that are the seat of hyperremia; after death copious coagula are met with in the heart and vessels, most generally sanguineous deposits and exudations. The muscles have a darker color and tear more readily; the heart is dilated, and when sawed through, the bones look dark-red. The general characteristic signs of plethora consist in the fulness and volume of the radial pulse, turgescence of the veins, a vivid and mostly florid color of the skin, increased turgor of this organ, a more elevated temperature of the body and a constant disposition to perspire. In the majority of cases, the size and weight of the body, and the deposition of fat are considerably increased. This condition may exist without a disturbance of the general health being perceptible. However, the presence of the above-men- tioned exciting causes may lead to abnormal phenomena of the highest importance. The rapid increase of the action of the heart may give rise to rush of blood to the head, or to the chest, liver, kidneys, pelvic viscera, etc., and the more immediate consequences of these congestions frequently are inflammations or hemorrhages, or a relaxation of some portion of the vascular system and con- sequent dilatation of the vessels. The degrees of true plethora vary; sometimes they are very slight, scarcely perceptible; at other times they are quite striking, and even so intense that highly characteristic constitutional changes may be determined by the plethora. The so-called apoplectic habit or the square constitution (constitutio quadrata) represent the Constitutional Plethora. 683 highest grade of true plethora; the face is cherry or blue-red, the neck is thick and short, the shoulders are broad, the body is large and fat; on stooping, the face turns dark-red, the least bodily exer- tion, such as running, going upstairs or ascending an eminence, causes dyspnoea or palpitation of the heart, or determination of blood to the head, lungs, etc. Individuals of this description generally feel very uncomfortable in hot weather, in heated or close rooms, in a horizontal posture or when the head is too low, after the use of spirituous or heating beverages ; whereas they generally feel a great deal better in cool weather, after exercise in the open air, when observing a rigid diet and drinking cold water, after bleeding at the nose and copious stool. All these circumstances together in former times induced the belief that such individuals are principally predisposed to cerebral apoplexy. Pathological anatomy, however, has shown us that a predisposition to apoplexy does not so much depend upon the constitutio quadrata as upon a peculiar morbid condition of the blood-vessels which are either abnormally rigid or liable to being torn; it has likewise shown us that such persons are disposed to hemorrhages of any kind and that it is more especially to plastic exudations that they are most frequently liable. A genuine constitutional plethora either terminates in a reduction of the volume of blood to a normal quantity, or in an abnormal deposition of fat and a fatty degeneration of the heart and blood- vessels, in consequence of which hemorrhages occur quite frequently, or varicose conditions of the veins may take place, or the heart may become suddenly paralyzed. In slight degrees of plethora, the prognosis is generally favor- able. In higher grades of this disease, it is necessary to establish our prognosis with great caution, for the reason that trivial causes may sometimes give rise to important changes, involving the pos- sibility of a fatal termination. Treatment. The homoeopathic treatment of general plethora constitutes a most memorable epoch in the history of Homoeopathy. At n time when general and local depletions were most shamefully abused in all the clinics and hospitals of the civilized world ; when the most celebrated teachers of medicine taught the doctrine that a general hyperremia must be met by artificially reducing the quan- tity of blood, Hahnemann had the courage to protest against this absurd method of treatment, and to assert that in most cases sanguineous depletions were not only unnecessary but positively 684 Polyaemia, Hyperaemi.;. hurtful. For years his views were sought to be refuted by argu- ment and ridicule, until, finally, calm observations in the clinics of Vienna and Prague, which were more particularly conducted with great discretion and impartiality during the treatment of pneu- monia, resulted in establishing the fact, that venesections and local depletions are unnecessary in most, and hurtful in many cases. This conviction which was proclaimed by Hahnemann thirty or forty years previous, has now been adopted as a ruling principle in all medical clinics. Venesection has almost entirely fallen into disuse; leeching is very rarely resorted to, and cupping is known only by name. Impartial and enlightened professors of clinical medicine admit unreservedly that this revolutionary change is primarily due to Homoeopathy, and secondarily to the results obtained by post-mortem observations, and to the observations instituted by unprejudiced practitioners at the sick-bed. In order to overcome a plethoric condition of the system, the homoeopathic method of treatment not only dispenses with san- guineous depletions, but it likewise rejects the abuse of cathartics which are still in vogue and are still regarded and recommended as means of derivation from more important organs. Nor does Homoeopathy resort to vesicatories, since they not only fail of accomplishing the purpose of derivation, but are in most cases employed without any benefit. In treating plethora homceopathically, we do not merely regard the fact of an excess of blood, but likewise the phenomena con- nected with it, the exciting causes and the constitutional condition of the patient generally. We have stated in a previous paragraph that the increased action of the heart most commonly determines a rush of blood to various internal or external organs or systems, and that this determination of blood may superinduce hyperfemia, inflammatory conditions, hemorrhages, dilatations of vessels. It is upon these conditions and a simultaneous consideration of the anamnestic circumstances tha+ the selection of a homoeopathic remedy is based. It is not by any means immaterial whether we have to deal with congestions to the head, or to the chest, liver, etc.; whether they have resulted in simple hyperfemia, or in inflammatory processes, hemorrhages, etc.; whether the plethoric condition was caused by a cold, by an emo- tion, by excessive bodily exertions, by the unfavorable influences of climate, temperature, etc., whether the patient's organization is of a vigorous or delicate kind. All these circumstances have to be Constitutional Plethora. 685 considered in selecting a remedy from among the large number of those whose effects upon the normal organism have been carefully determined by provings and which will secure for us the speediest, best and most certain results. If a cold has taken place by exposure to a current of air, by a sudden change of temperature, by the action of a keen North or East-wind; or if the patient has been exposed to a severe fit of mor- tification, to fright, or has undergone excessive bodily exertions by running, dancing, going upstairs or ascending an eminence, walking too great a distance, etc.; if, in consequence, the impulse of the heart has become much stronger, the skin has assumed a tinge of vivid redness, the bodily temperature has been considerably raised, the pulse has become full and large: we at once resort to Aconite 3 in solution, every hour, even if local congestive or inflam- matory processes have already set in. Already in a few hours the patient begins to transpire, especially if the morbid condition is the result of a cold; or even, without perspiration the impulse of the heart becomes quieter and the vascular tumult is appeased without venesection or local depletions having been resorted to. We obtain the same success if the above-mentioned causes have induced a col- lapsed appearance of the patients, the pulse is contracted and the bodily temperature is diminished, yet the impulse of the heart con- tinues vigorous and the head is hot. In such cases the peripheral vessels are generally contracted, and the congestion of the internal organs is so much more marked; upon a condition of this kind, Aconite likewise acts with the most striking effect. A fact of this kind, which has been verified in thousands ot instances, shows that Aconite, in homoeopathic doses, has a decidedly calming influence over the morbidly excited action of the heart, and that it is by this means alone that true plethora can be subdued. Physicians who do not dispense their own medicines, can easily satisfy themselves of the truth of this statement by prescribing one drop of the tincture in an ounce of water, and ordering a teaspoon- ful of this mixture every hour or even every half hour. If the symptoms of general plethora are accompanied with dis- tinct symptoms of cerebral congestions, the treatment indicated for cerebral hypersemia will have to be pursued. For marked congestions of the chest, we give Bryon. 3, if the shortness of breath is attended with pleuritic stitches and a dry cough; or Phosph. 3, both remedies in solution, every hour, if dys- 686 Polyaemia, Hyperzemia. pnoea, oppression of the chest, a dry and tight cough, and danger of pneumonia or hsemoptoe are present. If the patients have become very much excited by mental labor, committing to memory, by anger or vexation, abuse of spirits, or have indulged in over-eating or luxurious living; if they complain of pressure in the frontal region, with nausea or actual saburral vomiting; if the tongue has a yellowish coating, the taste is sour or pasty; if the patients are troubled with frequent eructations and distention of the abdomen; if they are irritable, irascible, and the bowels are torpid, Nux vom. 3 in solution, every hour, will not only remove the hyperaemia but likewise the gastric disturbance. Under similar circumstances and for similar symptoms, Carbo veg. 6 or Calc. carb. 6 may likewise prove useful. The last-named remedies, to which we add Sulphur 6, render good service for general plethora superinduced by the suppression of habitual hemorrhoids; if arising from menstrual suppression, we resort to Conium, Digitalis or Crocus 3. These statements, which are suggested by daily practice, are simply intended to show the manner in which we avail ourselves of the results of our physiological provings. These statements do not by any means present an exhaustive discussion of the subject, and do not obviate the necessity, in extraordinary cases, of studying the Materia Medica with special reference to a given case, since we have many other remedies, such as Mercur., He par sulph., Rhus tox., Lycop., Sepia, Tart, emet., lodium, etc., which are capable of removing a general plethora. Regarding the diet, we recommend to plethoric individuals the use of vegetables, abstinence from spirits and heating beverages, daily exercise in the open air for a couple of hours, avoidance of exciting or depressing emotions, of sedentary habits and protracted sleeping. A spurious sort of plethora accompanying emphysema of the lungs, hypertrophy of the left ventricle, insufficiency or stenosis of the bicuspid valve, goitre, stenosis of the larynx, has been fully described in the chapters where these diseases are treated of. Kafka relates the case of a lady, seventy years old, with a large and indurated goitre, in consequence of which she became cyanotic, short-breathed, dyspeptic, very feeble and somnolent. Iodine prov- ing ineffectual for these symptoms, Arsen. 3, three doses a day, was resorted to. In a few days already a decided improvement set in. H.] Deficiency or rather Paleness of the Blood. 687 9. Anaemia, OligaMnia. Deficiency or rather Paleness of the Blood. [It is only true anaemia, or deficiency of blood consequent upon excessive losses of this fluid, that consists in a diminution of the quantity of the blood without any simultaneous alteration in the normal composition of this fluid. Spurious anaemia with which we shall principally deal in this chapter, constitutes a disease of the blood where the number of the red corpuscles is more or less diminished, in consequence of which the blood becomes paler and appears variously altered both quantitatively and qualitatively. Hence it is with a qualitative rather than with a quantitative disease of the blood that we have to deal with, where the deficiency of red blood-disks constitutes a characteristic phenomenon, on which account it would be more appropriate, according to Vogel, to de- nominate the disease oligocythcemia. In a normal condition of the organism, the reproduction of red corpuscles equilibrates their decay, so that, within certain limits, the percentage amount of blood-disks in the blood, and their total quantity remains unchanged. In diseases, however, this relative proportion is disturbed, so that more blood-disks decay than are reproduced; hence arises the con- dition which Vogel denominates oligocythcemia. The results of our pathological and anatomical investigations show that the blood of anaemic individuals is deficient in red cor- puscles ; it contains less haematin and fibrin, but on the other hand an excess of serum. The anaemic blood is fluid, pale, the clot is small, soft, floats in a quantity of serum, its specific gravity is diminished; the crassa- mentum which is sometimes entirely wanting, is less dense and easily disintegrated. Anaemia is either a primary or secondary morbid process. A constitutional anaemia depends upon certain ante-natal in- fluences or conditions of development; its causes are either unknown or not satisfactorily accounted for. It is either congenital, or inherent in the process of development, or in the period of involution. Congenital anaemia occurs among children of sickly, debilitated parents or of parents afflicted with anaemia, tuberculosis, constitu- tional syphilis, carcinoma or other exhausting diseases; it occurs 688 Anaemia, Oligaemia. among children born before their full term, among children born feeble, or whose mothers were suffering with uterine diseases or hemorrhages. Anaemia inherent in the period of development either occurs during the first, less frequently during the second dentition, or after the children are weaned, or in consequence of a too rapid growth or at the period of pubescence, more particularly if this period delays or is unduly protracted, or if the sexual instinct is awakened pre- maturely and is attended with frequent excitement of the fancy and the sexual organs (chlorosis). The anaemia of involution most commonly occurs during the critical period of females, or during old age, or if marasmus sets in prematurely. Consecutive anaemia sets in simultaneously with, or in con- sequence of derangements the causes of which are generally known and directly diminish the quantity and deteriorate the quality of the blood. The quantity of the blood is diminished by acute losses of this fluid, such as bloodletting, hemorrhages, operations, wounds, and likewise by frequent attacks of chronic hemorrhage. The quantity and quality of the blood are impaired by losses of fluids, as in consequence of catharsis and diarrhoea, continued or frequent vomiting, profuse suppuration, excessive or too long con- tinued nursing, profuse blennorrhcea and perspiration, ptyalism, copious nocturnal emissions, onanism and other sexual excesses. A loss of strength, such as may arise from excessive muscular exertions, long marches, running, etc., or from hard work, after severe febrile or inflammatory diseases, especially when attended with copious serous, plastic, purulent or hemorrhagic exudations; after various acute exanthems, such as measles, scarlatina, variola, etc.; after frequent pregnancies occurring at short intervals, and after frequent miscarriages, etc., may likewise induce a greater consumption of red corpuscles than the organism is capable of reproducing, and may consequently bring about a condition of anaemia. Consecutive anaemia may likewise occur in consequence of an insufficient production of blood-disks and hsematin owing to a deficient supply of food or a total deprivation of nourishment by fasting, starvation-cures, or a scanty supply of, or vitiated food; bad or stagnant water, unfavorable climatic or atmospheric in- fluences, excessive cold or heat, damp or vitiated air without a Deficiency or rather Paleness of the Blood. 689 sufficient supply of oxygen, in damp valleys or malarious districts, on the borders of large rivers where frequent inundations occur; or in consequence of the inhalation, in mines, of air impregnated with carbo-hydrogen or carbonic acid; or likewise in consequence of a deficient supply of light in damp cellars serving as human habitations, or in consequence of deprivation of sleep, long watch- ing, continued and long-lasting pains and spasms, depressing emo- tions, such as gr:ef, care, sorrow, mortification, home-sickness, dis- appointed love, etc.; or in consequence of the working of such passions, as envy, pride, ambition, etc.; likewise from excessive mental exertions, abuse of the sexual organs, etc.; or in consequence of diseases of such organs as are physiologically important to the production and propulsion of the blood, such as: diseases of the lungs, heart, arteries, veins, lymphatic glands, liver, spleen, kid- neys, uterus, intestinal canal, etc.; it may likewise result from the inhalation of dust or metallic vapors of chemical substances exert- ing a hurtful influence upon the formation of the sanguineous fluid, such as: Arsen., lead, copper, phosphorus, mercury, silex, zinc, etc. The abuse of Opium, Belladonna, tobacco, alcohol, etc., and the abuse of certain kinds of nutrient substances, such as: potatoes, tea, etc., may likewise lead to anaemia. Secondary anaemia only occurs as an accompaniment of other morbid processes, upon which it depends. It occurs in the course of tuberculosis, constitutional syphilis, carcinoma, scurvy, scrofu- losis, rhachitis, diabetes, puerperal fever, etc., likewise in the course of chronic articular rheumatism, helminthiasis, diseases of the brain and spinal marrow, in the course of chronic exudations, such as: hydrothorax, hydropericardia, ascites, anasarca, ovarian dropsy, etc. Having dwelt with sufficient detail upon the general and etio- logical part of anaemia, we now give a description of its sympto- matic manifestations. The skin is pallid in various degrees, sometimes yellowish or of a grayish white, at other times livid ; the paleness of the lips, gums, palpebral conjunctiva and ears is particularly striking. The cuta- neous veins appear delicate, bluish, thin and empty. The sclerotic most commonly exhibits a bluish-gray appearance. The temper- ature of the skin, especially that of the extremities, is in most cases diminished; even the temperature of the axillse not unfrequently falls below the normal standard. Ansemic persons exhibit a charac- teristic sensitiveness to. cold, a fondness for warmth, and frequent shiverings increasing even to violent shaking chills. The muscles 44 690 Anaemia, Oligaemia. of anaemic persons are very often soft and flabby; in many cases the bodily weight becomes less, more particularly in anaemia of a higher grade, which is frequently combined with atrophy, subcuta- neous oedema or hydraemia. The muscular strength is always less; after the least bodily exertion, the patients experience great lassi- tude in the extremities. When ascending an eminence, going upstairs, dancing, or making the least attempt to run, anaemic individuals turn remarkably pale, become short-breathed, the heart palpitates, and, if the anaemia is of a high grade, syncope may set in. The pulse is mostly small, feeble, short and accelerated. The increase of the frequency of the pulse from slight exertions, walking about, and even from sitting up in bed, is a characteristic symp- tom. If we are in doubt concerning the degree of anaemia, we may direct the patient to walk about; if the pulse increases in fre- quency after such a trifling effort, we may rest assured that the anaemia has reached a high degree. Thb palpitations of the heart, with which such patients are fre- quently troubled, are often attended with systolic blowing mur- murs in the region of the heart and in the larger vessels. The more fully developed the anaemia, the feebler the impulse of the heart, so that in the highest grades of the disease, as in cholera, the second sound of the heart and that of the arteries disappears entirely. The cerebral functions are generally depressed; anaemic individ- uals are sad, low-spirited, monosyllabic, melancholy; they sleep a good deal, are sleepy even in the day-time, whereas at night they sometimes lie awake for hours. On making a slight bodily effort, their sight becomes obscured, they are attacked with buzzing in the ears and vertigo, phenomena which, in high grades of anaemia, may even increase unto syncope. Such patients are frequently attacked by periodical paroxysms of headache, prosopalgia, cardialgia, coxalgia, sometimes by toothache (neuralgia of anaemic persons). The spinal nerves likewise become frequently involved in the anaemic condition, so that either disturbances of the sentient system take place in the shape of frequent attacks of pain, or of the motor system in the shape of spasms. Respiration only becomes impeded after excessive bodily exer- tions ; owing to the deficient oxydation of the blood, the patient has to yawn or sigh quite frequently. The appetite is frequently impaired, or the patient experiences a desire for uncommon things, such as charcoal, chalk, lime, roast Deficiency or rather Paleness of the Blood. 691 coffee, acids, bitter substances, etc.; the digestion is weak, the appetite is speedily satisfied, and, after eating, such patients are frequently attacked with oppression of the stomach or flatulence. The thirst is often very much increased, sometimes quite normal, the bowels are generally torpid, the urine is pale, watery, generally quite copious and has an alkaline reaction. In the case of male patients, the sexual functions remain unaffected; in the case of women, however, the menses often become irregular, or very scanty, or they are entirely suspended. Profuse menses are of much less frequent occurrence; they exert a very prejudicial influence upon the general organism. Anaemic women are very frequently attacked with leucorrhoea and sterility. The secretion of milk is impaired, the milk is watery, thin, not nourishing, hence anaemic women are unfit for the business of nursing and the children who are fed on such milk, generally become anaemic. Most anaemic persons feel better in a state of rest and in a hori- zontal posture, whereas they soon feel tired when standing, walk- ing, or when performing bodily labor. Hence they generally feel lazy, are not disposed to work, and soon have to desist from their labor. We are acquainted with patients who become exhausted even after doing the lightest kind of work, such as knitting, crocheting, embroidering, etc., and even become shortbreathed, experience an oppression on the chest, palpitation of the heart, sometimes even pains in the muscles of the arms, chest and back, or after standing or walking for some time, pains in the muscles of the calves or thighs. As a general rule, anaemic persons feel most uncomfortable in the morning-hours ; their sleep is not refreshing or strengthening; the feeling of lassitude does not leave them, on which account they remain sad and depressed in spirits until, in the course of the day, they become artificially stimulated by the use of coffee, tea, wine, beer, broth, etc. This circumstance is very important in a diag- nostic point of view; whereas anaemic persons look pale and feel languid while their stomachs are empty, and at such times either yawn or complain of headache and are generally morose: they commonly feel much better after using the above-mentioned stim- ulants or immediately after eating, their complexion looks much better, they are more active and cheerful. Very seldom anaemic individuals experience an oppression at the stomach, cardialgia or rush of blood to the head after eating or drinking, or feel otherwise uncomfortable and languid. 692 Anaemia, Oligaemia. Diarrhoea, hemorrhages of every kind, even if very slight, noc- turnal emissions, sexual intercourse and nursing aggravate the symptoms of anaemia. Depressing emotions and mental exertions likewise cause aggravations, whereas moderate bodily and mental exercise, cheerful company and surroundings affect anaemic persons very favorably. An anaemic condition is most strikingly increased by the super- vention of some acute disease. An occurrence of this kind is apt to bring on an adynamic condition, prostration and sopor; such an acute attack is often attended with fibrinous or serous exudations, drags along very slowly, and convalescence is in most cases very protracted. All the above-mentioned circumstances are of great importance to the homceopathic physician, on which account we have dwelt upon them very minutely. It is only anaemic conditions consequent upon acute losses of blood and other animal fluids that run an acute course; other forms of anaemia run a chronic course and, while the excitino- cause con- tinues, may last weeks, months and even years. The more speedily anaemia develops itself, the more rapidly the phenomena characteristic of anaemia set in. If anaemia runs a protracted course, the greatest attention is often required on the part of the physician in order to accurately observe the pathognomonic symptoms of anaemia. A deficiency of the colored corpuscles causes a more or less vitiated nutrition, a gradual vanishing of the fat and of the vital turgor, a decrease of the natural temperature and of the muscular strength, a high degree of lassitude, indolence and ill-humor, increased beating of the heart after slight bodily exertions, disorders of the nervous system resulting in attacks of pain or spasm of the most diversified kind. The termination in recovery frequently occurs spontaneously, if the exciting causes cease of themselves, as is often the case in con- stitutional or consecutive anaemia. Very frequently a complete cure is effected by artificial means. After acute losses of blood or other fluids, the water and salts of the blood are often speedily restored, without the reproduction of the red corpuscles taking place with equal rapidity. In consequence of this, a hypersemic condition is apt to set in, which is described under the name of serous plethora and is often accompanied with congestions of the head, febrile irritation, violent palpitations of the heart, sleeplessness, etc. Deficiency or rather Paleness of the Blood. 693 The more complete the anaemia, the more the fat and muscular strength disappear, the viscera and tissues likewise become im- poverished ; the watery constituents of the blood increase more and more, and the red corpuscles decrease in proportion ; this is the reason why certain parts of the body gradually become oedematous and why serous transudations into the different cavities of the body occur at a later perio'd. This hydraemic condition is most commonly observed after copious losses of blood and other animal fluids, after continued derangements of the digestive system, in consequence of cardiac and valvular anomalies, of Bright's disease, after severe acute diseases and exanthems, during long-continued attacks of fever and ague, chlorosis, during a highly developed tuberculosis, carcinoma, caries and other wasting diseases. If an improvement or cure cannot be obtained, marasmus and exhaustion set in. It may likewise happen that the blood is deficient in red cor- puscles and so much richer in colorless blood-globules. A condition of this kind is generally connected with diseases of the lymphatic glands, the liver, spleen or uterus, and is designated by the name of leucoBmia. If the blood is deficient in red blood-disks, but has an excess of pigment which is likewise deposited in the tissues, a condition of this kind is denominated melan&mia ; it occurs most frequently after old and violent intermittent fevers. After rapid alvine evacuations, as in cholera, the highest grade of anaemia is complicated with inspissation of the blood which is characterized by the highest degree of debility and coldness of the extremities and attended with fainting-like paroxysms and absence of the second cardiac and arterial sound. If this condition cannot be removed, it leads to paralysis of the heart. In treating anaemia, the prognosis depends, above all, upon the various forms and degrees of the disease. The better the exciting causes are known and the more easily they can be removed; the more easily and certainly the loss of the red corpuscles can be repaired and the harmony between their consumption and regenera- tion can be effected, the more favorable is the prognosis. Among the forms of constitutional anaemia, those inherent in the period of evolution admit of a favorable prognosis; in congenital anaemia, and in the anaemia of the critical age, the prognosis is less favorable; it is least favorable in the anaemia of old people. In consecutive anaemia, that which is consequent on loss of blood, 694 Anaemia, Oligaemia. animal fluids generally and of strength, admits of a more favorable prognosis than anaemia depending upon climate, atmosphere, local circumstances, or the nature of one's business. Anaemia arising from scanty or unwholesome nourishment, vitiated air, unhealthy habitations, bad water, abuse of spirits or certain kinds of drugs, likewise admits of a more favorable prognosis than anaemia arising from the effects of passions whose impressions are lasting and can- not be effaced. The prognosis is most unfavorable in consecutive anaemia where the consumption and reproduction of the red corpuscles are simul- taneously invaded by disease, as is the case in diarrhoea or hemor- rhages with simultaneous catarrh of the stomach, or when during extreme bodily exertions, the supply of food is deficient; or when the process of nursing is disordered by grief; or when frequent nocturnal emissions are accompanied with disappointment in love. Secondary anaemia can only be cured in case the primary disease can be removed. Age has no decided influence upon the prognosis; old people may recover very speedily after severe diseases, hemorrhages, diarrhoea, etc., whereas children and robust adults often require a long time for their restoration. This depends chiefly upon the consumption of the blood; in youth and robust manhood this consumption goes on very rapidly and often outweighs the process of restoration, whereas in old age much less blood is consumed, the regenerative process being carried on at an equal ratio. Intercurrent diseases of any kind during the course of anaemia render the prognosis more uncertain, since the number of blood- disks which is anyhow scanty, decreases with more or less rapid- ity, more particularly in acute febrile and inflammatory diseases, and most seriously during typhus and intermittent fevers. The prognosis is doubtful for the additional reason that a rapid destruc- tion of the red blood-disks is attended with a rapid sinking of the vital energy, and a high grade of adynamia, or destructive suppu- rations or gangrenous disorganizations may be the consequence. Treatment. In our opinion aneemia is a most important patho- logical condition developed in the depths of the various morbid processes ; it frequently becomes an object of observation and hence claims our most serious attention. The homoeopathic treatment of anaemia comprehends three divi- sions of equal importance: the removal of the causes, diet, and the use of remedial agents. Deficiency or rather Paleness of the Blood. 695 If the causes are known and can be removed, the. first step towards a cure is frequently made. Hence all losses of blood and other fluids, the waste of strength, have to be arrested as speedily as possible; anomalies depending upon birth, constitution, age, sex, development, etc., have to be regulated ; excessive bodily or mental exertions, depressing emotions, sexual excesses have to be rigidly avoided; the unfavorable influences of climate and atmosphere have to give way to more favorable surroundings; the supply has to be of the right quality and quantity; errors of nutrition and assimila- tion have to be corrected; the circumstances of education, mode of living, occupation, habit, etc., have to be considered; diseases of single organs and systems, and constitutional anomalies by which anaemic conditions are so often engendered, have to be carefully observed, and the bad effects of sudden changes of temperature, weather, a sudden rise or fall of the barometer or thermometer, or unfavorable influences of the season, have to be counteracted by appropriate measures. In cases where the causes of anaemia are unknown, where they are not sufficiently accounted for and cannot be investigated, as is most commonly the case in regard to the various forms of constitu- tional anaemia, we adhere to our previous statement that the dimi- nution of the red corpuscles, and the consequent anaemia, is either occasioned by a too rapid consumption, or by a deficient reproduc- tion of these bodies, or by both these causes at once. If one or the other of these causes prevails, the homoeopathic treatment is regu- lated accordingly, and the true nature of anaemia is reached and modified by these means. The dietetic treatment of anaemia has for its object to so regulate the circumstances of the patient as to secure the normal restoration of the blood. The diet is so important that our opponents attribute to it exclusively the good effects of our treatment. Although we do not deny that many forms of anaemia, especially of the consecu- tive kind, are cured by a suitable diet after the removal of the causes, there are many other forms of anaemia, especially constitu- tional and secondary, where the best dietetic measures are insuf- ficient, and where the interference of art is indispensable to a cure. General dietetic rules adapted to all forms of anaemia cannot be established for the reason that every special case requires a dietetic management of its own. For the present we content ourselves with mentioning the general dietetic arrangements that deserve attention in most cases. Special dietetic rules will be indicated when treating of the special forms of anaemia. 696 Anaemia, Oligaemia. If the process of sanguification and nutrition is to be improved, the condition of the digestive organs has to be carefully attended to above everything else. If anaemic individuals digest very rapidly; if, soon after a copious meal, they again feel hungry; if they do not experience any trouble after eating; if they feel comfortable after a meal and have no fever, the most nourishing diet may be indulged in by such patients. They may use strong soups with the concentrated extract of beef, roast-beef, steak, tl-la-mode beef, various kinds of roast without much fat, venison, eggs, farinaceous food, light vegetables which are not of the flatulent kind, cake prepared with sugar, but not fat and without yeast; fish which is not too fat, is likewise allowable, such as trout, salmon, cod, pike, pickerel, etc. Fat food, salad seasoned with sharp vinegar, husks, fresh bread, etc., should be rigidly avoided. Stewed fruit is generally more easily digested than raw fruit. Eggs, almonds, cottage-cheese may be partaken of in moderate quantities. A well fermented beer is the best beverage for anaemic persons; during a meal light wines may be indulged in. A little Cham- paigne may be used with the dessert. If there is a good deal of vascular excitement, disposition to headache and congestions, with sleeplessness, affections of the heart or lungs, hemorrhage, etc., the use of wine has to be strictly avoided; beer, if partaken of discretly or diluted with water and sweetened with sugar, generally agrees with most patients. Anaemic persons had better eat frequently, every few hours, than too much at once. If a sensation of hunger, or of a so-called "empty stomach" is hurtful, and may give rise to frequent yawn- ing, cardialgia, headache, a disagreeable and audible rumbling in the bowels, weakness of the extremities and even attacks resembling syncope ; on the other hand, overloading the stomach is frequently attended with oppression of this organ, flatulence, nausea or even vomiting and diarrhoea, by which conditions the patients are weakened and the anaemia is made worse. If the digestion is prostrated, our main object must be to restore this important function as speedily as possible to its normal state; for without it no restore tion of tissue, and hence no amelioration of the blood can be thought of. The management of the digestive apparatus will be indicated when we give the medicinal treatment. For the present, it may suffice to state that the sick stomach must Deficiency or rather Paleness of the Blood. 697 not be loaded with heavy nourishment; the least excess causes the patient serious distress and increases the gastric disorder. As long as the appetite is wanting, the patient had better eat nothing but weak soups; under certain circumstances he may be allowed a dish of milk, or some farinaceous preparation or stewed fruit. Beer or wine, whether pure or diluted, can only be allowed, if not counter-indicated by any of the above-mentioned circum- stances. If the appetite improves, more nourishing soups, light white meat, soft-boiled eggs and a light farinaceous diet may be allowed: as the digestion continues to improve, beef, venison and a strength- ening diet may be resorted to. Cooling things, such as: ice, lemonade, orangeade, raspberry- juice, soda-water with wine or syrups, are only permitted by us, if the patients do not cough, are not troubled with diarrhoea or cardialgia, and are not inclined to abdominal pains. We give these dietetic rules in detail for the reason that we have often seen practitioners urge upon anaemic patients the most sub- stantial diet without regard to their digestive capacities. Being unable, for want of appetite, to comply with the demands of their physicians, the poor patients, instead of gaining in health and strength, continued to fail and were finally obliged to seek help elsewhere. Exercise and rest are of great importance to the process of san- guification. It is just as important to regulate the amount of exer- cise with reference to the existing amount of bodily strength, as it is important to measure the amount of supply proportionally to the strength of the digestive powers. As a rule, aneemic patients have pale and flabby muscles deprived of their normal energy, elasticity and powers of perseverence. All their muscles and muscular bodies exhibit a certain degree of func- tional debility; the muscles of the trunk and extremities betray this weakness by a feeling of languor and lassitude; those of the thorax by shortness of breath, those of the heart by an accelerated beating of this organ, those of the stomach by weakness of diges- tion, those of the intestinal canal by indolence of the secretions and by flatulence, those of the uterus by dysmenorrheea or sterility, etc. This is the reason why anaemic individuals, when exercising too rapidly or too much, are apt to be attacked with dyspnoea, palpita- tion of the heart, an increase of temperature, in consequence of which abnormal cerebral irritations in the shape of hemicrania or 698 Anaemia, Oligaemia headache occur. An increased frequency of the pulse is not unfre- quently accompanied by such a high degree of weariness that, unless the patients rest, syncope may take place. The after-effects of ex- cessive muscular exertions consist in a high degree of weariness and weakness, in muscular pains, spasms and cramps, especially in the chest and calves, in loss of appetite and sleep. On the contrary, muscular movements adapted to the patient's strength, and followed by timely rest, produce a gradual invigora- tion of the muscular fibre, a more active circulation, a proportionate waste and supply, an improvement in all the functions, and a higher activity in the process of nutrition. It is an etablishcd fact that a great deal of strength is lost by an excess of active exercise, and that it is restored again by subsequent rest; exercise is to rest as consumption to restoration, waste to supply. This shows the importance of subjecting the conduct of anaemic persons in regard to these two factors to a more particular examination. Anaemic persons should not take any long walks ; as soon as they feel exhausted, experience dyspnoea or palpitation of the heart, or commence to perspire, they ought to rest and not resume their walk until they feel able and disposed to do so. Their muscular strength is best ascertained by the condition of the pulse during a walk. If the pulse becomes hurried during such exercise, it is a sure sign that their strength is not very great and that much exercise is hurtful to them. Walking rapidly and up hill, in a damp and cold air, or against currents of air, on damp soil, have to be carefully avoided, lest other diseases should set in in consequence of such exposure. Short rides in the country, or excursions on the water, are the most appropriate exercise; these may be followed by short walks on a level, in a shady alley, garden, forest, or meadow, to be fol- lowed by adequate rest. Running, jumping, climbing, ascending a hill, journeys on foot, heavy work, wrestling, fencing, etc., should be rigorously avoided by anaemic persons. Dancing is an entertainment which, in pleasant company, con- tributes a good deal to cheering up the spirits; on this account we do not prohibit it entirely, except, however, waltzing which we positively interdict. In cases of pulmonary, cardiac and cerebral diseases, dancing is prejudicial under all circumstances. We permit riding on horseback if the patients feel strong enough Deficiency or rather Paleness of the Blood. 699 for this kind of exercise and, while riding, do not experience any palpitation of the heart or dyspnoea. Long rides, galloping, and a sharp trot, do not agree as a rule. The well known indolence of anaemic persons, their disposition to sit or lie down, should not be encouraged by their physician ; a protracted rest or a total deprivation of exercise diminishes the functional energy of the muscles and may even result in their atrophy and paralysis. Sleep and waking likewise exert a powerful influence upon the life of the blood. Anaemic persons who sleep too much, generally become indolent, peevish, complain of dulness of the head, inability to think; they yawn, look bloated, the blood becomes paler, the muscular fibre more relaxed, and the formation of fat and the serosity of the blood become very marked. The want of regular sleep as well as complete sleeplessness make the anaemia worse, and frequently result in nervous erethism, hyper- aesthesia, debility, digestive derangements, and emaciation. A natural sleep of six, seven or eight hours is refreshing, strength- ening, promotes the restoration of the muscular fibre, improves the process of sanguification, and invigorates the cerebral functions. Voluntary watching when the hours which should be devoted to sleep, are spent in a state of intentional wakefulness, is very pre- judicial to anaemic individuals. The will acting in opposition to the natural want, an effort takes place both of a physical and psychical nature and equal to the sleeplessness added to an excess of bodily and mental exertion, in consequence of which the anaemia becomes more deep-seated. On this account, anaemic persons should neither watch with the sick, nor for purposes of manual or other work; they should not read, study or travel at night. Even social entertainments should not be indulged in after midnight, so that the remainder of the night can be devoted to rest. Depressing emotions, such as grief, sorrow, mortified feelings, fear, homesickness, disappointed love, etc., and excessive passions, such as envy, hatred, jealousy, ambition, wounded pride, etc., affect anaemic patients equally badly as sleeplessness. Hence it is neces- sary in the case of anaemic persons that this morbid direction of the thoughts and feelings should be moderated or entirely subdued by an appeal to their reason as well as by the personal influence of the physician. 700 Anaemia, Oligaemia. The atmospheric air is likewise of great importance as a means of improving the quality of the blood; the purity of the air and the quantity of oxygen it contains contribute gteatly'to the increase of the red corpuscles. If the digestion is at the same time active, and a sufficient supply of proper nourishment is introduced into the organism, bad cases of anaemia are sometimes cured by these simple means without medicine. It is more particularly the anaemia of convalescent patients that can be removed in this manner. Anaemic persons residing in crowded cities or in damp and close districts where the air is rendered impure by frequent inundations, coal-vapors, decaying vegetable matter, etc., should, if their cir- cumstances permit, be sent during the warm season into regions of country where the air is pure and rich in oxygen. The dwellings of anaemic persons must be dry, spacious, with facilities for being easily heated, accessible to sunlight. We know from experience that damp and chilly dwellings give rise to a variety of diseases. The clothing of anaemic individuals has to be adapted to the season and the weather; the want of animal heat and an extreme sensitiveness to changes of temperature make it desirable that anaemic persons should be warmly clad or, at any rate, that they should at all times and places be provided with a supply of thick clothing, so as to be protected against the bad effects of sudden changes of temperature or of a sudden access of bad weather. They must be cautioned against leaving off their winter-clothing too soon, or against throwing off their cloaks, coats or shawls in cool places or while covered with perspiration. Anaemic persons who are disposed to sadness and to keep away from company, must be cheered up by pleasant surroundings, quiet games, entertaining books, theatrical representations, frequent but not too long walks or rides, short journeys, etc. Baths are only useful to anaemic persons if their temperature is pleasant to them. Experience has shown that baths with a temper- ature of over 88° F. cause a loss of muscular power and bodily weight in the case of anaemic patients, whereas baths below 50° F. cause chilliness, a loss of animal heat, followed by an excess of reac- tion. For this reason the best plan to be adopted for such patients is to give them tepid baths between 65 and 85° F. only two or three times a week, and only fifteen to twenty minutes to each bath. Swimming may be allowed, provided the patients are sufficiently strong, and neither are troubled with cough, nor dyspnoea, nor Congenital Anaemia. 701 diarrhoea; the temperature of the river or sea-water must at least be 57 to 60° F., that of the air at least 64; there must be no cool or keen wind, nor must the air be damp or chilly. Hydraemic patients should not bathe under any circumstances. In high grades of anaemia sexual intercourse is hurtful to persons of either sex; however, if they improve in looks, if they feel more vigorous and frequently experience sexual desires or nocturnal emissions, moderate sexual intercourse is admissible. The medicinal treatment of anaemia requires a good deal of dis- cretion and judgment on the part of the physician. In selecting a remedy, it is not only of importance that the exciting causes should be carefully investigated, but that the physician should understand whether the anaemia he is called upon to treat, is of a primary or secondary character. A primary anaemia generally admits of a direct treatment and is curable, whereas a secondary anaemia always requires a careful consideration of the primary pathological process, and can only be reached indirectly by homoeopathic remedial agents, and not unfrequently resists the most rational and judicious treat- ment. A direct anti-anaemic treatment requires, beside the removal of the cause and a suitable diet, the use of such remedies as have it in their power to correct the process of sanguification by their direct influence. We have no universal specific for anaemia. After investigating the various forms of anaemia, their causes and the morbid processes upon which they depend, we are able to avail ourselves of a considerable number of remedies wfliose effects upon the human organism have been carefully studied, and by their means to obtain favorable results with surprising rapidity even in severe cases where medicinal aid seemed all but useless. Since the selection of homoeopathic remedies for anaemia is prin- cipally determined by the nature of the exciting causes and by the resemblance between the remedies and the disease, we have deemed it proper to present the various forms of anaemia and to indicate the special treatment of each of them. By this means we obtain a clearer perception of the various morbid processes, and greater facilities in surveying the list of specially adapted remedial agents. IO. Congenital Anaemia. Owing to hemorrhages of the mother during pregnancy or during the act of parturition, children are often born anaemic. If they arrive at full term, they generally look fleshy, but in the place of 702 Congenital Anaemia. the natural bright flesh-color, the skin has a pale-yellow appearance; the nails and lips likewise look pale, and the sclerotica has a bluish color. Their movements are not very vigorous, their voice is feeble, they do not sleep much, moan a good deal, and nurse very feebly. Such infants very soon pick up strength at the breast of a healthy wet-nurse whose milk, rendered more nourishing by a good meat- diet and the use of beer, easily and speedily accomplishes the restoration of the red blood-disks. If anaemic children are at the same time born feeble, they are generally emaciated, look old, wrinkled; they are sometimes so feeble that their moans can scarcely be heard; their weakness is so great that they find it very difficult to take the breast, and some- times decline doing so. Such children have to be fed on the nurse's milk by means of a little spoon; otherwise, being too feeble to draw the milk from the breast, they would soon perish of exhaustion; in order to support the deficient nutrition, it is likewise proper to bathe the little ones once a day in tepid cow's-milk. As soon as they have become some- what more lively and vigorous, we introduce every day the little finger into their mouths for the purpose of ascertaining whether they are able to nurse. If they are strong enough to draw the milk, they may then be put to the breast; by pursuing this course, they generally gain very rapidly. If anaemic children are born before their full term, they generally sleep a great deal, have a wrinkled skin which is covered with a fine downy hair; they look old, their little nails are soft, the hair on their heads is short, their heads are disproportionately large, their fontanels are far apart, etc. Such children have to be roused from their sleep quite often, in order to feed them a little nurse's milk by means of a spoon; this should be done at least once every two or three hours, if their vital energy is to be preserved and sufficiently strengthened. The nutri- tion is likewise sustained by tepid milk-baths and injections of tepid milk or soup; the injections should only be given in small quanti- ties, about half an ounce, in order to secure their retention in the intestinal canal and subsequent absorption. For purposes of nutrition, the milk of healthy and robust nurses is much better than that of mothers whose milk has become watery in consequence of copious hemorrhages or exhausting diseases, or which has become greatly deprived of its protein constituents. Congenital anaemia occasioned by diseases of the parents or of Congenital Anaemia. 703 the mother alone, is generally very obstinate, frequently continuing during the whole period of dentition and even beyond the period of pubescence. Such children generally cut their teeth at a late period and with difficulty, are frequently attacked with derange- ments of the digestive functions and of the nervous system, among the nervous disorders are subject to frequent attacks of eclampsia; they begin to run about, and they acquire the use of speech at a late period, generally have a pale and bloated appearance, have weak and thin extremities, a bloated belly; enlargements of the spleen, liver and mesenteric glands are frequent occurrences which are moreover often accompanied by leucaemia; they show great liability to softening of the bones and to scrofulosis, to nasal, bron- chial and intestinal catarrhs, to croupous processes and basilar meningitis. The most common results of congenital and protracted anaemia are tuberculosis, scrofulosis, rhachitis and atrophy. Children afflicted with congenital anaemia should have healthy wet-nurses during the first months, they should be taken out into the open air as often as the weather permits, the use of sugar-tits should be strictly prohibited, nor should they be fed on thick gruel or pap, lest the digestive functions should become disordered; they should never be fed to excess, they should be kept clean and fre- quently bathed in tepid water. Acute or chronic gastric, intestinal or bronchial catarrhs have to be treated in the manner indicated in their respective chapters; they favor more than anything else the diminution of the red corpuscles. Sleep is likewise a function of great importance to such children. If they will not sleep at all, or can only be got to sleep with great difficulty, we administer Calc. 6, or Nux vom. 3, or Puls. 3, or Merc, sol. 3, a dose every two or three hours. If the children become exceedingly restless, so that they will not remain in their beds and have to be carried about all the time, the most approved remedies for such a trouble are Arsen. 3, Bellad. 3, Ignat. 3, Nux vom. 3, or Calc. 6, or Sulph. 6. If, especially during the period of dentition, they frequently start from their sleep and afterwards remain wakeful, we resort to Chamom. 3, Coffea 3, Nux vom. 3, or Natrum mur. 6, or Silic. 6. The slow dentition of such children is attended with great delay in the process of ossification; the fontanels remain open for a long time, the skull-bones are thin and fragile, the articular cartilages grow thick and rickety; the vertebral column and the long bones are liable to become curved. 704 Congenital Anaemia. In such cases Calc. 6 to 30, two closes a clay, is a splendid remedy which speedily regulates the digestive and assimilative functions, thus improving the quality of the blood and visibly promoting the process of ossification. What Iron is to chlorosis, Arsen. to hydrse- mia, that Lime is to delaying ossification. This remedy is likewise of great value where the skin is bloated, the abdomen meteoris- tically distended, the extremities are thin, the mesenteric glands swollen and where the patients are at the same time suffering with gastric, nasal or intestinal catarrhs. The continued use of this remedy for several weeks, in increasingly large doses, accompanied by a proper dietetic management, may lead to favorable results even in cases where an hereditary disposition to tuberculosis is present. If the delay in the process of ossification has already resulted in actual curvatures; if single bones have become hypertrophied, if the angular edges of the long bones have become rounded off like cylin- ders, if the articular extremities become disproportionately large and the broad bones thick, we may be sure that osteomalacia has set in. In such cases a gelatinous substance is found exuded into the cells of the friable and interstitially distended osseous tissue, in consequence of which the bones not only become distorted, but osteoporosis takes place, or a dilatation of the medullary canals and cells. Such phenomena find a sovereign remedy in Silicea 6 to 30, two doses a day. What Lime is to a delaying ossification, that Silicea is to osteomalacia. Silicea, by first regulating the digestive and assimilative functions, corrects the composition of the blood and not only secures a reabsorption of the gelatinous mass, but even a perfect ossification. This remedy likewise renders efficient service in cases of hered- itary disposition and, like Calcarea, is often administered with ad- vantage in alternation with Sulphur 6 to 30. If Silicea is not sufficient, we resort to Phosphorus 3 to 6, with which we have obtained the most satisfactory results in the case of feeble and exhausted children who did not acquire the use of their legs until very late. (See the article "Meningitis Spinalis, Spondylitis.") Children who learn to walk with difficulty or at a late period, must not be made to stand upon their feet; every attempt at mak- ing them walk, is an injury to them. It is better for them to lie down as much as possible. Carrying them in a sitting posture or Congenital Anaemia. 705 without changing from one arm to another, frequently gives rise to spinal curvatures. To afford them the enjoyment of fresh air, they have to be dragged about lying on their backs in a little car- riage. In all cases of congenital anaemia, country-air and a meat diet are very beneficial. We have already cautioned parents against overfeeding. In order to keep the children quiet, some parents and nurses are in the habit of keeping them at the breast the whole night. As soon as the children cry a little, they are put to the breast, or tits are put into their mouths, or they are stuffed with farinaceous paps or thick gruels. Even after weaning them, this system of overfeeding is continued; children are constantly eating bread, pieces of boiled potato, cake, etc. These vicious habits are the beginning of imper- fect chylification. The habit of keeping the digestive organs con- stantly employed, leads afterwards to an insatiable voracity. The digestive organs, being constantly excited to an uninterrupted activity, become weak; the children have to vomit frequently, they are suffering from acidity of the stomach, accumulations of phlegm, gastric disorders, painful diarrhoea or flatulent colic, bloated bellies, weakness and thinness of the extremities and other disorders result- ing in the final development of scrofulosis, rickets and preparing the road for the invasion of tuberculosis. Nurselings may be put to the breast every two or three hours; and after they are weaned, children should have their meals at regular periods; between meals they may be allowed to run out and play in the open air. Atmospheric oxygen is as necessary to an improvement of the quality of the blood as adequate nourish- ment is to sound nutrition. Digestion, says Moleschott, transforms the food into constituents of the blood, atmospheric oxygen trans- forms the blood-disks into tissue-making substances. Good food and an abundant supply of pure air are often sufficient to impart to feeble and rickety children an appearance of health and strength. Exercise in the open air, and more particularly the various juve- nile games, throwing the ball, trundling the hoop, jumping the rope, etc., are very much to be commended. Of course, children must be warned against getting heated, or cooling themselves by throwing off some of their clothing, or drinking cold water while heated. Under similar precautions fishing, hunting, berrying, etc., may 706 Congenital Anaemia. likewise be permitted, because a moderate exercise of this kind promotes the metamorphosis of the tissues. Children born of tuberculous parents, or born feeble and sickly, should not be sent to school before they are seven years old; gen- erally such children have bright intellects, but their minds should not be developed at the expense of their bodily health. They had better be taught only a few hours a day; the rest of the day may be devoted to invigorating their constitutions. As has been said before, congenital anaemia very frequently depends upon some hereditary disposition which, owing to some tuberculous, syphilitic, carcinomatous or other exhausting disease of the parents, or to some chronic uterine disease of the mother, continues far beyond the period of dentition and growth, and, in cases of the sudden invasion of some acute disease, plays an im- portant part. In such cases a single acute local affection frequently constitutes the beginning of a series of changes in adjoining or affiliated organs or systems. A simple nasal catarrh, for instance, may be seen followed by palpebral blennorrhoea, or an inflammation of the conjunctiva of the bulbus may be seen accompanied by the most violent photophobia and by ulcers of the cornea, sometimes by otorrhoea and bronchial catarrh, or diarrhoea, etc.; in short, a whole series of disorders of the mucous lining may break out. In another case a simple tonsillitis is succeeded by hypertrophy of the tonsils; at the same time the submaxillary, cervical, pos- terior cervical, axillary and even parotid glands may be seen infil- trated and even erysipelatous, presenting a series of glandular diseases. A simple pleuritis, pneumonia or bronchitis is often the begin- ning of a deposition of tubercles in the pleura or lungs; a simple intestinal catarrh is not unfrequently the beginning of subsequent tuberculosis of the intestines and mesenteric glands; a sun-stroke often occasions the outbreak of basilar meningitis. A simple cold, or excessive fatigue may give rise to spontaneous limping, a fall on the knee to white swelling, a fall or blow on the tibia to periostitis or exostosis, an injury of the nose to ozfena, etc. For this reason it is of the utmost importance that a physician should observe and appreciate such hereditary dispositions with all the attention they are entitled to. Unfortunately it is often the case that anaemic or feeble children are neglected by their parents; their sickly condition is attributed to dentition, the fact of growth, development, and a physician is only applied to after an acute dis- Congenital Anaemia. 707 ease has actually broken out. In such a case the actual disease has to be treated with great discretion, nor ought the hereditary dis- position to be left unconsidered. If it should appear to the physi- cian that an acute disease is struggling but imperfectly into a full manifestation, that the disease threatens to assume a chronic form or to pass through a series of other pathological forms, he will have to investigate at once the anamnestic circumstances of the parents and will have to employ such remedies as will weaken or counter- act this tendency. Thus the judicious and methodical use of the Iodide of Potassium or of the Muriate of Gold will correct the syphil- itic tendency, that of Calc.., Iodine, Sulphur or Cod-liver oil the tuberculous tendency, that of Conium or Aurum mur. natr. the ten- dency to carcinoma. Ars. or Silic. will remove or correct the sickly disposition of children consequent upon chronic suppurations, blen- norrhoeas or colliquations of the parents, and will prevent the development of chronic diseases which it may be either difficult or impossible to cure. It sometimes happens that children who look healthy and plump at birth, in a few days already look pallid and flabby, they cry or moan a good deal, do not sleep well, the lips lose their vermilion hue, the sclerotica assumes a bluish appearance, the features are sharply delineated, the palpebral conjunctiva and the ears look pale, and the muscles lose their tone. In a more advanced stage of this form of anaemia the children look like old people, the muscles grow perceptibly thinner, and on the neck and extremities visible signs of atrophy make their appearance. An anaemic condition of this kind is most frequently caused by an insufficient supply of milk on the part of the mother or nurse. If the children pass little urine and not as often as they ought to; if they do not go to sleep while nursing; if, after nursing, they grow restless and moan a good deal, let the mother or nurse insert her finger into the child's mouth. If the finger is taken hold of greedily and sucked at, this is a sure sign that the child is hungry and craves more nourishment. In such a case the breasts should be examined at once. If, on making pressure around the nipple, the milk does not spirt out readily; if the mother is pale and feeble; if she had lost a good deal of blood during parturition or had been sick for a long time during her pregnancy, it becomes at once evident from such circum- stances that she cannot possibly afford her infant a sufficient supply of nourishment. 708 Congenital Anaemia. Sometimes there is an abundance of milk in the breasts, but it is watery, like curd, and, when collected in a tumbler with tepid water, it soon mixes up with the water without forming undulating threads or clouds. If the mother had previously lost a good deal of blood or had been afflicted with some severe disease; or if she is subject to paroxysms of mental depression from grief, care, jealousy, anger, etc., the milk loses its nutritive quality, becomes watery, is destitute of protein, and consequently does not nourish the child. In all such cases the child should at once be placed in the care of a sound and strong wet-nurse. If anaemia sets in notwithstanding the quantity and quality of the milk are perfectly satisfactory, the cause of the trouble must be sought for somewhere else; it may be overfeeding, catarrhal irrita- tions of the stomach, bowels, bronchia, etc., for which we refer the reader to the respective chapters where these diseases are treated of. For the anaemia and convulsions arising from teething, and the consequent sleeplessness and ptyalism (driveling, drooling), we refer the reader to the chapter on Eclampsia infantum. The excessive ptyalism is not unfrequently attended with chronic stomatitis or gingivitis. In either case Merc, solub. 3 is an excellent remedy; likewise Calc. carb. 3 to 6, if the gums are pale, and the children are very nervous, fretful and wakeful. A too rapid growth sometimes superinduces an anaemic condition attended with muscular debility and sometimes with a liability of the capillary vessels to rupture. If such children, as they approach the period of puberty, exert themselves beyond their strength, or are exposed to high degrees of temperature, or perform unusual mental efforts, they are often attacked with nosebleed or even haemoptysis. These symptoms are of special importance in the case of children born of tuberculous parents. For the treatment of tuberculosis we refer the reader to the chapter on tuberculosis. For the anaemia without great muscular debility or other complications, we generally give two or three daily doses of Ferr. 1 with much success. More recently we have made use in many cases of the syrup of Iron, of which we give two or three tablespoonfuls a day. This preparation agrees with chil- dren who seem to be quite fond of it. If the muscular debility is not very prominent, we find the above- mentioned preparations of Iron sufficient. If the muscles are very weak, we resort to Quinine 1, two or three doses a day. If this Consecutive Anasmia. 709 remedy is not sufficient to remove the anaemia, we give Quinine and Ferrum in alternation, giving Quinine one day and Ferr. the next; or a dose of Ferrum in the morning after breakfast, shortly before dinner a dose of Quinine, another dose of Ferr. in the after- noon, and a dose of Quinine at night. Either method leads very speedily to a successful result. For the nosebleed of anaemic individuals, two or three doses of Crocus 3 a day proves very efficient. If debility is a prominent symptom, China 1 or Phosphor. 3 are important remedies which will arrest severe hemorrhages. After the nosebleed ceases, the general treatment of anaemia has to be continued. For haemoptysis from excessive walking, dancing, running, ascending eminences, etc., attended with vascular erethism, Aeon. 3 in solution, a dose every fifteen or thirty minutes, in connection with cold applications to the chest, renders most excellent service. If, under similar circumstances, the lungs have become wearied by much talking or loud reading, blowing on wind-instruments, etc., and an oppression is felt on the chest, and symptoms of pneu- monia threaten, we at once resort to Phosph. 3 in solution, a dose every hour or half hour; at the same time we employ cold applica- tions to the chest. We likewise refer the reader to the chapter on haemoptysis or hemorrhage from the lungs. Nux vom. 3 may prove a good remedy for the haemoptysis of anaemic persons, when caused by excessive mental labor or by the abuse of spirits. For the best means of invigorating the constitution, diet, exer- cise, occupation, etc., we refer the reader to the chapter on tuber- culosis. For the anaemia of chlorotic persons, the reader is referred to the chapter on Chlorosis. 11. Consecutive Anaemia. Consecutive anaemia is in every particular case attended with a diminution of fat, decrease of strength and loss of bodily weight. These conditions, together with their exciting causes and conse- quences, are of great importance for the selection of the right remedy. Among the phenomena which accompany or follow this form of anaemia, we distinguish paroxysms of syncope, spasms, neu- ralgia, hyperaesthesia, anaesthesia, debility, emaciation, hydraemia. The treatment of acute anaemia consequent upon severe hemor- 710 Consecutive Anaemia. rhages from the lungs, stomach, bowels, womb, etc., has been indi- cated in the chapters where these accidents are treated of. Chronic anaemia, consequent upon repeated losses of blood, even when complicated with hydraemic symptoms, requires China 1, from three to four doses a day, if debility is the prominent symptom; and Ferr. met. 1, one to three doses a day, if the anaemic symptoms are the most prominent. A strengthening diet, rest and fresh air are likewise indispensable. If both these conditions exist at the same time, we prescribe China and Ferrum in alternate doses. For the debility superinduced by sexual excesses we give Phos- phor. 3 or China, 1; for anaemia Phosphori ac. 1, or Calc. carb. 6, or Puls. 3; for a disposition to hypochondria or melancholy or habitual constipation or excited sexual passion, Nux vom. 3, or Plat. 6; for dyspepsia Nux vom. 3, or Puls. 3, or Sepia 6, two or three doses a day. The cure is hastened by complete abstemiousness and cold bathing. For debility from excessive nursing we give China C or Phosphori ac. 1; for anaemia, Calc. 6 or Puls. 3; for oppression on the chest, Phos. 3; for vaginal blennorrhcea, Sep. 6; for a high degree of anaemia, Ferr. lact. or met. 1. Of course the nursing must be at once discontinued and a strengthening diet be pursued. For anaemia after profuse suppurations, with debility, emacia- tion or hydraemic symptoms, we give Ars. 3, with fistulous ulcers Silic. 6, with suppurations of glands Hep. sulph. 3 or Iodine 3 or Silic. 6, with chronic caries Silic. 6 or Asaf. 3, or Lycop. 6; with cutaneous suppurations Hep. 3 or Silic. 6.. Anaemia, consequent upon profuse perspiration, yields to China 1, or Phosp. 3, and sometimes to Calc. 6. At the same time we have the body rubbed twice a day with dilute brandy or a very weak solution of Phosphorus, one drachm of the first dilution to six ounces of distilled water. For anaemia from excessive diarrhoea, with rapid emaciation, debility, disposition to relapses, we give Ars. 3; and if the pulse is small, quick, with audible purring through the veins, we resort to two or three daily doses of the Acetate or Sulphate of Iron. Anaemia after excessive vomiting is met by Ars. 3. Anaemia after profuse ptyalism generally yields to China 1 or Quinine 1, two or three daily doses. Anaemia after excessive walking, running, dancing, etc., is met by Arnica. 1, a few doses a day, together with frictions with a solu- tion of Arnica. Ruta may be employed in a similar manner. Rhus Secondary Anaemia.-Marasmus, Tabes. 711 tox. is indicated if the weary limbs feel lamed and they can only be moved with difficulty. For anaemia caused by excessive mental exertions we depend upon Calc. 6 or Nux vom. 3; in obstinate cases upon Sepia 6. Anaemia from nervous sleeplessness is generally attended with cerebral erethism, for which we give Cocc. 3, Nux vom. 3, and chiefly Ignat. 3, two or three doses a day. Secondary anaemia may occur as an accompaniment of various constitutional diseases, such as tuberculosis, chlorosis, syphilis, car- cinoma, glandular diseases, diabetes melitus, Bright's disease, round ulcer of the stomach, etc. Such forms of anaemia require no special treatment; they disappear together with the constitutional malady upon which they depend. II.] £3. Secondary Anaemia. £3. Marasmus, Tabes. [This anomaly of the functions of nutrition consists in a percep- tible decrease of the normal roundness and fulness of the body. Primarily marasmus arises in consequence of congenital debility, a deficient supply of nourishment, excessive bodily or mental labor, continued mental depression, sexual excesses, self-abuse, continued sitting, too frequent confinements. Very often the cause is un- known. Secondarily this disease may be superinduced by excessive secre- tion, seminal losses, excessive perspiration, ptyalism, excessive nursing, long-lasting diarrhoea, blennorrhoea, diabetes melitus, con- tinued losses of blood, chronic suppurations or discharges of ichor, exhausting diseases, pyaemia, cancer, syphilis, tuberculosis, long- lasting intermittents, etc. Marasmus likewise arises in consequence of chronic blood-poison- ing, by Arsen., Lead, Mercury^ etc., or in consequence of exhausted strength, most frequently in childhood and old age; it may like- wise occur in consequence of continued nervous irritability, sleep- lessness, chronic febrile conditions, etc. Marasmus is chiefly characterized by a gradual or rapid emacia- tion, disappearance of the adipose tissue, a wrinkled skin, flabbi- ness of the muscles. The skin is mostly dry, extenuated, wrinkled, rough and scaly, without turgor or elasticity; at times it is yellow-, ish, at other times strikingly pale, or cachectic; at times it is covered with local or colliquative perspiration; the hair on the 712 Marasmus, Tabes. head falls out more and more, the nails become curved and brittle, the extremities are mostly cool, the patients frequently complain of a feeling of coldness and cannot get warm. At times the appetite is great, increasing even to canine hunger, but the hunger is soon appeased and digestion takes place very slowly. At other times the patients experience an irresistible aver- sion to meat or certain kinds of food. In most cases the thirst is increased. The breath is often fetid, the gums are atrophied, the teeth are denuded, and gradually become loose and fall out. The voice is feeble and without resonnance, the respiration is frequently normal, but often oppressed, and after the least bodily exertion dyspnoea and palpitation of the heart set in. The breasts become pendulous and flabby, the abdomen is at times sunken, at other times distended; the bowels arc at times loose, at other times constipated, and again dysenteric; the urine is mostly secreted in small quantities and saturated, the genital organs become atrophied and the sexual instinct is either diminished or becomes entirely extinct. The pulse is small and feeble, sleep fatiguing rather than refreshing, sometimes it is very much disturbed; the patients are either hypochondriac or irascible; sometimes they show much apathy or obstinacy, their memory is weakened, their behavior is often childish and vacillating. The muscles are flabby and atro- phied, and the strength becomes less and less. The disease may last months or years ; in some cases marasmus progresses at a rapid rate to a fatal termination. Recovery can only be obtained if the exciting causes can be removed; however, it takes place very slowly, sometimes with fre- quent interruptions and disposition to relapses. Wounds, ulcers, abscesses, etc., heal slowly and with difficulty; accidental diseases run a slow course which inclines to become chronic. If the patients are compelled to remain in a recumbent posture, hypostatic inflammations are very apt to set in. According to the nature of the cause and of existing complica- tions, death may take place by anaemia, hydrsemia, dropsy, pyaemia, embolism, gangrene, etc. The prognosis is favorable only if the disease remains after severe diseases, losses of blood and other animal fluids, excessive exertions, etc. The marasmus of children is likewise a curable disease, pro- vided the causes can be removed. In marasmus senilis, and in the marasmus consequent upon in- Marasmus, Tabes. 713 curable diseases, such as tuberculosis, carcinoma, diabetes, caries, diseases of the brain or spinal marrow, etc., the prognosis is un- favorable. Treatment. Marasmus scarcely ever sets in without anaemia to which we refer the reader for further details, more particularly consecutive anaemia and the anaemia inherent in the period of involution. The marasmus consequent upon intermittent fevers is always accompanied with malarial cachexia, the treatment of which has been indicated in the chapter on intermittent fever. Marasmus senilis is almost always complicated with anaemia. It occurs either between the years of forty and fifty (marasmus prae- cox, premature old age), or after the age of sixty or seventy years. For the treatment of marasmus praecox we refer the reader to the treatment of the anaemia of involution; as regards the marasmus of old people, we treat it according to its symptomatic indications. If the anaemia is not very considerable; if the loss of muscular or adipose tissue is attended with great debility, disposition to sleep in the day-time, feeble impulse and sounds of the heart, with oppression on the chest, dyspnoea after slight exertions, disposition to painful diarrhoea, we recommend Phosphor. 3, a dose every two hours. This admirable remedy acts much better upon such symptoms than Quinine; it quickens the circulation, invigorates the digestive functions, regulates the alvine evacuations, and is likewise indicated if the patients are attacked with vertigo when walking, stooping, closing their eyes, turning the head, with a sensation as if they had to tumble over to one side or the other. If the patients are weak and anaemic, dyspeptic with disposition to constipation, hypochondriac, irascible; if they are subject to vertigo and nausea; if their gait is unsteady and dragging, we give Nur vom. 3 every two hours, until these symptoms improve, after which we give Quinine with excellent effect. Ferrum carbon, or metal, may likewise be given after Nux. In such a case we give these remedies in daily alternation with excellent effect. For obstinate dyspeptic symptoms without any symptoms of gas- tric or intestinal catarrh, we have sometimes given Pepsin^ in doses of three to five grains. Arsen. 3, a dose every two or three hours, may be employed in cases of anaemia if the patients are very feeble, faint frequently, are dyspeptic and thirsty, restless at night, so that they have to get up 714 Obesitas, Adiposis, Polysarcia, Obesity. and walk about; this remedy is eminently proper if hectic fever has set in, with fetor from the mouth and large ecchymoses on the lower extremities. A small and feeble pulse, cold extremities, pain- less and cadaverously smelling diarrhoeic stools, oedema of the lower extremities are further indications for Ars. which may still afford help in the most desperate cases. If this remedy is not sufficient, we resort to Chininum arseni- cosum 1, three to four doses a day, and order small quantities of pure old wine to be taken during the intervals. In all cases of incipient or far advanced marasmus, a strengthen- ing diet is of the utmost importance. We recommend broth, extract of beef, old wine, if possible old claret, Malaga, Port or Tokay in small quantities either pure or diluted with water; good porter is likewise appropriate. The patients must be kept warm, especially the feet, lest other diseases should supervene. Country and mid- mountain air, the use of strengthening springs and, if the lower extremities are very weak, the use of electricity by induction, are powerful adjuvants during the treatment and promote a cure. H.J 14. Obesitas, Adiposis, Polysarcia, Obesity. An excessive accumulation of fat is a morbid condition that may be attended with a variety of important derangements. A disposition to obesity is at times congenital, at other times hereditary; it frequently occurs already in childhood ; it is much less frequent after the period of pubescence is passed and is most frequently noticed in advanced manhood. As a rule, women are more frequently subject to fatness than men. An accumulation of fat in the subcutaneous cellular tissue is often so excessive that the skin is an inch in thickness and the cir- cumference of the body becomes monstrous. The thickest layers of fat are found on the breasts, abdomen and thighs. There are fat persons weighing from four to six hundred pounds. Adiposis presupposes a peculiar disposition; many persons can eat and drink as much as they please, they remain thin neverthe- less; many, on the contrary, eat scantily, are a prey to depressing emotions, and yet grow or remain fat. Excessive fatness may be caused by a too copious supply of food, or too much fat or substantial food, and a simultaneous deficiency of exercise in the open air; drinking beer and spirits to excess; sleeping too long; mental indolence; abstemiousness from sexual Obesitas, Adiposis, Polysarcia, Obesity. 715 intercourse, want of active labor, disposition to idleness, a phleg- matic temperament. An excessive deposition of fat may likewise be occasioned by castration, or at the critical age, after severe diseases, etc. An accumulation of fat in the subcutaneous cellular tissue gen- erally takes place very gradually: single parts of the body grow fuller and rounder, the white or yellowish skin becomes smooth and, in consequence of the increased secretion of sebum, glistens like fat and has a fatty feel. The more the body increases in volume, the more numerous become the semi-circular furrows in various parts of the body, for instance in the umbilical region, in the middle of the thighs, at the nape of the neck, under the chin. If the accumula- tion of fat becomes excessive, the neck vanishes more and more, the abdomen bulges very strikingly, and the gluteal region expands more and more in breadth and becomes more and more repulsive. In consequence of the excessive fulness of the abdomen, the dia- phragm is pushed up more and more, and the cavity of the thorax being encroached upon, the lungs are compressed. The natural consequence of this condition is a striking dyspnoea with which very fat persons are more or less afflicted. This dyspnoea embar- rasses them in walking, going upstairs, ascending an eminence or performing the slightest bodily labor. Fat persons generally have to lie on their backs, in which position they snore, have frightful dreams which often cause them to cry out suddenly as if tor- mented by anxiety. The compression of the lungs, the encroach- ment upon the thoracic cavity and the consequent dyspnoea cause disturbances in the circulation characterized by palpitation of the heart, syncope, determination of blood to the head or liver, stom- ach, kidneys, uterus, etc. At the commencement of the disease, the digestion is generally very active and frequently degenerates in canine hunger; after the fatness has acquired a high degree, the patients often become dys- peptic, are tormented by flatulence, acidity of the stomach, eructa- tions. In consequence of the resulting congestion of the stomach and liver, the slightest meal leads to oppression of the stomach and nausea which frequently increases to sour or bilious vomiting. Such patients are not troubled with costiveness, and frequently have two or three papescent evacuations in the course of the day. The urine is frequently cloudy, opalescent; after bodily work, the emission of urine is attended with a burning sensation in the urethra, and a quantity of uric acid is deposited. 716 Obesitas, Adiposis, Polysarcia, Obesity. The perspiration has a peculiar, sometimes a rancid smell, or like the odor of a goat. In the above-mentioned semi-circnlar furrows or folds the frequent sweating causes an erythema which afterwards changes to a moist and exceedingly fetid intertrigo. This may like- wise take place under the breasts, between the thighs and puden- dum, and even at the anus. The pulse is mostly feeble, small and easily compressible, the sen- sitiveness to cold is much less, the menses are scanty, the sexual instinct frigid or even extinct; women are often sterile. As a rule, fat persons are indolent, apathetic; they dread bodily exercise, even a little mental labor; their muscles are deficient in tone, their senses are dull, their intellect is torpid, and they are inclined to sleep. These phenomena are not, however, without exception; a great many fat persons remain quick, of active mind and body; we have known a fat old gentleman who danced more vigorously than his young associates and, not feeling tired, at the same time enter- tained his company with the most piquant anecdotes. Polysarcia is frequently attended with a disposition to parasitical growths, such as lipoma, cancerous depositions, or with a tendency to scurvy or dropsy. While teething, fat children are in danger from congestions of the head. It is very seldom that they live to an old age. Fat persons are often suddenly struck down with apoplexy and paralysis of the heart. Intercurrent diseases often assume a dangerous character on account of the existing disturbances in the respiration and cir- culation. Fat persons are frequently amemic; in such a case, espe- cially after severe diseases, hydnemic conditions frequently develop themselves which it is difficult to distinguish from morbid fatness. Fat persons are frequently attacked with boils and carbuncles; the latter frequently run a dangerous course, causing vast destructions in the subcutaneous cellular tissue. Acute diseases are often suc- ceeded by dropsy or marasmus. On this account a good deal of cautious reserve should be used in establishing a prognosis in high grades of polysarcia, more espe- cially if an atheromatous degeneratioi} of the blood-vessels or a fatty degeneration of the heart may be suspected. Treatment. An excessive deposition of fat is an anomaly in the sphere of nutrition which, in our opinion, depends upon a weak- ness of the assimilative functions. In the case of children it is fre- quently caused by over-feeding, and in the case of adults an exces- Obesitas, Adiposis, Polysarcia, Obesity. 717 s'.ve supply of nourishment is likewise the frequent cause of fatness. In either case the overloading of the digestive organs weakens them, the food is not adequately transformed into firm constituents, such as muscular fibre, osseous tissue, but, remaining at a low stage of assimilation, is transformed into carbo-hydrates. Starting from this point of view, the treatment of adiposis should, in our judgment, aim at invigorating the assimilative energy of the-organism and at the same time preventing an exces- sive supply of fat-making food. It is a well-known fact that adiposis cannot be arrested by any known method of treatment. For, independently of the weakness of the assimilative functions, we frequently have to contend against other congenital, hereditary or individual, known or unknown tendencies which favor the excessive deposition of fat and which it is either difficult or impossible to control. For this reason, when treating polysarcia, we confine ourselves to such dietetic and hygienic measures as will quicken the meta- morphosis of the tissues and invigorate the assimilative functions; at the same time we resort to such internal remedies as will correct constitutional tendencies and promote nutrition. In order to accomplish this object with as much speed and cer- tainty as possible, we prescribe regular meals and a moderate diet, but sufficient to satisfy the appetite; such patients had better con- fine themselves to lean and young meat, with fresh vegetables and salad, and abstain from rich soups, fat gravies, fat farinaceous food, fat fish, potatoes, beans and peas, quantities of bread, beer, spirits; they must likewise avoid cofiee, tea and tobacco, for these sub- stances retard digestion and interfere with the metamorphosis of the tissues. The best beverage for such patients is fresh water, or wine and water, acidulated alkaline beverages with or without wine, water mixed with acidulated jellies. For breakfast we recommend weak beef-broth or vegetable soups without fat, or skimmed milk with a little sugar; eggs and chocolate have to be avoided, they contain too much fatty matter. For dessert we per- mit fresh or stewed fruit, and for supper a light soup and stewed fruit. Food spiced with a little pepper agrees with such patients, provided it is not fat. Water-ices are likewise allowable, ice-cream is too rich and must be avoided. Together with these dietetic arrangements which have to be strictly obeyed if they are to do any good* the following rules are of special importance. In order to stimulate the metamorphosis of 718 Obesitas, Adiposis, Polysarcia, Obesity. the tissues and secure the introduction of as much oxygen as pos- sible into the organism, fat persons should walk or ride on horse- back whenever their time and circumstances will permit; riding in a carriage is of no use to them; active exercise in the open air, especially in the morning and evening, promotes in a high degree the assimilation of food and the metamorphosis of the tissues. It is well if, during their walk, they frequently drink cold water, rest a little when tired and then continue their walk. The more exer- cise they take in the open air, the more healthy the blood becomes and the more the fat disappears. They had better sleep as little as possible, and avoid inaction as much as they can. Active exercise at home, while attending to their domestic affairs, is advisable; idleness promotes the deposition of fat. Swimming, riding on horse- back, hunting, cold ablutions, cold baths, in bad weather walking up and down in the room at a rapid rate; gymnastic exercises, if resorted to in systematic order, impart great activity to the meta- morphosis of the tissues. These measures, if carried out strictly, are often alone sufficient to arrest the tendency to fatness and diminish the amount of fat. The so-called panting-cure, which has been frequently resorted to in modern times, rests almost upon the same principles and has pro- duced good results in some cases. In pursuing a strict diet, the main point is for the patients to persevere until the mass of fat has considerably decreased and they have gained in agility and ease of motion. In pursuing a dietetic treatment, the bodily strength increases instead of diminishing, the blood does not grow paler but it attains a higher degree of oxygenation, and the weight and cir- cumference of the body decrease, whereas all the physical and psychical functions become more animated. In conducting the internal treatment, we pay particular atten- tion to the disturbances in the respiration and circulation, the functions of the stomach and intestinal canal, the quality of the blood and the other coexisting abnormal symptoms. Fat persons are often short-breathed, especially when going up- stairs or performing the slightest bodily work, or walking a little faster than usual. In such cases a careful exploration of the thorax and abdomen becomes indispensable. If, on percussing the region of the heart, we discover a dulness over a larger surface, the im- pulse of the heart remaining vigorous and the sounds of the heart loud and distinct, we infer the existence of a larger abnormal deposition of fat about the heart or in the mediastinum, in con- Obesitas, Adiposis, Polysarcia, Obesity. 719 sequence of which the thoracic cavity becomes contracted and the normal expansion of the lungs is interfered with. For these symp- toms we give Arnica 2, from six to ten drops in half a pint of water, a dessertspoonful every two or three hours. At the same time we recommend the diet that has already been pointed out as most conducive to persons suffering with adiposis. By continuing this treatment for weeks, at intervals of two or three days, we have restored patients to an apparently perfect state of health. Whether the Arnica acts by diminishing the pressure of the fat upon the heart, or bringing about a reabsorption of the fat-molecules, remains an open question. If the dulness in the cardiac region is attended with feebleness of the impulse, and if the sounds of the heart are likewise less distinct, we infer a fatty metamorphosis of the heart, for the treat- ment of which we refer the reader to the article on fatty degenera- tion of the heart. If the fatty degeneration is accompanied by dilatation of the heart and pulmonary emphysema, we pursue the treatment recom- mended for emphysema. If the patient is dyspeptic, the abdomen meteoristically distended, the region of the stomach bulges, the liver, spleen and the heart are pressed upwards; if the stomach is acid, and nausea and vom- iting are complained of, the first thing to be done is that a strict diet should be rigidly enforced. Such derangements generally arise from luxurious living or the abuse of spirits. Persons who are in the habit of using spirits, may gradually be weaned from this indulgence by diluting their drinks. A sudden and total depriva- tion often superinduces an injurious weakness. Internally we give Nux vom. 3, or Natr. mur. 6, or Carbo veg. 6, two or three doses a day, until the abdomen becomes softer, the breathing easier, the appetite keener and the diaphragm has resumed its natural position. If the abdomen is not meteoristically distended, the region of the stomach does not bulge, and the other symptoms continue the same, the abdominal integuments are very thick, the bowels are torpid and the hemorrhoidal veins somewhat swollen, it is simply the mass of fat accumulated in the abdominal integuments, in the mesentery and in the omentum, which contracts the abdominal cavity and, by pushing up the diaphragm, causes the above-men- tioned difficulties. These can be remedied by strictly following the dietetic measures suggested in a previous paragraph. Internally we persevere in the systematic use of Capsicum 2 or 3, and have obtained handsome results by this means. 720 Uraemia. Attention has likewise to be paid to the liver. This viscus is likewise liable to fatty degeneration giving rise to digestive de- rangements, dyspnoea, pressure in the epigastrium. The treatment for fatty liver has been indicated in the chapter on diseases of the liver. Other conditions which sometimes accompany fatty degenerations of internal viscera, or adiposis generally, such as: hypersemia of the liver, palpitation of the heart, fainting fits, sudden rush of blood to the head or chest and other symptoms of plethora; anaemia, dyspepsia, intertrigo, etc., require the same treatment as is found indicated in the respective chapters where these conditions are spoken of. Adiposis is sometimes benefitted by the use of mineral springs. Patients of this kind should never visit spas for purposes of health without the advice and consent of their family-physician. Chaly- beate springs may be advisable in some cases; in others Sulphur- springs, in others effervescent waters, and in others again lodine- springs. In all cases let the diet and general hygiene of the patient be regulated by his physician. IL] m. Uraemia. [Anatomical Characteristics. The cadavers of ur?emic patients do not exhibit any striking alterations by which the grave symptoms during the course of the disease could be satisfactorily accounted for. The brain and spinal marrow do not show any pathological alterations of tissue, nor any constantly occurring anomalies in the condition of their blood and vessels. The lungs are sometimes infiltrated as in pneumonia, the bowels are injected, sometimes covered with follicular ulcerations, the kidneys are fre- quently hypersemic, or inflamed, or degenerated. The serous effu- sions which not unfrequently occur in the extremities, as well as the mucus of the stomach and the secretions in the lungs have been found to produce an alkaline reaction and to contain ammonia. The blood sometimes has a violet color and, in many cases, shows greater coagulability and an increase of fibrin. According to Frerichs, the blood contains in all cases where the characteristic symptoms of uraemia are present, carbonate of am- monia in varying quantities, sometimes manifesting its presence by its disagreeable odor and at other times effervescing by the addi- tion of muriatic acid. Uraemia. 721 Etiology, Urtemia is only observed in the course of other dis- eases. It may be caused by obstructions in the secretion of urine, as may occur during an intense hypersemia of the kidneys, nephri- tis, extensive infiltration of the renal canaliculi in Bright's disease, in the course of scarlatina, etc.; or in degeneration of the kidneys by renal calculi, carcinoma, atrophy, etc., or during the shrinking of the substance of the kidneys in old people; or it may be caused by obstructions in the excretion of the urine, in consequence of pressure upon both ureters, or in consequence of obstacles at the sphincter of the bladder or in the urethra, as in the case of stone or gravel, or from hypertrophy of the prostate, strictures of the urethra, etc. Uraemia may likewise occur during the last months of pregnancy, during or after parturition, in the course of scarlatina, cholera, etc., or from effusion of the urine between the tissues as during opera- tions, wounds, injuries, perforations, etc. Symptoms. According to the course and intensity of the symptoms we distinguish acute and chronic uraemia. Acute uraemia is almost always preceded by a diminished secre- tion of urine, or the secretion of urine meets with difficulties or is obstructed; at times there is only a reabsorption of the urine in consequence of effusion of urine into the cellular tissue. The first signs of uraemic intoxication of the blood often consist in vomiting and diarrhoea, or only in vomiting, sometimes in apathy and drow- siness, or in headache with vomiting, weakness of sight and bland delirium; or convulsions and amaurosis set in all at once, and are commonly followed by uraemia of the highest degree of intensity. At other tinies the invasion of uraemia takes place with a violent chill followed by intense fever with typhoid symptoms. If cerebral symptoms set in, they generally point to the presence of adynamia; we notice a dulness of perception, a difficulty of collecting one's mind, stupefaction, somnolence or a deep sopor; the delirium is generally of the bland or moaning kind. In rare cases only there is great restlessness, an excited state of the mind, loud delirium, desire to escape, etc. The cerebral symptoms are frequently associated with amblyopia, vertigo, mistiness of sight, or even real amaurosis, deficient irritability of the pupil with hardness of hearing and buzzing in the ears, gritting of the teeth or trismus. The buccal cavity and teeth are generally dry, the thirst is very moderate, the appetite is entirely gone, the voice is rough or husky, the respira- tion accelerated, dyspnoeic or stertorous. The expired air has often the smell of urea or contains traces of ammonia. 722 Uraemia. The abdomen is distended, at times the distention is but trifling, at other times meteoristic, the alvine evacuations are frequently diarrhoeic, the skin is either dry or covered with a perspiration that has the smell of urea, or with a fine dust consisting of urea; in some cases petechise or miliary vesicles make their appearance. The pulse is always very hurried and small, some times irregular and filiform. Towards the end of the disease, spasmodic tremors, mus- cular jactitations, subsultus tendinum and an automatic grasping and feeling around, with continued coma, tracheal rattling and finally paralysis of the sphincters set in. Chronic uraemia develops itself gradually during continued de- rangements or obstructions in the secretion of urine, or in conse- quence of a continued decomposition of the urine that had remained behind in the urinary ducts. Chronic uraemia is characterized by such phenomena as the following: Sickly, anaemic appearance; con- tinued loss of appetite,generally with a thickly-coated tongue; aver- sion to meat, dryness of the mouth; an increase of thirst, generally with a desire for sour or cooling things ; increasing lassitude, drow- siness ; slowness of speech and thought, apathy and forgetfulness ; constantly increasing dyspnoea, muscular debility and emaciation; costiveness or serous diarrhoea; dryness and sometimes violent itching of the skin which not unfrequently appears studded with eczema, lichen, ecthyma, etc.; asthmatic difficulties, serous catarrh, oedema of the lungs, finally anasarca and general dropsy in con- sequence of the constantly increasing marasmus. Course, Terminations, Prognosis, Acute ursemia some- times runs a very rapid course, striking the patient down with the suddenness of lightning: if, in the course of Bright's disease, scarla- tina, in the last days of pregnancy, previous to or subsequent to confinement, etc., the urine is suddenly retained or is reabsorbed in consequence of an effusion of urine into the cellular tissue; or if the urine remains stagnant, and an ammoniacal decomposition of this fluid takes place: vomiting, eclampsia or amaurosis set in, phenomena which are so speedily followed by a deep sopor, con- tinued convulsions or symptoms of paralysis of the brain, that death may result in a few hours or only at the expiration of one or two days. In the majority of cases the disease runs a less rapid course. The symptoms manifest themselves gradually, sometimes diminish and then increase again in intensity, according as the disturbance in the secretion and excretion of the urine improves or gets worse. Uraemia. 723 Severe cases are characterized by a constantly increasing stupor or sopor, or by an increase of the typhoid symptoms. Cases which set in^with symptoms of cerebral irritation and bear some resemblance to meningitis, occur much less frequently. The existing disturb- ances in the urinary secretions and excretions shed light on the diagnosis. The more violent the symptoms of uraemia, the shorter the course of the disease; the milder the symptoms, the more chronic its course. The worst cases occur if, in consequence of retention, stagnation or effusion of urine into the cellular tissue, the urine is decomposed and the blood is poisoned with carbonate of ammonia; this infec- tion is designated by Treitz as ammonicemia. Considerable quantities of urea and carbonate of ammonia are not only found in the blood, but likewise in the stomach, intestinal canal and other secretory organs. The presence of carbonate of ammonia in the stomach is manifested by copious vomiting of sub- stances that have an ammoniacal odor. If the uraemic blood is decomposed in the intestinal canal or is decomposed already when entering the circulation: watery diar- rhceic stools take place having the odor of ammonia; or else a dysenteric process sets in, attended with a diphtheritic or gan- grenous destruction of the mucous membrane of the large intestine and of imminent peril to the preservation of vitality. The buccal mucous membrane frequently exhibits scurfy exfoliations spreading down into the throat, in consequence of which the voice becomes husky and sometimes extinct as in the case of cholera-patients. The saliva, the milk in the breasts, the perspiration contain carbon- ate of ammonia and have the odor of ammonia. The expired air likewise spreads an odor of urine and ammonia. The skin is fre- quently seen covered with a whitish ammoniacal dust, crystals of urea and the chloride of sodium. The irritating action of Ammonia upon the various organs fre- quently causes a momentary hyperaemia of the brain which very soon results in sopor; in the lungs an intense catarrh or croupous inflammation develops itself; effusions rapidly set in in the pleura, pericardium, peritoneum and in the ventricles of the brain: the stagnation and decomposition of the urine in the bladder frequently lead to inflammations and suppurations of the vesical lining mem- brane, or to depositions of pus between the different layers of the bladder, in consequence of which the symptoms of ammoniaemia and pyaemia may appear together. If renal dropsy is at the same 724 Uraemia time present, the accumulations of serum under the skin and the various transudations contain urea and carbonate of ammonia. The course of ammoniaemia is either acute or chronic ; its symp- toms bear the greatest resemblance to uraemia with which it is frequently confounded. The above-mentioned pathognomonic symp- toms give the exact diagnostic distinctions between these two con- ditions. Uraemic symptoms frequently occur without any symptoms of ammoniaemia; but the latter never exist without the former. Acute ammoniaemia likewise sometimes runs its course with the suddenness of lightning, especially in the case of anaemic and ex- ceedingly debilitated patients. Vomiting sets in, or vomiting and diarrhoea, or diarrhoea without vomiting, or else a sudden dysen- tery followed by a rapidly increasing sopor and death in twelve, twenty-four or forty-eight hours. In most cases acute ammoniaemia, if it runs a moderate course, lasts a few weeks ; but the possibility of sudden effusions into the pleura, pericardium, cerebral ventricles, etc.: the possible supervention of croupous pneumonia or acute oedema of the lungs, etc., impart a high degree of danger to the disease. Chills frequently occur during the course of acute am- moniaomia, frequently with typical regularity and bearing a highly deceptive resemblance to intermittent fever. Chronic uraemia as well as chronic ammoniaemia may last months and even years; they may get better and worse again according as the determining causes decrease or increase in virulence. The worst cases generally occur in consequence of ischuria or anuria. If the desire to urinate can be restored, the danger is momentarily re- moved. Dryness of the mucous membrane of the mouth and fauces, " as though every atom of moisture had been absorbed by blotting paper, the mucous membrane appearing dry and glistening;" hoarseness or even aphonia; the plainly ammoniacal odor of the expired air; a constant aversion to meat; livid color of the skin, a progressive emaciation and muscular debility constitute, according to Professor Jaksch, reliable diagnostic signs of ammoniaemia which are very seldom observed in cases of uraemia. Convulsions, amaurosis and dropsy have never been seen by Jaksch in the course of ammoni- aemia. However, since this condition never occurs except in the course of uraemia, we hold that the above-described phenomena may likewise characterize a condition of uraemia. Light and moderate, even severe and very acute cases of uraemia and ammoniaemia frequently terminate in recovery, provided the Uraemia. 725 obstacles which impede the excretion of urine, can be removed. These diseases, however, are peculiarly liable to relapses in which case very serious accidents may occur. Cases setting in with a sudden and crushing violence, almost always terminate fatally. Paralysis of the brain, croupous pneumonia or dysentery with gangrenous destruction of the intestinal mucous membrane, or serous effusions into the various cavities of the body, or a high degree of marasmus and general dropsy frequently lead to a fatal termination. In cases of great intensity the prognosis is most commonly unfavorable. In mild cases of uraemia and ammoniaemia the prognosis depends upon the possibility of removing the disturbance of the urinary secretion and excretion either totally or partially. This condition likewise applies to the chronic form of uraemia or ammoniaemia. The access of convulsions or amaurosis is generally a very bad prognostic. Vomiting and serous diarrhoea sometimes constitute a favorable prognostic symptom in the course of ammoniaemia, for the reason that quantities of the carbonate of ammonia are often excreted by this means. If croupous pneumonia, oedema of the lungs, dysentery and a deep sopor set in, the prognosis is doubtful. Treatment. Whenever the secretion and excretion of urine is interfered with or entirely obstructed, the cautious physician will at once be reminded of the possibility of a sudden or gradual de- velopment of uraemic symptoms. These can only be prevented by the speediest possible restoration of the excretion of urine either by the use of internal remedies or by mechanical means.or by an operation. In very acute cases where the disease develops its symptoms with extraordinary rapidity; where the vomiting, or a paroxysm of eclampsia, or the sudden invasion of amaurosis is speedily followed by deep sopor, any kind of treatment is in the majority of cases utterly powerless. If we do not soon succeed in securing an outlet to the stagnant urine and, by means of an appropriate medicine which has to be repeated again and again at short intervals, re- moving the sopor and the accompanying paralytic condition of the brain, the patients are irretrievably doomed. If such symptoms make their appearance during the act of par- turition or in the last period of pregnancy, they are caused by the 726 Uraemia. obstructed excretion of urine consequent upon the pressure of the gravid uterus upon the ureters and bladder. In such very acute cases the patient can only be saved by bold measures: artificial delivery should at once be resorted to, after which tlie urine is drawn off with the catheter. A dose of Hyosc. 3, or Opium 3, or Hydrocyan. ac. 3, or Laduca virosa 3, may be given every five, ten or fifteen minutes. In a case of this kind, occurring immediately after confinement, where the symptoms of acute uraemia developed themselves with fearful rapidity, the patient was at once relieved by the application of cold compresses to the region of the distended bladder. The organ contracted and the urine was expelled with the fierceness of a torrent. The case occurred in Dr. Hempel's practice. If the jaws are locked, the medicine may be administered sub- cutaneously. If no improvement sets in in one hour, a second, and a third remedy, etc., may be injected, etc. This is the only way of preventing a fatal issue. In the course of scarlatina, uraemic symptoms may set in with sudden violence in consequence of croupous nephritis resulting in a sudden obstruction of the urinary canals with plastic exudation. Here, help can only be afforded by the speedy removal of the in- flammatory process in the kidneys. For this purpose we give every ten minutes a dose of Ilepar sidph. calc. 3 or Kali hydriod. 1. If the exhibition of these remedies for two or three hours results in a more copious diuresis with numerous fibrinous casts, life may be saved. If symptoms of cerebral hyperaemia prevail, we give Bellad. or Atropin., Apis, Stramon. or Conium 3. If sopor is most prominent, we resort to Bellad., Lad. vir., Agar., or Anae. 3. For anaemic and paralytic symptoms we give Arsen. 3, China 1 or Chinin. arsen. 1, or Phosph. 3, Phosph. 1 or 2, or Camphor. 3. For very acute strangury, with scanty and hot urine, or dis- charges of the urine drop by drop, and if the urine is mixed with albumen or blood, Cantharis 3 is appropriate. Chronic uraemia generally occurs with vomiting, constant loss of appetite, coated tongue and aversion to certain kinds of food; it is generally mistaken for catarrh of the stomach and treated accord- ingly. In atony of the urinary bladder, hypertrophy of the walls of this viscus or of the prostate; in strictures of the urethra, etc., the excretion of urine, according to the statement of the patients, Uraemia. 727 not unfrequently takes place without much difficulty. The appa- rently gastric phenomena continue, however, in spite of the most careful medicinal treatment, and gradually increase in intensity. In such cases the statements of the patients must not be depended upon, but the bladder must be carefully explored immediately after an emission of urine. Almost in every case of this kind a larger or smaller quantity of urine will be found left in the bladder; as long as this urine is pure and undecomposed, it only causes uraemic symptoms; but as soon as ammonia develops itself in this urine, and the fluid becomes cloudy, acrid and spreads a fetid odor, am- monisemic symptoms make their appearance. In such cases it is absolutely necessary to draw off the urine at least twice a day with the catheter in order that all stagnation of urine may be prevented. At the same time the difficulty causing the retention of urine, such as the torpor of the detrusor urinee muscle, the hypertrophy of the prostate, urethral strictures, etc., has to be treated with appropriate homoeopathic or surgical means, for which we refer to the chapter on diseases of the Urinary Organs. We have already stated that, if the cerebral symptoms are very prominent, such as headache with vomiting, dryness of the mouth, bland delirium and somnolence, we either administer Bellad. or Atropin. or likewise Ilyosc. 3. If the gastric symptoms prevail, with aversion to meat, we give Sulph. 6, Sepia 6, Natrum carb. 6, or Pals. 3. If the ansemia and muscular debility are far advanced, with dry- ness in the mouth, extensive anasarca, incipient effusion into the pleural cavity or pericardium, etc., we use Arsen. 3, or Chinin. arsen. 1 to 2, or Lachesis 6. If there is a particular tendency to serous diarrhoea, we resort to Phosph. 3, or Arsen. 3, or Argent, nitr. 3. Dysenteric symptoms yield very rapidly to Corr. subl. 2 to 3, Piepar s. 3, or Sulph. 6. If the dysentery is attended with septic symptoms, we administer Arsen. 3, or Carbo veg. 6, or China 3, or Mur. ac. 1 to 2. Intercurrent pneumonias are almost always of the croupous kind, and require to be treated with Iodine. Phosph, has never done us any good in such cases. Ammonisemic phenomena are treated by us in accordance with the same maxims; so far, however, we are not acquainted with a single reliable remedy for this species of blood-poisoning. Phosph. has seemed to produce some improvement; Lycop., Phosph, ac., 728 Pyaemia. Nitri ac. have been tried by us with some good results. Arsen. and Hep. sulph. proved useless. Asafoet. 3 may perhaps do some good. We likewise recommend Kreos. and Petrol. 3 by way of experi- ment. Such conditions, as a general pruritus, pneumonia, bron- chial catarrh, oedema of the lungs, the various exanthemata, etc., have to be treated according to the rules laid down in the chapters where these diseases are specially discussed. Tn acute uraemia the diet has to be very much restricted. Patients afflicted with chronic uraemia might partake of some meat if they had not an irresistible aversion to meat-diet of every description. In such cases eggs, milk, vegetables, fish, a light farinaceous diet and beer have to be the main articles of food. Patients who are very much debilitated, may likewise partake of a little old wine. If such patients are tormented by itching of the skin, relief is obtained by washing the body with dilute vinegar and brandy, or by taking a tepid bran-bath two or three times a week. II.] Purulent Decomposition of the Blood. 16. Pyaemia. [Anatomical Characteristics. Collections of pus arealways found in the cadavers of pyremic persons, most frequently in the lungs, less frequently in the liver, spleen, kidneys, in the sub- cutaneous cellular tissue, in the muscles and sometimes in the brain. They form abscesses which are generally located at the periphery of organs and have a cuneiform shape. Their apex is always turned inwards, their base outwards. When first forming they represent circumscribed hemorrhagic infarctions of a dark-red or even black- ish-red color and a dense consistence. Under the microscope the vessels look turgid and are filled with red corpuscles. These firm spots afterwards assume a gray sickly appearance, soften from the centre outwards and form abscesses which never consist of normal pus but always of decayed fibrin, the detritus of tissue and decom- posed serous pus. Formerly these abscesses were regarded by Rokitansky as pyaemia metastases and attributed to an infection of the blood by purulent matter. Virchow has however shown by numerous experiments that these abscesses are the result of embolia; in other words that they are caused by the transfer of particles of tissue from one place to another; that pure pus never engenders pyaemia, but that it must be in a state of decomposition and contain decayed fibrin and Pyaemia. 729 that it is the entrance of the latter into the circulation which causes the obstructions in the bloodvessels that are afterward trans- formed into abscesses. Etiology. Most frequently pyaemia arises from suppurations in the interior of organs, from the downward burrowing of ab- scesses, purulent inflammations of joints, gangrenous localizations, during the course of phlebitis, periphlebitis, metrophlebitis, lymph- angioitis, endocarditis; in the course of puerperal fever, typhus, variola; in consequence of suppurations after surgical operations, wounds, etc. Decomposition of the pus is an indispensable con- dition for the development of pyaemia. This decomposition is occasioned by a want of cleanliness, vitiated air, crowding of sick- rooms with wounded men, effusion of urine into the cellular tissue, access of air into open wounds or ulcers. The infection of the blood is supposed to emanate from the decayed purulent serum. Symptoms. The pyaemic process almost always commences with a chill followed by intense heat. Sometimes the chills recur in such a manner that the heat is mingled with chilly creepings or even severe paroxysms of chills. The pulse at once becomes hurried as soon as the pyaemia sets in; it is seldom below one hundred, small and easily compressible. In most cases delirium sets in during the heat, with restlessness, heat of the head, dulness of the sensorium and tendency to sopor. The patients feel very much exhausted, the appetite is entirely gone, thirst intense, the tongue becomes dry, cracks, the teeth are covered with brown sordes, the nostrils look sooty. Sometimes aphthae form on the mucous mem- brane of the mouth and fauces. Very often bronchial catarrh, pneumonia and pleuritis supervene. The bowels are generally constipated, the skin is hot and dry, sometimes icteric or livid or else profuse sweats break out, with sudamina or numerous pustules. Subcutaneous abscesses are very frequently accompanied by ery- sipelas of the skin, inflammations of internal organs by violent paroxysms of fever and local pains, purulent effusions into articular cavities by painfulness and swelling of the joints. Very frequently the abscesses become flabby and lax, and their contents change to ichor; the wounds assume a sickly appearance and become diphtheritic. In such cases profuse diarrhoeic stools often set in, or hemorrhages from internal organs, bedsores or partial paralysis. Course, Terminations, Prognosis. The course of the 730 Pyaemia. disease is sometimes very rapid, This is most frequently the case in puerperal fever; the patients are attacked with chills and intense fever-heat which does not remit; they become delirious, lose their consciousness, lapse into a deep sopor and die in forty-eight or sixty hours. In such cases pysemic localizations are frequently met with in the brain or lungs. A milder course of the disease is marked by distinct remissions lasting from ten to sixteen hours in benignant and only three to four hours in malignant cases. The shorter the remission the more dangerous the course of the disease. The more violent the fever: the more imminent the danger of internal or external inflamma- tions, the shorter the course of the disease and the more frequent a fatal termination. In moderate forms of the disease it may last four, five or six weeks and terminate in recovery. Convalescence is however in all cases a slow process, slower even than after typhus. In cases running a rapid course the prognosis is generally fatal. In a mild form of the disease a good deal depends upon the circumstance whether the various manifestations of the patho- logical process can be improved. If we succeed in moderating the inflammatory symptoms and sustaining the strength of the patient, the prognosis is usually favorable. Sopor, constant diarrhoea, hemorrhages, decubitus, paralysis of the sphincters do not admit of a favorable prognosis. A diphtheritic change in existing wounds is likewise a symptom of very bad omen. Treatment. If we deal with morbid processes in the course of which pyaemia may be apprehended (see etiology), we must take care to prevent this result. To this end existing abscesses have to be opened in due season, wounds have to be kept clean and the access of air into such cavities has to be carefully guarded against. At the same time the sick-room has to be frequently ventilated, over-crowding with patients has to be avoided, cleanliness and good nursing have to be seen to. If, in the course of the above-mentioned diseases repeated shiv- erings or chills set in, they always denote the beginning of pyaemia; the symptoms are evidently of a typhoid character, associated with great debility and dissolution of the blopd. For this reason, with a view of preventing as speedily as possible the great loss of strength or correcting the fluids, we resort at once to Quinine 1, a dose every two hours, and continue this remedy until the chills cease and the violence of the fever abates. Pyaemia. 731 If a high grade of anaemia and great prostration manifest them- selves during the chills, it is well to substitute Chinin. ar senicosum 1, a dose every two hours. The further course of the pysemic process resembles that of typhus and the subsequent treatment is likewise like that of typhus. The more violent the paroxysms of fever and the longer the exacerbations last, the more imminent becomes the danger of inflammation. On this account the physician should be unremitting in his attention; he should frequently examine the surface of the body, and especially the abdomen; a physical exploration of the thorax is likewise indispensable. If the sensorium is depressed, it is important that, during such explorations, the frequency of the respirations or any impediments to the act of breathing, or a distortion of the features when pressure is made upon the abdomen or muscles, should be carefully noted. Inflammations in the sub- cutaneous cellular tissue, or in the muscles, in internal viscera, in the joints, never fail to occur, and they have to be removed as speedily as possible.- For the treatment to be pursued in such cases we refer the reader to the chapters on meningitis, parotitis, arthrocace, pneumonia, puerperal fever, typhus. Of excellent effect in the course of pyaemia are ablutions of the body with dilute vinegar, two or three times a day. If pustules show themselves on different parts of the body, they can be destroyed and their increase in number prevented by rubbing the parts with coarse, wet cloths. Larger pustules have to be opened with a lancet. For the aphthae or diphtheritic exudations in the mouth and fauces we have in vain used Iodine, Merc., Borax and Hepar sulph. The much vaunted Kali chloricum and Arg. nitr. likewise proved fruitless. Generally these processes only cease with the cessation of pyaemia. In the case of aphthae the frequent rinsing or washing of the mouth with cold water; and in the case of diphtheritic exudations frictions of the buccal and pharyngeal mucous mem- brane with dry linen rags, or which have been dipped in cold water, render excellent service. Abscesses have to be sought for with great care and, even if deep-seated, have to be emptied as speedily as possible. The dietetic and general precautionary measures to be adopted during convalescence are the same as those that have been recom- mended for abdominal typhus. After the termination of the disease a high degree of ansemia 732 Septicaemia. and muscular debility generally remains. For the former we give Ferr. metall., carbon., or lacticum 1; for the latter China 1 or Quinine 1, two or three doses a day, together with a strengthening diet. Country-air is well calculated to promote convalescence. In the British Journal Vol. 26, page 480, Lachesis is recom- mended for pyaemia. This agent may be adapted to some cases. In our hands a case of pyaemic phlebitis of the left lower extremity promptly yielded to Belladonna preceded by a few doses of Aconite; and a case of pneumonic pyaemia to Tartar emetic. H.] Putrid Decomposition of the Blood. 17. Septicaemia. [Anatomical Characteristics, The blood is of dark color, and does not turn red when exposed to the air; it loses its coag- ulibility either totally or only partially, putrefies more rapidly and, in many cases, has an acid reaction. The serum has frequently a bloody color, the blood-corpuscles are partially dissolved and the, blood-vessels are penetrated by their contents. In the interior of the tissues we frequently discover infiltrations with dissolved haematin. Etiology, In most cases septicaemia proceeds from gangrened localities or is occasioned by local processes of decomposition or transformation into ichor. Not ^infrequently it is the consequence of contagious or miasmatic influences, as in the plague, dysentery, etc. Or it may arise by the decomposition of substances that ought to have been excreted but remain behind in the organism, as in acute gastric and intestinal catarrhs, ichorous exudations, etc. In many cases the etiological origin of the disease remains un- known, in which case the septic infection of the blood has to be exclusively ascribed to the genius epidemicus or to endemic influences with which we are unacquainted. Symptoms, The septic condition sets in with or without precursory symptoms. The precursory symptoms consist in weariness and heaviness of the body; in dull headache accom- panied by a sense of dreariness, dulness and apathetic indifference; in restless and unrefreshing sleep; in dull, wandering pains in the limbs; in pressure at the stomach and in the loins; in loss of appetite with a sensation of repletion, and with an insipid, bitter or foul taste; in frequent chills with fugitive heat and occasional outbreak of sweat; in the secretion of strong-smelling urine and in Septicaemia. 733 alvine evacuations having a foul odor. These symptoms having continued for a shorter or longer period, and sometimes without any preliminary symptoms, a violent chill sets in followed by a moderate or intense fever-heat. This heat has the peculiarity of imparting to the hand a stinging or biting sensation (calor mordax). The symptoms of adynamia which now develop themselves resemble those that characterize the higher and highest grades of ileo-typhus and plague. Most generally the septic symptoms only make their appearance after the patients have become debilitated and apathetic to such an extent that they faint away when the least attempt is made to raise them or change their position. The first sign of septic decomposition is the fetor of the mouth; the breath and the bodily exhalations likewise spread a putrid odor, so that, whenever the patient raises the bed-cover by his motion, a sickening stench affects the nostrils. Stool and urine likewise have a cadaverous smell. The dissolution of the blood is made manifest by the following symptoms: readily-bleeding gums in consequence of which the mouth, tongue, teeth and lips acquire a black-brown appearance; frequent nose-bleed, vomiting of blood, bloody and foul-smelling diarrhoeic stools, hrematuria, hemorrhages from the vagina and uterus. Blood has even been known to exude from the canthi and ears. At the same time petechise make their appearance, either in the shape of ecchymotic spots or of streaks of suffused blood in various parts of the body; on parts of the body which are exposed to continued pressure, bedsores break out which generally become gangrenous. At the height of the disease inflammations of the meningse, pleura or peritoneum frequently show themselves, with sanguineo-serous exudations, occasional swellings of the parotid glands that soon become ichorous, aphthae in the mouth and throat or pains in the joints, with effusion of bloody serum into the articular cavities. If the disease reaches the highest degree of intensity, a con- tinued sopor sets in, with trembling of extremities, subsultus tendinum, grasping at flocks, involuntary evacuations, cold per- spiration and fainting fits, and the patients die from exhaustion. Course, Terminations, Prognosis. Cases consequent upon gangrene or the reabsorption of ichor, are very seldom preceded by preliminary symptoms; most commonly a chill occurs very suddenly, after which the typhoid symptoms develop themselves with intensity and more or less rapidity. Such cases generally run a very acute course, the adynamic and septic symptoms set in with 734 Septicaemia. overwhelming virulence, so that a fatal termination takes place already in two or three days. Some cases run a milder coarse for two, three or four weeks and upwards, and sometimes recover. Cases arising in consequence of a contagium or miasm or from unknown causes, generally set in with precursory symptoms; the intensity of the pathognomonic phenomena mostly depends upon the violence of the exciting cause or upon constitutional tendencies. If the prevailing type of disease is of a malignant character, and the individual has a feeble, sickly or debilitated constitution, the phenomena of septicaemia are generally very violent and the disease runs a rapid course. The most dangerous cases are, if the fever remits but little or not at all, the prostration is excessive, and the septic phenomena make their appearance at an early period. Nevertheless, even the most threatening symptoms should not be sufficient to discourage the physician: as in typhus, so in sep- ticaemia, the disease may have reached the acme of its intensity, when all at once the fever abates while copious fetid sweats break out, or frequent discharges of urine take place, or bloody, also ash- colored and fetid stools are passed, after which the disease pro- gresses slowly towards final recovery. In most cases death takes place by exhaustion, or in consequence of intense and frequent hemorrhages, or by paralysis, gangrenous decubitus, gangrene in other parts of the body, or by effusions of a bloody serum into the various cavities of the body. As after-diseases we notice a long-lasting weakness of the whole organism, obstinate derangements of the digestive functions or in the composition of the blood, a high degree of anaemia, hectic fever, a cachectic appearance followed by dropsy or marasmus. As a rule the prognosis is doubtful. Very acute cases with trifling or no remissions are almost always fatal. Frequent hemor- rhages ; foul-smelling excretions, a fetid breath and perspiration, soporous conditions, the access of gangrenous decubitus, partial paralysis, rapid prostration with collapse of the features, discolora- tion of the petechite, subsultus tendinum and grasping at flocks, a vitiated constitution and depressing social circumstances are un- favorable prognostic signs. Treatment, When treating ichorous abscesses, ulcers or ichor- ous wounds, or any other pathological processes where gangrene has supervened, we must always be prepared for the supervention of septic phenomena. In many cases septicaemia can be prevented by diligent washing of the abscesses, ulcers, wounds or gangrenous Septicaemia. 735 places with chlorine-water or with a solution of Kreosote, by fre- quently and carefully ventilating and fumigating the sick-chamber, and by observing the most scrupulous cleanliness and attending to the most careful nursing of the sick. As soon as chills or shiverings set in, we at once administer Qui- nine 1, or Chinin. arsenicos. 1 for the reasons that we have stated when treating of pysemia. In cases with precursory symptoms we likewise have chills which are generally succeeded by a more or less intense fever, as in other acute diseases. From the bes'imiino; to the end the treatment is the same as that for typhus. In great prostration with fetor of the mouth, fetid breath and sweat, we give Ars. 3 every hour. This remedy not only moderates the burning fever and prevents the rapid prostration, but it has likewise a decided effect upon the decomposition of organic material, by which means the further progress of the septicsemia is arrested and hemorrhages, petechise, decubitus are prevented. Even if all reasonable ground for hope had disappeared, Arsen. may still prove an efficient remedy if the skin is cool, the features are collapsed, the patient is exceedingly prostrated, in a soporous condition with muttering delirium, grasping at flocks, subsultus tendinum, petechife, ecchymoses, involuntary, bloody and cadaver- ously-smelling stools and even gangrenous decubitus. Carbo veg. 6 in solution, a dose every hour or two hours may prove serviceable in similar circumstances. If the symptoms of adynamia prevail; if the patients are sunk in apathy or sopor; if they faint when trying to raise themselves in bed; if, on trying to hold a thing, their hands tremble; if, on trying to put out their tongue, it trembles; if, when lying on their backs they settle down in the bed, and if they pass bloody, cadav- erously-smelling stools, we give China 1, or Chinin. arsenicos. 1, or Phosph. 3, every hour or two hours (also Muriatic acid). In many cases, especially if the septic condition has to be attri- buted to a contagium, the adynamia is accompanied by symptoms of extreme nervous irritation; the patients have a dry or burning heat, are tormented with loquacious or noisy delirium, their cheeks show a circumscribed redness, their thirst is very great, their pulse is hurried and feeble, with grasping at flocks, subsultus tendinum, catching at imaginary objects, constant desire to get up and dress, 736 Septicaemia. etc. For such symptoms we give Rhus tox. 3 every hour, even if petechiae, bloody stools, meteorism and clammy sweats are present. If a high degree of stupor prevails, if the skin is cool, the per- spiration clammy, the features collapsed, the pulse small and fili- form, and if the petechise or ecchymoses are at the same time of a bluish-gray color, Camphor a 1, in hourly doses, has power to raise the sunken vitality and bring about a favorable reaction. For violent nosebleed, vomiting of blood, septic haematuria or hemorrhages from the vagina we administer with good success Ergotin 1, every two hours. For excessive hemorrhages and their consequences we administer doses of Sulphuric or Nitric ac. 1, or Ferr. mur. 1, at rapid intervals. For long-lasting syncope with rapid prostration we alternate the previously-mentioned remedies with Moschus 1; at the same time we feed the patient on broth in order to repair the waste by the loss of blood as speedily as possible. Gangrenous decubitus or gangrene of other parts is treated as under typhus. During the burning fever we have the skin bathed with dilute vinegar or aromatic vinegar, or, if the prostration is very great, with wine and water. As a beverage during the fever we resort to water with current jelly or syrups. If the skin is cool and the patient very feeble, dilute wine is preferable. If the patient threatens to faint from exhaustion, a spoonful of good wine may be given. During convalescence the rules indicated for typhus have to be followed. (Addenda from Kafka and from personal experience.) Gastroraalaeia. Softening of the Stomach. Anatomical Characteristics, In the case of children the mucous coat of the stomach, especially in the region of the cul-de- sac, is found transformed into a gelatinous, colorless pulp which, in the case of adults, has a dirty-brown color. There are no signs of gastritis or ulceration. During the formative stage of the soften- ing the mucous coat is interstitially distended, soft and lax ; it is easily destroyed by scraping it with the back of the scalpel and can no longer, as in its normal condition, be detached in patches from the submucous cellular tissue. In a high degree of softening, all the coats of the stomach decay and the shape of the stomach is sustained only by the thin, gauzy peritoneum which tears by the slightest touch; or else the stomach is perforated and its contents are poured into the abdominal cavity or, if the oesophagus is in- volved in the softening, into the thorax, more especially into its left half. If the serous coat is intact, the stomach is mostly dis- tended with gas and chiefly contains a badly-colored, sour-smelling fluid. The softened parts are never sharply circumscribed; the softening always commences in the mucous coat whence it spreads outwardly, frequently drawing the oesophagus, the spleen and the left half of the diaphragm into the morbid process. Etiology. Gastromalacia most commonly attacks children of a year old, whose constitutions have become deteriorated by im- proper nourishment, by disease or general neglect. It most fre- quently occurs after weaning. Secondarily it is apt to set in as a sequel of cholera infantum; sometimes it develops itself in the course of hydrocephalus and meningitis. In the case of adults, gastromalacia always constitutes a second- ary process developing itself in the course of malignant typhus, pyaemia, puerperal fever, acute tuberculosis, tubercular meningi- tis, etc. The circumstance that softening of the stomach has been met with in the case of perfectly healthy individuals who suddenly died shortly after a meal, and that the stomachs of infants at the breast 737 738 Gastromalacia. are always found in a state of softening if they contain milk shortly after the infants' death, has led modern pathologists to assert that softening of the stomach is under all circumstances a simple post- mortem appearance. It is possible and probable that many cases of gastromalacia are simple post-mortem appearances in the cada- ver ; on the other hand it is likewise certain that many forms of gastromalacia have been correctly diagnosed as independent dis- eases which were verified as such by post-mortem examinations., Symptoms. The gastromalacia of children, as an idiopathic disease, at times manifests itself in the form of cholera, at other times as a gastritis, again as an acute hydrocephalus and finally with the symptoms of a typhoid condition. The cholera-form of the disease sets in with frequent vomiting of greenish, mostly sour-smelling slimy fluids; simultaneously- occurring alvine discharges having a green color, of watery con- sistence, sour-smelling and corroding the anus; unquenchable thirst, sudden collapse, fainting turns, convulsions, coldness of the extrem- ities, speedy supervention of sopor; such an attack generally sets in without any precursory symptoms and with so much violence that the little patients are either saved or else succumb to the attack in twenty-four hours. Or the symptoms of gastritis may set in suddenly without any precursory signs: the children are very feverish, cry incessantly, want to drink and to be carried about all the time, belch up wind frequently, vomit frequently without any relief, and have watery discharges from the bowels, which corrode the anus, are attended with severe pain and cause the little patients to draw their limbs up to the abdomen. At the same time the region of the stomach is very painful, exceedingly sensitive to contact, the abdomen is hot and distended, the skin much warmer than usual. If we do not succeed in speedily arresting the attack, the patients emaciate very rapidly, the features collapse, the skin gradually cools off, the crying of the patients gradually changes to a continual moaning, and they lapse into sopor or convulsions. The hydrocephaloid as well as the typhoid form never set in without precursory symptoms. Most commonly they consist in continual diarrhoea, frequent eructations, occasional sour vomiting with sleeplessness, peevish or very irritable mood, pallor and ex- pression of suffering of the countenance, loss of appetite. In a few days the fever increases, the vomiting and diarrhoeic discharges become more frequent, the abdomen becomes bloated; the head, Softening of the Stomach. 739 which had been hot hitherto, and the extremities gradually cool off, whereas the trunk and especially the abdomen feel hot; very soon the little patients become apathetic and, with their eyes half closed, lie in a soporous condition, from which, however, they are easily roused when spoken to. They hurriedly grasp the tumbler, hold on to it with both hands and are unwilling to relinquish their hold. Very often they start from their slumber with a cry, and, after looking about wildly, they relapse into their sopor. At the same time the children become rapidly emaciated, especially about the neck; the pulse becomes smaller and more hurried, the alvine evacuations acquire a foul odor, become watery, are destitute of ffecal matter and distinguished from the urine only by their cada- verous smell; the respiration becomes short and labored, and is often accompanied by a tormenting cough. Finally there is com- plete loss of consciousness and sensibility, the eyeballs are distorted, spasms or convulsions set in, with symptoms of the most profound exhaustion. This hydrocephaloid-condition is distinguished from true hydro- cephalus by the absence of the pathognomonic signs of the latter, namely: rigidity of the nape of the neck, the piercing cri enc^pha- lique, boring with the head into the pillow backwards, the dimin- ished frequency of the pulse and respiration, the retraction of the abdomen, the dilatation of the pupils and the automatic grasping at the head. If the above-mentioned precursory symptoms usher in a typhoid condition, the children have frequent attacks of vomiting and diar- rhoea while the supervening fever very soon reaches a high degree of intensity; they do not sleep, the tongue and lips become dry, the nostrils have a sooty appearance; there is an expression of suf- fering and anxiety in the countenance; the little patients become rapidly emaciated, the skin looks pallid, they are very restless, want to be carried all the time and moan unceasingly. At last they quiet down, become cooler, and, owing to the anaemia of the brain, lapse into a soporous condition which is generally a precursor of approaching death. In some cases the symptoms are less striking and the disease runs a chronic course; the diarrhoea and vomiting, the intense thirst, the bloating and painfuluess of the abdomen, the rapid emaciation and the gradual prostration most commonly set in without fever, and, unless the disease is arrested, the patients slowly die of exhaustion. 740 Gastromalacia. The gastromalacia of adults is not characterized by such strik- ing pathognomonic symptoms; in the case of old people who have died of gastromalacia, derangements of the digestive functions are said to have slowly manifested themselves, with oppression and pain in the region of the stomach, dryness of the tongue and rapidly developing marasmus are said to have been noticed without it having been possible to localize the disease in any particular spot. Course, Termination, Prognosis. The course of gastro- malacia is either acute, as when the disease breaks out suddenly in the form of cholera or gastritis, in which case it often terminates in twenty-four, thirty-six or forty-eight hours ; or most commonly it is less acute, as when the disease assumes an hydrocephaloid or typhoid form, in which case it may run a course of several weeks including the precursory spmptoms; the disease may likewise run a chronic course, during which the morbid phenomena develop themselves slowly and may continue weeks and even months. The disease either terminates in complete recovery, most gener- ally in its most acute or chronic form, or in death. Death either takes place at the height of the acute process, amid convulsions, or, in case the disease runs a slow course, by exhaustion of the vital powers or in consequence of cerebral anaemia. In the case of children, the prognosis is always doubtful; it is most favorable in the very acute or in the chronic form. Badly fed, weakly, neglected and impoverished children are chiefly liable to succumb to the disease. Treatment. The treatment is to be conducted in accordance with the form under which the disease happens to manifest itself. If it assumes the symptoms of cholera, we resort to Ars. 3, Veratr. alb. 3, or Tart. emet. 3. If the vomiting is chiefly sour and the stools have a sour smell, are watery and corrosive, attended with violent colicky pains; if the thirst is excessive, the extremities are icy-cold, and the children are covered with a cold and clammy perspiration and lying in a state of torpor bordering upon insensibility, we give Ars. in solu- tion, a teaspoonful every fifteen minutes. If the vomiting is greenish and sour, and the act of vomiting is preceded by paroxysms of nausea and fainting, the watery and inodorous alvine discharges are very copious and attended with severe colicky pains; and if the extreme collapse is accompanied by convulsions, we give Veratrum in the same manner. Softening of the Stomach. 741 If these symptoms are accompanied by sopor instead of convul- sions, we resort to Tart, emet.^ same dose. These three remedies are perfectly reliable and sometimes effect an improvement after the tirst dose. * If the disease breaks out in the form of gastritis, Bell ad. 3 is a sovereign remedy which speedily moderates both the pains and the fever and arrests the vomiting and diarrhoea. We give this remedy in solution, a teaspoonful every fifteen minutes, extending the intervals as soon as an improvement becomes apparent. If no im- provement sets in in two or three hours, we resort to the Sulphate of Atropine 3 same dose and form, with which we have often suc- ceeded in subduing the most dangerous symptoms. At the same time we apply cold water compresses to the region of the stomach, and if the abdomen is painful and bloated, likewise to the latter. If the whole body is very hot, we resort to general ablutions with dilute vinegar. If, after the termination of the acute stage, the patients are collapsed, with cold extremities, frequent diarrhoeic stools, sopor or convulsions, Ars. 3 or Laches. 6 may be resorted to, a few drops of wine or brandy and water may be administered, the cold extrem- ities may be rubbed with warm wine or brandy and enveloped in warm cloths, after which a favorable reaction and a general improvement will sometimes set in even in cases that had seemed hopeless. If the disease breaks out in the form of an hydrocephaloid, we are guided in the selection of a remedy by the febrile phenomena, the evacuations, the strength of the patient and the cerebral symptoms. As long as there is fever and the evacuations continue frequent, the children retain their strength, the brain is free, but the head is hot and heavy, we give Bellad. 3 in solution, every hour. If the extremities are cool, the children are pale and languid, the trunk is hot, the alvine evacuations are copious and symptoms of sopor set in, we give Verat. alb. 3 in the same dose and form. If collapse and signs of insensibility show themselves, with sudden cries and starting from the deep sopor, or even convulsions, we depend chiefly upon Arsen. 3 in solution, every half hour or hour. Tart. emet. 3, and Laches. 6, may likewise prove useful in such cases. For typhoid gastromalacia we recommend Phosphor acid. 3 or Phas tox. 3 in solution, every hour. 742 Gastromalacia. If cerebral anaemia supervenes, we give Ars. 3, and Laches. 6, wine and water, etc., as for the gastric form of gastromalacia. The chronic form of gastromalacia requires Arsen. 3. Kreosot. 3, and Argent, nitr. 3. Kreosote is excellent, if the sour vomiting and rapid emaciation are prominent symptoms, the alvine discharges are not very frequent. Secale cornutum 3 is indicated by sub-acute attacks, with sour and foul smelling vomiting, sensitiveness, heat and bloating of the region of the stomach, expression of distress in the countenance, sinking pulse, clammy and cold skin, prostration, fetid, sero-mucous discharges from the bowels. Arg. nitr. 3 is indicated by a semi-paralytic condition of the intestinal canal, the beverage is at once discharged again by the rectum with a rumbling noise, the stools are watery and colorless and are only distinguished from the urine by their cadaverous odor. A cure of such a case of this kind is reported by Kafka in the second volume of the Hom. Vierteljahrsschrift,number!, page405. The convalescence is generally very slow. Convalescent children have to be fed on good beef- or chicken-broth, milk, barley-coffee, dry rusk, arrow-root, etc. Gastromalacia generally setting in after the children are weaned, we will here subjoin a few remarks about weaning. Children should not be weaned until they are able to partake of other nourishment beside mother's milk. Weakly or anaemic children who are troubled with acidity of the stomach, dyspepsia or diarrhoea, have to remain at the breast until these morbid conditions are removed and the little patients look better and are more vigorous. Experience has shown that such children do not digest the nourishment which is given them after they are weaned and that symptoms of gastromalacia are very apt to supervene in consequence of the increasing weakness of their digestive powers. If such children show symptoms of dyspepsia or of gastro-intestinal catarrh, they have to be attended to as soon as possible. Children who are brought up on farinaceous diet, or with sugar- tits habitually in their mouths, are most commonly subject to such derangements. We have likewise observed the beginning of a long line of gastric and intestinal affections which afterward lead to gastromalacia, in the case of infants who are fed on cold nourish- ment in the night, when mothers or nurses are too indolent to first warm it before giving it to the little ones. For this reason the Goitre, Bronchocele. 743 choice of food as well as its preparation and the time of giving it to the children, are of the utmost importance. For children who have been weaned, the most suitable kinds of nourishment are barley-coffee, carefully-strained cocoa-shells boiled in milk, skimmed milk sweetened with a little sugar, beef- or chicken-broth without salt and at first mixed with a little milk and sweetened with a small quantity of sugar; after a while a little salt may be added and some wheat bread-crust may be grated in and boiled with the broth. All this kind of nourishment has to be given warm and in small quantities. Children should be accustomed at an early age to a certain regularity in their meals; there should be an interval of two or three hours between one meal and the next in order to prevent overfeeding and give the food a chance to be properly assimilated. Fresh well-water, not too cold, is the best drink for children. If intestinal catarrh supervenes, a slimy decoction, such as rice- water, arrow-root or slippery elm may be substituted in the place of water. By observing these rules, gastromalacia can be prevented, and a vigorous and healthful development of the infantile organism can be secured. 19. Goitre, ISroiicliocele. Derbyshire Neck. Goitre is a well-known enlargement of the thyroid body in front of the neck. Sometimes the enlargement involves only one lobe of the gland, but most commonly both lobes are hypertrophied. This disease is endemic in many parts of the United States, especially in districts where limewater is habitually used for cook- ing and drinking purposes. It is remarkably prevalent in Derby- shire, England, and in some of the deep, damp valleys of Switzer- land. The river Saskatchawan in British North-America is notorious for its goitre-producing qualities. The structure of goitre varies; it may consist of a simple engorge- ment of the blood-vessels; or the capsules of the parenchyma of the gland may be distended by a gelatinous fluid. We have seen thyroid glands enormously enlarged and of an osseous hardness. Sometimes the enlargement chiefly takes place on the inside, imped- ing respiration and even threatening suffocation. If a sore throat often seems to defy all treatment it is because the soreness depends upon this internal enlargement of the thyroid body, which may be scarcely visible on the outside. We have known cases of goitre 744 Goitre, Bronchocele. terminating in tubercular phthisis; in such cases the structure of the goitre, from the incipiency of the disorganization, was identical with that of the tubercular deposition. Treatment. For all practical purposes it is sufficient to distin- guish the simple vascular enlargement of goitre, and the hyper- trophy of the thyroid parenchyma. The cartilaginous, schirrous and tubercular disorganization may resist all treatment, although not in all cases. In unacclimated individuals first coming under the influence of lime water, we have sometimes succeeded in arresting an incipient goitre by causing the patient to consume quantities of lemon-juice, sour fruit, and to drink water acidulated with lemon-juice or vinegar. A simple vascular enlargement of the thyroid gland often yields to Aconite alone; sometimes Aconite and Iodine have to be used in alternation internally and compresses of a weak solution of Iodine may have to be applied externally. We sometimes employ with a good deal of success compresses of bay-rum with which the tincture of Iodine is mixed in the proportion of one drachm of Iodine to a quart-bottle of bay-rum; a weak solution of Iodine being at the same time used internally; even very hard, cartilaginous goitres sometimes yield to thrs treatment. The tincture of Iodine rubbed upon the goitre, has been of com- paratively little use in our hands. We have derived more benefit from the Iodide of Potassium-ointment and a solution of five grains of the salt used internally every day. Another excellent application is an ointment of the Iodide of Mercury. Some persons are very sensitive to the action of this ointment, and it has therefore to be used with great care. Even one-sixteenth of a grain of the Iodide has been known to blister the skin most shockingly. We have succeeded in removing very large and rather soft goitres with an ointment containing only the one hundredth part of a grain of the Iodide. There are cases of goitre where Spongia, or roast sponge, has to be given internally and an ointment of Spongia has at the same time to be applied externally. In other cases Calcarea and Hepar sulphuris may be required to act upon the constitutional disposi- tion. Goitre is very apt to reappear even after it had seemed to have completely disappeared under the influence of appropriate treatment. II.] ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF THE DISEASES TREATED OF IN THESE TWO VOLUMES. (The Roman figure II refers to the diseases described in the second volume.) Page Abscess, - Psoas, see Psoitis. Abscess, retropharyngeal 294 Acid stomach, see Catarrh of the sto- mach, acute and chronic...359 and 379 Acne II 478 rosacea II 482 Adiposis II 714 Adipositas cordis II 382 Albuminuria, see Bright's disease. Amenorrhcea II 55 Ammoniaemia, see Uraemia. Amygdalitis 284 Amyloid liver 541 Anaemia II 687 of the brain 65 , congenital, II 701 , consecutive, II 709 , secondary, II 711 Anasarca, see Dropsy. Aneurysms II 436 Angina catarrhalis 281 parotidea 314 pectoris II 405 tonsillaris 284 Anthrax II 503 Aphthae 279 Apoplexy, cerebral 70 Arteries, inflammation of the, II 436 Arthritis II 640 deformous II 634 Ascarides 493 Ascites, see Dropsy. Asiatic cholera II 613 Asthma II 311 Ataxia, progressive locomotor II 425 Atrophy of the liver, acute yellow... 542 Aurigo, see Jaundice. Barber's itch II 480 Biliari calculi : 564 Bilious fever 422 Page Bladder, inflammation of the 625 , paralysis of the 634 Blennorrhcea of the conjunctiva, acute 242 chronic 243 of the urethra II 1 of the vagina, see Gonorrhoea of ' the female and leucorrhsea. Blood, deficient, II 687 , pale, II 687 Bloody urine 629 Bones, inflammation of, II 410 Bottle-nose II 482 Bowels, inflammation of the 435 , occlusion, obstruction of the... 479 , stenosis of the 479 Brain, anaemia of the 65 , concussion of the 92 , congestion of the, see Brain, hyperaemia of the. , dropsy of the, see Hydrocepha- lus 99 , hyperaemia of the 57 , Inflammation of the 86 , yellow softening of the 99 Breasts, see Mammae. Bright's disease of the kidneys 596 Bronchia, acute inflammation of the, II 164 , chronic inflammation of the, II. 210 , dilatation of the, II 234 Bronchitis, acute, II. 164 , chronic, II 230 Bronchiectasia II 234 Bronchocele II 736 Calculi, biliari 564 , renal 614 Cancer, see also Carcinoma. aquations 307 of the mammae II 100 of the womb II 81 745 746 Alphabetical Index. Page Capsular hepatitis 531 Carbuncle II 503 Carcinoma of the liver 569 of the stomach 375 , see also Cancer. Cardialgia 391 Carditis II 347 Caries of the vertebrae, see Spondy- litis 120 of vertebrae, see also Pott's dis- ease. Catalepsy 177 Catamenia, see Menses. Cataract 256 Catarrh 263 , acute laryngotracheal, II 107 , chronic laryngotracheal, II 129 , chronic intestinal 413 , intestinal 404 , simple intestinal 406 of the stomach, acute 359 chronic 379 of the urethra II. 1 of the vagina II 20 Catarrhus intestinalis 404 ventriculi acutus 359 ventriculi chronicus 379 Catarrhal fever 422 Cellular tissue of the intestinal canal, inflammation of the 451 Cellulitis 451 Cephalalgia 220 Cephalhematoma 218 Cerebritis, (see also meningitis) 94 Cerebro-spinal meningitis 130 Chancre II 543 Change of life II 87 Chest, dropsy of the, II 342 Chicken-pox, see Variola. Child-bed fever, see Puerperal fever. Chlorosis II 624 Cholelithiasis 564 Cholera, Asiatic, II 613 infantum 413 sporadica 408 Cholerine 408 Chorea 170 Cirrhosis of the liver 539 Clap, see Gonorrhoea. Climacteric period II 87 Climaxis II 87 Page Coecum, inflammation of the 440 Cold in the head 263 Colic 468 Concussion of the brain 92 Congestion of the brain, see Brain, hypersemia of the. of the lungs II...., 150 Congestive chill, see Intermittent fever. Conjunctiva, acute blennorrhcea of the 242 , chronic blennorrhcea. of the 243 , catarrhal inflammation of the 237 , scrofulous inflammation of the 249 Conjunctivitis blennorrhoica 242 catarrhalis 237 scrofulosa 249 Consumption, dorsal 129 Convulsions of infants and partu- rient women, see Eclampsia infan- tum and parturientium. Copper-nose II 482 Cornea, inflammation of the 256 Corneitis 256 Coryza 263 Coxalgia II 427 Coxarthrocace II 427 Critical Age II 87 Croup, membranous, II 112 Cystitis 625 Cystoplegia 634 Cystospasmus 632 Dandriff II 470 Debility, see Anaemia. Degeneration of the heart, fatty, II. 382 Delirium tremens II 463 Dentition, see Eclampsia infantum. Deranged stomach, see Catarrh of the stomach, acute and chronic. ...359, 379 Derbyshire neck II 743 Diabetes melitus 617 Diaphragm, hernia of the, II 324 --, inflammation of the, II 322 Diaphragmitis II 322 Diarrhoea,-for the various forms of diarrhoea, see Catarrh, intestinal, 404 to 413 , chronic, see also Catarrh, in- testinal 413 Dilatation of the heart II 381 of the veins II 438 Alphabetical Index. 747 Pasre Dilatation of the bronchia II 234 Diphtheria 296 Diphtheritis 293 Dorsal consumption 129 Dropsy II , see also Anasarca, As- cites 645 of the brain, see Hydrocephalus 99 of the chest II., see also Hydro- thorax 342 of the lungs II, see also Oedema of the lungs 307 Dysentery, catarrhal 455 , epidemic 457 Dysmenorrhoea II 60 Dyspepsia, acute, see Catarrh of the stomach, acute 359 , chronic, see Catarrh of the sto- mach, chronic 379 Dysphagia inflammatoria 326 Ear, inflammation of the inner 258 , inflammation of the outer 261 Eclampsia ; 154 infantum 154 parturientium 163 Ecthyma II 499 Eczema II 490 Emphysema of the lungs II 235 Emprosthotonos, see Tetanus. Encephalitis, (see also Meningitis)... 94 Encephalomacia 108 Enchondroma II 420 Endocarditis II 347 Enlargement, see Hypertrophy. Enteralgia 468 Enteric fever, see Typhus. Enteritis 435 Enuresis nocturna 631 Epilepsy 139 Epistaxis 269 Erysipelas II 455 Erythema II 453 Eyes, inflammation of the, see oph- thalmia. of newborn infants, inflamma- tion of the 247 Face-ache 227 Falling, see Prolapsus. Fatness, see Obesitas. Fatty degeneration of the heart II... 382 liver 540 Favus II 506 Page ; Febris gastrica catarrhalis, mucosa et biliosa 422 icterodes II 602 Fever and ague II 563 , bilious 422 ' , catarrhal 422 ! , enteric, see Typhus. 1 , gastric 422 1 , intermittent, II 563 : , mucous 422 , puerperal, II 34 i , spotted 130 I , typhoid, see Typhus. , yellow, II 602 | Fish-skin II 473 Fluor albus II 20 Fothergill's prosopalgia 227 Furuncle II 503 Gangrene of the lungs II 303 Gastric fever 422 Gastritis 361 Gastrodynia, see Cardialgia. Gastromalacia, II 737 Gland, inflammation of the parotid 314 Glossitis 311 Glottis, cedema of the, II 137 , spasm of the, II 140 Glycosuria 617 Goitre II 736 Gonarthrocace II 430 Gonitis II 430 Gonorrhoea of the female II 22 of the male II 1 Gout II 640 Gravel 614 Green-sickness II 624 Grippe II 1^2 Gums, scurvy of the 322 Gutta rosacea II 482 Hsematemesis 383 Haematuria 629 Headache 220 Heart, dilatation of the, II 381 , fatty degeneration of the, II... 382 , hypertrophy of the, II 372 , inflammation of the, II 347 , palpitation of the, II 379, 399 Heartburn, see Catarrh of the sto- mach, acute and chronic...359 and 379 Helcosis II 145 748 Alphabetical Index. Page Helminthiasis 492 Hemicrania 221 Hemiplegia, see Paralysis. Hemorrhage in the kidneys GOD from the lungs II 154 from the nose 269 from the stomach 383 from the womb II 66 Hemorrhoids 485 Hepatitis, acute 528 , capsular 531 , chronic 537 Hernia of the diaphragm II 324 Herpes II 486 circinnatus II 490 , facial, II 487 Iris II 490 , preputial, II 487 Zoster II 488 Hiccup II 323 Hip-disease 427 Hip-joint, inflammation of, II 427 Hives II 466 Honey-comb tetter II 506 Hydrocephalus, acute.... 99 (stricte sic dictus) 109 Hydrothorax IT 342 Hyperaemia of the brain 57 , constitutional, II 681 of the liver 522 of the lungs II 150 Hypertrophy of the heart II 372 of the liver 538 Hypochondria 207 Hypochondriasis, see Hypochondria 207 Hypopyon 256 Hysteria 100 Ichthyosis II 473 Icterus 554 Impetigo II 497 Indigestion, acute, see Catarrh of the stomach, acute 359 Inflammation of the arteries II 436 of the bladder 625 of bones II 410 of the bowels 435 of the brain 86 of the breasts II 95 of the bronchia, acute, II 164 chronic II 210 Page Inflammation of the ce1lular tissue of the intestinal canal 451 of the caecum 440 of the conjunctiva, blennorrhceic 242 catarrhal 237 scrofulous.... 249 of the cornea 256 of the diaphragm II 322 of the inner ear 258 of the outer ear 261 • of the heart II 347 of the hip-joint II 427 of the iris 256 of the joints II 426 of the kidneys 586 of the knee-joint II 430 of the larynx 107 of the liver, acute 529 chronic 537 of the capsules of the liver 531 of the lungs II 243 of lymphatic glands II 445 of lymphatic vessels & glands II 442 of the nose 268 of the oesophagus 326 of the ovaries II 45 of the pancreas 578 of the parotid gland 314 -- malignant 317 of the periosteum II 410 of the peritoneum 503 of the pleura II 325 of the psoas-muscle II 421 of the rectum, catarrhal 445 of the sclerotica 256 of the spinal cord 110 of the spleen 573 of the stomach 361 of the tarsus II 433 of the testes II 13 of the tongue 311 of the tonsils 284 of the trachea 107 of the urethra II 1 of the veins II 436 of the vena porta - 532 of the vertebrae, see Spondylitis 120 of the womb II 27 puerperal, II 34 Influenza II 182 Insufficiency of aortic valves II 394 Alphabetical Index. 749 Page Insufficiency of mitral valve II 388 Intercostal neuralgia II 450 Intermittent fever II 563 Iris, inflammation of the 256 Iritis 256 Irregularities, menstrual 47 Irritation, spinal 135 Ischias II 447 Itch II 507 Jacob's ulcer II 483 Jaundice 554 Joints, inflammation of, II 426 Kidneys, diseases of the 580 , hemorrhage in the 609 , inflammation of the 586 Knee-joint, inflammation of, II 430 Laryngitis submucosa II 137 Laryngotracheitis catarrhalis acuta II 107 chronica II 129 crouposa II 112 Laryngotracheal catarrh, chronic, II 129 Larynx, inflammation of the, II 107 , ulcers of the, II 145 Leucoirh.oea II , 20 Lichen II 474 Liver, acute yellow atrophy of the... 542 , carcinoma of the 569 , cirrhosis of the 538 , fatty 540 , hypersemia of the 522 , hypertrophy of the 538 , acute inflammation of the 529 , nutmeg- 538 ' , waxy or amyloid 541 I Lockjaw, see Tetanus 178 Lumbago II 422 ■ Lumbrici, see Worms. Lungs, congestion of the II 150 , dropsy of the, II 307 , emphysema of the, II 235 > gangrene of the, II 303 , hemorrhage from the, II 154 , hypersemia of the, II 150 , inflammation of the, II 243 , cedema of the, II 307 , plethora of the, II 150 Lupus II 483 Luxation, spontaneous, see Hip-dis- ease. Lymphadenitis acuta II 442 Page Lymphadenitis chronica II 445 Lymphangioitis II 442 Lymphatics, acute inflammation of, II 442 Lymphatic vessels and glands, chron- ic inflammation of, II 445 Malaria, see Intermittent fever. Mammae, cancer of the, II 100 , inflammation of the, II 95 Mania-a-potu, see Delirium tremens. Marasmus II 711 Mastitis II 95 Mastodynia II 99 Measles II 513 Megrim 221 Melituria Cl 7 Membranous croup II 112 Meningitis 86 cerebro-spinalis 130 • spinalis, see Inflammation of the spinal cord 110 Meningitis, tubercular, granular, ba- silar 99 Menorrhagia, see Menses, profuse. Menostasia, see Amenorrhcea. Menses, difficult, II GO, 61 , profuse, II 57 , scanty, II 60 , suppression of the, II 55 Menstrual irregularities II 47 Mentagra II 480 Metritis II 27 puerperalis II 34 Metrorrhagia II 66 Miliaria II 469 Morbilli II 513 Mumps 314 Myocarditis II 347 Myelitis, see Inflammation of the spinal cord 110 Nasitis 268 Nephritis 586 Nerve, neuralgia of ischiadic, II 447 Nettle-rash II 466 Neuralgia Fothergilli, see Prosopal- gia. intercostalis II 450 of ischiadic nerve II 447 spinalis 135 trigemini 227 of the vagina II 92 750 Alphabetical Index. Page Neuralgia of the womb II 89 Noma 307 Nose, hemorrhage from the 269 , Inflammation of the 268 bleed 269 Nutmeg-liver 538 Obesitas II 714 Occlusion, obstruction of the bowels 47-9 Odontalgia 328 (Esophagitis 326 (Esophagus, inflammation of the 326 (Edema glottidis II 137 of the lungs II 307 Oligaemia II 687 Oophoritis II 45 Ophthalmia, see Conjunctivitis, Cor- neitis, Iritis, Sclerotitis. neonatorum 247 Opisthotonos, see Tetanus. Orchitis II 13 Orthotonos, see Tetanus. Ostitis II 410 Otitis externa 261 interna 258 Ovaries, inflammation of the, II 45 Ovaritis II 45 Ozaena 264 Paedarthrocace II 420 Palpitation of the heart II 379, 399 Palsy, see Paralysis. Pancreas, inflammation of the 578 Pancreatitis 578 Paralysis 183 , progressive muscular, II 424 Paraplegia, see Paralysis. Paresis, see Paralysis. Parotitis 314 maligna 317 Pemphigus II 501 Perforating ulcer of the stomach 368 Pericarditis II 347 Pericardium, inflammation of the, II 347 Perihepatitis 531 Periosteum, inflammation of, II 410 Periostitis II 410 Peritoneum, inflammation of the 503 Peritonitis 503 Perityphlitis 440 Pertussis II 193 Phlebitis II 436 Phlebectasia II 438 Page Phthisis, see Tuberculosis. Piles 485 Pityriasis II 470 P.ethora, constitutional, II 681 of the lungs II 150 Pleura, inflammation of the, II 325 Pleurisy II 325 Pleuritis II 325 Pleurothotonos, see Tetanus. Pneumonia II 243 Pneumorrhagia II 154 Pneumothorax II 343 Polysemia II 1 681 Polypi in the nose 267 of the rectum 450 Polysarcia II 714 Pompholix II '. 501 Porcupine disease II 473 Pott's disease II 410 see also Spondylitis ... 120 Proctitis 445 Progressive muscular paralysis II.... 424 Prolapsus of the rectum 451 of the womb II 88 Prosopalgia 227 intermittent 233 Prurigo II 476 Pruritus vulvae II 88 Psoas-abscess, see Psoitis. Psoas-muscle, inflammation of the, II 421 Psoitis II 421 Psoriasis II 472 Ptyalism 319 Puerperal inflammation of the womb II 34 fever II 34 Pulmonary hemorrhage II 154 Pyaemia II 728 Pylephlebitis 532 Pyrosis, see Heartburn. Quinsy 284 Ramolissement, see Softening. Ranula 324 Rash II 469 Rectum, catarrhal inflammation of the 445 ? polypi in the 450 , prolapsus of the 451 Renal calculi 614 Retina, inflammation of the 256 Retinitis .. 257 Alphabetical Index. 751 Pace Retropharyngeal abscess 294 Rhachitis [[ 416 Rheumatism II 630 , arthritic, II 634 , acute articular, II 630 , chronic articular, II 633 , acute muscular, II 632 Rickets II 416 Ring-worm, see Herpes Iris. Roseola II 465 Round ulcer of the stomach 363 Rubeolas II 465 Running from the urethra, see Go- norrhoea, Urethritis. Rupia II 499 Salivation 319 Scabies II 507 Scald-head II 506 Scalp, bloody tumor of the 218 Scarlatina II 522 Scarlet-fever II 522 Sclerotica, inflammation of the 256 Sclorotitis 256 Sciatica, see Ischias. Scorbutus II 649 Scrofulosis II 652 Scurvy II 649 of the gums 322 Seborrhoea II 505 Septicaemia II 732 Shingles II v 488 Singultus II 323 Smallpox II 532 Softening of the brain, yellow 99 of the stomach, see Gastroma- lacia. Sore throat 281 Spasm of the bladder 632 of the facial nerve 234 of the glottis II 140 of the stomach 391 Spasmus nervi facialis 234 Spermatorrhoea II 16 Spina ventosa II 420 Spinal cord, inflammation of the 110 irritation 135 Spleen, see Hypochondria 207 , inflammation of the 573 Splenitis 573 Spondurthrocace, see Spondylitis 120 Spondylitis 120 Page Spontaneous limping, see Hip-disease. luxation, see Hip-disease. Spotted fever 130 Stenocardia 405 Stenosis of the bowels 479 of cardiac orifices II 389, 396 Stomach, acid, see Catarrh of the stomach, acute and chronic, 359 and 379 , derangement of the, see Catarrh of the stomach, acute and chronic 359 and 379 , acute catarrh of the 359 , chronic catarrh of the 379 , carcinoma of the 375 , hemorrhage from the 383 . inflammation of the... 361 , chronic or perforating or round ulcer of the 368 , softening of the, see Gastroma- lacia. , spasm of the 391 , weak, see Dyspepsia. Stomatitis 273 Stone-pock II 478 Strophulus II 474 Summer-complaint 413 Suppression of the menses II 55 Sycosis II 480 Syphilis II 542 , secondary, II 548 , tertiary, II 551 Tabes II 711 dorsalis 129 Taenia solium, see Tape-worm. Tape-worm 494 Tarsus, inflammation of the, II 433 Teething, see Dentition. ■ Testicles, inflammation of the, IL... 13 Tetanus 178 Tetter, scaly, II 472 II 486 , see also Herpes. Throat, catarrhal inflammation of the 281 , sore 281 Thrush, see Aphthae 279 Tic convulsif 234 douloureux, see Neuralgia Fo- thergilli. Tinea capitis II 506 752 Alphabetical Index. Page Tongue, inflammation of the 311 Tonsillitis 284 Tonsils, inflammation of the 284 Toothache 328 Tooth-rash II 474 Trismus 178 Tuberculosis II 658 Tumor albus genu II 430 of the scalp, bloody 218 Tussis convulsiva II 193 Typhlitis 440 Typhoid fever, see Typhus. Typhus II 576 Ulcer, Jacob's 483 of the stomach, chronic 368 Ulcers of the larynx II 145 Ulcus perforans ventriculi seu rotun- dum 368 Uraemia II 720 Urethra, blennorrhcea of the, II 1 , catarrh of the, II 1 , inflammation of the, II 1 Urethritis II 1 Urine, bloody 629 Urticaria II 466 Uterine hemorrhage II 66 Uterus, see Womb. Vagina, catarrh of the, II 20 , neuralgia of the, II 92 Vaginismus II 94 Vaginitis II 20 Vaginodynia II 92 Valve, insufficiency of mitral, II 388 Valves, insufficiency of aortic, II 394 Valvular diseases II 388, 399 Page Varices II 438 Varicose veins II 438 Varicella, see Variola. Variola II 532 Varioloid, see Variola. Veins, dilatation of, II 438 inflammation of the, IT 436 Vena porta, inflammation of the 532 Venereal disease II 542 Vertebrae, inflammation of the 120 Vertigo 69 St. Vitus' dance, see Chorea 170 Wasting palsy, see Progressive mus- cular paralysis. Waterbrash, see Catarrh of the sto- mach, acute and chronic... 359 and 379 Waxy liver 541 Weak stomach, see Dyspepsia. Wetting the bed 631 White swelling II 430 Whites, II 20 Whooping-cough II 193 Wolf II 483 Womb, cancer of the, II 81 , hemorrhage from the, II 66 , inflammation of the 27 , neuralgia of the, II 89 , prolapsus of the, II 88 , puerperal inflammation of the, II ... 34 Worms 492 Yellow atrophy of the liver, acute... 542 fever II 602 Zona II 488